<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>Mounisha Reddy &#8211; Big Ideas Math Answers</title>
	<atom:link href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/author/mounisha/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link>https://bigideasmathanswers.com</link>
	<description>Big Ideas Math Answers Key for Grade 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2,1, Algebra 1, 2, Geometry</description>
	<lastBuildDate>Wed, 03 Jan 2024 12:17:32 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=7.0.8</generator>
<site xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">203526911</site>	<item>
		<title>Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions</title>
		<link>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-8-chapter-7/</link>
					<comments>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-8-chapter-7/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Mounisha Reddy]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 03 Jan 2024 05:01:53 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://ccssmathanswers.com/?p=31757</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions is given by subject experts adhering to the latest syllabus guidelines. Become Proficient in the Concepts of Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Functions by consistently practicing from our BIM Book 8th Grade Ch 7 Functions Answer Key. To make it easy for you to understand the concepts ... <a title="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions" class="read-more" href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-8-chapter-7/" aria-label="Read more about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions">Read more</a>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions is given by subject experts adhering to the latest syllabus guidelines. Become Proficient in the Concepts of Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Functions by consistently practicing from our BIM Book 8th Grade Ch 7 Functions Answer Key. To make it easy for you to understand the concepts we have provided step-by-step solutions in the <strong>Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8</strong> Chapter 7 Functions. You can download the quick resources without even paying a single penny.</p>
<h2>Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Functions</h2>
<p>Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Ch 7 Functions Solutions provided here cover the questions from Lessons 7.1 to 7.5, Practice Tests, Review Tests, Cumulative Practice, Assessment Tests, etc. You can have deeper insights into all the Topics of Functions such as the representation of functions, linear functions, analyzing and sketching graphs, etc. Use the below available quick links for Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions Answer Key and clear all your ambiguities regarding the concerned topics.</p>
<p><strong>STEAM Video/Performance Task</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#STEAM _Video/_Performance _Task">STEAM Video/Performance Task</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Getting Ready for Chapter 7</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Getting _Ready _for _Chapter _7">Getting Ready for Chapter 7</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 1 Relations and Functions</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _7.1 _Relations _and _Functions">Lesson 7.1 Relations and Functions</a></li>
<li><a href="#Relations _and _Functions _Homework _&amp; _Practice _7.1">Relations and Functions Homework &amp; Practice 7.1</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 2 Representations of Functions </strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _7.2 _Representations _of _Functions">Lesson 7.2 Representations of Functions</a></li>
<li><a href="#Representations _of _Functions _Homework _&amp; _Practice _7.2">Representations of Functions Homework &amp; Practice 7.2</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 3 Linear Functions</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _7.3 _Linear _Functions">Lesson 7.3 Linear Functions</a></li>
<li><a href="#Linear _Functions _Homework _&amp; _Practice _7.3">Linear Functions Homework &amp; Practice 7.3 </a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 4 Comparing Linear and Non Linear Functions</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _7.4 _Comparing _Linear _and _Non _Linear _Functions">Lesson 7.4 Comparing Linear and Non Linear Functions</a></li>
<li><a href="#Comparing _Linear _and _Non _Linear _Functions _Homework _&amp; _Practice _7.4">Comparing Linear and Non Linear Functions Homework &amp; Practice 7.4</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 5 Analyzing and Sketching Graphs</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _7.5 _Analyzing _and _Sketching _Graphs">Lesson 7.5 Analyzing and Sketching Graphs</a></li>
<li><a href="#Analyzing _and _Sketching _Graphs _Homework _&amp; _Practice _7.5">Analyzing and Sketching Graphs Homework &amp; Practice 7.5</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Functions Connecting Concepts</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Functions _Connecting _Concepts">Functions Connecting Concepts</a></li>
<li><a href="#Functions _Chapter _Review">Functions Chapter Review</a></li>
<li><a href="#Functions _Practice _Test">Functions Practice Test</a></li>
<li><a href="#Functions _Cumulative _Practice">Functions Cumulative Practice</a></li>
</ul>
<h3><a id="STEAM _Video/_Performance _Task"></a>Functions STEAM Video/Performance Task</h3>
<p><strong>STEAM Video</strong></p>
<p>Apparent Temperature<br />
Sometimes it feels hotter or colder outside than the actual apparent temperature. How hot or cold it feels is called the temperature. What weather factors might contribute to the apparent temperature?<br />
Watch the STEAM Video “Apparent Temperature.” Then answer the following questions.<br />
<img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31759" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 1" width="175" height="190" /><br />
1. Robert says that the Wet-Bulb Globe Temperature (WBGT)index is used as a measure of apparent temperature.<br />
<img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31760" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 2" width="300" height="220" /><br />
In the formula, T<sub>W</sub> is the natural wet-bulb temperature, T<sub>G</sub> is the black-globe temperature, T<sub>D</sub> and is the dry-bulb temperature. Find WBGT when T<sub>W</sub> = 75ºF, T<sub>G</sub> = 100ºF, and T<sub>D</sub> = 84ºF.<br />
2. Different categories of Wet-Bulb Globe Temperatures are shown in the chart. Each category can be represented by a different-colored ﬂag. Which flag color is displayed when WGBT = 87.5ºF?</p>
<p><strong>Performance Task</strong></p>
<p>Heat Index<br />
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the STEAM concepts you learned to answer the questions in the Video Performance Task. You will be given information about heat index.<br />
<img decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31761" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 3" width="592" height="328" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-3.png 592w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-3-300x166.png 300w" sizes="(max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /><br />
You will be asked to create a graph of the temperatures and heat indices. Why is it useful to know the heat index?</p>
<h3><a id="Getting _Ready _for _Chapter _7"></a>Functions Getting Ready for Chapter 7</h3>
<p><strong>Chapter Exploration</strong></p>
<p>Work with a partner. Copy and complete the diagram.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31762" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 4" width="481" height="558" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-4.png 481w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-4-259x300.png 259w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /></p>
<p>1.  Answer: ( 1 , 2 ) , ( 2 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 4 , 8 ) .</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-46212" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-1.png" alt="" width="151" height="136" /><br />
Given , Width w = 2 , Length l = x  where x = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 .<br />
To find Area A of a rectangle we have , A = w × l<br />
for x = 1 , A = 2 × 1 = 2 ,<br />
for x = 2 , A = 2 × 2 = 4 ,<br />
for x = 3 , A = 2 × 3 = 6 ,<br />
for x = 4 , A = 2 × 4 = 8 ,<br />
So, for every value of Input x = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 we have Output A = 2 , 4 , 6 , 8 , respectively .<br />
That is ( 1 , 2 ) , ( 2 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 4 , 8 ) .</p>
<p>2. Answer: ( 1 , 6 ) , ( 2 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 10 ) , ( 4 , 12 ).</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-46218" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-2.png" alt="" width="152" height="133" /><br />
Given , Width w = 2 , Length l = x  where x = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 .<br />
To find Perimeter of a rectangle we have , P = 2( l + w )<br />
for x = 1 ,P = 2( 1 + 2 ) = 2 × 3 = 6 ,<br />
for x = 2 , P = 2( 2 + 2 ) = 2 × 4 = 8  ,<br />
for x = 3 , P = 2( 3 + 2 ) = 2 × 5 = 10  ,<br />
for x = 4 , P = 2( 4 + 2 ) = 2 × 6 = 12  ,<br />
So, for every value of Input x = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 we have Output P = 6 , 8 , 10 , 12 , respectively .<br />
That is ( 1 , 6 ) , ( 2 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 10 ) , ( 4 , 12 ) .</p>
<p>3. Answer : ( 1 , 6 ) , ( 2 , 12 ) , ( 3 , 18 ) , ( 4 , 24 ) .</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-46230" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-3.png" alt="" width="152" height="142" /><br />
Given , Radius of a circle , where as  r = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4<br />
To find the circumference of a circle , we have C = 2Òr , Ò = 3.14 , or we can write it as 3 .<br />
for r = 1 , C = 2 × 3 × 1 = 6 ,<br />
for r = 2 , C = 2 × 3 × 2 = 12 ,<br />
for r = 3 , C = 2 × 3 × 3 = 18 ,<br />
for r = 4 , C = 2 × 3 × 4 = 24 ,<br />
So, for every value of Input r = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 we have Output C = 6 , 12 , 18 , 24 , respectively .<br />
That is ( 1 , 6 ) , ( 2 , 12 ) , ( 3 , 18 ) , ( 4 , 24 ) .</p>
<p>4. Answer: ( 1 , 9 ) , ( 2 , 18 ) , ( 3 , 27 ) , ( 4 , 36 )</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-46235" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-4.png" alt="" width="152" height="138" /><br />
Given , Two Edges of a cube = 3 , h = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4<br />
To find the Volume of the cube we have , V = a³<br />
for h = 1 , V = 3 × 3 × 1 = 9 ,<br />
for h = 2 , V = 3 × 3 × 2 = 12 ,<br />
for h = 3 , V = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27 ,<br />
for h = 4 , V = 3 × 3 × 4 = 36 ,<br />
So, for every value of Input h = 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 we have Output V = 9 , 18 , 27 , 36 , respectively .<br />
That is ( 1 , 9 ) , ( 2 , 18 ) , ( 3 , 27 ) , ( 4 , 36 ) .</p>
<p><strong>Vocabulary</strong><br />
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.<br />
input<br />
mapping diagram<br />
nonlinear function<br />
output<br />
linear function</p>
<p>Answer : Input : The ordered pairs can be used to show inputs and outputs of a function ,The input is the number you feed into the expression, and the output is what you get after the calculations are finished.</p>
<p>mapping diagram : A relation pairs inputs with outputs , A relation can be represented by ordered pairs or a mapping diagram .</p>
<p>nonlinear function : nonlinear functions are functions which are not linear. Quadratic functions are one type of nonlinear function. It is a relation between two variables , function that does not form a line when graphed.</p>
<p>output ; The ordered pairs can be used to show inputs and outputs of a function ,The input is the number you feed into the expression, and the output is what you get after the calculations are finished.</p>
<p>linear function : A linear function is a relation between two variables that produces a straight line when graphed. And it has one dependent variable and one independent variable .</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _7.1 _Relations _and _Functions"></a>Lesson 7.1 Relations and Functions</h3>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 1</strong></p>
<p>Interpreting Diagrams<br />
Work with a partner. Describe the relationship between the inputs and outputs in each diagram. Then complete each diagram. Is there more than one possible answer? Explain your reasoning.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31763" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 1" width="453" height="185" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-1.png 453w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-1-300x123.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 453px) 100vw, 453px" /><br />
Answer: a. The relation between the inputs and outputs is outputs are the result of twice as many times the inputs.<br />
b. The relation between the inputs and outputs is outputs are the result of colors of inputs . In this case we can notice that , for any one input we can have more than one output .</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-46468" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-5.png" alt="" width="164" height="180" /><br />
a. As shown in the diagrams , The relation between the inputs and outputs is outputs are the result of twice as many times the inputs , so for input 1 = 1 × 1 = 1 as output ,<br />
for input 2 = 2 × 2 = 4  ,<br />
for input 3 = 3 × 3 = 9  ,<br />
for input 5 = 5 × 5 = 25 ,<br />
for input 8 = 8 × 8 = 64 ,<br />
for input 9 = 9 × 9 = 81 ,</p>
<p>So, for every value of Input = 1 , 2 , 3 , 5 , 8 , 9 , we have Output = 1 , 4 , 9 , 25 , 64 , 81 , respectively .<br />
That is ( 1 , 1 ) , ( 2 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 9 ) , ( 5 , 25 ) , ( 8 , 64 ) , ( 9 , 81 ) .</p>
<p>b. The relation between the inputs and outputs is outputs are the result of colors of inputs . <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-46469" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-6.png" alt="" width="251" height="151" /><br />
for input Blueberry = color is blue as output<br />
for  input lemon = color is yellow as output<br />
for input Apple = color is yellow , red and green as output<br />
for input Grape = color is green as output.</p>
<p>In this case we can notice that , for any one input we can have more than one output .</p>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 2</strong></p>
<p>Describing Relationships Between Quantities<br />
Work with a partner. The diagrams show the numbers of tickets bought by customers for two different plays and the total costs (in dollars).<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31764" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 2" width="585" height="215" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-2.png 585w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-2-300x110.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 585px) 100vw, 585px" /><br />
a. For each diagram, how many outputs does each input have?<br />
b. Describe the prices of tickets for each play.<br />
c. A person buys 4 tickets for each play. Can you determine the total cost of all 8 tickets? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
a. For Play A ,The number of inputs are equal to number of outputs ,<br />
For Play B , The number of inputs are not equal to number of outputs .<br />
So, input 1 = 2 outputs , input 2 = 3 outputs , input 3 = 4 outputs .</p>
<p>b. For Play A , The price of the each ticket is $8 .<br />
For Play B , The price of each ticket is $4 or $8 .</p>
<p>c. For Play A , each ticket is $8 , Then for 4 tickets = 4 × $8 = $32 .<br />
For Play B , each ticket is $4 or $8 , Then for 4 tickets = 4 × $8 = $32 . or 4 × $4 = $16 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. For Play A ,<br />
The number of inputs are equal to number of outputs , 4 inputs = 4 outputs<br />
That is ( 1 , 8 ) , ( 2 , 16 ) , ( 3 , 24 ) , ( 4 , 32 ) .<br />
For Play B ,<br />
The number of inputs are not equal to number of outputs , 3 inputs are not equal to 7 outputs<br />
That is , for input 1 = 4 , 8 as outputs ,<br />
for input 2 = 8 , 12 , 16 as outputs ,<br />
for input 3 = 12 , 16 , 20 , 24 as outputs ,<br />
So, input 1 = 2 outputs , input 2 = 3 outputs , input 3 = 4 outputs .</p>
<p>b. For Play A ,<br />
The price of the each ticket is $8 .<br />
For Play B ,<br />
The price of each ticket is $4 or $8 .</p>
<p>c. Given , A person buys 4 tickets for each play.<br />
For Play A , each ticket is $8 , Then for 4 tickets = 4 × $8 = $32 .<br />
And for 8 tickets = 8 × $8 = $64 .<br />
For Play B , each ticket is $4 or $8 , Then for 4 tickets = 4 × $8 = $32 . or 4 × $4 = $16 .<br />
And for 8 tickets =8 × $4 =$32  or 8 × $8 = $64 .</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31766" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 3" width="182" height="148" /></p>
<p><strong>Try It</strong></p>
<p><strong>List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31767" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 4" width="139" height="139" /><br />
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 0 , 12 ) , ( 2 , 10 ) , ( 4 , 8 ) , ( 6 , 6 ) .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output<br />
So , Ordered pairs are ( 0 , 12 ) , ( 2 , 10 ) , ( 4 , 8 ) , ( 6 , 6 ) .</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31768" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 5" width="156" height="127" /><br />
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 1 , -1 ) , ( 1 , -2 ) , ( 2 , -3 ) , ( 2 , -4 ) .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output<br />
So , Ordered pairs are ( 1 , -1 ) , ( 1 , -2 ) , ( 2 , -3 ) , ( 2 , -4 ) .</p>
<p><strong>Determine whether the relation is a function.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31769" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 6" width="151" height="135" /><br />
Answer: The relation is not a function</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The each input has  more than two outputs , Even one of those inputs are unclear of outputs<br />
So , The relation is not a function .</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31770" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 7" width="149" height="137" /><br />
Answer: The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Each input has exactly one output ,<br />
So , The relation is a function .</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Concepts &amp; Skills</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>PRECISION</strong><br />
Describe how relations and functions are different.<br />
Answer: Relations are nothing but the ordered pairs with Inputs and Outputs . On the other hand , Functions are The relation that pairs with one input with exactly one output  are called Functions.</p>
<p><strong>IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS</strong> List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram. Then determine whether the relation is a function.<br />
Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31771" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 8" width="147" height="136" /><br />
Answer: The ordered pairs are ( 10 , 1 ) , ( 15 , 1 ) , ( 20 , 13 ) , ( 25 , 7 ) and The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( 10 , 1 ) , ( 15 , 1 ) , ( 20 , 13 ) , ( 25 , 7 ) .<br />
Each input has exactly one output ,<br />
So, The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31772" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 9" width="146" height="136" /><br />
Answer: The ordered pairs are ( 0 , -5 ) , ( 0 , -4 ) , ( 1 , -4 ) , ( 2 , -3 ) , ( 3 , -2 ) and relation is not a function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( 0 , -5 ) , ( 0 , -4 ) , ( 1 , -4 ) , ( 2 , -3 ) , ( 3 , -2 ) .<br />
The input 0 has more than one output ,<br />
So, The relation is not a function .</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>OPEN-ENDED</strong><br />
Copy and complete the mapping diagram at the left to represent a relation that is a function. Then describe how you can not modify the mapping diagram so that the relation is a function.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31773" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 10" width="166" height="142" /><br />
Answer: ordered pairs are ( -8 , -4 ) , ( 0 , -2 ) , ( 8 , 0 ) , ( 16 , 2 ) . To have the relation as a function we must have only one output for one input.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-46886" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.png" alt="" width="148" height="130" /><br />
The ordered pairs of the diagram are ( -8 , -4 ) , ( 0 , -2 ) , ( 8 , 0 ) , ( 16 , 2 ) .<br />
Each Input must have only one output in order to be the relation is a function ,<br />
If ,The mapping diagram has the right to left representation or each input has more than one output , then the relation is not a function .<br />
So , To have the relation as a function we must have only one output for one input.</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Problem Solving</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
The mapping diagram represents the costs of reserving a hotel room for different numbers of nights.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31774" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 11" width="143" height="154" /><br />
a. Is the cost a function of the number of nights reserved?<br />
b. Describe the relationship between the cost and the number of nights reserved.<br />
Answer: a. Yes , The cost is a function of the number of nights reserved .<br />
b. The relationship between the cost and the number of nights reserved is , For every night reservation of the room is increasing by $85 with increase in the next reservation ,</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. From the diagram we have ,<br />
Ordered pairs are ( 1 , -$85 ) , ( 2 , $170 ) , ( 3 , $255 ) , ( 4 , $340 ) . each input has exactly one output ,<br />
So , the relation is a function and ,<br />
Yes , The cost is a function of the number of nights reserved .</p>
<p>b. The relationship between the cost and the number of nights reserved is ,<br />
For every night reservation of the room is increasing by $85 with increase in the next reservation,<br />
that is , input 1 = $85 as output<br />
Input 2 = $85 + $85 = $170 as output<br />
Input 3 = $170 + $85 = $255 as output<br />
Input 2 = $255 + $85 = $340 as output</p>
<p>So, The relationship between the cost and the number of nights reserved is ,<br />
For every night reservation of the room is increasing by $85 with increase in the next reservation.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
The graph represents the number of contestants in each round of a talent competition.<br />
a. Is the number of contestants a function of the round number?<br />
b. Predict the number of contestants in the talent competition during Round 7. Explain your reasoning.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31775" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 12" width="161" height="247" /><br />
Answer: a. The number of contestants is a function of the round number.<br />
b. The number of contestants in the talent competition during Round 7  are 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. From the given graph , The ordered pairs are ( 1 , 128 ) , ( 2 , 64 ) , ( 3 , 32 ) , ( 4 , 16 ) .<br />
Each input has only one output , The relation is a function .<br />
So , the number of contestants is a function of the round number.</p>
<p>b. Firstly , The relation between the input and output is,<br />
With every increase in the round number the number of contestants are decreasing by half the number of the previous round , That is, for  input 1 = 128 as output<br />
For input 2 = 128 &#8211; 64 = 64  as output<br />
For input 3 = 64 &#8211; 32 = 32  as output<br />
For input 4 = 32 &#8211; 16 = 16  as output<br />
For input 5 = 16 &#8211; 8 = 8  as output<br />
For input 6 = 8 &#8211; 4 = 4  as output<br />
For input 7 = 4 &#8211; 2 = 2  as output,<br />
So, The number of contestants in the talent competition during Round 7  are 2 .</p>
<h3><a id="Relations _and _Functions _Homework _&amp; _Practice _7.1"></a>Relations and Functions Homework &amp; Practice 7.1</h3>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Choose an appropriate data display for the situation. Explain your reasoning.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
the number of runners in each<br />
age group at a marathon<br />
Answer: In a marathon ,the people of all age group are participating for a promotion on healthy lifestyle, The number of runners in each  group has kids, adults and old people to spread the awareness of leading a healthy life by running daily in the morning . Running or jogging in the morning can help us to maintain our body mass index at an optimal level which is good for heart. The Marathon is conducted by the government of health ministry to be example for the future generations.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
the high temperature and the<br />
attendance at a water park each day<br />
Answer:  Generally, The water park is normally crowded depending on the season and the temperature, In summer the attendance in the waterpark is at the utmost point because of the high temperature and the seasonal vacation. Going to the water park in summer is super fun due to the number of  water slides , water rides will be a nice place to the whole family trip and as well as friends . In order to be there at a less crowded time spring is also a nice time to visit the water park .</p>
<p><strong>Graph the linear equation.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
y = 2x &#8211; 3<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-46950" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-8.png" alt="" width="541" height="426" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-8.png 541w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-8-300x236.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /><br />
Explanation:<br />
Given , y = 2x – 3 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 1 , then y = 2(1) – 3 = 2 &#8211; 3 = -1 . co-ordinates are (1 , -1)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 2(2) – 3 = 4 &#8211; 3 = 1 , co-ordinates are (2 , 1)<br />
The co-ordinates (1 , -1) , (2 , 1) form a straight line .<br />
So, y = 2x – 3 is a linear equation.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
y = &#8211; 0.5x<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-46951" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-9.png" alt="" width="538" height="424" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-9.png 538w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-9-300x236.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /><br />
Explanation:<br />
Given , y = -0.5x , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = -0.5(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = -0.5(2) = -1 , co-ordinates are (2 , -1)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (2 , -1) form a straight line .<br />
So, y = -0.5x is a linear equation.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
y = &#8211; 3x + 4<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-46952" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-10.png" alt="" width="544" height="422" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-10.png 544w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-10-300x233.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 544px) 100vw, 544px" /><br />
Explanation:<br />
Given , y = – 3x + 4 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = – 3(0) + 4 = 4 . co-ordinates are (0 , 4)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = – 3(1) + 4 = -3 + 4 = 1 , co-ordinates are (1 , 1)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = – 3(2) + 4 = -6 + 4 = -2 , co-ordinates are (2 , -2)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 4) , (1 , 1) , (2 , -2) form a straight line .<br />
So, y = – 3x + 4 is a linear equation.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Which word best describes two figures that have the same size and the same shape?<br />
A. congruent<br />
B. adjacent<br />
C. parallel<br />
D. similar<br />
Answer:  A. congruent</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Two figures which have the same size and shape are congruent.</p>
<p><strong>Concepts, Skills, &amp;Problem Solving</strong></p>
<p><strong>INTERPRETING DIAGRAMS</strong> Describe the relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram. Then complete the diagram. Is there more than one possible answer? Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 275.)<br />
Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31776" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 13" width="146" height="172" /><br />
Answer: The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is ,<br />
For every increase in number of input is having the output of adding -4 to the previous output.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-47915" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-11.png" alt="" width="154" height="171" /><br />
The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is ,<br />
For every increase in number of input is having the output of adding -4 to the previous output ,<br />
for input 1 = -1 as output<br />
for input 2 = -1 + (-4) = -5 as output<br />
for input 3 = -5 + (-4) = -9 as output<br />
for input 4 = -9 + (-4) = -13 as output<br />
for input 5 = -13 + (-4) = -17 as output<br />
for input 6 = -17 + (-4) = -21 as output.<br />
So, The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is ,<br />
For every increase in number of input is having the output of adding -4 to the previous output .</p>
<p>In this case , we are witnessing only one output for one input.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31777" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 14" width="205" height="161" /><br />
Answer: The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is,<br />
Each input has the sports name and the output has the Starting letter of sports name.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-47918" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-12.png" alt="" width="204" height="152" /><br />
The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is,<br />
Each input has the sports name and the output has the Starting letter of sports name.<br />
For input basketball = b as output<br />
For input baseball = b as output<br />
For input football = f as output<br />
For input soccer = s as output<br />
For input swimming = s as output,<br />
So, The relationship between the inputs and outputs in the diagram is,<br />
Each input has the sports name and the output has the Starting letter of sports name.</p>
<p>In this case we have more than one output for input.</p>
<p><strong>LISTING ORDERED PAIRS</strong> List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram.<br />
Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31778" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 15" width="145" height="127" /><br />
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 0 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 5 ) , ( 6 , 6 ) , ( 9 , 7 ) .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output<br />
So , Ordered pairs are ( 0 , 4 ) , ( 3 , 5 ) , ( 6 , 6 ) , ( 9 , 7 ) .</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31779" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 16" width="142" height="128" /><br />
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 1 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 4 ) , ( 5 , 6 ) , ( 7 , 2 ).</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output<br />
So , Ordered pairs are ( 1 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 8 ) , ( 3 , 4 ) , ( 5 , 6 ) , ( 7 , 2 ).</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31780" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 17" width="173" height="130" /><br />
Answer: Ordered pairs are ( 6 , -5 ) , ( 7 , -5 ) , ( 8 , -10 ) , ( 9 , -10 ).</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output<br />
So , Ordered pairs are ( 6 , -5 ) , ( 7 , -5 ) , ( 8 , -10 ) , ( 9 , -10 ).</p>
<p><strong>IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS</strong> Determine whether the relation is a function.<br />
Question 12.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31781" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 18" width="146" height="139" /><br />
Answer: The relation is not a function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The each input has  more than two outputs , That is one input has multiple number of outputs.<br />
Here , input 0 has two outputs which are 10 and 20 .<br />
So , The relation is not a function .</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31782" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 19" width="153" height="141" /><br />
Answer: The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Each input has exactly one output ,<br />
So , The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31783" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 20" width="163" height="139" /><br />
Answer: The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Each input has exactly one output ,<br />
So , The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend determines whether the relation shown in the mapping diagram is a function. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31784" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 21" width="322" height="161" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-21.png 322w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-21-300x150.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 322px) 100vw, 322px" /><br />
Answer: The relation is not a function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The each input has  more than two outputs , That is one input has multiple number of outputs.<br />
Here , input 4 has four outputs which are 5, 6 , 7 and 8.<br />
So , The relation is not a function .</p>
<p><strong>REASONING</strong> Draw a mapping diagram that represents the relation. Then determine whether the relation is a function. Explain.<br />
Question 16.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31785" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-22.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 22" width="148" height="146" /><br />
Answer:  The mapping diagram representing the relation is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-47965" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-13.png" alt="" width="144" height="134" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the given graph , co-ordinates of the ordering pairs are( 1 , 1 ), ( 3 , 3 ), ( -1 , -1 ), ( -3 , -3 ).<br />
Each input has exactly one output ,<br />
So , The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31786" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-23.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 23" width="143" height="147" /><br />
Answer: The mapping diagram representing the relation is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-47985" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Function-15.png" alt="" width="203" height="198" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the given graph , co-ordinates of the ordering pairs are( 0 , 8 ),( 2 , 8 ),( 4 , 8 ),( 6 , 8 ),( 8 , 8 ),( -2 , 8 ),( -4 , 8 ). Each input has exactly one output ,<br />
So , The relation is a function.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31787" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-24.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 24" width="140" height="139" /><br />
Answer: The mapping diagram representing the relation is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-47986" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-14.png" alt="" width="175" height="187" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the given graph , co-ordinates of the ordering pairs are( -2 , 1 ),( -2 , 2 ),( -2 , 3 ),( -2 , 4 ),( -2 , 5 ),( -2 , 6 ).<br />
Each input has more than one output ,<br />
So , The relation is not a function.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
The normal pressure at sea level is 1 atmosphere of pressure(1 ATM). As you dive below sea level, the pressure changes. The mapping diagram represents the pressures at different depths.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31788" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-25.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 25" width="338" height="310" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-25.png 338w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-25-300x275.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /><br />
a. Complete the mapping diagram.<br />
b. Is pressure a function of depth?<br />
c. Describe the relationship between pressure and depth.<br />
d. List the ordered pairs. Then plot the ordered pairs in a coordinate plane. What do you notice about the points?<br />
e. RESEARCH What are common depths for beginner scuba divers? What are common depths for experienced scuba divers?<br />
Answer: The detailed explanation of  all the answers are given below .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. The mapping diagram is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-48167" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Function-16.png" alt="" width="195" height="195" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Function-16.png 195w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Function-16-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 195px) 100vw, 195px" /><br />
b. Yes , the pressure is a function of depth, Because depth is related to pressure in the given mapping diagram.</p>
<p>c. The relationship between pressure and depth is,<br />
for every 10m increase in Depth of input there is an increase in 1 ATM pressure .</p>
<p>d. The ordered pairs are ( 0 , 1 ) , ( 10 , 2 ) , (20 , 3 ) , ( 30 , 4 ) , ( 40 , 5 ), ( 50 , 6 ).<br />
The plot of the ordered pairs in a coordinate plane is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-48324" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Function-17.png" alt="" width="487" height="428" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Function-17.png 487w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Function-17-300x264.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></p>
<p>From the graph, we have seen that, if the depth of the diving of scuba drivers increases then the water pressure increases with increase in depth. So, the graph have straight line .</p>
<p>e. The common depths for beginner scuba divers is 30 feet to 60 feet or 9 to 18 meters ,<br />
The common depths for experienced scuba divers is more than 60 feet or more than 18 meters .</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
The table shows the cost of purchasing 1, 2, 3, or 4 T-shirts from a souvenir shop.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31789" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-26.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 26" width="143" height="135" /><br />
a. Is the cost a function of the number of T-shirts purchased?<br />
b. Describe the relationship between the cost and the number cost per T-shirt of T-shirts purchased. How does the change as you purchase more T-shirts?<br />
Answer: The detailed explanation of  all the answers are given below .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Yes , The cost is a function of the number of T-shirts purchased, Because the cost of the purchased T-shirts is varying with the number of T-shirts purchased.</p>
<p>b. The relationship between the cost and the number cost per T-shirt of T-shirts purchased is,<br />
Input is the cost of 1 T-shirt is $10 as output , Then for 2 T-shirts cost will be $20<br />
If 2 T-shirts will be purchased at same time, cost will be decreased by $2 so it will be $10 + 8 = $18 for 2 T-shirts.<br />
As per the single T-shirt cost , For 3 T-shirts will be $30,<br />
So in the table given that 3 T-shirts will cost $24 , because it cost $18 + 6 = $24 for 3 T-shirts.<br />
It goes same for 4 T-shirts , For 4 T-shirts will be $40, because it cost $24 + 4 = $28 for 4 T-shirts.</p>
<p>The change as you purchase more T-shirts is For every increase in purchase of the number of T-shirts is decrease in the cost of total T-shirts purchased.</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
<strong>REPEATED REASONING</strong><br />
The table shows the outputs for several inputs. Use two methods to predict the output for an input of 200.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31790" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.1-27.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.1 27" width="252" height="71" /><br />
Answer: The output for an input of 200 is 1025.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Method 1. The relation between inputs and outputs is as follows,<br />
y = 25 + 5x<br />
As input increases by 1 , output increases by 5 units,<br />
To find output of 200 as input ,<br />
put x = 200 in the equation,<br />
y = 25 + 5(200)<br />
= 25 + 1000<br />
= 1025.<br />
So , y = 1025.</p>
<p>Method 2.  As the table shown, for every increase in input there is an increase in 5 numbers in output,<br />
So , For 1 input = 25 + 5 = 30 as output<br />
For 2 input = 30 + 5 = 35 as out put<br />
For 3 input = 35 + 5 = 40 as out put<br />
For 4 input = 40 + 5 = 45 as out put<br />
By doing this for number 200 as input we have , 1025 as output.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _7.2 _Representations _of _Functions"></a>Lesson 7.2 Representations of Functions</h3>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 1</strong></p>
<p>Using a Table to Describe Relationships<br />
Work with a partner. Make a table that shows the relationship  between the figure number x and the area A of each figure. Then use an equation to find which figure has an area of 81 square units when the pattern continues.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31791" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 1" width="539" height="227" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-1.png 539w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-1-300x126.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></p>
<p>Answer: a. The equation is y = 2x &#8211; 1, For figure has an area of 81 square units is 41.<br />
b. The equation is y = x²,  For figure has an area of 81 square units is 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. figure shows the 1 square unit of each box  for and it has a pattern of  2x &#8211; 1<br />
figure 1 = 1 square unit<br />
figure 2 =3 square units<br />
figure 3 = 5 square unit and so on<br />
So, the equation is y = 2x &#8211; 1 , it is in the form of y = mx + c,<br />
Given to which figure has an area of 81 square units<br />
substitute y  = 81, we have<br />
y = 2x &#8211; 1<br />
81 = 2x &#8211; 1<br />
2x = 82<br />
x = 41<br />
So, For figure has an area of 81 square units is 41.</p>
<p>b. As shown above , we know that ,<br />
figure 1 = 1 square unit<br />
figure 2 =4 square units<br />
figure 3 = 9 square unit and so on<br />
Here we have a pattern of power of its own number,<br />
So, the Equation  will be y = x²<br />
Given to which figure has an area of 81 square units<br />
substitute y  = 81, we have<br />
x  = 9<br />
So, For figure has an area of 81 square units is 9.</p>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 2</strong></p>
<p>Using a Graph<br />
Work with a partner. Use a graph to test the truth of each statement. If the statement is true, write an equation that shows how to obtain one measurement from the other.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31792" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 2" width="391" height="195" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-2.png 391w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-2-300x150.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 391px) 100vw, 391px" /><br />
a. “You can find the horsepower of a race-car car engine if you know its volume in cubic inches&#8221;<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31793" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 3" width="395" height="65" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-3.png 395w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-3-300x49.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /><br />
b. “You can find the volume of a race-car engine in cubic centimeters if you know its volume in cubic inches.”<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31794" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 4" width="385" height="72" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-4.png 385w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-4-300x56.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 385px) 100vw, 385px" /></p>
<p>Answer: a. Given ordered pairs are (200 , 375) , (350 , 650) , (350 , 250) , (500 , 600)<br />
We can not find the horsepower of a race-car car engine if you know its volume in cubic inches<br />
b. Given ordered pairs are (100 , 1640) , (200 , 3280) , (300 , 4920) ,<br />
Yes, You can find the volume of a race-car engine in cubic centimeters if you know its volume in cubic inches</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given ordered pairs are (200 , 375) , (350 , 650) , (350 , 250) , (500 , 600)<br />
We can not find the horsepower of a race-car car engine if you know its volume in cubic inches</p>
<p>b. Given ordered pairs are (100 , 1640) , (200 , 3280) , (300 , 4920) ,<br />
Yes, You can find the volume of a race-car engine in cubic centimeters if you know its volume in cubic inches</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31795" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 5" width="188" height="71" /></p>
<p><strong>Try It</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Write a function rule for “The output is one-fourth of the input.”<br />
Answer:  y = \(\frac{x}{4}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is one-fourth of the input, will be ,<br />
y = \(\frac{x}{4}\).</p>
<p><strong>Find the value of y when x = 5.</strong><br />
Question 2.<br />
y = 4x &#8211; 1<br />
Answer: y = 19.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = 4x &#8211; 1<br />
substitute x = 5 , we get<br />
y = 4(5) &#8211; 1<br />
y = 20 &#8211; 1 = 19<br />
So, y = 19.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
y = 10x<br />
Answer: y = 50</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y =10x<br />
substitute x = 5 , we get<br />
y = 10(5)<br />
y = 50<br />
So, y = 50.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
y = 7 &#8211; 3x<br />
Answer: y = -8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = 7 &#8211; 3x<br />
substitute x = 5 , we get<br />
y = 7 &#8211; 3(5)<br />
y = 7 &#8211; 15 = -8<br />
So, y = -8.</p>
<p><strong>Graph the function.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
y = x + 1<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49886" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-18.png" alt="" width="445" height="384" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-18.png 445w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-18-300x259.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 445px) 100vw, 445px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = x + 1  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 1 = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 1 = 2 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 1 = 3 , co-ordinates are (2 , 3)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , 2) , (2 , 3) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
y = &#8211; 3x<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49888" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-20.png" alt="" width="504" height="368" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-20.png 504w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-20-300x219.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 504px) 100vw, 504px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = &#8211; 3x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = -3(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = -3(1) = -3 . co-ordinates are (1 , -3)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = -3(2) = -6 , co-ordinates are (2 , -6)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = -3(3) = -9 , co-ordinates are (3 , -9)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , -3) , (2 , -6) ,(3 , -9) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
y = 3x + 2<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49887" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-19.png" alt="" width="443" height="384" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-19.png 443w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-19-300x260.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 443px) 100vw, 443px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = 3x + 2  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y =3(0) + 2 = 2 . co-ordinates are (0 , 2)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 3(1) + 2= 5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 5)<br />
if x = 2 , then y =3(2) + 2 = 7 , co-ordinates are (2 , 7)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 2) , (1 , 5) , (2 , 7) form a straight line .</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Concepts &amp; Skills</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p><strong>WRITING FUNCTION RULES</strong> Write a function rule for the statement.<br />
Question 8.<br />
The output is three times the input.<br />
Answer: y = 3x</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is three times the input. will be ,<br />
So , y = 3x .</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
The output is eight more than one-seventh of the input.<br />
Answer: y = 8 + \(\frac{x}{7}\) .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is eight more than one-seventh of the input., will be ,<br />
So, y = 8 + \(\frac{x}{7}\) .</p>
<p><strong>EVALUATING A FUNCTION</strong> Find the value of y when x = 5.<br />
Question 10.<br />
y = 6x<br />
Answer: y = 30</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = 6x<br />
substitute x = 5 , we get<br />
y = 6(5) =30<br />
So, y = 30</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
y = 11 &#8211; x<br />
Answer: y = 6</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = 11 &#8211; x<br />
substitute x = 5 , we get<br />
y = 11 &#8211; 5 = 6<br />
So, y = 6.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x + 1<br />
Answer:  y = 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = \(\frac{1}{5}\)x + 1<br />
substitute x = 5 , we get<br />
y = \(\frac{x}{5}\) + 1<br />
y= \(\frac{5}{5}\) + 1<br />
y = 1 + 1 = 2<br />
So, y = 2 .</p>
<p><strong>GRAPHING A FUNCTION</strong> Graph the function.<br />
Question 13.<br />
y = &#8211; 2x<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49929" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-22.png" alt="" width="499" height="363" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-22.png 499w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-22-300x218.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = &#8211; 2x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = &#8211; 2(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = &#8211; 2(1)= -2 . co-ordinates are (1 , -2)<br />
if x = 2 , then y =- 2(2) = -4 , co-ordinates are (2 , -4)<br />
if x = 3 , then y =- 2(3) = -6 , co-ordinates are (3 , -6)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , -2) , (2 , -4) , (3 , -6) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
y = x &#8211; 3<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49930" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-23.png" alt="" width="501" height="362" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-23.png 501w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-23-300x217.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 501px) 100vw, 501px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = x &#8211; 3 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 &#8211; 3 = -3 . co-ordinates are (0 , -3)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 1 &#8211; 3= -2 . co-ordinates are (1 , -2)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 2 &#8211; 3 = -1 , co-ordinates are (2 , -1)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 3 &#8211; 3 = 0 , co-ordinates are (3 , 0)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , -3) , (1 , -2) , (2 , -1) , (3 , 0) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
y = 9 &#8211; 3x<br />
Answer:  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49928" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-21.png" alt="" width="500" height="365" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-21.png 500w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-21-300x219.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = 9 &#8211; 3x , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 9 &#8211; 3(0) = 9 . co-ordinates are (0 , 9)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 9 &#8211; 3(1) = 6 . co-ordinates are (1 , 6)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 9 &#8211; 3(2) = 3 , co-ordinates are (2 , 3)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 9 &#8211; 3(3) = 0 , co-ordinates are (3 , 0)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 9) , (1 , 6) , (2 , 3) , (3 , 0) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<strong>DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION</strong><br />
Which is different? Find “both” answers.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31796" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 6" width="424" height="123" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-6.png 424w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-6-300x87.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 424px) 100vw, 424px" /><br />
Answer: As mentioned in the explanation below  a &amp; d , b &amp; c are different .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given ,<br />
a. what output is 4 more than twice the input 3?<br />
Let us say that , y is output and x is input and given as 3 ,<br />
then, we have y = 4 + 2(3) = 10.<br />
b. What output is twice the sum of the input 3 and 4?<br />
Let us say that , y is output and x is input and given as 3 ,<br />
then, we have y = 2( 3 + 4 ) = 14.<br />
c. what output is the sum of 2 times the input 3 and 4?<br />
Let us say that , y is output and x is input and given as 3 ,<br />
then, we have y = 2( 3 + 4 ) = 14.<br />
d. what output is 4 increased by twice the input 3?<br />
Let us say that , y is output and x is input and given as 3 ,<br />
then, we have y = 4 + 2(3) = 10.</p>
<p>So, a &amp; d , b &amp; c are different .</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Problem Solving</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
The World Health Organization(WHO) suggests having 23 health-care workers for every 10,000 people. How many health-care workers are needed to meet the WHO suggestion for a population of 250,000 people? Justify your answer using a graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31797" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 7" width="162" height="257" /><br />
Answer: So, 575 health-care workers are needed to meet the WHO suggestion for a population of 250,000 people</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, The World Health Organization(WHO) suggests having 23 health-care workers for every 10,000 people.<br />
we need to find how many health-care workers are needed to meet the WHO suggestion for a population of 250,000 people,<br />
For every 10,000 people we have 23 care takers<br />
Then for 250,000 people we have<br />
\(\frac{23 × 250,000}{10,000}\)<br />
= 23 × 25<br />
= 575<br />
So, 575 health-care workers are needed to meet the WHO suggestion for a population of 250,000 people</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A truck produces 22 pounds of carbon dioxide for every gallon of diesel fuel burned. The fuel economy of the truck is 18 miles per gallon. Write and graph a function that describes the relationship between carbon dioxide produced and distance traveled.<br />
Answer: y = 22x + 18  is the linear equation</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, A truck produces 22 pounds of carbon dioxide for every gallon of diesel fuel burned.<br />
The fuel economy of the truck is 18 miles per gallon.<br />
So, we have y = 22x + 18 is in the form of y = mx +c<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 22(0) + 18 = 18 . co-ordinates are (0 , 18)<br />
if x = 1 , then y =22(1) + 18= 40  . co-ordinates are (1 , 40)<br />
if x = 2 , then y =22(2) + 18 = 62 , co-ordinates are (2 , 62)<br />
if x = 3 , then y =22(3) + 18 = 84  , co-ordinates are (3 , 84)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 18) , (1 , 40) , (2 , 62) , (3 , 84) form a straight line .<br />
The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55546" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-74.png" alt="" width="431" height="370" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-74.png 431w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-74-300x258.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 431px) 100vw, 431px" /></p>
<h3><a id="Representations _of _Functions _Homework _&amp; _Practice _7.2"></a>Representations of Functions Homework &amp; Practice 7.2</h3>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Determine whether the relation is a function. </strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31798" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 8" width="140" height="129" /><br />
Answer:  The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Each input has exactly one output ,<br />
So , The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31799" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 9" width="149" height="133" /><br />
Answer:  The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Each input has exactly one output ,<br />
So , The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31800" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 10" width="142" height="144" /><br />
Answer: The relation is not a function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The each input has  more than two outputs , That is one input has multiple number of outputs.<br />
Here , input 2 has two outputs which are 0 and -4 .<br />
So , The relation is not a function .</p>
<p><strong>Find the slope of the line.</strong><br />
Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31801" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 11" width="153" height="147" /><br />
Answer: slope = 1.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the slope equation , we know that<br />
Slope = \(\frac{change in y}{change in x}\) or<br />
slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)<br />
From the graph we know that change in y or ▲y is change from -2 to -4 =2<br />
change in x or ▲x is change from 1 to 3 = 2 ,<br />
So, slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)<br />
slope = \(\frac{2}{2}\)<br />
slope = 1.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31802" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 12" width="151" height="146" /><br />
Answer: slope = \(\frac{5}{2}\) .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the slope equation , we know that<br />
Slope = \(\frac{change in y}{change in x}\) or<br />
slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)<br />
From the graph we know that change in y or ▲y is change from -4 to 1 = 5<br />
change in x or ▲x is change from -1 to -3 = 2 ,<br />
So, slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)<br />
slope = \(\frac{5}{2}\) .</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31803" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 13" width="140" height="142" /><br />
Answer:  slope = \(\frac{1}{3}\) .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the slope equation , we know that<br />
Slope = \(\frac{change in y}{change in x}\) or<br />
slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)<br />
From the graph we know that change in y or ▲y is change from -4 to -3 = 1<br />
change in x or ▲x is change from 1 to 4 = 3 ,<br />
So, slope = \(\frac{▲y}{▲x}\)<br />
slope = \(\frac{1}{3}\) .</p>
<p><strong>Concepts, Skills, &amp; Problem Solving</strong></p>
<p><strong>USING A GRAPH</strong> Use a graph to test the truth of the statement. If the statement is true, write an equation that shows how to obtain one measurement from the other measurement. (See Exploration 2, p. 281.)</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
“You can find the weight of a cell phone in ounces if you know its screen size in inches.”<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31804" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 14" width="381" height="61" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-14.png 381w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-14-300x48.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 381px) 100vw, 381px" /><br />
Answer: we can does not find the weight of a cell phone in ounces if you know its screen size in inches.</p>
<p>From the given table , Ordered pairs are (4 , 4) , (4.7 , 4.8) , (5 , 4.8) , (5.5 , 6.4)<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (4, 4) and (4.7, 4.8)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (4.8 – 4) / (4.7 – 4)<br />
m = 0.8/0.7 .<br />
So, we can does not find the weight of a cell phone in ounces if you know its screen size in inches.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
“You can find the age of a child in years if you know the age of the child in months.”<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31805" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 15" width="352" height="73" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-15.png 352w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-15-300x62.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 352px) 100vw, 352px" /><br />
Answer: YES, y = 0.08x + 0.04 is a linear equations</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the given table , Ordered pairs are (9 , 0.75) , (12 , 1) , (15 , 1.25) , (24 , 2)<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (12 ,1) and (24, 2)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (2 – 1) / (24 – 12)<br />
m = 1/12<br />
m = 0.08.<br />
substitute the slope in the (12 ,1) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y – 1 = 0.08(x – 12)<br />
y –1 = 0.08x – 0.96<br />
y = 0.08x –0.96 + 1<br />
y =0.08 x + 0.04<br />
So, y = 0.08x + 0.04 is a linear equation</p>
<p><strong>WRITING FUNCTION RULES </strong>Write a function rule for the statement.<br />
Question 9.<br />
The output is half of the input.<br />
Answer: y = \(\frac{x}{2}\).</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is half of the input, will be ,<br />
y = \(\frac{x}{2}\).</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
The output is eleven more than the input.<br />
Answer: y = x + 11</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is eleven more than the input, will be ,<br />
y = x + 11</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
The output is three less than the input.<br />
Answer: y = x &#8211; 3</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is three less than the input, will be ,<br />
y = x &#8211; 3</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
The output is the cube of the input.<br />
Answer: y = x³</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is the cube of the input, will be ,<br />
y = x³</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
The output is six times the input.<br />
Answer: y = 6x</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is six times the input, will be ,<br />
y = 6x</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
The output is one more than twice the input.<br />
Answer: y = 2x + 1</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is one more than twice the input, will be ,<br />
y = 2x + 1</p>
<p><strong>EVALUATING A FUNCTION</strong> Find the value of y for the given value of x.<br />
Question 15.<br />
y = x + 5; x = 3<br />
Answer: y = 8</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = x + 5<br />
substitute x = 3 , we get<br />
y = 3 + 5<br />
So, y = 8.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
y = 7x; x = &#8211; 5<br />
Answer:  y = -35.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = 7x<br />
substitute x = -5 , we get<br />
y = 7(-5)<br />
So, y = -35.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
y = 1 &#8211; 2x; x = 9<br />
Answer: y = -17</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = 1 &#8211; 2x<br />
substitute x = 9 , we get<br />
y = 1 &#8211; 2(9)<br />
y = 1 &#8211; 18<br />
So, y = -17.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
y = 3x + 2; x = 0.5<br />
Answer: y = 5.5</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = 3x + 2<br />
substitute x = 0.5 , we get<br />
y = 3(0.5) + 2<br />
y = 3.5 + 2<br />
So, y = 5.5 .</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
y = 2x<sup>3</sup>; x = 3<br />
Answer: y = 54</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = 2x<sup>3</sup><br />
substitute x = 3 , we get<br />
y = 2(3)³<br />
y = 2 × 27 = 54<br />
So, y = 54.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
y = \(\frac{x}{2}\) + 9; x = &#8211; 12<br />
Answer: y = 3</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = \(\frac{x}{2}\) + 9<br />
substitute x = -12 , we get<br />
y = \(\frac{-12}{2}\) + 9<br />
y = -6 + 9<br />
So, y = 3 .</p>
<p><strong>GRAPHING A FUNCTION</strong> Graph the function.<br />
Question 21.<br />
y = x + 4<br />
Answer:  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49997" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-24.png" alt="" width="474" height="412" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-24.png 474w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-24-300x261.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 474px) 100vw, 474px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = x + 4  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 4 = 4 . co-ordinates are (0 , 4)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 4 = 5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 5)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 4 = 6 , co-ordinates are (2 , 6)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 3 + 4 = 7 , co-ordinates are (3 , 7)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 4) , (1 , 5) , (2 , 6) , (3 , 7) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
y = 2x<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49998" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-25.png" alt="" width="499" height="361" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-25.png 499w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-25-300x217.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = 2x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 2(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 2(1) = 2 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 2(2) = 4 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 2(3) = 6 , co-ordinates are (3 , 6)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 2) , (2 , 4) , (3 , 6) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 23.<br />
y = &#8211; 5x + 3<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49999" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-26.png" alt="" width="497" height="364" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-26.png 497w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-26-300x220.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = &#8211; 5x + 3  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y =- 5(0) + 3 = 3 . co-ordinates are (0 , 3)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = &#8211; 5(1) + 3 = -2 . co-ordinates are (1 , -2)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = &#8211; 5(2) + 3 = -7 , co-ordinates are (2 , -7)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = &#8211; 5(3) + 3 = -12 , co-ordinates are (3 , -12)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 3) , (1 , -2) , (2 , -7) , (3 , -12) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 24.<br />
y = \(\frac{x}{4}\)<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50000" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-27.png" alt="" width="444" height="381" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-27.png 444w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-27-300x257.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = \(\frac{0}{4}\) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 0.25 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0.25)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{2}{4}\) = 0.5 , co-ordinates are (2 , 0.5)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 0.75 , co-ordinates are (3 , 0.75)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 0.25) , (2 , 0.5) , (3 , 0.75) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 1<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50001" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-28.png" alt="" width="439" height="386" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-28.png 439w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-28-300x264.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 439px) 100vw, 439px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 1  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y =\(\frac{3}{2}\)(0) + 1 = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)(1) + 1= 2.5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2.5)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)(2) + 1 = 4 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)(3) + 1 = 5.5 , co-ordinates are (3 , 5.5)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , 2.5) , (2 , 4) , (3 , 5.5) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 26.<br />
y = 1 + 0.5x<br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50002" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-29.png" alt="" width="444" height="384" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-29.png 444w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-29-300x259.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = 1 + 0.5x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y =1 + 0.5(0) = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 0.5(1) = 1.5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 1.5)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 1 + 0.5(2) = 2 , co-ordinates are (2 , 2)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 1 + 0.5(3) = 2.5 , co-ordinates are (3 , 2.5)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , 1.5) , (2 , 2) , (3 , 2.5)  form a straight line .</p>
<p><strong>MATCHING</strong> Match the graph with the function it represents.<br />
A. y = \(\frac{x}{3}\)<br />
B. y = x + 1<br />
C. y = &#8211; 2x + 6<br />
Question 27.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31806" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 16" width="150" height="143" /><br />
Answer:  B. y = x + 1.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = x + 1  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 1 = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 1 = 2 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 1 = 3 , co-ordinates are (2 , 3)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , 2) , (2 , 3) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 28.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31807" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 17" width="144" height="143" /><br />
Answer: c. y = &#8211; 2x + 6</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = &#8211; 2x + 6  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = &#8211; 2(0) + 6 = 6 . co-ordinates are (0 , 6)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = &#8211; 2(1) + 6 = 4 . co-ordinates are (1 , 4)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = &#8211; 2(2) + 6 = 2 , co-ordinates are (2 , 2)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = &#8211; 2(3) + 6 = 0 , co-ordinates are (3 , 0)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 6) , (1 , 4) , (2 , 2) , (3 , 0) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 29.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31808" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 18" width="143" height="152" /><br />
Answer: A. y = \(\frac{x}{3}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y =  \(\frac{x}{3}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y =\(\frac{0}{3}\) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)= 0.3 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0.3)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)= 0.6 , co-ordinates are (2 , 0.6)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 0.3) , (2 , 0.6) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 30.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend graphs the function represented by the input-output table. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31809" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 19" width="182" height="192" /><br />
Answer: Yes , He is correct</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55531" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-73.png" alt="" width="307" height="80" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-73.png 307w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-73-300x78.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 307px) 100vw, 307px" /><br />
Ordered pairs are (-1 , -4) , (1 , -2) , (3 ,0) , (5 , 2)<br />
these points form a straight line when graphed.<br />
Yes , He is correct</p>
<p>Question 31.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
A dolphin eats 30 pounds of fish per day.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31810" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 20" width="250" height="147" /><br />
a. Write and graph a function that relates the number p of pounds of fish that a dolphin eats in d days.<br />
b. How many total pounds of fish does a dolphin eat in 30 days?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given , A dolphin eats 30 pounds of fish per day.<br />
by each passing day eating fish is increased by the day passes .<br />
So, y = 30x is the function,<br />
The graph represents the function as<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50009" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-25-1.png" alt="" width="499" height="361" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-25-1.png 499w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-25-1-300x217.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /><br />
b. Given , A dolphin eats 30 pounds of fish per day.<br />
then for 30 days ,<br />
30 × 30 = 900 pounds<br />
So, A dolphin eats 900 pounds of fish in 30 days</p>
<p>Question 32.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
You fill a fish tank with 55 gallons of water on Saturday. The water evaporates at a rate of 1.5 gallons per day. You plan to add water when the tank reaches 49 gallons. When will you add water? Justify your answer.<br />
Answer: As the action starts on Saturday , the tank will reach 49 gallons after 4 days , That is on Wednesday.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given data ,, implies that slope of the function m = -1.5<br />
The y intercept b= 55,<br />
Then the equation  will be y = 55 &#8211; 1.5x<br />
Given , You plan to add water when the tank reaches 49 gallons.<br />
determine x for y = 49 ,<br />
So, 49 = 55 &#8211; 1.5x ,<br />
1.5x = 55 &#8211; 49<br />
1.5x = 6<br />
x = \(\frac{6}{1.5}\)<br />
x = 4.</p>
<p>As the action starts on Saturday , the tank will reach 49 gallons after 4 days , That is on Wednesday.</p>
<p><strong>USING AN EQUATION</strong> Find the value of x for the given value of y.<br />
Question 33.<br />
y = 5x &#8211; 7; y = &#8211; 22<br />
Answer: x = -3</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = 5x &#8211; 7<br />
x = \(\frac{y + 7}{5}\)<br />
substitute y = -22 , we get<br />
x = \(\frac{-22 + 7}{5}\)<br />
x = \(\frac{- 15}{5}\)<br />
x = -3<br />
So, x = -3 .</p>
<p>Question 34.<br />
y = 9 &#8211; 7x; y = 37<br />
Answer: x = -4</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = 9 &#8211; 7x<br />
x = \(\frac{9 &#8211; y}{7}\)<br />
substitute y = 37 , we get<br />
x = \(\frac{9 &#8211; 37}{7}\)<br />
x = \(\frac{- 28}{7}\)<br />
x = -4<br />
So, x = -4 .</p>
<p>Question 35.<br />
y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) &#8211; 7; y = 2<br />
Answer: x = 36</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) &#8211; 7<br />
x = 4( y + 7)<br />
substitute y = 2 , we get<br />
x = 4( 2 + 7)<br />
x = 4(9)<br />
x = 36<br />
So, x = 36 .</p>
<p>Question 36.<br />
<strong>PROBLEM SOLVING</strong><br />
You decide to make and sell bracelets. The cost of your materials is $84.00. You charge $3.50 for each bracelet.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31811" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 21" width="143" height="153" /><br />
a. P Write a function that represents the profit for selling b bracelets.<br />
b. Which variable is independent? dependent? Explain.<br />
c. You will break even when the cost of your materials equals your income. How many bracelets must you sell to break even?<br />
Answer: a. A function that represents the profit for selling b bracelets is p = 3.5b &#8211; 84.<br />
b. Here , the profit depends on the number of bracelets sold , b is the independent variable and p is the dependent variable.<br />
c. To break even you must sell 24  bracelets.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given , The cost of your materials is $84.00. You charge $3.50 for each bracelet,<br />
Let p be the profit , b be the number of bracelets sold,<br />
So, profit = income &#8211; cost .<br />
p = 3.5b &#8211; 84.<br />
Thus , A function that represents the profit for selling b bracelets is p = 3.5b &#8211; 84.</p>
<p>b. Here , the profit depends on the number of bracelets sold , b is the independent variable and p is the dependent variable.</p>
<p>c. set the income expression from part a equal to the cost of 84 and solve for b ,<br />
So, income = cost .<br />
3.5b = 84 ,<br />
b = \(\frac{84}{3.5}\)<br />
b = 24.</p>
<p>To break even you must sell 24  bracelets.</p>
<p>Question 37.<br />
MODELING REAL LIFE<br />
A furniture store is having a sale where everything is 40% off.<br />
a. Write and graph a function that represents the amount of discount on an item at regular price.<br />
b. You buy a bookshelf that has a regular price of $85. What is the sale price of the bookshelf?<br />
Answer: a. The function is y = 0.4x and the graph is given below.<br />
b. The sale price of the bookshelf s $51.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. A function that represents the amount of discount on an item at regular price is ,<br />
Given , 40% = 0.4 ,<br />
To find the percent of the number , we should multiply the number by the percent in the decimal form ,<br />
so, the equation is d = 0.4p ,<br />
let us convert it in to a function form , y = 0.4x<br />
we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0.4(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 0.4(1)= 0.4 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0.4)<br />
if x = 2 , then y =0.4(2) = 0.8 , co-ordinates are (2 , 0.8)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 0.4(3) = 1.2 , co-ordinates are (3 , 1.2)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 0.4) , (2 , 0.8) , (3 , 1.2) form a straight line .<br />
The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50466" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-30.png" alt="" width="499" height="358" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-30.png 499w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-30-300x215.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /><br />
b. Given , You buy a bookshelf that has a regular price of $85.<br />
The sale price of the bookshelf is ,<br />
substituting the given price in p = 85 ,<br />
it will be the discount d = 0.4 (85) = 34<br />
Then the sale price is $85 &#8211; $34 = $51.</p>
<p>So, The sale price of the bookshelf s $51.</p>
<p>Question 38.<br />
<strong>REASONING</strong><br />
You want to take a two-hour air boat tour. Which is a better deal, Snake Tours or Gator Tours? Use functions to justify your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31812" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-22.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 22" width="560" height="219" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-22.png 560w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-22-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /><br />
Answer: By using functions , $50 &gt; $40 , So, Gator tours are cheaper than the snake tours .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , You want to take a two-hour air boat tour.<br />
Let x be the hours of  air boat tour and y be the cost of air boat tour ,<br />
Snake tours , y = 25x<br />
putt x = 2 ,<br />
So , y = 25 (2) = 50 .<br />
y = 50.</p>
<p>Gator tour , y = 35 + \(\frac{5}{2}\)x<br />
Put x = 2 ,<br />
So, y = 35 + \(\frac{5}{2}\) x<br />
y = 35 + 2.5x<br />
y = 35 + 2.5 (2)<br />
y = 35 + 5<br />
y = 40 .</p>
<p>Finally $50 &gt; $40 , So, Gator tours are cheaper than the snake tours</p>
<p>Question 39.<br />
<strong>REASONING</strong><br />
The graph of a function is a line that passes through the points (3, 2), (5, 8), and (8, y). What is the value of y?<br />
Answer: The value of y is 17 , so, The third given point is <strong>(8, 17)</strong></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3,2) and (5,8)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (8 &#8211; 2) / (5 &#8211; 3)<br />
m = 6 / 2<br />
m = 3<strong><br />
</strong>Then use the slope and one of the given points (3,2) to find the y-intercept<br />
y = mx +<br />
2 = 3(3) + b<br />
2 = 9 + b<br />
-7 = b<br />
The equation is   y = 3x -7<br />
Then find the third point (8, y) by replacing x by 8<br />
y = 3x -7<br />
y = 3(8) -7<br />
y = 24 -7<br />
y = 17</p>
<div>so the third given point is <strong>(8, 17)</strong></div>
<div></div>
<p>Question 40.<br />
<strong>CRITICAL THINKING</strong><br />
Make a table where the independent variable is the side length of a square and the dependent variable is the perimeter. Make a second table where the independent variable is the side length of a square and the dependent variable is the area. Graph both functions in the same coordinate plane. Compare the functions.<br />
Answer: The graph for the perimeter is linear , The graph for the Area is Quadratic .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say , s be the side length of the square ,<br />
Then the perimeter is P = 4s ,<br />
The function will be y= 4x,<br />
we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 4(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 4(1) = 4 . co-ordinates are (1 , 4)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 4(2) =8 , co-ordinates are (2 , 8)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 4(3) = 0 , co-ordinates are (3 , 12)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 4) , (2 ,8) , (3 , 12) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Table will be , <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50531" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-31.png" alt="" width="304" height="93" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-31.png 304w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-31-300x92.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 304px) 100vw, 304px" /></p>
<p>Let us say , s be the side length of the square ,<br />
Then the Area is A = s² ,<br />
The function will be y=x²,<br />
we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0² = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 1² = 1 . co-ordinates are (1 , 1)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 2² =4 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 3² = 9 , co-ordinates are (3 , 9)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 1) , (2 ,4) , (3 , 9) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Second table is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50532" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-32.png" alt="" width="304" height="94" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-32.png 304w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-32-300x93.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 304px) 100vw, 304px" /><br />
Then the graph is  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50535" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-33.png" alt="" width="659" height="469" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-33.png 659w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-33-300x214.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 659px) 100vw, 659px" /><br />
The graph for the perimeter is linear , The graph for the Area is Quadratic .</p>
<p>Question 41.<br />
<strong>PUZZLE</strong><br />
The blocks that form the diagonals of each square are shaded. Each block has an area of one square unit. Find the “green area” of Square 20. Find the “green area” of Square 21. Explain your reasoning.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31813" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-23.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions 7.2 23" width="547" height="131" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-23.png 547w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-7.2-23-300x72.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 547px) 100vw, 547px" /><br />
Answer:  The green area of the Square 20 is 46 square units and The green area of the Square 21 is 48 square units.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , Each block has an area of one square unit,<br />
Square 1 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 3 + 3 = 6 square units ,<br />
Square 2 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 4 + 4 = 8 square units ,<br />
Square 3 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 5 + 5 = 10 square units ,<br />
Square 4 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 6 + 6 = 12 square units,<br />
Square 5 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 7 + 7 = 14 square units ,<br />
Here , The number of squares are increasing by one block with the square numbers.<br />
So for the , Square 20 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 23 + 23 = 46 square units,<br />
And Square 21 has  the diagonals of each square are shaded. the “green area” is 24 + 24 = 48 square units.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _7.3 _Linear _Functions"></a>Lesson 7.3 Linear Functions</h3>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 1</strong></p>
<p>Writing and Graphing Functions<br />
Work with a partner. Each table shows a familiar pattern from geometry.</p>
<ul>
<li>Determine what the variables x and y represent. Then write a function rule that relates y to x.</li>
<li>Is the function a linear function? Explain your reasoning.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31814" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 1" width="666" height="543" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-1.png 666w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-1-300x245.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 666px) 100vw, 666px" /><br />
Answer: All of them are explained below</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The variables x and y represents a rectangle<br />
a. From the given table , Ordered pairs are (1 , 10) , (2 , 12) , (3 , 14) , (4 , 16)<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 ,-1) and (2, -2)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (-2 – (-1)) / (2 – 0)<br />
m = -1 / 2 .<br />
substitute the slope in the (1 , 10) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y – 10 = -1/2 ( x –1)<br />
2(y – 10) = -x  + 1<br />
2y &#8211; 20 = -x+ 1<br />
2y = -x  + 21<br />
y = \(\frac{-1}{2}\) (x &#8211; 21)<br />
So ,  y = \(\frac{-1}{2}\) (x &#8211; 21) is linear function.</p>
<p>b. The variables x and y represent a circle<br />
Ordered pairs are (1 , 3.14 ) , (2 , 6.28) , (3 , 9.42) , (4 , 12.5 )<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 , 3.14 ) , (2 , 6.28)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (6.28 –3.14) / (2– 1)<br />
m = 3.14/1<br />
m = 3.14<br />
substitute the slope in the (8 , 4) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y – 3.14 =3.14 ( x –1)<br />
y – 3.14 = 3.14x – 3.14<br />
y = 3.14x – 3.14 + 3.14<br />
y = 3.14x<br />
So ,  y = 3.14x  is linear function.<br />
Where x is the diameter of the circle.</p>
<p>c. The variables x and y represents a trapezoid<br />
a. From the given table , Ordered pairs are (1 , 5) , (2 , 6) , (3 , 7) , (4 , 8)<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 ,5) and (2, 6)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (6 – 5) / (2 – 1)<br />
m = 1 .<br />
substitute the slope in the (1 ,5) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y &#8211; 5 = 1(x &#8211; 1)<br />
y &#8211; 5 = x &#8211; 1<br />
y = x &#8211; 1 + 5<br />
y = x + 4<br />
So, y = x + 4 is a linear equation</p>
<p>d. The variables x and y represents a cube<br />
a. From the given table , Ordered pairs are (1 , 28) , (2 , 40) , (3 , 52) , (4 , 64)<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 ,28) and (2, 40)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (40 – 28) / (2 – 1)<br />
m = 12 .<br />
substitute the slope in the (1 ,28) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y &#8211; 28 = 12(x &#8211; 1)<br />
y &#8211; 28 = 12x &#8211; 12<br />
y = 12x &#8211; 12 + 28<br />
y = 12x + 16<br />
So, y = 12x + 16 is a linear equation.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31815" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 2" width="188" height="67" /></p>
<p><strong>Try It</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the graph to write a linear function that relates y to x.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31816" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 3" width="156" height="140" /><br />
Answer: the linear function is y = \(\frac{-1}{2}\)x -1.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (-4 , 1) , (-2 , 0 ) , (0 , -1) , ( 2, -2 )<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,-1) and (2, -2)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (-2 – (-1)) / (2 – 0)<br />
m = -1 / 2 .<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -1 ) , The y intercept is -1.<br />
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{-1}{2}\)x -1.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the table to write a linear function that relates y to x.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31817" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 4" width="194" height="69" /><br />
Answer: the linear function is y = (0)x + 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (-2 , 2) , (-1 , 2) , (0 , 2) , (1 , 2)<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,2) and (1, 2)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (2 – 2) / (1 – 0)<br />
m = 0<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 2 ) , The y intercept is 2.<br />
So , the linear function is y = (0)x + 2.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>WHAT IF?</strong><br />
The rate of descent doubles. Repeat parts (a) and (b).<br />
Answer: a. the linear function is y = -1x + 65.<br />
b. The slope indicates that the height decreases 1000 feet per minute.<br />
The y intercept indicates that the descent begins at a cruising altitude of 65,000 feet.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. From the Given table , The rate of descents is 5<br />
If it doubles , then The rate of descents is 10.<br />
The the ordered pairs will be (0 , 65) , (10 ,55) , (20 , 45) .<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,65) and (10, 55)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (55 – 65) / (10 – 0)<br />
m = -10 / 10<br />
m = -1<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 65 ) , The y intercept is 65.<br />
So , the linear function is y = -1x + 65.</p>
<p>b. The slope indicates that the height decreases 1000 feet per minute.<br />
The y intercept indicates that the descent begins at a cruising altitude of 65,000 feet.</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Concepts &amp; Skills</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>WRITING A LINEAR FUNCTION</strong><br />
Use the graph to write a linear function that relates y to x.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31818" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 5" width="148" height="151" /><br />
Answer:  The linear function is y = -4x -2 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (-2 , 6) , (-1 , 2 ) , (0 , -2) , ( 1, -6 )<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,-2) and (1, -6)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (-6 – (-2)) / (1 – 0)<br />
m = -4 .<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -2) , The y intercept is -2.<br />
So , the linear function is y = -4x -2 .</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>INTERPRETING A LINEAR FUNCTION</strong><br />
The table shows the revenue R (in millions of dollars) of a company when it spends A (in millions of dollars) on advertising.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31819" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 6" width="381" height="63" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-6.png 381w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-6-300x50.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 381px) 100vw, 381px" /><br />
a. Write and graph a linear function that relates R to A.<br />
b. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept.<br />
Answer:  a. The linear function is y = 2x + 2. and the graph is shown below<br />
b. The slope indicates that the increasing in the amount of spending on advertising by 2 million dollars<br />
The y intercept indicates that the Revenue begins to increasing from the 2 million dollars.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. From the given table ,<br />
The the ordered pairs will be (0 , 2) , (2 ,6) , (4 , 10) , (6 , 14) , (8 ,18) .<br />
The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51650" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-34.png" alt="" width="439" height="378" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-34.png 439w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-34-300x258.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 439px) 100vw, 439px" /><br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,2) and (2, 6)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (6 – 2) / (2 – 0)<br />
m = 4 / 2<br />
m = 2<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 2 ) , The y intercept is 2.<br />
So , the linear function is y = 2x + 2.</p>
<p>b. The slope indicates that the increasing in the amount of spending on advertising by 2 million dollars<br />
The y intercept indicates that the Revenue begins to increasing from the 2 million dollars.</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Problem Solving</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Manager A earns $15 per hour and receives a $50 bonus. The graph shows the earnings of Manager B. (a) Which manager has a greater hourly wage? (b) After how many hours does Manager B earn more money than Manager A?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31820" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 7" width="197" height="178" /><br />
Answer: a. Manager B has the greater hourly wage than Manager A .<br />
b. As manager A receives a $50 bonus , Manager B has to work an hour extra to earn more money than Manager A .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Manager A earns $15 per hour and receives a $50 bonus.<br />
The ordered pairs will be  (0 , 0) , (1 , 15) , (2 , 30) , (3 , 45)<br />
The graph shows the earnings of Manager B.<br />
Ordered pairs from the graph are  (0 , 0) , (1 , 25) , (2 , 50) , (3 , 75)<br />
So, Manager B has the greater hourly wage than Manager A .</p>
<p>b. As manager A receives a $50 bonus , Manager B has to work an hour extra to earn more money than Manager A .</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Each month, you start with 2 gigabytes of data and use 0.08 gigabyte per day. The table shows the amount (in gigabytes) of data that your friend has left days after the start of each month. Who runs out of data first? Justify your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31821" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 8" width="175" height="137" /><br />
Answer:  you will be run out of data first</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given , Each month, you start with 2 gigabytes of data and use 0.08 gigabyte per day.<br />
Let x be the number of days and y be the total data in gigabytes.<br />
So, y = -0.08x + 2 ,<br />
You will be out of data if , -0.08x + 2 = 0 ,<br />
-0.08x + 2 = 0<br />
2 = 0.08x<br />
x = \(\frac{2}{0.08}\)<br />
x = 25.<br />
Hence ,you will be run out of data in 25 days.<br />
b. Daily data usage for the friend will be given by the slope of the graph.<br />
The the ordered pairs will be (0 , 3) , (7 ,2.3) , (14 , 1.6) .<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (7 ,2.3) and (14, 1.6)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (1.6 – 2.3) / (14 – 7)<br />
m = -0.7 / 7<br />
m = -0.1<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 3 ) , The y intercept is 3.<br />
So , the linear function is y = -0.1x + 3.<br />
Your friend will be out of data if ,<br />
-0.1x + 3 = 0<br />
3 = 0.1x<br />
x = \(\frac{3}{0.1}\)<br />
x = 30 .<br />
Hence ,Friend will be run out of data in 30 days</p>
<p>So , you will be run out of data first</p>
<h3><a id="Linear _Functions _Homework _&amp; _Practice _7.3"></a>Linear Functions Homework &amp; Practice 7.3</h3>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write a function rule for the statement. Then graph the function.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
The output is ten less than the input.<br />
Answer: y = x &#8211; 10.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is ten less than the input, will be ,<br />
y = x &#8211; 10.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
The output is one-third of the input.<br />
Answer: y = \(\frac{x}{3}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is one-third of the input, will be ,<br />
y = \(\frac{x}{3}\) .</p>
<p>Solve the system.<br />
Question 3.<br />
y = x + 5<br />
y = &#8211; 3x + 1<br />
Answer: X = 0 , Y = 5</p>
<p class="answerHeader">Explanation:<br />
<span id="MathJax-Element-5-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-35" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-36" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-37" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-38" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-39" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">Y</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-40" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-41" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">−</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-42" class="mjx-mn"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">3</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-43" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-44" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">+</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-45" class="mjx-mn"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">5</span></span></span></span></span></span></span><span style="font-size: 16px;"> &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-(1)<br />
</span><span id="MathJax-Element-6-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-46" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-47" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-48" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-49" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-50" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">Y</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-51" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-52" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-53" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">+</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-54" class="mjx-mn"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">5</span></span></span></span></span></span></span><span style="font-size: 16px;"> &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;(2)<br />
</span><span style="font-size: 16px;">Substitute </span><span id="MathJax-Element-7-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-55" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-56" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-57" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-58" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-59" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">Y</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-60" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-61" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-62" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">+</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-63" class="mjx-mn"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">5</span></span></span></span></span></span></span><span style="font-size: 16px;"> in equation (1)<br />
</span><span id="MJXc-Node-68" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-69" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">+</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-70" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">5</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-71" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-72" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">−</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-73" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">3</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-74" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-75" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">+</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-76" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">5<br />
</span></span><span style="font-size: 16px;">Solve it for X<br />
</span><span id="MJXc-Node-81" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-82" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">+</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-83" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">3</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-84" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-85" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-86" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">5</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-87" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">−</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-88" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">5<br />
</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-93" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">4</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-94" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-95" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-96" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">0<br />
</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-101" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-102" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-103" class="mjx-mfrac" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-box MJXc-stacked"><span class="mjx-numerator"><span id="MJXc-Node-104" class="mjx-mn"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">0/</span></span></span><span class="mjx-denominator"><span id="MJXc-Node-105" class="mjx-mn"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">4</span></span></span></span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-106" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-107" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">0<br />
X = 0<br />
</span></span><span style="font-size: 16px;">Substitute </span><span id="MathJax-Element-12-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-108" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-109" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-110" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-111" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-112" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-113" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-114" class="mjx-mn"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">0</span></span></span></span></span></span></span><span style="font-size: 16px;"> in equation (1)<br />
</span><span id="MJXc-Node-119" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">Y</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-120" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-121" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">0</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-122" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">+</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-123" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">5<br />
</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-128" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">Y</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-129" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-130" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">5</span></span></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
x + y = &#8211; 4<br />
6x + 2y = 4<br />
Answer:  X = 3 , <span id="MathJax-Element-7-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-55" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-56" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-57" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-58" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-61" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I"><span id="MJXc-Node-128" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;">Y</span><span id="MJXc-Node-129" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">= -7 .</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<span id="MathJax-Element-5-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-35" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-36" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-37" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-38" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-39" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">2Y</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-40" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-41" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">−6</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-43" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-44" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">+4</span></span></span></span></span></span></span><span style="font-size: 16px;"> &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-(1)<br />
</span><span id="MathJax-Element-6-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-46" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-47" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-48" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-49" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-50" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">Y</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-51" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">= &#8211;</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-52" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X-4</span></span></span></span></span></span></span><span style="font-size: 16px;"> &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;(2)<br />
</span><span style="font-size: 16px;">Substitute </span><span id="MathJax-Element-7-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-55" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-56" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-57" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-58" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-59" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">Y</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-60" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">= &#8211;</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-61" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X-4</span></span></span></span></span></span></span><span style="font-size: 16px;"> in equation (1)<br />
</span><span id="MathJax-Element-5-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-35" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-36" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-37" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-38" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-39" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">2Y </span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-40" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">= </span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-41" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">−6</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-43" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-44" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">+4</span></span></span></span></span></span></span><br />
2 ( <span id="MathJax-Element-7-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-55" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-56" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-57" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-58" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-60" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">&#8211;</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-61" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X &#8211; 4 ) = <span id="MathJax-Element-5-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-35" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-36" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-37" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-38" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-41" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">−6</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-43" class="mjx-mi">X </span><span id="MJXc-Node-44" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">+ 4</span></span></span></span></span></span></span><br />
-2X &#8211; 8 = -6X + 4<br />
6X -2X = 8 + 4<br />
4X = 12<br />
X = 3<br />
<span style="font-size: 16px;">Substitute </span><span id="MathJax-Element-12-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-108" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-109" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-110" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-111" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-112" class="mjx-mi">X</span><span id="MJXc-Node-113" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=3</span></span></span></span></span></span></span><span style="font-size: 16px;"> in equation (2)<br />
</span><span id="MJXc-Node-119" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;">Y</span><span id="MJXc-Node-120" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">=<span id="MJXc-Node-60" class="mjx-mo">&#8211; 3 </span>&#8211; 4</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-123" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R"><br />
</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-128" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;">Y</span><span id="MJXc-Node-129" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">= -7 .</span></span><br />
</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
&#8211; 4x + 3y = 14<br />
y = 2x + 8<br />
Answer:  X = -5 , <span style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MathJax-Element-7-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-55" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-56" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-57" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-58" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-60" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R"><span id="MJXc-Node-61" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I"><span id="MJXc-Node-129" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;">Y = -2 .</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<span id="MathJax-Element-5-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-35" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-36" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-37" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-38" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-39" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">3Y </span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-40" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">= 4</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-43" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-44" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">+14</span></span></span></span></span></span></span><span style="font-size: 16px;"> &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;-(1)<br />
</span><span style="font-size: 16px;">Y = 2X + 8 &#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;(2)<br />
</span><span style="font-size: 16px;">Substitute </span><span id="MathJax-Element-7-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-55" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-56" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-57" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-58" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-59" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">Y</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-60" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">= <span style="font-size: 16px;">2X + 8</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span><span style="font-size: 16px;"> in equation (1)<br />
<span id="MathJax-Element-5-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-35" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-36" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-37" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-38" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-39" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">3Y </span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-40" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">= 4</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-43" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-44" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">+14</span></span></span></span></span></span></span><br />
3(<span id="MathJax-Element-7-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-55" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-56" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-57" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-58" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-60" class="mjx-mo"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-main-R">2X + 8) = <span id="MathJax-Element-5-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-35" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-36" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-37" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-38" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-40" class="mjx-mo">4</span><span id="MJXc-Node-43" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">X</span></span><span id="MJXc-Node-44" class="mjx-mo">+14</span></span></span></span></span></span><br />
6X + 24 = 4X + 14<br />
6X &#8211; 4X = 14 &#8211; 24<br />
2X = -10<br />
X = -5<br />
<span id="MJXc-Node-61" class="mjx-mi"><span class="mjx-char MJXc-TeX-math-I">Substitute <span id="MathJax-Element-12-Frame" class="mjx-chtml MathJax_CHTML" style="font-size: 16px;"><span id="MJXc-Node-108" class="mjx-math"><span id="MJXc-Node-109" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-110" class="mjx-mstyle"><span id="MJXc-Node-111" class="mjx-mrow"><span id="MJXc-Node-112" class="mjx-mi">X</span><span id="MJXc-Node-113" class="mjx-mo">= -5</span></span></span></span></span></span> in equation (2)<br />
<span id="MJXc-Node-119" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;">Y</span><span id="MJXc-Node-120" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;">= 2(-5) + 8</span><span id="MJXc-Node-123" class="mjx-mn" style="font-size: 16px;"><br />
</span><span id="MJXc-Node-128" class="mjx-mi" style="font-size: 16px;">Y</span><span id="MJXc-Node-129" class="mjx-mo" style="font-size: 16px;">= -10 + 8<br />
Y = -2.</span></span></span><br />
</span></span></span></span></span></span></span></span></p>
<p><strong>Concepts, Skills, &amp;Problem Solving</strong></p>
<p><strong>WRITING AND GRAPHING FUNCTIONS</strong> The table shows a familiar pattern from geometry. (a) Determine what the variables x and y represent. Then write a function rule that relates y to x. (b) Is the function a linear function? Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 289.)<br />
Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31822" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 9" width="241" height="178" /><br />
Answer: a. The variables x and y represent a right angle triangle<br />
b. y = 2x  is linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs<br />
Ordered pairs are  (1 , 2) , (2 , 4) ,  (3 , 6 ) , (4 , 8), (5 , 10 ) .<br />
a. the variables x and y represent a right angle triangle<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 , 2) , (2 , 4)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (4 – 2) / (2– 1)<br />
m = 2/1<br />
m = 2<br />
b. substitute the slope in the (2 , 4) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y – 4 = 2 ( x – 2)<br />
y – 4 = 2x – 4<br />
y = 2x – 4 + 4<br />
y = 2x<br />
So ,  y = 2x  is linear function.</p>
<p>Given side of triangle is 4 then x= 4/2 = 2<br />
x = 2 and y = 4.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31823" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 10" width="239" height="174" /><br />
Answer: y = 3.14x  is linear function. and The variables x and y represent a circle</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (1 , 3.14 ) , (2 , 6.28) , (3 , 9.42) , (4 , 12.5 )<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 , 3.14 ) , (2 , 6.28)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (6.28 –3.14) / (2– 1)<br />
m = 3.14/1<br />
m = 3.14<br />
substitute the slope in the (8 , 4) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y – 3.14 =3.14 ( x –1)<br />
y – 3.14 = 3.14x – 3.14<br />
y = 3.14x – 3.14 + 3.14<br />
y = 3.14x<br />
So ,  y = 3.14x  is linear function.<br />
Where x is the diameter of the circle.</p>
<p><strong>WRITING LINEAR FUNCTIONS</strong> Use the graph or table to write a linear function that relates y to x.<br />
Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31824" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 11" width="143" height="133" /><br />
Answer: The linear function is y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x +2</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (-3 , -2) , (0 , 2 ) , (3 , 6) , ( 6, 10 )<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 ,6) and (6, 10)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (10 – 6) / (6 – 3)<br />
m = 4/3 .<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 2) , The y intercept is 2.<br />
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x +2 .</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31825" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 12" width="146" height="138" /><br />
Answer: The linear function is y = (0)x +3 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (-2 , 3) , (-1 , 3 ) , (0 , 3) , ( 1, 3 ) , (2 , 3)<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 ,3) and (2, 3)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (3 – 3) / (2 – 1)<br />
m = 0 .<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 3) , The y intercept is 3.<br />
So , the linear function is y = (0)x +3 .</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31826" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 13" width="187" height="68" /><br />
Answer: The linear function is y = \(\frac{-1}{4}\)x + 0.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (-8 , 2) , (-4 , 1) , (0 , 0) , (4 , -1)<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (-8 ,2) and (-4, 1)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (1 – 2) / (-4 – (-8))<br />
m = -1/4<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 0 ) , The y intercept is 0.<br />
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{-1}{4}\)x + 0.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31827" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 14" width="177" height="71" /><br />
Answer: The linear function is y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (-3 , 3) , (0 , 5) , (3 , 7) , (6 , 9)<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 ,7) and (6, 9)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (9 – 7) / (6 – 3)<br />
m = 2/3<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 5 ) , The y intercept is 5.<br />
So , the linear function is y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 5.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>INTERPRETING A LINEAR FUNCTION</strong><br />
The table shows the length y (in inches) of a person’s hair after x months.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31828" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 15" width="160" height="109" /><br />
a. Write and graph a linear function that relates y to x.<br />
b. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept.<br />
Answer: a. The linear function is y = 0.5x + 11.<br />
b. The slope indicates that the increasing in the hair length<br />
The y intercept indicates that the increasing in hair length by time.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given ,<br />
The ordered pairs will be (0 , 11) , (3 ,12.5) , (6 , 14) .<br />
The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51655" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-35.png" alt="" width="469" height="404" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-35.png 469w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-35-300x258.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 469px) 100vw, 469px" /><br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 ,12.5) and (6 , 14)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (14 – 12.5) / (6 – 3)<br />
m = 1.5 / 3<br />
m = 0.5<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 11 ) , The y intercept is 11.<br />
So , the linear function is y = 0.5x + 11.</p>
<p>b. The slope indicates that the increasing in the hair length<br />
The y intercept indicates that the increasing in hair length by time.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>INTERPRETING A LINEAR FUNCTION</strong><br />
The table shows the percent (in decimal form) of battery power remaining x hours after you turn on a laptop computer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31829" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 16" width="326" height="67" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-16.png 326w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-16-300x62.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /><br />
a. Write and graph a linear function that relates y to x.<br />
b. Interpret the slope, the x-intercept, and the y-intercept.<br />
c. After how many hours is the battery power at75%?<br />
Answer: a. The linear function is y = -0.2x + 1.<br />
b. given below the explanation.<br />
c. Battery will be 75% after 1.25 hours.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given ,<br />
The ordered pairs will be (0 , 1) , (2 ,0.6) , (4 , 0.2) .<br />
The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51751" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-36.png" alt="" width="435" height="373" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-36.png 435w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-36-300x257.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /><br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (2 ,0.6) and (4 , 0.2)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (0.2 – 0.6) / (4 – 2)<br />
m = -0.4 / 2<br />
m = -0.2<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 1 ) , The y intercept is 1.<br />
So , the linear function is y = -0.2x + 1.</p>
<p>b. Slope is -0.2 which means that as time increases by 1 hour, Battery power remaining decreases by 20% .<br />
y intercept is 1, which means initially the battery power remaining before usage was 100%.<br />
x intercept is 5 which means the battery remaining will be 0 after 5 hours.</p>
<p>c. battery percent will be 75% of 0.75 if ,<br />
-0.2x + 1 = 0.75<br />
0.2x = 1 &#8211; 0.75<br />
x = 0.25/0.2<br />
x = 1.25<br />
Battery will be 75% after 1.25 hours.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
The number y of calories burned after x minutes of kayaking is represented by the linear function y = 4.5x. The graph shows the number of calories burned by hiking.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31830" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 17" width="175" height="195" /><br />
a. Which activity burns more calories per minute?<br />
b. You perform each activity for 45 minutes. How many total calories do you burn? Justify your answer.<br />
Answer: a. hiking burns more calories than kayaking .<br />
b. In kayaking, 202.5 calories are burnt per minute. and In hiking , 225 calories are burnt per minute.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. The number y of calories burned after x minutes of kayaking is represented by the linear function y = 4.5x.<br />
So, The ordered pairs of the graph are (0 , 0) , (1 , 4.5) , (2 , 9) , (3, 13.5)<br />
Here , In kayaking burns 4.5 calories per minute .<br />
For hiking ,<br />
The ordered pairs of the graph are (0 , 0) , (1 , 5) , (2 , 10) , (3, 15)<br />
Here , In hiking burns 5 calories per minute.<br />
Thus , hiking burns more calories than kayaking .</p>
<p>b. Given , perform each activity for 45 minutes.<br />
Liner function of the kayaking is y = 4.5x<br />
substitute x = 45 in equation<br />
y = 4.5 (45)<br />
y = 202.5<br />
In kayaking, 202.5 calories are burnt per minute.<br />
Linear function of the hiking is y = 5x<br />
substitute x = 45 in equation<br />
y = 5 (45)<br />
y = 225<br />
In hiking , 225 calories are burnt per minute.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You and a friend race each other. You give your friend a 50-foot head start. The distance y (in feet) your friend runs after x seconds is represented by the linear function y = 14x + 50. The table shows your distance at various times throughout the race. For what distances will you win the race? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31831" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 18" width="360" height="67" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-18.png 360w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-18-300x56.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /><br />
Answer: you will win the race for distances greater than 190 feet</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The distance y (in feet) your friend runs after x seconds is represented by the linear function y = 14x + 50.<br />
The slope of the line is 14 so , your friend runs at the rate of 14 ft per second<br />
To find your rate , the ordered pairs are (2 , 38) , (4 , 76) , (6 , 114) , (8 , 152)<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (2 ,38) and (4 , 76)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (76 – 38) / (4 – 2)<br />
m = 38 / 2<br />
m = 19<br />
You are running at the rate of 19 ft per second.<br />
To get the linear equation , substitute the slope in the (2 , 38) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
Then we have , y = 19x<br />
Now if x = 10 , to run faster then ,<br />
y = 19(10)<br />
y = 190 .<br />
Your friend linear equation is y = 14x + 50 .<br />
if x = 10 ,then<br />
y = 14(10) + 50<br />
y = 140 + 50<br />
y = 190.<br />
So , for x &gt; 10 , means you will run farther than your friend which means you would win the race .<br />
Therefore, you will win the race for distances greater than 190 feet.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<strong>REASONING</strong><br />
You and your friend are saving money to buy bicycles that cost $175 each. You have $45 to start and save an additional $5 each week. The graph shows the amount y(in dollars) that your friend has after x weeks. Who can buy a bicycle first? Justify your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31832" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 19" width="181" height="194" /><br />
Answer:  your friend will but the bicycle first.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , your friend savings are<br />
the ordered pairs are (0,15) and (3,39)<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0,15) and (3,39)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (39 – 15) / (3 – 0)<br />
m = 24 / 3<br />
m = 8<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 15 ) , The y intercept is 15.<br />
So , the linear function is y = 8x + 15.<br />
to buy bicycles that cost $175 each<br />
if y = 175 , then<br />
175 = 8x + 15<br />
8x = 175 &#8211; 15<br />
x = 160/8<br />
x = 20<br />
So, your friend need 20 weeks to buy the bicycle<br />
Given, You have $45 to start and save an additional $5 each week<br />
So , the linear function will be y = 5x + 45.<br />
to buy bicycles that cost $175 each<br />
if y = 175 , then<br />
175 = 5x + 45<br />
5x = 175 &#8211; 45<br />
x = 130/5<br />
x = 26<br />
So, you need 26 weeks to buy the bicycle.<br />
Hence, your friend will but the bicycle first.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<strong>CRITICAL THINKING</strong><br />
Is every linear equation a linear function? Explain your reasoning.<br />
Answer: All linear equations produce straight lines when graphed, not all linear equations produce linear functions. In order to be a linear function, a graph must be both linear (a straight line) and a function (matching each x-value to only one y-value).</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<strong>PROBLEM SOLVING</strong><br />
The heat index is calculated using the relative humidity and the temperature. For every 1 degree increase in the temperature from 94°F to 97°F at 75% relative humidity, the heat index rises 4°F. On a summer day, the relative humidity is 75%, the temperature is 94°F, and the heat index is 124°F. Estimate the heat index when the relative humidity is 75% and the temperature is 100°F. Use a function to justify your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31833" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.3 20" width="182" height="181" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-20.png 182w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.3-20-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 182px) 100vw, 182px" /><br />
Answer:  Heat index is 148°F</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The form of linear equation is y = mx + c<br />
and the slope of the function is given by m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
Let y be the heat index and x be the temperature<br />
Given , (94, 124)<br />
For every 1 degree increase in the temperature from 94°F to 97°F at 75% relative humidity, the heat index rises 4°F<br />
that is m = 4<br />
Since the line passes through (94, 124) means<br />
124 = 4x + c<br />
124 = 4(94) + c<br />
124 = 376 + c<br />
c = 124 &#8211; 376<br />
c = -252<br />
Linear function for the heat index is y = 4x &#8211; 252<br />
put x = 100<br />
So, y = 4(100) &#8211; 252<br />
y = 400 &#8211; 252<br />
y = 148.<br />
Finally, Heat index is 148°F.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _7.4 _Comparing _Linear _and _Non _Linear _Functions"></a><br />
Lesson 7.4 Comparing Linear and Non Linear Functions</h3>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 1</strong></p>
<p>Comparing Functions<br />
Work with a partner. Each equation represents the height h (in feet) of a falling object after t seconds.</p>
<ul>
<li>Graph each equation. Explain your method.</li>
<li>Decide whether each graph represents a or function.</li>
<li>Compare the falling objects.</li>
</ul>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31834" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 1" width="643" height="514" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-1.png 643w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-1-300x240.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 643px) 100vw, 643px" /><br />
Answer: Explained below</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given, h = 300 &#8211; 15t can be written as y = 300 &#8211; 15x<br />
h = 300 &#8211; 15t  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y =300 &#8211; 15(0) = 300 . co-ordinates are (0 , 300)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 300 &#8211; 15(1) = 285 . co-ordinates are (1 , 285)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 300 &#8211; 15(2) = 270  , co-ordinates are (2 , 270)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 300 &#8211; 15(3) = 255  , co-ordinates are (3 , 255)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 300) , (1 , 285) , (2 , 270) , (3 , 255) form a straight line .</p>
<p>The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55448" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-71.png" alt="" width="220" height="232" /></p>
<p>Given , h = 300- 16t<sup>2</sup>  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y =300- 16(0)<sup>2</sup>  = 300 . co-ordinates are (0 , 300)<br />
if x = 1 , then y =300- 16(1)<sup>2</sup> = 284 . co-ordinates are (1 , 284)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 300- 16(2)<sup>2</sup> = 236 , co-ordinates are (2 , 236)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 300- 16(3)<sup>2</sup> = 252  , co-ordinates are (3 , 252)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 300) , (1 , 284) , (2 , 236) , (3 , 252) does not form a straight line .</p>
<p>The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55449" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-72.png" alt="" width="218" height="233" /></p>
<p>b. For, h = 300 – 15t , The graph is linear so the so it is a function,<br />
For h = 300- 16t<sup>2</sup> , The graph is linear so the so it is a function.</p>
<p>c. Sky diver has the slow fall while compared to the bowling ball , because parachute can be controlled with the wind and can be divert the destination point, and bowling ball cannot be controlled while falling.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31835" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 2" width="184" height="88" /></p>
<p><strong>Try It</strong></p>
<p><strong>Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31836" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 3" width="197" height="71" /><br />
Answer: y = 2x &#8211; 12 is linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (2 , -8) , (4 , -4) , (6 , 0) , (8 , 4)<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (6 ,0) and (8, 4)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (4 – 0) / (8– 6)<br />
m = 4/2<br />
m = 2<br />
substitute the slope in the (8 , 4) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y &#8211; 4 = 2 ( x &#8211; 8)<br />
y &#8211; 4 = 2x &#8211; 16<br />
y = 2x &#8211; 16 + 4<br />
y = 2x &#8211; 12<br />
So ,  y = 2x &#8211; 12 is linear function.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31837" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 4" width="183" height="66" /><br />
Answer: y = &#8211;\(\frac{5}{3}\)x + 25 is linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (0 , 25) , (3 , 20) , (7 , 15) , (12 , 10)<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,25) and (3, 20)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (20 – 25) / (3– 0)<br />
m = -5/3<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 25 ) , The y intercept is 25.<br />
So , the linear function is y = &#8211;\(\frac{5}{3}\)x + 25.<br />
So , y = &#8211;\(\frac{5}{3}\)x + 25 is linear function.</p>
<p><strong>Does the equation represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
y = x + 5<br />
Answer: y = x + 5 is a linear function</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = x + 5  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 5 = 5 . co-ordinates are (0 , 5)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 5 = 6 . co-ordinates are (1 , 6)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 5 = 7 , co-ordinates are (2 , 7)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 5) , (1 , 6) , (2 , 7) form a straight line .<br />
Each x input has only one y output so it is a function .<br />
And it  forms a straight line when graphed .<br />
So, y = x + 5 is a linear function.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
y = \(\frac{4x}{3}\)<br />
Answer: y = \(\frac{4x}{3}\) is a linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = \(\frac{4x}{3}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = \(\frac{4(0)}{3}\) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{4(1)}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)  = 1.3. co-ordinates are (1 , 1.3)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{4(2)}{3}\) = \(\frac{8}{3}\) = 2.6 , co-ordinates are (2 , 2.6)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 ,1.3 ) , (2 , 2.6) form a straight line .<br />
Each x input has only one y output so it is a function .<br />
And it forms a straight line when graphed .<br />
So, y = \(\frac{4x}{3}\) is a linear function.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
y = 1 &#8211; x<sup>2</sup><br />
Answer: y = 1 &#8211; x<sup>2</sup> is not a linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = 1 &#8211; x<sup>2</sup>  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 1 &#8211; 0<sup>2</sup> = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 1 &#8211; 1<sup>2</sup> = 0 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 1 &#8211; 2<sup>2</sup> = -3 , co-ordinates are (2 , -3)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 5) , (1 , 6) , (2 , 7) form a straight line .<br />
Each x input has only one y output so it is a function .<br />
And it does not forms a straight line when graphed .<br />
So, y = 1 &#8211; x<sup>2</sup> is not a linear function.</p>
<p><strong>Does the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.</strong><br />
Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31838" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 5" width="140" height="150" /><br />
Answer: The graph represents a nonlinear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 2) , (-1 , 0) ,  (-2 , -2 ) , (-3 , -4), (0 , 1 ) , (2 , -2) , ( 3, -4 )<br />
The inputs have more than one output ,<br />
And points form a straight line<br />
So , the graph is non linear function</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31839" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 6" width="147" height="146" /><br />
Answer: The graph is a linear function</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 0) , (-1 , -1) ,  (-2 , -2 ) , (-3 , -3), (1 , 1 ) , (2 , 2) , ( 3, 3 )<br />
The inputs have exactly one output ,<br />
And points form a straight line<br />
So , the graph is a linear function.</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Concepts &amp; Skills</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p><strong>IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS</strong> Does the table or graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.<br />
Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31840" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 7" width="191" height="74" /><br />
Answer: It is not a linear function</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (3 , 0) , (-1 , 2) , (-5 , 4) , (-9 , 6)<br />
Each input has exactly one output<br />
and it does not form a straight line when graphed<br />
So, it is not a linear function .</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31841" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 8" width="141" height="138" /><br />
Answer: The graph is non linear function</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (0 , -1) , (-1 , 0) ,  (-2 , 3 ) , (1 , 0 ) , (2 , 3) .<br />
The inputs have exactly one output ,<br />
And points does not form a straight line<br />
So , the graph is non linear function</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?</strong><br />
Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31842" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 9" width="377" height="53" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-9.png 377w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-9-300x42.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /><br />
Answer: 5xy = -2 does not belong with the other three.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
15y = 6x , y = \(\frac{2}{5}\)x , 10y = 4x .<br />
These are evaluated as 5y = 2x<br />
5xy = -2 , is different from 5y = 2x.</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Problem Solving</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
The loudness of sound is measured in (dB). The graph shows the loudness y of a sound (in decibels) x meters from the source of the sound. Is the relationship between loudness and distance linear or nonlinear? Approximate the loudness of the sound 12 meters from the source.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31843" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 10" width="147" height="229" /><br />
Answer: The relationship between loudness and distance  is nonlinear Function. And the loudness of the sound 12 meters from the source is approximately 85dB as shown in the graph.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown in the graph , the plot of the points does not form a straight line ,<br />
Its a parabolic decay , The amount of loudness decreases with the increase in distance,<br />
So, The relationship between loudness and distance  is nonlinear Function.</p>
<p>And the loudness of the sound 12 meters from the source is approximately 85dB as shown in the graph.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
A video blogger is someone who records a video diary. A new website currently hosts 90 video bloggers and projects a gain of 10 video bloggers per month. The table below shows the actual numbers of video bloggers. How does the projection differ from the actual change?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31844" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 11" width="377" height="74" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-11.png 377w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-11-300x59.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /><br />
Answer: Projections are more than the actual values</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51800" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-37.png" alt="" width="627" height="137" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-37.png 627w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-37-300x66.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /><br />
So, Projections are more than the actual values</p>
<h3><a id="Comparing _Linear _and _Non _Linear _Functions _Homework _&amp; _Practice _7.4"></a>Comparing Linear and Non Linear Functions Homework &amp; Practice 7.4</h3>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write a linear function that relates y to x.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31845" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 12" width="150" height="141" /><br />
Answer: The linear function is y = x &#8211; 2</p>
<p>In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (0 , -2) , (1 , -1 ) , (-1 , -3) , ( 2, 0), (3 , 1) , (4 , 2) , ( 5, 3)<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (2 ,0) and (3, 1)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (1 – 0) / (3 – 2)<br />
m = 1 .<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -2 ) , The y intercept is -2.<br />
So , the linear function is y = x &#8211; 2 .</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31846" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 13" width="206" height="71" /><br />
Answer: The linear function is y =\(\frac{-1}{1.5}\)x + 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (0 , 5) , (1.5 , 4) , (3 , 3) , (4.5 , 2)<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1.5 ,4) and (3, 3)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (3 – 4) / (3 – 1.5)<br />
m = -1 /1.5<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 5 ) , The y intercept is 5.<br />
So , the linear function is y =\(\frac{-1}{1.5}\)x + 5.</p>
<p>The vertices of a figure are given. Draw the figure and its image after a dilation with the given scale factor. Identify the type of dilation.<br />
Question 3.<br />
A (- 3, 1), B (- 1, 3), C (- 1, 1); k = 3<br />
Answer: The New right angle triangle is larger than the original one So , its a increase .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , (- 3, 1),  (- 1, 3),  (- 1, 1) these pairs form a right angle triangle<br />
K = 3 , For the dilation figure multiply the 3 with the given ordered pairs , then<br />
(- 3, 1) × 3 = ( -9 , 3)<br />
(- 1, 3) × 3 = ( -3 , 9)<br />
(- 1, 1) × 3 = (-3 , 3)<br />
From these new ordered pairs we form a new  right angle triangle<br />
The figure is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51816" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-38.png" alt="" width="631" height="480" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-38.png 631w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-38-300x228.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 631px) 100vw, 631px" /><br />
The New right angle triangle is larger than the original one So , its a increase .</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
J (2, 4), K (6, 10), L (8, 10), M (8, 4); k = \(\frac{1}{4}\)<br />
Answer: It is a reduction</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , (2, 4),  (6, 10),  (8, 10) ,(8,4) these pairs forms a figure<br />
K = 0.25 , For the dilation figure multiply the 3 with the given ordered pairs , then<br />
(2, 4) × 0.25 = (0.5, 1)<br />
(6, 10) × 0.25 = (1.5, 2.5)<br />
(8, 10) × 0.25 = (2, 2.5)<br />
(8, 4) × 0.25 = (2 , 1)<br />
From these new ordered pairs we form a new figure<br />
The figure is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51821" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-39.png" alt="" width="675" height="406" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-39.png 675w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-39-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 675px) 100vw, 675px" /><br />
The New figure is smaller than the original , So, It is a reduction .</p>
<p><strong>Concepts, Skills, &amp; Problem Solving</strong></p>
<p><strong>COMPARING FUNCTIONS</strong> Graph each equation. Decide whether each graph represents a linear or nonlinear function. (See Exploration 1, p. 295.)<br />
Question 5.<br />
h = 5 + 6t Equation 1<br />
h = 5 + 6t<sup>2</sup> Equation 2<br />
Answer: h = 5 + 6t Equation 1 is a linear function<br />
h = 5 + 6t<sup>2</sup> Equation 2 is a non linear function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , h = 5 + 6t  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 5 + 6(0) = 5 . co-ordinates are (0 , 5)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 5 + 6(1) = 11 . co-ordinates are (1 , 11)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 5 + 6(2) = 17 , co-ordinates are (2 , 17)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 5 + 6(3) = 23 , co-ordinates are (3 , 23)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 5) , (1 , 11) , (2 , 17) , (3 , 23) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Given , h = 5 + 6t<sup>2</sup>  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 5 + 6(0)² = 5 . co-ordinates are (0 , 5)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 5 + 6(1)² = 11 . co-ordinates are (1 , 11)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 5 + 6(2)² = 26 , co-ordinates are (2 , 26)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 5 + 6(3)² = 59 , co-ordinates are (3 , 59)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 5) , (1 , 11) , (2 , 26) , (3 , 59) does not form a straight line .</p>
<p>The graph of both equations is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51833" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-40.png" alt="" width="621" height="401" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-40.png 621w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-40-300x194.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /><br />
So, h = 5 + 6t Equation 1 is a linear function<br />
h = 5 + 6t<sup>2</sup> Equation 2 is a non linear function .</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
y = &#8211; \(\frac{x}{3}\) Equation 1<br />
y = &#8211; \(\frac{3}{x}\) Equation 2<br />
Answer:  y = &#8211; \(\frac{x}{3}\) Equation 1 is a linear function<br />
y = &#8211; \(\frac{3}{x}\) Equation 2 is a non linear function.</p>
<p>Given , y =- \(\frac{x}{3}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y =- \(\frac{0}{3}\) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = &#8211; \(\frac{1}{3}\) = &#8211; 0.3 . co-ordinates are (1 , &#8211; 0.3 )<br />
if x = 2 , then y = &#8211; \(\frac{2}{3}\) = &#8211; 0.6 , co-ordinates are (2 ,-0.6)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = &#8211; \(\frac{3}{3}\) = -1 , co-ordinates are (3 , -1)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , -0.3) , (2 , -0.6) , (3 , -1) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Given , y =- \(\frac{3}{x}\) , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y =- \(\frac{3}{0}\) = no number<br />
if x = 1 , then y = &#8211; \(\frac{3}{1}\) = &#8211; 3 . co-ordinates are (1 , &#8211; 1 )<br />
if x = 2 , then y = &#8211; \(\frac{3}{2}\) = &#8211; 1.5 , co-ordinates are (2 ,-1.5)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = &#8211; \(\frac{3}{3}\) = -1 , co-ordinates are (3 , -1)<br />
The co-ordinates (1 , -1) , (2 , -1.5) , (3 , -1) form a straight line .</p>
<p>The graph of both the equations is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51835" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-41.png" alt="" width="588" height="367" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-41.png 588w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-41-300x187.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 588px) 100vw, 588px" /><br />
So,  y = &#8211; \(\frac{x}{3}\) Equation 1 is a linear function<br />
y = &#8211; \(\frac{3}{x}\) Equation 2 is a non linear function.</p>
<p><strong>IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS FROM TABLES</strong> Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.<br />
Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31847" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 14" width="207" height="68" /><br />
Answer:  linear function is y = 4x + 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (0 , 4) , (1 , 8) , (2 , 12) , (3 , 16)<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (2 , 12) and (3 , 16)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (16 – 12) / (3– 2)<br />
m = 4/1<br />
m = 4<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 4 ) , The y intercept is 4.<br />
So , the linear equation is y = 4x + 4.<br />
And it is a linear function.</p>
<p>The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51839" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-42.png" alt="" width="436" height="378" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-42.png 436w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-42-300x260.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 436px) 100vw, 436px" /></p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31848" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 15" width="200" height="71" /><br />
Answer: y = 4x – 6 is linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (6 , 21) , (5 , 15) , (4 , 10) , (3 , 6)<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (4 , 10) and (3 , 6)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (6 – 10) / (3– 4)<br />
m = -4/-1<br />
m = 4<br />
substitute the slope in the(4 , 10) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y – 10 = 4 ( x – 4)<br />
y – 10 = 4x – 16<br />
y = 4x – 16 + 10<br />
y = 4x – 6<br />
So ,  y = 4x – 6 is linear function.</p>
<p>The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51842" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-43.png" alt="" width="443" height="382" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-43.png 443w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-43-300x259.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 443px) 100vw, 443px" /></p>
<p><strong>IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS FROM EQUATIONS</strong> Does the equation represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.<br />
Question 9.<br />
2x + 3y = 7<br />
Answer: The function is linear when m = \(\frac{-2}{3}\) and c = \(\frac{7}{3}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given ,2x + 3y = 7<br />
3y = 7 &#8211; 2x<br />
y = \(\frac{-2}{3}\)x+ \(\frac{7}{3}\)<br />
So, The function is linear when m = \(\frac{-2}{3}\) and c = \(\frac{7}{3}\)</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
y + x = 4x + 5<br />
Answer: The function is linear when m = 3 and c = 5 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y + x = 4x + 5<br />
y = 4x &#8211; x + 5<br />
y = 3x + 5<br />
So, The function is linear when m = 3 and c = 5 .</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
y = \(\frac{8}{x^{2}}\)<br />
Answer: The function is linear when m = 8 and c = 0 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = \(\frac{8}{x^{2}}\)<br />
slope m = 8<br />
c = 0<br />
So, The function is linear when m = 8 and c = 0 .</p>
<p><strong>IDENTIFYING FUNCTIONS FROM GRAPHS</strong> Does the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.<br />
Question 12.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31849" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 16" width="177" height="153" /><br />
Answer: The graph is linear function</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 1) , (2 , 0) ,  (4 , -1 ) , (-2 , 2), ( -4, 3 )<br />
The inputs have exactly one output ,<br />
And points form a straight line<br />
So , the graph is linear function</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31850" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 17" width="177" height="162" /><br />
Answer: The graph is non linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 0) , (-1 , -1) ,  (-4 , -2 ) , (1 , 1), ( 4, 2 )<br />
The inputs have exactly one output ,<br />
And points does not form a straight line<br />
So , the graph is non linear function</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<strong>IDENTIFYING A FUNCTION</strong><br />
The graph shows the volume V (in cubic feet) of a cube with an edge length of x feet. Does linear nonlinear the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31851" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 18" width="168" height="183" /><br />
Answer: The graph is non linear function</p>
<p>n order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (1 , 1) , (2 , 8) ,  (3 , 27 ) , (4 , 64)<br />
The inputs have exactly one output ,<br />
And points does not form a straight line<br />
So , the graph is non linear function</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
The frequency y (in terahertz) of a light wave is a function of its wavelength x (in nanometers). Is the function relating the wavelength of light to its frequency linear or nonlinear?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31852" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 19" width="492" height="128" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-19.png 492w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-19-300x78.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 492px) 100vw, 492px" /><br />
Answer: The function is a non linear function</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
table is as follows <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51852" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-44.1.png" alt="" width="389" height="116" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-44.1.png 389w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-44.1-300x89.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 389px) 100vw, 389px" /><br />
change in x is constant but change in y is not constant , it is increasing<br />
So, the function is a non linear function .</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
The table shows the cost (in dollars) of pounds of sun flower seeds.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31853" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 20" width="149" height="108" /><br />
a. What is the missing -value that makes the table represent a linear function?<br />
b. Write a linear function that represents the cost of x pounds of seeds. Interpret the slope.<br />
c. Does the function have a maximum value? Explain your reasoning.<br />
Answer:  a. 3 pounds = $4.2<br />
b. y = 1.4x  is linear function.<br />
c.  If y has maximum value then the x also has maximum value.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. As per the table 1 pound = $1.4<br />
2 pounds = $2.8<br />
3pounds = $4.2<br />
4 pounds = $5.6<br />
So, the price is increasing with weight of the seeds.</p>
<p>b. Ordered pairs are (2 , 2.8) , (3 , 4.2) , (4 , 5.6)<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 , 4.2) and (4 , 5.6)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (5.6 – 4.2) / (4 – 3)<br />
m = 1.4<br />
substitute the slope in the (3 , 4.2) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y – 4.2 = 1.4 ( x – 3)<br />
y – 4.2 = 1.4x – 4.2<br />
y = 1.4x – 4.2 + 4.2<br />
y = 1.4x<br />
So ,  y = 1.4x  is linear function.</p>
<p>c. As shown in the table , and the function if y increases then x also increases with respect to the y<br />
So, if y has maximum value then the x also has maximum value.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
A birch tree is 9 feet tall and grows at a rate of 2 feet per year. The table shows the height h (in feet) of a willow tree after x years.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31854" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.4-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.4 21" width="173" height="134" /><br />
a. Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.<br />
b. Which tree is taller after 10 years? Explain.<br />
Answer: There is no linear relationship between x and y .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Table is as follows <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51853" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-45.png" alt="" width="382" height="122" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-45.png 382w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-45-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 382px) 100vw, 382px" /><br />
Change in y is constant but change in x is increasing , not a constant<br />
Hence, there is no linear relationship between x and y .</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<strong>CRITICAL THINKING</strong><br />
In their first year, Show A has 7 million viewers and Show B has 5 million viewers. Each year, Show A has 90% of the viewers it had in the previous year. Show B loses 200,000 viewers each year.<br />
a. Determine whether the function relating the year to the number of viewers is linear or nonlinear for each show.<br />
b. Which show has more viewers in its sixth year?<br />
Answer: a. The function relating the year to the number of viewers is linear<br />
b. Both shows  has same number of viewers in the sixth year .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given, In their first year, Show A has 7 million viewers and Show B has 5 million viewers. Each year, Show A has 90% of the viewers it had in the previous year. Show B loses 200,000 viewers each year.<br />
For show A<br />
So , In first year = 7<br />
2 year = 90% of 7 = 6.3<br />
3 year = 90% of 6.3 = 5.6<br />
4 year = 90% of 5.6 = 5.04<br />
5 year = 90% of 5 = 4.5<br />
6 year = 90% of 4.5 = 4.05<br />
So the ordered pairs are (1 , 7) , (2 , 6.3) , (3 , 5.6) , (4 , 5), (5 , 4.5) , (6 , 4)</p>
<p>For show B<br />
In first year = 5 , As the viewers reduces by 2,00,000 in 5M<br />
2 year = 5 &#8211; 0.2 = 4.8<br />
3 year = 4.8 &#8211; 0.2 = 4.6<br />
4 year = 4.6 &#8211; 0.2 = 4.4<br />
5 year = 4.4 &#8211; 0.2 = 4.2<br />
6 year = 54.2 &#8211; 0.2 = 4<br />
So the ordered pairs are (1 , 5) , (2 , 4.8) , (3 , 4.6) , (4 , 4.4), (5 , 4.2) , (6 , 4)<br />
As the year increases the viewers are also decreasing constantly as per the individual shows<br />
So, The function relating the year to the number of viewers is linear .</p>
<p>b. As shown in part a , the ordered pairs having (6,4) represents the number of viewers to the year<br />
So, Both shows  has same number of viewers in the sixth year .</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
<strong>NUMBER SENSE</strong><br />
The ordered pairs represent a function. (0,- 1), (1, 0), (2, 3), (3, 8), and (4, 15)<br />
a. Graph the ordered pairs and describe the pattern. Is the function linear or nonlinear?<br />
b. Write an equation that represents the function.<br />
Answer: a. The graph is shown below and function is linear<br />
b. The linear equation is y = 7x &#8211; 1.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, ordered pairs represent a function. (0,- 1), (1, 0), (2, 3), (3, 8), and (4, 15)<br />
a. the graph is  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51857" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-46.png" alt="" width="437" height="383" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-46.png 437w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-46-300x263.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 437px) 100vw, 437px" /><br />
Each input has exactly one output and it forms a straight line So, the graph is linear<br />
b. First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 ,8) and (4, 15)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (15 – 8) / (4– 3)<br />
m = 7/1<br />
m = 7<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -1 ) , The y intercept is -1.<br />
So , the linear equation is y = 7x &#8211; 1.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _7.5 _Analyzing _and _Sketching _Graphs"></a>Lesson 7.5 Analyzing and Sketching Graphs</h3>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 1</strong></p>
<p>Matching Situations to Graphs<br />
Work with a partner. Each graph shows your speed during a bike ride. Match each situation with its graph. Explain your reasoning.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31855" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 1" width="619" height="322" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-1.png 619w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-1-300x156.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 619px) 100vw, 619px" /><br />
a. You increase your speed, then ride at a constant speed along a bike path. You then slow down until you reach your friend’s house. Analyze Relationships<br />
b. You increase your speed, then go down a hill. You then quickly come to a stop at an intersection.<br />
c. You increase your speed, then stop at a store for a couple of minutes. You then continue to ride, increasing your speed.<br />
d. You ride at a constant speed, then go up a hill. Once on top of the hill, you increase your speed.<br />
Answer: a &#8211; C ,<br />
b &#8211; A ,<br />
c &#8211; D ,<br />
d &#8211; B ,</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. You increase your speed, then ride at a constant speed along a bike path. You then slow down until you reach your friend’s house. The graph C has the perfect graph representing the situation of given question.<br />
b. You increase your speed, then go down a hill. You then quickly come to a stop at an intersection.<br />
Because The graph A has the bike speed representing the situation for the time .<br />
c. You increase your speed, then stop at a store for a couple of minutes. You then continue to ride, increasing your speed. Thus, The graph D is the final answer for the question<br />
d. You ride at a constant speed, then go up a hill. Once on top of the hill, you increase your speed.<br />
Because of the speed with respect to time the graph B is the correct answer for the question.</p>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 2</strong></p>
<p>Interpreting a Graph<br />
Work with a partner. Write a short paragraph that describe show the height changes over time in the graph shown. What situation can this graph represent?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31856" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 2" width="178" height="137" /><br />
Answer: The Graph can be representing a situation for low and high tides of the Ocean</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown in the figure, The graph is plotted between the height and time,<br />
We can take an example of an Ocean for its waves , As the time passes at the morning of a normal day, The waves of the ocean start rising higher at a period of time, and for the time being maintaining a peak height then drops to a lower height at a particular intervals of time , this process takes place for a while and vise versa.<br />
Thus, the Graph can be representing a situation for low and high tides of the Ocean</p>
<p><strong>Try It</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
The graph shows the location of a pelican relative to your location.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31857" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 3" width="163" height="159" /><br />
a. Describe the path of the pelican.<br />
b. Write an explanation for the decrease in the vertical distance of the pelican.<br />
Answer: Both of them are explained below.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. The path of the pelican is flying in the air , As they always fly in line and the amazing thing is the deeper the prey the higher they dive.<br />
The graph shows the relationship between the horizontal distance that is the height from the land, vertical distance is the point from where its destination point is located, so at the starting point of the flight it has more distance from the ground means flying at a higher level , as the time passes it reaches to the closer point of its destination point so the altitude of the flight decreases with the decrease in the vertical distance and at a particular distance reaches its point of destination.</p>
<p>b. The decrease in the vertical distance of the pelican. is due to its flight to the destination point as it requires to stop flying to reach it, so in order to have a smooth landing on the ground , the bird gradually decreases its speed by decreasing its altitude.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
A fully-charged battery loses its charge at a constant rate until it has no charge left. You plug it in, and it fully recharges at a constant rate. Then it loses its charge at a constant rate until it has no charge left. Sketch a graph that represents this situation.<br />
Answer:  The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-54136" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-47.png" alt="" width="512" height="272" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-47.png 512w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-47-300x159.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the graph , let the x-axis be time and y-axis be the battery charge ,<br />
A fully-charged battery loses its charge at a constant rate until it has no charge left. So, line segment starts from 100 and decreases until it touches the x-axis.<br />
You plug it in, and it fully recharges at a constant rate. Thus, line segment increases at a constant rate until it reaches 100<br />
Then it loses its charge at a constant rate until it has no charge left. line segment decreases again at a constant rate until it again touches the x-axis .</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Concepts &amp; Skills</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>ANALYZING GRAPHS</strong><br />
The graph shows the growth rate of a plant over time.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31858" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 4" width="163" height="156" /><br />
a. Describe the change in growth rate.<br />
b. Write an explanation for the decrease in growth rate and the increase in growth rate.<br />
Answer: the answers are given below</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. the change in growth rate of a plant over the time is given by its size and height , So as the time passes the growth rate is constant from the the start and from a particular time the growth rate has been dropping slightly due to external or internal reasons of a plant and again at some time the growth rate is increasing at a constant rate until it reaches to its perfect growth of a plant.</p>
<p>b. The decrease in growth rate of the plant is due to some external causes like weather, rain, sunlight , watering, and the soil may effect its growth rate and the increase in growth rate is probably due to its soil fertility and sufficient sunlight providing sufficient chlorophyll.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>SKETCHING GRAPHS</strong><br />
As you snowboard down a hill, you gain speed at a constant rate. You come to a steep section of the hill and gain speed at a greater constant rate. You then slow down at a constant rate until you come to a stop. Sketch a graph that represents this situation.<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-54160" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-48.png" alt="" width="508" height="269" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-48.png 508w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-48-300x159.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 508px) 100vw, 508px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the graph , let the x-axis be time and y-axis be the speed ,<br />
As you snowboard down a hill, you gain speed at a constant rate, line segment decreases at a constant rate<br />
You come to a steep section of the hill and gain speed at a greater constant rate, line segment becomes steeper i.e., the line segment decreases at a high constant rate.<br />
You then slow down at a constant rate until you come to a stop, line segment becomes flatter i.e., the constant rate of decrease becomes less until it touches its x-axis</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Problem Solving</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Two rowing teams are in a race. The graph shows their distances from the finish line over time. Describe the speed of each team throughout the race. Then determine which team finishes first.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31859" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 5" width="166" height="159" /><br />
Answer: Team B will finishes race first.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Team A , The relationship between the time and distance from the finish line is given in the graph,<br />
At starting point Team A has maintained a fair speed at the Beginning of the race and has been a little slow while reaching out to the destination point, and for a while they have been balancing the speed with the distance representing a curving point in the graph and directly dropping to the finish line drastically creating a slope, until it reaches in the x-axis line.<br />
Team B , The relationship between the time and distance from the finish line is given in the graph,<br />
As same as the Team A , Team B has a perfect start but it has been a way different them Team A because Team B has a game plan to win the race, as shown in the graph they have maintained a constant speed while reaching out to the destination and also having a smooth drift at a level of decreasing their distance from the finish line.</p>
<p>Team B will  finishes the race first because they are having a constant and smooth decreasing speed which comes to an end gradually at the finishing line.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
The graphs show the movements of two airplanes over time. Describe the movement of each airplane.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31860" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 6" width="444" height="177" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-6.png 444w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-6-300x120.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /><br />
Answer: Detailed explanation is given below.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown in the graph , x-axis is time and y-axis be the height above ground<br />
Airplane A, the line segment at a constant rate at the time of starting of the takeoff and then drops to a point while decreasing in the height to the ground for landing and for a constant time it is at the ground level until again it takes off  having an increase in the height from the ground level , at last it maintains a constant speed.</p>
<p>Airplane B, the line segment at a constant rate at the time of starting of the takeoff and then drops to a point while decreasing in the height to the ground for landing and for a constant time it is at the ground level until again it takes off  having an increase in the height from the ground level , at last it maintains a constant speed.<br />
It is as same as the airplane A.</p>
<h3><a id="Analyzing _and _Sketching _Graphs _Homework _&amp; _Practice _7.5"></a>Analyzing and Sketching Graphs Homework &amp; Practice 7.5</h3>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Does the table or equation represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31861" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 7" width="194" height="72" /><br />
Answer: y = -0.5x + 11.5 is a linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (-5 , 14) , (-1 , 12) , (3 , 10) , (7 , 8)<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 , 10) and (7 , 8)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (8 – 10) / (7 – 3)<br />
m = -2/4<br />
m = -0.5<br />
substitute the slope in the(3 , 10) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y – 10 = -0.5 ( x – 3)<br />
y – 10 = -0.5x + 1.5<br />
y = -0.5x + 1.5 + 10<br />
y = -0.5x + 11.5<br />
So , the linear equation is y = -0.5x + 11.5<br />
And it is a linear function.</p>
<p>The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-54189" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-49.png" alt="" width="604" height="386" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-49.png 604w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-49-300x192.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 604px) 100vw, 604px" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
y = x<sup>2</sup> + 8<br />
Answer: The function is linear  when m= 1 and c = 8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = x<sup>2</sup> + 8 ,<br />
slope m = 1<br />
c = 8<br />
So, the function is linear when m = 1 and c= 8.</p>
<p><strong>Graph the linear equation.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
&#8211; 4x + y = &#8211; 1<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-54990" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-52.png" alt="" width="660" height="474" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-52.png 660w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-52-300x215.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 660px) 100vw, 660px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
we can write &#8211; 4x + y = &#8211; 1 as y = 4x &#8211; 1<br />
Given , y = 4x &#8211; 1  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 4(0) &#8211; 1 = -1 . co-ordinates are (0 , -1)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 4(1) &#8211; 1 = 3 . co-ordinates are (1 , 3)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 4(2) &#8211; 1 = 7 , co-ordinates are (2 , 7)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 4(3) &#8211; 1= 11 , co-ordinates are (3 , 11)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , -1) , (1 , 3) , (2 , 7) , (3 , 11) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
2x &#8211; 3y = 12<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-54988" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-50.png" alt="" width="547" height="419" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-50.png 547w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-50-300x230.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 547px) 100vw, 547px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
we can write  2x &#8211; 3y = 12 as y = \(\frac{2x-12}{3}\) or y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x &#8211; 4<br />
Given , y =\(\frac{2}{3}\)x &#8211; 4 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)0 &#8211; 4= &#8211; 4 . co-ordinates are (0 , -4)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)1 &#8211; 4 = 0.66 &#8211; 4 = -3.3 . co-ordinates are (1 , -3.3)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)2 &#8211; 4 =0.66(2) &#8211; 4 =1.3 &#8211; 4 = -2.6, co-ordinates are (2 , -2.6)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)3 &#8211; 4 = 0.66(3) &#8211; 4 = 1.98 &#8211; 4 = -2.0  , co-ordinates are (3 , -2.0)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , -4) , (1 , -3.3) , (2 , -2.6) , (3 , -2) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
5x + 10y = 30<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-54989" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-51.png" alt="" width="460" height="398" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-51.png 460w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-51-300x260.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 460px) 100vw, 460px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
5x + 10y = 30 can be written as y = -0.5x + 3<br />
take 5 common on both sides we get<br />
x + 2y = 6<br />
y = \(\frac{-x + 6}{2}\)<br />
y = \(\frac{-x}{2}\) + 6<br />
y = -0.5x + 3<br />
Given , y =-0.5x + 3 , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = -0.5(0) + 3 = 3 . co-ordinates are (0 , 3)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = -0.5(1) + 3= 2.5 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2.5)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = -0.5(2) + 3 = 4 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = -0.5(3) + 3 = 4.5  , co-ordinates are (3 , 4.5)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 3) , (1 , 2.5) , (2 , 4) , (3 , 4.5)does not form a straight line .</p>
<p><strong>Concepts, Skills, &amp;Problem Solving</strong></p>
<p><strong>MATCHING DESCRIPTIONS WITH GRAPHS</strong> The graph shows your speed during a run. Match the verbal description with the part of the graph it describes. (See Exploration 1, p. 301.)<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31862" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 8" width="216" height="131" /><br />
Question 6.<br />
You run at a constant speed.<br />
Answer: C</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Because the line segment of the graph at point C show that the running speed is constant for a particular time ,<br />
Thus forming a straight horizontal line.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
You slow down at a constant rate.<br />
Answer: D</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Because the line segment of the graph at point D show that the running speed is decreasing at a constant rate for a particular time ,<br />
Thus forming a straight steep line down the time axis.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
You increase your speed at a constant rate.<br />
Answer: A</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Because the line segment of the graph at point A show that the running speed is increasing at a constant rate at a starting point of the race on time ,<br />
Thus forming a slope in the graph.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
You increase your speed at a faster and faster rate.<br />
Answer: B</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Because the line segment of the graph at point B show that the running speed is increasing at a faster rate after starting the race and maintaining a gradual growth of the speed and after reaching the next point speed is doubled from before ,<br />
Thus forming a slope with a curve in the graph.</p>
<p><strong>ANALYZING GRAPHS</strong> Describe the relationship between the two quantities.<br />
Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31863" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 9" width="150" height="178" /><br />
Answer: As the Time passes there will be increase in the volume.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The graph shows the relation between the volume and time of a Balloon , To fill up the balloon with air, with the inlet of air increases in volume and the time taken to fill the balloon with air is shown ,<br />
The line segment starts at initial point stating the balloon at a no air state, then gradually increases with constant halts having constant volume at a particular time and vice versa.</p>
<p>So, As the Time passes there will be increase in the volume.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31864" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 10" width="171" height="191" /><br />
Answer: As the times passes Dollars are maintaining imbalance.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The relationship between the time and dollars is given in the graph, As we all know money is never ever constant with time , As if it only increases or decreases or having both simultaneously , in this graph the line segment is having a steep and at some point of time it is maintaining a slight growth constantly with the time.</p>
<p>So, As the times passes Dollars are maintaining imbalance.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31865" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 11" width="190" height="198" /><br />
Answer: An engine power is directly proportional to the engine speed and its horse power</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The relationship between the engine speed and horse power is given in the graph, Generally every automobile is is defined as the best for its horse power which is the heart of the engine and it highlights the speed of the vehicle, Here engine power is defined by the horse power and the engine speed the line segment is having a curve increment in the horse power due to the increase in engine speed.</p>
<p>So, An engine power is directly proportional to the engine speed and its horse power</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31866" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 12" width="176" height="190" /><br />
Answer: As time increases the process of grams decaying will be faster.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The relationship between grams and time is given in the graph, its obvious that every product has its own expiry date, and if it crosses that its starts to decay, the graph implies that with the increase time the quality of the gram decreases or grams start to decay . The line segment in the graph shows that the gradually decrease indicating the spoiling rate of the grams  with rate of change of time.</p>
<p>So, As time increases the process of grams decaying will be faster.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31867" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 13" width="171" height="195" /><br />
Answer: At the particular intervals of time hair growth has stopped and at regular intervals again starts growing with respect to the time.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The graph shows the relationship between the length of the hair and time taken to the growth of the hair, of course hair growth is not constant every time, here we have the graph with the line segment  not constant and having breaks at the times of interval.</p>
<p>So, At the particular intervals of time hair growth has stopped and at regular intervals again starts growing with respect to the time.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31868" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 14" width="195" height="190" /><br />
Answer: In a period of time the balance will be reduced gradually at regular intervals maintaining a constant balance to clear the loan.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The relationship between the balance of the loan with the time period of the loan to be cleared, The loan should be cleared in the time limit and should maintain a neat balance, every increase in time period the balance is debited from the loan , there will be decrease in the balance and gaps are occurred in the graph.</p>
<p>so, In a period of time the balance will be reduced gradually at regular intervals maintaining a constant balance to clear the loan.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<strong>ANALYZING GRAPHS</strong><br />
Write an explanation for the relationship shown in the graph in Exercise 10.<br />
Answer: The graph shows the relation between the volume and time of a Balloon , To fill up the balloon with air, with the inlet of air increases in volume and the time taken to fill the balloon with air is shown ,<br />
The line segment starts at initial point stating the balloon at a no air state, then gradually increases with constant halts having constant volume at a particular time and vice versa.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
The graph shows the natural gas usage for a house.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31869" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 15" width="174" height="143" /><br />
a. Describe the change in usage from January to March.<br />
b. Describe the change in usage from March to May.<br />
Answer: a. The change in usage from January to March, As shown in the graph the usage is at peaks in the month of January and started to decrease after that month and continuing to decrease in the month of March.<br />
b.  The change in usage from March to May, As shown in the graph the usage is continuing to decrease in the month of March and started to increase again in the month of May and maintaining to use highly from the month of May.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. The change in usage from January to March, As shown in the graph the usage is at peaks in the month of January and started to decrease after that month and continuing to decrease in the month of March.</p>
<p>b.  The change in usage from March to May, As shown in the graph the usage is continuing to decrease in the month of March and started to increase again in the month of May and maintaining to use highly from the month of May.</p>
<p><strong>SKETCHING GRAPHS</strong> Sketch a graph that represents the situation.<br />
Question 18.<br />
The value of a television decreases at a constant rate, and then remains constant.<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55002" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-53.png" alt="" width="554" height="310" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-53.png 554w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-53-300x168.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Draw the axis and label the x- axis as time and y- axis as value, then sketch the graph,<br />
The value of the television decreases at a constant rate: line segment starts to decrease at a constant rate,<br />
And then remains constant, after reaching a certain value : line segment becomes parallel to horizontal axis.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
The distance from the ground changes as your friend swings on a swing.<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55008" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-54.1.png" alt="" width="387" height="200" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-54.1.png 387w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-54.1-300x155.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Your friend starts close to the ground and then swings up. Then she falls back down close to the ground again and swings back . When she swings back, she gets higher than when she was swinging forward, she then starts to swing forward again getting close to the ground and then going up even higher than when she was swinging backward, she continues to getting higher and higher every time she swings forwards and backwards,</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
The value of a rare coin increases at a faster and faster rate.<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55004" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-55.png" alt="" width="542" height="330" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-55.png 542w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-55-300x183.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Draw the Axis and label them as x-axis as time and y &#8211; axis as distance,<br />
The value of a rare coin increases at a faster and faster rate , so the curve moves upwards at an increasing rate.</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
You are typing at a constant rate. You pause to think about your next paragraph and then you resume typing at the same constant rate.<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55005" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-56.png" alt="" width="265" height="207" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
A constant rate means that portion of the graph is linear , pausing means the number of words stays constant, typing again at the same constant rate means the last piece of the graph is linear again with the same slope as the first portion of the graph.</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
<strong>CRITICAL THINKING</strong><br />
The graph shows the speed of an object over time.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31870" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 16" width="171" height="136" /><br />
a. Sketch a graph that shows the distance traveled by the object over time.<br />
b. Describe a possible situation represented by the graphs.<br />
Answer: a. The distance and time are directly proportional to each other.<br />
b. As time passes the speed and time are relatively balancing each other in the graph.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. The graph is  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55017" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-57.png" alt="" width="398" height="355" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-57.png 398w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-57-300x268.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 398px) 100vw, 398px" /><br />
In this graph the relationship between distance and time is shown, for example , let the object be a bike, the time taken to reach the destination for the bike is directly proportional to the distance travelled , So as time passes the distance is gradually increasing from the starting point.</p>
<p>So, the distance and time are directly proportional to each other.</p>
<p>b. Th graph shown , is the relationship between the speed and the time , let the object moving be Train,<br />
it is running between the station so it has to be halted in the stations to be listed in the stoppings , So the line segment is started with a constant speed with the time and again at the time interval dropping the speed with respect to time it has maintaining the same speed .</p>
<p>So, As time passes the speed and time are relatively balancing each other in the graph.</p>
<p>Question 23.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
The graph shows the average scores of two bowlers from the start of a season to the end of the season.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31871" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 17" width="176" height="168" /><br />
a. Describe each bowler’s performance.<br />
b. Who had a greater average score most of the season? Who had a greater average score at the end of the season?<br />
c. Write an explanation for the change in each bowler’s average score throughout the bowling season.<br />
Answer: All the answers are explained below</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a.  Bowler A : As the graph represent the relationship between the score and the week, bowler A has started with the good take off and having able to grasp the same energy his performance on the goals are increasing rapidly over the week and had the good score than Bowler B.</p>
<p>Bowler B : As the graph represent the relationship between the score and the week, bowler B has started with the good take off but as the time passes the performance of the  bowler is has been intended to decrease his scores gradually over the week.</p>
<p>b.  Bowler A and Bowler B had a greater average score most of the season, but Bowler A had a greater average score at the end of the season</p>
<p>c. Bowler A has the same energy his performance on the goals are increasing rapidly over the week and had the good score than Bowler B. so it has a smaller change in average&#8217;s score in the bowling season .<br />
While Bowler B has good take off but as the time passes the performance of the  bowler is has been intended to decrease his scores gradually over the week. so he has a drastic change in average&#8217;s score in the bowling season .</p>
<p>Question 24.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You can use a supply and demand model to understand how the price of a product changes in a market. The supply curve of a particular product represents the quantity suppliers will produce at various prices. The demand curve for the product represents the quantity consumers are willing to buy at various prices.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31872" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-7.5-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions 7.5 18" width="196" height="173" /></p>
<p>a. Describe and interpret each curve.<br />
b. Which part of the graph represents a surplus? Explain your reasoning.<br />
c. The curves intersect at the equilibrium point, which is where the quantity produced equals the quantity demanded. Suppose that demand for a product suddenly increases, causing the entire demand curve to shift to the right. What happens to the equilibrium point?<br />
Answer:  All of them are explained below .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. The supply curve of a particular product represents the quantity suppliers will produce at various prices, As shown in the graph, the relationship between the price and quantity is given , so if prices increases gradually Quantity increases .<br />
The demand curve for the product represents the quantity consumers are willing to buy at various prices, As shown in the graph, the relationship between the price and quantity is given , so if prices decreases with increase in Quantity .</p>
<p>b. The graph does not implies any surplus because each demand and supply is given by their respective curve over the prices and quantity</p>
<p>c. As shown in the graph, The curves intersect at the equilibrium point, which is where the quantity produced equals the quantity demanded. Given, that demand for a product suddenly increases, causing the entire demand curve to shift to the right. Then the equilibrium point will be pointed where the two curves meet after the change in the demand graph so change in the supply graph is also possible.</p>
<h3><a id="Functions _Connecting _Concepts"></a>Functions Connecting Concepts</h3>
<p><strong>Using the Problem-Solving Plan</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
The table shows the lengths x (in inches) and weights y(in pounds) of several infants born at a hospital. Determine whether weight is a function of length. Then estimate the weight of an infant that is 20 inches long.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31873" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cc-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cc 1" width="175" height="212" /><br />
Understand the problem.<br />
You know the lengths and weights of several infants. You are asked to determine whether weight is a function of length and to estimate the weight of a 20-inch-long infant.</p>
<p>Make a plan.<br />
Determine whether any of the lengths are paired with more than one weight. Then use a graphing calculator to find an equation that represents the data. Evaluate the equation when x = 20 to estimate the weight of a 20-inch-long infant.</p>
<p>Solve and check.<br />
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.<br />
Answer: Weight is the function of the length</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the table we have , Each length has only one weight , so weight is a function of length.<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (19.3 , 7.3) and (18.9 , 6.5)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (6.5 – 7.3) / (18.9 – 19.3)<br />
m = 0.2<br />
substitute the slope in the (19.3 , 7.3) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y – 7.3 = 0.2 ( x – 19.3)<br />
y – 7.3 = 0.2x – 3.86<br />
y = 0.2x – 3.86 + 7.3<br />
y = 0.2x + 3.4<br />
So ,  y = 0.2x + 3.4 is linear function.</p>
<p>For x = 20 ,<br />
y = 0.2 (20) + 3.4<br />
y = 4 + 3.4<br />
y = 7.4</p>
<p>So, The weight of an infant that is 20 inches long. is 7.4.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Each mapping diagram represents a linear function. At what point do the graphs of the functions intersect? Justify your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31874" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cc-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cc 2" width="370" height="164" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cc-2.png 370w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cc-2-300x133.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /><br />
Answer:  The point of intersection is (-1, -4)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Function 1 &#8211; Ordered pairs are ( -8 , 24 ) , ( -3 , 4 ) , ( -1 , -4 ) , ( 1 , -12) .<br />
Function 2 &#8211; Ordered pairs are ( 6 , 17 ) , ( 10 , 29 ) , ( 13 , 38 ) , ( 15 , 44 ) .<br />
Graph the points we get, <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55071" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-58.png" alt="" width="888" height="557" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-58.png 888w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-58-300x188.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-58-768x482.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 888px) 100vw, 888px" /> So, The point of intersection is (-1,-4).</p>
<p><strong>Performance Task</strong></p>
<p>Heat Index<br />
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Apparent Temperature.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31875" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cc-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cc 3" width="367" height="181" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cc-3.png 367w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cc-3-300x148.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 367px) 100vw, 367px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<h3><a id="Functions _Chapter _Review"></a>Functions Chapter Review</h3>
<p><strong>Review Vocabulary</strong></p>
<p>Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31876" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 1" width="560" height="75" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-1.png 560w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-1-300x40.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 560px) 100vw, 560px" /><br />
Input: Ordered pairs can be used to show inputs and outputs , inputs are represented by x</p>
<p>Output: Ordered pairs can be used to show inputs and outputs , Outputs are represented by y</p>
<p>Relation: A relation pairs inputs with outputs</p>
<p>Mapping diagram: A relation can be represented by ordered pairs or mapping diagrams.</p>
<p>Function: The relation that pairs each input with exactly one output is a function.</p>
<p>Function rule: it is an equation, that describes the relationship between inputs(independent variables) and outputs(dependent variables).</p>
<p>Linear function: A linear function is a function whose graph is a straight line i.e., non vertical line . A linear can be written in the form y = mx + c , where m is the slope and c is the y intercept</p>
<p>Non linear function: The graph of a linear function shows a constant rate of change, A non linear function does not have a constant rate of change, So its graph is a not a line.</p>
<p><strong>Graphic Organizers</strong><br />
You can use an Example and Non-Example Chart to list examples and non-examples of a concept. Here is an Example and Non-Example Chart for functions.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31877" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 2" width="421" height="349" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-2.png 421w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-2-300x249.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 421px) 100vw, 421px" /></p>
<p>Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31878" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 3" width="237" height="316" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-3.png 237w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-3-225x300.png 225w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 237px) 100vw, 237px" /><br />
1. linear functions<br />
2. nonlinear functions<br />
3. linear functions with positive slope<br />
4. linear functions with negative slope</p>
<p>Answer: 1. linear functions <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55079" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-59.png" alt="" width="454" height="396" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-59.png 454w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-59-300x262.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 454px) 100vw, 454px" /></p>
<p><strong>Chapter Self-Assessment</strong></p>
<p>As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31879" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 4" width="594" height="78" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-4.png 594w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-4-300x39.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 594px) 100vw, 594px" /></p>
<p><strong>7.1 Relations and Functions (pp. 275–280)</strong><br />
Learning Target: Understand the concept of a function.</p>
<p>List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram. Then determine whether the relation is a function.<br />
Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31880" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 5" width="156" height="137" /><br />
Answer: The ordered pairs are ( 1 , -4 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 5 , 0 ) , ( 7 , 6 ) , ( 7 , 8 ) and The relation is not a function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( 1 , -4 ) , ( 3 , 6 ) , ( 5 , 0 ) , ( 7 , 6 ) , ( 7 , 8 ) .<br />
The input 7 has more than one output,<br />
So, The relation is not a function .</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31881" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 6" width="159" height="132" /><br />
Answer: ordered pairs are ( 0 , 0 ) , ( 1 , 10 ) , ( 2 , 5 ) , ( 3 , 15 ) and The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( 0 , 0 ) , ( 1 , 10 ) , ( 2 , 5 ) , ( 3 , 15 ).<br />
Each input has exactly one output ,<br />
So, The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31882" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 7" width="163" height="144" /><br />
Answer: The ordered pairs are ( -1 , 0 ) , ( -1 , 1 ) , ( 0 , 1 ) , ( 1 , 2 ), ( 3 ,3 ) and The relation is not a function</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown , The ordered pairs are ( -1 , 0 ) , ( -1 , 1 ) , ( 0 , 1 ) , ( 1 , 2 ), ( 3 ,3 ) .<br />
The input -1 has more than one output ,<br />
So, The relation is not a function .</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
For ordered pairs that represent relations, which coordinate represents the input? the output?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31883" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 8" width="164" height="169" /><br />
Answer: x coordinate is the input and y coordinate is the output</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs from the given graph are ( 2 , 7 ) , ( 3 , 7 ) , ( 4 , 5 ) , ( 5 , 5 ) , ( 6 , 3 ) .<br />
So , x coordinate is the input and y coordinate is the output</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Draw a mapping diagram that represents the relation shown in the graph. Then determine whether the relation is a function. Explain.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The mapping diagram is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55120" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-60.png" alt="" width="181" height="232" /><br />
each input has more than one output<br />
So, relation is not a function.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
The mapping diagram represents the lengths (in centimeters) of a rubber band when different amounts of force (in Newtons) are applied.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31884" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 9" width="159" height="169" /><br />
a. Is the length of a rubber band a function of the force applied to the rubber band?<br />
b. Describe the relationship between the length of a rubber band and the force applied to the rubber band.<br />
Answer:  a. Yes<br />
b. For every increase in 0.7 in input there is an increment of 2 in output.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. The ordered pairs are  ( 0 , 5 ) , ( 0.7 , 7 ) , ( 1.4 , 9 ) , ( 2.1 , 11 )<br />
Each input has exactly one output<br />
So, the length of a rubber band a function of the force applied to the rubber band.</p>
<p>b. For every increase in 0.7 in input there is an increment of 2 in output.</p>
<p><strong>7.2 Representations of Functions (pp. 281–288)</strong><br />
Learning Target: Represent functions in a variety of ways.</p>
<p><strong>Write a function rule for the statement.</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
The output is two less than the input.<br />
Answer: y = x &#8211; 2</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is two less than the input, will be<br />
y = x &#8211; 2</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
The output is two more than one-fourth of the input.<br />
Answer: y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) + 2</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is two more than one-fourth of the input, will be<br />
y = \(\frac{x}{4}\) + 2</p>
<p><strong>Find the value of y for the given value of x.</strong><br />
Question 9.<br />
y = 2x &#8211; 3; x = &#8211; 4<br />
Answer: y = -8</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = 2x<br />
substitute x = -4 , we get<br />
y = 2(-4)<br />
y = -8.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
y = 2 &#8211; 9x ; x = \(\frac{2}{3}\)<br />
Answer: y = &#8211; 3.4</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = 2 &#8211; 9x<br />
substitute x = \(\frac{2}{3}\) , we get<br />
y = 2 &#8211; 9 (0.6)<br />
y = 2 &#8211; 5.4<br />
y = &#8211; 3.4</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
y = \(\frac{x}{3}\) + 5; x = 6<br />
Answer: y = 7.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y = \(\frac{x}{3}\) + 5<br />
substitute x = 6 , we get<br />
y = \(\frac{6}{3}\) + 5<br />
y = 2 + 5<br />
y = 7.</p>
<p><strong>Graph the function.</strong><br />
Question 12.<br />
y = x + 3<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55161" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-61.png" alt="" width="479" height="415" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-61.png 479w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-61-300x260.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = x + 3  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 0 + 3 = 3 . co-ordinates are (0 , 4)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 1 + 3  = 4 . co-ordinates are (1 , 5)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 2 + 3 = 5 , co-ordinates are (2 , 6)<br />
if x = 3 , then y = 3 + 3 = 6 , co-ordinates are (3 , 7)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 3) , (1 , 4) , (2 , 5) , (3 , 6) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
y = &#8211; 5x<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55165" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-41.1.png" alt="" width="588" height="367" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-41.1.png 588w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-41.1-300x187.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 588px) 100vw, 588px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = &#8211; 5x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y =- 5(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = &#8211; 5(1)  = &#8211; 5 . co-ordinates are (1 , &#8211; 5)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = &#8211; 5(2) = -10 , co-ordinates are (2 , -10)<br />
if x = 3 , then y =- 5(3) = -15 , co-ordinates are (3 , -15)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , -5) , (2 , -10) , (3 , -15) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
y = 3 &#8211; 3x<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55167" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-62.png" alt="" width="586" height="363" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-62.png 586w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-62-300x186.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 586px) 100vw, 586px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y =3 &#8211; 3x , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 3 &#8211; 3(0) = 3 . co-ordinates are (0 , 3)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 3 &#8211; 3(1)  = 0 . co-ordinates are (1 , 0)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 3 &#8211; 3(2) = &#8211; 3 , co-ordinates are (2 , &#8211; 3)<br />
if x = 3 , then y =3 &#8211; 3(3) = &#8211; 6 , co-ordinates are (3 , &#8211; 6)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 3) , (1 , 0) , (2 , &#8211; 3) , (3 , &#8211; 6) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
An online music store sells songs for $0.90 each.<br />
a. Write a function that you can use to find the cost of buying songs.<br />
b. What is the cost of buying 5 songs?<br />
Answer: a. C = 0.90s<br />
b. $4.5</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. The total cost is equal to the cost of each song times the number of songs, if each song is $0.90,<br />
Then the total cost C of s songs is C = 0.90s.</p>
<p>b. Substituting s= 5 in C = 0.90s we get,<br />
C = 0.90(5) = 4.5.<br />
So, cost of 5 songs is $4.5.</p>
<p><strong>7.3 Linear Functions (pp. 289–294)</strong><br />
Learning Target: Use functions to model linear relationships.</p>
<p><strong>Use the graph or table to write a linear function that relates y to x.</strong><br />
Question 16.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31885" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 16" width="195" height="122" /><br />
Answer: The linear function is y = <span id="MathJax-Element-59-Frame" class="MathJax"><span id="MathJax-Span-390" class="math"><span id="MathJax-Span-391" class="mrow"><span id="MathJax-Span-392" class="mfrac"><span id="MathJax-Span-393" class="mrow"><span id="MathJax-Span-394" class="mo">\(\frac{1}{3}\)</span></span></span></span></span></span>x + 3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (3 , 4) , (0 , 3 ) , (-3 , 2) , ( -6, 1 )<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,3) and (-3, 2)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (2 – 3) / (-3 – 0)<br />
m = -1 / -3 .<br />
m = 1/3 .<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 3 ) , The y intercept is 3.<br />
So , the linear function is y = <span id="MathJax-Element-59-Frame" class="MathJax"><span id="MathJax-Span-390" class="math"><span id="MathJax-Span-391" class="mrow"><span id="MathJax-Span-392" class="mfrac"><span id="MathJax-Span-393" class="mrow"><span id="MathJax-Span-394" class="mo">\(\frac{1}{3}\)</span></span></span></span></span></span>x + 3.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31886" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 17" width="192" height="77" /><br />
Answer: The linear function is y = <span id="MathJax-Element-59-Frame" class="MathJax"><span id="MathJax-Span-390" class="math"><span id="MathJax-Span-391" class="mrow"><span id="MathJax-Span-392" class="mfrac"><span id="MathJax-Span-393" class="mrow"><span id="MathJax-Span-394" class="mo">−(0)</span></span></span></span></span></span>x -7.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (-2 , -7) , (0 , -7 ) , (2 , -7) , ( 4 , -7 )<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 ,-7) and (2, -7)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (-7 – (-7)) / (2 – 0)<br />
m = 0 .<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -7 ) , The y intercept is -7.<br />
So , the linear function is y = <span id="MathJax-Element-59-Frame" class="MathJax"><span id="MathJax-Span-390" class="math"><span id="MathJax-Span-391" class="mrow"><span id="MathJax-Span-392" class="mfrac"><span id="MathJax-Span-393" class="mrow"><span id="MathJax-Span-394" class="mo">−(0)</span></span></span></span></span></span>x -7.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
The table shows the age x (in weeks) of a puppy and its weight y (in pounds).<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31887" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 18" width="533" height="192" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-18.png 533w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-18-300x108.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /><br />
a. Write and graph a linear function that relates y to x.<br />
b. Interpret the slope and the y-intercept.<br />
c. After how many weeks will the puppy weigh 33 pounds?<br />
Answer: a. y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 3<br />
b. 3 pounds<br />
c. Age is 20 weeks</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55170" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-63.png" alt="" width="434" height="382" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-63.png 434w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-63-300x264.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 434px) 100vw, 434px" /><br />
a. In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (6 , 12) , (8 , 15 ) , (10 , 18) , ( 12 , 21 )<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points ((6 ,12) and (8 , 15)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (15 – 12) / (8 – 6)<br />
m = 3/2 .<br />
substitute the slope in the (6 ,12) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y – 12 = 3/2 ( x – 6)<br />
2(y – 12) = 3(x – 6)<br />
2y &#8211; 24 = 3x – 18<br />
2y = 3x – 18 + 24<br />
2y  = 3x + 6<br />
So ,  2y  = 3x + 6 or y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 3 is linear function.</p>
<p>b. The slope measures the rate of change of weight due to change in weeks, Here the slope of 3/2 means that as one week passes, weight of the puppy increases by 3/2 pounds.<br />
y intercept measures the weight of the puppy, when it was born which is 3 pounds in this case measured by c.</p>
<p>c. put y = 33,<br />
33 = \(\frac3}{2}\)x + 3<br />
30 = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x<br />
30 × 2 = 3x<br />
x = 60/3<br />
x = 20.<br />
So, Age is 20 weeks.</p>
<p><strong>7.4 Comparing Linear and Nonlinear Functions (pp. 295–300)</strong><br />
Learning Target: Understand differences between linear and nonlinear functions.</p>
<p><strong>Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.</strong><br />
Question 19.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31888" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 19" width="183" height="72" /><br />
Answer: y = 3x – 8 is linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (3 , 1 ) , (6 , 10) , (9 , 19) , (12 , 28)<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (3 , 1 ) and (6 , 10)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (10 – 1) / (6– 3)<br />
m = 9/3<br />
m = 3<br />
substitute the slope in the (3 , 1) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y – 1 = 3 ( x – 3)<br />
y – 1 = 3x – 9<br />
y = 3x – 9 + 1<br />
y = 3x – 8<br />
So ,  y = 3x – 8 is linear function.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31889" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 20" width="198" height="67" /><br />
Answer: y = -x + 4 is linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are (1 , 3 ) , (3 , 1) , (5 , 1) , (7 , 3)<br />
Plot the points in the table , Draw a line through the points<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (1 , 3 ) and (3 , 1)<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (1 – 3) / (3– 1)<br />
m = -2/2<br />
m = -1<br />
substitute the slope in the (1 , 3) to get point slope to form a line.<br />
y-y<sub>1</sub> = m (x-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
y – 3 = -1 ( x – 1)<br />
y – 3 = -x + 1<br />
y = -x + 1 + 3<br />
y = -x + 4<br />
So ,  y = -x + 4 is linear function.</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
Does the graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31890" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 21" width="176" height="171" /><br />
Answer: The graph represent a non linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown in the graph linear function represents a  straight line to which not happened here,<br />
So , the graph is non linear function</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
Does the equation y = 2.3x represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.<br />
Answer: y = 2.3x is a linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = 2.3x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y = 2.3(0) = 0 . co-ordinates are (0 , 0)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 2.3(1) = 2.3 . co-ordinates are (1 , 2.3)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 2.3(2) = 4.6 , co-ordinates are (2 , 4.6)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 0) , (1 , 2.3) , (2 , 4.6) form a straight line .<br />
Each x input has only one y output so it is a function .<br />
And it  forms a straight line when graphed .<br />
So, y = 2.3x is a linear function.</p>
<p><strong>7.5 Analyzing and Sketching Graphs (pp. 301–306)</strong><br />
Learning Target: Use graphs of functions to describe relationships between quantities.</p>
<p>Question 23.<br />
Describe the relationship between the two quantities in the graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31891" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-23.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 23" width="182" height="180" /><br />
Answer: At certain point of time, line segment is increased with respect to time and maintained a constant change and again dropped gradually with the increase in time.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The relationship between the graph is population and time ,<br />
At certain point of time, line segment is increased with respect to time and maintained a constant change and again dropped gradually with the increase in time.<br />
So, the city population is not constant at all the time.</p>
<p><strong>Sketch a graph that represents the situation.</strong><br />
Question 24.<br />
You climb a climbing wall. You climb halfway up the wall at a constant rate, then stop and take a break. You then climb to the top of the wall at a greater constant rate.<br />
Answer: The graph is  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55177" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-64.png" alt="" width="333" height="250" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-64.png 333w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-64-300x225.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 333px) 100vw, 333px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
You start climbing a wall at a constant rate so the first portion of the graph needs to be linear with a positive slope, you then take a break which means your height is constant so the second part of the graph needs to be a horizontal line, you then start climbing again at a constant rate, so the last part of the graph needs to be linear with a positive slope.</p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
The price of a stock increases at a constant rate for several months before the stock market crashes. The price then quickly decreases at a constant rate.<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55178" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-65.png" alt="" width="198" height="174" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The stock price is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be linear with positive slope, Then price begins to drop quickly so the second part of the graph needs to be linear with a steep negative slope.</p>
<p>Question 26.<br />
The graph shows the sales of two companies during a particular year.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31892" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-8th-Grade-Chapter-7-Functions-cr-26.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 7 Functions cr 26" width="172" height="150" /><br />
a. Describe the sales of each company.<br />
b. Which company has greater total sales for the year?<br />
c. Give a possible explanation for the change in each company&#8217;s sales throughout the year.<br />
Answer: All The explanation is given below</p>
<p>a. Company A &#8211; The sales of the company is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be linear with positive slope, and decreasing with a slight negative steep and again increasing at a constant rate increasing the sales of the company</p>
<p>Company B &#8211; The sales of the company is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be increase in curve with a slight decrease in the graph leading to decrease in sales and vise versa.</p>
<p>b. Company A has the greater total sales for the year compared to Company B, with maintaining the sales up to the mark without losses.</p>
<p>c. The change in each company&#8217;s sales throughout the year,  Company A &#8211; The sales of the company is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be linear with positive slope,<br />
Company B &#8211; The sales of the company is increasing at a constant rate so the first part of the graph needs to be increase in curve with a slight decrease in the graph leading to decrease in sales</p>
<h3><a id="Functions _Practice _Test"></a>Functions Practice Test</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
List the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram. Then determine whether the relation is a function.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31893" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-pt-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 1" width="165" height="119" /><br />
Answer: The relation is a function</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As shown , Ordered pairs are the combinations of input and output<br />
So , Ordered pairs are ( 2 , 9 ) , ( 4 , 9 ) , ( 6 , 10 ) , ( 8 , 11 ) .<br />
Each input has exactly one output ,<br />
So , The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Draw a mapping diagram that represents the relation. Then determine whether the relation is a function. Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31894" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-pt-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 2" width="158" height="139" /><br />
Answer: The mapping diagram is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55187" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-66.png" alt="" width="166" height="206" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs from the given graph are ( -3 , 5 ) , ( -1 , 1 ) , ( -1 , 3 ) , ( 1 , 2 ) , ( 3 , 4 ) .<br />
Each input has exactly one output ,<br />
So , The relation is a function .</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Write a function rule for “The output is twice the input.”<br />
Answer: y = 2x</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say x is input and y is output , then<br />
The output is twice the input. will be<br />
y = 2x</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Graph the function y = 1 &#8211; 3x.<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55190" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-67.png" alt="" width="623" height="405" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-67.png 623w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-67-300x195.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = 1 &#8211; 3x  , we know y = mx + c , where m = slope , c = constant<br />
To obtain the graph , we should have ordered pairs ,<br />
So , if x = 0 , then y =1 &#8211; 3(0) = 1 . co-ordinates are (0 , 1)<br />
if x = 1 , then y = 1 &#8211; 3(1)  = -2 . co-ordinates are (1 , -2)<br />
if x = 2 , then y = 1 &#8211; 3(2) = -5 , co-ordinates are (2 , -5)<br />
if x = 3 , then y =1 &#8211; 3(3) = -8 , co-ordinates are (3 , -8)<br />
The co-ordinates (0 , 1) , (1 , -2) , (2 , -5) , (3 , -8) form a straight line .</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Use the graph to write a linear function that relates y to x.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31895" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-pt-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 5" width="166" height="140" /><br />
Answer: The linear function is y = 0.5x &#8211; 1</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (-4 , -3) , (-2 , -2 ) , (0 , -1) , ( 2 , 0 )<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 , -1) and ( 2 , 0 )<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (0 – (-1)) / (2 – 0)<br />
m = 1 / 2 .<br />
m = 0.5 .<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, -1 ) , The y intercept is -1.<br />
So , the linear function is y = 0.5x &#8211; 1 .</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31896" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-pt-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 6" width="207" height="74" /><br />
Answer: The linear function is y = <span id="MathJax-Element-59-Frame" class="MathJax"><span id="MathJax-Span-390" class="math"><span id="MathJax-Span-391" class="mrow"><span id="MathJax-Span-392" class="mfrac"><span id="MathJax-Span-393" class="mrow"><span id="MathJax-Span-394" class="mo">−4</span></span></span></span></span></span>x + 8</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to write the function we have to write the ordered pairs of the graph ,<br />
Ordered pairs are  (0 , 8) , (2 , 0 ) , (4 , -8) , ( 6 , -16 )<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (0 , 8) and (2 , 0 )<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (0 – 8) / (2 – 0)<br />
m = -4<br />
Because the line crosses the y axis at ( 0, 8 ) , The y intercept is 8.<br />
So , the linear function is y = <span id="MathJax-Element-59-Frame" class="MathJax"><span id="MathJax-Span-390" class="math"><span id="MathJax-Span-391" class="mrow"><span id="MathJax-Span-392" class="mfrac"><span id="MathJax-Span-393" class="mrow"><span id="MathJax-Span-394" class="mo">−4</span></span></span></span></span></span>x + 8.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
The table shows the number of y meters a water-skier travels in x minutes.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31897" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-pt-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 7" width="289" height="82" /><br />
a. Write a function that relates y to x.<br />
b. Graph the linear function.<br />
c. At this rate, how many kilometers will the water-skier travel in 12 minutes?<br />
d. Another water-skier travels at the same rate but starts a minute after the first water-skier. Will this water-skier catch up to the first water-skier? Explain.<br />
Answer: All the answers are given below</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are  (1 , 600) , (2 , 1200 ) , (3 , 1800) , ( 4 , 2400 ) , (5 , 3000)<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points(1 , 600) and (2 , 1200 )<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (1200 – 600) / (2 – 1)<br />
m = 600<br />
So, the line is of the form y = 600x + c<br />
put x= 3 and y = 1800 in the above equation we get,<br />
1800 = 600(3) + c<br />
c = 1800 &#8211; 1800<br />
c = 0.<br />
So, The line is y = 600x.</p>
<p>b. The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55192" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-69.png" alt="" width="732" height="438" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-69.png 732w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-69-300x180.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 732px) 100vw, 732px" /></p>
<p>c. put x = 12 in y = 600x<br />
y = 600(12)<br />
y = 7200<br />
7200 meters, i.e., 7.2km</p>
<p>d. Another water skier travels at the same rate but starts a minute after the first water skier, Since both are travelling at the same rate , the water skier who was late will always be behind the first water skier.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
The graph shows the prices of two stocks during one day.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31898" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-pt-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions pt 8" width="183" height="143" /><br />
a. Describe the changes in the price of each stock.<br />
b. Which stock has a greater price at the end of the day?<br />
c. Give a possible explanation for the change in the price of Stock B throughout the day.<br />
Answer: Detailed Explanation is given below.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. The changes in the price of each stock is Stock A has the constant increase in stock for a particular time and maintains a constant price forming a straight line in the graph, and again decreasing with a negative slope and vise versa, while Stock B is having steep negative slope that is decreasing in the prices with the time and having a constant horizontal line. and having a positive increase in the slope and same repeats again.</p>
<p>b. stock B has a greater price at the end of the day, having a positive increase in the slope</p>
<p>c. The change in the price of Stock B throughout the day, is having steep negative slope that is decreasing in the prices with the time and having a constant horizontal line. and having a positive increase in the slope and same repeats again, compared to stock A .</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
You are competing in a footrace. You begin the race by increasing your speed at a constant rate. You then run at a constant speed until you get a cramp and have to stop. You wait until your cramp goes away before you start increasing your speed again at a constant rate. Sketch a graph that represents the situation.<br />
Answer: The graph is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55191" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-68.png" alt="" width="338" height="201" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-68.png 338w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-68-300x178.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 338px) 100vw, 338px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
You begin the race by increasing your speed at a constant rate so the first portion of the graph needs to be linear with a positive slope , you then run at a constant speed so the next portion of the graph needs to be horizontal line , you then stop and take a break , so your speed is zero, which means the next portion of the line needs to be<br />
horizontal line on the x axis , you then increase your speed again at a constant rate sop that the last portion of the graph needs to be linear with a positive slope</p>
<h3><a id="Functions _Cumulative _Practice"></a>Functions Cumulative Practice</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31899" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 1" width="298" height="341" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-1.png 298w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-1-262x300.png 262w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 298px) 100vw, 298px" /><br />
Question 1.<br />
What is the slope of the line?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31900" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 2" width="246" height="299" /><br />
Answer: Not in the options but the answer is m = -4/3</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are  (-4 , 5) , (1 , -3 ),<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (-3 – 5) / (2 – (-4))<br />
m = -8/6<br />
m = -4/3.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Which value of a makes the equation 24 = \(\frac{a}{3}\) &#8211; 9 true?<br />
F. 5<br />
G. 11<br />
H. 45<br />
I. 99<br />
Answer: I. 99</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Substitute a = 99 , in the given equation we get,<br />
24 = \(\frac{a}{3}\) &#8211; 9<br />
24 = \(\frac{99}{3}\) &#8211; 9<br />
24 = 33 &#8211; 9<br />
24 = 24.<br />
So, last option is the correct answer.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
A mapping diagram is shown.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31901" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 3" width="273" height="146" /><br />
What number belongs in the box so that the equation describes the function represented by the mapping diagram?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31902" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 5" width="123" height="50" /><br />
Answer: m = 7 , y = 7x + 5</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Ordered pairs are  (4 , 33) , (7 , 54 ), (10 , 75) , (13 , 96 ),<br />
First find the slope m of the line containing the two given points (4 , 33) and (7 , 54 )<br />
m = (y<sub>2</sub>-y<sub>1</sub>) / (x<sub>2</sub>-x<sub>1</sub>)<br />
m= (54 – 33) / (7 &#8211; 4)<br />
m = 21/3<br />
m = 7.<br />
So, y = 7x + 5</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
What is the solution of the system of linear equations?<br />
3x + 2y = 5<br />
x = y + 5<br />
A. (3, &#8211; 2)<br />
B. (- 2, 3)<br />
C. (- 1, 4)<br />
D. (1, &#8211; 4)<br />
Answer: A. (3, &#8211; 2)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given 3x + 2y = 5<br />
Then substitute , x = y + 5 in the above equation<br />
3( y + 5) + 2y = 5<br />
3y + 15 + 2y = 5<br />
5y + 15 = 5<br />
5( y + 3) = 5<br />
y + 3 = 1<br />
y = 1 &#8211; 3<br />
y = -2,<br />
substitute y = -2 in x = y + 5 then<br />
x = 3<br />
So, (3 , -2)</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
The director of a research lab wants to present data to donors. The data show how the lab uses a large amount of donated money for research and only a small amount of money for other expenses. Which type of display best represents these data?<br />
F. box-and-whisker plot<br />
G. circle graph<br />
H. line graph<br />
I. scatter plot<br />
Answer: I. scatter plot</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Scatter plot is the best graph for this type of data where vertical axis will show the amount of money and Horizontal axis will show research and other expenses.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Which graph shows a nonlinear function?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31903" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 6" width="479" height="311" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-6.png 479w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-6-300x195.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /><br />
Answer: option B</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As all the other options are representing the linear function that is forming a straight line  expect for option B , it is representing a non linear equation.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Which equation of a line passes through the point (—2, 3) and has a slope of \(\frac{3}{4}\)?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31904" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 7" width="161" height="188" /><br />
Answer:  F. y &#8211; 3 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(x + 2)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, y &#8211; 3 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(x + 2)<br />
it is in the form of y = mx + c<br />
so, slope m = \(\frac{3}{4}\)<br />
Substitute the given points in this equation that is x = -2 and y = 3<br />
3 &#8211; 3 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)(-2 + 2)<br />
0 = 0.<br />
So, F is the correct option.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
The tables show the sales (in millions of dollars) for two companies over a five-year period.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31905" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 8" width="324" height="123" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-8.png 324w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-8-300x114.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /><br />
Part A Does the first table show a linear function? Explain your reasoning.<br />
Part B Does the second table show a linear function? Explain your reasoning.<br />
Answer: Part A, the first table shows a linear function,<br />
Part B the second table shows a linear function.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Part A &#8211; ordered pairs are (1 , 2) , (2 , 4) , (3 , 6) , (4 , 8) , (5 , 10)<br />
Each input has exactly one output and forms a straight line when graphed<br />
So, it is a linear function.</p>
<p>Part B &#8211; ordered pairs are (1 , 1) , (2 , 1) , (3 , 2) , (4 , 3) , (5 , 5)<br />
Each input has exactly one output and does not form a straight line when graphed<br />
So, it is a linear function.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
The equations y = &#8211; x + 4 and y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x &#8211; 8 form a system of linear equations. The table shows the values of y for given values of x.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31906" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 9" width="422" height="108" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-9.png 422w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-9-300x77.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /><br />
What can you conclude from the table?<br />
A. The system has one solution, when x = 0.<br />
B. The system has one solution, when x = 4.<br />
C. The system has one solution, when x = 8.<br />
D. The system has no solution.<br />
Answer: C. The system has one solution, when x = 8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , y = &#8211; x + 4 and y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x &#8211; 8<br />
for x = 8 we have<br />
y = -8 + 4 = -4<br />
y = 0.5(8) &#8211; 8 = 4 &#8211; 8 = -4<br />
Both the equations have one solution for x = 8<br />
So, The system has one solution, when x = 8.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
The vertices of a triangle are A (- 1, 3), B (1, 2), and C (- 1, &#8211; 1). Dilate the triangle using a scale factor of 2. What is the y-coordinate of the image of B?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31907" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-cp-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions cp 10" width="77" height="61" /><br />
Answer: The New right angle triangle is larger than the original one So , its a increase .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , (- 1, 3),  ( 1, 2 ),  (- 1, -1) these pairs form a right angle triangle<br />
K = 2 , For the dilation figure multiply the 3 with the given ordered pairs , then<br />
(- 1, 3) × 2 = ( -2 , 6)<br />
( 1, 2) × 2 = ( 2 , 4)<br />
(- 1, -1) × 2 = (-2 , -2)<br />
From these new ordered pairs we form a new  right angle triangle<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-55252" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-70.png" alt="" width="563" height="405" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-70.png 563w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-8-Chapter-7-Functions-70-300x216.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 563px) 100vw, 563px" /><br />
The New right angle triangle is larger than the original one So, it&#8217;s an increase.</p>
<h3>Conclusion</h3>
<p>Enhance your problem-solving skills and overall math proficiency using the Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Chapter 7 Functions. Give your best in exams by solving the Problems Over here aligned as per the Latest BIM Textbooks. In case of any suggestions do leave us your queries via the comment box so that we can get back to you.</p>
<p>Must Try:</p>
<p><a href="https://paisaalgo.com/cholafin-pivots-calculator/">CHOLAFIN Pivot Calculator</a></p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-8-chapter-7/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">31757</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths</title>
		<link>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-1-chapter-10/</link>
					<comments>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-1-chapter-10/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Mounisha Reddy]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2022 13:20:51 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://ccssmathanswers.com/?p=27845</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Students can find the exact solution for every question of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths. So, the students who are searching for the Grade 1 Solution Key can get them on the Big Ideas Math Answer page. In order to excel in the exams, you have to choose ... <a title="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths" class="read-more" href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-1-chapter-10/" aria-label="Read more about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths">Read more</a>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Students can find the exact solution for every question of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths. So, the students who are searching for the Grade 1 Solution Key can get them on the Big Ideas Math Answer page. In order to excel in the exams, you have to choose the best material. Thus Download <a href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-1/">Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1</a> Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths from here and start practicing the problems.</p>
<h2>Big Ideas Math 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths</h2>
<p>Here we can discuss different topics on Measuring and Comparing, Order Objects by Length, Compare Lengths Indirectly, Measure Lengths, Measure More Lengths, Solve Compare Problems Involving Length, and so on. Compare the topic you learned here with the real time and understand the topic deeply. Those topics were being set up by the mathematical experts as indicated by the latest edition. Scroll down this page to get the answers to all the inquiries. Click on the links to look at the subjects shrouded in this chapter Measuring and comparing lengths.</p>
<p><strong>Lesson 1 Order Objects by Length</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.1_Order_Objects_by_Length">Lesson 10.1 Order Objects by Length</a></li>
<li><a href="#Order_Objects_by_Length_Practice_10.1">Order Objects by Length Practice 10.1</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 2 Compare Lengths Indirectly</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.2_Compare_Lengths_Indirectly">Lesson 10.2 Compare Lengths Indirectly</a></li>
<li><a href="#Compare_Lengths_Indirectly_Practice_10.2">Compare Lengths Indirectly Practice 10.2</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 3 Measure Lengths</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.3_Measure_Lengths">Lesson 10.3 Measure Lengths</a></li>
<li><a href="#Measure_Lengths_Practice_10.3">Measure Lengths Practice 10.3</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 4 Measure More Lengths</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.4_Measure_More_Lengths">Lesson 10.4 Measure More Lengths</a></li>
<li><a href="#Measure_More_Lengths_Practice_10.4">Measure More Lengths Practice 10.4</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 5 Solve Compare Problems Involving Length</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.5_Solve_Compare_Problems_Involving_Length">Lesson 10.5 Solve Compare Problems Involving Length</a></li>
<li><a href="#Solve_Compare_Problems_Involving_Length_Practice_10.5">Solve Compare Problems Involving Length Practice 10.5</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Performance Task<br />
</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Measure_and_Compare_Lengths_Performance_Task">Measure and Compare Lengths Performance Task</a></li>
<li><a href="#Measure_and_Compare_Lengths_Chapter_Practice">Measure and Compare Lengths Chapter Practice</a></li>
</ul>
<h3>Measure and Compare Lengths Vocabulary</h3>
<p><strong>Organize It</strong></p>
<p>Review Words:<br />
longer<br />
shorter</p>
<p>Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-27847" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 1" width="377" height="132" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-1.png 377w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-1-300x105.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The first image longer and the second image is shorter.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-32908" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-1-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-1" width="377" height="132" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-1-1.png 377w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-1-1-300x105.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 377px) 100vw, 377px" /></p>
<p><strong>Define It</strong></p>
<p>Use your vocabulary cards to identify the words. Find each word in the word search.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-27846" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 2" width="482" height="238" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-2.png 482w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-2-300x148.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-61221" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-2-300x148.jpg" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-2" width="300" height="148" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-2-300x148.jpg 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-2.jpg 482w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.1_Order_Objects_by_Length"></a>Lesson 10.1 Order Objects by Length</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Draw an object that is shorter than the pencil and longer than the crayon.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28043" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 3" width="353" height="43" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-3.png 353w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-3-300x37.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 353px) 100vw, 353px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28042" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 4" width="197" height="56" /><br />
Answer:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-61218" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-5.jpg" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-5" width="268" height="78" /><br />
Chalk is smaller than crayon.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Order from longest to shortest.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28041" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 5" width="268" height="118" /><br />
_____________, _____________, _____________<br />
Answer:<br />
Purple, Pink, Blue.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, the purple color tube is the longest after that the pink color tube is the longest, and the blue color tube is the shortest.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Order from shortest to longest.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28039" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 6" width="411" height="104" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-6.png 411w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-6-300x76.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 411px) 100vw, 411px" /><br />
_____________, _____________, _____________<br />
Answer:<br />
Yellow, Green, Black.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, the yellow brush is the longest, and then the green brush is the longest. The black brush is the shortest.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Order from longest to shortest.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28033" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 7" width="263" height="108" /><br />
_____________, _____________, _____________<br />
Answer:<br />
Purple crayon, Red crayon, Green crayon.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, the Purple crayon is the longest, and then the red crayon is the longest. The green crayon is the shortest.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Order from shortest to longest.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28032" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 8" width="204" height="101" /><br />
_____________, _____________, _____________<br />
Answer:<br />
The order from shortest to longest is, Pink is the shortest, green is the largest, and blue is the longest.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see that the order from shortest to longest is, Pink is the shortest, green is the largest, and blue is the longest.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend ordered from shortest to longest. Is your friend correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28030" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 9" width="488" height="106" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-9.png 488w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-9-300x65.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /><br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">  Yellow   ,</span>        <span style="text-decoration: underline;">  green  ,</span>         <span style="text-decoration: underline;">  red   </span><br />
Answer:<br />
No, my friend is not correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No, my friend is not correct. He represented the order from longest to shortest. In the above image, the red chill is the shortest, and the green chili is the longest. The black brush is the shortest.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>Your yarn is longer than Newton’s. Descartes’s is longer than Newton’s and shorter than yours. Who has the longest yarn?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28029" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 10" width="103" height="119" /><br />
Draw a picture:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28027" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 11" width="99" height="102" /><br />
Who has the longest yarn?<br />
You             Newton      Descartes<br />
Answer:<br />
My yarn is the longest yarn.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34678" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-img-1.jpg" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-img-1" width="696" height="299" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-img-1.jpg 696w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-img-1-300x129.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 696px) 100vw, 696px" /><br />
As my yarn is longer than Newton’s and Descartes’s is longer than Newton’s and shorter than mine. So the longest yarn is mine, and the largest yarn is Descartes. The shortest yarn is Newton&#8217;s.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Descartes’s pencil is shorter than Newton’s. Yours is shorter than Newton’s and longer than Descartes’s. Who has the shortest pencil?<br />
Draw a picture:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28026" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 12" width="101" height="100" /><br />
Who has the shortest pencil?<br />
Descartes        Newton           You<br />
Answer: Your pencil is shorted among the three.</p>
<h3><a id="Order_Objects_by_Length_Practice_10.1"></a>Order Objects by Length Practice 10.1</h3>
<p>Order from longest to shortest.</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28025" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 13" width="251" height="101" /><br />
_____________, _____________, _____________<br />
Answer:<br />
The order of the bats from longest to the shortest is<br />
Bat 2, Bat 1, Bat 3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see the longest bat is bat 2 and then the largest bat is bat 1. The shortest bat is bat 3.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28024" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 14" width="192" height="106" /><br />
_____________, _____________, _____________<br />
Answer:<br />
The order of the colors from longest to shortest is<br />
Gold, Blue, Red.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see that the longest color is gold and then the largest color is blue. The shortest color is red.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Order from shortest to longest.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28020" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 15" width="217" height="106" /><br />
_____________, _____________, _____________<br />
Answer:<br />
The order from shortest to longest is<br />
Vine 3, Vine 1, Vine 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see that the shortest vine is vine 3 after that the largest vine is vine 1 and the longest vine is Vine 2.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Use the clues to match. The red pencil is longer than the yellow pencil. The shortest pencil is blue.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28019" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 16" width="420" height="101" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-16.png 420w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-16-300x72.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The order from shortest to longest is<br />
Blue pencil, Yellow pencil, Red pencil.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33797" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-16-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-16" width="420" height="101" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-16-1.png 420w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-16-1-300x72.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /><br />
As by the given clue, the Blue pencil is the shortest pencil, the Yellow pencil is the largest pencil, and the Red pencil is the longest pencil.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Your jump rope is longer than Newton’s. Descartes’s is longer than Newton’s and shorter than yours. Who has the longest jump rope?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28018" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 17" width="47" height="70" /><br />
Who has the longest jump rope?<br />
You           Newton        Descartes<br />
Answer:<br />
My rope is the longest jump rope.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As my jump rope is longer than Newton&#8217;s and Descartes&#8217;s jump rope longer than Newton&#8217;s and Newton&#8217;s jump rope is shorter than yours. So my jump rope is Longer, Newton&#8217;s jump rope is the Largest, and the shortest rope is Descartes.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Compare.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
25 ○ 52<br />
Answer:<br />
25 &gt; 52.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that to compare 25 and 52. So we can see that 52 is greater than 25.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
41 ○ 44<br />
Answer:<br />
41 &gt; 44.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that to compare 41 and 44. So we can see that 44 is greater than 41.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.2_Compare_Lengths_Indirectly"></a>Lesson 10.2 Compare Lengths Indirectly</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Use string to compare the keys. Which key is longer?<br />
How do you know?</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28147" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 18" width="331" height="113" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-18.png 331w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-18-300x102.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 331px) 100vw, 331px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28146" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 19" width="220" height="99" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Key 1 is longer than Key 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see that key 1 is longer than key 2.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Circle the longer object.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28145" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 20" width="409" height="56" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-20.png 409w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-20-300x41.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 409px) 100vw, 409px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The Pen is longer than Eraser.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33808" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-20-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-20" width="409" height="56" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-20-1.png 409w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-20-1-300x41.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 409px) 100vw, 409px" /><br />
In the above image, we can see that the Pen is longer than the Easer.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Draw a line through the shorter object.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28144" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 21" width="383" height="93" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-21.png 383w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-21-300x73.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 383px) 100vw, 383px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Draw a line through the shorter object.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28143" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-22.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 22" width="424" height="83" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-22.png 424w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-22-300x59.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 424px) 100vw, 424px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Object 2 is shorter than object 1.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33812" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-22-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-22" width="424" height="83" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-22-1.png 424w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-22-1-300x59.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 424px) 100vw, 424px" /><br />
In the above image, we can see that object two is shorter than object 1.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Circle the longer object.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28139" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-23.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 23" width="467" height="78" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-23.png 467w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-23-300x50.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 467px) 100vw, 467px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The spoon is longer than the brush.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34554" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-23-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-23" width="497" height="142" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-23-1.png 497w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-23-1-300x86.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /><br />
We can see in the above image, that the spoon is longer than the brush. So we will round off the spoon.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER</strong><br />
Which object is longer? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28137" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-24.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 24" width="451" height="148" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-24.png 451w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-24-300x98.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 451px) 100vw, 451px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The book&#8217;s shelf is longer than the key.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34563" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-24-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-24" width="542" height="135" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-24-1.png 542w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-24-1-300x75.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /><br />
As we can see in the above image, that the books shelf is longer than the key. So we will circle the books shelf.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>A green crayon is shorter than a blue crayon. The blue crayon is shorter than a yellow crayon. Is the green crayon longer than or shorter than the yellow crayon?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28135" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-25.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 25" width="87" height="100" /><br />
Draw a picture:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28133" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-26.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 26" width="72" height="104" /><br />
Longer              Shorter<br />
Answer:<br />
The green crayon is shorter than the yellow crayon.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34689" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-img-1-1.jpg" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-img-1-1" width="315" height="143" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-img-1-1.jpg 315w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-img-1-1-300x136.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /><br />
Given that green crayon is shorter than blue crayon, and blue crayon is shorter than yellow crayon. So green crayon is shorter than yellow crayon.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
A yellow ribbon is longer than a pink ribbon. The pink ribbon is longer than a blue ribbon. Is the yellow ribbon longer than or shorter than the blue ribbon?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28132" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-27.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 27" width="112" height="54" /><br />
Draw a picture:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28130" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-28.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 28" width="71" height="102" /><br />
Longer            Shorter<br />
Answer:<br />
The Yellow ribbon is longer than the blue ribbon.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34690" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-img-2.jpg" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths- img 2" width="361" height="161" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-img-2.jpg 361w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-img-2-300x134.jpg 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /><br />
Given that yellow ribbon is longer than pink ribbon, and the pink ribbon is longer than a blue ribbon. So yellow ribbon is longer than the blue ribbon.</p>
<h3><a id="Compare_Lengths_Indirectly_Practice_10.2"></a>Compare Lengths Indirectly Practice 10.2</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Circle the longer object.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28128" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-29.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 29" width="423" height="75" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-29.png 423w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-29-300x53.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Object 1 is longer than object 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see that object one is longer than image two. So we will circle object one.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Draw a line through the shorter object.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28126" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-30.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 30" width="406" height="70" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-30.png 406w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-30-300x52.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 406px) 100vw, 406px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Object two is shorter than object one.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33816" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-30-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-30" width="464" height="130" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-30-1.png 464w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-30-1-300x84.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 464px) 100vw, 464px" /><br />
In the above image, we can see that object two is shorter than object one. So we will circle object two.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER</strong><br />
Use the clues to match.<br />
The blue string is longer than the orange string.<br />
The purple string is shorter than the orange string.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28123" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-31.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 31" width="408" height="100" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-31.png 408w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-31-300x74.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The order of the strings from longest to shortest is<br />
Blue string, Orange string, Purple string.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34310" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-31-2.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-31" width="408" height="100" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-31-2.png 408w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-31-2-300x74.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /><br />
Given that the blue string is longer than the orange string, and the purple string is shorter than the orange string.<br />
So the order of the strings is the blue string is longer, the orange string is the largest and the purple string is the shortest.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A kayak is shorter than a canoe. The canoe is shorter than a paddle board. Is the kayak longer than or shorter than the paddle board?</p>
<p>Longer             Shorter<br />
Answer:<br />
The Kayak is shorter than the paddle board.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the Kayak is shorter than a canoe, and the canoe is shorter than a paddle board. So the Kayak is shorter than the paddle board.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Circle the objects that have capacity as an attribute.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28116" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-32.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 32" width="430" height="137" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-32.png 430w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-32-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The objects which have the capacity to store are circled in the below image.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34691" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-32-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-32" width="509" height="184" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-32-1.png 509w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-32-1-300x108.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 509px) 100vw, 509px" /><br />
The circled items have the capacity to store. As we can see that the lid jar is used to store any items, and chalk box is used to store chalk pieces, and glass is used to store water or any liquids, and a glue bottle is used to store glue. So these items have the capacity to store. And the remaining things do not have that much capacity to store.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.3_Measure_Lengths"></a>Lesson 10.3 Measure Lengths</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Find and measure the objects shown in your classroom.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29414" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-33.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 33" width="371" height="115" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-33.png 371w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-33-300x93.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 371px) 100vw, 371px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The length of the table is about two colored red tiles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The table is measured by using the colored red tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the table is two colored red tiles, which means two units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29413" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-34.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 34" width="350" height="101" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-34.png 350w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-34-300x87.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The length of the pencil is about one tile.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The pencil is measured by using the colored red tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the pencil is one colored red tile, which means one unit. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Measure</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29412" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-35.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 35" width="92" height="53" /></p>
<p>about ___________ color tile<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the object is about one tile.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The object is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the object is about one colored tile, which means one unit. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29411" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-36.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 36" width="466" height="115" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-36.png 466w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-36-300x74.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /></p>
<p>about ___________ color tile</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The length of the object is about five colored tiles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The object is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the object is about five colored tiles, which means five units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Measure</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29410" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-37.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 37" width="398" height="203" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-37.png 398w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-37-300x153.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 398px) 100vw, 398px" /></p>
<p>about ___________ color tile<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the object is about four colored tiles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The object is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the object is about four colored tiles, which means four units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29409" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-38.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 38" width="239" height="66" /></p>
<p>about ___________ color tile<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the object is about three colored tiles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The object is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the object is about three colored tiles, which means three units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>MP Precision</strong><br />
Which picture shows the correct way to measure the straw?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29408" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-39.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 39" width="476" height="162" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-39.png 476w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-39-300x102.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The red color tiles are the correct way to measure the straw.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see that the correct way to measure the straw is the red color tiles.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>Will the scissors fit inside a pencil case that is 7 color tiles long?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29407" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-40.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 40" width="390" height="159" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-40.png 390w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-40-300x122.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 390px) 100vw, 390px" /><br />
Circle:      Yes     No<br />
Tell how you know:<br />
Answer:<br />
Yes, the scissors can fit inside a pencil case that is 7 color tiles long.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, the scissors can fit inside a pencil case. As the length of the scissors is four colored tiles. As the scissors are measured by using the colored tile. And each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the scissors is about four colored tiles, which means four units. And the pencil case is 7 colored tiles long. So the scissors can fit. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Will the cell phone fit inside a case that is 5 color tiles long?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29406" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-41.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 41" width="465" height="61" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-41.png 465w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-41-300x39.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 465px) 100vw, 465px" /><br />
Circle:     Yes     No<br />
Tell how you know:<br />
Answer:<br />
No, the cell phone cannot fit inside a case of 5 color tiles long.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No, the cell phone cannot fit inside a case of 5 color tiles long. As the length of the cell phone is six colored tiles. And the cell phone is measured by using the colored tile. And each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the cell phone is about six colored tiles, which means six units. And cannot fit inside 5 colored tiles long. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<h3><a id="Measure_Lengths_Practice_10.3"></a>Measure Lengths Practice 10.3</h3>
<p>Measure.</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29405" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-42.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 42" width="390" height="96" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-42.png 390w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-42-300x74.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 390px) 100vw, 390px" /><br />
about ___________ color tile<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the object is about four colored tiles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The object is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the object is about four colored tiles, which means four units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29404" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-43.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 43" width="163" height="64" /><br />
about ___________ color tile<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the object is about two colored tiles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The object is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the object is about two colored tiles, which means two units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29403" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-44.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 44" width="234" height="82" /><br />
about ___________ color tile<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the glue stick is about three colored tiles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The glue stick is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the glue stick is about three colored tiles, which means three units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>MP Reasoning</strong><br />
The green yarn is about 3 color tiles long. How long is the blue yarn?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29402" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-45.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 45" width="459" height="42" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-45.png 459w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-45-300x27.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 459px) 100vw, 459px" /><br />
about ___________ color tile<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the blue yarn is about six color tiles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the length of the green yarn is three color tiles long, so we should find the length of the blue yarn. To measure the length of the blue yarn, we will take the colored tiles without gaps or any overlaps between them. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the blue yarn is about six colored tiles, which means six units.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Will the gift card fit inside an envelope that is 8 color tiles long?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29401" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-46.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 46" width="315" height="196" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-46.png 315w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-46-300x187.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /><br />
Circle:      Yes      No<br />
Tell how you know:<br />
Answer:<br />
Yes, the gift can fit inside an envelope that is 8 color tiles long.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, the gif card can fit inside an envelope that is 8 color tiles long. As the length of the gift card is four colored tiles. And the gift card is measured by using the colored tile. And each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the gift is about four colored tiles, which means four units. And the envelope is 8 colored tiles long. So the gift card can fit. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Complete the fact family.<br />
7 + 3 = _________                                     __________ &#8211; 3 = 7<br />
_________ + _________ = _________             _________ &#8211; 7 = _________<br />
Answer:<br />
7 + 3 is 10,<br />
3 + 7 is 10<br />
10 &#8211; 3 is 7,<br />
10 &#8211;  7 is 3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a fact family represents a group of math facts, equations, which are created by using the same set of digits. This fact family defines the relation between the three numbers which are involved. In addition or subtraction in a fact family, there will be four addition and subtractions will be created using these three numbers. So<br />
7 + 3 is 10,<br />
3 + 7 is 10<br />
10 &#8211; 3 is 7,<br />
10 &#8211;  7 is 3.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.4_Measure_More_Lengths"></a>Lesson 10.4 Measure More Lengths</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Find and measure the objects shown in your classroom two ways. What do you notice?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29434" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-47.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 47" width="422" height="160" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-47.png 422w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-47-300x114.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The length of the table is about two colored red tiles and the length of the table which is measured using a paper clip is one paper clip.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The table is measured by using the colored red tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the table is two colored red tiles, which means two units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them. And to measure the table with the paper clip, we will place the paper clip without gaps or overlaps between them. And each paper clip is equal to about one unit. So the length of the table using the paper clip is one paper clip, which means one unit. We have noticed that if we take a colored tile, then the length of the table will be two color tiles. And if we take a paper clip then the length of the table will be one paper clip. So the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29433" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-48.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 48" width="414" height="162" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-48.png 414w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-48-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 414px) 100vw, 414px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the pencil is about two colored red tiles and the length of the pencil which is measured using a paper clip is one paper clip.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The pencil is measured by using the colored red tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the table is two colored red tiles, which means two units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them. And to measure the table with the paper clip, we will place the paper clip without gaps or overlaps between them. And each paper clip is equal to about one unit. So the length of the pencil using the paper clip is one paper clip, which means one unit. We have noticed that if we take a colored tile, then the length of the table will be two color tiles. And if we take a paper clip then the length of the pencil will be one paper clip. So the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Measure</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29432" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-49.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 49" width="313" height="69" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-49.png 313w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-49-300x66.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 313px) 100vw, 313px" /><br />
about __________ color tiles about __________ paper clips<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the brush is about four colored tiles and the length of the brush which is measured using a paper clip is two paper clips.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The brush is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the table is two colored tiles, which means two units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them. And to measure the brush with the paper clip, we will place the paper clip without gaps or overlaps between them. And each paper clip is equal to about one unit. So the length of the brush using the paper clip is one paper clip, which means one unit. We have noticed that if we take a colored tile, then the length of the table will be two color tiles. And if we take a paper clip then the length of the brush will be one paper clip. So the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29431" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-50.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 50" width="160" height="58" /><br />
about __________ color tiles about __________ paper clips<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the skating board is about two colored tiles and the length of the pencil which is measured using a paper clip is one paper clip.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The skating board is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the table is two colored tiles, which means two units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them. And to measure the skating board with the paper clip, we will place the paper clip without gaps or overlaps between them. And each paper clip is equal to about one unit. So the length of the skating board using the paper clip is one paper clip, which means one unit. We have noticed that if we take a colored tile, then the length of the skating board will be two color tiles. And if we take a paper clip then the length of the pencil will be one paper clip. So the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Measure.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29430" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-51.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 51" width="465" height="148" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-51.png 465w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-51-300x95.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 465px) 100vw, 465px" /><br />
about __________ color tiles about __________ paper clips<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the object is about six colored tiles and the length of the pencil which is measured using a paper clip is three paper clips.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The object is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the object is six colored tiles, which means six units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them. And to measure the table with the paper clip, we will place the paper clip without gaps or overlaps between them. And each paper clip is equal to about one unit. So the length of the object using the paper clip is three paper clips, which means three units. We have noticed that if we take a colored tile, then the length of the object will be six color tiles. And if we take a paper clip then the length of the pencil will be three paper clips. So the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29429" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-52.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 52" width="318" height="138" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-52.png 318w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-52-300x130.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /><br />
about __________ color tiles about __________ paper clips<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>The length of the sunscreen lotion bottle is about four colored tiles and the length of the sunscreen lotion bottle which is measured using a paper clip is two paper clips.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sunscreen lotion bottle is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the sunscreen lotion bottle is four colored tiles, which means four units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them. And to measure the sunscreen lotion bottle with the paper clip, we will place the paper clip without gaps or overlaps between them. And each paper clip is equal to about one unit. So the length of the sunscreen lotion bottle using the paper clip is two paper clips, which means two units. We have noticed that if we take a colored tile, then the length of the sunscreen lotion bottle will be four color tiles. And if we take a paper clip then the length of the sunscreen lotion bottle will be two paper clips. So the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend says the pencil is more paper clips long than color tiles. Is your friend correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29428" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-53.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 53" width="162" height="40" /><br />
Answer:<br />
No, my friend is not correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No, my friend is not correct. As we can see from the above problems that while measuring with the paper clip we need fewer paper clips than the color tiles. And the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip. So my friend is not correct.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>Your guitar is 33 color tiles long. Is your guitar more than or less than 33 paper clips long?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29427" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-54.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 54" width="438" height="122" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-54.png 438w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-54-300x84.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 438px) 100vw, 438px" /><br />
Circle:      more than 33         less than 33<br />
Tell how you know:<br />
Answer:<br />
My guitar will be less than 33 paper clips.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
My guitar will be less than 33 paper clips. As we can see from the above problems that while measuring with the paper clip we need fewer paper clips than the color tiles. And the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip. So there will be fewer paper clips than the color tiles.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Your mailbox is 11 paper clips long. Is your mailbox more than or less than 11 color tiles long?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29426" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-55.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 55" width="435" height="163" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-55.png 435w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-55-300x112.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /><br />
Circle:       more than 11         less than 11<br />
Tell how you know:<br />
Answer:<br />
My mailbox will have more than 11 color tiles long.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
My mailbox will have more than 11 color tiles. As we can see from the above problems that while measuring with the paper clip we need fewer paper clips than the color tiles. And the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip. So there will be more color tiles than the paper clips.</p>
<h3><a id="Measure_More_Lengths_Practice_10.4"></a>Measure More Lengths Practice 10.4</h3>
<p>Measure</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29425" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-56.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 56" width="467" height="166" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-56.png 467w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-56-300x107.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 467px) 100vw, 467px" /><br />
about __________ color tiles about __________ paper clips<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the rocket is about six colored tiles and the length of the pencil which is measured using a paper clip is three paper clips.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The rocket is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the rocket is six colored tiles, which means six units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them. And to measure the rocket with the paper clip, we will place the paper clip without gaps or overlaps between them. And each paper clip is equal to about one unit. So the length of the rocket using the paper clip is three paper clips, which means three units. We have noticed that if we take a colored tile, then the length of the rocket will be six color tiles. And if we take a paper clip then the length of the pencil will be three paper clips. So the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend says the marker is more color tiles long than paper clips. Is your friend correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29424" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-57.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 57" width="237" height="43" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Yes, the marker has more color tiles long than paper clips. So my friend is correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, the marker has more color tiles long than paper clips. As we can see from the above problems that while measuring with the paper clip we need fewer paper clips than the color tiles. And the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip. So there will be more color tiles than the paper clips for the marker. So my friend is correct.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Your folder is 15 color tiles long. Is your folder more than or less than 15 paper clips long?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29423" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-58.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 58" width="149" height="130" /><br />
Circle:       more than 15         less than 15<br />
Tell how you know:</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
My folder will be less than 15 paper clips.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
My folder will be less than 15 paper clips. As we can see from the above problems that while measuring with the paper clip we need fewer paper clips than the color tiles. And the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip. So there will be fewer than 15 paper clips than the color tiles for my folder.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
8 tigers swim.<br />
5 tigers leave.<br />
How many tigers are left?<br />
___________ &#8211; ___________ = ___________ tigers<br />
Answer:<br />
the number of tigers left is<br />
8 &#8211; 5= 3 tigers.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of tigers swim is 8 and the number of tigers which leave is 5 tigers. So the number of tigers left is<br />
8 &#8211; 5= 3 tigers.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
You have 6 pencils.<br />
You lose 2 pencils.<br />
How many pencils are left?<br />
___________ &#8211; ___________ = ___________ pencils<br />
Answer:<br />
the remaining pencils are<br />
6 &#8211; 2= 4 pencils.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of pencils I have is 6 pencils, and the number of pencils lost is 2 pencils. So the remaining pencils are<br />
6 &#8211; 2= 4 pencils.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.5_Solve_Compare_Problems_Involving_Length"></a>Lesson 10.5 Solve Compare Problems Involving Length</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Draw a line that is 2 color tiles longer than the pencil.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29464" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-59.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 59" width="309" height="36" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-59.png 309w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-59-300x35.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 309px) 100vw, 309px" /></p>
<p>Draw a line that is 2 color tiles shorter than the pencil.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29464" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-59.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 59" width="309" height="36" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-59.png 309w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-59-300x35.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 309px) 100vw, 309px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Your lunch box is 6 paper clips long. Your friend’s is 3 paper clips long. How many paper clips longer is your lunch box?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29463" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-60.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 60" width="116" height="79" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29462" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-61.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 61" width="471" height="100" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-61.png 471w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-61-300x64.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 471px) 100vw, 471px" /><br />
__________ paper clips<br />
Answer:<br />
My lunch box is three paper clips longer than my friend&#8217;s and my friend&#8217;s lunch box is three times shorter than my friend&#8217;s lunch box.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35853" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84-2.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84-1" width="512" height="155" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84-2.png 512w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84-2-300x91.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /><br />
Given that my lunch box is six paper clips long and my friend&#8217;s lunch box is three paper clips long. So there will be three paper clips longer than my friend&#8217;s. And my friend&#8217;s lunch box is three paper clips shorter than my lunch box.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Your scarf is 10 paper clips long. Your friend’s is 7 paper clips long. How many paper clips longer is your scarf?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29461" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-62.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 62" width="48" height="84" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29460" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-63.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 63" width="491" height="121" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-63.png 491w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-63-300x74.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Myscarf is three paper clips longer than my friend&#8217;s and my friend&#8217;s scarf is three times shorter than my friend&#8217;s scarf.</p>
<p>Eplanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35854" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84-3.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84-2" width="512" height="155" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84-3.png 512w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84-3-300x91.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /><br />
Given that my scarf is ten paper clips long and my friend&#8217;s scarf is seven paper clips long. So there will be three paper clips longer than my friend&#8217;s. And my friend&#8217;s scarf is three paper clips shorter than my scarf.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Your marker is 6 color tiles long. Your friend’s is 7 color tiles long. How many tiles shorter is your marker?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29459" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-64.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 64" width="491" height="100" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-64.png 491w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-64-300x61.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
My marker is one tile shorter than my friend&#8217;s marker.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35856" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-64-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-64" width="491" height="100" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-64-1.png 491w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-64-1-300x61.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /><br />
Given that my marker is 6 color tiles long and my friend&#8217;s marker is 7 color tiles. So my marker is 7 &#8211; 6 which is one color tile shorter than my friend&#8217;s. And my friend&#8217;s marker is one color tile longer than mine.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>MP Reasoning</strong><br />
Your pencil is 4 color tiles long. Your<br />
friend’s is 2 color tiles long. Complete the sentences.</p>
<p>Your pencil is ________ color tiles ________ than your friend’s.<br />
Your friend’s pencil is ________ color tiles ________ than yours.<br />
Answer:<br />
Your pencil is two color tiles longer than your friend’s.<br />
Your friend’s pencil is two color tiles shorter than yours.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that my pencil is 4 color tiles long and my friend&#8217;s pencil is 2 color tiles. So my pencil is 4 &#8211; 2 which is two color tiles longer than my friend&#8217;s. And my friend&#8217;s pencil is two color tiles shorter than mine.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>Your friend’s paper chain is 6 paper clips shorter than yours. Your chain is 12 paper clips long. How long is your friend’s?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29458" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-65.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 65" width="166" height="59" /><br />
Model:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29457" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-66.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 66" width="250" height="97" /><br />
Equation:</p>
<p>____________ paper clips long<br />
Answer:<br />
My paper chain is six color tiles longer than my friend&#8217;s.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35857" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-66-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-66" width="250" height="97" /><br />
Given that my paper chain is 12 color tiles long and my friend&#8217;s paper chain is 6 color tiles. So my paper chain is 12 &#8211; 6 which is six color tile shorter than my friend&#8217;s. And my friend&#8217;s paper chain is six color tile longer than mine.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Your paper airplane is 9 color tiles shorter than your friend’s. Your friend’s paper airplane is 16 color tiles long. How long is yours?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29456" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-67.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 67" width="125" height="82" /><br />
Model:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29455" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-68.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 68" width="247" height="95" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Equation:</p>
<p>____________ color titles long<br />
Answer:<br />
My airplane is seven color tiles longer than my friend.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35858" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-68-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-68" width="247" height="95" /><br />
Given that my airplane is 9 color tiles long and my friend&#8217;s airplane is 16 color tiles. So my marker is 16 &#8211; 9 which is seven color tile shorter than my friend&#8217;s. And my friend&#8217;s airplane is seven color tile longer than mine.</p>
<h3><a id="Solve_Compare_Problems_Involving_Length_Practice_10.5"></a>Solve Compare Problems Involving Length Practice 10.5</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Your backpack is 15 paper clips long. Your friend’s is 12 paper clips long. How many paper clips longer is your backpack?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29454" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-69.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 69" width="71" height="77" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29453" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-70.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 70" width="488" height="121" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-70.png 488w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-70-300x74.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Three paper clips longer than my friend&#8217;s</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35520" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-61-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-61" width="469" height="119" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-61-1.png 469w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-61-1-300x76.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 469px) 100vw, 469px" /><br />
Given that my backpack is 15 paper clips long and my friend&#8217;s backpack is 12 paper clips long. So there will be three paper clips longer than my friend&#8217;s.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<strong>MP Reasoning</strong><br />
Your baseball miff is 8 paper clips long. Your friend’s is 7 paper clips long. Complete the sentences.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29452" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-71.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 71" width="54" height="58" /><br />
Your friend’s baseball mitt is ________ paper clip _________ than yours.<br />
Your baseball mitt is _________ paper clip _________ than your friends.<br />
Answer:<br />
Your friend’s baseball mitt is 1 paper clip shorter than yours.<br />
Your baseball mitt is 1 paper clip longer than your friends.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that my baseball miff is 8 paper clips long and my friend&#8217;s baseball miff is 7 paper clips. So my baseball miff is 8 &#8211; 7 which is 1 paper clip longer than my friend&#8217;s. And my friend&#8217;s baseball miff is 1 paper clip shorter than mine.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Your desk is 7 paper clips longer than your friend’s. Your friend’s desk is 14 paper clips long. How long is yours?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29451" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-72.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 72" width="251" height="97" /><br />
___________ paper clips long<br />
Answer:<br />
7 paper clips long.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35528" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-61-2.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-61-1" width="247" height="119" /><br />
As my desk is 7 paper clips longer than my friend&#8217;s and my friend&#8217;s desk is 14 paper clips long. So my desk will be 14 &#8211; 7= 7 paper clips long.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Use the picture to complete the number bond.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29450" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-73.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 73" width="247" height="152" /><br />
Answer:<br />
By number bond, the total number of flowers is 5 + 3= 8 flowers.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35530" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-73-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-73" width="150" height="152" /><br />
This number bond explains to us how the numbers are joined together and how they break down into a certain number of parts. In the above image, we can see that there are five yellow flowers and three red flowers. By number bond, we will add all the flowers. So the total number of flowers is 5 + 3= 8 flowers. Now they break down by five yellow flowers in one circle and three red flowers in another circle.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29449" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-74.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 74" width="242" height="144" /><br />
Answer:<br />
By number bond, the total number of cans is 3 + 3= 8 cans.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35531" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-74-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-74" width="181" height="144" /></p>
<p>This number bond explains to us how the numbers are joined together and how they break down into a certain number of parts. In the above image, we can see that there are three green cans and three red cans. By number bond, we will add all the cans. So the total number of cans is 3 + 3= 6 flowers. Now they break down by three green cans in one circle and three red cans in another circle.</p>
<h3><a id="Measure_and_Compare_Lengths_Performance_Task"></a>Measure and Compare Lengths Performance Task</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29470" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-75.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 75" width="429" height="260" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-75.png 429w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-75-300x182.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use a piece of string to compare the routes from your house to the library, the post office, and the school.Order the routes from shortest to longest.<br />
____________, ____________, ____________<br />
Answer:<br />
The order from shortest to longest is the post office, the library, and the school.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The route from my house to the library is three meters and the route from my house to the post office is two meters and the route from my house to the school is four meters. So the order from shortest to longest is the post office, the library, and the school.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use a piece of string to measure the different routes from your house to your friend’s house. Color the route you would use to ride your bike to your friend’s house.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
a. The bakery is farther from your house than the pool. The park is closer to your house than the pool. Which place is closest to your house?<br />
Park             Bakery              Pool<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>b. Label the park, bakery, and pool on the map.<br />
Answer:</p>
<h3><a id="Measure_and_Compare_Lengths_Chapter_Practice"></a>Measure and Compare Lengths Chapter Practice</h3>
<h3>Order Objects by Length Homework &amp; Practice 10.1</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Order from longest to shortest.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29496" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-76.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 76" width="193" height="130" /><br />
____________, _____________, ______________<br />
Answer:<br />
The order from longest to shortest is<br />
Shark, Lobster, Fish.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, the longest is the shark, the largest is the lobster and the shortest is the fish.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
MP Problem Solving<br />
A green snake is shorter than a black snake. A brown snake is shorter than a black snake. Which snake is the longest?<br />
green        block         brown<br />
Answer:<br />
The black snake is the longest.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that a green snake is shorter than a black snake and a brown snake is shorter than a black snake. So the longest snake is a black snake.</p>
<h3>Compare Lengths Indirectly Homework &amp; Practice 10.2</h3>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Circle the longer object.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29495" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-77.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 77" width="317" height="82" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-77.png 317w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-77-300x78.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
We will circle the second image.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35534" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-77-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-77" width="387" height="124" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-77-1.png 387w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-77-1-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 387px) 100vw, 387px" /><br />
In the above image, the longest object is the second image. So we will circle the second image.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Circle the longer Object.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29494" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-78.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 78" width="404" height="76" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-78.png 404w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-78-300x56.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 404px) 100vw, 404px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
We will circle the second image.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35535" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-78-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-78" width="443" height="124" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-78-1.png 443w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-78-1-300x84.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 443px) 100vw, 443px" /><br />
In the above image, the longest object is the second image. So we will circle the second image.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Draw a line through the shorter object.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29493" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-79.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 79" width="411" height="53" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-79.png 411w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-79-300x39.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 411px) 100vw, 411px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The first image is the shorter image.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35852" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-79-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-79" width="444" height="91" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-79-1.png 444w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-79-1-300x61.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /><br />
In the above image, the shorter object is the first image. So we will circle the first image.</p>
<h3>Measure Lengths Homework &amp; Practice 10.3</h3>
<p>Measure</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29492" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-80.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 80" width="315" height="117" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-80.png 315w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-80-300x111.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /><br />
about ___________ color tiles<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the object is about four colored tiles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The object is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the object is about four colored tiles, which means four units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29491" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-81.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 81" width="389" height="122" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-81.png 389w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-81-300x94.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 389px) 100vw, 389px" /><br />
about ___________ color tiles<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the object is about five colored tiles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The object is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the object is about five colored tiles, which means five units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them.</p>
<h3>Measure More Lengths Homework &amp; Practice 10.4</h3>
<p>Measure</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29490" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-82.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 82" width="314" height="73" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-82.png 314w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-82-300x70.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /><br />
about ___________ color tiles<br />
about ___________ paper clips<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the object is about four colored tiles and the length of the object which is measured using a paper clip is two paper clips.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The object is measured by using the colored tile. As each tile is equal to one unit. So the length of the object is four colored tiles, which means four units. We must take each tile without gaps or any overlaps between them. And to measure the object with the paper clip, we will place the paper clip without gaps or overlaps between them. And each paper clip is equal to about one unit. So the length of the object using the paper clip is two paper clips, which means two units. We have noticed that if we take a colored tile, then the length of the object will be four color tiles. And if we take a paper clip then the length of the pencil will be two paper clips. So the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Modeling Real Life<br />
Your hockey stick is 18 paper clips long. Is your hockey stick more than or less than 18 color tiles long?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29489" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-83.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 83" width="152" height="131" /><br />
Circle: more than 18 less than 18<br />
Tell how you know:<br />
Answer:<br />
My hockey stick has more than 18 color tiles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
My hockey stick has more than 18 color tiles. As we can see from the above problems that while measuring with the paper clip we need fewer paper clips than the color tiles. And the length is doubled while measuring with color tile than the paper clip. So there will be more than 18 color tiles than the paper clips for the hockey stick.</p>
<h3>Solve Compare Problems Involving Length Homework &amp; Practice 10.5</h3>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Your water bottle is 5 paper clips long. Your Friend’s is 4 paper clips long. How many paper clips longer is your water bottle?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29488" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 84" width="492" height="117" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84.png 492w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84-300x71.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 492px) 100vw, 492px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
One paper clip long.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35594" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84" width="512" height="155" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84-1.png 512w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-84-1-300x91.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /><br />
Given that my water bottle is 5 paper clips long and my friend&#8217;s water bottle is 4 paper clips long. So there will be one paper clip longer than my friend&#8217;s.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Your bookshelf is 19 color tiles long. Your friend’s is 15 color tiles long. How many tiles longer is your bookshelf?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29487" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-85.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 85" width="133" height="87" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29486" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-86.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths 86" width="476" height="97" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-86.png 476w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-86-300x61.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
My bookshelf is four tiles longer.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35605" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-86-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-86" width="503" height="119" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-86-1.png 503w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-1st-Grade-1-Chapter-10-Measure-and-Compare-Lengths-86-1-300x71.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /><br />
Given that my bookshelf is 19 paper clips long and my friend&#8217;s bookshelf is 15 paper clips long. So there will be four paper clips longer than my friend&#8217;s.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
MP Reasoning<br />
Your pencil is 6 color tiles long. Your friend’s is 3 color tiles long. Complete the sentences.</p>
<p>Your pencil is ____________ color tiles ____________ than your friend’s.<br />
Your friend’s pencil is ____________ color tiles ____________ than yours.<br />
Answer:<br />
Your pencil is three color tiles longer than your friend’s.<br />
Your friend’s pencil is three color tiles shorter than yours.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As my pencil is six color tiles long, and my friend&#8217;s pencil is three color tiles long. So my pencil will be three color tiles longer than my friend&#8217;s pencil. And my friend&#8217;s pencil is three color tiles shorter than my pencil.</p>
<p>Conclusion:</p>
<p>Hope the information regarding Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 10 Measure and Compare Lengths is beneficial for you. If you have any doubts please post the comments in the below-mentioned comment box. Share this pdf link with your friends and help them to overcome the difficulties in maths.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-1-chapter-10/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">27845</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area</title>
		<link>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3-chapter-15-find-perimeter-and-area/</link>
					<comments>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3-chapter-15-find-perimeter-and-area/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Mounisha Reddy]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Wed, 06 Apr 2022 05:10:38 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://ccssmathanswers.com/?p=9128</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Find Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area Questions with Solutions here. The students can get the answer along with the detailed explanation in the following sections. This BIG Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area is helpful to complete the homework in time. Hence, download Big Ideas ... <a title="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" class="read-more" href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3-chapter-15-find-perimeter-and-area/" aria-label="Read more about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area">Read more</a>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Find Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area Questions with Solutions here. The students can get the answer along with the detailed explanation in the following sections. This BIG Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area is helpful to complete the homework in time. Hence, download Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area Solutions pdf for free of cost.</p>
<h2>Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade 15th Chapter Find Perimeter and Area Answer Key</h2>
<p>Students have to prepare all the topics of <a href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3/">Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade</a> 15th Chapter Find Perimeter and Area to score good marks in the exam. The different topics included in BIM Book Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area Answers are Understand Perimeter, Find Perimeters of Polygons, Find Unknown Side Lengths, Same Perimeter, Different Areas, and Same Area, Different Perimeters. After preparing these topics, check your skills at the performance task provided at the end.</p>
<p>The success criteria of Find Perimeter and Area is to understand the area and perimeter of polygons. The topic wise quick links to access Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area Answer Key is provided below. So, just tap on them and get the solutions easily.</p>
<p><strong>Lesson 1 Understand Perimeter</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_15_1_Understand_Perimeter">Lesson 15.1 Understand Perimeter</a></li>
<li><a href="#Understand_Perimeter_Homework_&amp;_Practice_15_1">Understand Perimeter Homework &amp; Practice 15.1</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 2 Find Perimeters of Polygons</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Find_Perimeters_of_Polygons_15_2">Find Perimeters of Polygons 15.2</a></li>
<li><a href="#Find_Perimeters_of_Polygons_Homework_&amp;_Practice_15_2">Find Perimeters of Polygons Homework &amp; Practice 15.2</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 3 Find Unknown Side Lengths<br />
</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_15_3_Find_Unknown_Side_Lengths">Lesson 15.3 Find Unknown Side Lengths</a></li>
<li><a href="#Find_Unknown_Side_Lengths_Homework_&amp;_Practice_15_3">Find Unknown Side Lengths Homework &amp; Practice 15.3</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 4 Same Perimeter, Different Areas</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_15_4_Same_Perimeter_Different_Areas">Lesson 15.4 Same Perimeter, Different Areas</a></li>
<li><a href="#Same_Perimeter_Different_Areas_Homework_&amp;_Practice_15_4">Same Perimeter, Different Areas Homework &amp; Practice 15.4</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 5 Same Area, Different Perimeters</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_15_5_Same_Area_Different_Perimeters">Lesson 15.5 Same Area, Different Perimeters</a></li>
<li><a href="#Same_Area_Different_Perimeters_Homework_&amp;_Practice_15_5">Same Area, Different Perimeters Homework &amp; Practice 15.5</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Performance Task<br />
</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Find_Perimeter_and_Area_Performance_Task">Find Perimeter and Area Performance Task</a></li>
<li><a href="#Find_Perimeter_and_Area_Activity">Find Perimeter and Area Activity</a></li>
<li><a href="#Find_Perimeter_and_Area_Chapter_Practice">Find Perimeter and Area Chapter Practice</a></li>
<li><a href="#Find_Perimeter_and_Area_Cumulative_practice_1_15">Find Perimeter and Area Cumulative practice 1 &#8211; 15</a></li>
<li><a href="#Find_Perimeter_and_Area_Cumulative_Steam_Performance_Task_1_15">Find Perimeter and Area Cumulative Steam Performance Task 1 &#8211; 15</a></li>
</ul>
<h3><a id="Lesson_15_1_Understand_Perimeter"></a>Lesson 15.1 Understand Perimeter</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Model a rectangle on your geoboard. Draw the rectangle and label its side lengths. What is the distance around the rectangle?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9562" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 1" width="348" height="357" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-1.png 348w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-1-292x300.png 292w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 348px) 100vw, 348px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The units around the rectangle are 15 units.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-15735" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area " width="279" height="273" /><br />
In the above figure, the length of the rectangle is 4 units, and<br />
the breadth of the rectangle is 3 units.<br />
The units around the rectangle are 15 units.</p>
<p><strong>Structure</strong><br />
Change the side lengths of the rectangle on your geoboard. What do you notice about the distance around your rectangle compared to the distance around the rectangle above? Explain</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The distance around the rectangle is 15 units</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-15736" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-4-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="275" height="281" /><br />
In the above figure, we can see the length of the rectangle is 3 units, and<br />
the breadth of the rectangle is 4 units.<br />
There is no change in the distance around the rectangle which is 15 units.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Understand Perimeter</strong><br />
Perimeter is the distance around a ﬁgure. You can measure perimeter using standard units, such as inches, feet, centimeters, and meters.<br />
<strong>Example</strong><br />
Find the perimeter of the rectangle.<br />
Choose a unit to begin counting. Count each unit around the rectangle.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9560" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 2" width="673" height="235" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-2.png 673w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-2-300x105.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 673px) 100vw, 673px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle is 20 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the triangle, we need to know the length and the breadth of the rectangle.<br />
Here, the length of the rectangle is 7 in,<br />
and the breadth is 3 in,<br />
So the perimeter of the rectangle is 2(Length + Breadth)<br />
= 2(7+3)<br />
= 2(10)<br />
= 20 in.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Find the perimeter of the figure.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9556" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 4" width="188" height="136" /><br />
There are ___ units around the figure.<br />
Answer:<br />
There are 22 units around the figure.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the rectangle, we need to know the length and the breadth of the rectangle.<br />
Here, the length of the rectangle is 6 m,<br />
and the breadth is 5 m,<br />
So the perimeter of the rectangle is 2(Length + Breadth)<br />
= 2(6+5)<br />
= 2(11)<br />
= 22 m.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9554" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 5" width="199" height="136" /><br />
There are ___ units around the figure.<br />
So, the perimeter is ____ feet.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is 24 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure<br />
So the sides of the figure are 5,3,2,4,3,7.<br />
and the perimeter of the figure is 5+3+2+4+3+7<br />
= 24 ft.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Draw the figure that has a perimeter of 16 centimeters.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9553" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 6" width="221" height="135" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The sides of the figure are 4 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the perimeter of the figure is 16 cm,<br />
So let the sides of the figure be 4 cm,<br />
by that, we can get the perimeter as 16 cm, i.e<br />
4+4+4+4= 16 cm.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-13330 size-medium" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-1-300x208.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="300" height="208" /></p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Find the perimeter of the ﬁgure.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9551" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 7" width="223" height="132" /><br />
There are ___ units around the figure.<br />
So, the perimeter is ___<br />
Answer:<br />
There are 20 units around the figure.<br />
So, the perimeter is 20 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure<br />
So the sides of the figure are 3,3,2,2,5,5.<br />
and the perimeter of the figure is 3+3+2+2+5+5<br />
= 20 units,<br />
So the perimeter is 20 cm.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9549" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 8" width="213" height="131" /><br />
There are ___ units around the figure.<br />
So, the perimeter is ___<br />
Answer:<br />
There are 26 units around the figure.<br />
So, the perimeter is 26 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure<br />
So the sides of the figure is 5,5,2,3,1,3,2,5<br />
and the perimeter of the figure is 5+5+2+3+1+3+2+5<br />
= 26 units,<br />
So the perimeter is 26 ft.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9548" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 9" width="216" height="128" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is 22 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure<br />
So the sides of the figure is 4,3,2,3,3,3,1,3<br />
and the perimeter of the figure is 4+3+2+3+3+3+1+3<br />
= 22 units,<br />
So the perimeter is 22 in.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9547" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 10" width="220" height="129" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter is 24 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure<br />
So the sides of the figure is 5,7,2,2,1,2,1,1,1,2<br />
and the perimeter of the figure is 5+7+2+2+1+2+1+1+1+2<br />
= 24 units,<br />
So the perimeter is 24 m.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Draw a ﬁgure that has a perimeter likely measurement for the of 14 centimeters.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9545" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 11" width="217" height="116" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the rectangle is 2 cm, and<br />
the breadth is 5 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-15878" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-529.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="264" height="158" /><br />
In the above figure, we can see the length of the rectangle is 2 cm<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 5 cm<br />
perimeter = 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(5+2)<br />
= 2(7)<br />
= 14 cm.<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is 14 cm.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>Precision</strong> Which is the most likely measurement for the perimeter of a photo?<br />
20 inches<br />
100 meters<br />
5 centimeters<br />
2 inches<br />
Answer:<br />
2 inches.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The most likely measurement for the perimeter of a photo is 2 inches.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>You be the teacher</strong> Your friend counts the units around the figure and says the perimeter is 12 units. Is your friend correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9542" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 12" width="120" height="100" /><br />
Answer:<br />
No, he is not correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No, he is not correct. As there are 2+2+1+1+4+1+1+2= 14 units, but not 12 units. So he is not correct.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Use a centimeter ruler to ﬁnd the perimeter of the bookmark.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9540" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 13" width="530" height="169" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-13.png 530w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-13-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 530px) 100vw, 530px" /><br />
The perimeter is ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the bookmark is 26 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On measuring, the length of the sides of the bookmark are 4 cm, 9 cm, 2 cm, 2 cm, 9 cm<br />
to find the perimeter of the bookmark, we will add all the length of the sides<br />
so the perimeter of the bookmark is<br />
p = 4 cm+ 9 cm+ 2 cm+ 2 cm+ 9 cm<br />
= 26 cm.<br />
The perimeter of the bookmark is 26 cm.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Use an inch ruler to find the perimeter of the decal.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9538" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 14" width="304" height="248" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-14.png 304w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-14-300x245.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 304px) 100vw, 304px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the decal is 17 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On measuring, the length of the sides of the decal is 5in, 2in, 5in, 5in<br />
to find the perimeter of the decal, we will add all the length of the sides<br />
so the perimeter of the decal is<br />
p= 5in+2in+5in+5in<br />
= 17 in<br />
The perimeter of the decal is 17 in.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
How much greater is the perimeter of your friend’s desk than the perimeter of your desk?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9535" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 15" width="280" height="152" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Friend&#8217;s perimeter is 22-16= 6 times greater.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see figure 1 is a square and the sides of the square are 4 ft.<br />
So the perimeter of the square is a+a+a+a,<br />
= 4+4+4+4<br />
= 16 ft.<br />
And now let&#8217;s find the perimeter of the friend&#8217;s figure,<br />
So the sides of the figure is 2,6,5,2,3,4<br />
and the perimeter is 2+6+5+2+3+4= 22 ft.<br />
By this, we can see that the friend&#8217;s figure has a greater perimeter,<br />
and friend&#8217;s perimeter is 22-16= 6 times greater.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Explain how you might use a centimeter ruler and string to estimate the perimeter of the photo of the window.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9533" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 16" width="184" height="160" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Here, we will use the ruler to find the length of the bottom part of the window and the sides which are straight we can find the length using the ruler. And the curve sides we will measure using the string.</p>
<h3><a id="Understand_Perimeter_Homework_&amp;_Practice_15_1"></a>Understand Perimeter Homework &amp; Practice 15.1</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9531" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 17" width="220" height="137" /><br />
There are ___ units around the figure.<br />
So, the perimeter is ___ inches.<br />
Answer:<br />
There are 20 units around the figure,<br />
So the perimeter is 20 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure,<br />
As we can see the above image is a square,<br />
and the perimeter of the square is s+s+s+s<br />
= 5+5+5+5<br />
= 20 in.<br />
As there are 20 units around the figure,<br />
So the perimeter is 20 in.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9530" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 18" width="221" height="135" /><br />
There are ___ units around the figure.<br />
So, the perimeter is ___ feet.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
There are 32 units around the figure,<br />
So the perimeter is 32 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure,<br />
The sides of the above figure is 2,3,4,3,2,5,8,5<br />
and the perimeter of the figure is 2+3+4+3+2+5+8+5<br />
= 32 units.<br />
As there are 32 units around the figure,<br />
So the perimeter is 32 ft.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9529" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 19" width="224" height="129" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
There are 26 units around the figure,<br />
So the perimeter is 26 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure,<br />
The sides of the above figure is 2,2,2,3,1,3,5,8<br />
and the perimeter of the figure is 2+2+2+3+1+3+5+8<br />
= 26 units.<br />
As there are 26 units around the figure,<br />
So the perimeter is 26 cm.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9528" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 20" width="216" height="126" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
There are 38 units around the figure,<br />
So the perimeter is 38 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure,<br />
The sides of the above figure is 2,8,2,3,1,3,2,8,2,3,1,3<br />
and the perimeter of the figure is 2+8+2+3+1+3+2+8+2+3+1+3<br />
= 38 units.<br />
As there are 38 units around the figure,<br />
So the perimeter is 38 m.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Draw a figure that has a perimeter of 18 inches.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9527" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 21" width="221" height="81" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the rectangle is 5 in<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 4 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16535" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-549.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area " width="276" height="216" /><br />
Let the length of the rectangle be 5 in<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle be 4 in<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(5+4)<br />
= 2(9)<br />
= 18 in.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Which color represents the perimeter of the rectangle? What does the other color represent?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9526" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-22.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 22" width="232" height="63" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Blue color represents the perimeter of the rectangle and<br />
the other color yellow represents the area of the figure.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above figure, the blue color represents the perimeter of the rectangle.<br />
Because the perimeter represents the distance around the edge of the shape.<br />
And the other color yellow represents the area of the figure,<br />
as area represents the amount of space inside a shape.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Modeling Real Life<br />
Use a centimeter ruler toﬁnd the perimeter of the library card.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9524" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-24.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 24" width="484" height="257" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-24.png 484w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-24-300x159.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the library card is 24 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On measuring, the length of the sides of the library card is 5cm, 7cm, 5cm, 7cm<br />
to find the perimeter of the library card, we will add all the length of the sides<br />
so the perimeter of the library card is<br />
p= 5cm+7cm+5cm+7cm<br />
= 24 cm<br />
The perimeter of the library card is 24 cm.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Modeling Real Life<br />
How much greater is the perimeter of your piece of fabric than the perimeter of your friend’ spiece of fabric?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9523" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-25.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 25" width="317" height="150" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-25.png 317w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-25-300x142.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
My fabric is 4 inches greater than my friend&#8217;s fabric.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the figure 1, we will add all the sides of the figure,<br />
The sides of the above figure is 2,1,1,2,2,2,8,2,2,2,1,1<br />
and the perimeter of the figure is 2+1+1+2+2+2+8+2+2+2+1+1<br />
= 26 in.<br />
So the perimeter of the figure is 26 in.<br />
And now let&#8217;s find the perimeter of the friend&#8217;s figure,<br />
So the sides of the figure is 1,2,2,4,1,5,4,3<br />
and the perimeter is 1+2+2+4+1+5+4+3<br />
= 22 in.<br />
By this, we can see that my fabric has the highest perimeter than the friend&#8217;s fabric<br />
which is 26-22= 4 in greater.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Write two equivalent fractions for the whole number.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9522" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-26.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 26" width="127" height="63" /><br />
Answer:<br />
1= 4/4 = 6/6</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here, the equivalent fraction for the whole number means if the numerator was divided by the denominator without any reminder then the fraction is equivalent to a whole number. So 1= 4/4 = 6/6.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9520" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-27.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 27" width="128" height="65" /><br />
Answer:<br />
4= 4/1 = 8/2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here, the equivalent fraction for the whole number means if the numerator was divided by the denominator without any reminder then the fraction is equivalent to a whole number. So 4= 4/1 = 8/2.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9519" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-28.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 28" width="132" height="75" /><br />
Answer:<br />
6= 24/4 = 36/6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here, the equivalent fraction for the whole number means if the numerator was divided by the denominator without any reminder then the fraction is equivalent to a whole number. So 6= 24/4 = 36/6.</p>
<h3><a id="Find_Perimeters_of_Polygons_15_2"></a>Find Perimeters of Polygons 15.2</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Model a rectangle on your geoboard. Draw the rectangle and label its side lengths. Then ﬁnd the perimeter in more than one way.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9518" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-29.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 29" width="369" height="355" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-29.png 369w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-29-300x289.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 369px) 100vw, 369px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle is 14 units.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16076" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-4-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="283" height="281" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-4-2.png 283w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-4-2-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 283px) 100vw, 283px" /><br />
In  the above figure, we can see the length of the rectangle is 4 units<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 3 units,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p =2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(4+3)<br />
= 2(7)<br />
= 14 units.<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle is 14 units.<br />
<strong>Critique the Reasoning of Others</strong><br />
Compare your methods of ﬁnding the perimeter to your partner’s methods. Explain how they are alike or different.<br />
Answer:<br />
There are two methods to find the perimeter explained below.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are two ways to find the perimeter.<br />
The first method is<br />
Perimeter = 2(length + breadth)<br />
here, we will add length and breadth, and then we will multiply the result by 2.<br />
and the second method is<br />
Perimeter = a+b+c+d<br />
here, we will add all the sides of the figure.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Find Perimeter</strong></p>
<p>Example<br />
Find the perimeter of the trapezoid.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9517" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-30.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 30" width="162" height="100" /><br />
You can find the perimeter of a figure by adding all of the side lengths.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9515" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-31.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 31" width="300" height="83" /><br />
Write an equation. The letter P represents the unknown perimeter. Add the side lengths.<br />
So, the perimeter is ___.<br />
Answer:<br />
So, the perimeter is 36 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the trapezoid, we will add all the sides of the trapezoid,<br />
so the sides of the trapezoid is 6 in,12 in,8 in,10 in<br />
The perimeter is 6+12+8+10<br />
= 36 in.</p>
<p>Example<br />
Find the perimeter of the rectangle<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9513" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-33.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 33" width="231" height="157" /><br />
Because a rectangle has two pairs of equal sides, you can also use multiplication to solve.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9510" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-34.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 34" width="259" height="258" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-34.png 259w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-34-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 259px) 100vw, 259px" /><br />
One Way:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9507" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-35.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 35" width="295" height="84" /><br />
Another Way:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9505" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-36.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 36" width="227" height="118" /><br />
So, the perimeter is ___.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
Perimeter = 7+9+7+9<br />
= 32 cm.<br />
Perimeter= 2×9 + 2× 7<br />
= 32 cm.<br />
So, the perimeter is 32 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of a rectangle, we have two ways,<br />
One way is to add all the sides of the rectangle, which is<br />
7+9+7+9= 32 cm.<br />
And the other way is, as the two sides of the rectangle are equal, we wil use formula<br />
Perimeter = 2( Length + Breadth)<br />
= 2× Length + 2 × Breadth<br />
= 2×9 + 2× 7<br />
= 18+ 14<br />
= 32 cm.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Find the perimeter of the polygon.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the polygon, we will add the length of the all sides.</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9504" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-37.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 37" width="145" height="109" /><br />
The perimeter is ___.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter is 12 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the polygon, we will add the length of all sides of the polygon.<br />
So the length of the sides is 5 m, 3 m, 3 m, 2 m<br />
The perimeter is 5+3+3+2<br />
= 12 m.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9502" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-38.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 38" width="124" height="98" /><br />
The perimeter is ___.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The perimeter is 24 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see in the above figure which has all sides are equal,<br />
so the perimeter of the square is 4s<br />
= 4×6<br />
= 24 ft.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Find the perimeter of the polygon.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9500" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-39.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 39" width="184" height="139" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the polygon is 28 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the polygon, we will add the length of the all sides of the polygon.<br />
So the length of the sides is 4 m, 9 m, 10 m, 5 m<br />
The perimeter is 4+9+10+5<br />
= 28 m.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9499" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-40.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 40" width="182" height="118" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is 40 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add the length of all sides of the figure.<br />
So the length of the sides is 12 in, 4 in, 8 in, 7 in,9 in.<br />
The perimeter is 12+4+8+7+9<br />
= 40 in.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Rectangle<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9498" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-41.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 41" width="155" height="130" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle is 36 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the rectangle, we need to know the length and the breadth of the rectangle.<br />
Here, the length of the rectangle is 9 cm,<br />
and the breadth is 10 cm,<br />
So the perimeter of the rectangle is 2(Length + Breadth)<br />
= 2(10+9)<br />
= 2(19)<br />
= 38 cm.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Rhombus<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9496" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-42.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 42" width="95" height="95" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the Rhombus is 4 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As all sides of the Rhombus are equal, so the formula of the Rhombus is 4a<br />
and the side of the Rhombus is 1 in,<br />
so the perimeter is 4a<br />
= 4×1<br />
= 4 in.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Parallelogram<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9495" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-43.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 43" width="180" height="85" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the parallelogram is 22 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the opposite sides of the parallelogram are equal,<br />
so the perimeter of the parallelogram is 2(a+b)<br />
the length of the parallelogram is 3 cm,<br />
and the breadth of the parallelogram is 8 cm<br />
So the perimeter of the parallelogram is<br />
= 2(3+8)<br />
= 2(11)<br />
= 22 cm.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Square<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9493" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-44.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 44" width="114" height="86" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the square is 16 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see in the above figure which has all sides are equal,<br />
so the perimeter of the square is 4s<br />
= 4×4<br />
= 16 ft.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
You build a pentagon out of wire for a social studies project. Each side is 8 centimeters long. What is the perimeter of the pentagon?<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the pentagon is 40 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the pentagon is 8 cm,<br />
so the perimeter of the pentagon is 5a,<br />
which is 5×8<br />
= 40 cm</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
The top length of the trapezoid is 4 feet. The bottom length is double the top. The left and right lengths are each 2 feet less than the bottom. Label the side lengths and ﬁnd the perimeter of the trapezoid.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9492" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-45.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 45" width="138" height="100" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The sides of the trapezoid are 4ft, 6ft, 8ft, 6ft, and the perimeter is 24 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the top length of the trapezoid is 4 feet and the bottom length is double the top,<br />
which is 4×2= 8 feet. And the left and right lengths are each 2 feet less than the bottom,<br />
which means 8 &#8211; 2 = 6 ft each.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-13997" style="font-weight: inherit;" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-2-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="179" height="136" /></p>
<p>So to find the perimeter of the trapezoid is we will add the length of all sides.<br />
The perimeter of the trapezoid is 4+6+8+6= 24 ft.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Explain how finding the perimeter of a rectangle is different from finding its area.<br />
Answer:<br />
Perimeter= 2(length + breadth)<br />
Area = length × breadth.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the rectangle,<br />
we will add the length and breadth and will multiply the result with 2<br />
Perimeter= 2(length + breadth)<br />
and to find the area of the rectangle,<br />
we will multiply the length and breadth of the rectangle.<br />
Area = length × breadth.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Dig Deeper!</strong><br />
A rectangle has a perimeter of 12 feet. What could its side lengths be ?<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the rectangle is 4 feet<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 2 feet</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter is 12 feet,<br />
so the let the length be 4 feet<br />
and the breadth be 2 feet<br />
Let&#8217;s check on the length and breadth is correct are not<br />
perimeter = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2( 4+2)<br />
= 2(6)<br />
= 12 feet.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>The rectangular sign is 34 feet longer than it is wide. What is the perimeter of the sign?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9491" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-46.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 46" width="321" height="99" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-46.png 321w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-46-300x93.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 321px) 100vw, 321px" /><br />
Understand the problem:<br />
Make a plan:<br />
Solve:<br />
The perimeter is ___.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangular sign is 124 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the rectangular sign is 34 feet longer than it&#8217;s wide<br />
and the wide is 14 ft,<br />
so the length is 34ft + 14ft= 48 ft.<br />
the perimeter of the rectangular sign is<br />
P= 2(48ft + 14ft)<br />
= 2(62ft)<br />
= 124 ft.<br />
The perimeter of the rectangular sign is 124 ft.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
A city has a rectangular sidewalk in a park. The sidewalk is 4 feet wide and is 96 feet longer than it is wide. What is the perimeter of the sidewalk?<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the sidewalk is 208 feet.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As given the rectangular sidewalk&#8217;s wide is 4 feet and the length is 96 feet longer than it&#8217;s wide,<br />
which means 96+4= 100 feet is the length of the rectangular sidewalk,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangular sidewalk is 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2( 4+100)<br />
= 2(104)<br />
= 208 feet.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
A team jogs around a rectangular field three times. The field is 80 yards long and 60 yards wide. How many yards does the team jog?<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of yards does the team jog is 3×280= 840 yards.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the rectangular field is 80 yards,<br />
The breadth of the rectangular field is 60 yards,<br />
So, the perimeter of the rectangular field is 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(80+60)<br />
= 2(140)<br />
= 280 yards.<br />
As the team jogs around a rectangular field three times,<br />
so the number of yards does the team jog is 3×280= 840 yards.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
Each side of the tiles is 8 centimeters long. What is the sum of the perimeters?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9490" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-47.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 47" width="215" height="101" /><br />
You put the tiles together as shown. Is the perimeter of this new shape the same as the sum of the perimeters above? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9489" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-48.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 48" width="165" height="94" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The sum of the perimeters is 96 cm.<br />
Yes, there will be a change in the perimeter of the new figure. The perimeter is 80 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above figure, we can see a hexagon that has six sides.<br />
So the formula for the perimeter of a hexagon is 6a,<br />
the perimeter of the tiles is 6×8<br />
= 48 cm.<br />
So the sum of the tiles 48+48= 96 cm.<br />
Yes, there will be a change in the perimeter of the new figure. As there are ten sides in the new figure, so the perimeter of the new figure is 10×8= 80 cm.</p>
<h3><a id="Find_Perimeters_of_Polygons_Homework_&amp;_Practice_15_2"></a>Find Perimeters of Polygons Homework &amp; Practice 15.2</h3>
<p>Find the perimeter of the polygon</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9487" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-49.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 49" width="157" height="131" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the polygon is 29 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the polygon is the sum of the length of its sides,<br />
So the sides of the polygon are 9 in, 4 in, 6 in, 10 in,<br />
and the perimeter of the polygon is 9+4+6+10= 29 in.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9486" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-50.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 50" width="177" height="129" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is 38 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is the sum of the length of its sides,<br />
So the sides of the figure are 6 cm, 5 cm, 7 cm, 8 cm, 7 cm, 5 cm,<br />
and the perimeter of the figure is 6+5+7+8+7+5= 38 cm.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Square<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9485" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-51.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 51" width="104" height="113" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the square is 8 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the square is 2 ft,<br />
and the perimeter of the square is 4a<br />
= 4×2<br />
= 8 ft.<br />
so the perimeter of the square is 8 ft.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Parallelogram<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9483" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-52.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 52" width="173" height="83" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the parallelogram is 8m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the parallelogram is 1 m,<br />
and the breadth of the parallelogram is 3 m,<br />
so the perimeter of the parallelogram is 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(1+3)<br />
= 2(4)<br />
= 8 m.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Rhombus<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9482" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-53.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 53" width="148" height="75" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rhombus is 40 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the side of the rhombus is 10 ft,<br />
and the perimeter of the rhombus is 4a<br />
= 4×10<br />
= 40 ft.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9481" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-54.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 54" width="125" height="133" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle is 22 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the rectangle, we need to know the length and the breadth of the rectangle.<br />
Here, the length of the rectangle is 7 in,<br />
and the breadth is 4 in,<br />
So the perimeter of the rectangle is 2(Length + Breadth)<br />
= 2(7+4)<br />
= 2(11)<br />
= 22 in.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Each side of a triangle is 5 centimeters long. What is the perimeter of the triangle?<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the triangle is 15 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the side of the triangle is 5 cm,<br />
and the perimeter of the triangle is 3a<br />
= 3×5<br />
= 15 cm.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>You Be The Teacher</strong><br />
Descartes says that a square will always have a greater perimeter than a triangle because it has more sides. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
Yes, Descartes is correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, Descartes is correct. As the square has four sides and the perimeter of the square is 4a.<br />
Whereas the triangle has 3 sides and the perimeter of the triangle is 3a.<br />
So the square will always have a greater perimeter than a triangle.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
Draw a pentagon and label its sides so that it has the same perimeter as the rectangle.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9480" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-55.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 55" width="94" height="150" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the side of the pentagon is 4m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the rectangle is 7 m,<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 3 m,<br />
So the perimeter of the rectangle is 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2(7+3)<br />
= 2(10)<br />
= 20 m.<br />
Here we have the perimeter of the pentagon which is 20 m,<br />
so we should find the sides of the pentagon,<br />
As we know the perimeter of the pentagon is 5a<br />
5a= 20<br />
a= 20/5<br />
= 4 m.<br />
So the length of the side of the pentagon is 4m.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-13998" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-523.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="162" height="128" /></p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
An Olympic swimming pool is 82 feet longer than it is wide. What is the perimeter of the swimming pool?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9478" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-150.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 150" width="253" height="131" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the swimming pool is 492 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the Olympic swimming pool is 82 feet longer than it&#8217;s wide<br />
and the wide is 82 ft,<br />
so the length of the swimming pool is 82+82= 164 ft<br />
the perimeter of the swimming pool is<br />
p= 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(164+82)<br />
= 2(246)<br />
= 492 ft.<br />
The perimeter of the swimming pool is 492 ft.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Modeling Real Life<br />
You put painter’s tape around two rectangular windows. The windows are each 52 inches long and 28 inches wide. How much painter’s tape do you need?<br />
Answer:<br />
The painter&#8217;s tape 160 inches.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the window is 52 inches<br />
and the width of the window is 28 inches<br />
so the perimeter of the window is<br />
p= 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(52+28)<br />
= 2(80)<br />
= 160 inches.<br />
So the painter&#8217;s tape 160 inches.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9477" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-56.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 56" width="74" height="57" /><br />
Answer:<br />
737.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 590+147 we will get 737.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9476" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-57.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 57" width="72" height="58" /><br />
Answer:<br />
894.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 636+258 we will get 894</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9475" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-58.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 58" width="75" height="68" /><br />
Answer:<br />
805.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 476+329 we will get 805</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_15_3_Find_Unknown_Side_Lengths"></a>Lesson 15.3 Find Unknown Side Lengths</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>You have a map with the three side lengths shown. The perimeter of the map is 20 feet. Describe how you can ﬁnd the fourth side length of your map without measuring.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9474" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-59.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 59" width="399" height="267" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-59.png 399w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-59-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 399px) 100vw, 399px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The fourth side of the map is 4ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We can find the value of the fourth side in two methods<br />
First method:<br />
Given the perimeter of the map is 20 feet,<br />
and the sides of the map is 6 ft, 4 ft, 6ft, X ft.<br />
As we know the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
6+4+6+X= 20 feet<br />
16+X= 20<br />
X= 20- 16<br />
= 4 ft.<br />
Second method:<br />
As we know that the opposite sides of the rectangle are equal, as we know that the length of the side is 4 ft so the other side will also be 4 ft.</p>
<p><strong>Repeated Reasoning</strong><br />
How is finding the unknown side length of a square different from finding the unknown side length of a rectangle?<br />
Answer:<br />
Refer below for a detailed explanation.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the unknown side length of the square<br />
if we know the perimeter of the square then<br />
the perimeter of the square is<br />
p= 4a<br />
we will substitute the value of p, on solving we will get the length of the square.<br />
and to find the unknown side length of the rectangle,<br />
we need to know the area or perimeter of the rectangle<br />
and the other side of the rectangle.<br />
so the formula of the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length + breadth)<br />
we will substitute the perimeter value and the other side value<br />
then we can find the length of the rectangle.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Find Unknown Side Lengths</strong><br />
<strong>Example</strong><br />
The perimeter of the trapezoid is 26 feet. Find the unknown side length.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9473" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-60.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 60" width="182" height="107" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9472" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-61.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 61" width="305" height="163" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-61.png 305w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-61-300x160.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 305px) 100vw, 305px" /><br />
Write an equation for the perimeter.<br />
Add the known side lengths.<br />
What number plus 16 equals 26?<br />
The unknown side length is ___.<br />
Answer:<br />
K= 10,<br />
The number 16+10 equals 26.<br />
The unknown side length is 10.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the trapezoid is 26 ft,<br />
So the perimeter of the trapezoid is<br />
K+5+6+5= 26<br />
K+16= 26<br />
K= 10.<br />
The number 16+10 equals 26.<br />
The unknown side length is 10.</p>
<p>Example<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9471" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-62.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 62" width="229" height="281" /><br />
The perimeter of the square is 32 centimeters. Find the length of each side of the square.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9470" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-63.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 63" width="155" height="112" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9469" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-64.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 64" width="165" height="123" /><br />
Write an equation for the perimeter 4 times what number equals 32?<br />
So, the length of each side is ___.<br />
Answer:<br />
n= 8.<br />
The length of each side is 8 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the square is 32 cm<br />
So to find the sides of the square<br />
4a= 32<br />
a= 32/4<br />
= 8 cm.<br />
So, the length of each side is 8 cm.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Find the unknown side length.</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Perimeter = 34 inches<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9468" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-65.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 65" width="189" height="122" /><br />
y = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
y = 13 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter is 34 inches,<br />
and the sides of the figure are 10 in, 7 in, 4 in, y in.<br />
so the perimeter of the figure is<br />
34 in = 10+7+4+y<br />
34 = 21+ y<br />
y = 34 &#8211; 21<br />
y = 13.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Perimeter = 20 meters<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9467" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-66.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 66" width="146" height="119" /><br />
j = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the sides of the square is 5 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see the above figure is a square and the perimeter of the square 20 meters,<br />
so the sides of the square are<br />
perimeter = 4a<br />
20 = 4 j<br />
j= 5 m.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Find the unknown side length.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Perimeter = 19 feet<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9466" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-67.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 67" width="163" height="107" /><br />
y = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is 8 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is 19 feet,<br />
and the length of the sides of the figure is 8 ft, 3 ft, y ft.<br />
so perimeter = 8 ft + 3 ft + y ft<br />
19= 11 ft + y ft<br />
y= 19 ft &#8211; 11 ft<br />
= 8 ft.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Perimeter = 26 centimeters<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9465" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-68.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 68" width="206" height="108" /><br />
d = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
d= 4 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is 26 cm,<br />
and the length of the sides of the figure is 10 cm, 5 cm, 7 cm, d cm.<br />
so the perimeter of the figure is<br />
p = 10+5+7+d<br />
26 = 22 + d<br />
d= 26-22<br />
= 4</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Perimeter = 30 feet<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9464" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-69.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 69" width="198" height="99" /><br />
k = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
k = 11 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the figure is 30 feet,<br />
and the length of the sides is 5ft, 12 ft, 2 ft, k ft<br />
So the perimeter of the figure is<br />
p = 5 + 12 + 2 + k<br />
30 ft = 19 ft + k<br />
k = 11 ft.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Perimeter = 32 inches<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9463" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-70.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 70" width="181" height="153" /><br />
k = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
k= 4 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the figure is 32 inches,<br />
and the lengths of all sides is 10 in, 4 in, 5 in, 4 in, 5 in, k in.<br />
So the perimeter of the figure is<br />
p= 10+4+5+4+5+k<br />
32 in =  28 in + k<br />
k= 4 in.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Perimeter = 8 meters<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9462" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-71.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 71" width="145" height="89" /><br />
y = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
y = 2 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the rhombus is 8 feet,<br />
and the length of the side is y m,<br />
So the perimeter of the rhombus is<br />
p = 4a<br />
8 m = 4×y<br />
y = 2 m.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Perimeter = 48 inches<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9461" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-72.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 72" width="150" height="125" /><br />
d = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
d = 8 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the Hexagon is 48 inches,<br />
and the length of the sides is d in<br />
So the perimeter of the hexagon is<br />
p = 6 a<br />
48 in = 6 × d in<br />
d= 8 in.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
A rectangle has a perimeter of 30 centimeters. The left side is 7 centimeters long. What is the length of the top side?<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the top side is 8 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the rectangle is 30 cm,<br />
and the length of the left side of the rectangle is 7 cm,<br />
So let the length of the top side be X,<br />
Perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
P = 2 (Length + breadth)<br />
30 = 2 ( 7 cm + X cm)<br />
30 / 2 = 7 cm + X cm<br />
15 = 7 cm + X cm<br />
X = 15 cm &#8211; 7 cm<br />
X = 8 cm.<br />
so, the length of the top side is 8 cm.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
A triangle has three equal sides and a perimeter of 21 meters. Explain how to use division to ﬁnd the side lengths.<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the side is 7 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the triangle is 21 m,<br />
and we need to find the side of the lengths,<br />
so the perimeter of the triangle is<br />
p = 3a<br />
21 m = 3×a<br />
a = 21/3<br />
= 7 m<br />
So the length of the side is 7 m.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Newton draws and labels the square and rectangle below. The perimeter of the combined shape is 36 feet. Find the unknown side length.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9460" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-73.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 73" width="258" height="93" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The unknown side of the length is 14 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the perimeter of the combined shape is 36 feet,<br />
and the length of the side of the rectangle is 4 ft, and the other side be X ft<br />
and the perimeter of the rectangle is 36 ft,<br />
so perimeter = 2 (length + breadth)<br />
36 ft  = 2( 4 ft + X ft)<br />
36/2 = 4 ft + X ft<br />
18 = 4 ft + X ft<br />
X= 14 ft.<br />
The unknown side of the length is 14 ft.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>The perimeter of the rectangular vegetable garden is 30 meters. What are the lengths of the other three sides?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9459" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-74.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 74" width="235" height="103" /><br />
Understand the problem:<br />
Make a plan:<br />
Solve:<br />
The lengths of the other three sides are ___, ___, and ___.<br />
Answer:<br />
The lengths of other three sides is 6 m, 9 m, 9 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangular vegetable garden is 30 m<br />
as it is in a rectangular shape, so the opposite sides are equal,<br />
and the length of the side of the rectangular vegetable garden is 6m,<br />
let the other side be X m<br />
so the perimeter is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
30 m = 2( 6 m+ X m)<br />
30/2 = 6 + X<br />
15 = 6 + X<br />
X= 15 &#8211; 6<br />
= 9 m.<br />
So the lengths of other three sides is 6 m, 9 m, 9 m.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
The perimeter of the rectangular zoo enclosure is 34 meters. What are the lengths of the other three sides?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9458" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-75.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 75" width="206" height="124" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The lengths of the other three sides are 12 m, 11 m, 11 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangular zoo is 34 m<br />
as it is in rectangular shape, so the opposite sides are equal,<br />
and the length of the side of the rectangular zoo is 12 m,<br />
let the other side be X m<br />
so the perimeter is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
34 m = 2( 12 m+ X m)<br />
34/2 = 12 + X<br />
17 = 6 + X<br />
X= 17 &#8211; 6<br />
= 11 m.<br />
So the lengths of the other three sides is 12 m, 11 m, 11 m.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
The floor of an apartment is made of two rectangles. The Perimeter is 154 feet. What are the lengths of the other three sides?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9457" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-76.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 76" width="253" height="169" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The other length of the side of the small rectangle is 7 ft.<br />
The other length of the side of the big rectangle is 30 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the apartment is 154 feet,<br />
first, we will take the big rectangle,<br />
as the opposite sides of the rectangle are equal and the length of the big rectangle is 30 ft<br />
so the other length is also 30 ft.<br />
as the perimeter of the small rectangle is 38 ft<br />
and the length of the one side of the rectangle is 12 ft<br />
so the other length of the small rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length+breadth)<br />
38 = 2(12 + breadth)<br />
38/2 = 12+ breadth<br />
19= 12 + breadth<br />
breadth= 19 &#8211; 12<br />
= 7 ft.<br />
The other length of the side is 7 ft.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You want to make a flower bed in the shape of a pentagon. Two sides of the flower bed are each 7 inches long, and two sides are each 16 inches long. The perimeter is 57 inches. Sketch the flower bed and label all of the side lengths.<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the other side is 11 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16078" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-539.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="195" height="146" /><br />
Given the perimeter of the flower bed shaped pentagon is 57 inches<br />
and the two sides of the flower bed each is 7 inches long<br />
and the other two sides of the flower bed each is 16 inches long<br />
the other side of the flower bed be X<br />
the perimeter of the flower bed is<br />
p = 7+7+16+16+X<br />
57= 46+X<br />
X= 11 in.<br />
The length of the other side is 11 ft.</p>
<h3><a id="Find_Unknown_Side_Lengths_Homework_&amp;_Practice_15_3"></a>Find Unknown Side Lengths Homework &amp; Practice 15.3</h3>
<p>Find the unknown side length.</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Perimeter = 24 feet<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9456" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-77.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 77" width="151" height="155" /><br />
d = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the unknown side is 8 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the triangle is 24 ft,<br />
and the lengths of the sides is 10 ft, 6 ft, d ft<br />
so the perimeter of the triangle is<br />
p = 10+6+d<br />
24 = 10+6+d<br />
24 = 16+d<br />
d = 24 &#8211; 16<br />
=  8 ft.<br />
The length of the unknown side is 8 ft.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Perimeter = 46 inches<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9455" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-78.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 78" width="154" height="121" /><br />
k = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the unknown side is 15 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is 46 inches,<br />
and the lengths of the sides is 13 in, 5 in, 13 in, k in<br />
so the perimeter of the figure is<br />
p = 13+5+13+k<br />
46 = 31+k<br />
46-31 = k<br />
k = 15<br />
=  15 in.<br />
The length of the unknown side is 15 in.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Perimeter = 21 centimeters<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9454" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-79.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 79" width="121" height="132" /><br />
y = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the unknown side is 7 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is 21 cm,<br />
and the lengths of the sides is 4 cm, 1 cm, 9 cm, y cm<br />
so the perimeter of the figure is<br />
p = 4 cm+ 1 cm+ 9 cm+ y cm<br />
21 = 14+ y<br />
y = 21 &#8211; 14<br />
y = 7<br />
=  7 cm.<br />
The length of the unknown side is 7 cm.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Perimeter = 41 meters<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9453" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-80.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 80" width="179" height="140" /><br />
y = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the unknown side is 8 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is 41 m,<br />
and the lengths of the sides is 3 m, 12 m, 10 m, 8 m, y m<br />
so the perimeter of the figure is<br />
p = 3+12+10+8+y<br />
41 = 33 + y<br />
y = 41-33<br />
y = 8<br />
=  8 m.<br />
The length of the unknown side is 8 m.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Perimeter = 12 feet<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9452" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-81.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 81" width="155" height="127" /><br />
d = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the sides of the triangle is 4 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the triangle is 12 feet,<br />
and the length of the side of the triangle is d ft,<br />
so the perimeter of the triangle is<br />
p = 3 a<br />
12 = 3 × d<br />
d = 12/3<br />
= 4 ft.<br />
The length of the sides of the triangle is 4 ft.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Perimeter = 50 inches<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9451" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-82.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 82" width="168" height="130" /><br />
k = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the sides of the Hexagon is 4 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the Hexagon is 50 inches,<br />
and the length of the side of the Hexagon is k in,<br />
so the perimeter of the hexagon is<br />
p = 5 a<br />
50 = 5 × k<br />
k = 50/5<br />
= 10 in.<br />
The length of the sides of the triangle is 10 in.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Each polygon has equal side lengths that are whole numbers. Which polygon could have a perimeter of 16 centimeters? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9450" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-83.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 83" width="393" height="94" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-83.png 393w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-83-300x72.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the sides of the octagon is 2 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above three polygons, the second figure is an octagon, which has eight sides.<br />
and the perimeter of the octagon is<br />
p = 8 a<br />
16 cm = 8 a<br />
a = 16 /8<br />
= 2 cm.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
The area of a square is 25 square inches. What is its perimeter?<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the square is 20 inches.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The area of the square is 25 square inches, so<br />
area = s^2<br />
25 = s^2<br />
s= 5 inches<br />
so the perimeter of the square is<br />
p = 4s<br />
= 4×5<br />
= 20 inches.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
The perimeter of the rectangular side walk is 260 meters. What are the lengths of the other three sides?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9449" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-84.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 84" width="219" height="50" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the other three sides is 10 m,10m,120 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangular side walk is 260 meters,<br />
and the length of the one side of the side walk is 120 m,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangular side walk is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
260 = 2 ( 120 + breadth)<br />
260/2 = 120 + breadth<br />
130 = 120 + breadth<br />
breadth = 130 &#8211; 120<br />
= 10 m.<br />
The length of the other three sides is 10 m,10m,120 m.</p>
<p>Question 10<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Two rectangular tables are pushed together. The perimeter is 40 feet. What are the lengths of the other three sides?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9448" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-85.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 85" width="243" height="172" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The other length of the side of the small rectangle is 3 ft.<br />
The other length of the side of the big rectangle is 5 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the apartment is 40 feet,<br />
first, we will take the big rectangle,<br />
as the opposite sides of the rectangle are equal<br />
and the length of the big rectangle is 5 ft<br />
so the other length is also 5 ft.<br />
as the perimeter of the small rectangle is 10 ft<br />
and the length of the one side of the rectangle is 2 ft<br />
so the other length of the small rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length+breadth)<br />
10 = 2(2 + breadth)<br />
10/2 = 2+ breadth<br />
5= 2 + breadth<br />
breadth= 5 &#8211; 2<br />
= 3 ft.<br />
The other length of the side is 3 ft.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Write the time. Write another way to say the time.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9447" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-86.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 86" width="143" height="214" /><br />
Answer:<br />
06: 48</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Another way to say time is 06: 48</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9446" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-87.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 87" width="141" height="216" /><br />
Answer:<br />
03: 24</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Another way to say time is 03: 24</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9445" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-88.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 88" width="142" height="207" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Another way to say the time is 11: 48</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_15_4_Same_Perimeter_Different_Areas"></a>Lesson 15.4 Same Perimeter, Different Areas</h3>
<p>Use color tiles to create two different rectangles that each have a perimeter of 16 units. Then draw your rectangles and label their dimensions. Do the rectangles have the same area? Explain how you know.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9444" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-89.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 89" width="299" height="259" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
No, the area of rectangle 1 and rectangle 2 is not the same.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16079" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-4-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area " width="251" height="251" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-4-3.png 251w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-4-3-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 251px) 100vw, 251px" /><br />
Given the perimeter of the rectangle is 16 units<br />
The length of rectangle 1 is 5 units<br />
and the breadth of rectangle 1 is 3 units<br />
so the area of rectangle 1 is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 5×3<br />
= 15 square units.<br />
The length of rectangle 2 is 6 units<br />
and the breadth of rectangle 2 is 2 units<br />
so the area of rectangle 2 is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 6×2<br />
= 12 square units.<br />
No, the area of rectangle 1 and rectangle 2 is not the same.</p>
<p><strong>Repeated Reasoning</strong><br />
Draw another rectangle that has the same perimeter but different dimensions. Compare the area of the new rectangle to the rectangles above. What do you notice?<br />
Answer:<br />
No, the area of rectangle 1 and rectangle 2 is not the same.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16080" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-4-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="243" height="243" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-4-4.png 243w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-4-4-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 243px) 100vw, 243px" /><br />
The length of rectangle 1 is 4 units<br />
and the breadth of rectangle 1 is 3 units<br />
the perimeter of rectangle 1 is<br />
p= 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(4+3)<br />
= 2(7)<br />
= 14 units.<br />
so the area of rectangle 1 is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 4×3<br />
= 12 square units.<br />
The length of rectangle 2 is 5 units<br />
and the breadth of rectangle 2 is 2 units<br />
the perimeter of rectangle 1 is<br />
p= 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(5+2)<br />
= 2(7)<br />
= 14 units.<br />
so the area of rectangle 2 is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 5×2<br />
= 10 square units.<br />
No, the area of rectangle 1 and rectangle 2 is not the same.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow : Same Perimeter, Different Areas</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example :</strong><br />
Find the perimeter and the area of Rectangle A. Draw a different rectangle that has the same perimeter. Which rectangle has the greater area?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9443" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-90.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 90" width="248" height="285" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9442" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-91.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 91" width="349" height="291" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-91.png 349w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-91-300x250.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 349px) 100vw, 349px" /><br />
Rectangle ___ has a greater area.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 20 m<br />
and the area of the rectangle A is 24 m<sup>2</sup><br />
The perimeter of rectangle B is 20 m<br />
and the area of the rectangle B is 16 m<sup>2</sup><br />
The rectangle A has a greater area.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the rectangle is 6m<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 4m,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2(6 + 4)<br />
= 2(10)<br />
= 20 m.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
a = length × breadth<br />
= 6 × 4<br />
= 24 m<sup>2</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14853" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-3-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area " width="276" height="195" /></p>
<p>we can see in the above figure another rectangle with a length of 8m,<br />
and the breadth is 2m,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(8 + 2)<br />
= 2(10)<br />
= 20 m.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 8×2<br />
= 16 m<sup>2</sup><br />
So the rectangle A has a greater area.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Find the perimeter and area of Rectangle A. Draw a different rectangle that has the same perimeter. Which rectangle has the greater area?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9441" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-92.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 92" width="265" height="80" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Area = ___<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9440" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-93.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 93" width="285" height="119" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Area = ___<br />
Rectangle ___ has the greater area.<br />
Answer:The perimeter of the rectangle A is 14 in<br />
and the area of the rectangle A is 10 in<sup>2</sup><br />
The perimeter of rectangle B is 14 in<br />
and the area of the rectangle B is 12 in<sup>2</sup><br />
The rectangle B has a greater area.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the rectangle is 5 in<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 2 in,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2(5 + 2)<br />
= 2(7)<br />
= 14 in.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
a = length × breadth<br />
= 5×2<br />
= 10 in<sup>2</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14854" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-3-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="284" height="199" /></p>
<p>we can see in the above figure another rectangle with a length of 4 in,<br />
and the breadth is 3 in,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(4 + 3)<br />
= 2(7)<br />
= 14 in.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 4×3<br />
= 12 in<sup>2</sup><br />
So the rectangle B has a greater area.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Find the perimeter and area of Rectangle A. Draw a different rectangle that has the same perimeter. Which rectangle has the greater area?</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Rectangle A<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9439" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-94.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 94" width="213" height="56" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Area = ___<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9438" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-95.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 95" width="236" height="158" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Area = ___<br />
Rectangle ___ has the greater area.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 22 cm<br />
and the area of the rectangle A is 11 cm<sup>2</sup><br />
The perimeter of rectangle B is 22 cm<br />
and the area of the rectangle B is 30 cm<sup>2</sup><br />
The rectangle B has a greater area.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the rectangle is 10 cm,<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 1 cm,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2(10 + 1)<br />
= 2(11)<br />
= 22 cm.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
a = length × breadth<br />
= 11 × 1<br />
= 11 cm<sup>2</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14855" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="293" height="215" /></p>
<p>we can see in the above figure another rectangle with a length of 6 cm,<br />
and the breadth is 5 cm,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(6 + 5)<br />
= 2(11)<br />
= 22 cm.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 6×5<br />
= 30 cm<sup>2</sup><br />
So the rectangle B has a greater area.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Rectangle A<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9437" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-96.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 96" width="109" height="148" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Area = ___</p>
<p>Rectangle B<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9436" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-97.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 97" width="190" height="126" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Area = ___<br />
Rectangle ___ has the greater area<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 20 m<br />
and the area of the rectangle A is 21 m<sup>2</sup><br />
The perimeter of rectangle B is 20 m<br />
and the area of the rectangle B is 24 m<sup>2</sup><br />
The rectangle B has a greater area.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the rectangle is 7 m,<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 3 m,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2(7 + 3)<br />
= 2(10)<br />
= 20 m.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
a = length × breadth<br />
= 7 × 3<br />
= 21 m<sup>2</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14856" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-3-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area " width="293" height="210" /></p>
<p>we can see in the above figure another rectangle with a length of 6 m,<br />
and the breadth is 4 m,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(6 + 4)<br />
= 2(10)<br />
= 20 m.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 6×4<br />
= 24 m<sup>2</sup><br />
So the rectangle B has a greater area.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
MP Structure<br />
Draw a rectangle that has the same perimeter as the one shown, but with a lesser area. What is the area ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9435" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-98.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 98" width="549" height="113" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-98.png 549w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-98-300x62.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 549px) 100vw, 549px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 26 ft<br />
and the area of the rectangle A is 40 ft<sup>2</sup><br />
The perimeter of rectangle B is 26 ft<br />
and the area of the rectangle B is 30 ft<sup>2</sup><br />
The rectangle B has a greater area.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the rectangle is 5 ft,<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 8 ft,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2(5 + 8)<br />
= 2(13)<br />
= 26 ft.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
a = length × breadth<br />
= 5 × 8<br />
= 40 ft</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14857" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-3-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area " width="294" height="207" /></p>
<p>we can see in the above figure another rectangle with a length of 10 ft,<br />
and the breadth is 3 ft,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(10 + 3)<br />
= 2(13)<br />
= 26 ft.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 10×3<br />
= 30 ft<sup>2</sup><br />
So the rectangle A has a greater area.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>A paleontologist has 12 meters of twine to rope off a rectangular section of the ground. How long and wide should she make the roped-off section so it has the greatest possible area?<br />
Draw to show:<br />
She should make the roped-off section ___ meters long and ___ meters wide.<br />
Answer:<br />
She should make the roped-off section 4 meters long and 2 meters wide.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that a paleontologist has 12 meters of twine to rope off a rectangular section,<br />
so if we take the length as 4 m and width as 2 m then we can get the greatest possible area,<br />
so the area of the rectangular section is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 4 m ×2 m<br />
= 8 m<sup>2</sup></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Newton has 16 feet of wood to make a rectangular sandbox. How long and wide should he make the sandbox so it has the greatest possible area?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9434" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-99.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 99" width="189" height="125" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The greatest possible area of the rectangular sandbox is 15 ft<sup>2</sup></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As Newton has 16 feet of wood to make a rectangular sandbox,<br />
so let the length be 5 ft and the wide be 3 ft to get the greatest possible area,<br />
so the area of the rectangular sandbox is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 5 ft × 3 ft<br />
= 15 ft<sup>2</sup><br />
The greatest possible area of the rectangular sandbox is 15 ft<sup>2</sup></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You and Newton are building forts. You each have the same length of rope to make a rectangular perimeter for the forton the ground. Your roped-off section is shown. Newton’s section has a greater area than yours. Draw one way Newton could rope off his fort.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9433" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-100.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 100" width="103" height="152" /></p>
<p>Descartes also builds a fort. He has the same length of rope as you to make a perimeter around his fort. Descartes’s roped-off section has a lesser area than yours. Draw one way Descartes could rope off his fort.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
Refer the below for detailed explanation.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the rope is 7 ft<br />
and the breadth of the rope is 3 ft<br />
the perimeter is<br />
p = 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(7+3)<br />
= 2(10)<br />
= 20 ft.<br />
The area of the rectangle is<br />
area= length×breadth<br />
= 7×3<br />
= 21 square feet.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16338" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-541.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="279" height="211" /><br />
Let the length of the Newton&#8217;s rope is 6 ft<br />
and the breadth of the Newton&#8217;s rope is 4 ft<br />
the perimeter is<br />
p = 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(6+4)<br />
= 2(10)<br />
= 20 ft.<br />
The area of the rectangle is<br />
area= length×breadth<br />
= 6×4<br />
= 24 square feet.<br />
And here Newton&#8217;s area is greater.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16340" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-543.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area " width="283" height="219" /></p>
<p>Let the length of the Descarte&#8217;s rope is 8 ft<br />
and the breadth of the Descarte&#8217;s rope is 2 ft<br />
the perimeter is<br />
p = 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(8+2)<br />
= 2(10)<br />
= 20 ft.<br />
The area of the rectangle is<br />
area= length×breadth<br />
= 8×2<br />
= 16 square feet.<br />
And here Descartes area is lesser.</p>
<h3><a id="Same_Perimeter_Different_Areas_Homework_&amp;_Practice_15_4"></a>Same Perimeter, Different Areas Homework &amp; Practice 15.4</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Find the perimeter and the area of Rectangle A. Draw a different rectangle that has the same perimeter? Which rectangle has the greater area?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9432" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-101.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 101" width="308" height="117" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-101.png 308w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-101-300x114.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 308px) 100vw, 308px" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Area = ___<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9431" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-102.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 102" width="326" height="104" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-102.png 326w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-102-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Area = ___<br />
Rectangle __ has the greater area.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 7 cm<br />
and the area of the rectangle A is 24 cm<sup>2</sup><br />
The perimeter of rectangle B is 26 ft<br />
and the area of the rectangle B is 30 ft2<br />
The rectangle B has a greater area.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the rectangle is 7 cm,<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 5 cm,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2(7 + 5)<br />
= 2(12)<br />
= 24 cm.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
a = length × breadth<br />
= 7 × 5<br />
= 35 cm<sup>2</sup>.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16341" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-545.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="278" height="221" /></p>
<p>we can see in the above figure rectangle with a length of 6.5 cm,<br />
and the breadth is 5.5 cm,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(6.5 + 5.5)<br />
= 2(12)<br />
= 24 ft.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 6.5×5.5<br />
= 35.75 square feet<br />
So the rectangle B has a greater area.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<strong>Patterns</strong><br />
Complete the pattern. Find the area of each rectangle.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9430" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-103.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 103" width="608" height="90" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-103.png 608w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-103-300x44.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 608px) 100vw, 608px" /><br />
Each rectangle has the same perimeter. As the area increases, what do you notice about the shape of the rectangle?<br />
Answer:<br />
As the area increases the shape of the figure was changed, we can see the figure was changed from rectangle to square.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we know that the perimeter of the above figure is the same,<br />
so the perimeter of the above figures is<br />
p = 2 (length + breadth)<br />
= 2 (1 m+9 m)<br />
= 2(10 m)<br />
= 20 m.<br />
So, the perimeter of the above figures is 20 m.<br />
The area of figure 1 is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 1 m × 9 m<br />
= 9 m<sup>2</sup>.<br />
The area of figure 2 is<br />
= 8m × 2m<br />
= 16 m<sup>2</sup>.<br />
The area of figure 3 is<br />
= 7m × 3m<br />
= 21 m<sup>2</sup>.<br />
Let the length of figure 4 be 6m and the breadth be 4m,<br />
The area of figure 4 is<br />
= 6m × 4m<br />
= 24 m<sup>2</sup>.<br />
Let the length of figure 5 be 5m and the breadth be 5m,<br />
The area of figure 5 is<br />
= 5m × 5m<br />
= 25 m<sup>2</sup>.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You are making a card with a 36-centimeter ribbon border. How long and wide should you make the card so you have the greatest possible area to write?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9429" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-104.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 104" width="126" height="95" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The length and the breadth of the card is 9 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the card with a ribbon border is 36 cm<br />
so the length of the card is<br />
p =4a<br />
36 = 4a<br />
a= 36/4<br />
= 9 cm.<br />
The length and the breadth of the card is 9 cm.<br />
The area of the card is<br />
a = length×breadth<br />
= 9×9<br />
= 81 square cm.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A school has two rectangular playgrounds that each have the same perimeter. The first playground is shown. The second has a lesser area than the first. Draw one way the second playground could look.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9428" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-105.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 105" width="219" height="174" /></p>
<p>The school builds another playground. It has the same perimeter as the ﬁrst. The third playground has a greater area than the ﬁrst. Draw one way the third playground could look<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16450" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-547.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area " width="278" height="173" /></p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
2 × 30 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
60</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On multiplying 2 × 30 we will get 60.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
6 × 20 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
120</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On multiplying 6 × 20 we will get 120.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
3 × 90 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
270</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On multiplying 3 × 90 we will get 270.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_15_5_Same_Area_Different_Perimeters"></a>Lesson 15.5 Same Area, Different Perimeters</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Use color tiles to create two different rectangles that each have an area of 18 square units. Then draw your rectangles and label their dimensions. Do the rectangles have the same perimeter? Explain how you know<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9427" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-106.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 106" width="306" height="254" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-106.png 306w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-106-300x249.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 306px) 100vw, 306px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By comparing the perimeters of both rectangles, we can see that the perimeters are not the same.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16536" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-551.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="236" height="241" /><br />
In the above figure, we can see two colored rectangles<br />
the length of rectangle 1 is 6 units<br />
and the breadth of rectangle 1 is 3 units<br />
so the perimeter of rectangle 1 is<br />
p = 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(6+3)<br />
= 2(9)<br />
= 18 units<br />
and the area of rectangle 1 is<br />
area= length×breadth<br />
= 6×3<br />
= 18 square units<br />
The length of rectangle 2 is 9 units<br />
and the breadth of rectangle 2 is 2 units<br />
so the perimeter of rectangle 2 is<br />
p = 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(9+2)<br />
= 2(11)<br />
= 22 units.<br />
and the area of rectangle 2 is<br />
area= length×breadth<br />
= 9×2<br />
= 18 square units.<br />
By comparing the perimeters of both rectangles, we can see that the perimeters are not the same.</p>
<p><strong>Repeated Reasoning</strong><br />
As the perimeter increases and the area stays the same, what do you notice about the shape of the rectangle?</p>
<p>Think and Grow : Same Area, Different Perimeters</p>
<p>Example<br />
Find the area and the perimeter of Rectangle A. Draw a different rectangle that has the same area. Which rectangle has the lesser perimeter?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9426" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-107.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 107" width="262" height="64" /><br />
Area = 2 × 6<br />
= _____<br />
Perimeter = 6 + 2 + 6 + 2<br />
= ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9425" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-108.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 108" width="352" height="86" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-108.png 352w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-108-300x73.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 352px) 100vw, 352px" /><br />
Area = ___ × ___<br />
= ____<br />
Perimeter = ___ + ___ + ___ + ___<br />
= ____<br />
Rectangle ___ has the lesser perimeter.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 16 ft<br />
and the area of the rectangle A is 12 ft<sup>2</sup><br />
The perimeter of rectangle B is 14 ft<br />
and the area of the rectangle B is 12 ft<sup>2</sup><br />
The rectangle A has a lesser area.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the rectangle is 6 ft,<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 2 ft,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2(6 + 2)<br />
= 2(8)<br />
= 16 ft.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
a = length × breadth<br />
= 6 × 2<br />
= 12 ft<sup>2</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16064" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-531.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="263" height="164" /><br />
we can see in the above figure rectangle B and the length be 4 ft,<br />
and the breadth be 3ft,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(4 + 3)<br />
= 2(7)<br />
= 14 ft.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 4×3<br />
= 12 ft<sup>2</sup><br />
So the rectangle A has a lesser area.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Find the area and the perimeter of Rectangle A. Draw a different rectangle that has the same area. Which rectangle has the lesser perimeter?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9424" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-109.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 109" width="276" height="141" /><br />
Area = ___<br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9423" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-110.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 110" width="328" height="165" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-110.png 328w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-110-300x151.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 328px) 100vw, 328px" /><br />
Area = ___<br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Rectangle __ has the lesser perimeter.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 16 ft<br />
and the area of the rectangle A is 12 ft<sup>2</sup><br />
The perimeter of rectangle B is 14 ft<br />
and the area of the rectangle B is 12 ft<sup>2</sup><br />
The rectangle A has a lesser area.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the rectangle is 6 cm,<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 6 cm,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2(6 + 6)<br />
= 2(12)<br />
= 24 cm.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
a = length × breadth<br />
= 6 × 6<br />
= 36 cm<sup>2</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16065" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-533.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area " width="262" height="159" /></p>
<p>we can see in the above figure rectangle B and the length be 9 cm,<br />
and the breadth be 4 cm,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(9 + 4)<br />
= 2(13)<br />
= 26 cm.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 9×4<br />
= 36 cm<sup>2</sup><br />
So the rectangle A has a lesser perimeter.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Find the area and the perimeter of Rectangle A. Drawa different rectangle that has the same area. Which rectangle has the lesser perimeter?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Rectangle A<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9422" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-111.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 111" width="210" height="67" /><br />
Area = ___<br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Rectangle B<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9421" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-112.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 112" width="204" height="119" /><br />
Area = ___<br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Rectangle ___ has the lesser perimeter.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 24 in<br />
and the area of the rectangle A is 20 in<sup>2</sup><br />
The perimeter of rectangle B is 18 in<br />
and the area of the rectangle B is 20 in<sup>2</sup><br />
The rectangle B has a lesser perimeter.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the rectangle is 10 in,<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 2 in,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2(10 + 2)<br />
= 2(12)<br />
= 24 in.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
a = length × breadth<br />
= 10 × 2<br />
= 20 in<sup>2</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16066" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-535.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="265" height="163" /></p>
<p>we can see in the above figure rectangle B and the length be 5 in,<br />
and the breadth be 4 in,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(5 + 4)<br />
= 2(9)<br />
= 18 in.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 5×4<br />
= 20 in<sup>2</sup><br />
So the rectangle B has a lesser perimeter.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Rectangle A<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9420" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-113.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 113" width="118" height="66" /><br />
Area = ___<br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Rectangle B<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9419" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-114.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 114" width="202" height="114" /><br />
Area = ___<br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Rectangle ___ has the lesser perimeter.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 12 m<br />
and the area of the rectangle A is 8 m<sup>2</sup><br />
The perimeter of rectangle B is 18 m<br />
and the area of the rectangle B is 8 m<sup>2</sup><br />
The rectangle A has a lesser perimeter.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the rectangle is 4 m,<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 2 m,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2(4 + 2)<br />
= 2(6)<br />
= 12 m.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
a = length × breadth<br />
= 4 × 2<br />
= 8 m<sup>2</sup></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16067" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-537.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area" width="266" height="160" /></p>
<p>we can see in the above figure rectangle B and the length be 8 m,<br />
and the breadth be 1 m,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length + breadth)<br />
= 2(8+ 1)<br />
= 2(9)<br />
= 18 m.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
= 8×1<br />
= 8 m<sup>2</sup><br />
So the rectangle A has a lesser perimeter.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
The perimeter of a blue rectangle is 10 feet. The perimeter of a green rectangle is 14 feet. Both rectangles have the same area. Find the area and the dimensions of each rectangle.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the blue rectangle is 10 ft and<br />
the perimeter of the green rectangle is 14 ft</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>You have 40 square patio bricks that are each 1 foot long and 1 foot wide. You want to make a rectangular patio with all of the bricks. How long and wide should you make the patio so it has the least possible perimeter?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9418" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-115.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 115" width="139" height="100" /><br />
Draw to show:<br />
You should make the patio ___ feet long and ___ feet wide.<br />
Answer:<br />
You should make the patio 8 feet long and 5 feet wide.<br />
The least possible perimeter is 26 feet.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16537" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-553.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area " width="239" height="239" /><br />
As there are 40 square patio bricks and each brick is 1 foot long and 1 foot wide<br />
so to make a rectangular patio we need<br />
the length of the rectangular patio be 8 feet<br />
and the breadth of the rectangular patio be 5 feet<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangular patio is<br />
p= 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(8+5)<br />
= 2(13)<br />
= 26 feet.<br />
The least possible perimeter is 26 feet.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Your friend has 16 square foam tiles that are each 1 foot long and 1 foot wide. He wants to make a rectangular exercise space with all of the tiles. How long and wide should he make the exercise space so it has the least possible perimeter?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9417" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-116.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 116" width="130" height="99" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The least possible perimeter is 16 feet.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 16 square foam tiles and each foam tile is 1 foot long and 1 foot wide<br />
so to make an exercise space we need<br />
the length of the exercise space be 4 feet<br />
and the breadth of the exercise space be 4 feet<br />
so the perimeter of the exercise space is<br />
p= 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(4+4)<br />
= 2(8)<br />
= 16 feet.<br />
The least possible perimeter is 16 feet.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You and your friend each use fencing to make a rectangular playpen for a puppy. Each pen has the same area. Your pen is shown. Your friend’s pen uses less fencing than yours. Draw one way your friend could make her pen.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9416" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-117.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 117" width="121" height="307" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-117.png 121w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-117-118x300.png 118w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 121px) 100vw, 121px" /></p>
<p>Your cousin makes a playpen for a puppy. His pen has the same area as your pen. Your cousin’s pen uses more fencing than yours. Draw one way your cousin could make his pen.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<h3><a id="Same_Area_Different_Perimeters_Homework_&amp;_Practice_15_5"></a>Same Area, Different Perimeters Homework &amp; Practice 15.5</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Find the area and the perimeter of Rectangle A. Drawa different rectangle that has the same area. Which rectangle has the lesser perimeter?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9415" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-118.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 118" width="291" height="97" /><br />
Area = ___<br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9414" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-119.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 119" width="329" height="150" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-119.png 329w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-119-300x137.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 329px) 100vw, 329px" /><br />
Area = ___<br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Rectangle __ has the lesser perimeter.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of rectangle A is 4 in<br />
and the area of rectangle A is 20 square inches.<br />
It is not possible to draw a rectangle that has the same area and different perimeter.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the rectangle is 4 in,<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 4 in,<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2(4+4)<br />
= 2(8)<br />
= 16 in.<br />
And the area of the rectangle is<br />
a = length × breadth<br />
= 4 × 4<br />
= 16 square inches.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
The dimensions of a rectangle are 4 feet by 10 feet. Which shape has the same area, but a different perimeter?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9413" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-120.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 120" width="553" height="87" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-120.png 553w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-120-300x47.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 553px) 100vw, 553px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The yellow shape rectangle has the same area and different perimeter.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the dimensions of the rectangle are 4 feet by 10 feet<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p= 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(4+10)<br />
= 2(14)<br />
= 28 feet.<br />
The area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length×breadth<br />
= 10×4<br />
= 40 square feet.<br />
Here, we can see the yellow rectangle has a length of 8 feet<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 5 feet<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2(length+beadth)<br />
= 2(8+5)<br />
= 2(13)<br />
= 26 feet.<br />
and the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length×breadth<br />
= 8×5<br />
= 40 square feet.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
MP Reasoning<br />
The two ﬁelds have the same area. Players run one lap around each ﬁeld. At which ﬁeld do the players run farther?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9412" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-121.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 121" width="160" height="131" /><br />
Answer:<br />
As the perimeter of field A is greater than field B so in field A the players run father.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the length of field A is 10m<br />
and the breadth of field A is 2m<br />
so the perimeter of field A is<br />
p = 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(10+2)<br />
= 2(12)<br />
= 24 m.<br />
and the area of field A is<br />
area= length×breadth<br />
= 10×2<br />
= 20 square meters.<br />
Let the length of field B is 5m<br />
and the breadth of field B is 4m<br />
so the perimeter of field B is<br />
p = 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(5+4)<br />
= 2(9)<br />
= 18 m.<br />
and the area of field A is<br />
area= length×breadth<br />
= 5×4<br />
= 20 square meters.<br />
As the perimeter of field A is greater than field B so in field A the players run father.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You have 24 square pieces of T-shirt that are each 1 foot long and 1 foot wide. You want to make a rectangular T-shirt quilt with all of the pieces. How long and wide should you make the quilt so it has the least possible perimeter?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9411" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-122.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 122" width="113" height="124" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The least possible perimeter is 20 feet.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 24 square pieces of T-shirt and each was 1 foot long and 1 foot wide<br />
so to make a rectangular T-shirt quilt with all of the pieces we need<br />
the length of the rectangular T-shirt quilt be 6 feet<br />
and the breadth of the rectangular T-shirt quilt be 4 feet<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangular T-shirt quilt is<br />
p= 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(6+4)<br />
= 2(10)<br />
= 20 feet.<br />
The least possible perimeter is 20 feet.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You and Descartes each have40 cobblestone tiles to arrange in to a rectangular pathway. Your pathway is shown. Descartes’s pathway has a lesser perimeter than yours. Draw one way Descartes could make his pathway.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9410" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-123.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 123" width="137" height="192" /><br />
Newton also makes a rectangular pathway with 40 cobblestone tiles. His pathway has a greater perimeter than yours. Draw one way Newton could make his pathway.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Identify the number of right angles and pairs of parallel sides.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9409" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-124.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 124" width="64" height="57" /><br />
Right angles: ___<br />
Pairs of Parallel sides: ___<br />
Answer:<br />
Right angles: 1<br />
Pairs of Parallel sides: 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above figure, we can see there are the right angle is 1, and the pairs of parallel sides are 2.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9408" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-125.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 125" width="80" height="54" /><br />
Right angles: ___<br />
Pairs of parallel sides: ____<br />
Answer:<br />
Right angles: 4.<br />
Pairs of Parallel sides: 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above figure, we can see there are the right angle is 4, and the pairs of parallel sides are 2.</p>
<h3><a id="Find_Perimeter_and_Area_Performance_Task"></a>Find Perimeter and Area Performance Task</h3>
<p>You and your cousin build a tree house.</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
The ﬂoor of the tree house is in the shape of a quadrilateral with parallel sides that are 4 feet long and 10 feet long. The other 2 sides are equal in length. The perimeter is 24 feet. Sketch the ﬂoor and label all of the side lengths.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9672" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-151.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 151" width="360" height="457" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-151.png 360w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-151-236x300.png 236w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the sides is 6 feet.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the floor is 24 feet<br />
so the length of the floor be 6 feet<br />
as the two other sides are also equal<br />
so the other side length also be 6 feet<br />
and let&#8217;s check the perimeter<br />
p = 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(6+6)<br />
= 2(12)<br />
= 24 feet.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Each rectangular wall of the tree house is 5 feet tall. How many square feet of wood is needed for all of the walls?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
You cut out a door in the shape of a rectangle with sides that are whole numbers. Its area is 8 square feet. What is the height of the door?<br />
Answer:<br />
The height of the rectangular door is 4 feet.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The area of the rectangular shape door is 8 square feet<br />
as the sides of the rectangular door are whole numbers<br />
so the length rectangular door be 4 feet<br />
and the breadth be 2 feet<br />
then we can get the area 8 square feet<br />
let&#8217;s check the area<br />
area = length×breadth<br />
= 4×2<br />
= 8 square feet.<br />
So the height of the rectangular door is 4 feet.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
You want to paint the ﬂoor and walls on the inside of your tree house. The area of the ﬂoor is 28 square feet. Each quart of paint covers 100 square feet.<br />
a. How many quarts of paint do you need to buy?<br />
b. Do you have enough paint to paint the outside walls of the tree house? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9671" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-152.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 152" width="204" height="282" /><br />
Answer:<br />
a. 2,800 square feet quarts of paint we need to buy.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. The area of the ﬂoor is 28 square feet and each quart of paint covers 100 square feet, so we need to buy<br />
28×100= 2,800 square feet quarts of paint.</p>
<p>b.</p>
<h3><a id="Find_Perimeter_and_Area_Activity"></a>Find Perimeter and Area Activity</h3>
<p><strong>Perimeter Roll and Conquer</strong><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9670" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-153.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 153" width="212" height="243" /><br />
Directions:<br />
1. Players take turns rolling two dice.<br />
2. On your turn, draw a rectangle on the board using the numbers on the dice as the side lengths. Your rectangle cannot cover another rectangle.<br />
3. Write an equation toﬁnd the perimeter of the rectangle.<br />
4. If you cannot ﬁt a rectangle on the board, then you lose your turn. Play 10 rounds, if possible.<br />
5. Add all of your rectangles’ perimeters together. The player with the greatest sum wins!<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9669" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-154.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 154" width="676" height="625" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-154.png 676w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-154-300x277.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<h3><a id="Find_Perimeter_and_Area_Chapter_Practice"></a>Find Perimeter and Area Chapter Practice</h3>
<p><strong>15.1 Understand Perimeter</strong></p>
<p>Find the perimeter of the figure</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9668" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-156.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 156" width="223" height="129" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle is 18 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above figure, we can see the rectangle<br />
with a length of 5 cm,<br />
and the breadth of 4 cm<br />
the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2 (length + breadth)<br />
= 2 (5+4)<br />
= 2(9)<br />
= 18 cm.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9667" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-157.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 157" width="211" height="135" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is 26 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the above figure,<br />
we will add the lengths of all sides of the figure<br />
the sides of the above figure is 2 ft, 8 ft, 3 ft, 2 ft, 2 ft, 2 ft, 1 ft, 1 ft, 2 ft, 3 ft<br />
the perimeter of the above figure is<br />
p = 2+8+3+2+2+2+1+1+2+3<br />
= 26 ft.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Draw a figure that has a perimeter of 10 inches.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9666" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-158.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 158" width="216" height="102" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>15.2 Find Perimeter of Polygons</strong></p>
<p>Find the perimeter of the polygon</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9665" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-159.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 159" width="184" height="129" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the polygon is 33 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the polygon, we will add all the sides of the polygon<br />
so the sides of the polygon are 9 cm, 6 cm, 8 cm, 10 cm<br />
the perimeter of the polygon is<br />
p = 9 cm +6 cm +8 cm +10 cm<br />
= 33 cm.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9664" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-160.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 160" width="147" height="138" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the figure is 27 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the perimeter of the figure, we will add all the sides of the figure<br />
so the sides of the perimeter is 5 ft, 11 ft, 7 ft, 3 ft, 1 ft<br />
the perimeter of the figure is<br />
p = 5 ft+11 ft+ 7 ft+3 ft+1 ft<br />
= 27 ft.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Parallelogram<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9663" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-161.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 161" width="181" height="92" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the parallelogram is 12 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the parallelogram is 4 m<br />
and the breadth of the parallelogram is 2 m<br />
the perimeter of the parallelogram is<br />
p = 2 (length + breadth)<br />
= 2( 4 m+ 2 m)<br />
= 2(6 m)<br />
= 12 m</p>
<p>Find the perimeter of the polygon</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Rhombus<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9662" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-162.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 162" width="154" height="93" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rhombus is 36 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the length of the side of the rhombus is 9 cm<br />
and the perimeter of the rhombus is<br />
p = 4a<br />
= 4× 9 cm<br />
= 36 cm.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Rectangle<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9661" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-163.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 163" width="167" height="105" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle is 26 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the rectangle is 5 inch<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 8  inch<br />
the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length + breadth)<br />
= 2( 5 in+ 8 in)<br />
= 2(13 in)<br />
= 26 in.<br />
So the perimeter of the rectangle is 26 in.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Square<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9660" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-164.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 164" width="111" height="114" /><br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the square is 28 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the square is 7 ft<br />
so the perimeter of the square is<br />
perimeter= 4a<br />
= 4×7<br />
= 28 ft.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life </strong><br />
You want to put lace around the tops of the two rectangular lampshades. How many centimeters of lace do you need?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9659" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-165.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 165" width="376" height="150" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-165.png 376w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-165-300x120.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 376px) 100vw, 376px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
We need 1,120 square centimeters.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the rectangular lampshades is 35 cm<br />
The breadth of the rectangular lampshades is 32 cm<br />
and the area of the rectangular lampshades is<br />
area= length×breadth<br />
= 32×35<br />
= 1,120 square cm.<br />
So 1,120 square centimeters of lace you need.</p>
<p><strong>15.3 Find Unknown Side Lengths</strong></p>
<p>Find the unknown side length.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Perimeter = 22 feet<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9658" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-166.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 166" width="120" height="111" /><br />
d = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the other side is 9 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the above figure is 22 feet<br />
and the length of the sides of the figure is 6 ft, 7 ft, d ft<br />
so the perimeter of the figure is<br />
p = 6 ft+ 7 ft+ d ft<br />
22  ft = 13 ft + d ft<br />
d = 22 ft &#8211; 13 ft<br />
= 9 ft.<br />
So, the length of the other side is 9 ft.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
Perimeter = 31 inches<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9657" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-167.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 167" width="160" height="198" /><br />
k = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the other side is 5 in.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the above figure is 31 inches<br />
and the length of the sides of the figure is 10 in, 4 in, 12 in and k in.<br />
so the perimeter of the figure is<br />
p = 10 in+ 4 in+ 12 in+k in<br />
31 in = 26 in + k in<br />
k = 31 in &#8211; 26 in<br />
= 5 in.<br />
So, the length of the other side is 5 in.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
Perimeter = 34 meters<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9656" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-168.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 168" width="191" height="149" /><br />
y = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the other side is 7 m.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the above figure is 34 meters<br />
and the length of the sides of the figure is 11 m, 8 m, 2 m, 1 m, 5 m, y m.<br />
so the perimeter of the figure is<br />
p = 11 m+ 8 m+ 2 m+ 1 m+ 5 m+ y m<br />
34 m = 27 m + y m<br />
y = 34 m &#8211; 27 m<br />
= 7 m.<br />
So, the length of the other side is 7 m.</p>
<p>Find the unknown side length.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
Perimeter = 24 feet<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9655" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-169.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 169" width="150" height="128" /><br />
k = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the sides of the triangle is 8 feet.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the triangle is 24 feet<br />
and the perimeter of the triangle is<br />
p = 3a<br />
24 feet = 3a<br />
a= 24/3<br />
= 8 feet.<br />
So, the length of the sides of the triangle is 8 feet.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
Perimeter = 16 meters<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9654" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-170.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 170" width="159" height="128" /><br />
y = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the sides of the square is 4 meters.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the triangle is 16 meters<br />
and the perimeter of the triangle is<br />
p = 4a<br />
16 meters = 4a<br />
a= 16/4<br />
= 4 meters.<br />
So, the length of the sides of the triangle is 4 meters.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
Perimeter = 30 inches<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9653" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-171.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 171" width="168" height="130" /><br />
d = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the sides of the pentagon is 6 inches.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The perimeter of the pentagon is 30 inches<br />
and the perimeter of the pentagon is<br />
p = 5a<br />
30 inches = 5a<br />
d= 30/5<br />
= 6 inches.<br />
So, the length of the sides of the pentagon is 6 inches.</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 16px;">Question 17.</span></p>
<p><strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
A rectangle has a perimeter of 38 centimeters. The left side length is 10 centimeters. What is the length of the top side?<br />
Answer:<br />
The length of the top side is 9 cm.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the rectangle is 38 cm and<br />
the left side length is 10 cm<br />
Let the length of the top side be X, so<br />
perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p = 2( length +breadth)<br />
38 = 2(10+X)<br />
38/2 = 10 + X<br />
19 = 10 + X<br />
X = 19 &#8211; 10<br />
= 9 cm.<br />
So the length of the top side is 9 cm.</p>
<p><strong>15.4 Same Perimeter, Different Area</strong></p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
Find the perimeter and area of Rectangle A. Drawa different rectangle that has the same perimeter. Which rectangle has the greater area?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9652" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-172.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 172" width="189" height="146" /><br />
Perimeter = ____<br />
Area = ___<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9651" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-173.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 173" width="226" height="153" /><br />
Perimeter = ____<br />
Area = ___<br />
Rectangle ___ has the greater area.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 14 m<br />
The area of the rectangle A is 10 square meters<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle B is 14 m<br />
The area of the rectangle B is 12 square meters<br />
The rectangle B has greater area.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the rectangle is 5m<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 2m<br />
the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p= 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(5+2)<br />
= 2(7)<br />
= 14 m<br />
and the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length×breadth<br />
= 2×5<br />
= 10 square meters.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-16682" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area img 27" width="235" height="237" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area.png 235w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 235px) 100vw, 235px" /></p>
<p>In the above image, we can see the length of the rectangle is 4 m<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 3 m<br />
so the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p= 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(4+3)<br />
= 2(7)<br />
= 14 m.<br />
and the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length×breadth<br />
= 4×3<br />
= 12 square meters.<br />
The rectangle B has greater area.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
<strong>Patterns</strong><br />
Each Rectangle has the same perimeter. Are the areas increasing or decreasing ? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9650" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-174.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 174" width="571" height="69" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-174.png 571w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-174-300x36.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
As we can see in the above images the length of the images was increasing one by one and the breadth is decreasing, so the areas increasing or decreasing will depend upon the breadth of the rectangle. So, if the breadth is also increasing then the area will also be increasing. And if the breadth was decreasing then the area will also be decreasing.</p>
<p><strong>15.5 Same Area, Different Perimeters</strong></p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
Find the area and the perimeter of Rectangle A. Drawa different rectangle that has the same area. Which rectangle has the lesser perimeter?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9649" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-175.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 175" width="254" height="164" /><br />
Area = ___<br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9648" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-176.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 176" width="244" height="191" /><br />
Area = ___<br />
Perimeter = ___<br />
Rectangle ___ has the lesser perimeter.<br />
Answer:<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle A is 14 m<br />
The area of the rectangle A is 10 square meters<br />
The perimeter of the rectangle B is 14 m<br />
The area of the rectangle B is 12 square meters<br />
The rectangle B has greater area.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the rectangle is 10 in<br />
and the breadth of the rectangle is 5 in<br />
the perimeter of the rectangle is<br />
p= 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(10+5)<br />
= 2(15)<br />
= 30 in<br />
and the area of the rectangle is<br />
area = length×breadth<br />
= 10×5<br />
= 50 square inches.</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
The two dirt-bike parks have the same area. Kids ride dirt bikes around the outside of each park. At which park do the kids ride farther ? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9647" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-177.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 177" width="237" height="104" /><br />
Answer:<br />
As the length of the park B is longer, so at the park B kids rid farther than the park A.</p>
<h3><a id="Find_Perimeter_and_Area_Cumulative_practice_1_15"></a>Find Perimeter and Area Cumulative practice 1 &#8211; 15</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
A mango has a mass that is 369 grams greater than the apple. What is the mass of the mango?<br />
A. 471 grams<br />
B. 369 grams<br />
C. 267 grams<br />
D. 461 grams<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9646" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-178.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 178" width="227" height="173" /><br />
Answer:<br />
B.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The mass of the mango is 369 grams greater than apple</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Which term describes two of the shapes shown, but all three of the shapes?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9645" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-179.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 179" width="322" height="72" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-179.png 322w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-179-300x67.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 322px) 100vw, 322px" /><br />
A. polygon<br />
B. rectangle<br />
C. square<br />
D. parallelogram<br />
Answer:<br />
B, C, D.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above figures, we can see the parallelogram and the square. As the square is also known as a rectangle so we will choose option B also.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
A rectangular note card has an area of 35 square inches. The length of one of its sides is 7 inches. What is the perimeter of the note card?<br />
A. 5 inches<br />
B. 24 inches<br />
C. 84 inches<br />
D. 12 inches<br />
Answer:<br />
The breadth of the rectangular note card is 24 inches.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The area of the rectangular note card is 35 square inches and the length of one of its sides is 7 inches<br />
so the breadth of the rectangular note card is<br />
area = length × breadth<br />
35 = 7 × breadth<br />
breadth = 35/7<br />
= 5 inches.<br />
The perimeter of the rectangular note card is<br />
p = 2(length+breadth)<br />
= 2(7+5)<br />
= 2(12)<br />
= 24 inches.<br />
The breadth of the rectangular note card is 24 inches.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
How many minutes are equivalent to4 hours?<br />
A. 400 minutes<br />
B. 240 minutes<br />
C. 24 minutes<br />
D. 40 minutes<br />
Answer:<br />
B</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of minutes is equivalent to 4 hours is<br />
4× 60= 240 minutes.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
A balloon artist has 108 balloons. He has 72 white balloons, and an equal number of red, blue, green, and purple balloons. How many purple balloons does he have?<br />
A. 36<br />
B. 180<br />
C. 9<br />
D. 32<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9644" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-180.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 180" width="145" height="150" /><br />
Answer:<br />
9 balloons.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a balloon artist has 108 balloons and he has 72 white balloons<br />
and the remaining balloons are 108 &#8211; 72= 36 balloons<br />
and an equal number of red, blue, green, and purple balloons<br />
which means 36 balloons are equally divided by 4 colors of balloons, so<br />
36÷4 = 9 balloons.<br />
So the purple balloons are 9.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Which statements about the figures are true?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9643" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-181.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 181" width="682" height="188" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-181.png 682w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-181-300x83.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 682px) 100vw, 682px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The shapes have different perimeters.<br />
The shapes have the same area.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the side of the square is 6 in,<br />
and the perimeter of the square is<br />
p = 4a<br />
= 4×6 in<br />
= 24 in<br />
The area of the square is a^2<br />
= 6 in×6 in<br />
36 in^2.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
The graph show many students ordered each lunch option.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9642" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-182.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 182" width="586" height="224" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-182.png 586w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-182-300x115.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 586px) 100vw, 586px" /><br />
Part A How many students ordered lunch?<br />
Part B Choose a lesser value for the key. How will the graph change?<br />
Answer:<br />
Part A: 60 students ordered lunch.<br />
Part B: Turkey hot dog has a lesser value.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Part A:<br />
The number of students who ordered lunch is<br />
the grilled chicken was ordered by 21 students<br />
Turkey hot dog was ordered by 9 students<br />
A peanut butter and jelly sandwich was ordered by 12 students<br />
the salad bar was ordered by 18 students<br />
so the number of students who ordered lunch is<br />
21+9+12+18= 60 students.</p>
<p>Part B:<br />
The turkey hot dog was ordered by 9 students which is a lesser value.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Find the sum<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9641" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-183.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 183" width="282" height="114" /><br />
Answer:<br />
935</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sum of the above given numbers is 935</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
What is the perimeter of the figure?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9640" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-184.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 184" width="232" height="133" /><br />
A. 26 units<br />
B. 22 units<br />
C. 20 units<br />
D. 16 unit<br />
Answer:<br />
B</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sides of the figure is 2,4,1,2,1,1,2,2,1,1,2,1,1,1<br />
and the perimeter of the figure is<br />
p = 2+4+1+2+1+1+2+2+1+1+2+1+1+1<br />
= 22 units.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Which bar graph correctly shows the data?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9639" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-185.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 185" width="625" height="513" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-185.png 625w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-185-300x246.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Graph B.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Graph B shows the correct graph data.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Which polygons have at least one pair of parallel sides?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9638" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-186.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 186" width="446" height="141" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-186.png 446w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-186-300x95.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 446px) 100vw, 446px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Red color polygon.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The red color polygon has one pair of parallel sides, as it is a trapezoid.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
The perimeter of the polygon is 50 yards. What is the missing side length?<br />
A. 41 yards<br />
B. 10 yards<br />
C. 91 yards<br />
D. 9 yards<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9637" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-187.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 187" width="195" height="122" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The missing side length is 9 yards.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the perimeter of the polygon is 50 yards<br />
Let the missing side length be X yd<br />
and the lengths of the sides of the polygon is 15 yds, 6 yds, 13 yds, 7 yds, and X yd,<br />
So the perimeter of the polygon is<br />
p = 15 yd+6 yd+13 yd+ 7 yd+ X yd<br />
50 yards = 41 yards + X Yards<br />
X = 9 yards.<br />
So the missing side length is 9 yards.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
Which line plot correctly shows the data?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9636" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-188.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 188" width="684" height="320" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-188.png 684w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-188-300x140.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 684px) 100vw, 684px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
A</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Option A line plot shows the correct data.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
Your friend is asked to draw a quadrilateral with four right angles. She says it can only be a square. Is she correct?<br />
A. Yes, there is no other shape it can be.<br />
B. No, it could also be a rectangle.<br />
C. No, it could also be a hexagon.<br />
D. No, it could also be a trapezoid.<br />
Answer:<br />
Yes, there is no other shape it can be.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, she is correct. There is no other shape than the square with four right angles.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
Which numbers round to480 when rounded to the nearest ten?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9635" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-189.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 189" width="437" height="140" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-189.png 437w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-189-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 437px) 100vw, 437px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
484, 480, 478</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numbers that are rounded to 480 to the nearest ten is 484, 480, 478.</p>
<h3><a id="Find_Perimeter_and_Area_Cumulative_Steam_Performance_Task_1_15"></a>Find Perimeter and Area Cumulative Steam Performance Task 1 &#8211; 15</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the Internet or some other resource to learn more about crested geckos.<br />
a. Write three interesting facts about geckos.<br />
b. Geckos need to drink water every day. Is this amount of water milliliters or liters? Explain.<br />
c. Geckos can live in a terrarium. Is the capacity of this terrarium milliliters liters measured in or?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9634" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-190.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 190" width="266" height="213" /><br />
Answer:<br />
a) The three interesting facts about geckos are:<br />
i) Geckos are a type of lizards and their toes help them to stick to any surface except Teflon.<br />
ii) Gecko&#8217;s eyes are 350 times more sensitive than human eyes to light.<br />
iii) Some of the pieces of Geckos have no legs and look more like snakes.</p>
<p>b) The number of water Geckos will have is in milliliters only as Geckos will not often drink water.</p>
<p>c)Yes, geckos can live in a terrarium and the capacity of this terrarium is between 120 liters to 200 liters.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Your class designs a terrarium for a gecko.<br />
a. The base of the terrarium is a hexagon. Each side of the hexagon is 6 inches long. What is the perimeter of the base?<br />
b. The terrarium is 20 inches tall. All of the side walls are made of glass. How many square inches of glass is needed for the terrarium?<br />
c. Another class designs a terrarium with a rectangular base. All of its sides are equal in length. The base has the same perimeter as the base your class designs. What is the perimeter of the base? What is the area?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9633" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-191.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 191" width="159" height="217" /><br />
Answer:<br />
a. 36 inches.<br />
b.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p>a.<br />
Given the length of the sides of the hexagon is 6 inches, and<br />
the perimeter of the hexagon is<br />
p = 6a<br />
= 6 × 6<br />
= 36 inches.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
An online store sells crested geckos. The store owner measures the length of each gecko in the store. The results are shown in the table.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9632" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-192.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 192" width="364" height="248" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-192.png 364w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-192-300x204.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 364px) 100vw, 364px" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9631" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-193.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 193" width="310" height="267" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-193.png 310w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-193-300x258.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /><br />
a. Use the table to complete the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9630" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-194.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area 194" width="489" height="131" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-194.png 489w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-15-Find-Perimeter-and-Area-194-300x80.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 489px) 100vw, 489px" /><br />
b. How many geckos did the store owner measure?<br />
c. What is the difference in the lengths of the longest gecko and the shortest gecko?<br />
d. How many geckos are shorter than 6\(\frac{1}{4}\) inches?<br />
e.The length of a gecko’s tail is about 3 inches. How would the line plot change if the store owner measured the length of each gecko without its tail?<br />
Answer:<br />
b. The number of geckos the store owner measures is 24.</p>
<p>d. 12</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p>a.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-15721" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-525-300x73.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area " width="472" height="115" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-525-300x73.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-525.png 474w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /></p>
<p>b. The number of geckos the store owner measures is 24.</p>
<p>d. The number of geckos shorter than 6\(\frac{1}{4}\) inches are 12.</p>
<p><em>Conclusion:</em></p>
<p>We hope that the details provided here regarding Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area is helpful to the students for better preparation. One who wants to become a pro in maths can download BIM Book Grade 3 Chapter 15 Find Perimeter and Area Answers in pdf format. Bookmark our site to get the answers for other chapters of grade 3.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3-chapter-15-find-perimeter-and-area/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">9128</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents</title>
		<link>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-6/</link>
					<comments>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-6/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Mounisha Reddy]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2022 10:15:07 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://ccssmathanswers.com/?p=29636</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Download Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 Percents Pdf for free of cost. If you are willing to be perfect in all concepts and math skills, then you must follow the syllabus given here. To score the best marks in the exam, students must learn all the conceptualized lessons on Simple ... <a title="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents" class="read-more" href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-6/" aria-label="Read more about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents">Read more</a>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><b>Download Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 Percents Pdf</b> for free of cost. If you are willing to be perfect in all concepts and math skills, then you must follow the syllabus given here. To score the best marks in the exam, students must learn all the conceptualized lessons on Simple Interest, Discounts, and also the Subject knowledge which will be helpful to improve practical skills.</p>
<p><a href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7/"><b>Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7</b></a> Chapter 6 Percents helps you to cross all the hurdle times while studying. You can easily grasp various concepts and problems on all the concepts given below. Get all the skills and different methods of solving problems easily and quickly. It helps to solve real-life calculations in a very dignified and smooth manner. Follow the below sections to get BIM Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents problems and solutions.</p>
<h2>Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 Percents</h2>
<p>Big ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 6 percents pdf is given here. It gives the most accurate answers to all the problems which are related to the given chapter. This chapter of percents contains various topics like Fractions, Decimals and Percents, The Percent Proportion, The Percent Equation, Percents of Increase and Decrease, Discounts and Markups, Simple Interest, and so on.</p>
<p>With the help of <b>Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Solution Key Chapter 6 Percents,</b> you can prepare the timetable. With the help of the timetable prepared, you can easily manage your syllabus and include all the topics into it as per the time remaining. In the further sections, you will know all the concepts that are present in Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents. Check out all the information and kickstart your preparation.</p>
<p><strong>STEAM Video/Performance Task</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#STEAM _Video_/_Performance _Task">STEAM Video/Performance Task</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Getting Ready for Chapter 6</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Getting _Ready _for _Chapter _6">Getting Ready for Chapter 6</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 1 : Fractions, Decimals, and Percents</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _6.1 _Fractions_, _Decimals_, _and _Percents">Lesson 6.1 Fractions, Decimals, and Percents</a></li>
<li><a href="#Fractions_, _Decimals_, _and _Percents _Homework _&amp; _practice _6.1">Fractions, Decimals, and Percents Homework &amp; practice 6.1</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 2 : The Percent Proportion</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _6.2 _The _percent _Proportion">Lesson 6.2 The percent Proportion</a></li>
<li><a href="#The _percent _Proportion _Homework _&amp; _practice _6.2">The percent Proportion Homework &amp; practice 6.2</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 3 : The Percent Equation</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _6.3 _The _percent _Equation">Lesson 6.3 The percent Equation</a></li>
<li><a href="#The _Percent _Equation _Homework _&amp; _practice _6.3">The Percent Equation Homework &amp; practice 6.3</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 4 : Percents of Increase and Decrease</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _6.4 _Percents _of _Increase _and _Decrease">Lesson 6.4 Percents of Increase and Decrease</a></li>
<li> <a href="#Percents _of _Increase _and _Decrease _Homework _&amp; _practice _6.4">Percents of Increase and Decrease Homework &amp; practice 6.4</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 5 : Discounts and Markups</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _6.5 _Discounts _and _Markups">Lesson 6.5 Discounts and Markups</a></li>
<li> <a href="#Discounts _and _Markups _Homework _&amp; _practice _6.5">Discounts and Markups Homework &amp; practice 6.5</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 6 : Simple Interest</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _6.6 _Simple _Interest">Lesson 6.6 Simple Interest</a></li>
<li><a href="#Simple _Interest _Homework _&amp; _practice _6.6">Simple Interest Homework &amp; practice 6.6</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Percents Connecting Concepts</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Percents _Connecting _Concepts">Percents Connecting Concept</a></li>
<li><a href="#Percents _Chapter _Review">Percents Chapter Review</a></li>
<li><a href="#Percents _Practice _Test">Percents Practice Test</a></li>
<li><a href="#Percents _Cumulative _Practice">Percents Cumulative Practice</a></li>
</ul>
<h3><a id="STEAM _Video_/_Performance _Task"></a>STEAM Video/Performance Task</h3>
<p><strong>STEAM Video</strong></p>
<p>Tornado!<br />
More tornadoes occur each year in the United States than in any other country. How can you use a percent to describe the portion of tornadoes in the United States that occur in your state?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29652" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 1" width="208" height="270" /><br />
Watch the STEAM Video “Tornado!” Then answer the following questions.<br />
1. The map below shows the average annual number of tornadoes in each state. Which regions have the most tornadoes? the fewest tornadoes?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29653" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 2" width="304" height="183" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-2.png 304w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-2-300x181.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 304px) 100vw, 304px" /><br />
2. Robert says that only Alaska, Hawaii, and Rhode Island average less than 1 tornado per year. What percent of states average more than 1 tornado per year?</p>
<p><strong>Performance Task</strong></p>
<p>Tornado Alley<br />
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given information about the average annual numbers of tornadoes in several states over a 25-year period. For example:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29654" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 3" width="422" height="331" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-3.png 422w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-3-300x235.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 422px) 100vw, 422px" /><br />
You will be asked to solve various percent problems about tornadoes. Why is it helpful to know the percent of tornadoes that occur in each state?</p>
<h3><a id="Getting _Ready _for _Chapter _6"></a>Getting Ready for Chapter 6</h3>
<p><strong>Chapter Exploration</strong><br />
Work with a partner. Write the percent of the model that is shaded. Then write the percent as a decimal.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29655" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 4" width="532" height="472" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-4.png 532w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-4-300x266.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /></p>
<p>Answer : The Percent and decimal for the given models are<br />
1. percent = 30%, decimal = 0.3<br />
2. percent = 100%, decimal = 1<br />
3. percent = 33%, decimal = 0.33<br />
4. percent = 50%, decimal = 0.5<br />
5. percent = 40%, decimal = 0.4<br />
6. percent = 64%, decimal = 0.64<br />
7. percent = 60%, decimal = 0.6</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
All the models given here are 10 by 10 grid forming a Square of 100 equal sections.<br />
This entire square represents a whole and the shaded part is fraction.<br />
Each of these shaded squares represents 1/100. So by using this data we have ,<br />
1.  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31587" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.1.png" alt="" width="121" height="120" />  = <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31608" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.8.png" alt="" width="160" height="99" /><br />
From the shaded part and the whole, we have the fraction of \(\frac{30}{100}\),<br />
Then the percent will be \(\frac{30}{100}\) = 30%,<br />
By rewriting it in decimal form we have 0.3</p>
<p>2.<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31588" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.2.png" alt="" width="123" height="122" />  = <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31609" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.9.png" alt="" width="162" height="99" /><br />
From the shaded part and the whole, we have the fraction of \(\frac{100}{100}\),<br />
Then the percent will be \(\frac{100}{100}\) = 100%,<br />
By rewriting it in decimal form we have 1</p>
<p>3.<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31589" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.3.png" alt="" width="123" height="123" />  = <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31610" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.10.png" alt="" width="162" height="93" /><br />
From the shaded part and the whole, we have the fraction of \(\frac{33}{100}\),<br />
Then the percent will be \(\frac{33}{100}\) = 33%,<br />
By rewriting it in decimal form we have 0.33</p>
<p>4.<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31591" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.4.png" alt="" width="125" height="125" />  = <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31611" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.11.png" alt="" width="157" height="97" /><br />
From the shaded part and the whole, we have the fraction of \(\frac{50}{100}\),<br />
Then the percent will be \(\frac{50}{100}\) = 50%,<br />
By rewriting it in decimal form we have 0.5</p>
<p>5.<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31592" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.5.png" alt="" width="126" height="124" />  = <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31612" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.12.png" alt="" width="161" height="100" /><br />
From the shaded part and the whole, we have the fraction of \(\frac{40}{100}\),<br />
Then the percent will be \(\frac{40}{100}\) = 40%,<br />
By rewriting it in decimal form we have 0.4</p>
<p>6.<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31593" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.6.png" alt="" width="123" height="122" />  = <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31613" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.13.png" alt="" width="159" height="94" /><br />
From the shaded part and the whole, we have the fraction of \(\frac{64}{100}\),<br />
Then the percent will be \(\frac{64}{100}\) = 64%,<br />
By rewriting it in decimal form we have 0.64</p>
<p>7.<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31594" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.7.png" alt="" width="124" height="122" />  = <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31614" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.14.png" alt="" width="158" height="97" /><br />
From the shaded part and the whole, we have the fraction of \(\frac{60}{100}\),<br />
Then the percent will be \(\frac{60}{100}\) = 60%,<br />
By rewriting it in decimal form we have 0.6</p>
<p>8. WRITE A PROCEDURE Work with a partner. Write a procedure for rewriting a percent as a decimal. Use examples to justify your procedure.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
Let us say that the fraction be \(\frac{44}{100}\),<br />
Then its percentage will be 44%,<br />
To rewrite it as decimal, we divide 44 by 100 we get 0.44 (a decimal number). So, to convert from percent to decimal divide by 100 and remove the &#8220;%&#8221; sign.<br />
We get 0.44 as decimal of 44%.</p>
<p><strong>Vocabulary</strong><br />
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.<br />
percent of change<br />
percent of decrease<br />
discount<br />
percent of increase<br />
percent error<br />
markup</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
percent of change:<br />
Percentage Change is all about comparing old values to new values.</p>
<p>percent of decrease:<br />
percent of decrease is a measure of percent change, which is the extent to which something loses value. or<br />
A negative percent of change indicates a decrease from the original value to the second value.</p>
<p>discount: A reduction of price  is known as discount .Sometimes discounts are in percent, such as a 10% discount, and then you need to do a calculation to find the price reduction.</p>
<p>percent of increase :<br />
Percent increase is a measure of percent change, which is the extent to which something gains value. or<br />
A positive percent of change indicates an increase from the original value to the second value.</p>
<p>percent error :<br />
Percent error is the difference between estimated value and the actual value in comparison to the actual value and is expressed as a percentage.</p>
<p>markup:<br />
Markup is all about how much a retailer increases the price over what they paid for it to buy the product or item in order to which is how they make money to pay for all their costs and hopefully make a profit.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _6.1 _Fractions_, _Decimals_, _and _Percents"></a>Lesson 6.1 Fractions, Decimals, and Percents</h3>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 1</strong></p>
<p>Comparing Numbers in Different Forms<br />
Work with a partner. Determine which number is greater. Explain your method.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29656" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.1 1" width="545" height="399" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-1.png 545w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-1-300x220.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
a. 7% sales tax is greater than 5% sales tax<br />
b. 0.37 cup of flour is greater than 0.33 cup of flour<br />
c. 0.625 inch wrench is greater than 0.375 inch wrench<br />
d. 12.6 dollars are greater than 12.56 dollars<br />
e. 5.83 fluid ounces is greater than 5.6 fluid ounces</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. 7% sales tax or \(\frac{1}{20}\) sales tax<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into Percent and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{1}{20}\) as  0.05 in decimal form,<br />
To get get the percent , multiply 100 to 0.05, then we get 5%.<br />
So, \(\frac{1}{20}\) can be write as 5%,<br />
Finally, by comparing two values 7% sales tax is greater than 5% sales tax</p>
<p>b. 0.37 cup of flour or \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup for flour<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{1}{3}\) as  0.33 in decimal form<br />
Finally, by comparing two values 0.37 cup of flour is greater than 0.33 cup of flour.</p>
<p>c. \(\frac{5}{8}\) inch wrench or 0.375 inch wrench<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{5}{8}\) by dividing 5 by 8, we have  0.625 in decimal form<br />
Finally, by comparing two values 0.625 inch wrench is greater than 0.375 inch wrench.</p>
<p>d. \(12\) \({\Large\frac{3}{5}}\) dollars or 12.56 dollars<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite fraction\(\frac{63}{5}\) by dividing 63 by 5, we have 12.6 in decimal form<br />
Finally, by comparing two values 12.6 dollars are greater than 12.56 dollars</p>
<p>e.  \(5\) \({\Large\frac{5}{6}}\) fluid ounces or 5.6 fluid ounces<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite fraction \(\frac{35}{6}\)  by dividing 35 by 6, we have 5.83 in decimal form<br />
Finally, by comparing two values 5.83 fluid ounces is greater than 5.6 fluid ounces</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 2</strong></p>
<p>Work with a partner and follow the steps below.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29657" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.1 2" width="143" height="166" /></p>
<ul>
<li>Write five different numbers on individual slips of paper. Include at least one decimal, one fraction, and one percent.</li>
<li>On a separate sheet of paper, create an answer key that shows your numbers written from least to greatest.</li>
<li>Exchange slips of paper with another group and race to order the numbers from least to greatest. Then exchange answer keys to check your orders.</li>
</ul>
<p>Answer: 78%, 0.95, \(\frac{83}{45}\), 6, 21</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the numbers be 6,  21, 0.95, \(\frac{83}{45}\), 78%<br />
In order to put them in an ascending order we have to calculate the fraction, percent, decimal in their respective form, So Fraction \(\frac{83}{45}\) can be rewrite as 1.84 in decimal form<br />
Then 78% can be rewrite as 0.78 in decimal form,<br />
As we can see 0.78 is less than 0.95 , 0.95 is less than \(\frac{83}{45}\),\(\frac{83}{45}\) is less than 6, 6 is less than 21,<br />
Finally, we have the ascending order as 78%, 0.95, \(\frac{83}{45}\), 6, 21.</p>
<p><strong>Try It</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write the percent as a decimal or the decimal as a percent. Use a model to represent the number.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
39%<br />
Answer: 0.39</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-32409" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.15.png" alt="" width="158" height="54" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 39% in decimal form is 0.39</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
12. 6 %<br />
Answer: 0.126</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-32410" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.16.png" alt="" width="179" height="52" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 12.6% in decimal form is 0.126</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
0.05<br />
Answer: 5%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-32411" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.17.png" alt="" width="131" height="47" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, 0.05 can be rewrite as 5%</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
1.25<br />
Answer:  125%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-32412" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.18.png" alt="" width="145" height="46" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, 1.25 can be rewrite as 125%</p>
<p><strong>Write the fraction as a decimal and a percent.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
\(\frac{5}{8}\)<br />
Answer: 0.625 or 62.5%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To get the percent or decimal from  fraction \(\frac{5}{8}\) we have to divide 5 by 8 ,<br />
Then, we get 0.625,<br />
To get the percent of 0.625 multiply by 100 , it will be 62.5%<br />
So, \(\frac{5}{8}\) can be written as  0.625 or 62.5%</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
\(\frac{1}{6}\)<br />
Answer: 0.166 or 16.6%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To get the percent or decimal from  fraction \(\frac{1}{6}\) we have to divide 1 by 6 ,<br />
Then, we get 0.166,<br />
To get the percent of 0.166 multiply by 100 , it will be 16.6%<br />
So, \(\frac{1}{6}\) can be written as  0.166 or 16.6%</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
\(\frac{11}{3}\)<br />
Answer:  3.66 or 366%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To get the percent or decimal from  fraction \(\frac{11}{3}\) we have to divide 11 by 3 ,<br />
Then, we get 3.66,<br />
To get the percent of 3.66 multiply by 100 , it will be 366%<br />
So, \(\frac{11}{3}\) can be written as  3.66 or 366%</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
\(\frac{3}{1000}\)<br />
Answer: 0.003 or 0.3%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To get the percent or decimal from  fraction \(\frac{3}{1000}\) we have to divide 3 by 1000 ,<br />
Then, we get 0.003,<br />
To get the percent of 0.003 multiply by 100 , it will be 0.3%<br />
So, \(\frac{3}{1000}\) can be written as  0.003 or 0.3%</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Concepts &amp; Skills</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p><strong>CONVERTING BETWEEN PERCENTS AND DECIMALS</strong> Write the percent as a decimal or the decimal as a percent. Use a model to represent the number.<br />
Question 9.<br />
46%<br />
Answer: 0.46</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33448" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.19.png" alt="" width="203" height="61" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 46% in decimal form is 0.46</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
\(66 . \overline{6} \%\)<br />
Answer: \(0 .66 \overline{6}\)</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33449" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.20.png" alt="" width="246" height="64" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, \(66 . \overline{6} \%\) in decimal form is \(0 .66 \overline{6}\)</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
0.18<br />
Answer: 18%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33450" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.21.png" alt="" width="195" height="64" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, 0.18 can be rewrite as 18%</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
\(2 . \overline{3}\)<br />
Answer: \(233 . \overline{3} \%\)</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33451" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.22.png" alt="" width="213" height="61" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, \(2 . \overline{3}\) can be rewrite as \(233 . \overline{3} \%\)</p>
<p><strong>WRITING FRACTIONS AS DECIMALS AND PERCENTS</strong> Write the fraction as a decimal and a percent.<br />
Question 13.<br />
\(\frac{7}{10}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.7, percent = 70%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{7}{10}\) as  0.7 in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then 0.7 can be rewrite as 70%<br />
So, \(\frac{7}{10}\) in decimal = 0.7, percent = 70%</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
\(\frac{5}{9}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = \(0 .\overline{5}\), percent = \(55 . \overline{5} \%\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{5}{9}\) as  \(0 .\overline{5}\) in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then \(0 .\overline{5}\) can be rewrite as \(55 . \overline{5} \%\)<br />
So, \(\frac{5}{9}\) in decimal = \(0 .\overline{5}\), percent = \(55 . \overline{5} \%\)</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
\(\frac{7}{2000}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.0035, percent = 0.35%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{7}{2000}\) as  0.0035 in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then 0.0035 can be rewrite as 0.35%<br />
So, \(\frac{7}{2000}\) in decimal = 0.0035, percent = 0.35%</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
\(\frac{17}{15}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = \(1.1 \overline{3}\) , percent = \(113 . \overline{3} \%\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{17}{15}\) as \(1.1 \overline{3}\) in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then \(1.1 \overline{3}\) can be rewrite as \(113 . \overline{3} \%\)<br />
So, \(\frac{17}{15}\) in decimal = \(1.1 \overline{3}\), percent = \(113 . \overline{3} \%\)</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Problem Solving</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
An astronaut spends 53% of the day working, 0.1 of the day eating, \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the day sleeping, and the rest of the day exercising. Order the events by duration from least to greatest. Justify your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29658" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.1 3" width="185" height="118" /><br />
Answer:  An astronaut spends the day 7% by exercising, 10% by eating, 30% by sleeping, 53% by working.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
An astronaut spends 53% of the day working,<br />
0.1 of the day eating, in terms of percent we can write it as 10%,<br />
\(\frac{3}{10}\) of the day sleeping, in decimals we ca rewrite as 0.3 and in percent it will be 30%,<br />
Let us say that the whole day be 100% , The sum of the works he is doing in percent we get,<br />
53% + 10% + 30% = 93%, and<br />
Given that the rest of the day exercising, so 100% &#8211; 93% = 7%, A whole day is completed with these works.<br />
To put them in Order the events by duration from least to greatest, we have , 7%, 10%, 30%, 53%.<br />
An astronaut spends the day 7% by exercising, 10% by eating, 30% by sleeping, 53% by working.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A band plays one concert in Arizona, one concert in California, and one concert in Georgia. In California, the band earned \(\frac{3}{2}\) the profit that they earned in Arizona. Of the total profit earned by the band, 32% is earned in Arizona. How many times more money did the band earn at the most profitable concert than at the least profitable concert? Justify your answer.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<h3><a id="Fractions_, _Decimals_, _and _Percents _Homework _&amp; _practice _6.1"></a>Fractions, Decimals, and Percents Homework &amp; Practice 6.1</h3>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the missing dimension. Use the scale 1 : 15.</strong><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29659" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.1 4" width="382" height="100" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-4.png 382w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-4-300x79.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 382px) 100vw, 382px" /><br />
Answer: The model height of the Figure skater is 4.5inches and The Actual length of pipe is 75 feet .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , to use the scale oof 1 : 15 , Let the model height  be x<br />
The model height of Figure skater is \(\frac{1}{15}\) = \(\frac{x}{67.5}\)<br />
15x = 67.5<br />
x = \(\frac{67.5}{15}\)<br />
x = 4.5<br />
So , The model height of the Figure skater is 4.5inches</p>
<p>Let the Actual length is y<br />
The Actual length of pipe is \(\frac{1}{15}\) = \(\frac{5}{y}\)<br />
y = 15 × 5 = 75<br />
So , The Actual length of pipe is 75 feet .</p>
<p><strong>Simplify the expression.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
2(3p &#8211; 6) + 4p<br />
Answer: p = 1.2</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say that whole expression is equal to 0<br />
2(3p &#8211; 6) + 4p = 0<br />
[2(3p) &#8211; 2(6)] + 4p = 0<br />
6p &#8211; 12 + 4p = 0<br />
10p &#8211; 12 = 0<br />
p = 12/10 = 1.2<br />
So, p = 1.2</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
5n &#8211; 3(4n + 1)<br />
Answer: n = -0.42</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say that whole expression is equal to 0<br />
5n &#8211; 3(4n + 1) = 0<br />
5n &#8211; [ 3(4n) + 3(1) ] = 0<br />
5n &#8211; 12n &#8211; 3 = 0<br />
&#8211; 3 &#8211; 7n = 0<br />
7n = &#8211; 3<br />
n = -3/7 = -0.42<br />
So, n = -0.42</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
What is the solution of 2n &#8211; 4 &gt; &#8211; 12?<br />
A. n &lt; &#8211; 10<br />
B. n &lt; &#8211; 4<br />
C. n &gt; &#8211; 2<br />
D. n &gt; &#8211; 4<br />
Answer:  D . n &gt; -4</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, 2n &#8211; 4 &gt; &#8211; 12<br />
add 4 in both sides,<br />
2n &#8211; 4 + 4 &gt; &#8211; 12 + 4<br />
2n &gt; &#8211; 8<br />
divide both sides by 2<br />
2n/2 &gt; -8/2<br />
n &gt; &#8211; 4 .</p>
<p><strong>Concepts, Skills, &amp; Problem Solving</strong><br />
<strong>COMPARING NUMBERS IN DIFFERENT FORMS</strong> Determine which number is greater. Explain your method. (See Exploration 1, p. 235.)<br />
Question 6.<br />
4\(\frac{2}{5}\) tons or 4.3 tons<br />
Answer: 4\(\frac{2}{5}\) tons is greater than 4.3 tons</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite fraction \(\frac{22}{5}\)  by dividing 22 by 5, we have 4.4 in decimal form<br />
Finally, by comparing two values 4\(\frac{2}{5}\) tons is greater than 4.3 tons</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
82% success rate or \(\frac{5}{6}\) success rate<br />
Answer: \(\frac{5}{6}\) success rate is greater than 82% success rate</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into Percent and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{5}{6}\)  as  0.833 in decimal form,<br />
To get get the percent , multiply 100 to 0.833, then we get 83.3%.<br />
So, \(\frac{5}{6}\)  can be write as 83.3%,<br />
Finally, by comparing two values \(\frac{5}{6}\) success rate is greater than 82% success rate</p>
<p><strong>CONVERTING BETWEEN PERCENTS AND DECIMALS</strong> Write the percent as a decimal or the decimal as a percent. Use a model to represent the number.<br />
Question 8.<br />
26%<br />
Answer: 0.26</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33486" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.23.png" alt="" width="190" height="61" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 26% in decimal form is 0.26</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
0.63<br />
Answer: 63%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33488" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.25.png" alt="" width="194" height="73" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, 0.63 can be rewrite as 63%</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
9%<br />
Answer: 0.09</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33489" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.26.png" alt="" width="218" height="70" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 9% in decimal form is 0.09</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
0.6<br />
Answer: 60%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33490" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.27.png" alt="" width="197" height="67" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, 0.6 can be rewrite as 60%</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
44.7%<br />
Answer: 0.447</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33491" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.28.png" alt="" width="256" height="76" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 44.7% in decimal form is 0.447</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
55%<br />
Answer: 0.55</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33492" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.29.png" alt="" width="208" height="62" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 55% in decimal form is 0.55</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
\(39 . \overline{2} \%\)<br />
Answer: \(0.39 \overline{2}\)</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33493" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.30.png" alt="" width="252" height="69" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, \(39 . \overline{2} \%\) in decimal form is \(0.39 \overline{2}\)</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
3.554<br />
Answer: 355.4%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33494" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.31.png" alt="" width="255" height="67" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, 3.554  can be rewrite as 355.4%</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
123%<br />
Answer: 1.23</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33495" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.32.png" alt="" width="216" height="67" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 123% in decimal form is 1.23</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
0.041<br />
Answer: 4.1%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33496" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.33.png" alt="" width="229" height="60" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, 0.041 can be rewrite as 4.1%</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
0.122<br />
Answer: 12.2%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33497" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.34.png" alt="" width="237" height="60" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, 0.122 can be rewrite as 12.2%</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
\(49 . \overline{92} \%\)<br />
Answer: \(0.49 \overline{92}\)</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33498" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.35.png" alt="" width="287" height="64" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, \(49 . \overline{92} \%\) in decimal form is \(0.49 \overline{92}\)</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend writes \(49 . \overline{8} \%\) as a decimal. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29660" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.1 5" width="234" height="65" /><br />
Answer: He wrote the decimal for \(4. \overline{8} \%\) instead of \(49 . \overline{8} \%\)</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-33501" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.24.png" alt="" width="228" height="58" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, \(49 . \overline{8} \%\)  in decimal form is \(0.49 \overline{8}\)</p>
<p><strong>WRITING FRACTIONS AS DECIMALS AND PERCENTS</strong> Write the fraction as a decimal and a percent.<br />
Question 21.<br />
\(\frac{29}{100}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.29, percent = 29%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{29}{100}\) as  0.29 in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then 0.29 can be rewrite as 29%<br />
So, \(\frac{29}{100}\) in decimal = 0.29, percent = 29%</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
\(\frac{3}{4}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.75, percent = 75%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite\(\frac{3}{4}\) as  0.75 in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then 0.75 can be rewrite as 75%<br />
So, \(\frac{3}{4}\) in decimal = 0.75, percent = 75%</p>
<p>Question 23.<br />
\(\frac{7}{8}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.875, percent = 87.5%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{7}{8}\) as  0.875 in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then 0.875 can be rewrite as 87.5%<br />
So, \(\frac{7}{8}\) in decimal = 0.875, percent = 87.5%</p>
<p>Question 24.<br />
\(\frac{2}{3}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = \(0. \overline{6}\), percent = \(66. \overline{6} \%\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{2}{3}\) as \(0. \overline{6}\) in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then\(0. \overline{6}\) can be rewrite as \(66. \overline{6} \%\)<br />
So, \(\frac{2}{3}\) in decimal =\(0. \overline{6}\), percent = \(66. \overline{6} \%\)</p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
\(\frac{7}{9}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.77, percent = 77.7%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite\(\frac{7}{9}\) as  0.77 in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then 0.77 can be rewrite as 77.7%<br />
So, \(\frac{7}{9}\) in decimal = 0.77, percent = 77.7%</p>
<p>Question 26.<br />
\(\frac{12}{5}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 2.4, percent = 240%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{12}{5}\) as  2.4 in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then 2.4 can be rewrite as 240%<br />
So, \(\frac{12}{5}\) in decimal =2.4, percent = 240%</p>
<p>Question 27.<br />
\(\frac{9}{2}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 4.5, percent = 450%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite\(\frac{9}{2}\) as 4.5 in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then 4.5 can be rewrite as 450%<br />
So, \(\frac{9}{2}\) in decimal = 4.5, percent = 450%</p>
<p>Question 28.<br />
\(\frac{1}{1000}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.0010, percent = 0.10%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{1}{1000}\) as  0.0010 in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then 0.0010 can be rewrite as 0.10%<br />
So, \(\frac{1}{1000}\) in decimal = 0.0010, percent = 0.10%</p>
<p>Question 29.<br />
\(\frac{17}{6}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = \(2.8 \overline{3}\), percent = \(283 . \overline{3} \%\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{17}{6}\) as \(2.8 \overline{3}\) in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then\(2.8 \overline{3}\) can be rewrite as \(283 . \overline{3} \%\)<br />
So, \(\frac{17}{6}\) in decimal = \(2.8 \overline{3}\), percent = \(283 . \overline{3} \%\)</p>
<p>Question 30.<br />
\(\frac{3}{11}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.27, percent = 27%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{3}{11}\) as  0.27 in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then 0.27 can be rewrite as 27%<br />
So, \(\frac{3}{11}\) in decimal = 0.27, percent = 27%</p>
<p>Question 31.<br />
\(\frac{1}{750}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = \(0.001 \overline{3}\), percent =\(0.1 \overline{3} \%\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{1}{750}\) as  \(0.001 \overline{3}\) in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then \(0.001 \overline{3}\) can be rewrite as \(0.1 \overline{3} \%\)<br />
So, \(\frac{1}{750}\) in decimal = \(0.001 \overline{3}\), percent = \(0.1 \overline{3} \%\)</p>
<p>Question 32.<br />
\(\frac{22}{9}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = \(2. \overline{4}\), percent = \(244 . \overline{4} \%\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{22}{9}\) as  \(2. \overline{4}\) in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then \(2. \overline{4}\) can be rewrite as \(244 . \overline{4} \%\)<br />
So, \(\frac{22}{9}\) in decimal = \(2. \overline{4}\), percent = \(244 . \overline{4} \%\)</p>
<p><strong>PRECISION</strong> Order the numbers from least to greatest.<br />
Question 33.<br />
66.1%, 0.66, \(\frac{2}{3}\), 0.667<br />
Answer: 0.66, 66.1%, \(\frac{2}{3}\), 0.667</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to put them in an ascending order we have to calculate the fraction, percent, decimal in their respective form, So Fraction \(\frac{2}{3}\) can be rewrite as \(0. \overline{6}\) in decimal form<br />
Then 66.1% can be rewrite as 0.661 in decimal form,<br />
As we can see 0.66 is less than 66.1% , 66.1% is less than \(\frac{2}{3}\), \(\frac{2}{3}\)  is less than 0.667,<br />
Finally, we have the ascending order as 0.66, 66.1%, \(\frac{2}{3}\), 0.667.</p>
<p>Question 34.<br />
\(\frac{2}{9}\), 21%, \(0.2 \overline{1}\), \(\frac{11}{50}\)<br />
Answer: 21%, \(0.2 \overline{1}\), \(\frac{11}{50}\), \(\frac{2}{9}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In order to put them in an ascending order we have to calculate the fraction, percent, decimal in their respective form, So Fraction \(\frac{11}{50}\) can be rewrite as 0.22 in decimal form,<br />
\(\frac{2}{9}\) can be rewrite as \(0.22 \overline{2}\)in decimal form,<br />
Then 21% can be rewrite as 0.21 in decimal form,<br />
As we can see 21%  is less than \(0.2 \overline{1}\) ,\(0.2 \overline{1}\) is less than \(\frac{11}{50}\),  \(\frac{11}{50}\)  is less than \(\frac{2}{9}\),<br />
Finally, we have the ascending order as 21%, \(0.2 \overline{1}\), \(\frac{11}{50}\), \(\frac{2}{9}\)</p>
<p><strong>MATCHING</strong> Tell which letter shows the graph of the number.<br />
Question 35.<br />
\(\frac{7}{9}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.777 , it is in the graph at the point A</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{7}{9}\) as 0.777 in decimal form,<br />
So, looking at the graph given, it is at point A.</p>
<p>Question 36.<br />
0.812<br />
Answer:  it is at the point C in the given graph.</p>
<p>Question 37.<br />
\(\frac{5}{6}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.833 , it is in the graph at the point D</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{5}{6}\) as 0.833 in decimal form,<br />
So, looking at the graph given, it is at point D.</p>
<p>Question 38.<br />
79.5%<br />
Answer: 0.795, it is in the graph at the point B</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 79.5% in decimal form is 0.795<br />
0.795 is in the graph given , at the point B vb</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29661" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.1 6" width="530" height="59" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-6.png 530w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-6-300x33.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 530px) 100vw, 530px" /></p>
<p>Question 39.<br />
<strong>PROBLEM SOLVING</strong><br />
The table shows the portion of students in each grade that participate in School Spirit Week. Order the grades by portion of participation from least to greatest.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29662" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.1 7" width="180" height="117" /><br />
Answer: The grades by portion of participation from least to greatest are 7 , 6 , 8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left. So, 65% in decimal form is 0.65.<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into Percent  ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{5}{6}\) as 0.6 in decimal form,<br />
Then grade 6 = 0.64 , grade 7 = 0.6 , grade 8 = 0.65 ,<br />
So, The grades by portion of participation from least to greatest are 7 , 6 , 8.</p>
<p>Question 40.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
The table shows the portion of gold medals that were won by the United States in five summer Olympic games. In what year did the United States win the least portion of gold medals? the greatest portion? Justify your answers.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29663" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.1 8" width="421" height="76" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-8.png 421w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-8-300x54.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 421px) 100vw, 421px" /><br />
Answer: The United States win the least portion of gold medals in the year 2004 and the greatest portion of gold medals won in the year 2012</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into Percent and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{36}{301}\)  as  0.119 in decimal form,<br />
\(\frac{23}{150}\) as 0.153 in decimal form,<br />
\(\frac{46}{307}\) as 0.149 in decimal form,<br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
\(12. \overline{3} \%\) as \(0.12 \overline{3}\) in decimal form.<br />
So, according to their years and portions of gold medals we have ,<br />
year 2000 &#8211; \(0.12 \overline{3}\),<br />
year 2004 &#8211; 0.119,<br />
year 2008 &#8211; \(0. \overline{12}\),<br />
year 2012 &#8211; 0.153,<br />
year 2016 &#8211; 0.149,<br />
Finally, The United States win the least portion of gold medals in the year 2004 and the greatest portion of gold medals won in the year 2012.</p>
<p>Question 41.<br />
<strong>PROBLEM SOLVING</strong><br />
You, your friend, and your cousin have a basketball competition where each person attempts the same number of shots. You make 70% of your shots, your friend makes of her shots, \(\frac{7}{9}\) and your cousin makes \(0.7 \overline{2}\) of his shots. How many times more shots are made by the first place finisher than the third place finisher?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29664" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.1 9" width="137" height="222" /><br />
Answer: The first place finisher made 0.077 more shorts than the third place finisher.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The shorts made by 1st person are 70%, that is 0.7 in decimal,<br />
The shorts made by 2nd person are \(\frac{7}{9}\) rewriting as 0.777 in decimal,<br />
The shorts made by 3rd person are \(0.7 \overline{2}\)<br />
The shorts made by  the first place finisher is  0.777 and by the Third place finisher is 0.7,<br />
To know how many more shorts are made by first place finisher than third place finisher is the difference between 0.777 and 0.7 , that is 0.777 &#8211; 0.7 = 0.077.<br />
So, the first place finisher made 0.077 more shorts than the third place finisher.</p>
<p>Question 42.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Three different mixtures contain small amounts of acetic acid. Mixture A is 0.036 acetic acid, Mixture B is 4.2% acetic acid, and Mixture C is \(\frac{1}{22}\) acetic acid. Explain how to use this information to determine which mixture contains the greatest amount of acetic acid.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29665" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.1 10" width="130" height="181" /><br />
Answer: 0.045 , Mixture C has more amount of acetic acid as compared to Mixture A and Mixture B.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Mixture A is 0.036 acetic acid,<br />
Mixture B is 4.2% acetic acid, in decimal we can write it as 0.042,<br />
Mixture C is \(\frac{1}{22}\) acetic acid, rewriting as 0.045 in decimal form,<br />
So, 0.036 is less than 0.042 , 0.042 is less than 0.045,<br />
Finally,  0.045 Mixture c has the more amount of acetic acid as compared to Mixture A and Mixture B.</p>
<p>Question 43.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
Over 44% of the 30 students in a class read a book last month. What are the possible numbers of students in the class who read a book last month? Justify your answer.<br />
Answer: 13 number of students in the class read the book last month.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, 44% of 30 students<br />
=(44%) × 30<br />
= \(\frac{44}{100}\) × 30<br />
= \(\frac{44 × 30}{100}\)<br />
= \(\frac{1320}{100}\)<br />
=13.2<br />
So, 13 number of students in the class read the book last month.</p>
<p>Question 44.<br />
<strong>NUMBER SENSE</strong><br />
Fill in the blanks using each of the numbers 0 &#8211; 7 exactly once, so that the percent, decimal, and fraction below are ordered from least to greatest. Justify your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29666" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.1 11" width="414" height="64" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-11.png 414w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.1-11-300x46.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 414px) 100vw, 414px" /><br />
Answer:  The percent, decimal, and fraction are ordered from least to greatest are 12.3%, 0.57, \(\frac{4}{6}\) by using 0 &#8211; 7 numbers only once .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , using each of the numbers 0 &#8211; 7 exactly once,<br />
Estimating on the numbes<br />
Using numbers 1 , 2 , 3 for percent gives 12.3% as shown and can be writen as 0.123<br />
Using numbers 0 , 5 , 7 for decimal gives 0.57 as shown<br />
Using numbers 4 and 6 for fraction gives \(\frac{4}{6}\) and can be writen as 0.66<br />
The order from least to greatest is 0.123 , 0.57 , 0.66 .<br />
So , The percent, decimal, and fraction are ordered from least to greatest are 12.3%, 0.57, \(\frac{4}{6}\)</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _6.2 _The _percent _Proportion"></a>Lesson 6.2 The Percent Proportion</h3>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 1</strong></p>
<p>Using Percent Models<br />
Work with a partner.<br />
a. Complete each model. Explain what each model represents.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29667" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.2-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.2 1" width="587" height="314" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.2-1.png 587w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.2-1-300x160.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 587px) 100vw, 587px" /><br />
b. Use the models in part (a) to answer each question.</p>
<ul>
<li>What number is 50% of 30?</li>
<li>15 is what percent of 75?</li>
<li>96 is 133\(\frac{1}{3}\)% of what number?</li>
</ul>
<p>c. How can you use ratio tables to check your answers in part(b)? How can you use proportions? Provide examples to support your reasoning.<br />
d. Write a question different from those in part (b) that can be answered using one of the models in part(a). Trade questions with another group and find the solution.<br />
Answer: All the answers are given below the explanation.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34482" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.36.png" alt="" width="363" height="94" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.36.png 363w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.36-300x78.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px" /><br />
This model represents the number 30 which is divided in to two equal halves ,which can be represented in percent and numbers,<br />
that is 50% of 30 is 15.<br />
50 percent × 30 =<br />
(50:100) × 30 =<br />
(50 × 30):100 =<br />
1500:100 = 15</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34483" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.37.png" alt="" width="385" height="96" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.37.png 385w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.37-300x75.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 385px) 100vw, 385px" /><br />
This model represents the number 75 which is divided in to five equal halves, which can be represented in percent and numbers ,That is<br />
20% of 75 is 15,<br />
40% of 75 is 30,<br />
60% of 75 is 45,<br />
80% of 75 is 60.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34484" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.38.png" alt="" width="370" height="92" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.38.png 370w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.38-300x75.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /><br />
This model represents the number 96 which is divided in to four equal halves, which can be represented in percent and numbers ,That is<br />
33\(\frac{1}{3}\%\) of 96 is 24,<br />
66\(\frac{2}{3}\%\) of 96 is 48,<br />
100% of 96 is 72.</p>
<p>b. As shown in the models in part (a) 15 is the number which is 50% of 30,<br />
From the figure 2 of part (a) we know, 15 is the number which is 20% of 75,<br />
From the figure 3 of part (a) we know, 96 is the number which is 133\(\frac{1}{3}\%\) of 96.</p>
<p>c. The models provided in the part (a) are representing the each of the number individually which are divided in to equal number of parts in respective of their numbers , Also the divided parts can be represented as percent and number form<br />
Since the divided equal parts are equally represents the whole number given ,So that the ratios of the parts can be easily combined in to the whole number .<br />
Thus, the proportion can be used to calculate the percent of each ratio and have the unchanged output .<br />
For example, <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34482" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.36.png" alt="" width="363" height="94" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.36.png 363w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.36-300x78.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 363px) 100vw, 363px" /></p>
<p>In the picture shown The number 30 is divided into 1:1 ratio equally which is exactly the half of the number and percent that is 15 is 50% of 30.</p>
<p>d. From the figure 2 of part (a), we can assume the question as<br />
What number is 80% of 75?</p>
<p>Answer: 60 is the number which is 80% of 75 , as shown in the model above.</p>
<p><strong>Try It</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write and solve a proportion to answer the question.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
What percent of 5 is 3?<br />
Answer: 60%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
3 : 5 × 100 =<br />
(3 × 100): 5<br />
300 : 5 = 60<br />
So, 5 is 60% of 3.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
24 is what percent of 20?<br />
Answer: 120%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
24 : 20 × 100 =<br />
(24 × 100) : 20 =<br />
2400 : 20 = 120<br />
So, 24 is the 120% of 20.</p>
<p><strong>Write and solve a proportion to answer the question.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
What number is 80% of 60?<br />
Answer:  48</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
80 % × 60 =<br />
(80 :100) × 60 =<br />
(80 × 60) :100 =<br />
4800 : 100 = 48<br />
So, 48 is 80% of 60.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
10% of 40.5 is what number?<br />
Answer: 4.05</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
10 % × 40.5 =<br />
(10 : 100) × 40.5 =<br />
(10 × 40.5) : 100 =<br />
4.05 : 100 = 4.05<br />
So, 4.05 is the 10% of 40.5</p>
<p><strong>Write and solve a proportion to answer the question.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
0.1% of what number is 4?<br />
Answer: 4,000</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the number be X<br />
0.1% × X = 4<br />
X = 4 ÷ 0.1%<br />
= 4 ÷ (0.1 ÷ 100)<br />
= (100 × 4 ) ÷ 0.1<br />
= 400 ÷ 0.1<br />
=4,000<br />
So, 4 is the 0.1% of 4,000.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
\(\frac{1}{2}\) is 25% of what number?<br />
Answer:  2</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To make calculation easier we can rewrite \(\frac{1}{2}\) as 0.5<br />
let the number be X<br />
25% × X = 0.5<br />
X = 0.5 ÷ 25%<br />
= 0.5 ÷ (25 ÷ 100)<br />
= (100 × 0.5 ) ÷ 25<br />
= 50 ÷ 25<br />
=2<br />
So, 0.5 is the 25% of 2.</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Concepts &amp; Skills</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>USING THE PERCENT PROPORTION</strong><br />
Write and solve a proportion to determine what percent of 120 is 54.<br />
Answer:  45%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using percent proportion, we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{54}{120}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{54 × 100}{120}\) = p<br />
p = \(\frac{5400}{120}\)<br />
p = 45%<br />
so, 54 is the 45% of 120.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>CHOOSE TOOLS</strong><br />
Use a model to find 60% of 30.<br />
Answer: 18</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34525" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.39.png" alt="" width="373" height="88" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.39.png 373w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.39-300x71.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 373px) 100vw, 373px" /><br />
60% × 30<br />
= (60 : 100) × 30<br />
= (60 × 30) : 100<br />
= 1800 : 100<br />
= 18<br />
So, 60% of 30 is 18.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?</strong><br />
Which proportion at the left does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29668" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.2-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.2 2" width="172" height="117" /><br />
Answer: second proportion doesn&#8217;t belong to other three</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
second proportion: 15/50 = p /100<br />
p = (15 × 100) ÷50<br />
p = 150 ÷ 5<br />
p = 30<br />
Here we got 30% , as the p values of the other three proportions are 50%<br />
So, second proportion does not fit in to the other three proportions.</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Problem Solving</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
An arctic woolly-bear caterpillar lives for 7 years and spends 90% of its life frozen. How many days of its life is the arctic woolly-bear frozen?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29669" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.2-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.2 3" width="175" height="193" /><br />
Answer: The arctic woolly-bear frozen for 6.3 years in their life time.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, An arctic woolly-bear caterpillar lives for 7 years and spends 90% of its life frozen<br />
We have, 90% × 7<br />
= (90 : 100 ) × 7<br />
= (90 × 7) : 100<br />
= 630 : 100<br />
= 6.3 years<br />
So, The arctic woolly-bear frozen for 6.3 years in their life time.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
The table shows the numbers of pictures you upload to a social media website for 5 days in a row. How many total pictures do you upload during the week when 32% of the total pictures are uploaded on Saturday and Sunday?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29670" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.2-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.2 4" width="185" height="191" /><br />
Answer: The total pictures uploaded during the week are 53.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given,  32% of the total pictures are uploaded on Saturday and Sunday<br />
And adding the photos that we uploaded during the 5 days are 2 + 2 + 4 + 1 + 8 = 17<br />
Let the number we should find be X<br />
32% × X = 17<br />
X = 17 ÷ 32%<br />
= 17 ÷ (32 ÷ 100)<br />
= (100 × 17 ) ÷ 32<br />
= 1700 ÷ 32<br />
= 53.12<br />
So, 17 is the 32% of 53.<br />
Finally we have, The total pictures uploaded during the week are 53.</p>
<h3><a id="The _percent _Proportion _Homework _&amp; _practice _6.2"></a>The Percent Proportion Homework &amp; Practice 6.2</h3>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write the fraction as a decimal and a percent.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
\(\frac{42}{100}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.42 , percent = 42%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To get the percent or decimal from fraction \(\frac{42}{100}\) we have to divide 42 by 100 ,<br />
Then, we get 0.42,<br />
To get the percent of 0.42 multiply by 100 , it will be 42%<br />
So, \(\frac{42}{100}\) can be written as  0.42 or 42%</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
\(\frac{7}{1000}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.007 , percent = 0.7%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To get the percent or decimal from  fraction \(\frac{7}{1000}\) we have to divide 7 by 1000 ,<br />
Then, we get 0.007,<br />
To get the percent of 0.007 multiply by 100 , it will be 0.7%<br />
So, \(\frac{7}{1000}\) can be written as  0.007 or 0.7%</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
\(\frac{13}{9}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 1.444 , percent = 144.4%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To get the percent or decimal from \(\frac{13}{9}\)  fraction we have to divide 13 by 9 ,<br />
Then, we get 1.444,<br />
To get the percent of 1.444 multiply by 100 , it will be 144.4%<br />
So, \(\frac{13}{9}\) can be written as  1.444 or 144.4%</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
\(\frac{41}{66}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = \(0.62 \overline{12}\) , percent = \(62. \overline{12} \%\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To get the percent or decimal from  fraction \(\frac{41}{66}\) we have to divide 41 by 66 ,<br />
Then, we get \(0.62 \overline{12}\),<br />
To get the percent of \(0.62 \overline{12}\) multiply by 100 , it will be \(62. \overline{12} \%\)<br />
So, \(\frac{41}{66}\) can be written as  \(0.62 \overline{12}\) or \(62. \overline{12} \%\)</p>
<p><strong>Evaluate the expression when a = &#8211; 15 and b = &#8211; 5.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
a ÷ 5<br />
Answer: -3</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , a = &#8211; 15<br />
Then , &#8211; 15 ÷ 5<br />
= \(\frac{-15}{5}\)<br />
= &#8211; 3.<br />
so, a ÷ 5 = &#8211; 3.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
\(\frac{b+14}{a}\)<br />
Answer: \(\frac{9}{-15}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , a = -15 , b = -5 , by substituting the given values in the expression, we get<br />
= \(\frac{(- 5)+14}{-15}\)<br />
= \(\frac{9}{-15}\)<br />
So, \(\frac{b+14}{a}\) = \(\frac{9}{-15}\)</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
\(\frac{b^{2}}{a+5}\)<br />
Answer: \(\frac{25}{-10}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , a = -15 , b = -5, by substituting the given values in the expression, we get<br />
= \(\frac{(-5)^{2}}{(-15)+5}\)<br />
= \(\frac{25}{-10}\)<br />
So, \(\frac{b^{2}}{a+5}\) = \(\frac{25}{-10}\)</p>
<p>What is the solution of 9x = 1.8?<br />
A. x = &#8211; 5<br />
B. x = &#8211; 0.2<br />
C. x = 0.2<br />
D. x = 5<br />
Answer: C . x = 0.2</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, 9x = 1.8<br />
x = \(\frac{1.8}{9}\)<br />
x = 0.2.</p>
<p><strong>Concepts, Skills, &amp;Problem Solving</strong></p>
<p><strong>CHOOSE TOOLS</strong> Use a model to answer the question. Use a proportion to check your answer. (See Exploration 1, p. 241.)<br />
Question 9.<br />
What number is 20% of 80?<br />
Answer: 16</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34549" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.41.png" alt="" width="356" height="91" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.41.png 356w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.41-300x77.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 356px) 100vw, 356px" /><br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\)  = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{80}\) = \(\frac{20}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{80}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{80}{5}\)<br />
a = 16.<br />
So, 16 is 20% of 80.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
10 is what percent of 40?<br />
Answer: 25%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34550" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.42.png" alt="" width="352" height="96" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.42.png 352w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.42-300x82.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 352px) 100vw, 352px" /><br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{10}{40}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{1}{4}\)  = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{100}{4}\)<br />
p = 25<br />
So, 10 is 25% of 40.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
15 is 30% of what number?<br />
Answer: 50</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34548" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.40.png" alt="" width="331" height="98" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.40.png 331w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.40-300x89.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 331px) 100vw, 331px" /><br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\)  = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{15}{w}\)  = \(\frac{30}{100}\)<br />
by cross multiplication we get,<br />
30 × w = 15 × 100<br />
w  = \(\frac{1500}{30}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{150}{30}\)<br />
w = 50.<br />
So, 15 is 30% of 50.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
What number is 120% of 70?<br />
Answer: 84</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34552" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.44.png" alt="" width="383" height="106" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.44.png 383w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.44-300x83.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 383px) 100vw, 383px" /><br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{70}\)  = \(\frac{120}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{70}\)  = \(\frac{6}{5}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{70 × 6}{5}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{420}{5}\)<br />
a = 84<br />
So, 84 is 120% of 70.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
20 is what percent of 50?<br />
Answer: 40%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34548" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.40.png" alt="" width="331" height="98" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.40.png 331w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.40-300x89.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 331px) 100vw, 331px" /><br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{20}{50}\)  = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{20 × 100}{50}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{200}{5}\)<br />
p = 40<br />
So, 20 is 40% of 50.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
48 is 75% of what number?<br />
Answer: 64</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34551" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.43.png" alt="" width="356" height="94" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.43.png 356w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.43-300x79.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 356px) 100vw, 356px" /><br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\)  = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{48}{w}\)  = \(\frac{75}{100}\)<br />
w =\(\frac{48 × 100}{75}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{4800}{75}\)<br />
w = 64<br />
So, 48 is 75% of 64.</p>
<p><strong>USING THE PERCENT PROPORTION</strong> Write and solve a proportion to answer the question.<br />
Question 15.<br />
What percent of 25 is 12?<br />
Answer: 48%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\)  = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{12}{25}\)  = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{12 × 100}{25}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{1200}{25}\)<br />
p = 48<br />
So, 12 is 48% of 25.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
14 is what percent of 56?<br />
Answer: 25%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{14}{56}\)  = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{14 × 100}{56}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{1400}{56}\)<br />
p = 25<br />
So, 14 is 25% of 56.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
25% of what number is 9?<br />
Answer: 36</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{9}{w}\) = \(\frac{25}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{9}{w}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)<br />
w = 9 × 4<br />
w = 36.<br />
So, 9 is 25% of 36.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
36 is 0.9% of what number?<br />
Answer: 4,000</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\)  = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{36}{w}\) = \(\frac{0.9}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{36 × 100}{0.9}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{3600}{0.9}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{36,000}{9}\)<br />
w = 4,000<br />
So, 36 is 0.9% of 4,000.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
75% of 124 is what number?<br />
Answer: 93</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{124}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{75 × 124}{100}\)<br />
a  = \(\frac{9,300}{100}\)<br />
a = 93<br />
So, 93 is 75% of 124.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
110% of 90 is what number?<br />
Answer: 99</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\)  = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{90}\)  = \(\frac{110}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{110 × 90}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{9900}{100}\)<br />
a = 99<br />
So, 99 is 110% of 90.</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
What number is 0.4% of 40?<br />
Answer: 0.16</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\)  = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{40}\)  = \(\frac{0.4}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{0.4 × 40}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{16}{100}\)<br />
a = 0.16<br />
So, 0.16 is 0.4% of 40.</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
72 is what percent of 45?<br />
Answer:  160%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{72}{45}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{72 × 100}{45}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{7200}{45}\)<br />
p = 160<br />
So, 72 is 160% of 45.</p>
<p>Question 23.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend uses the percent proportion to answer the question below. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.<br />
“40%of what number is 34?”<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29671" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.2-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.2 5" width="115" height="135" /><br />
Answer:  yes, he used the correct percent proportion.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{34}{w}\) = \(\frac{40}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{34 × 100}{40}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{3400}{40}\)<br />
w = 85<br />
So, 34 is 40% of 85.</p>
<p>Question 24.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
Of 140 seventh-grade students, 15% earn the Presidential Youth Fitness Award. How many students earn the award?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29672" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.2-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.2 6" width="175" height="159" /><br />
Answer: 21 students earn the Presidential Youth Fitness Award.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, Of 140 seventh-grade students, 15% earn the Presidential Youth Fitness Award.<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{140}\) = \(\frac{15}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{15 × 140}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{2100}{100}\)<br />
a = 21<br />
So, 21 is 15% of 140.<br />
Totally ,21 students earn the Presidential Youth Fitness Award.</p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
A salesperson receives a 3% commission on sales. The salesperson receives $180 in commission. What is the amount of sales?<br />
Answer: The total amount of sale is $6,000.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, A salesperson receives a 3% commission on sales, The salesperson receives $180 in commission.<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{180}{w}\) = \(\frac{3}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{180 × 100}{3}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{18,000}{3}\)<br />
w = 6,000<br />
So, $180 is 3% of $6,000.<br />
Total amount of sale is $6,000.</p>
<p><strong>USING THE PERCENT PROPORTION</strong> Write and solve a proportion to answer the question.<br />
Question 26.<br />
0.5 is what percent of 20?<br />
Answer: 2.5%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{0.5}{20}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{0.5 × 100}{20}\)<br />
p = 0.5 × 5<br />
p = 2.5<br />
So, 0.5 is 2.5% of 20.</p>
<p>Question 27.<br />
14.2 is 35.5% of what number?<br />
Answer: 40</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{14.2}{w}\) = \(\frac{35.5}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{14.2 × 100}{35.5}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{142 × 10}{35.5}\)<br />
w = 40<br />
So, 14.2 is 35.5% of 40.</p>
<p>Question 28.<br />
\(\frac{3}{4}\) is 60% of what number?<br />
Answer: 1.25</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
\(\frac{3}{4}\) can be rewrite as 0.75 in decimal,<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{0.75}{w}\) = \(\frac{60}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{0.75 × 100}{60}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{75}{60}\)<br />
w = 1.25<br />
So, 0.75 is 60% of 1.25.</p>
<p>Question 29.<br />
What number is 25% of \(\frac{7}{8}\)?<br />
Answer: 0.218</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
\(\frac{7}{8}\) can be rewrite as 0.875 in decimal,<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{0.875}\) = \(\frac{25}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{0.875 × 25}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{21.87}{100}\)<br />
a = 0.218<br />
So, 0.218 is 25% of 0.875.</p>
<p>Question 30.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
You are assigned 32 math exercises for homework. You complete 75% of the exercises before dinner. How many exercises do you have left to do after dinner?<br />
Answer: 24 exercises are left .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
You are assigned 32 math exercises for homework. You complete 75% of the exercises before dinner.<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{32}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{32 × 75}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{2,400}{100}\)<br />
a = 24<br />
So, 24 is 75% of 32.<br />
Totally, 24 exercise are left .</p>
<p>Question 31.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
Your friend earns $10.50 per hour, which is 125% of her hourly wage last year. How much did your friend earn per hour last year?<br />
Answer: Friend earned $8.4 per hour last year</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Your friend earns $10.50 per hour, which is 125% of her hourly wage last year,<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{10.5}{w}\) = \(\frac{125}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{10.5 × 100}{125}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{1050}{125}\)<br />
w = 8.4<br />
So, 8.4 is 125% of 10.5.</p>
<p>Question 32.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
The bar graph shows the numbers of reserved campsites at a campground for one week. What percent of the reservations were for Friday or Saturday?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29673" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.2-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.2 7" width="295" height="200" /><br />
Answer: The percent of reservations For Friday is 74.2% and for Saturday is  85%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As per the graph shown, The reservations made for the week are 35 ,<br />
Friday reservations are 26, so<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{26}{35}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{26 × 100}{35}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{2600}{35}\)<br />
p = 74.2<br />
So, 26 is 74.2% of 35.</p>
<p>Saturday reservations are 30, so<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{30}{35}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{30 × 100}{35}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{3,000}{35}\)<br />
p = 85<br />
So, 30 is 85% of 35.</p>
<p>Totally, The percent of reservations For Friday is 74.2% and for Saturday is  85%.</p>
<p>Question 33.<br />
<strong>PROBLEM SOLVING</strong><br />
Your friend displays the results of a survey that asks several people to vote on a new school mascot.<br />
a. What is missing from the bar graph?<br />
b. What percent of the votes does the least popular mascot receive? Explain your reasoning.<br />
c. There are 124 votes total. How many votes does tiger receive?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29674" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.2-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.2 8" width="260" height="198" /><br />
Answer: a. The numerical values for the votes are missing from the graph</p>
<p>b. In order to calculate the percent of the votes does the least popular mascot received will be halted due to lack of clear mentioning of of the proportion of the votes or the ratio of the votes.</p>
<p>c. The votes acquired by the tiger are cannot be determined because of figure which does not contain proper information.</p>
<p>Question 34.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A quarterback completes 18 of 33 passes during the first three quarters of a football game. He completes every pass in the fourth quarter and 62.5% of his passes for the entire game. How many passes does the quarterback throw in the fourth quarter? Justify your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29675" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.2-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.2 9" width="269" height="211" /><br />
Answer: Quarterback throw 20.6 passes in the fourth quarter</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
A quarterback completes 18 of 33 passes during the first three quarters of a football game,<br />
He completes every pass in the fourth quarter and 62.5% of his passes for the entire game.<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{33}\) = \(\frac{62.5}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{33 × 62.5}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{2,062.5}{100}\)<br />
a = 20.6<br />
So, 20.6 is 62.5% of 33.</p>
<p>Hence, Quarterback thrown 20.6 passes in the fourth quarter</p>
<p>Question 35.<br />
<strong>REASONING</strong><br />
20% of a number is x. What is 100% of the number? Assume x &gt; 0.<br />
Answer: 5x</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
substitute a = x and p = 20<br />
\(\frac{x}{w}\) = \(\frac{20}{100}\)<br />
by cross multiplication , we get<br />
w × 20 = x × 100<br />
20w = 100x<br />
Divide both sides by 20,<br />
\(\frac{20w}{20}\) = \(\frac{100x}{20}\)<br />
w = 5x<br />
So, 100% of the number is 5x.</p>
<p>Question 36.<br />
<strong>STRUCTURE</strong><br />
Answer each question. Assume x &gt; 0.<br />
a. What percent of 8x is 5x?<br />
b. What is 65% of 80x?<br />
Answer: a. 62.5% , b. 52x</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. percent of 8x is 5x<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{5x}{8x}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
by cross multiplying<br />
8p = 500<br />
p = \(\frac{500}{8}\)<br />
p = 62.5<br />
So, 5x is 62.5% of 8x.</p>
<p>b. By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{8x}\) = \(\frac{65}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{8x × 65}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{520x}{100}\)<br />
a = 52x<br />
So, 52x is 65% of 80x.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _6.3 _The _percent _Equation"></a>Lesson 6.3 The Percent Equation</h3>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 1</strong></p>
<p>Using Percent Equations<br />
Work with a partner.<br />
a. The circle graph shows the number of votes received by each candidate during a school election. So far, only half of the students have voted. Find the percent of students who voted for each candidate. Explain your method.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29676" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.3 1" width="634" height="539" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-1.png 634w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-1-300x255.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 634px) 100vw, 634px" /><br />
c. The circle graph shows the final results of the election after every student voted. Use the equation you wrote in part(b) to find the number of students who voted for each candidate.<br />
d. Use a different method to check your answers in part(c). Which method do you prefer? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
a. The percent of students who voted for each candidate are<br />
For Person A = 20% ,<br />
For Person B = 25%<br />
For Person C = 15%<br />
For Person D = 40%</p>
<p>b. The equation is a = \(\frac{w × p}{100}\)</p>
<p>c. The number of students who voted for each candidate are<br />
For Person A = 30<br />
For Person B = 24<br />
For Person C = 24<br />
For Person D = 42</p>
<p>d. ratio proportion is used as another method.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given, The circle graph shows the number of votes received by each candidate during a school election. So far, only half of the students have voted.<br />
The number of votes received till now are 12 + 15 + 9 + 24 = 60,<br />
To know the percent of students who voted for each candidate we have ,<br />
For person A, w = 60 , a = 12 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{12}{60}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{12 × 100}{60}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{1200}{60}\)<br />
p = 20<br />
So, 12 is 20% of 60.<br />
The percent of  students who voted for person A is 20%</p>
<p>For person B , w = 60 , a = 15 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{15}{60}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{15 × 100}{60}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{1500}{60}\)<br />
p = 25<br />
So, 15 is 25% of 60.<br />
The percent of  students who voted for person B is 25%</p>
<p>For person C , w = 60 , a = 9 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{9}{60}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{9 × 100}{60}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{900}{60}\)<br />
p = 15<br />
So, 9 is 15% of 60.<br />
The percent of  students who voted for person C is 15%</p>
<p>For person D , w = 60 , a = 24 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{24}{60}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{24 × 100}{60}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{2400}{60}\)<br />
p = 40<br />
So, 24 is 40% of 60.<br />
The percent of  students who voted for person D is 40%</p>
<p>b. we know that percent proportion is \(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
where as a = part , w= whole , p = percent ,<br />
To solve for a , we can write it as a = \(\frac{w × p}{100}\)</p>
<p>c. The figure showing the percent of all the candidates individually are after the final results ,<br />
as shown in part (a)  half of the students are 60 ,<br />
The half of the students voted in all the students are 60 and total strength of students are 60 + 60 = 120<br />
To calculate the number of voting acquired by each candidate we have,<br />
For person A , w  = 120 , p = 25 , a = ?<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{120}\) = \(\frac{25}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{120 × 25}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{120}{4}\)<br />
a = 30<br />
So, 30 is 25% of 120.<br />
The number of students who voted for person A after final results are 30</p>
<p>For person B , w  = 120 , p = 20 , a = ?<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{120}\) = \(\frac{20}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{120 × 20}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{120}{5}\)<br />
a = 24<br />
So, 24 is 20% of 120.<br />
The number of students who voted for person B after final results are 24</p>
<p>For person C , w  = 120 , p = 20 , a = ?<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
same as for person B ,<br />
So, 24 is 20% of 120.<br />
The number of students who voted for person C after final results are 24</p>
<p>For person D , w  = 120 , p = 35 , a = ?<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{120}\) = \(\frac{35}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{120 × 35}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{4,200}{100}\)<br />
a = 42<br />
So, 42 is 35% of 120.<br />
The number of students who voted for person D after final results are 42.</p>
<p>d. We are using ratio proportion method , To check the answers of  part (c),<br />
For person A , 25 % × 120 =<br />
(25 : 100) × 120 =<br />
(25 × 120) : 100 =<br />
3,000 : 100 = 30<br />
So, 30 is the 25% of 120.</p>
<p>For person B , 20 % × 120 =<br />
(20 : 100) × 120 =<br />
(20 × 120) : 100 =<br />
2,400 : 100 = 24<br />
So, 24 is the 20% of 120.</p>
<p>For person C , 20% × 120 is same as person B<br />
So, 24 is the 20% of 120.</p>
<p>For person D , 35 % × 120 =<br />
(35 : 100) × 120 =<br />
(35 × 120) : 100 =<br />
4,200 : 100 = 42<br />
So, 42 is the 35% of 120.<br />
All the answers are verified with ratio proportion method.</p>
<p><strong>Try It</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write and solve an equation to answer the question.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
What number is 10% of 20?<br />
Answer:  2</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
10 % × 20 =<br />
(10 : 100) × 20 =<br />
(10 × 20) : 100 =<br />
200 : 100 = 2<br />
So, 2 is the 10% of 20.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
What number is 150% of 40?<br />
Answer: 60</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
150 % × 40 =<br />
(150 : 100) × 40 =<br />
(150 × 40) : 100 =<br />
6,000 : 100 = 60<br />
So, 60 is the 150% of 40.</p>
<p><strong>Write and solve an equation to answer the question.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
3 is what percent of 600?<br />
Answer: 0.5%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{3}{600}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{3 × 100}{600}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{300}{600}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{1}{2}\)<br />
p = 0.5<br />
So, 3 is 0.5% of 600.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
18 is what percent of 20?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{18}{20}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{18 × 100}{20}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{1800}{20}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{180}{2}\)<br />
p = 90<br />
So, 18 is 90% of 20.</p>
<p><strong>Write and solve an equation to answer the question.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
8 is 80% of what number?<br />
Answer: 10</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{8}{w}\) = \(\frac{80}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{8 × 100}{80}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{800}{80}\)<br />
w = 10<br />
So, 8 is 80% of 10.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
90 is 180% of what number?<br />
Answer: 50</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{90}{w}\) = \(\frac{180}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{90 × 100}{180}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{9,000}{180}\)<br />
w = 50<br />
So, 90 is 180% of 50.</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Concepts &amp; Skills</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>VOCABULARY</strong><br />
Write the percent equation in words.<br />
Answer:<br />
Percent Equation:<br />
In this equation, the whole is the number of which we are taking a percentage and the part is the value that results from taking the percent of the whole. This means that in any percent problem, there are three basic values to be concerned about: the percent, the whole, and the resulting part.<br />
we can represent percent = p , whole = w , part = a<br />
So, we have the percent equation as,<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\).</p>
<p><strong>USING THE PERCENT EQUATION</strong> Write and solve an equation to answer the question.<br />
Question 8.<br />
14 is what percent of 70?<br />
Answer: 20%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{14}{70}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{14 × 100}{70}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{1400}{70}\)<br />
p = 20<br />
So, 14 is 20% of 70.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
What number is 36% of 85?<br />
Answer: 30.6</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{85}\) = \(\frac{36}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{85 × 36}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{3,060}{100}\)<br />
a = 30.6<br />
So, 30.6 is 36% of 85.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
9 is 12% of what number?<br />
Answer: 75</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{9}{w}\) = \(\frac{12}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{9 × 100}{12}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{900}{12}\)<br />
w = 75<br />
So, 9 is 12% of 75.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
108 is what percent of 72?<br />
Answer: 150%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{108}{72}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{108 × 100}{72}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{10,800}{72}\)<br />
p = 150<br />
So, 108 is 150% of 72.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION</strong><br />
Which is different? Find “both” answers.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29677" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.3 2" width="439" height="86" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-2.png 439w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-2-300x59.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 439px) 100vw, 439px" /><br />
Answer: 55 is 20% of what number ? , is different  from other three questions.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , 20% of 55 , we have to find the part of whole number<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{55}\) = \(\frac{20}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{55 × 20}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{1,100}{100}\)<br />
a = 11<br />
So, 11 is 20% of 55.</p>
<p>But this 55 is 20% of what number ? is different  from other three, because here we have to find out the whole number<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{55}{w}\) = \(\frac{20}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{55 × 100}{20}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{5500}{20}\)<br />
w = 275<br />
So, 55 is 20% of 275.<br />
Hence , 55 is 20% of what number ? , is different  from other three questions.</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Problem Solving</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A school offers band and chorus classes. The table shows the percents of the 1200 students in the school who are enrolled in band, chorus, or neither class. How many students are enrolled in both classes? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29678" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.3 3" width="311" height="268" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-3.png 311w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-3-300x259.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /><br />
Answer: The total number of students enrolled for both classes  are 744.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, The table shows the percent of the 1200 students in the school who are enrolled in band, chorus, or neither class.<br />
For Band , w = 1200 , p = 34 , a = ?<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{1200}\) = \(\frac{34}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{1200 × 34}{100}\)<br />
a = 12 × 34<br />
a = 408<br />
So, 408 is 34% of 1200.<br />
The number of students enrolled for the Band are 408.</p>
<p>For Band , w = 1200 , p = 28 , a = ?<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{1200}\) = \(\frac{28}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{1200 × 28}{100}\)<br />
a = 12 × 28<br />
a = 336<br />
So, 336 is 28% of 1200.<br />
The number of students enrolled for the chorus are 336.</p>
<p>The total number of students enrolled for both classes  are 408 + 336 = 744.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
Water Tank A has a capacity of 550 gallons and is 66% full. Water Tank B is 53% full. The ratio of the capacity of Water Tank A to Water Tank B is 11:15.<br />
a. How much water is in each tank?<br />
b. What percent of the total volume of both tanks is filled with water?<br />
Answer:<br />
a. The water tank A is filled with 363 gallons of water.<br />
The water tank B is filled with 397.5 gallons of water.</p>
<p>b. The percent of the total volume of both tanks is filled with water is 58.5%.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a.  Given , Water Tank A has a capacity of 550 gallons and is 66% full.<br />
w = 550 gallons , p = 66% , a = ?<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{550}\) = \(\frac{66}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{550 × 66}{100}\)<br />
a = 550 × 0.66<br />
a = 363<br />
So, 363 is 66% of 550.<br />
The water tank A is filled with 363 gallons of water.</p>
<p>Given, Water Tank B is 53% full.<br />
The ratio of the capacity of Water Tank A to Water Tank B is 11:15.<br />
The capacity of Water Tank A is 550 gallons<br />
Let the capacity of tank B is x gallons<br />
\(\frac{550}{x}\) = \(\frac{11}{15}\)<br />
x = \(\frac{550 × 15}{11}\)<br />
x =  \(\frac{8,250}{11}\)<br />
x = 750.<br />
The capacity of the water Tank B is 750 gallons,<br />
To know the amount of water filled in the tank we have,<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{750}\) = \(\frac{53}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{750 × 53}{100}\)<br />
a = 7.5 × 53<br />
a = 397.5<br />
So, 397.5 is 53% of 750.<br />
The water tank B is filled with 397.5 gallons of water.</p>
<p>b. To know the percent of the total volume of both tanks is filled with water, we have<br />
The total capacity of Water tank A and Water tank B = 550 + 750 = 1,300 gallons<br />
The total amount of water filled in both tanks are 363 + 397.5 =  760.5 gallons<br />
So, w = 1,300 , a = 760.5 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{760.5}{1,300}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{760.5 × 100}{1,300}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{760.5}{13}\)<br />
p = 58.5<br />
So, 760.5 is 58.5% of 1,300.<br />
The percent of the total volume of both tanks is filled with water is 58.5%.</p>
<h3><a id="The _Percent _Equation _Homework _&amp; _practice _6.3"></a>The Percent Equation Homework &amp; Practice 6.3</h3>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write and solve a proportion to answer the question.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
30% of what number is 9?<br />
Answer: 30</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{9}{w}\) = \(\frac{30}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{9 × 100}{30}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{900}{30}\)<br />
w = 30<br />
So, 9 is 30% of 30.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
42 is what percent of 80?<br />
Answer:  52.5%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{42}{80}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{42 × 100}{80}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{420}{8}\)<br />
p = 52.5<br />
So, 42 is 52.5% of 80.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
What percent of 36 is 20?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{20}{36}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{20 × 100}{36}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{2,000}{36}\)<br />
p = 5.55<br />
So, 20 is55.5% of 36.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
What number is 120% of 80?<br />
Answer: 96</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{80}\) = \(\frac{120}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{80 × 120}{100}\)<br />
a =  8 × 12<br />
a = 96<br />
So, 96 is 120% of 80.</p>
<p><strong>Find the distance between the two numbers on a number line.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
&#8211; 4 and 10<br />
Answer: The distance between the two numbers  &#8211; 4 and 10  on a number line is 14 .</p>
<p>Explanation:  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34651" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.45.png" alt="" width="535" height="111" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.45.png 535w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.45-300x62.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 535px) 100vw, 535px" /><br />
For the number line above we have divided each segment in to equal parts ,<br />
So, The distance between the two numbers  &#8211; 4 and 10  on a number line is 14 .</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
&#8211;\(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{4}{3}\)<br />
Answer: The distance between the two numbers &#8211;\(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{4}{3}\) on a number line is 6 .</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34652" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.46.png" alt="" width="438" height="105" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.46.png 438w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.46-300x72.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 438px) 100vw, 438px" /><br />
For the number line above we have divided each segment in to equal parts ,<br />
So, The distance between the two numbers &#8211;\(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{4}{3}\) on a number line is 6 .</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
&#8211; 5\(\frac{2}{3}\) and &#8211; 1 \(\frac{3}{10}\)<br />
Answer: The distance between the two numbers  &#8211; 5\(\frac{2}{3}\) and &#8211; 1 \(\frac{3}{10}\) on a number line is 6.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34653" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.47.png" alt="" width="466" height="106" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.47.png 466w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.47-300x68.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /><br />
Given , &#8211; 5\(\frac{2}{3}\) and &#8211; 1 \(\frac{3}{10}\)<br />
can be written as \(\frac{-13}{3}\) and  \(\frac{-7}{10}\)<br />
converting into decimal form we get , -4.3 and -0.7<br />
For the number line above we have divided each segment in to equal parts ,<br />
So, The distance between the two numbers  &#8211; 5\(\frac{2}{3}\) and &#8211; 1 \(\frac{3}{10}\) on a number line is 6.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
&#8211; 4.3 and 7.5<br />
Answer: The distance between the two numbers  &#8211; 4.3 and 7.5  on a number line is 8 .</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-34654" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.48.png" alt="" width="478" height="94" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.48.png 478w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.48-300x59.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 478px) 100vw, 478px" /><br />
For the number line above we have divided each segment in to equal parts ,<br />
So, The distance between the two numbers  &#8211; 4.3 and 7.5  on a number line is 8 .</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
There are 160 people in a grade. The ratio of boys to girls is 3 to 5. Which proportion can you use to find the number x of boys?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29679" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.3 4" width="473" height="47" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-4.png 473w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-4-300x30.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /><br />
Answer:  A. \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{x}{160}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, The ratio of boys to girls is\(\frac{3}{5}\)<br />
The ratio of boys to the grade is \(\frac{3}{8}\)<br />
to find the number of x boys, we have to<br />
\(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{x}{160}\)<br />
x = \(\frac{3 × 160}{8}\)<br />
x = \(\frac{480}{8}\)<br />
x = 60.<br />
So, A =  \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{x}{160}\) is the correct answer.</p>
<p><strong>Concepts, Skills, &amp; Problem Solving</strong></p>
<p><strong>USING PERCENT EQUATIONS</strong> The circle graph shows the number of votes received by each candidate during a school election. Find the percent of students who voted for the indicated candidate. Each Candidate(See Exploration 1, p. 247.)<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29680" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.3 5" width="193" height="231" /><br />
Question 10.<br />
Candidate A<br />
Answer: The percent of students who voted for the candidate A is  36%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, the circle graph shows the number of votes received by each candidate during a school election.<br />
The total number of students voted are 54 + 60 + 36 = 150<br />
For candidate A we have , w = 150 , a = 54 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{54}{150}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{54 × 100}{150}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{540}{15}\)<br />
p = 36<br />
So, 54 is 36% of 150.<br />
The percent of students who voted for the candidate A is 36%.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Candidate B<br />
Answer: The percent of students who voted for the candidate B is 40%.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
For candidate B we have , w = 150 , a = 60 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{60}{150}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{60 × 100}{150}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{600}{15}\)<br />
p = 40<br />
So, 60 is 40% of 150.<br />
The percent of students who voted for the candidate B is 40%.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
Candidate C<br />
Answer: The percent of students who voted for the candidate C is 24%.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
For candidate C we have , w = 150 , a = 36 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{36}{150}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{36 × 100}{150}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{360}{15}\)<br />
p = 24<br />
So, 36 is 24% of 150.<br />
The percent of students who voted for the candidate C is 24%.</p>
<p><strong>USING THE PERCENT EQUATION</strong> Write and solve an equation to answer the question.<br />
Question 13.<br />
20% of 150 is what number?<br />
Answer:  30</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{150}\) = \(\frac{20}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{150 × 20}{100}\)<br />
a = 15 × 2<br />
a = 30<br />
So, 30 is 20% of 150.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
45 is what percent of 60?<br />
Answer: 75%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{45}{60}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{45 × 100}{60}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{4,500}{60}\)<br />
p = 75<br />
So, 45 is 75% of 60.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
35% of what number is 35?<br />
Answer: 35 is 35% of 100.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{35}{w}\) = \(\frac{35}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{35 × 100}{35}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{3500}{35}\)<br />
w = 100<br />
So, 35 is 35% of 100.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
0.8% of 150 is what number?<br />
Answer: 1.2 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{150}\) = \(\frac{0.8}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{150 × 0.8}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{120}{100}\)<br />
a = 1.2<br />
So, 1.2 is 0.8% of 150.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
29 is what percent of 20?<br />
Answer: 145%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{29}{20}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{29 × 100}{20}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{2,900}{20}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{2,90}{2}\)<br />
p = 145<br />
So, 29 is 145% of 20.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
0.5% of what number is 12?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{12}{w}\) = \(\frac{0.5}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{12 × 100}{0.5}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{1200}{0.5}\)<br />
w = 2,400.<br />
So, 12 is 0.5% of 2,400.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
What percent of 300 is 51?<br />
Answer: 17%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{51}{300}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{51 × 100}{300}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{51}{3}\)<br />
p = 17<br />
So, 51 is 17% of 300.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
120% of what number is 102?<br />
Answer: 85</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{102}{w}\) = \(\frac{120}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{102 × 100}{120}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{1020}{12}\)<br />
w = 85<br />
So, 102 is 120% of 85.</p>
<p><strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong> Your friend uses the percent equation to answer the question. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.<br />
Question 21.<br />
What number is 35% of 20?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29681" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.3 6" width="145" height="88" /><br />
Answer: yes , He is correct .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{20}\) = \(\frac{35}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{20 × 35}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{700}{100}\)<br />
a = 7<br />
So, 7 is 35% of 20.</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
30 is 60% of what number?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29682" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.3 7" width="147" height="96" /><br />
Answer: 30 is 60% of 50.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{30}{w}\) = \(\frac{60}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{30 × 100}{60}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{300}{6}\)<br />
w = 50<br />
So, 30 is 60% of 50.</p>
<p>Question 23.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
A salesperson receives a 2.5% commission on sales. What commission does the salesperson receive for $8000 in sales?<br />
Answer: He receives $200 for commission of the sale.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{8000}\) = \(\frac{2.5}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{8000 × 2.5}{100}\)<br />
a = 80 × 2.5<br />
a = $200<br />
So, $200 is 2.5% of $8000.<br />
He receives $200 for commission of the sale.</p>
<p>Question 24.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
Your school raised 125% of its fundraising goal. The school raised $6750. What was the goal?<br />
Answer: The fundraising goal of the school is $5,400.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{6750}{w}\) = \(\frac{125}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{6750 × 100}{125}\)<br />
w =54 × 100<br />
w = $5,400<br />
So, $6750 is 125% of $5,400.<br />
The fundraising goal of the school is $5,400.</p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
The sales tax on the model rocket shown is $1.92. What is the percent of sales tax?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29683" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.3 8" width="219" height="197" /><br />
Answer: The percent of sales tax on the rocket model  is 8%.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, The sales tax on the model rocket shown is $1.92.<br />
The tax on the rocket is $24 , we have ,<br />
w = 24 , a = 1.92 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{1.92}{24}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{1.92 × 100}{24}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{192}{24}\)<br />
p = 8<br />
So, $1.92 is 8% of $24.<br />
The percent of sales tax on the rocket model  is 8%.</p>
<p><strong>PUZZLE</strong> There were n signers of the Declaration of Independence. The youngest was Edward Rutledge, who was x years old. The oldest was Benjamin Franklin, who was y years old.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29684" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.3 9" width="297" height="204" /><br />
Question 26.<br />
x is 25% of 104. What was Rutledge’s age?<br />
Answer: The age of Rutledge is 26.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{104}\) = \(\frac{25}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{104 × 25}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{104}{4}\)<br />
a = 26<br />
x = 26.<br />
So, 26 is 25% of 104.</p>
<p>Question 27.<br />
7 is 10% of y. What was Franklin’s age?<br />
Answer: The Franklin’s age is 70.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{7}{w}\) = \(\frac{10}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{7 × 100}{10}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{700}{10}\)<br />
w = 70<br />
y = 70.<br />
So, 7 is 10% of 70.<br />
The Franklin’s age is 70.</p>
<p>Question 28.<br />
n is 80% of y. How many signers were there?<br />
Answer: There are n = 56 members signers.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
y = 70 , p = 80 ,<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{70}\) = \(\frac{80}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{70 × 80}{100}\)<br />
a = 7 × 8<br />
a =56<br />
n = 56<br />
So, 56 is 80% of 70.<br />
There are n = 56 members signers.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29685" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.3 10" width="215" height="208" /></p>
<p>Question 29.<br />
<strong>LOGIC</strong><br />
How can you tell whether a percent of a number will be greater than, less than, or equal to the number? Give examples to support your answer.<br />
Answer: The percent of a number is less than 100% , Then the percent of the number will be less than the number.<br />
The percent of a number is 100% , Then the percent of the number will be equal the number.<br />
The percent of a number is greater than 100% , Then the percent of the number will be greater than the number.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
If the percent of a number is less than 100% , Then the percent of the number will be less than the number.<br />
For example , 80% of 50<br />
= 0.8 × 50<br />
= 40<br />
80% &lt; 100% ,  so 40 &lt; 50.</p>
<p>If the percent of a number is 100% , Then the percent of the number will be equal the number.<br />
For example , 100% of 50<br />
= 1 × 50<br />
= 50.<br />
100% = 100% , So, 50 = 50.</p>
<p>If the percent of a number is greater than 100% , Then the percent of the number will be greater than the number.<br />
For example , 120% of 50<br />
= 1.2 × 50<br />
= 60.<br />
120% &gt; 100% , So, 60 &gt; 50.</p>
<p>Question 30.<br />
<strong>PROBLEM SOLVING</strong><br />
In a survey, a group of students is asked their favorite sport. Eighteen students choose “other” sports.<br />
a. How many students participate in the survey?<br />
b. How many choose football?<br />
Answer:  a. The number of students participated  are 80.<br />
b. The number of students chose football are 30.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. 18 students chose &#8221; other&#8221; sports So, a = 18 ,<br />
The percent of the &#8220;other&#8221; sport = 100% &#8211; (40% + 37.5%) = 22.5%<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{18}{w}\) = \(\frac{22.5}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{18 × 100}{22.5}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{1800}{22.5}\)<br />
w =  80<br />
So, 18 is 22.5% of 80.<br />
The number of students participated  are 80.</p>
<p>b. 80 students are participated , so w = 80<br />
The percent of the students who chose football is 37.5%<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{80}\) = \(\frac{37.5}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{80 × 37.5}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{3,000}{100}\)<br />
a = 30<br />
So, 30 is 37.5% of 80.<br />
The number of students chose football are 30.</p>
<p>Question 31.<br />
<strong>TRUE OR FALSE?</strong><br />
Tell whether the statement is true or false. Explain your reasoning.<br />
If W is 25% of Z, then Z : W is 75 : 25.<br />
Answer: The statement is False.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , W is 25% of Z<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{W}{Z}\) = \(\frac{25}{100}\)<br />
So, \(\frac{Z}{W}\) = \(\frac{100}{25}\)<br />
But given that Z : W is 75 : 25<br />
So, The statement is False.</p>
<p>Question 32.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
At a restaurant, the amount of your bill before taxes and tip is $19.83. A 6% sales tax is applied to your bill, and you leave a tip equal to 19% of the original amount. Use mental math to estimate the total amount of money you pay. Explain your reasoning. (Hint: Use 10% of the original amount.)<br />
Answer: The total amount of the money to be paid is $22.18.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given ,The amount of your bill before taxes and tip is $19.83.<br />
A 6% sales tax is applied to your bill, and you leave a tip equal to 19% of the original amount.<br />
bill before the tax = $19.83<br />
sales tax = 6%<br />
So, $19.83 &#8211; 6%<br />
= $19.83 &#8211; 0.06<br />
= $18.64<br />
Tip = 19%<br />
So, $18.64 + 19%<br />
= $18.64 + 0.19<br />
= $22.18<br />
The total amount of the money to be paid is $22.18.</p>
<p>Question 33<br />
<strong>REASONING</strong><br />
The table shows your test results in a math class. What score do you need on the last test to earn 90% of the total points on the tests?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29686" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.3-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.3 11" width="190" height="135" /><br />
Answer: Of all the total test points you need 720 points to earn 90%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Total point value = 100 + 250 + 150 + 300 = 800<br />
Given p = 90% , w = 800 , a= ?<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{800}\) = \(\frac{90}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{800 × 90}{100}\)<br />
a = 8 × 90<br />
a = 720<br />
So, 720 is 90% of 800.<br />
Finally, of all the total test points you need 720 points to earn 90%</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _6.4 _Percents _of _Increase _and _Decrease"></a>Lesson 6.4 Percents of Increase and Decrease</h3>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 1</strong></p>
<p>Exploring Percent of Change<br />
Work with a partner. Each year in the Columbia River Basin, adult salmon swim upriver to streams to lay eggs.<br />
To go up the river, the adult salmon use fish ladders. But to go down the river, the young salmon must pass through several dams.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29687" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.4-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.4 1" width="491" height="378" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.4-1.png 491w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.4-1-300x231.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 491px) 100vw, 491px" /><br />
At one time, there were electric turbines at each of the eight dams on the main stem of the Columbia and Snake Rivers. About 88% of the young salmon pass through a single dam unharmed.<br />
a. One thousand young salmon pass through a dam. How many pass through unharmed?<br />
b. One thousand young salmon pass through the river basin. How many pass through all 8 dams unharmed?<br />
c. By what percent does the number of young salmon decrease when passing through a single dam?<br />
d. Describe a similar real-life situation in which a quantity increases by a constant percent each time an event occurs.<br />
Answer: a. 880 salmon passed through single dam unharmed.<br />
b. Totally , 358 salmon pass through all 8 dams unharmed.<br />
c. The percent of the number of young salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is 12%<br />
d. An example for, real-life situation in which a quantity increases by a constant percent each time an event occurs. is given below in explanation.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given , One thousand young salmon pass through a dam. 88% of the young salmon pass through a single dam unharmed.<br />
To know the number of salmon passed through unharmed we have,<br />
88% of 1,000<br />
= 88% × 1,000<br />
= 0.88 × 1,000<br />
= 880.<br />
So, 880 salmon passed through single dam unharmed.</p>
<p>b. Given , One thousand young salmon pass through a dam. 88% of the young salmon pass through a single dam unharmed. To calculate number of salmon pass through all 8 dams unharmed are<br />
number of  salmon passed through dam 1 , unharmed are 880 (as shown in part a)<br />
number of  salmon passed through dam 2 , unharmed =  88%  of  880<br />
= 0.88 × 880<br />
= 774<br />
number of  salmon passed through dam 3 , unharmed =  88%  of  774<br />
= 0.88 × 774<br />
= 681<br />
number of  salmon passed through dam 4 , unharmed =  88%  of  681<br />
= 0.88 × 681<br />
= 599<br />
number of  salmon passed through dam 5 , unharmed =  88%  of  599<br />
= 0.88 × 599<br />
= 527<br />
number of  salmon passed through dam 6 , unharmed =  88%  of  527<br />
= 0.88 × 527<br />
= 463<br />
number of  salmon passed through dam 7 , unharmed =  88%  of  463<br />
= 0.88 × 463<br />
= 407<br />
number of  salmon passed through dam 8 , unharmed =  88%  of  407<br />
= 0.88 × 407<br />
= 358<br />
Totally , 358 salmon pass through all 8 dams unharmed.</p>
<p>c. To calculate The percent of the number of young salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is<br />
The total percent of salmon is 100%, The percent of salmon pass through a single dam is 88%<br />
So, 100% &#8211; 88% = 12%<br />
Finally , The percent of the number of young salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is 12%</p>
<p>d.  An Example of real-life situation in which a quantity increases by a constant percent each time an event occurs.  is ,  while we are filling the tank with water , The amount of water ingoing increases constantly with the speed of the motor power running the water , water levels in the tank increases by a constant percent each time until the tank is filled up with the water fully.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29688" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.4-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.4 2" width="188" height="162" /></p>
<p><strong>Try It</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the percent of change. Round to the nearest tenth of a percent if necessary.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
10 inches to 25 inches<br />
Answer:  percent of change is 150%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 25 and old value = 10 , because a change of 10 to 25 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{25 &#8211; 10}{10}\)<br />
= \(\frac{15}{10}\)<br />
= \(\frac{15}{10}\) × 100<br />
= 150%<br />
So, percent of change is 150%</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
57 people to 65 people<br />
Answer:  percent of change is 14%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 65 and old value = 57 , because a change of 57 to 65 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{65 &#8211; 57}{57}\)<br />
= \(\frac{8}{57}\)<br />
= \(\frac{8}{57}\) × 100<br />
= 14.03 %<br />
Approximately We can write it as 14 %<br />
So, percent of change is 14%</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
In Example 2, what was the percent of change from 2014 to 2015?<br />
Answer: percent of change is  &#8211; 44%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In Example 2, change from 2014 to 2015 , that is 18 to 10<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New  value &#8211; old  value}{old  value}\)<br />
where New value = 10 and old value = 18 , because a change of 18 to 10 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{10 &#8211; 18}{18}\)<br />
= \(\frac{-8}{18}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.444<br />
=  &#8211; 0.444 × 100<br />
=  &#8211; 44.4 %<br />
Approximately We can write it as  &#8211; 44 %<br />
So, percent of change is  &#8211; 44%</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Concepts &amp; Skills</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>VOCABULARY</strong><br />
What does it mean for a quantity to change by n%?<br />
Answer: The meaning of a quantity to change is given by, which the amount of quantity increases or decreases of its original value to new value is called percent of change,<br />
Then percent of change can be in positive or negative depending on the value of change , if it is for n% then it can be increase or decrease in the quantity of change.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>NUMBER SENSE</strong><br />
Without calculating, determine which situation has a greater percent of change. Explain.</p>
<ul>
<li>5 bonus points added to 50 points</li>
<li>5 bonus points added to 100 points</li>
</ul>
<p>Answer: 5 bonus points added to 50 points has the greater percent of change.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
5 bonus points added to 50 points<br />
Then 50 points to 55 points<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 55 and old value = 50 , because a change of 50 to 55 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{55 &#8211; 50}{50}\)<br />
= \(\frac{5}{50}\)<br />
= \(\frac{1}{10}\) × 100<br />
= 10%<br />
So, percent of change is 10%</p>
<p>5 bonus points added to 100 points<br />
Then 100 points to 105 points<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 105 and old value = 100 , because a change of 100 to 105 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{105 &#8211; 100}{100}\)<br />
= \(\frac{5}{100}\)<br />
= \(\frac{1}{20}\) × 100<br />
= 5%<br />
So, percent of change is 5%</p>
<p>Percent of change of 5 bonus points added to 50 points is 10%<br />
Percent of change of 5 bonus points added to 100 points is 5%<br />
So, 5 bonus points added to 50 points has the greater percent of change.</p>
<p><strong>FINDING A PERCENT OF CHANGE</strong> Identify the percent of change as an increase or a decrease. Then find the percent of change.<br />
Question 6.<br />
8 feet to 24 feet<br />
Answer: percent of change is increased that is 200%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 24 and old value = 8 , because a change of 8 to 24 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{24 -8}{8}\)<br />
= \(\frac{16}{8}\)<br />
= 2 × 100<br />
= 200%<br />
So, percent of change is 200%</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
300 miles to 210 miles<br />
Answer: percent of change is decreased that is -30%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 210 and old value = 300 , because a change of300 to 210 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{210 &#8211; 300}{300}\)<br />
= \(\frac{-90}{300}\)<br />
= \(\frac{-9}{30}\) × 100<br />
= -0.3 × 100<br />
= -30%<br />
So, percent of change is -30%</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Problem Solving</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
In one round of a game, you are asked how many bones are in a human body. If the percent error of your answer is at most 5%, you earn two points. If the percent error is at most 10%, but greater than 5%, you earn one point. You guess 195 bones. The correct answer is 206 bones. How many points do you earn?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29689" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.4-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.4 3" width="91" height="232" /><br />
Answer: The percent Error we calculated  is at most of 5% so points we earned is 2 points</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, You guess 195 bones. The correct answer is 206 bones.<br />
The amount of error is 206 &#8211; 195 = 11<br />
We know that , formula for percent error = \(\frac{Error value}{Actual value}\)<br />
where Error value = 11 and Actual value = 206 ,<br />
So, percent Error = \(\frac{11}{206}\)<br />
= 0.053<br />
= 0.053 × 100<br />
=  5.3%<br />
Approximately we can write as 5%<br />
So, percent Error is 5%<br />
Then , the percent Error we calculated  is at most of 5% so points we earned is 2 points</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
The manager of a restaurant offers a 20% decrease in price to tennis teams. A cashier applies a 10% decrease and then another 10% decrease. Is this the same as applying a 20% decrease? Justify your answer.<br />
Answer: There is slight difference between these two methods but are approximately equal.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, The manager of a restaurant offers a 20% decrease in price to tennis teams.<br />
Let the total price be 100<br />
So, 100 decrease 20%<br />
= 100 × (1 &#8211; 20%)<br />
= 100 × (1 &#8211; 0.2)<br />
= 80.</p>
<p>Given, A cashier applies a 10% decrease and then another 10% decrease.<br />
Let the total price be 100<br />
So, 100 decrease 10%<br />
= 100 × (1 &#8211; 10%)<br />
= 100 × (1 &#8211; 0.1)<br />
= 90.</p>
<p>Again applying 10% decrease<br />
90 decrease 10%<br />
= 90 × (1 &#8211; 10%)<br />
= 90 × (1 &#8211; 0.1)<br />
= 81.</p>
<p>So, There is slight difference between these two methods but are approximately equal</p>
<h3><a id="Percents _of _Increase _and _Decrease _Homework _&amp; _practice _6.4"></a>Percents of Increase and Decrease Homework &amp; Practice 6.4</h3>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write and solve an equation to answer the question.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
What number is 25% of 64?<br />
Answer:  16</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{64}\) = \(\frac{25}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{64 × 25}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{64}{4}\)<br />
a = 16<br />
So, 16 is 25% of 64.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
39.2 is what percent of 112?<br />
Answer: 35%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{39.2}{112}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{39.2 × 100}{112}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{3,920}{112}\)<br />
p = 35<br />
So, 39.2 is 35% of 112.</p>
<p><strong>Find the sum. Write fractions in simplest form.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
\(\frac{4}{7}\) + (- \(\frac{6}{7}\))<br />
Answer:  &#8211; \(\frac{2}{7}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the sum of the fractions given, we have to do addition, that is<br />
\(\frac{4}{7}\) + (- \(\frac{6}{7}\))<br />
= \(\frac{4 &#8211; 6}{7}\)<br />
= &#8211; \(\frac{2}{7}\)<br />
So, The sum of \(\frac{4}{7}\) + (- \(\frac{6}{7}\)) is &#8211; \(\frac{2}{7}\)</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
&#8211; 4.621 + 3.925<br />
Answer: &#8211; 0.696</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the sum we have to add the given numbers , that is<br />
&#8211; 4.621 + 3.925<br />
=  3.925 &#8211; 4.621<br />
= &#8211; 0.696<br />
So, the sum of &#8211; 4.621 + 3.925 is &#8211; 0.696.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
&#8211;\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)<br />
Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the sum of the fractions given, we have to do addition, that is<br />
Given , &#8211;\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)<br />
\(\frac{3}{4}\) &#8211; \(\frac{5}{12}\)<br />
Expand the fraction , multilpy the numerator and denominator by 3<br />
We get , \(\frac{3 × 3}{3 × 4}\)<br />
= \(\frac{3 × 3}{3 × 4}\) &#8211; \(\frac{5}{12}\)<br />
= \(\frac{9}{12}\) &#8211; \(\frac{5}{12}\)<br />
= \(\frac{9 &#8211; 5}{12}\)<br />
= \(\frac{4}{12}\)<br />
The simplest form of \(\frac{4}{12}\) is \(\frac{1}{3}\)<br />
So, The sum of &#8211;\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) is \(\frac{1}{3}\)</p>
<p><strong>Concepts, Skills, &amp; Problem Solving</strong></p>
<p><strong>EXPLORING PERCENT CHANGE</strong> You are given the percent of salmon that pass through a single dam unharmed. By what percent does the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam? (See Exploration 1, p. 253.)<br />
Question 8.<br />
75%<br />
Answer:  The percent of the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is 25%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The percent of salmon that pass through a single dam unharmed is 75%<br />
Let the percent of salmon coming to the dam are 100%<br />
The percent of the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is<br />
100% &#8211; 75% = 25%<br />
So, The percent of the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is 25%</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
80%<br />
Answer: The percent of the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is 20%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The percent of salmon that pass through a single dam unharmed is 80%<br />
Let the percent of salmon coming to the dam are 100%<br />
The percent of the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is<br />
100% &#8211; 80% = 20%<br />
So, The percent of the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is 20%</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
62%<br />
Answer: The percent of the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is 38%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The percent of salmon that pass through a single dam unharmed is 62%<br />
Let the percent of salmon coming to the dam are 100%<br />
The percent of the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is<br />
100% &#8211; 62% = 38%<br />
So, The percent of the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is 38%</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
94%<br />
Answer: The percent of the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is 6%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The percent of salmon that pass through a single dam unharmed is 94%<br />
Let the percent of salmon coming to the dam are 100%<br />
The percent of the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is<br />
100% &#8211; 94% = 6%<br />
So, The percent of the number of salmon decrease when passing through a single dam is 6%</p>
<p><strong>FINDING A PERCENT OF CHANGE</strong> Identify the percent of change as an increase or a decrease. Then find the percent of change. Round to the nearest tenth of a percent if necessary.<br />
Question 12.<br />
12 inches to 36 inches<br />
Answer: percent of change is 200%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 36 and old value = 12 , because a change of 12 to 36 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{36 &#8211; 12}{12}\)<br />
= \(\frac{24}{12}\)<br />
= 2 × 100<br />
= 200%<br />
So, percent of change is 200%</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
75 people to 25 people<br />
Answer: percent of change is 66%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 25 and old value = 75 , because a change of 75 to 25 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{25 &#8211; 75}{75}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 50}{75}\)<br />
=  &#8211; 0.666<br />
= &#8211; 0.666 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 66.6%<br />
Approximately we can write it as &#8211; 66%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 66%</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
50 pounds to 35 pounds<br />
Answer: percent of change is &#8211; 30%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 35 and old value = 50 , because a change of 35 to 50 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{35 &#8211; 50}{50}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 15}{50}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.3<br />
= &#8211; 0.3 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 30%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 30%</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
24 songs to 78 songs<br />
Answer: percent of change is 225%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 78 and old value = 24 , because a change of 24 to 78 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{78 &#8211; 24}{24}\)<br />
= \(\frac{54}{24}\)<br />
= 2.25 × 100<br />
= 225%<br />
So, percent of change is 225%</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
10 gallons to 24 gallons<br />
Answer: percent of change is 140%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 24 and old value = 10 , because a change of 10 to 24 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{24 &#8211; 10}{10}\)<br />
= \(\frac{14}{10}\)<br />
= 1.4<br />
= 1.4 × 100<br />
= 140%<br />
So, percent of change is 140%</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
72 paper clips to 63 paper clips<br />
Answer: percent of change is &#8211; 12.5%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 63 and old value = 72 , because a change of 72 to 63 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{63 &#8211; 72}{72}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 9}{72}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 1}{8}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.125<br />
= &#8211; 0.125 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 12.5%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 12.5%</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
16 centimeters to 44.2 centimeters<br />
Answer: percent of change is 176%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 44.2 and old value = 16 , because a change of 16 to 44.2 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{44.2 &#8211; 16}{16}\)<br />
= \(\frac{28.2}{16}\)<br />
= 1.76<br />
= 1.76 × 100<br />
= 176%<br />
So, percent of change is 176%</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
68 miles to 42.5 miles<br />
Answer: percent of change is &#8211; 37.5%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 42.5 and old value = 68 , because a change of 68 to 42.5 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{42.5 &#8211; 68}{68}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 25.5}{68}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.375<br />
= &#8211; 0.375 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 37.5%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 37.5%</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend finds the percent increase from 18 to 26. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29690" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.4-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.4 4" width="204" height="80" /><br />
Answer: No , The percent of change of 18 to 26 is positive (increase) that is 44.4%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 26 and old value = 18 , because a change of 18 to 26 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{26 &#8211; 18}{18}\)<br />
= \(\frac{8}{18}\)<br />
= 0.444<br />
= 0.444 × 100<br />
= 44.4%<br />
So, percent of change is 44.4%</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
Last week, you finished Level 2 of a video game in 32 minutes. Today, you finish Level 2 in 28 minutes. What is the percent of change?<br />
Answer: The percent of change from last week to today is &#8211; 12.5%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, you finished Level 2 of a video game in 32 minutes. Today, you finish Level 2 in 28 minutes.<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 28 and old value = 32 , because a change of 32 to 28 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{28 &#8211; 32}{32}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 4}{32}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 1}{8}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.125<br />
= &#8211; 0.125 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 12.5%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 12.5%</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
You estimate that a baby pig weighs 20 pounds. The actual weight of the baby pig is 16 pounds. Find the percent error.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29691" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.4-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.4 5" width="226" height="257" /><br />
Answer: The percent Error is 20%.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , You estimate that a baby pig weighs 20 pounds. The actual weight of the baby pig is 16 pounds.<br />
The amount of error is 20 &#8211; 16 = 4<br />
We know that , formula for percent error = \(\frac{Error value}{Actual value}\)<br />
where Error value = 4 and Actual value = 20 ,<br />
So, percent Error = \(\frac{4}{20}\)<br />
= \(\frac{1}{5}\)<br />
= 0.2<br />
= 0.2 × 100<br />
=  20%<br />
So, percent Error is 20% .</p>
<p>Question 23.<br />
<strong>PRECISION</strong><br />
A researcher estimates that a fossil is 3200 years old. Using carbon-14 dating, a procedure used to determine the age of an object, the researcher discovers that the fossil is 3600 years old.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29692" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.4-6.1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.4 6.1" width="165" height="141" /><br />
a. Find the percent error.<br />
b. What other estimate gives the same percent error? Explain your reasoning.<br />
Answer: a. The percent Error is 11.1%<br />
b. The other estimate that gives the same percent error is 3,199 years old.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given, A researcher estimates that a fossil is 3200 years old  the researcher discovers that the fossil is 3600 years old.<br />
The amount of error is 3600 &#8211; 3200 = 400<br />
We know that , formula for percent error = \(\frac{Error value}{Actual value}\)<br />
where Error value = 400 and Actual value = 3600 ,<br />
So, percent Error = \(\frac{400}{3600}\)<br />
= \(\frac{1}{9}\)<br />
= 0.111<br />
= 0.111 × 100<br />
=  11.1%<br />
So, percent Error is 11.1% .</p>
<p>b. If The other estimate that gives the same percent error is 3,199 years old.<br />
The amount of error is 3600 &#8211; 3199 = 401<br />
We know that , formula for percent error = \(\frac{Error value}{Actual value}\)<br />
where Error value = 401 and Actual value = 3600 ,<br />
So, percent Error = \(\frac{401}{3600}\)<br />
= 0.111<br />
= 0.111 × 100<br />
=  11.1%<br />
So, percent Error is 11.1% .<br />
So , The other estimate that gives the same percent error is 3,199 years old.</p>
<p><strong>FINDING A PERCENT OF CHANGE</strong> Identify the percent of change as an increase or a decrease. Then find the percent of change. Round to the nearest tenth of a percent if necessary.<br />
Question 24.<br />
\(\frac{1}{4}\) to \(\frac{1}{2}\)<br />
Answer: percent of change is 100%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The given fractions can be written in decimal form then we have,<br />
\(\frac{1}{4}\) as 0.25<br />
\(\frac{1}{2}\) as  0.5 , so , 0.25 to 0.5<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 0.5 and old value = 0.25 , because a change of 0.25 to 0.5 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{0.5 &#8211; 0.25}{0.25}\)<br />
= \(\frac{0.25}{0.25}\)<br />
= 1 × 100<br />
= 100%<br />
So, percent of change is 100%</p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
\(\frac{4}{5}\) to \(\frac{3}{5}\)<br />
Answer: percent of change is &#8211; 25%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The given fractions can be written in decimal form then we have,<br />
\(\frac{4}{5}\) as 0.8<br />
\(\frac{3}{5}\) as 0.6 , so , 0.8 to 0.6<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 0.6 and old value = 0.8 , because a change of 0.8 to 0.6 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{0.6 &#8211; 0.8}{0.8}\)<br />
= \(\frac{-0.2}{0.8}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.25<br />
= &#8211; 0.25 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 25%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 25%</p>
<p>Question 26.<br />
\(\frac{3}{8}\) to \(\frac{7}{8}\)<br />
Answer: percent of change is 135%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The given fractions can be written in decimal form then we have,<br />
\(\frac{3}{8}\) as 0.37<br />
\(\frac{7}{8}\) as 0.87 , So 0.37 to 0.87<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 0.87 and old value = 0.37 , because a change of 0.37 to 0.87 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{0.87 &#8211; 0.37}{0.37}\)<br />
= \(\frac{0.5}{0.37}\)<br />
= 1.35<br />
= 1.35 × 100<br />
= 135%<br />
So, percent of change is 135%</p>
<p>Question 27.<br />
\(\frac{5}{4}\) to \(\frac{3}{8}\)<br />
Answer: percent of change is &#8211; 70.4%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The given fractions can be written in decimal form then we have,<br />
\(\frac{5}{4}\) as 1.25<br />
\(\frac{3}{8}\) as 0.37 , So, 1.25 to 0.37<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 0.37 and old value = 1.25 , because a change of 1.25 to 0.37 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{0.37 &#8211; 1.25}{1.25}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 0.88}{1.25}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.704<br />
= &#8211; 0.704 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 70.4%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 70.4%</p>
<p>Question 28.<br />
<strong>CRITICAL THINKING</strong><br />
Explain why a change from 20 to 40 is a 100% increase, but a change from 40 to 20 is a 50% decrease.<br />
Answer: From 20 to 40 is a 100% increase because of increase in number value and from 40 to 20 is a 50% decrease because of decrease in number value.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , 20 to 40<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 40 and old value = 20 , because a change of 20 to 40 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{40 &#8211; 20}{20}\)<br />
= \(\frac{20}{20}\)<br />
= 1 × 100<br />
= 100%<br />
Then , percent of change is 100%<br />
So, The percent of change from 20 to 40 is a 100% increase</p>
<p>Given , 40 to 20<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 20 and old value = 40 , because a change of 40 to 20 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{20 &#8211; 40}{40}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 20}{40}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 1}{2}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.5<br />
= &#8211; 0.5 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 50%<br />
Then , percent of change is &#8211; 50%<br />
So , The percent of  change from 40 to 20 is a 50% decrease.</p>
<p>Finally , From 20 to 40 is a 100% increase because of increase in number value and from 40 to 20 is a 50% decrease because of decrease in number value.</p>
<p>Question 29.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
The table shows population data for a community.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29693" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.4-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.4 6" width="167" height="101" /><br />
a. What is the percent of change from 2011 to 2017?<br />
b. Predict the population in 2023. Explain your reasoning.<br />
Answer: a.  The percent of change from 2011 to 2017  is 169%<br />
b. The estimated population of 2023 will be 158,000.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given 2011 to 2017 , so from the table we know it as , 118,000 to 138,000<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 138,000  and old value = 118,000 , because a change of 118,000 to 138,000 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{138,000 &#8211; 118,000}{118,000}\)<br />
= \(\frac{20,000}{118,000\)<br />
= 0.169<br />
=0.169 × 100<br />
= 169%<br />
So, percent of change is 169%</p>
<p>b. The population from 2011 to 2017 increased from 118,000 to 138,000,<br />
The difference between 2011 to 2017 is 6 years ,So the population increase in numbers are<br />
138,000 &#8211; 118,000 = 20,000.<br />
If the population in 6 years is increased by 20,000.<br />
Then from 2017 to 2023 is 6 years , So increase in population is 20,000<br />
Then for 2023 The population will be 138,000 + 20,000 = 158,000<br />
finally, The estimated population of 2023 will be 158,000.</p>
<p>Question 30.<br />
<strong>GEOMETRY</strong><br />
Suppose the length and the width of the sandbox are doubled.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29694" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.4-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.4 7" width="248" height="132" /><br />
a. Find the percent of change in the perimeter.<br />
b. Find the percent of change in the area.<br />
Answer: a. the percent of change in the perimeter of sandbox is 100%<br />
b. the percent of change in the area of sandbox is</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given , length of sandbox = 10 ft , width of sandbox = 6 ft<br />
The sandbox is in the form of a rectangle , So the perimeter of a rectangle is P = 2 ( l + w) , where l = length of the rectangle and  w = width of the rectangle,<br />
Then P = 2( l + w )<br />
= 2 ( 10 + 6 )<br />
= 2 × 16<br />
=18<br />
So, the perimeter of sandbox is 32 ft</p>
<p>Given that , the length and the width of the sandbox are doubled.<br />
Then l = 20 ft and w = 12 ft ,<br />
P = 2( l + w )<br />
= 2 ( 20 + 12 )<br />
= 2 × 32<br />
= 64<br />
So, the perimeter of sandbox after the length and the width are doubled. is 64 ft .<br />
The perimeter of sandbox changed  from 32 ft to 64 ft , Then<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 64 and old value = 32 , because a change of 32 to 64 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{64 &#8211; 32}{32}\)<br />
= \(\frac{32}{32}\)<br />
= 1 × 100<br />
= 100%<br />
So, percent of change is 100%<br />
Finally , the percent of change in the perimeter of sandbox is 100%</p>
<p>b. Given , length of sandbox = 10 ft , width of sandbox = 6 ft<br />
The sandbox is in the form of a rectangle , So the area of a rectangle is A = l × w ,<br />
Then A = l × w<br />
= 10 × 6 = 60<br />
So , The Area of Sandbox is 60 ft</p>
<p>Given that , the length and the width of the sandbox are doubled.<br />
Then , l = 20 ft and w = 12 ft ,<br />
Then A = l × w<br />
= 20 × 12 = 240<br />
So , The Area of Sandbox after the length and the width are doubled is 240 ft<br />
The area of sandbox changed from 60 ft to 240 ft<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 240 and old value = 60 , because a change of 60 to 240 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{240 &#8211; 60}{60}\)<br />
= \(\frac{180}{60}\)<br />
= 3<br />
= 3 × 100<br />
= 300%<br />
So, percent of change is 300%<br />
Finally , the percent of change in the area of sandbox is 300%.</p>
<p>Question 31.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
A company fills boxes with about 21 ounces of cereal. The acceptable percent error in filling a box is 2.5%. Box A contains 20.4 ounces of cereal and Box B contains 21.5 ounces of cereal. Tell whether each box is an acceptable weight.<br />
Answer: The percent error of Box A is greater than acceptable percent error that is 2.8% and The percent error of Box B is less than acceptable percent error that is 2.3%.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
For Box A , Given , A company fills boxes with about 21 ounces of cereal and Box A contains 20.4 ounces of cereal<br />
The amount of error is 21 &#8211; 20.4 = 0.6<br />
We know that , formula for percent error = \(\frac{Error value}{Actual value}\)<br />
where Error value = 0.6 and Actual value = 21 ,<br />
So, percent Error = \(\frac{0.6}{21}\)<br />
= 0.028<br />
= 0.028 × 100<br />
=  2.8%<br />
So, percent Error is 2.8%<br />
The percent error of Box A is greater than acceptable percent error that is 2.8%</p>
<p>For Box B A company fills boxes with about 21 ounces of cereal and  Box B contains 21.5 ounces of cereal.<br />
The amount of error is 21.5 &#8211; 21 = 0.5<br />
We know that , formula for percent error = \(\frac{Error value}{Actual value}\)<br />
where Error value = 0.5 and Actual value = 21 ,<br />
So, percent Error = \(\frac{0.5}{21}\)<br />
= 0.023<br />
= 0.023 × 100<br />
=  2.3%<br />
So, percent Error is 2.3%<br />
The percent error of Box B is less than acceptable percent error that is 2.3%</p>
<p>Question 32.<br />
<strong>PRECISION</strong><br />
Find the percent of change from June to September in the mile-run times shown.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29695" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.4-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.4 8" width="231" height="131" /><br />
Answer: The percent of change from June to September in the mile-run times is -26%.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , change from 7.45 to 5.51<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 5.51 and old value = 7.45 , because a change of 7.45 to 5.51 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{5.51 &#8211; 7.45}{7.45}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 1.94}{7.45}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.26<br />
= &#8211; 0.26 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 26%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 26%<br />
Finally , The percent of change from June to September in the mile-run times is -26%.</p>
<p>Question 33.<br />
<strong>CRITICAL THINKING</strong><br />
A number increases by 10% and then decreases by 10%. Will the result be greater than, less than or equal to, the original number? Explain.<br />
Answer: A number increases by 10% and then decreases by 10% , the result will be less than the original number.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let original number is 100<br />
Given ,The original number increases by 10%<br />
The new number = original number + The original number increases by 10%<br />
= 100 + ( 100 × 10%)<br />
= 100 + ( 100 × 0.1)<br />
= 100 + 10<br />
= 110<br />
So, The new number is 110.</p>
<p>Let the original number is 110<br />
Given ,The original number decreases by 10%<br />
The new number = original number &#8211; The original number decreases by 10%<br />
= 110 &#8211; ( 110 × 10%)<br />
= 110 &#8211; ( 110 × 0.1)<br />
= 110 &#8211; 11<br />
= 99<br />
So, The new number is 99</p>
<p>99 &lt; 100 .<br />
So , A number increases by 10% and then decreases by 10% , the result will be less than the original number.</p>
<p>Question 34.<br />
<strong>PROBLEM SOLVING</strong><br />
You want to reduce your daily calorie consumption by about 9%. You currently consume about 2100 calories per day. Use mental math to estimate the number of calories you should consume in one week to meet your goal. Explain.<br />
Answer: The estimated calories you should consume per week is 13,377.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given ,You currently consume about 2100 calories per day, reduce your daily calorie consumption by about 9%.<br />
so, The calories you have to consume after reduction of 9% is<br />
The new number = original number &#8211; The original number decreases by 9%<br />
= 2100 &#8211; ( 2100 × 9%)<br />
= 2100 &#8211; (2100 × 0.09)<br />
= 2100 &#8211; 189<br />
= 1,911 .<br />
The calories you have to consume after reduction of 9% is 1,911</p>
<p>The calories you should consume per day is 1,911.<br />
The calories you should consume per week (7 days) = 1,911 × 7 = 13,377.</p>
<p>Finally , The estimated calories you should consume per week is 13,377.</p>
<p>Question 35.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Donations to an annual fundraiser are 15% greater this year than last year. Last year, donations were10% greater than the year before. The amount raised this year is $10,120. How much was raised two years ago?<br />
Answer: The amount raised 2 years ago is $7,741.8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , The amount raised this year is $10,120.<br />
Let the amount raised last year = x<br />
Donations are 15% greater than last year<br />
The amount raised last year = The amount raised this year &#8211; ((The amount raised this year .15%)<br />
x = 10,120 &#8211; ( 10,120 × 0.15)<br />
x = 10,120 &#8211; 1,518<br />
x = 8,602<br />
The amount raised last year = $8,602.</p>
<p>We know that , The amount raised last year = $8,602.<br />
Let the amount raised the year before = x<br />
Donations are 10% greater than the year before<br />
The amount raised the year before = The amount raised last year &#8211; ((The amount raised last year .10%)<br />
x = 8,602 &#8211; ( 8,602 × 0.1)<br />
x = 8,602 &#8211; 860.2<br />
x = 7,741.8<br />
The amount raised the year before = $7,741.8.</p>
<p>So, The amount raised 2 years ago is $7,741.8.</p>
<p>Question 36.<br />
<strong>REASONING</strong><br />
Forty students are in the science club. Of those, 45% are girls. This percent increases to 56% after more girls join the club. How many more girls join?<br />
Answer:  The number of new girls join the club is 10.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the number of new girls = x<br />
The number of girls = x + 18<br />
The number of students = x + 40<br />
So, the number of girls = 56% The number of students<br />
x + 18 = 0.56( x + 40 )<br />
x + 18  = 0.56x + 22.4<br />
0.56x &#8211; x = 22.4 &#8211; 18<br />
0.44x = 4.4<br />
x = \(\frac{4.4}{0.44}\)<br />
x = 10.<br />
So , The number of new girls is 10.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _6.5 _Discounts _and _Markups"></a>Lesson 6.5 Discounts and Markups</h3>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 1</strong></p>
<p>Comparing Discounts<br />
Work with a partner.<br />
a. The same pair of earrings is on sale at three stores. Which store has the best price? Use the percent models to justify your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29699" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.5 1" width="627" height="419" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-1.png 627w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-1-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 627px) 100vw, 627px" /><br />
b. You buy the earrings on sale for 30% off at a different store. You pay $22.40. What was the original price of the earrings? Use the percent model to justify your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29700" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.5 2" width="656" height="189" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-2.png 656w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-2-300x86.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 656px) 100vw, 656px" /><br />
c. You sell the earrings in part(b) to a friend for 60% more than what you paid. What is the selling price? Use a percent model to justify your answer.<br />
Answer:<br />
a. For store A ,The sales price is $27<br />
For store B  ,The sales price is $24.5<br />
For store C ,The sales price is $31.2</p>
<p>b. the original price  of the earrings is $32</p>
<p>c. the selling price is $35.84.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given store A = $45 with 40% off<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35433" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.49.png" alt="" width="482" height="96" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.49.png 482w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.49-300x60.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 482px) 100vw, 482px" /><br />
We know , The sales price be 100% &#8211; 40% = 60% of the original price<br />
sales price = 60% of 45<br />
= 0.6 × 45 = 27<br />
So, The sales price is $27</p>
<p>For store B = $49 with 50% off<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35434" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.50.png" alt="" width="480" height="94" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.50.png 480w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.50-300x59.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /><br />
We know , The sales price be 100% &#8211; 50% = 50% of the original price<br />
sales price = 50% of 49<br />
= 0.5 × 49 = 24.5<br />
So, The sales price is $24.5</p>
<p>For store c = $39 with 20% off<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35435" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.51.png" alt="" width="470" height="94" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.51.png 470w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.51-300x60.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /><br />
We know , The sales price be 100% &#8211; 20% = 80% of the original price<br />
sales price = 80% of 39<br />
= 0.8 × 39 = 31.2<br />
So, The sales price is $31.2</p>
<p>b. Given , You buy the earrings on sale for 30% off at a different store. You pay $22.40<br />
The saples price = 100% &#8211; 30% = 70%<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35436" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.52.png" alt="" width="486" height="97" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.52.png 486w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.52-300x60.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /><br />
we know  a = 22.4 , p = 70% , w = ?<br />
a  =  p% × w<br />
22.4 = 0.7 × w<br />
w = \(\frac{22.4}{0.7}\)<br />
w = 32.<br />
So , the original price of the earrings is $32</p>
<p>c. Given , You sell the earrings in part(b) to a friend for 60% more than what you paid.<br />
If the selling price is more than the buying price then it is called markup</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35437" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.53.png" alt="" width="659" height="104" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.53.png 659w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.53-300x47.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 659px) 100vw, 659px" /><br />
Here , the markup is 60% of $22.4<br />
a = p% × w<br />
a = 0.6 × 22.4<br />
a = 13.44<br />
So, the markup is  $13.44<br />
We know that selling price = cost of buying + markup<br />
= 22.4 + 13.44<br />
= 35.84<br />
So , the selling price is $35.84.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29701" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.5 3" width="183" height="90" /></p>
<p><strong>Try It</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
The original price of a skateboard is $50. The skateboard is on sale for 20% off. What is the sale price?<br />
Answer: The sales price of skateboard is $40</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , skateboard is $50 with 20% off<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 20% = 80% of the original price<br />
sales price = 80% of 50<br />
= 0.8 × 50 = 40<br />
So, The sales price is $40</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
The discount on a DVD is 50%. It is on sale for $10. What is the original price of the DVD?<br />
Answer: The original price of DVD is $20.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , discount on a DVD is 50%. , It is on sale for $10<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 50% = 50%<br />
a = p% × w<br />
10 = 0.5 × w<br />
w = \(\frac{10}{0.5}\)<br />
w = 20<br />
So, The original price is $20.</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Concepts &amp; Skills</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
WRITING<br />
Describe how to find the sale price of an item that has a 15% discount.<br />
Answer: To get the sales price , The discount percent must be cleared from the total percent of sales price , it gives the sales percentage of the original price , which is used to find the sales price.<br />
So, The sales price = original price minus discount.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the original price be $50 with 15% off<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 15% = 85% of the original price<br />
sales price = 85% of 50<br />
= 0.85 × 50 = 42.5<br />
So, The sales price is $42.5</p>
<p><strong>FINDING A SALE PRICE</strong> Find the sale price. Use a percent model to check your answer.<br />
Question 4.<br />
A portable table tennis set costs $30 before a 30% discount.<br />
Answer: The sales price of portable table tennis set is $21.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35884" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.57.png" alt="" width="467" height="93" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.57.png 467w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.57-300x60.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 467px) 100vw, 467px" /><br />
Given , tennis set is $30 with 30% off<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 30% = 70% of the original price<br />
sales price = 70% of 30<br />
= 0.7 × 30 = 21<br />
So, The sales price is $21.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
The original price of an easel is $70. The easel is on sale for 20% off.<br />
Answer: The sales price  of an easel is $56.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35882" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.55.png" alt="" width="395" height="102" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.55.png 395w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.55-300x77.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 395px) 100vw, 395px" /><br />
Given , easel is $70 with 20% off<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 20% = 80% of the original price<br />
sales price = 80% of 70<br />
= 0.8 × 70 = 56<br />
So, The sales price is $56.</p>
<p><strong>FINDING AN ORIGINAL PRICE</strong> Find the original price. Use a percent model to check your answer.<br />
Question 6.<br />
A bracelet costs $36 after a 25% discount.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29702" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.5 4" width="164" height="66" /><br />
Answer: The original price of bracelet is $48.</p>
<p>Explanation:  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35883" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.56.png" alt="" width="317" height="101" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.56.png 317w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.56-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 317px) 100vw, 317px" /><br />
Given , discount on a bracelet is 25%. , It is cost  $36  after discount<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 25% = 75%<br />
a = p% × w<br />
36 = 0.75 × w<br />
w = \(\frac{36}{0.75}\)<br />
w = 48<br />
So, The original price is $48.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
The discount on a toy robot is 40%. The toy robot is on sale for $54.<br />
Answer: The sale price toy robot is $32.4 .</p>
<p>Explanation:  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35881" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.54.png" alt="" width="398" height="101" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.54.png 398w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.54-300x76.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 398px) 100vw, 398px" /><br />
Given , discount on a toy robot is 40%. The toy robot is on sale for $54.<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 40% = 60%<br />
a = p% × w<br />
a = 0.6 × 54<br />
a = 32.4<br />
So, The sale price is $32.4 .</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Problem Solving</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You have two coupons for a store. The first coupon applies a $15 discount to a single purchase, and the second coupon applies a 10% discount to a single purchase. You can only use one coupon on a purchase. When should you use each coupon? Explain.<br />
Answer: The first coupon of $15 discount is to be used on your highest cost of purchase  and the second coupon with 10% off is to be used on your least cost of purchase .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , The first coupon applies a $15 discount to a single purchase,<br />
Let the purchase be $50<br />
Then the first coupon applies = $50 &#8211; $15 = $35.<br />
So, when the first coupon applies price will be $35.</p>
<p>Given , the second coupon applies a 10% discount to a single purchase<br />
Let the original price be $50 and with 10% off<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 10% = 90% of the original price<br />
sales price = 90% of 50<br />
= 0.9 × 50 = 45<br />
So, The sales price is $45.<br />
Here , we can see that $15 discount is offering the reduction of the original price and  discount with 10% of is offering to pay the 90% of its original price.</p>
<p>Finally , The first coupon of $15 discount is to be used on your highest cost of purchase  and the second coupon with 10% off is to be used on your least cost of purchase .</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
A store sells memory cards for $25 each.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29703" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.5 5" width="185" height="134" /><br />
a. The markup for each memory card is 25%. How much did the store pay for 50 memory cards?<br />
b. The store offers a discount when a customer buys two or more memory cards. A customer pays $47.50 for two memory cards. What is the percent of discount?<br />
c. How much does a customer pay for three memory cards if the store increases the percent of discount in part (b) by 2%?<br />
Answer: a. The store pay $937.5 for 50 memory cards<br />
b. The discount offered by the store is 5%<br />
c. The customer paid $69.75 for 3 memory cards.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. The markup is 25% of $25<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 25% × 25<br />
= 0.25 × 25<br />
= 6.25<br />
So , the markup is $6.25.<br />
To , find the cost to store , we have<br />
cost to store = selling price &#8211; markup<br />
= $25 &#8211; $6.25<br />
= $18.75.<br />
The cost to store for each memory card is $18.75.<br />
Then for 50 memory cards = 50 × $18.75 = $937.5</p>
<p>b. A customer pays $47.50 for two memory cards.<br />
Then for one memory card \(\frac{47.5}{2}\) = $23.75<br />
we have , a = $23.75 , w = $25 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{23.75}{25}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{23.75 × 100}{25}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{2375}{25}\)<br />
p = 95<br />
So, 23.75 is 95% of 25.<br />
To find the discount , = The percent of original price &#8211; the percent of selling price<br />
=  100% &#8211; 95% = 5%<br />
So, The discount offered by the store is 5%</p>
<p>c. If the discount is increased by 2% , Then the discount offered by store is 5% + 2% = 7%<br />
The amount of selling price = 100% &#8211; 7% = 93%<br />
So , 93% of $25<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{25}\) = \(\frac{93}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{25 × 93}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{2325}{100}\)<br />
a = 23.25<br />
So, The amount after  the discount is $23.25<br />
Then for 3 memory cards = $23.25 × 3 = $69.75</p>
<p>The customer paid $69.75 for 3 memory cards.</p>
<h3><a id="Discounts _and _Markups _Homework _&amp; _practice _6.5"></a>Discounts and Markups Homework &amp; Practice 6.5</h3>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Identify the percent of change as an increase or decrease. Then find the percent of change. Round to the nearest tenth of a percent if necessary.<br />
Question 1.<br />
16 meters to 20 meters<br />
Answer: The percent of change is 25%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 20 and old value = 16 , because a change of 16 to 20 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{20 &#8211; 16}{16}\)<br />
= \(\frac{4}{16}\)<br />
= \(\frac{1}{4}\)<br />
= 0.25<br />
= 0.25 × 100<br />
= 25%<br />
So, percent of change is 25%</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
9 points to 4 points<br />
Answer: The percent of change is &#8211; 55.5%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 4 and old value = 9 , because a change of 9 to 4 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{4 &#8211; 9}{9}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 5}{9}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.555<br />
= &#8211; 0.555 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 55.5%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 55.5%</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
15 ounces to 5 ounces<br />
Answer: The percent of change is &#8211; 66.6%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 5 and old value = 15 , because a change of 15 to 5 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{5 &#8211; 15}{15}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 10}{15}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.666<br />
= &#8211; 0.666 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 66.6%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 66.6%</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
38 staples to 55 staples<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 55 and old value = 38 , because a change of 38 to 55 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{55 &#8211; 38}{38}\)<br />
= \(\frac{17}{38}\)<br />
= 0.447<br />
= 0.447 × 100<br />
= 44.7%<br />
So, percent of change is 44.7%</p>
<p><strong>Find the product. Write fractions in simplest form.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
\(\frac{4}{7}\left(-\frac{1}{6}\right)\)<br />
Answer: The product of  \(\frac{4}{7}\left(-\frac{1}{6}\right)\) is 0.094.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The given fractions can be written in decimal form then we have,<br />
\(\frac{4}{7}\left(-\frac{1}{6}\right)\) as 0.571 ( &#8211; 0.166)<br />
To find the product we have to multiply the two numbers<br />
= 0.571 × ( &#8211; 0.166)<br />
= 0.094<br />
So, The product of  \(\frac{4}{7}\left(-\frac{1}{6}\right)\) is 0.094.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
&#8211; 1.58(6.02)<br />
Answer: The product of &#8211; 1.58(6.02) is  &#8211; 9.51.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the product we have to multiply the two numbers<br />
= &#8211; 1.58 × (6.02)<br />
=  &#8211; 9.51<br />
So, The product of &#8211; 1.58(6.02) is  &#8211; 9.51.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
&#8211; 3(- 2\(\frac{1}{8}\))<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The given fractions can be written in decimal form then we have,<br />
&#8211; 3(- 2\(\frac{1}{8}\)) as &#8211; 3 ( &#8211; 2.12)<br />
To find the product we have to multiply the two numbers<br />
= &#8211; 3 × ( &#8211; 2.12)<br />
=  6.36<br />
So, The product of  &#8211; 3 ( &#8211; 2.12) is 6.36</p>
<p><strong>Concepts, Skills, &amp; Problem Solving</strong></p>
<p><strong>COMPARING DISCOUNTS</strong> The same item is on sale at two stores. Which one is the better price? Use percent models to justify your answer. (See Exploration 1, p. 259.)<br />
Question 8.<br />
60% off $60 or 55% off $50<br />
Answer: The item has better price at 55% off $50 .</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35892" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.58.png" alt="" width="394" height="101" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.58.png 394w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.58-300x77.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 394px) 100vw, 394px" /><br />
a. Given , 60% off $60.<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 60% = 40% of the original price<br />
sales price = 40% of 60<br />
= 0.4 × 60 = 24<br />
So, The sales price is $24</p>
<p>b. Given , 55% off $50<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35897" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.60.png" alt="" width="709" height="111" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.60.png 709w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.60-300x47.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 709px) 100vw, 709px" /><br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 55% = 45% of the original price<br />
sales price = 45% of 50<br />
= 0.45 × 50 = 22.5<br />
So, The sales price is $22.5</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
85% off $90 or 70% off $65<br />
Answer: The item has better price at 85% off $90 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35898" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.61.png" alt="" width="705" height="113" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.61.png 705w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.61-300x48.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 705px) 100vw, 705px" /><br />
a. Given , 85% off $90<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% –85% = 15% of the original price<br />
sales price = 15% of 90<br />
= 0.15 × 90 = 13.5<br />
So, The sales price is $13.5 .</p>
<p>b. Given , 70% off $65<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-35893" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.59.png" alt="" width="466" height="91" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.59.png 466w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.59-300x59.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 466px) 100vw, 466px" /><br />
We know , The sales price be 100% –70% = 30% of the original price<br />
sales price = 30% of 65<br />
= 0.3 × 65 = 19.5<br />
So, The sales price is $19.5.</p>
<p><strong>USING TOOLS</strong> Copy and complete the table.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29704" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.5 6" width="643" height="407" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-6.png 643w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-6-300x190.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 643px) 100vw, 643px" /><br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-36228" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.61.1.png" alt="" width="408" height="385" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.61.1.png 408w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.61.1-300x283.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /><br />
10. Given , Original price of the item is $ 80 , percent of discount is 20% , Find sales price ?<br />
Answer: The sales price of the is $64.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 20% = 80% of the original price<br />
sales price = 80% of 80<br />
= 0.8 × 80 = 64<br />
So, The sales price is $64.</p>
<p>11. Given , Original price of the item is $42 , percent of discount is 15% , Find sales price ?<br />
Answer: The sales price of the is $35.7.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 15% = 85% of the original price<br />
sales price = 85% of 42<br />
= 0.85 × 42 = 35.7<br />
So, The sales price is $35.7.</p>
<p>12. Given , Original price of the item is $120 , percent of discount is 80% , Find sales price ?<br />
Answer: The sales price of the is $24.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 80% = 20% of the original price<br />
sales price = 20% of 120<br />
= 0.2 × 120 = 24<br />
So, The sales price is $24.</p>
<p>13. Given , Original price of the item is $112 , percent of discount is 32% , Find sales price ?<br />
Answer: The sales price of the is $76.16.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 32% = 68% of the original price<br />
sales price = 68% of 112<br />
= 0.68 × 112 = 76.16<br />
So, The sales price is $76.16.</p>
<p>14. Given , Original price of the item is $69.8 , percent of discount is 60% , Find sales price ?<br />
Answer: The sales price of the is $27.92.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 60% = 40% of the original price<br />
sales price = 40% of 69.8<br />
= 0.4 × 69.8 = 27.92<br />
So, The sales price is $27.92.</p>
<p>15. Given , sales price of the item is $40 , percent of discount is 25% , Find original price ?<br />
Answer: The Original price of the is $53.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sales price be 100% – 25% = 75%<br />
we know  a = 40 , p = 75% , w = ?<br />
a  =  p% × w<br />
a = 75% × w<br />
40 = 0.75 × w<br />
w = \(\frac{40}{0.75}\)<br />
w = 53<br />
So , the original price of the earrings is $53.</p>
<p>16. Given , sales price of the item is $57 , percent of discount is 5% , Find original price ?<br />
Answer: The Original price of the is $60.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sales price be 100% – 5% = 95%<br />
we know  a = 57 , p = 95% , w = ?<br />
a  =  p% × w<br />
a = 95% × w<br />
57 = 0.95 × w<br />
w = \(\frac{57}{0.95}\)<br />
w = 60<br />
So , the original price of the earrings is $60.</p>
<p>17. Given , sales price of the item is $90 , percent of discount is 80% , Find original price ?<br />
Answer: The Original price of the is $450.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sales price be 100% – 80% = 20%<br />
we know  a = 90 , p = 20% , w = ?<br />
a  =  p% × w<br />
a = 20% × w<br />
90 = 0.2 × w<br />
w = \(\frac{90}{0.2}\)<br />
w = 450<br />
So , the original price of the earrings is $450.</p>
<p>18. Given , sales price of the item is $72 , percent of discount is 64% , Find original price ?<br />
Answer: The Original price of the is $200.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sales price be 100% – 64% = 36%<br />
we know  a = 72 , p = 36% , w = ?<br />
a  =  p% × w<br />
a = 36% × w<br />
72 = 0.36 × w<br />
w = \(\frac{72}{0.36}\)<br />
w = 200<br />
So , the original price of the earrings is $200.</p>
<p>19. Given , sales price of the item is $146.54 , percent of discount is 15% , Find original price ?<br />
Answer: The Original price of the is $172.4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sales price be 100% – 15% = 85%<br />
we know  a = 146.54 , p = 85% , w = ?<br />
a  =  p% × w<br />
a = 85% × w<br />
146.54 = 0.85 × w<br />
w = \(\frac{146.54}{0.85}\)<br />
w = 172.4<br />
So , the original price of the earrings is $172.4.</p>
<p>20. Given , original price  of the item is $60 , sales price of the item is $45 , Find percent of discount ?<br />
Answer: The percent of discount is 25% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We have a = 45 , w = 60 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{45}{60}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{45 × 100}{60}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{4,500}{60}\)<br />
p = 75<br />
So, 45 is 75% of 60.<br />
To get the percent of discount we have ,<br />
The percent of discount = The percent of original price &#8211; the percent of sales price<br />
= 100% &#8211; 75%<br />
= 25%.<br />
So, The percent of discount is 25% .</p>
<p>21. Given , original price  of the item is $82 , sales price of the item is $65.6 , Find percent of discount ?<br />
Answer: The percent of discount is 20% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We have a = 65.6 , w = 82 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{65.6}{82}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{65.6 × 100}{82}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{6,560}{82}\)<br />
p = 80<br />
So, 65.6 is 80% of 82.<br />
To get the percent of discount we have ,<br />
The percent of discount = The percent of original price &#8211; the percent of sales price<br />
= 100% &#8211; 80%<br />
= 20%.<br />
So, The percent of discount is 20% .</p>
<p>22. Given , original price  of the item is $95 , sales price of the item is $61.75 , Find percent of discount ?<br />
Answer: The percent of discount is 35% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We have a = 61.75 , w = 95 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{61.75}{95}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{61.75 × 100}{95}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{6,175}{95}\)<br />
p = 65<br />
So, 61.75 is 65% of 90.<br />
To get the percent of discount we have ,<br />
The percent of discount = The percent of original price &#8211; the percent of sales price<br />
= 100% &#8211; 65%<br />
= 35%.<br />
So, The percent of discount is 35% .</p>
<h6>FINDING A SELLING PRICE .</h6>
<p>Question 23.<br />
Cost to store: $50<br />
Markup: 10%<br />
Answer:  The selling price is $55.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The markup is 10% of $50<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 10% × 50<br />
= 0.1 × 50<br />
= 5<br />
So , the markup is $5.<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $50 + $5<br />
= $55.<br />
The selling price is $55.</p>
<p>Question 24.<br />
Cost to store: $80<br />
Markup: 60%<br />
Answer: The selling price is $128.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The markup is 60% of $80<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 60% × 80<br />
= 0.6 × 80<br />
= 48<br />
So , the markup is $48.<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $80 + $48<br />
= $128.<br />
The selling price is $128.</p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
Cost to store: $140<br />
Markup: 25%<br />
Answer: The selling price is $175.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The markup is 25% of $140<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 25% × 140<br />
= 0.25 × 140<br />
= 35<br />
So , the markup is $35.<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $140 + $35<br />
= $175.<br />
The selling price is $175.</p>
<p>Question 26.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
A store pays $60 for an item. Your friend finds the selling price when the markup is 20%. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29705" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.5 7" width="237" height="84" /><br />
Answer: No , The selling price is $72.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , The markup is 20% of $60<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 20% × 60<br />
= 0.2 × 60<br />
= 12<br />
So , the markup is $12.<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $60 + $12<br />
= $72.<br />
The selling price is $72.</p>
<p>Question 27.<br />
<strong>STRUCTURE</strong><br />
The scooter is being sold at a 10% discount. The original price is shown. Which methods can you use to find the new sale price? Which method do you prefer? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29706" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.5 8" width="481" height="202" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-8.png 481w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-8-300x126.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /><br />
Answer: The sales price is $37.8. Used the method of Multiplying $42 by 0.9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By Using the method of Multiplying $42 by 0.9<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 10% = 90% of the original price<br />
sales price = 90% of 42<br />
= 0.9 × 42 = 37.8<br />
So, The sales price is $37.8.</p>
<p>Question 28.<br />
<strong>NUMBER SENSE</strong><br />
The original price of an item is P dollars. Is the price of the item with an 18% markup the same as multiplying the original price by 1.18? Use two expressions to justify your answer.<br />
Answer: The selling price is $1.18P and it is same as multiplying the original price by 1.18 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , The original price of an item is P dollars.<br />
The markup is 18% of $P<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 18% × P<br />
= 0.18 × P<br />
= $0.18P<br />
So , the markup is $0.18P.<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $P + $0.18P<br />
= $P ( 1 + 0.18 )<br />
= $1.18P.<br />
The selling price is $1.18P.</p>
<p>The given method is multiplying the original price by 1.18,<br />
The original price is $P = $P × 1018.<br />
So , The selling price is $1.18P.</p>
<p>Finally , The selling price is $1.18P and it is same as multiplying the original price by 1.18 .</p>
<p>Question 29.<br />
<strong>PROBLEM SOLVING</strong><br />
You are shopping for a video game system.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29707" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.5 9" width="263" height="123" /><br />
a. At which store should you buy the system?<br />
b. Store A has a weekend sale. What discount must Store A offer for you to buy the system there?<br />
Answer: a. you should buy the system at store C has The selling price is $200.<br />
b. To buy the system at store A  , it should have the discount of  28.6%.</p>
<p>a. Given , For store A cost to store is $162 , Markup is 40%<br />
Then , The markup is 40% of $162<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 40% × 162<br />
= 0.4 × 162<br />
= 64.8<br />
So , the markup is $64.8.<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $162 + $64.8<br />
= $226.8.<br />
So , For store A , The selling price is $226.8.</p>
<p>Given , For store B cost to store is $155 , Markup is 30%<br />
Then , The markup is 30% of $155<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 30% × 155<br />
= 0.3 × 155<br />
= 46.5<br />
So , the markup is $46.5.<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $155 + $46.5<br />
= $201.5.<br />
So , For store B , The selling price is $201.5.</p>
<p>Given , For store C cost to store is $160 , Markup is 25%<br />
Then , The markup is 25% of $160<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 25% × 160<br />
= 0.25 × 160<br />
= 40<br />
So , the markup is $40.<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $160 + $40<br />
= $200.<br />
So , For store C , The selling price is $200.</p>
<p>you should buy the system at store C has The selling price is $200.</p>
<p>b. Given , Store A has a weekend sale, to buy the system there , it should have the discount of ,<br />
For store A , The selling price is $226.8 , cost to store is $162<br />
We know a = $162 , w = $226.8<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{162}{226.8}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{162 × 100}{226.8}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{16,200}{226.8}\)<br />
p = 71.4%<br />
So, 162 is 71.4% of 226.8.<br />
To get the percent of discount we have ,<br />
The percent of discount = The percent of original price – the percent of sales price<br />
= 100% – 71.4%<br />
= 28.6%.<br />
So, The percent of discount is 28.6% .<br />
Hence , To buy the system at store A  , it should have the discount of  28.6%.</p>
<p>Question 30.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A pool manager balances the pH level of a pool. The price of a bucket of chlorine tablets is $90, and the price of a pH test kit is $11. The manager uses a coupon that applies a 40% discount to the total cost of the two items. How much money does the pool manager pay for each item?<br />
Answer: The pool manager pays for each item $60.6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Now, to find the money the pool manager pay for each item<br />
The price of a bucket of  chlorine tablets is = $90.<br />
The price of a pH test kit = $11.<br />
So, to get the total price of both items we add both prices:<br />
$90 + $11 = $101.<br />
Total cost of two items = $101.<br />
As, given a coupon that applies a 40% discount to the total cost of the two items.<br />
Now, to get the total cost by applying discount:<br />
101 &#8211; (40%  of 101)<br />
= 101 &#8211; (0.4 × 101)<br />
= 101 &#8211; 40.4<br />
= 60.6<br />
So, The pool manager pays for each item $60.6</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Question 31.<br />
<strong>PRECISION</strong><br />
You buy a pair of jeans at a department store.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29708" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-6.5-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents 6.5 10" width="288" height="273" /><br />
a. What is the percent of discount to the nearest percent?<br />
b. What is the percent of sales tax to the nearest tenth of a percent?<br />
c. The price of the jeans includes a 60% markup. After the discount, what is the percent of markup to the nearest percent?<br />
Answer: a. The percent of discount is to the nearest percent 25% .<br />
b. The percent of sales tax to the nearest percent is 7%.<br />
c. The percent of markup to the nearest percent is 54%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. To find the percent of discount to the nearest percent , we have<br />
a = 29.99 , w = 39.99 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{29.99}{39.99}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{29.99 × 100}{39.99}\)<br />
p = 0.749 × 100<br />
p = 74.9<br />
So, 29.99 is 74.9% of 39.99.<br />
To get the percent of discount we have ,<br />
The percent of discount = The percent of original price – the percent of sales price<br />
= 100% – 74.9%<br />
= 24.9%.<br />
So, The percent of discount is 25% .</p>
<p>b. To find the percent of sales tax to the nearest tenth of a percent we have<br />
sales tax = 1.95 , price = 29.99 , so , a = 1.95 , w = 29.99 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{1.95}{29.99}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{1.95 × 100}{29.99}\)<br />
p = 0.065 × 100<br />
p = 6.5<br />
So, 1.95 is 6.5% of 29.99.<br />
Thus , The percent of sales tax is 7%</p>
<p>c. Given , The price of the jeans includes a 60% markup.<br />
The markup is 60% of $39.99<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 60% × 39.99<br />
= 0.6 × 39.99<br />
= 23.99<br />
So , the markup is $23.99.<br />
To , find the original price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
cost to store = selling price &#8211; markup<br />
= $39.99 &#8211; $23.99<br />
= $15.99.<br />
The selling price is $15.99.<br />
After the discount, The amount is $29.99<br />
To know the mark up we have , a = 15.99 , w = 29.99<br />
a = p% × w<br />
p% = \(\frac{a}{w}\)<br />
p% = \(\frac{15.99}{29.99}\)<br />
p% = 0.533<br />
p = 0.533 × 100<br />
p = 53.3 .%<br />
So , The percent of markup to the nearest percent is 54%</p>
<p>Question 32.<br />
<strong>CRITICAL THINKING</strong><br />
You buy a bicycle helmet for $22.26, which includes 6% sales tax. The helmet is discounted 30% off the selling price. What is the original price?<br />
Answer: The original price of the helmet is $30.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , You buy a bicycle helmet for $22.26, which includes 6% sales tax.<br />
Then , 6% of $22.26 is $1.33 , by decreasing the tax amount from the buying price  we get $20.93<br />
The helmet is discounted 30% off the selling price.<br />
The sales price be 100% – 30% = 70%<br />
we know  a = 20.93 , p = 70% , w = ?<br />
a  =  p% × w<br />
a = 70% × w<br />
20.93 = 0.7 × w<br />
w = \(\frac{20.93}{0.7}\)<br />
w = 29.9 , approximately equal to 30<br />
So , the original price of the helmet is $30.</p>
<p>Question 33.<br />
<strong>REASONING</strong><br />
A drone that costs $129.50 is discounted 40%. The next month, the sale price is discounted an additional 60%. Is the drone now “free”? If so, explain. If not, find the sale price.<br />
Answer: The sales price of the next month is $31.8 , The drone not for free.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , A drone that costs $129.50 is discounted 40%.<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 40% = 60% of the original price<br />
sales price = 60% of 129.50<br />
= 0.6 × 129.5 = $77.7<br />
So, The sales price is $77.7.</p>
<p>Given , The next month, the sale price is discounted an additional 60%.<br />
The original price this time is $77.7<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 60% = 40% of the original price<br />
sales price = 40% of 77.7<br />
= 0.4 × 77.7 = $31.8<br />
So, The sales price of the next month is $31.8 .</p>
<p>Thus , The drone not for free.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _6.6 _Simple _Interest"></a>Lesson 6.6 Simple Interest</h3>
<p><strong>EXPLORATION 1</strong></p>
<p>Understanding Simple Interest<br />
Work with a partner. You deposit $150 in an account that earns 6% simple interest per year. You do not make any other deposits or withdrawals. The table shows the balance of the account at the end of each year.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29709" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.6 1" width="225" height="253" /><br />
a. Describe any patterns you see in the account balance.<br />
b. How is the amount of interest determined each year?<br />
c. How can you find the amount of simple interest earned when you are given an initial amount, an interest rate, and a period of time?<br />
d. You deposit $150 in a different account that earns simple interest. The table shows the balance of the account each year. What is the interest rate of the account? What is the balance after 10 years?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29710" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.6 2" width="591" height="151" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-2.png 591w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-2-300x77.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /><br />
Answer: a. we observe the pattern of $9 increment in each year of the deposited amount.<br />
b. the amount of interest each year is ,<br />
For 0 years = $0<br />
For 1 years  I = $9.54<br />
For 2 years  I = $20.16<br />
For 3 years  I = $31.86<br />
For 4 years  I = $44.64<br />
For 5 years  I = $58.5<br />
For 6 years  I = $73.44<br />
c. Formula for simple interest is I = Prt<br />
d. The annual rate of interest is $ 2.60 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. As the table shows , we have a series of pattern among the years of amount deposited.<br />
that is , For 0 years = $150<br />
For 1 years = $150 + $9 = $159<br />
For 2 years = $159 + $9 = $168<br />
For 3 years = $168 + $9 = $177<br />
For 4 years = $177 + $9 = $186<br />
For 5 years = $186 + $9 = $195<br />
For 6 years = $195 + $9 = $204 ,<br />
Here, we observe the pattern of $9 increment in each year of the deposited amount.</p>
<p>b. From the table, we have , simple interest for each year as,<br />
Principal = P , t = time in years , r = Annual interest rate<br />
That is P = $150 , t = 0 years , r = 0.06<br />
To find the simple interest  I  we know , I = Prt ,<br />
For 0 years  I = 150 × 0 × 0.06 = $0 .<br />
For 1 years , P = $159 , t = 1 year , r = 0.06<br />
I = 159 × 1 × 0.06 = $9.54<br />
For 2 years , P = $168 , t = 2 year , r = 0.06<br />
I = 168 × 2 × 0.06 = $20.16<br />
For 3 years , P = $177 , t = 3 year , r = 0.06<br />
I = 177 × 3 × 0.06 = $31.86<br />
For 4 years , P = $186 , t = 4 year , r = 0.06<br />
I = 186 × 4 × 0.06 = $44.64<br />
For 5 years , P = $195 , t = 5 year , r = 0.06<br />
I = 195 × 5 × 0.06 = $58.5<br />
For 6 years , P = $204 , t = 6 year , r = 0.06<br />
I = 204 × 6 × 0.06 = $73.44</p>
<p>C. To find the simple interest , we have Principal = P , t = time in years , r = Annual interest rate ,<br />
Formula for simple interest is I = Prt , So by using this formula we can find the simple interest of the deposit .</p>
<p>d. From the table given , we have the pattern of increment of $5 in each year ,<br />
in this case the deposit in the 10 year will be $230 .<br />
To find the interest rate of the account ,<br />
r = \(\frac{I}{pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{0.06}{230 × 10}\)<br />
r = 2.60<br />
So , the annual rate of interest is $ 2.60 .</p>
<p>Interest principal is money paid or earned for using or lending money. The is the amount of money borrowed or deposited.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29711" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.6 3" width="183" height="100" /></p>
<p><strong>Try It</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
What is the balance of the account after 9 months?<br />
Answer: The balance after 9 months = $500 + $1.66 = $501.66 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the example given , we know P = $500 , r = 0.03 , t =  9 months<br />
I = prt<br />
I = \(\frac{500 × 0.03}{9}\)<br />
I = \(\frac{15}{9}\)<br />
I = 1.66<br />
The interest earned is $1.66 after 9 months ,<br />
The balance after 9 months = $500 + $1.66 = $501.66 .</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
You deposit $350 in an account. The account earns $17.50 simple interest in 2.5 years. What is the annual interest rate?<br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 2%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $350 , I = $17.5 , t = 2.5 ,<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{17.5}{350 × 2.5}\)<br />
= \(\frac{17.5}{875}\)<br />
= 0.02<br />
we can write in percent as 2%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 2% .</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
In Example 3, how long does it take an account with a principal of $10,000 to earn $750 in interest?<br />
Answer: It takes 3.75years to an account with a principal of $10,000 to earn $750 in interest .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $10,000 , I = $750 , r = 0.02 , t = ? ,<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac{750}{10,000 × 0.02}\)<br />
= \(\frac{750}{200}\)<br />
= 3.75<br />
So, It takes 3.75years to an account with a principal of $10,000 to earn $750 in interest .</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Concepts &amp; Skills</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>VOCABULARY</strong><br />
Explain the meaning of simple interest.<br />
Answer:<br />
Simple interest is interest calculated on the principal portion of a loan or the original contribution to a savings account. Simple interest does not compound, meaning that an account holder will only gain interest on the principal, and a borrower will never have to pay interest on interest already accrued.<br />
So , To put in simplest form we can say that ,  simple interest money paid or earned only on the principal .</p>
<p><strong>USING THE SIMPLE INTEREST FORMULA</strong> Use the simple interest formula.<br />
Question 5.<br />
You deposit $20 in a savings account. The account earns 4% simple interest per year. What is the balance after 4 years?<br />
Answer: The balance of after 4 years is $23.2 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To fin the principal , Given , P = $20 , r = 0.04 , t = 4 ,<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
I = 20 × 0.04 × 4<br />
= 3.2<br />
Simple interest I = $3.2<br />
To find the balance after 4 years we have to add the simple interest to principal amount = $20 + $3.2 = $23.2 .<br />
The balance of after 4 years is $23.2 .</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
You deposit $800 in an account. The account earns $360 simple interest in 3 years. What is the annual interest rate?<br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 15% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $800 , I = $360 , t = 3 years ,<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{360}{800 × 3}\)<br />
= \(\frac{360}{2400}\)<br />
= 0.15<br />
we can write in percent as 15%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 15% .</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
You deposit $650 in a savings account. How long does it take an account with an annual interest rate of 5% to earn $178.25 in interest?<br />
Answer: It takes 7.13 years an account with an annual interest rate of 5% to earn $178.25 in interest .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $650 , I = $178.25 , r = 0.05 , t = ? ,<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac{178.25}{650 × 0.05}\)<br />
= \(\frac{178.25}{32.5}\)<br />
= 7.13<br />
So, It takes 7.13 years an account with an annual interest rate of 5% to earn $178.25 in interest .</p>
<p><strong>Self-Assessment for Problem Solving</strong><br />
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
You want to deposit $1000 in a savings account for 3 years. One bank adds a $100 bonus to your principal and offers a 2% simple annual interest rate. Another bank does not add a bonus, but offers 6% simple interest per year. Which bank should you choose? Explain.<br />
Answer: Second bank offers the best deal .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , we know P = $1000 , t =  3 years ,<br />
And one bank adds $100 bonus and offers  a 2% simple annual interest rate.<br />
Then p = $1000 + $100 = $1100 , r = 0.02 ,<br />
I = Prt<br />
I = 1100 × 0.02 × 3<br />
I = 11 × 2 × 3<br />
I = 66<br />
The simple interest of one bank = $66 .<br />
The balance of the account will be = $1100 + $66 = $1166 .</p>
<p>Another bank offers no bonus, but  6% simple interest per year , r = 0.06  , p = $1000 , t = 3 years<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 1000 × 0.06 × 3<br />
I = 10 × 6 × 3<br />
I = 180<br />
The simple interest of Another bank = $180 .<br />
The balance of the account will be = $1000 + $180 = $1180 .</p>
<p>So, Second bank offers the best deal .</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Your cousin borrows $1125 to repair her car. The simple annual interest rate is 10%. She makes equal monthly payments of $25. How many years will it take to pay off the loan?<br />
Answer: It takes 2.2 years to pay off the loan.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $1125 , r = 0.01 , I = $25 , t = ?<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac{25}{1125 × 0.01}\)<br />
= \(\frac{25}{11.25}\)<br />
= 2.2<br />
So, It takes 2.2 years to pay off the loan.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You borrow$900 to buy a laptop. You plan to pay off the loan after 5 years of equal monthly payments. After 10 payments, you have $1200 left to pay. What is the simple annual interest rate of your loan?<br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 15% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $900 , I = $1200 , t = 5 years ,<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{900}{1200 × 5}\)<br />
= \(\frac{900}{6000}\)<br />
= 0.15<br />
we can write in percent as 15%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 15% .</p>
<h3><a id="Simple _Interest _Homework _&amp; _practice _6.6"></a>Simple Interest Homework &amp; Practice 6.6</h3>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the selling price.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
A store pays $8 for a pool noodle. The markup is 20%.<br />
Answer: The selling price is $9.6</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Then , The markup is 20% of $8<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 20% × 8<br />
= 0.2 × 8<br />
= 1.6<br />
So , the markup is $1.6 .<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $8 + $1.6<br />
= $9.6.<br />
So ,The selling price is $9.6 .</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
A store pays $3 for a magazine. The markup is 5%.<br />
Answer: The selling price is $3.15</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Then , The markup is 5% of $3<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 5% × 3<br />
= 0.05 × 3<br />
= 0.15<br />
So , the markup is $0.15 .<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $3 + $0.15<br />
= $3.15.<br />
So ,The selling price is $3.15 .</p>
<p><strong>Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
x + 5 &lt; 2<br />
Answer:  x  &lt; -3</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , x + 5 &lt; 2<br />
add  &#8211; 5 on both sides ,<br />
x + 5 &#8211; 5 &lt; 2 &#8211; 5<br />
x  &lt; -3</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
b &#8211; 2 ≥ &#8211; 1<br />
Answer: b  ≥ 1</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , b &#8211; 2 ≥ &#8211; 1<br />
add  2 on both sides<br />
b &#8211; 2 + 2  ≥ &#8211; 1 + 2<br />
b  ≥ 1</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
w + 6 ≤ &#8211; 3<br />
Answer: w  ≤ &#8211; 9</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , w + 6 ≤ &#8211; 3<br />
add -6 on both sides<br />
w + 6 &#8211; 6  ≤ &#8211; 3 &#8211; 6<br />
w  ≤ &#8211; 9</p>
<p><strong>Concepts, Skills, &amp; Problem Solving</strong></p>
<p><strong>UNDERSTANDING SIMPLE INTEREST</strong> The table shows the balance of an account each year. What is the interest rate of the account? What is the balance after 10 years? (See Exploration 1, p. 265.)<br />
Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29712" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.6 4" width="158" height="148" /><br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 3% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , There is an increment of $2 each year , for 10 years it will be $60 .<br />
Now we have , P = $60 , t = 10 years , I = $2 , r = ?<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{2}{60 × 10}\)<br />
= \(\frac{2}{60}\)<br />
= 0.03<br />
we can write in percent as 3%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 3% .</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29713" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.6 5" width="158" height="154" /><br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 0.4% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , There is an increment of $14 each year , for 10 years it will be $315 .<br />
Now we have , P = $315 , t = 10 years , I = $14 , r = ?<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{14}{315 × 10}\)<br />
= 0.004<br />
we can write in percent as 0.4%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 0.4% .</p>
<p><strong>FINDING INTEREST EARNED</strong> An account earns simple annual interest. (a) Find the interest earned. (b) Find the balance of the account.<br />
Question 8.<br />
$600 at 5% for 2 years<br />
Answer: The simple interest of  bank is $60 .<br />
The balance of the account will be $660 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given ,  P = $600 , t =  2 years , r = 0.05<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 600 × 0.05 × 2<br />
I = 6 × 5 × 2<br />
I = 60<br />
The simple interest of bank is $60 .<br />
The balance of the account will be = $600 + $60 = $660 .</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
$1500 at 4% for 5 years<br />
Answer: The simple interest  is $300 .<br />
The balance of the account will be  $1800 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given ,  P = $1500 , t =  5 years , r = 0.04<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 1500 × 0.04 × 5<br />
I = 15 × 4 × 5<br />
I = 300<br />
The simple interest of  bank = $300 .<br />
The balance of the account will be $1500 + $300 = $1800 .</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
$350 at 3 % for 10 years<br />
Answer: The simple interest of  bank is $105 .<br />
The balance of the account will be $455 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $350 , t =  10 years , r = 0.03<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 350 × 0.03 × 10<br />
I = 35 × 3<br />
I = 105<br />
The simple interest of  bank is $105 .<br />
The balance of the account will be $350 + $105 = $455 .</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
$1800 at 6.5% for 30 months<br />
Answer:  The interest earned is $3.9 ,<br />
The balance of the account will be $1,803.9 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $1800 , t =  30 months , r = 0.065<br />
I = prt<br />
I = \(\frac{1800 × 0.065}{30}\)<br />
I = \(\frac{117}{30}\)<br />
I = 3.9<br />
The interest earned is $3.9 ,<br />
The balance of the account will be $1800 + $3.9 = $1,803.9 .</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
$925 at2.3% for 2.4 years<br />
Answer: The interest earned is $638.1 ,<br />
The balance of the account will be $1,563.1 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $925 , t =  28 months , r = 0.023<br />
I = prt<br />
I = \(\frac{925 × 0.023}{28}\)<br />
I = \(\frac{21.27}{30}\)<br />
I = 638.1<br />
The interest earned is $638.1 ,<br />
The balance of the account will be $925 + $638.1 = $1,563.1 .</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
$5200 at 7.36% for 54 months<br />
Answer: The interest earned is $7.08 ,<br />
The balance of the account will be $5,207.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $5200 , t = 54 months , r = 0.0736<br />
I = prt<br />
I = \(\frac{5200 × 0.0736}{54}\)<br />
I = \(\frac{382.72}{54}\)<br />
I = 7.08<br />
The interest earned is $7.08 ,<br />
The balance of the account will be $5200 + $7.08 = $5,207.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend finds the simple interest earned on $500 at 6% for 18 months. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29714" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.6 6" width="194" height="81" /><br />
Answer: No , The simple interest is $1.6 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $500 , t =  18 months , r = 0.06<br />
I = prt<br />
I = \(\frac{500 × 0.06}{18}\)<br />
I = \(\frac{30}{18}\)<br />
I = 1.6<br />
The simple interest is $1.6 .</p>
<p><strong>FINDING AN ANNUAL INTEREST RATE</strong> Find the annual interest rate.<br />
Question 15.<br />
I = $24, P = $400, t = 2 years<br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 3% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{24}{400 × 2}\)<br />
= \(\frac{24}{800}\)<br />
= 0.03<br />
we can write in percent as 3%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 3% .</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
I = $562.50, P = $1500, t = 5 years<br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 7.5% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{562.5}{1500 × 5}\)<br />
= \(\frac{562.5}{7500}\)<br />
= 0.075<br />
we can write in percent as 7.5%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 7.5% .</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
I = $54, P = $900, t = 18 months<br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 108% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{54 × 18 }{900 }\)<br />
= \(\frac{972}{900}\)<br />
= 1.08<br />
we can write in percent as 108%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 108% .</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
I = $160, P = $2000, t = 8 months<br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 64% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{160 × 8 }{2000 }\)<br />
= \(\frac{1,280}{2,000}\)<br />
= 0.64<br />
we can write in percent as 64%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 64% .</p>
<p><strong>FINDING AN AMOUNT OF TIME</strong> Find the amount of time.<br />
Question 19.<br />
I $30, P = $500, r = 3%<br />
Answer: The amount of time is 1.6 years .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac30}{500 × 0.03}\)<br />
= \(\frac{30}{18}\)<br />
=1.6<br />
So , The amount of time is 1.6 years .</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
I = $720, P = $1000, r = 9%<br />
Answer: The amount of time is 8 years .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac{720}{1000 × 0.09}\)<br />
= \(\frac{720}{90}\)<br />
= 8<br />
So , The amount of time is 8 years .</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
I = $54, P = $800, r = 4.5%<br />
Answer: The amount of time is 1.5 years .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac{54}{800 × 0.045}\)<br />
= \(\frac{54}{36}\)<br />
= 1.5<br />
So , The amount of time is 1.5 years .</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
I = $450, P = $2400, r = 7.5%<br />
Answer:  The amount of time is 2.5 years .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac{450}{2400 × 0.075}\)<br />
= \(\frac{450}{180}\)<br />
= 2.5<br />
So , The amount of time is 2.5 years .</p>
<p>Question 23.<br />
<strong>FINDING AN ACCOUNT BALANCE</strong><br />
A savings account earns 5% simple interest per year. The principal is $1200. What is the balance after 4 years?<br />
Answer: The bank balance is $1440 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $1200 , t =  4 years , r = 0.05<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 1200 × 0.05 × 4<br />
I = 12 × 5 × 4<br />
I = 240<br />
The simple interest of  bank is $240 .<br />
The bank balance is $1200 + $240 = $1440 .</p>
<p>Question 24.<br />
<strong>FINDING AN ANNUAL INTEREST RATE</strong><br />
You deposit $400 in an account. The account earns $18 simple interest in 9 months. What is the annual interest rate?<br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 40.5% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $400 , I = $18 , t = 9 months ,<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{18 × 9}{400}\)<br />
= \(\frac{162}{400}\)<br />
= 0.405<br />
we can write in percent as 40.5%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 40.5% .</p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
<strong>FINDING AN AMOUNT OF TIME<br />
</strong> You deposit $3000 in a CD (certificate of deposit) that earns 5.6% simple annual interest. How long will it take to earn $336 in interest?<br />
Answer: It takes 2 years to earn $336 in interest .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $3000  , r = 0.056 , I = $336<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac{336}{3000 × 0.056}\)<br />
= \(\frac{336}{168}\)<br />
= 2<br />
So , It takes 2 years to earn $336 in interest .</p>
<p><strong>FINDING AN AMOUNT PAID</strong> Find the amount paid for the loan.<br />
Question 26.<br />
$1500 at 9% for 2 years<br />
Answer: The amount paid for the loan is $270 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $1500 , t =  2 years , r = 0.09<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 1500 × 0.09 × 2<br />
I = 15 × 9 × 2<br />
I = 270<br />
So , The amount paid for the loan is $270 .</p>
<p>Question 27.<br />
$2000 at 12% for 3 years<br />
Answer: The amount paid for the loan is $72 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $2000 , t =  3 years , r = 0.012<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 2000 × 0.012 × 3<br />
I = 2 × 12 × 3<br />
I = 72<br />
So , The amount paid for the loan is $72 .</p>
<p>Question 28.<br />
$2400 at 10.5% for 5 years<br />
Answer: The amount paid for the loan is $1,260 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $2400 , t =  5 years , r = 0.105<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 2400 × 0.105 × 5<br />
I = 252 × 5<br />
I = 1,260<br />
So , The amount paid for the loan is $1,260 .</p>
<p>Question 29.<br />
$4800 at 9.9% for 4 years<br />
Answer: The amount paid for the loan is $1,900 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $4800 , t =  4 years , r = 0.099<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 4800 × 0.099 × 4<br />
I = 475.2 × 4<br />
I = 1,900<br />
So , The amount paid for the loan is $1,900 .</p>
<p><strong>USING THE SIMPLE INTEREST FORMULA</strong> Copy and complete the table.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29715" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.6 7" width="464" height="148" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-7.png 464w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-7-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 464px) 100vw, 464px" /><br />
Answer:  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37648" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.62-1.png" alt="" width="452" height="141" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.62-1.png 452w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.62-1-300x94.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 452px) 100vw, 452px" /><br />
30. The simple interest  is $1,530 .<br />
31. The principal amount is $2,29,491 .<br />
32. The time required is 4 years .<br />
33. The annual interest rate is 1,275% .</p>
<p>30.  Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $12,000 , t =  5 years , r = 0.0425<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 12,000 × 0.0425 × 5<br />
I = 510 ×<br />
I = 1,530<br />
So , The simple interest  is $1,530 .</p>
<p>31.  Explanation:<br />
Given , I = $828.75 , t =  18 months , r = 0.065<br />
I = Prt<br />
P = \(\frac{I}{rt}\)<br />
= \(\frac{828.75 × 18}{0.065}\)<br />
= \(\frac{14,916.96}{0.065}\)<br />
= 2,29,491<br />
So , The principal amount is $2,29,491 .</p>
<p>32. Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $15,500 , I = $5425 , r = 0.0875<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac{5425}{15,500 × 0.0875}\)<br />
= \(\frac{5425}{1,356.25}\)<br />
= 4<br />
So , The time required is 4 years .</p>
<p>33. Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $18,000 , I = $4252.5 , t = 54 months ,<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{4252.5 × 54}{18,000}\)<br />
= \(\frac{2,29,635}{18,000}\)<br />
= 12.75<br />
we can write in percent as 1,275%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 1,275% .</p>
<p>Question 34.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
A family borrows money for a rainforest tour. The simple annual interest rate is 12%. The loan is paid after 3 months. What is the total amount paid for the tour?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29716" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.6 8" width="205" height="260" /><br />
Answer: The total amount paid for the tour will be $1,230 + $49.2 = $1,279.2 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $940 + $170 + $120 = 1,230<br />
P = $1,230 , t =  3 months , r = 0.12<br />
I = prt<br />
I = \(\frac{1,230 × 0.12}{3}\)<br />
I = \(\frac{147.6}{3}\)<br />
I = 49.2<br />
The simple interest  is $49.2 .<br />
So , The total amount paid for the tour will be $1,230 + $49.2 = $1,279.2 .</p>
<p>Question 35.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
You deposit $5000 in an account earning 7.5% simple interest per year. How long will it take for the balance of the account to be $6500?<br />
Answer: It takes 4 years for the balance of the account to be $6500.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , the balance of the account  be $6500 ,  You deposit $5000<br />
We know that . The total balance = deposit + simple interest<br />
So, To get simple interest we have = The total balance &#8211; deposit = $6500 &#8211; $5000 = $1500 ,<br />
P = $5000 , r = 0.075 , I = $1500 , t = ?<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac{1500}{5000 × 0.075}\)<br />
= \(\frac{1500}{375}\)<br />
= 4<br />
So , It takes 4 years for the balance of the account to be $6500.</p>
<p>Question 36.<br />
<strong>MODELING REAL LIFE</strong><br />
You borrow$1300 to buy a telescope. What is the monthly payment?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29717" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-7th-Grade-Chapter-6-Percents-6.6-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 6 Percents 6.6 9" width="150" height="198" /><br />
Answer: The monthly payment is $66.95 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $1300 , t =  2 years , r = 0.118<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 1300 × 0.118 × 2<br />
I = 153.4 × 2<br />
I = 306.8<br />
The simple interest of  bank is $306.8 .<br />
The balance of the account will be $1300 + $306.8 = $1,606.8 .<br />
To get the monthly payment ,  convert 2 years into 24 months then , \(\frac{1,606.8}{24}\) = 66.95<br />
So , The monthly payment is $66.95 .</p>
<p>Question 37.<br />
<strong>REASONING</strong><br />
How many years will it take for $2000 to double at a simple annual interest rate of 8%? Explain how you found your answer.<br />
Answer: It will take 12.5 years to make the principal amount double .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , it take for $2000 to double  , so the total balance will be $2000 + $2000 = $4000<br />
We know that . The total balance = deposit + simple interest<br />
So, To get simple interest we have = The total balance – deposit = $4000 &#8211; $2000 = $2000<br />
P = $2000 , r = 0.08 , I = $2000 , t = ?<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac{2000}{2000 × 0.08}\)<br />
= \(\frac{2000}{160}\)<br />
= 12.5<br />
So , It will take 12.5 years to make the principal amount double .</p>
<p>Question 38.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You take out two loans. After 2 years, the total interest for the loans is $138. On the first loan, you pay 7.5% simple annual interest on a principal of $800. On the second loan, you pay 3% simple annual interest. What is the principal for the second loan?<br />
Answer: The principal amount of the second loan is $300 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , For first loan , P = $800 , t =  2 years , r = 0.075<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 800 × 0.075 × 2<br />
I = 120<br />
The simple interest of  bank is $120 .</p>
<p>For Second loan , Given , the total interest for the loans is $138<br />
So , I = $138 &#8211; $120 = $18 ,<br />
Given r = 0.03 , t = 2 years , I = $18<br />
I = Prt<br />
p = \(\frac{I}{rt}\)<br />
= \(\frac{18}{0.03 × 2}\)<br />
= \(\frac{18}{0.06}\)<br />
= 300<br />
So, The principal amount of the second loan is $300 .</p>
<p>Question 39.<br />
<strong>REPEATED REASONING</strong><br />
You deposit $500 in an account that earns 4% simple annual interest. The interest earned each year is added to the principal to create a new principal. Find the total amount in your account after each year for 3 years.<br />
Answer:  The balance of the account for the first year will be $500 + $20 = $520<br />
The balance of the account for the 2 year will be $520 + $41.6 = $561.6 .<br />
The balance of the account for the 3 year will be $561.6 + $67.3 = $5683.9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = $500 , t =  1 years , r = 0.04<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 500 × 0.04 × 1<br />
I = 5 × 4<br />
I = 20<br />
The simple interest of  bank is $20 .<br />
The balance of the account for the first year will be $500 + $20 = $520 .</p>
<p>For 2 years , p = $520 , t = 2 , r = 0.04<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 520 × 0.04 × 2<br />
I = 20.8 × 2<br />
I = 41.6<br />
The simple interest of  bank is $41.6 .<br />
The balance of the account for the 2 year will be $520 + $41.6 = $561.6 .</p>
<p>For 3 years , p = $561.6 , t = 3 , r = 0.04<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 561.6 × 0.04 × 3<br />
I = 22.46× 3<br />
I = 67.3<br />
The simple interest of  bank is $67.3 .<br />
The balance of the account for the 3 year will be $561.6 + $67.3 = $5683.9.</p>
<p>Question 40.<br />
<strong>NUMBER SENSE</strong><br />
An account earns r% simple interest per year. Does doubling the initial principal have the same effect on the total interest earned as doubling the amount of time? Justify your answer.<br />
Answer: Yes ,Doubling the initial principal have the same effect on the total interest earned as doubling the amount of time</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , An account earns r% simple interest per year. Does doubling the initial principal<br />
Let us say P = 2P , t = t years , r = r%<br />
we know I = Prt ,<br />
I = 2P × t × r<br />
I = 2Prt<br />
The simple interest of the doubling initial principal is 2Prt .</p>
<p>Now , doubling the amount of time , t = 2t years<br />
we know I = Prt ,<br />
I = P × 2t × r<br />
I = 2Prt<br />
The simple interest of the doubling the amount  is 2Prt .<br />
So, Doubling the initial principal have the same effect on the total interest earned as doubling the amount of time</p>
<h3><a id="Percents _Connecting _Concepts"></a>Percents Connecting Concepts</h3>
<p><strong>Using the Problem-Solving Plan</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
The table shows the percent of successful shots for each team in a hockey game. A total of 55 shots are taken in the game. The ratio of shots taken by the Blazers to shots taken by the Hawks is 6 : 5. How many goals does each team score?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29718" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cc-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cc 1" width="300" height="161" /><br />
Understand the problem.<br />
You know that 55 shots are taken in a hockey game and that the Blazers take 6 shots for every 5 shots taken by the Hawks. You also know the percent of successful shots for each team.<br />
Make a plan.<br />
Use a ratio table to determine the number of shots taken by each team. Then use the percent equation to determine the number of successful shots for each team.<br />
Solve and check.<br />
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.<br />
Answer: The goals made by Hawks are 50. and The goals made by Blazers are 60</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , The ratio of shots taken by the Blazers to shots taken by the Hawks is 6 : 5<br />
the percent of successful shots for each team in a hockey game is  Blazers is 10% , Hawks is 16% ,<br />
The goals made by Blazers are w = ? , a = 6 , p = 10%<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{6}{w}\) = \(\frac{10}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{6 × 100}{10}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{600}{10}\)<br />
w = 60<br />
So, The goals made by Blazers are 60<br />
The goals made by Hawks  are w= ? , a = 5 , p = 16%<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{5}{w}\) = \(\frac{10}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{5 × 100}{10}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{500}{10}\)<br />
w = 50<br />
So , The goals made by Hawks are 50.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Fill in the blanks with positive numbers so that the sum of the fractions is 37.5% of the first fraction. Justify your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29719" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cc-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cc 2" width="114" height="55" /><br />
Answer:  \(\frac{2}{5}\) + (- \(\frac{0.1}{4}\)) = 37.5%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say that missing values be x and y<br />
we have ,\(\frac{x}{5}\) + (- \(\frac{y}{4}\))<br />
To get the simplified answer cross check the values of x and y<br />
If x = 2 and y = 0.1 ,then<br />
\(\frac{2}{5}\) + (- \(\frac{0.1}{4}\))<br />
0.4 &#8211; 0.025 = 0.375<br />
0.375 can be written as 37.5%<br />
So ,  \(\frac{2}{5}\) + (- \(\frac{0.1}{4}\)) = 37.5%</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
The graph shows the distance traveled by a motorcycle on a dirt road. After turning onto a paved road, the motorcycle travels \(\frac{1}{5}\) mile every \(\frac{1}{4}\) minute. Find the percent of change in the speed of the motorcycle. Round to the nearest tenth of a percent if necessary.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29720" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cc-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cc 3" width="184" height="177" /><br />
Answer: The percent of change in the speed of the bike is 38%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
speed of the bike on the dirty road  is  \(\frac{2.33}{4}\) = 0.58<br />
speed of the bike on the paved road is \(\frac{0.2}{0.25}\) = 0.8<br />
old value = 0.58 , new value = 0.8 ,<br />
The amount of change = 0.8 &#8211; 0.58  = 0.22<br />
So , percent of change is \(\frac{amount of change }{original amount}\)<br />
= \(\frac{ 0.22}{0.58}\)<br />
= 0.379<br />
= 0.379 × 100<br />
= 37.9 = 38%<br />
So, the percent of change is 38%</p>
<p><strong>Performance Task</strong></p>
<p>Tornado Alley<br />
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Tornado!” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29721" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cc-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cc 4" width="355" height="177" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cc-4.png 355w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cc-4-300x150.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 355px) 100vw, 355px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<h3><a id="Percents _Chapter _Review"></a>Percents Chapter Review</h3>
<p><strong>Review Vocabulary</strong></p>
<p>Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29722" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cr 1" width="542" height="73" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-1.png 542w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-1-300x40.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /><br />
percent of change : It is the percent that a quantity changes from the original amount =  \(\frac{amount of change }{original amount}\)<br />
Example:<br />
2 feet to 6 feet<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 6 and old value = 2 , because a change of 2 to 6 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{6 &#8211; 2}{2}\)<br />
= \(\frac{4}{2}\)<br />
= 2 × 100<br />
= 200%<br />
So, percent of change is 200%</p>
<p>percent of increase: When the original amount increases then the percent of change is called percent of increase = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
Example:<br />
5 cups to 10 cups<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 10 and old value = 5 , because a change of 5 to 10 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{10 &#8211; 5}{5}\)<br />
= \(\frac{5}{5}\)<br />
= 1 × 100<br />
= 100%<br />
So, percent of increase is 100%</p>
<p>percent of decrease:  When the original amount decrease then the percent of change is called percent of decrease =\(\frac{old value &#8211; New value}{old value}\)<br />
Example:<br />
15 inches to 12 inches<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{old value &#8211; new value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 12 and old value = 15 , because a change of 15 to 12 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{15 &#8211; 12}{15}\)<br />
= \(\frac{3}{15}\)<br />
= 0.2 × 100<br />
= 20%<br />
So, percent of decrease is 20%</p>
<p>percent error: It is the percent that estimated value differs from Actual value \(\frac{Error value}{Actual value}\)<br />
Example:<br />
Estimated value = 40 , Actual value = 30<br />
The amount of error is  40 &#8211; 30 = 10<br />
We know that , formula for percent error = \(\frac{Error value}{Actual value}\)<br />
where Error value = 10 and Actual value = 30 ,<br />
So, percent Error = \(\frac{10}{30}\)<br />
= 0.333<br />
= 0.333 × 100<br />
=  33.3%<br />
So, percent Error is 33.3%</p>
<p>Discount:  It is a decrease in amount of original price of an item<br />
Example:<br />
A box is $5 with 20% off<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 20% = 80% of the original price<br />
sales price = 80% of 5<br />
= 0.8 × 5 = 4<br />
So, The sales price is $4.</p>
<p>Markup: The increase from what the stores pays to the selling price is called as Markup<br />
Example:<br />
The markup is 15% of $40<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 15% × 40<br />
= 0.15 × 40<br />
= 6<br />
So , the markup is $6.<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $40 + $6<br />
= $46.<br />
The selling price is $46.</p>
<p>Interest: A money paid or earned for using or lending money is called interest<br />
Example:<br />
A bank offers a loan of $500 with an interest of $10 .<br />
Here $10 is the interest amount to be paid for the loan</p>
<p>Principal: The amount of money borrowed or deposited<br />
Example:<br />
A bank offers a loan of $500 with an interest of $10 .<br />
here the loan amount is the principal amount</p>
<p>Simple Interest: It is the money paid or earned only on the principal I = Prt , where I = simple interest , P = principal , r = rate of interest , t = time in years<br />
Example:<br />
A bank offers a loan of $500 with an interest rate of 3% for 2 years  . the simple interest is<br />
p = $500 , r  = 0.03 , t = 2<br />
I = 500 × 0.03 × 2<br />
I = 30<br />
So , The simple interest is $15 .</p>
<p><strong>Graphic Organizers</strong><br />
You can use a Summary Triangle to explain a concept. Here is an example of writing a percent as a decimal a Summary Triangle for Writing a percent as a decimal.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29723" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cr 2" width="430" height="347" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-2.png 430w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-2-300x242.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /></p>
<p>Answer: Summary triangle for writing a decimal into percent is  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-38545" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.77.png" alt="" width="362" height="234" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.77.png 362w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.77-300x194.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 362px) 100vw, 362px" /><br />
Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29724" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cr 3" width="298" height="274" /><br />
1. writing a decimal as a percent<br />
2. comparing and ordering fractions, decimals, and percents<br />
3. the percent proportion<br />
4. the percent equation<br />
5. percent of change<br />
6. discount<br />
7. markup</p>
<p>Writing a decimal as a percent <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-38543" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.76.png" alt="" width="429" height="275" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.76.png 429w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.76-300x192.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 429px) 100vw, 429px" /></p>
<p><strong>Chapter Self-Assessment</strong></p>
<p>As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29725" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cr 4" width="577" height="78" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-4.png 577w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-4-300x41.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></p>
<p><strong>6.1 Fractions, Decimals, and Percents (pp. 235–240)</strong><br />
Learning Target: Rewrite fractions, decimals, and percents using different representations.</p>
<p>Write the percent as a decimal or the decimal as a percent. Use a model to represent the number.<br />
Question 1.<br />
74%<br />
Answer: decimal form is 0.74</p>
<p>Explanation:  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37651" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.63.png" alt="" width="186" height="63" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 74% in decimal form is 0.74</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
2%<br />
Answer: decimal form is 0.02</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37652" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.64.png" alt="" width="178" height="65" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 2% in decimal form is 0.02</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
221%<br />
Answer: decimal form is 2.21</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37653" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.65.png" alt="" width="191" height="57" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 221% in decimal form is 2.21</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
0.17<br />
Answer: 17%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37654" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.66.png" alt="" width="176" height="63" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, 0.17 can be rewrite as 17%</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
\(4 . \overline{3}\)<br />
Answer: \(433. \overline{3} \%\)</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37655" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.67.png" alt="" width="202" height="54" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, \(4 . \overline{3}\) can be rewrite as \(433. \overline{3} \%\)</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
0.079<br />
Answer: 7.9%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37656" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.68.png" alt="" width="193" height="51" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, 0.079  can be rewrite as 7.9%</p>
<p><strong>Write the fraction as a decimal and a percent.</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
\(\frac{17}{20}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.85, percent = 85%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{17}{20}\) as  0.85 in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then 0.85 can be rewrite as 85%<br />
So,\(\frac{17}{20}\) in decimal = 0.85, percent = 85%</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
\(\frac{3}{8}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = 0.375, percent = 37.5%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{3}{8}\) as  0.375 in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then 0.375 can be rewrite as 37.5%<br />
So, \(\frac{3}{8}\) in decimal = 0.375, percent = 37.5%</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
\(\frac{14}{9}\)<br />
Answer: decimal = \(1 . \overline{5}\), percent = \(155. \overline{5} \%\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the method of converting fraction into decimal and comparing ,<br />
We can rewrite \(\frac{14}{9}\) as  \(1. \overline{5}\) in decimal form,<br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol , then \(1 . \overline{5}\)can be rewrite as \(155. \overline{5} \%\)<br />
So, \(\frac{14}{9}\) in decimal = \(1 . \overline{5}\), percent = \(155. \overline{5} \%\)</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
For school spirit day, 11.875% of your class wears orange shirts, \(\frac{5}{8}\) of your class wears blue shirts, 0.15625 of your class wears white shirts, and the rest of your class wears gold shirts. Order the portions of shirts of each color from least to greatest. Justify your answer.<br />
Answer:  In ascending order we have 10.1% , 15.6% , 62.5% , 11.875%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , 11.875% of your class wears orange shirts,<br />
\(\frac{5}{8}\) of your class wears blue shirts,<br />
It can be written as 0.625 in decimals and 62.5% in percent<br />
0.15625 of your class wears white shirts,<br />
it can be written as 15.6%<br />
And the rest of your class wears gold shirts.<br />
Let the total be 100% , The percent in all colors is 11.875% + 62.5% +  15.6%  = 89.9%<br />
So , the rest of the girls wears 100% &#8211; 89.9% = 10.1% ,<br />
In ascending order we have 10.1% , 15.6% , 62.5% , 11.875%</p>
<p><strong>6.2 The Percent Proportion (pp. 241–246)</strong><br />
Learning Target: Use the percent proportion to find missing quantities.</p>
<p><strong>Write and solve a proportion to answer the question.</strong><br />
Question 11.<br />
What percent of 60 is 18?<br />
Answer: 18 is 30% of 60.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , a = 18 , w = 60 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{18}{60}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{18 × 100}{60}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{1800}{60}\)<br />
p = 30<br />
So, 18 is 30% of 60.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
40 is what percent of 32?<br />
Answer: 40 is 125% of 32.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , a = 40 , w = 32 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{40}{32}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{40 × 100}{32}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{4,000}{32}\)<br />
p = 125<br />
So, 40 is 125% of 32.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
What number is 70% of 70?<br />
Answer: 49 is 70% of 70.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , a = ? , w = 70 , p = 70%<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{70}\) = \(\frac{70}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{70 × 70}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{4900}{100}\)<br />
a = 49<br />
So, 49 is 70% of 70.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
\(\frac{3}{4}\) is 75% of what number?<br />
Answer: 0.75 is 755% of 1.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
we can write \(\frac{3}{4}\) as 0.75 in decimal<br />
Given , a = 0.75 , w = ? , p = 75%<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{0.75}{w}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{0.75 × 100}{75}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{75}{755}\)<br />
w = 1<br />
So, 0.75 is 755% of 1.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
About 29% of the Earth&#8217;s surface is covered by land. The total surface area of the Earth is about 510 million square kilometers. What is the area of the Earth’s surface covered by land?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29726" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cr 15" width="174" height="177" /><br />
Answer: The area of the Earth’s surface covered by land is 147.9 million square kilometers .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , p = 29% , w = 510 , a = ?<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{510}\) = \(\frac{29}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{510 × 29}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{14,790}{100}\)<br />
a = 147.9<br />
So, 147.9 is 29% of 510.<br />
The area of the Earth’s surface covered by land is 147.9 million square kilometers .</p>
<p><strong>6.3 The Percent Equation (pp. 247–252)</strong><br />
Learning Target: Use the percent equation to find missing quantities. Write and solve an equation to answer the question.<br />
Question 16.<br />
What number is 24% of 25?<br />
Answer: 6 is 24% of 25.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given p = 24% , w = 25 , a = ?<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{25}\) = \(\frac{24}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{25 × 24}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{600}{100}\)<br />
a = 6<br />
So, 6 is 24% of 25.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
9 is what percent of 20?<br />
Answer: 9 is 45% of 20.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given p = ? , w = 20 , a = 9<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{9}{20}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{9 × 100}{20}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{900}{20}\)<br />
p = 45<br />
So, 9 is 45% of 20.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
60.8 is what percent of 32?<br />
Answer: 60.8 is 190% of 32.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given p = ? , w = 32, a = 60.8<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{60.8}{32}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{60.8 × 100}{32}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{6080}{32}\)<br />
p = 190<br />
So, 60.8 is 190% of 32.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
91 is 130% of what number?<br />
Answer: 91 is 130% of 70.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given p = 130% , w = ? , a = 91<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{91}{w}\) = \(\frac{130}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{91 × 100}{130}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{9100{130}\)<br />
w = 70<br />
So, 91 is 130% of 70.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
85% of what number is 10.2?<br />
Answer: 10.2 is 85% of 12.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given p = 85% , w = ? , a = 10.2<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{10.2}{w}\) = \(\frac{85}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{10.2 × 100}{85}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{1020}{85}\)<br />
w = 12<br />
So, 10.2 is 85% of 12.</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
83% of 20 is what number?<br />
Answer: 16.6 is 83% of 20.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given p = 83% , w = 20 , a = ?<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{20}\) = \(\frac{83}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{20 × 83}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{1,660}{100}\)<br />
a = 16.6<br />
So, 16.6 is 83% of 20.</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
15% of the parking spaces at a school are handicap spaces. The school has 18 handicap spaces. How many parking spaces are there in total?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29727" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-22.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cr 22" width="272" height="184" /><br />
Answer: Totally , there are 120 parking spaces .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , p = 15% , a = 18 , w = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{18}{w}\) = \(\frac{15}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{18 × 100}{15}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{1800}{15}\)<br />
w = 120<br />
So, 18 is 15% of 120.<br />
Totally , there are 120 parking spaces .</p>
<p>Question 23.<br />
Of the 25 students on a field trip, 16 bring cameras. What percent of the students bring cameras?<br />
Answer: 64% of students brought the cameras .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , a = 16 , w = 25 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{16}{25}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{16 × 100}{25}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{1600}{25}\)<br />
p = 64<br />
So, 16 is 64% of 25.<br />
Thus, 64% of students brought the cameras .</p>
<p><strong>6.4 Percents of Increase and Decrease (pp. 253–258)</strong><br />
Learning Target: Find percents of change in quantities.</p>
<p>Identify the percent of change as an increase or a decrease. Then find the percent of change. Round to the nearest tenth of a percent if necessary.<br />
Question 24.<br />
6 yards to 36 yards<br />
Answer: percent of change is 500%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 36 and old value = 6 , because a change of 6 to 36 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{36 &#8211; 6}{6}\)<br />
= \(\frac{30}{6}\)<br />
= 5× 100<br />
= 500%<br />
So, percent of change is 500%</p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
120 meals to 52 meals<br />
Answer: percent of change is &#8211; 56.6%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 52 and old value = 120 , because a change of 120 to 52 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{52 &#8211; 120}{120}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 68}{120}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.566<br />
= &#8211; 0.566 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 56.6%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 56.6%</p>
<p>Question 26.<br />
You estimate that a jar contains 68 marbles. The actual number of marbles is 60. Find the percent error.<br />
Answer: percent Error is 13%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The amount of error is 68 &#8211; 60 = 8<br />
We know that , formula for percent error = \(\frac{Error value}{Actual value}\)<br />
where Error value = 8 and Actual value = 60 ,<br />
So, percent Error = \(\frac{8}{60}\)<br />
= 0.133<br />
= 0.133 × 100<br />
=  13.3%<br />
Approximately we can write as 13%<br />
So, percent Error is 13%</p>
<p>Question 27.<br />
The table shows the numbers of skim boarders at a beach on Saturday and Sunday. What was the percent of change in boarders from Saturday to Sunday?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29728" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-27.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cr 27" width="450" height="213" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-27.png 450w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-27-300x142.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 450px) 100vw, 450px" /><br />
Answer: percent of change is &#8211; 12.5%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , 12 to 9<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 63 and old value = 72 , because a change of 72 to 63 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{63 &#8211; 72}{72}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 9}{72}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 1}{8}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.125<br />
= &#8211; 0.125 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 12.5%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 12.5%</p>
<p><strong>6.5 Discounts and Markups (pp. 259–264)</strong><br />
Learning Target: Solve percent problems involving discounts and markups.</p>
<p><strong>Find the sale price or original price.</strong><br />
Question 28.<br />
Original price: $50<br />
Discount: 15%<br />
Sale price: ?<br />
Answer: The sales price is $42.5</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 15% = 85% of the original price<br />
sales price = 85% of 50<br />
= 0.85 × 50 = 42.5<br />
So, The sales price is $42.5</p>
<p>Question 29.<br />
Original price: ?<br />
Discount: 20%<br />
Sale price: $75<br />
Answer: The original price is $93.75.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 20% = 80%<br />
a = p% × w<br />
75 = 0.8 × w<br />
w = \(\frac{75}{0.8}\)<br />
w = 93.75<br />
So, The original price is $93.75.</p>
<p>Question 30.<br />
What is the original price of the tennis racquet?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29729" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-30.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cr 30" width="171" height="184" /><br />
Answer: The original price is $30.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 30% = 70%<br />
a = p% × w<br />
21 = 0.7 × w<br />
w = \(\frac{21}{0.7}\)<br />
w = 30<br />
So, The original price is $30.</p>
<p>Question 31.<br />
A store pays $50 for a pair of shoes. The markup is 25%.<br />
a. What is the selling price for the shoes?<br />
b. What is the total cost for a person to buy the shoes including a 6% sales tax?<br />
Answer: a. The selling price is $62.5.<br />
b. Total cost for a person is  $66.25 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The markup is 25% of $50<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 25% × 50<br />
= 0.25 × 50<br />
= 12.5<br />
So , the markup is $12.5.<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $50 + $12.5<br />
= $62.5.<br />
The selling price is $62.5.</p>
<p>b. with 6% sales tax we have ,<br />
6% of $62.5<br />
= 0.06 × 62.5<br />
= 3.75 , it is the tax rate<br />
So , total cost for a person is $62.5 + $3.75 = $66.25</p>
<p><strong>6.6 Simple Interest (pp. 265–270)</strong><br />
Learning Target: Understand and apply the simple interest formula.</p>
<p>An account earns simple interest. (a) Find the interest earned. (b) Find the balance of the account.<br />
Question 32.<br />
$300 at 4% for 3 years<br />
Answer: a. The interest earned is $36<br />
b. The balance of the account is $336 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
we know P = $300 , r = 0.04 , t = 3 years<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 300 × 0.04 × 3<br />
I = 3 × 4 × 3<br />
I = $36<br />
The interest earned is $36<br />
The balance of the account  = $300 + $36 = $336 .</p>
<p>Question 33.<br />
$2000 at 3.5% for 4 years<br />
Answer: a. The interest earned is $280<br />
b. The balance of the account  is $2,280 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
we know P = $2000 , r = 0.035 , t = 4 years<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 2000 × 0.035 × 4<br />
I = 2 × 35 × 4<br />
I = $280<br />
The interest earned is $280<br />
The balance of the account  = $2000 + $280 = $2,280 .</p>
<p>Find the annual interest rate.<br />
Question 34.<br />
I = $17, P = $500, t = 2 years<br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 1.7% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{17}{500 × 2}\)<br />
= \(\frac{17}{1000}\)<br />
= 0.017<br />
we can write in percent as 1.7%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 1.7% .</p>
<p>Question 35.<br />
I = $426, P = $1200, t = 5 years<br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 7.1% .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{426}{1200 × 5}\)<br />
= \(\frac{426}{6000}\)<br />
= 0.071<br />
we can write in percent as 7.1%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 7.1% .</p>
<p><strong>Find the amount of time.</strong><br />
Question 36.<br />
I = $60, P = $400, r = 5%<br />
Answer: The amount of time is 3 years .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac{60}{400 × 0.05}\)<br />
= \(\frac{60}{20}\)<br />
= 3<br />
So, The amount of time is 3 years .</p>
<p>Question 37.<br />
I = $237.90, P = $1525, r = 2.6%<br />
Answer: The amount of time is 6 years .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
t = \(\frac{I}{Pr}\)<br />
= \(\frac{237.9}{1525 × 0.026}\)<br />
= \(\frac{237.9}{39.65}\)<br />
= 6<br />
So, The amount of time is 6 years .</p>
<p>Question 38.<br />
You deposit $100 in an account. The account earns $2 simple interest in 6 months. What is the annual interest rate?<br />
Answer: The annual interest rate is 12%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , p = $100 , I = $2 , t = 6 months ,<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , r = \(\frac{I}{Pt}\)<br />
r = \(\frac{2 × 6}{100}\)<br />
= \(\frac{12}{100}\)<br />
= 0.12<br />
we can write in percent as 12%<br />
So , The annual interest rate is 12%</p>
<p>Question 39.<br />
Bank A is offering a loan with a simple interest rate of 8% for 2 years. Bank B is offering a loan with a simple interest rate of 6.5% for 3 years.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29730" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cr-39.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cr 39" width="189" height="144" /><br />
a. Assuming the monthly payments are equal, what is the monthly payment for the four wheeler from Bank A? from Bank B?<br />
b. Give reasons for why a person might choose Bank A and why a person might choose Bank B for a loan to buy the four wheeler. Explain your reasoning.<br />
Answer: a. The monthly payment for bank A is $261 and for Bank B is $179.25 .<br />
b. If a person chooses Bank A , it will be high in monthly payment but within 2 years loan will be cleared .<br />
If a person chooses Bank B , it will be low monthly payment and can pay the loan a year extra in small amounts.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
For bank A , Then p = $5400 , r = 0.08 , t = 2 years<br />
I = Prt<br />
I = 5400 × 0.08 × 2<br />
I = 54 × 8 × 2<br />
I = 864<br />
The simple interest of one bank = $864 .<br />
The balance of the account will be = $5400 + $864 = $6,264 .<br />
The monthly payment = \(\frac{6,264}{24}\) = $261 .</p>
<p>For bank B,  Then p = $5400 , r = 0.065 , t = 3 years<br />
I = Prt<br />
I = 5400 × 0.065 × 3<br />
I = 54 × 6.5 × 3<br />
I = 1,053<br />
The simple interest of one bank = $1,053 .<br />
The balance of the account will be = $5400 + $1,053 = $6,453 .<br />
The monthly payment = \(\frac{6,453}{36}\) = $179.25 .</p>
<p>b. If a person chooses Bank A , it will be high in monthly payment but within 2 years loan will be cleared .<br />
If a person chooses Bank B , it will be low monthly payment and can pay the loan a year extra in small amounts.</p>
<h3><a id="Percents _Practice _Test"></a>Percents Practice Test</h3>
<p><strong>Write the percent as a decimal, or the decimal as a percent. Use a model to represent the number.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
0.96%<br />
Answer: 0.0096</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37799" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.69.png" alt="" width="219" height="52" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 0.96% in decimal form is 0.0096</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
3%<br />
Answer: 0.03</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37800" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.70.png" alt="" width="174" height="49" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, 3% in decimal form is 0.03</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
\(25 . \overline{5} \%\)<br />
Answer: \(0 .25 \overline{5}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:   <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37801" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.71.png" alt="" width="247" height="58" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, \(25 . \overline{5} \%\) in decimal form is \(0 .25 \overline{5}\)</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
\(0 . \overline{6} \%\)<br />
Answer: \(0 .006\overline{6}\)</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37802" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.72.png" alt="" width="242" height="55" /><br />
To write percent into decimal we have to remove percent symbol and divide by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the left.<br />
So, \(0 . \overline{6} \%\)  in decimal form is\(0 .006 \overline{6}\)</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
7.88<br />
Answer: 788%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37803" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.73.png" alt="" width="173" height="53" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, 7.88 can be rewrite as 788%</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
0.58<br />
Answer: 58%</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-37804" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.74.png" alt="" width="168" height="52" /><br />
To write decimal into percent we should multiply the number by 100, which moves the decimal point two places to the right and add a percent symbol.<br />
So, 0.58 can be rewrite as 58%</p>
<p><strong>Order the numbers from least to greatest.</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
86%, \(\frac{15}{18}\), 0.84, \(\frac{8}{9}\), \(0 . \overline{86} \%\)<br />
Answer: The numbers from least to greatest are  \(0 .00 \overline{86}\) , \(0 .8 \overline{3}\) , 0.84 , 0.86 , \(0 .\overline{8}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
86%,  in decimals as 0.86<br />
\(\frac{15}{18}\), can be \(0 .8 \overline{3}\)<br />
\(\frac{8}{9}\),  can be \(0 .\overline{8}\)<br />
\(0 . \overline{86} \%\) can be written as \(0 .00 \overline{86}\)<br />
So, The numbers from least to greatest are  \(0 .00 \overline{86}\) , \(0 .8 \overline{3}\) , 0.84 , 0.86 , \(0 .\overline{8}\)</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
91.6%, 0.91, \(\frac{11}{12}\), 0.917, 9.2%<br />
Answer:  The numbers from least to greatest are 0.092 , 0.91 , 0.916 , \(0 .91\overline{6}\) , 0.917 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
91.6%, can be written as 0.916<br />
\(\frac{11}{12}\), ca be written as \(0 .91\overline{6}\)<br />
9.2% can be written as 0.092<br />
So, The numbers from least to greatest are 0.092 , 0.91 , 0.916 , \(0 .91\overline{6}\) , 0.917 .</p>
<p><strong>Write and solve a proportion or equation to answer the question.</strong><br />
Question 9.<br />
What percent of 28 is 21?<br />
Answer:  21 is 75% of 28.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , a = 21 , w = 28 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{21}{28}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{21 × 100}{28}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{2100}{28}\)<br />
p = 75<br />
So, 21 is 75% of 28.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
64 is what percent of 40?<br />
Answer: 64 is 160% of 40.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , a = 64 , w = 40 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{64}{40}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{64 × 100}{40}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{6400}{40}\)<br />
p = 160<br />
So, 64 is 160% of 40.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
What number is 80% of 45?<br />
Answer: 36 is 80% of 45.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , a = ? , w = 45 , p = 80%<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{45}\) = \(\frac{80}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{45 × 80}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{3600}{100}\)<br />
a = 36<br />
So, 36 is 80% of 45.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
0.8% of what number is 6?<br />
Answer: 6 is 0.8% of 750.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , a = 6 , w = ? , p = 0.8%<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{6}{w}\) = \(\frac{0.8}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{6 × 100}{0.8}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{600}{0.8}\)<br />
w = 750<br />
So, 6 is 0.8% of 750.</p>
<p>Identify the percent of change as an increase or a decrease. Then find the percent of change. Round to the nearest tenth of a percent if necessary.<br />
Question 13.<br />
4 strikeouts to 10 strikeouts<br />
Answer: percent of change is 150%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 10 and old value = 4 , because a change of 4 to 10 is a positive (increase) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{10 &#8211; 4}{4}\)<br />
= \(\frac{6}{4}\)<br />
= 1.5 × 100<br />
= 150%<br />
So, percent of change is 150%</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
$24 to $18<br />
Answer: percent of change is &#8211; 25%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know that , formula for percent change = \(\frac{New value &#8211; old value}{old value}\)<br />
where New value = 18 and old value = 24 , because a change of 24 to 18 is a negative (decrease) change<br />
So, percent change = \(\frac{18 &#8211; 24}{24}\)<br />
= \(\frac{- 6}{24}\)<br />
= &#8211; 0.25<br />
= &#8211; 0.25 × 100<br />
= &#8211; 25%<br />
So, percent of change is &#8211; 25%</p>
<p><strong>Find the sale price or selling price.</strong><br />
Question 15.<br />
Original price: $15<br />
Discount: 5%<br />
Sale price: ?<br />
Answer: The sales price is $14.25</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 5% = 95% of the original price<br />
sales price = 95% of 15<br />
= 0.95 × 15 = 14.25<br />
So, The sales price is $14.25</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
Cost to store: $5.50<br />
Markup: 75%<br />
Selling price: ?<br />
Answer: The selling price is $9.625.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The markup is 75% of $5.50<br />
a = p% × w<br />
= 75% × 5.5<br />
= 0.75 × 5.5<br />
= 4.125<br />
So , the markup is $4.125.<br />
To , find the selling price , we have<br />
selling price = cost to store + markup<br />
= $5.5 + $4.125<br />
= $9.625.<br />
The selling price is $9.625.</p>
<p><strong>An account earns simple interest. Find the interest earned or the principal.</strong><br />
Question 17.<br />
Interest earned: ?<br />
Principal: $450<br />
Interest rate: 6%<br />
Time: 8 years<br />
Answer: The interest earned is $216 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
we know P = $450 , r = 0.06 , t = 8 years<br />
I = prt<br />
I = 450 × 0.06 × 8<br />
I = 27 × 8<br />
I = $216<br />
The interest earned is $216 .</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
Interest earned: $27<br />
Principal: ?<br />
Interest rate: 1.5%<br />
Time: 2 years<br />
Answer: The principal is $900 .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , P = ? , I = $27 , t = 2 years , r = 0.015<br />
We know that  I = Prt<br />
So , p = \(\frac{I}{rt}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{27}{0.015 × 2}\)<br />
= \(\frac{27}{0.03}\)<br />
= 900<br />
So, The principal is $900 .</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
You spend 8 hours each weekday at school. (a) Write the portion of a weekday spent at school as a fraction, a decimal, and a percent. (b) What percent of a week is spent at school if you go to school 4 days that week? Round to the nearest tenth.<br />
Answer: a. the portion of a weekday spent at school is 33% , It can be written as \(\frac{100}{3}\) and in decimal as 0.333<br />
b . The 9% of a week is spent at school if you go to school 4 days that week.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , You spend 8 hours each weekday at school.<br />
a. In a day we have 24 hours so , The percent of 8 hours in 24 hours is<br />
a = 8 , w = 24 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{8}{24}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{8 × 100}{24}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{800}{24}\)<br />
p = 33.3 %<br />
It can be written as \(\frac{100}{3}\) and in decimal as 0.333<br />
So, 8 is 33% of 24.</p>
<p>b. The number of hours in a week  , that is 7 days are 168 hours<br />
The number of hours in 4 days to school are 32<br />
So , we have a = 32 , w = 168 , p = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{32}{168}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{32 × 100}{168}\)<br />
p = \(\frac{3200}{168}\)<br />
p = 9.04 %<br />
p = 9%<br />
So , The 9% of a week is spent at school if you go to school 4 days that week.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
Research indicates that90% of the volume of an iceberg is below water. The volume of the iceberg above the water is 160,000 cubic feet. What is the volume of the iceberg below water?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29740" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-pt-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents pt 20" width="172" height="254" /><br />
Answer: The volume of the iceberg below water is  1,77,777 cubic feet</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , p = 90% , a = 160,000 , w = ?<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{160,000}{w}\) = \(\frac{90}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{160,000 × 100}{90}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{1050}{125}\)<br />
w = 1,77,777.7<br />
So, the volume of the iceberg below water is  1,77,777 cubic feet</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
You estimate that there are 66 cars in a parking lot. The actual number of cars is 75.<br />
a. Find the percent error.<br />
b. What other estimate gives the same percent error? Explain your reasoning.<br />
Answer: a. percent Error is 12%<br />
b, If the estimated number is 66.1 then percent error will be 12%</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The amount of error is 75 &#8211; 66 = 9<br />
We know that , formula for percent error = \(\frac{Error value}{Actual value}\)<br />
where Error value = 9 and Actual value = 75 ,<br />
So, percent Error = \(\frac{9}{75}\)<br />
= 0.12<br />
= 0.12 × 100<br />
=  12%<br />
So, percent Error is 12%</p>
<p>b. if the estimation is 66.1<br />
The amount of error is 75 &#8211; 66.1 = 8.9<br />
We know that , formula for percent error = \(\frac{Error value}{Actual value}\)<br />
where Error value = 8.9 and Actual value = 75 ,<br />
So, percent Error = \(\frac{8.9}{75}\)<br />
= 0.1198<br />
= 0.1198 × 100<br />
=  11.9%<br />
Apporximately 12%<br />
So, percent Error is 12%</p>
<h3><a id="Percents _Cumulative _Practice"></a>Percents Cumulative Practice</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29731" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cp 1" width="304" height="345" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-1.png 304w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-1-264x300.png 264w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 304px) 100vw, 304px" /><br />
Question 1.<br />
A movie theater offers 30% a movie ticket to students from your school. The regular price of a movie ticket is $8.50. What is the discounted price that you pay for a ticket?<br />
A. $2.55<br />
B. $5.50<br />
C. $5.95<br />
D. $8.20<br />
Answer:  C. $5.95</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , original price = $8.5 , with 30% off<br />
We know , The sales price be 100% – 30% = 70% of the original price<br />
sales price = 70% of 8.5<br />
= 0.7 × 8.5 = 5.95<br />
So, The sales price is $5.95.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
What is the least value of x for which the inequality is true?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29732" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cp 2" width="74" height="65" /><br />
16 ≥ &#8211; 2x<br />
Answer: x = 1</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let us say X = 1<br />
16 ≥ &#8211; 2(1)<br />
16 ≥ &#8211; 2<br />
So , x = 1 , for 16 ≥ &#8211; 2x</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
You are building a scale model of a park that is planned for a city. The model uses the scale 1 centimeter = 2 meters. The park will have a rectangular reflecting pool with a length of 20 meters and a width of 12 meters. In your scale model, what will be the area of the reflecting pool?<br />
F. 60 cm<sup>2</sup><br />
G. 120 cm<sup>2</sup><br />
H. 480 cm<sup>2</sup><br />
I. 960 cm<sup>2</sup><br />
Answer:  F .  60 cm<sup>2</sup></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given ,actual  l = 20 meters , The model uses the scale 1 centimeter = 2 meters.  let the model length be x<br />
The model length x will be , \(\frac{1cm}{2m}\) = \(\frac{x cm}{20m}\)<br />
2x = 20<br />
x = 10 ,<br />
Let the model width be y , The model width y will be \(\frac{1 cm}{2m}\) = \(\frac{y}{12}\)<br />
y= 6 ,<br />
So The model area of the reflecting pool , Area of rectangle = l × w<br />
l = 10 , y = 6 , then A = 10 × 6 = 60 cm<sup>2</sup><br />
The model area of the reflecting pool is 60 cm<sup>2</sup></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Which proportion represents the problem?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29733" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cp 4" width="401" height="160" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-4.png 401w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-4-300x120.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 401px) 100vw, 401px" /><br />
Answer: D . \(\frac{43}{n}\) = \(\frac{17}{100}\)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given ,  p = 17% , a = 43<br />
By using proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{43}{w}\) = \(\frac{17}{100}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{43 × 100}{17}\)<br />
w = \(\frac{4300}{17}\)<br />
w = 252.9<br />
So, 43 is 17% of 252.9.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Which list of numbers is in order from least to greatest?<br />
F. 0.8, \(\frac{5}{8}\), 70%, 0.09<br />
G. 0.09, \(\frac{5}{8}\), 0.8, 70%<br />
H. \(\frac{5}{8}\), 70%, 0.8, 0.09<br />
I. 0.09, \(\frac{5}{8}\), 70%, 0.8<br />
Answer: H. \(\frac{5}{8}\), 70%, 0.8, 0.09</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given,<br />
\(\frac{5}{8}\) can be written as 0.625 ,<br />
70% can be written as 0.7<br />
The order from least to greatest  is  \(\frac{5}{8}\) , 70% , 0.8 , 0.9</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
What is the value of \(\frac{9}{8}\) ÷ (-\(\frac{11}{4}\))?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29734" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cp 6" width="84" height="63" /><br />
Answer: the value of \(\frac{9}{8}\) ÷ (-\(\frac{11}{4}\)) is &#8211; 0.413</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
\(\frac{9}{8}\)  can be written as  1.125<br />
&#8211;\(\frac{11}{4}\) can be written as  &#8211; 2.75<br />
then , \(\frac{1.125}{-2.75}\) = &#8211; 0.413</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
The number of calories you burn by playing basketball is proportional to the number of minutes you play. Which of the following is a valid interpretation of the graph?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29735" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cp 7" width="201" height="223" /><br />
A. The unit rate is \(\frac{1}{9}\) calorie per minute.<br />
B. You burn 5 calories by playing basketball for 45 minutes.<br />
C. You do not burn any calories if you do not play basketball for at least 1 minute.<br />
D. You burn an additional 9 calories for each minute of basketball you play.<br />
Answer: C. You do not burn any calories if you do not play basketball for at least 1 minute.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As , the graph shows the coordinates of the minutes to calories by (0,0) at the initial stage of playing basketball for at least a minute .<br />
So , the graph represents , You do not burn any calories if you do not play basketball for at least 1 minute.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
A softball team is ordering uniforms. Each player receives one of each of the items shown in the table.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29736" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cp 8" width="371" height="65" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-8.png 371w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-8-300x53.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 371px) 100vw, 371px" /><br />
Which expression represents the total cost (in dollars) when there are 15 players on the team?<br />
F. x + 24.86<br />
G. 15x + 372.90<br />
H. x + 372.90<br />
I. x + 387.90<br />
Answer: G. 15x + 372.90</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , jersey = x<br />
So , the only option in the options with an x for 15 members is 15x ,<br />
So, G. 15x + 372.90 is the correct option</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Your friend solves the equation. What should your friend do to correct the error that he made?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29737" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cp 9" width="172" height="107" /><br />
A. Multiply &#8211; 45 by &#8211; 3.<br />
B. Add 3 to &#8211; 45.<br />
C. Add 2 to &#8211; 15.<br />
D. Divide &#8211; 45 by &#8211; 3.<br />
Answer: A. Multiply &#8211; 45 by &#8211; 3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given , &#8211; 3(2 + w) = -45<br />
By , Multiply &#8211; 45 by &#8211; 3.<br />
we get 2 + w = 15<br />
w = 15 &#8211; 2<br />
w = 13.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
You are comparing the costs of a certain model of ladder at a hardware store and at an online store.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29738" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cp 10" width="470" height="202" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-10.png 470w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-10-300x129.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /><br />
Part A What is the total cost of buying the ladder at each of the stores? Show your work and explain your reasoning.<br />
Part B Suppose that the hardware store is offering 10% off the price of the ladder and that the online store is offering free shipping and handling. Which store offers the lower total cost for the ladder? by how much? Show your work and explain your reasoning.<br />
Answer: Part A , The total cost at hardware store is $371 and The total cost at online store is $355.2<br />
Part B ,The hardware store offers the best price $336 by $3.2 less than the online store $339.2</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Part A , The ladder cost at hardware store is $350 , with 6% tax ,<br />
So, 6% of 350<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{350}\) = \(\frac{6}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{350 × 6}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{2100}{100}\)<br />
a = 21<br />
So, 21 is 6% of 350.<br />
The total cost at hardware store is $350 + $ 21 = $371</p>
<p>The ladder cost at online store is $320 , with 6% tax ,<br />
So, 6% of 320<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{320}\) = \(\frac{6}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{320 × 6}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{1920}{100}\)<br />
a = 19.2<br />
So,19.2 is 6% of 320.<br />
Additionally shipping cost is 5% of $320<br />
By using percent proportion , we have<br />
\(\frac{a}{w}\) = \(\frac{p}{100}\)<br />
\(\frac{a}{320}\) = \(\frac{5}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{320 × 5}{100}\)<br />
a = \(\frac{1600}{100}\)<br />
a = 16<br />
So,16 is 5% of 320.<br />
The total cost at online store is $320 + $ 19.2 + $16 = $355.2</p>
<p>Part B, If the hardware store offers 10% off<br />
Then , We know , The sales price be 100% – 10% = 90% of the original price<br />
sales price = 90% of 350<br />
= 0.9 × 350 = 315<br />
So, The sales price is $315 .<br />
The 6% of 320  is  $21<br />
The total cost in hardware store after 10% off is $315 + $ 21 = $336</p>
<p>The online store offers free shipping and handling then the price will be $320 and 6% tax<br />
So , 6% of 320  is $19.2<br />
The total cost online store is $320 + $ 19.2 = $339.2</p>
<p>The hardware store offers the best price $336 by $3.2 less than the online store $339.2</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Which graph represents the inequality &#8211; 5 &#8211; 3x ≥ &#8211; 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29739" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents cp 11" width="575" height="102" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-11.png 575w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents-cp-11-300x53.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 575px) 100vw, 575px" /><br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-38531" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-7-Chapter-6-Percents.75.png" alt="" width="269" height="46" /></p>
<p>Explanation:11<br />
Option F represents the x value from -4 to 2<br />
So , if x = -4 ,<br />
Then &#8211; 5 &#8211; 3(-4) ≥ &#8211; 11<br />
-5 + 12 ≥ &#8211; 11<br />
7 ≥ &#8211; 11<br />
if x = 2<br />
&#8211; 5 &#8211; 3(2) ≥ &#8211; 11<br />
-5 &#8211; 6 ≥ &#8211; 11<br />
-11 ≥ &#8211; 11<br />
So, option F represents the inequality – 5 – 3x ≥ – 11.</p>
<p><strong>Final Conclusion:</strong></p>
<p>We have given Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 6 Percents Pdf free links here. Download BIM Grade 7 Chapter 6 Pdf from the direct links given in the above section. We wish you make use of the given information and score better marks in the exam. If you have any doubts you can easily clear them within the below-given comment section. All the best to all the candidates!!</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-7-chapter-6/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">29636</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data</title>
		<link>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3-chapter-14/</link>
					<comments>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3-chapter-14/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Mounisha Reddy]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 04 Apr 2022 11:25:26 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://ccssmathanswers.com/?p=9873</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Follow the free study guide i.e Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data Answers available here. It has various topics that every student must know before going for the next chapter. This BIM Answers 3rd Grade 14th Chapter Represent and Interpret Data is useful to finish the homework in time ... <a title="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data" class="read-more" href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3-chapter-14/" aria-label="Read more about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data">Read more</a>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Follow the free study guide i.e Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data Answers available here. It has various topics that every student must know before going for the next chapter. This BIM Answers 3rd Grade 14th Chapter Represent and Interpret Data is useful to finish the homework in time and prepare for the exams. Hence, download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data pdf for free of cost and begin the preparation.</p>
<h2>Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data Answers</h2>
<p>To ease your learning, we have given Big Ideas Math 3rd Grade 14th Chapter Represent and Interpret Data Solution Key which is designed by the subject experts. So, students and teachers are no need to worry if you have any doubts in questions. Make use of this <a href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3/">Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3</a> Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data to score good marks in the exams.</p>
<p>The various topics covered in Represent and Interpret Data are Read and Interpret Picture Graphs, Make Picture Graphs, Read and Interpret Bar Graphs, Make Bar Graphs, Make Line Plots, Measure Lengths: Half Inch, and Measure Lengths: Quarter Inc. Practice questions from all these topics and attend performance task at the end to cross-check your learning skills. Students can also tap on the quick links provided below to get the solutions.</p>
<p><strong>Lesson 1 Read and Interpret Picture Graphs</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_14_1_Read_and_Interpret_Picture_Graphs">Lesson 14.1 Read and Interpret Picture Graphs</a></li>
<li><a href="#Read_and_Interpret_Picture_Graphs_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14.1">Read and Interpret Picture Graphs Homework &amp; Practice 14.1</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 2 Make Picture Graphs</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> <a href="#Lesson_14_2_Make_Picture_Graphs">Lesson 14.2 Make Picture Graphs</a></li>
<li><a href="#Make_Picture_Graphs_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14_2">Make Picture Graphs Homework &amp; Practice 14.2</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 3 Read and Interpret Bar Graphs</strong></p>
<ul>
<li> <a href="#Lesson_14_3_Read_and_Interpret_Bar_Graphs">Lesson 14.3 Read and Interpret Bar Graphs</a></li>
<li><a href="#Name_Read_and_Interpret_Graphs_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14_3">Name Read and Interpret Graphs Homework &amp; Practice 14.3</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 4 Make Bar Graphs</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_14_4_Make_Bar_Graphs">Lesson 14.4 Make Bar Graphs</a></li>
<li><a href="#Make_Bar_Graphs_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14_4">Make Bar Graphs Homework &amp; Practice 14.4</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong> Lesson 5 Make Line Plots</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_14_5_Make_Line_Plots">Lesson 14.5 Make Line Plots</a></li>
<li><a href="#Make_Line_Plots_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14_5">Make Line Plots Homework &amp; Practice 14.5</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 6 Measure Lengths: Half Inch</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_14_6_Measure_Lengths_Half_Inch">Lesson 14.6 Measure Lengths: Half Inch</a></li>
<li><a href="_Half_Inch_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14.6">Measure Lengths: Half Inch Homework &amp; Practice 14.6</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 7 Measure Lengths: Quarter Inch</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="_Quarter_Inch">Lesson 14.7 Measure Lengths: Quarter Inch</a></li>
<li><a href="_Quarter_Inch_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14.7">Measure Lengths: Quarter Inch Homework &amp; Practice 14.7</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Performance Task<br />
</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Represent_and_interpret_Data_Performance_Task">Represent and Interpret Data Performance Task</a></li>
<li><a href="#Represent_and_interpret_Data_Chapter_Practice">Represent and interpret Data Chapter Practice </a></li>
</ul>
<h3><a id="Lesson_14_1_Read_and_Interpret_Picture_Graphs"></a>Lesson 14.1 Read and Interpret Picture Graphs</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong><br />
You survey 14 students about their favorite type of party. The results are shown on the left picture graph. Use the key to represent the same data on the right picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9890" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 1" width="592" height="242" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-1.png 592w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-1-300x123.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
In left side<br />
the bounce house has 6 students<br />
the costume has 2 students<br />
the pool has 4 students<br />
and skating has 2 students.<br />
And on the right side<br />
the bounce house was represented with 6 students as 1×6= 6<br />
the costume was represented with 2 students as 1×2= 2<br />
the pool was represented with 4 students as 1×4= 4<br />
and skating was represented with 2 students as 1×2= 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-16688 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-1-e1608927343992.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 1" width="614" height="278" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-1-e1608927343992.png 614w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-1-e1608927343992-300x136.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 614px) 100vw, 614px" /><br />
Here, we can see that the left side was given each emoji was equal to 2 students<br />
so bounce house has three emojis which means 3×2= 6 students<br />
the costume has one emoji which means 1×2= 2 students<br />
the pool has two emojis which means 2×2= 4 students<br />
and skating has one emoji which means 1×2= 2 students.<br />
So to represent the same data on the right picture graph<br />
here, we can see that in the right picture graph,<br />
one emoji is equal to 1 student, so<br />
the bounce house has  6 students which means 6×1= 6 emojis will be placed<br />
the costume has 2 students which means 2×1= 2 emojis will be placed<br />
the pool has 4 students which means 4×1= 4 emojis will be placed<br />
and skating has 2 students which means 2×1= 2 emojis will be placed.</p>
<p><strong>Structure</strong><br />
You ask one more student to name his favorite type of party. He chooses a pool party. How can you represent this on each graph? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
On the left side, we will add half emoji, and on the right side, we will add one emoji.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On the left side, we will represent the pool party by half emoji as on the left side one emoji is equal to 2 students, so to add one student we will place half emoji. And on the right side, we will represent the pool party by one emoji as on the right side one emoji is equal to 1 student, so to add one student we will place one emoji.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow : Read and Interpret Picture Graphs</strong><br />
A picture graph shows data using pictures or symbols. The key of a picture graph gives the value of one picture or symbol. The value of one picture, or symbol, can be greater than 1.<br />
Example<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9891" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 2" width="618" height="451" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-2.png 618w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-2-300x219.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 618px) 100vw, 618px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
There are 6 national forests in Arizona.<br />
There are 5 national forests in Colorado.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that one full tree is equal to two forests, and the half tree is equal to 1 forest.<br />
In Arizona, there are 3 full trees which means 3×2= 6 national forests<br />
and in Colorado, there are 2 full trees which means 2×2= 4 national forests, and a half tree which means 1×1= 1 national forest. So the total number of national forests is 4+1= 5 national forests.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions. How many students chose dog? How many students chose fish?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9892" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 3" width="182" height="185" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The number of students who chose the dog is 30 students<br />
The number of students who chose the fish is 15 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given one emoji is equal to 10 students,<br />
as we can see three emojis for the dog<br />
so the number of students who chose the dog is<br />
3×10= 30 students.<br />
And we can see one emoji and a half emoji for the fish<br />
so the number of students who chose the fish is<br />
1×10= 10 students and 1×5= 5 students<br />
so the total number of the students who chose fish are<br />
10+5= 15 students.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions. What does the symbol <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9893" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 4" width="31" height="33" /> represent?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9894" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 5" width="310" height="231" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-5.png 310w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-5-300x224.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /><br />
How many more students did not choose sledding?<br />
Answer:<br />
The total number of students who didn&#8217;t choose sledding is 7+4+6= 17 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here, each emoji represents 2 students, and to find the number of students who didn&#8217;t choose sledding<br />
we will add all the students of the other three activities rather than sledding<br />
so in the skiing activity, there are three emojis and half emoji<br />
which is 3×2= 6 students and 1×1= 1 students,<br />
so the total number of students who choose skiing is 6+1= 7 students.<br />
and in the snowboarding activity, there are two emojis which are 2×2= 4 students.<br />
so the total number of students who choose snowboarding is 4 students.<br />
in the sledding activity, there are four emojis and half emoji<br />
which is 4×2= 8 students and 1×1= 1 students,<br />
so the total number of students who choose skiing is 8+1= 9 students.<br />
And in the ice skating activity, there are three emojis,<br />
which is 3×2= 6 students.<br />
So the total number of students who choose skiing is 6 students.<br />
And the total number of students who didn&#8217;t choose sledding are 7+4+6= 17 students.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions. How many mangoes were eaten in June?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9895" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 6" width="314" height="181" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-6.png 314w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-6-300x173.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 314px) 100vw, 314px" /><br />
How many total mangoes were eaten in the months shown? Were more mangoes eaten in July or in June and August combined?<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of mangoes eaten in June is 21 mangoes.<br />
The total number of mangoes eaten is 21+42+18= 81 mangoes.<br />
Yes in the month of July more mangoes are eaten.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given each emoji represents 6 mangoes,<br />
so in the month of June, there are three emojis,<br />
which means 3×6= 18 and a half emoji means 6/2= 3.<br />
So the total number of mangoes eaten in June is 18+3= 21 mangoes.<br />
in the month of July, there are seven emojis<br />
which means 7×6= 42, so the total number of mangoes eaten in July is 42 mangoes.<br />
in the month of August, there are three emojis,<br />
which means 3×6= 18, so the total number of mangoes eaten in august is 18 mangoes.<br />
The total number of mangoes eaten is 21+42+18= 81 mangoes.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9896" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 7" width="214" height="30" /> on a picture graph, then what value does <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9897" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 8" width="28" height="32" /> represent? Explain.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
10.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the single ball be 10 and then the half ball will be 5,<br />
so 10+10+5= 25.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>During which two weeks were a total of 52 cans recycled?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9898" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 9" width="254" height="224" /><br />
During ___ and ___ 52 cans were recycled.<br />
Answer:<br />
During week 3 and week 4 52 cans were recycled.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In week 1 the number of cans recycled is 8+8+8+4= 28 cans<br />
In week 2 the number of cans recycled is 8+8+8+8= 32 cans<br />
In week 3 the number of cans recycled is 8+4= 12 cans<br />
In week 4 the number of cans recycled is 8+8+8+8+8= 40 cans<br />
so during week 3 and week 4, 52 cans were recycled.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Which two origami animals did a total of 32 students choose?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9899" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 10" width="309" height="224" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-10.png 309w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-10-300x217.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 309px) 100vw, 309px" /><br />
How many more students chose a frog or penguin than swan or butterfly?<br />
Answer:<br />
The two origami animals that did a total of 32 students are Swan and Penguin.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given each emoji represents 4 students<br />
The two origami animals did a total of 32 students are<br />
Swan has three emojis and half emoji<br />
which means 3×4= 12 and a half emoji means 4/2= 2<br />
so the total number of students is 12+2= 14 students.<br />
and Penguin has four emojis and half emoji<br />
which means 4×4= 16 and a half emoji means 4/2= 2<br />
so the total number of students is 16+2= 18 students.<br />
The two origami animals that did a total of 32 students are Swan and Penguin.<br />
How many more students chose frog or penguin than swan or butterfly<br />
Butterfly has two emojis and half emoji<br />
which means 2×4= 8 and a half emoji means 4/2= 2<br />
so the total number of students is 8+2= 10 students.<br />
and Frog has six emojis, which means 6×4= 24 students.<br />
so the total number of students is 10+24= 34 students.<br />
so there are 34-32= 2 more students who choose frog or penguin than Swan or Butterfly.</p>
<h3><a id="Read_and_Interpret_Picture_Graphs_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14.1"></a>Read and Interpret Picture Graphs Homework &amp; Practice 14.1</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions. What value does the symbol <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9900" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 11" width="27" height="31" /> represent?<br />
How many students chose pterodactyl?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9901" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 12" width="301" height="264" /><br />
How many students chose stegosaurus or velociraptor?<br />
How many students did choose tyrannosaur?<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of half emoji represents 5 students.<br />
The total number of students who choose pterodactyl is 45 students.<br />
The total number of students who chose stegosaurus or velociraptor is 60 students.<br />
the total number of students who choose tyrannosaur is 20 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given each emoji represent 10 students, and<br />
In pterodactyl, there are four emojis and half emoji which means<br />
4×10= 40 and a half emoji represents 10/2= 5<br />
the total number of students who choose pterodactyl is 40+5= 45 students.<br />
In stegosaurus, there are two emojis and half emoji which means<br />
2×10= 20 and a half emoji represents 10/2= 5<br />
the total number of students who choose stegosaurus is 20+5= 25 students.<br />
In velociraptor, there are three emojis and half emoji which means<br />
3×10= 30 and a half emoji represents 10/2= 5<br />
the total number of students who choose velociraptor is 30+5= 35 students.<br />
The total number of students who chose stegosaurus or velociraptor is 60 students.<br />
In tyrannosaur, there are five emojis which means<br />
2×10= 20 and the total number of students who choose tyrannosaur is 20 students.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions.<br />
How many dogs participated in the survey?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9902" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 13" width="308" height="223" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-13.png 308w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-13-300x217.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 308px) 100vw, 308px" /><br />
Which dog treat has more votes than biscuits, but fewer votes than peanut butter? How many dogs chose this treat?<br />
Answer:<br />
The total number of dogs that participated in the survey are 30 dogs.<br />
Dog bone dog treat has more votes than biscuits and fewer votes than peanut butter. And 8 dogs choose this treat.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given each emoji represent two dogs<br />
so dog bone has four emojis which means 4×2= 8 dogs<br />
Peanut butter has five emojis which means 5×2= 10 dogs<br />
Cheese has two emojis and half emoji which means<br />
2×2= 4 and a half emoji represents 1 dog<br />
so the total number of dogs is 4+1= 5 dogs.<br />
Biscuits have three emojis and half emoji which means<br />
3×2= 6 and a half emoji represents 1 dog<br />
so the total number of dogs is 6+1= 7 dogs.<br />
So the total number of dogs who participated in the survey are<br />
8+10+5+7= 30 dogs.<br />
Dog bone dog treat has more votes than biscuits and fewer votes than peanut butter.<br />
And 8 dogs choose this treat.</p>
<p><strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Why would it be difficult to use a key where the value of one symbol represents an odd number of dogs?<br />
Answer:<br />
It would be difficult to use a key where the value of one symbol represents an odd number of dogs because if the symbol is half then the value will be in decimals and we cannot divide the dog into decimals, so it&#8217;s difficult to represent an odd number.</p>
<p><strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Newton says that one more dog likes peanut butter than dog bones. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
Yes, Newton is correct</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, Newton is correct. We can see in the table that the number of dogs who likes peanut butter is more than the dogs who like a dog bone. So Newton is correct.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Which creature has 3 more eyes than the squid?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9903" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 14" width="320" height="202" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-14.png 320w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-14-300x189.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 320px) 100vw, 320px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The creature which has 3 more eye images than the squid is the spider which has four eye images.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given each eye image represents 2 eyes<br />
as we can see squid contains one eye image, which means 2 eyes<br />
the spider has four eye images, which means 4×2= 8 eyes<br />
Praying mantis has three eye images and half eye image, which means<br />
3×2= 6 eyes and half eye image represents 1 eye<br />
so the total number of eyes is 6+1= 7 eyes.<br />
Starfish has three eye images, which means<br />
3×2= 6 eyes.<br />
So the creature which has 3 more eye images than the squid is the spider which has four eye images<br />
and the creature has 3 more eyes than the squid is the spid=r, praying mantis, and starfish.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Find the area of the shape.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9904" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 15" width="212" height="132" /><br />
Area = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The area of the shape is 20 square centimeters.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the area of the shape, we will divide the shape into parts, and then we will find the area of the shape.<br />
So we will divide the shape into two rectangles,<br />
the length of rectangle 1 is 7 cm, and<br />
the breadth of rectangle 1 is 2 cm<br />
so the area of rectangle 1 is<br />
area= length×breadth<br />
= 7×2<br />
= 14 square centimeters.<br />
the length of rectangle 2 is 3 cm, and<br />
the breadth of rectangle 2 is 2 cm<br />
so the area of rectangle 2 is<br />
area= length×breadth<br />
= 3×2<br />
= 6 square centimeters.<br />
So the total area of the shape is<br />
14+6= 20 square centimeters.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9905" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 16" width="172" height="125" /><br />
Area = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
The area of the rectangle is 15 square meters.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the rectangle is 5 m, and<br />
the breadth of the rectangle is 3 m<br />
so the area of the rectangle is<br />
area= length×breadth<br />
= 5×3<br />
= 15 square meters.<br />
The area of the rectangle is 15 square meters.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_14_2_Make_Picture_Graphs"></a>Lesson 14.2 Make Picture Graphs</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Flip a two-color counter 10 times. Record the results. Then complete the picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9906" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 17" width="532" height="364" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-17.png 532w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-17-300x205.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /><br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Why might you change the key if you ﬂip the counter 100 times?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Make Picture Graphs</strong></p>
<p>A frequency table is a table that gives the number of times something occurs.<br />
<strong>Example</strong><br />
You survey students about their favorite planet. The frequency table shows the results. Use the table to complete the picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9907" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 18" width="330" height="172" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-18.png 330w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-18-300x156.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 330px) 100vw, 330px" /><br />
Step 1: Write the title at the top of the picture graph. Label a row for each category.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9908" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 19" width="336" height="213" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-19.png 336w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-19-300x190.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 336px) 100vw, 336px" /><br />
Step 2: Look at the numbers Saturn in the table. Choose a value for the key.<br />
Step 3: Use the key to decide how many symbols you need for each planet. Then draw the symbols.<br />
Answer:<br />
Earth needs five symbols,<br />
Mars needs three symbols,<br />
Saturn needs six symbols, and<br />
Jupiter n<span style="font-size: 16px;">eeds fou</span><span style="font-size: 16px;">r </span><span style="font-size: 16px;">sym</span><span style="font-size: 16px;">bols.</span></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of students who chooses Saturn is 30 students and the value for the key is six symbols.<br />
By using the key the planet Earth needs five symbols,<br />
Mars needs three symbols,<br />
Saturn needs six symbols, and<br />
Jupiter n<span style="font-size: 16px;">eeds fou</span><span style="font-size: 16px;">r </span><span style="font-size: 16px;">sym</span><span style="font-size: 16px;">bols.</span></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-17153 size-full" style="font-weight: inherit;" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 2" width="361" height="215" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-2.png 361w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-2-300x179.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /></p>
<p>Show and Gr<strong style="font-size: 16px;">ow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the frequency table to complete the picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9909" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 20" width="597" height="185" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-20.png 597w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-20-300x93.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Each circle represents three books</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-17225 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 3" width="337" height="179" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-3.png 337w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-3-300x159.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 337px) 100vw, 337px" /><br />
Each circle represents three books<br />
To represent in a picture graph<br />
June will be represented with two circles,<br />
July will be represented with one circle,<br />
August will be represented in three circles.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the frequency table to complete the picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9910" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 21" width="622" height="179" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-21.png 622w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-21-300x86.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 622px) 100vw, 622px" /><br />
How many symbols did you draw to represent 10 inches of snowfall in March?<br />
How many inches do you think April would receive?<br />
Answer:<br />
Each circle represents 5 inches</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-17243 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-e1609733683504.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 4" width="557" height="408" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-e1609733683504.png 557w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-e1609733683504-300x220.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 557px) 100vw, 557px" /><br />
Each circle represents 5 inches<br />
To represent in a picture graph<br />
January will be represented with six circles,<br />
February will be represented with five circles,<br />
March will be represented with two circles.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Use the frequency table to complete the picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9911" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-22.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 22" width="617" height="242" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-22.png 617w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-22-300x118.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 617px) 100vw, 617px" /><br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
Choose a different value for the key. How would the picture graph change?<br />
Answer:<br />
Each emoji represents 4 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-17244 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-1-e1609733757810.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 5" width="637" height="399" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-1-e1609733757810.png 637w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-1-e1609733757810-300x188.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 637px) 100vw, 637px" /><br />
Each emoji represents 4 students<br />
To represent in a picture graph<br />
Flying will be represented with eight emojis,<br />
Time travel will be represented with eight emojis,<br />
Super strength will be represented with three emojis,<br />
Invisibility will be represented with six emojis,<br />
Super speed will be represented with seven emojis.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>You survey 90 students about their favorite type of ﬁeld trip. 35 students choose science center, 10 choose theater, and 20 choose zoo. The rest of the students choose museum. Complete the picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9912" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-23.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 23" width="430" height="208" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-23.png 430w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-23-300x145.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 430px) 100vw, 430px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Each emoji represents 5 students.<br />
The total number of students who choose the Museum is 25 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s take each emoji represents 5 students,<br />
As the Science center was chosen by 35 students, which means we can represent with 35/5= 7 emojis,<br />
The theater was chosen by 10 students, which means we can represent with 10/5= 2 emojis,<br />
Zoo was chosen by 20 students, which means we can represent with 20/5= 4 emojis,<br />
so to know how many students choose Museum, we will add all the three field students and then subtract from the total number of the students, so<br />
The number of students from the three fields is 35+10+20= 65 students<br />
and the number of students who choose the Museum is 90-65= 25 students.<br />
And the Museum was chosen by 25 students, which means we can represent with 25/5= 5 emojis.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-17246 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-2-e1609094465993.png" alt="" width="700" height="345" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-2-e1609094465993.png 700w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-2-e1609094465993-300x148.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 700px) 100vw, 700px" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
You survey 48 students about their favorite type of movie. 8 students choose cartoon, 12 choose action, and 24 choose comedy. The rest of the students choose musical. Complete the picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9913" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-24.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 24" width="246" height="191" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9914" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-25.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 25" width="428" height="203" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-25.png 428w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-25-300x142.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 428px) 100vw, 428px" /><br />
All of the students who chose the musical go to see a movie. Each ticket costs $9.The students use two $20 bills to pay for all of the tickets. What is the change?<br />
Answer:<br />
Each emoji represent 4 students.<br />
The remaining change will be $4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s take that each emoji represent 4 students.<br />
The total number of students who participated in the survey are 48 students,<br />
and in that eight students chooses cartoon, which means we can represent with 8/4= 2 emojis,<br />
and 12 students choose an action, which means we can represent with 12/4= 3 emojis,<br />
and 24 students choose comedy, which means we can represent with 24/4= 6 emojis,<br />
so to know how many students choose Musical, we will add all the three type of movie students and then subtract from the total number of the students, so<br />
The number of students from three types of movies is 8+12+24= 44 students<br />
and the number of students who choose the Musical are 48-44= 4 students.<br />
And the Musical was chosen by 4 students, which means we can represent with 4/4= 1 emoji.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-17247 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-3-e1609097228634.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 7" width="683" height="351" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-3-e1609097228634.png 683w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-3-e1609097228634-300x154.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 683px) 100vw, 683px" /><br />
The total number of students who choose a musical type of movie is 4 students and each ticket costs $9. So for a total of 4 students, it will cost 4×$9= $36. As two students use $20 bills and four students, it will take $40 bill for all of the tickets. So the remaining change will be $40-$36= $4.</p>
<h3><a id="Make_Picture_Graphs_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14_2"></a>Make Picture Graphs Homework &amp; Practice 14.2</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the frequency table to complete the picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9932" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-27.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 27" width="637" height="217" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-27.png 637w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-27-300x102.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 637px) 100vw, 637px" /><br />
Which type of art has more votes than painting, but fewer votes than crafts? How many students chose that type of art?<br />
Answer:<br />
Ceramic has more votes than painting and fewer votes than Crafts. So the total number of students who choose Ceramic is 25 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-17250 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 8" width="547" height="330" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-4.png 547w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-4-300x181.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 547px) 100vw, 547px" /><br />
Each emoji represents 5 students<br />
To represent in a picture graph<br />
Drawing will be represented with two emojis,<br />
Ceramics will be represented with five emojis,<br />
The painting will be represented with three emojis,<br />
Crafts will be represented with six emojis.<br />
Ceramic has more votes than painting and fewer votes than Crafts. So the total number of students who choose Ceramic is 25 students.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the frequency table to complete the picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9933" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-28.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 28" width="650" height="210" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-28.png 650w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-28-300x97.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Each circle represents 3 insects.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-17258 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 9" width="617" height="322" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-5.png 617w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-5-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 617px) 100vw, 617px" /><br />
Each circle represents 3 insects.<br />
To represent in a picture graph<br />
Ant will be represented with eight circles,<br />
Bee will be represented with one circle,<br />
Ladybug will be represented with four circles.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You see 1 more bee and 4 more ladybugs. How might you change the key?<br />
Answer:<br />
We might change the key by each circle with 4 insects</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above, we can see Bee has three insects and if we add one more bee then the number of insects will be<br />
3+1= 4 insects.<br />
And in the above, we can see ladybugs have 12 insects and if we add four more ladybugs then the number of insects will be 12+4= 16 insects.<br />
So we might change the key by each circle with 4 insects,<br />
so that bee will be represented with one circle,<br />
and the ladybug will be represented with 16/4= 4 circles.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You survey 72 students about their favorite carnival ride. 12 choose Ferris wheel, 24 choose swings, and 6 choose bumper cars. The rest of the students choose roller coaster. Complete the picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9934" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-29.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 29" width="416" height="205" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-29.png 416w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-29-300x148.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 416px) 100vw, 416px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
Let&#8217;s take that each emoji represent 6 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-17268 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 10" width="855" height="501" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-6.png 855w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-6-300x176.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-6-768x450.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 855px) 100vw, 855px" /><br />
Let&#8217;s take that each emoji represent 6 students.<br />
The total number of students who participated in the favorite carnival ride survey are 72 students,<br />
and in that twelve students chooses Ferris wheel, which means we can represent with 12/6= 2 emojis,<br />
and 24 students choose swings, which means we can represent with 24/6= 4 emojis,<br />
and 6 students choose bumper cars, which means we can represent with 6/6= 1 emoji,<br />
so to know how many students choose roller coaster, we will add all the three types of carnival ride students and then subtract from the total number of the students, so<br />
The number of students from three types of carnival rides is 12+24+6= 42 students<br />
and the number of students who choose the roller coaster is 72-42= 30 students.<br />
And the roller coaster was chosen by 30 students, which means we can represent with 30/6= 5 emojis.</p>
<p><strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
All of the students who chose roller coaster want to ride together. Each ride ticket costs $2. The students have three $10 bills and four $5 bills. Will they have enough to ride the roller coaster together?<br />
Answer:<br />
No. they don&#8217;t have enough money.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are a total number of students who choose roller coaster ride are 30 students, so ride ticket costs for 30 students is 30×$2= $60. As three students have a $10 bill which means $10×3= $30 and four students have a $5 bill which means $5×4= $20. So together the students have $30+$20= $50, and they need $60. So they don&#8217;t have enough money.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
532 + 54 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
532 + 54 = 586.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 532 and 54 we will get 586.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
718 + 226 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
718+226= 944.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 718 and 226 we will get 944.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
81 + 647 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
81+647= 728.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 81 and 647 we will get 728.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_14_3_Read_and_Interpret_Bar_Graphs"></a>Lesson 14.3 <span id="P687_8" class="s1 f2804 fs23 l0">Name Read and Interpret Graphs</span><span id="P687_9" class="s1 f2843 fs23 l0"></span></h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>You survey 12 students about their favorite school club. The results are shown on the picture graph. Represent the same data on the bar graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9935" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-30.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 30" width="591" height="189" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-30.png 591w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-30-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The drama was chosen by 4 students,<br />
Math was chosen by 2 students,<br />
Robotics was chosen by 6 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given each emoji represents two students,<br />
To represent in a bar graph<br />
Drama is represented with two emojis, which is 2×2= 4 students<br />
Math is represented with one emoji, which is 1×2= 2 students<br />
Robotics is represented with three emojis, which is 3×2= 6 students.<br />
and represented in the graph as shown below.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-17455 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-11-e1609733932552.png" alt="" width="496" height="290" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-11-e1609733932552.png 496w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-11-e1609733932552-300x175.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 496px) 100vw, 496px" /></p>
<p><strong>Structure</strong><br />
How would you change the scale of the bar graph to match the picture graph?<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of students will be represented with 2,4,6,8, etc., and change the scale of the bar graph to match the picture graph.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow:</strong><br />
A bar graph shows data using bars. The scale of a bar graph is the group of labels that shows the values at equally spaced grid lines.<br />
<strong>Example</strong><br />
Use the graph to answer the questions.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9936" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-31.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 31" width="601" height="236" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-31.png 601w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-31-300x118.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 601px) 100vw, 601px" /><br />
How many gold medals did Jamaica win?<br />
Jamaica won ___ gold medals.<br />
Which country won the fewest gold medals?<br />
__ won the fewest gold medals.<br />
Answer:<br />
Jamaica won 6 gold medals.<br />
Sweden won the fewest gold medals.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above graph, we can see Jamaica won 6 gold medals and Sweden won the fewest gold medals.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9937" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-32.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 32" width="298" height="187" /><br />
How many students chose grapes? Which fruit is the most favorite?<br />
Answer:<br />
Grapes were chosen by 10 students and the most favorite fruit is Apples.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above bar graph, we can see the number of students who chosen grapes are 10 students, and the most favorite fruit apples and the number of students who choose are 45 students.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9938" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-33.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 33" width="333" height="219" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-33.png 333w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-33-300x197.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 333px) 100vw, 333px" /><br />
How many students does each grid line represent? How many students chose fall? Which season is the least favorite?<br />
Answer:<br />
Each grid line represents four students and the fall was chosen by 18 students and the least favorite season is winter.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above bar graph, we can see that each grid line represents four students and we can see that the fall was chosen by 18 students. And the least favorite season is winter because winter was chosen by 10 students.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9939" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-34.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 34" width="311" height="342" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-34.png 311w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-34-273x300.png 273w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /><br />
How many vegetable seeds did the farmer plant in all? The farmer wants to plant green bean seeds. She plants more green bean seeds than zucchini seeds, but fewer than carrot seeds. How many green bean seeds could the farmer have planted? The farmer plants 30 more potato seeds. Will the farmer have more potatoes or more corn?<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of vegetable seeds did the farmer plant in all is four vegetables.<br />
The number of green bean seeds that the farmer can plant is between 61 to 79 seeds.<br />
The farmer will have more corn seeds than potato seeds.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see in the bar graph the number of vegetable seeds is four. As we can see the number of zucchini seeds planted is 60 seeds and the number of carrot seeds planted is 80 seeds. As she planted more green bean seeds than zucchini seeds and fewer than carrot seeds, so the green bean seeds can be in between 61 to 79 seeds.<br />
As we can see in the bar graph, the corn seeds are 95 seeds and the potato seeds are 45 seeds, so if 30 more seeds are added then the total potato seeds will be 45+30= 75 seeds. So farmers will have more corn seeds than potato seeds.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Do you think a bar graph or a picture graph is easier to read? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
A picture graph is easier to read than a Bar graph.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
A picture graph was represented using pictures or symbols and a bar graph was represented using bars and compares the data in each category using bars. So the picture graph is easier than a bar graph because in a picture graph we can easily calculate the values than in the bar graph.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>How many more students need to choose the strategy app so that strategy is the most favorite?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9940" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-35.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 35" width="362" height="222" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-35.png 362w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-35-300x184.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 362px) 100vw, 362px" /><br />
Understand the problem:<br />
Make a plan:<br />
Solve:<br />
___ more students need to choose the strategy app so it is the most favorite.<br />
Answer:<br />
22 more students need to choose the strategy app so it is the most favorite.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see in the above bar graph the strategy app was chosen by 20 numbers and if this strategy app needs to be the most favorite, then 22 more students needed to be chosen.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Each grade needs to plant 20 trees. How many more trees does second grade need to plant to complete the goal?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9941" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-36.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 36" width="349" height="223" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-36.png 349w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-36-300x192.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 349px) 100vw, 349px" /><br />
How many more trees did fourth-grade plant than first grade and third grade combined?<br />
Answer:<br />
Second grade needs 6 more trees to plant to complete the goal.<br />
The number of more trees that fourth-grade plant than first grade and third grade are 2 trees.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see in the above bar graph, the second-grade students planted 14 trees and each grade needs to plant 20 trees. So second-grade needs 20-14= 6 more trees to plant to complete the goal.<br />
The fourth grade planted 20 trees and first grade planted 8 trees and the third grade planted 10 plants,<br />
so the total combined trees of first grade and third grade are 8+10= 18 trees. So the number of more trees that fourth-grade plant than first grade and third grade are 20-18= 2 trees.</p>
<h3><span class="s1 f2804 fs23 l0"><a id="Name_Read_and_Interpret_Graphs_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14_3"></a>Name Read and Interpret Graphs </span>Homework &amp; Practice 14.3</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9942" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-37.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 37" width="315" height="250" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-37.png 315w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-37-300x238.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /><br />
How many students does each grid line represent? Which type of exercise is the least favorite? How many fewer students chose running than swimming? How many students chose walking or biking?<br />
Answer:<br />
Each grid line represents 10 students.<br />
The 5 fewer students choose running than swimming.<br />
Walking was chosen by 15 students and biking was chosen by 45 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see in the bar graph that each grid line represents 10 students. And in the bar graph, we can see the skating contains 10 number of students which is the least favorite. The number of students who choose running is 30 students and the number of students who choose swimming is 35 students. So the 5 fewer students choose running than swimming. In the bar graph, we can see that walking was chosen by the 15 number of students, and biking was chosen by 45 students.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9943" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-38.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 38" width="313" height="352" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-38.png 313w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-38-267x300.png 267w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 313px) 100vw, 313px" /><br />
Which sunﬂowers are taller than 11 feet? Sunﬂower E has a height of 15 feet. How much taller is Sunﬂower A than Sunﬂower E?<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Which sunﬂower is the shortest? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
The sunflowers which are taller than 11 feet are Sunflower A and Sunflower D.<br />
Sunflower A is 11 feet taller than Sunflower E.<br />
Sunflower C is the shortest.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see in the bar graph that the Sunflower A is 26 feet and Sunflower D is 16 feet, and Sunflower B is 10 feet, Sunflower C is 10 feet. So Sunflower A and Sunflower D are taller than 11 feet. Sunflower A is 26 feet and Sunflower E is 15 feet. So the Sunflower A is 26-15= 11 feet taller than Sunflower E. Sunflower C is the shortest, because Sunflower C has the least number of feet.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Use the graph to answer the questions.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9944" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-40.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 40" width="362" height="351" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-40.png 362w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-40-300x291.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 362px) 100vw, 362px" /><br />
How many more students need to choose chameleon so that chameleon is the most favorite? You survey 10 more students and they all choose snake. What is the new total number of students who chose snake? How many more students chose turtle than bearded dragon and lizard combined?<br />
Answer:<br />
There must be 9 more number of students needed to choose Chameleon to be the most favorite.<br />
The new total number of students who choose the snake is 19 students.<br />
There are 3 students more students who choose turtle than bearded dragon and lizard.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see in the bar graph that the total number of students is 30 and in that Chameleon was chosen by 21 number of students. So to choose chameleon as a most favorite then the total number should choose are 30-21=9 students. As we can see in the bar graph the total number of students who choose a snake is 9 students and if 10 more students choose a snake, then the total number of students who choose a snake will be 9+10=19 students. As we can see in the bar graph that the turtle was chosen by 27 students and the bearded dragon was chosen by 18 students and the lizard was chosen by 6 students. So the total number of students who choose bearded dragon and lizard are 18+6= 24 students and the turtle was chosen by 27 students, so there are 27-24= 3 students more students chooses turtle than bearded dragon and lizard.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Estimate the difference.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
96 &#8211; 47 = __<br />
Answer:<br />
96-47= 49.<br />
Explanation:<br />
The difference between 96 and 47 is 49.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
678 &#8211; 142 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
678-142= 536.<br />
Explanation:<br />
The difference between 678 and 142 is 536.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_14_4_Make_Bar_Graphs"></a>Lesson 14.4 Make Bar Graphs</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Spin the Color Spinner 10 times. Record the results. Then complete the bar graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9945" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-41.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 41" width="527" height="406" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-41.png 527w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-41-300x231.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 527px) 100vw, 527px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Explain how you would change the scale if you spin the spinner 100 times.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Make Bar Graphs</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
You record the number of times each baseball team wins. The frequency table shows the results. Use the table to complete the bar graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9946" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-42.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 42" width="393" height="495" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-42.png 393w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-42-238x300.png 238w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /><br />
Step 1: Write the title at the top of the bar graph. Label a row for each category. Label the categories.<br />
Step 2: Look at the numbers in the table. Use a scale so that most of the bars end on a grid line. Label the scale.<br />
Step 3: Draw and shade a bar for each team.<br />
Answer:<br />
Each grid line represents three wins.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-18038 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 13" width="518" height="365" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-13.png 518w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-13-300x211.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 518px) 100vw, 518px" /><br />
As given the values of the number of wins are the multiples of 3, so we will represent the number of wins with the multiples of 3. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents three wins.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the frequency table to complete the bar graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9947" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-43.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 43" width="630" height="242" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-43.png 630w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-43-300x115.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 630px) 100vw, 630px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Each grid line represents two number of students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-18046 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 12" width="543" height="357" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12.png 543w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-300x197.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /><br />
In the given frequency table, we can see most of the values are multiplies of 2. So we represent the number of students by the multiplies of 2. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents two number of students.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the frequency table to complete the bar graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9948" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-44.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 44" width="650" height="195" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-44.png 650w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-44-300x90.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 650px) 100vw, 650px" /><br />
How would you use the graph to decide which type of ﬁngerprint is the most common?<br />
Answer:<br />
To decide which type of fingerprint is used most commonly, we will compare the heights of the bars, and then we will choose the most common fingerprint.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-18545 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-1-e1609255466941.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 14" width="665" height="357" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-1-e1609255466941.png 665w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-1-e1609255466941-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 665px) 100vw, 665px" /><br />
In the given frequency table, we can see most of the values are multiplied by 25. So we represent the number of students by the multiplies of 25. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents twenty-five number of students.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Use the frequency table to complete the bar graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9949" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-45.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 45" width="228" height="208" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9950" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-46.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 46" width="380" height="327" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-46.png 380w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-46-300x258.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 380px) 100vw, 380px" /><br />
How many fewer students chose the least favorite type of food than the most favorite type of food?<br />
Answer:<br />
The least favorite type of food chosen by vegetarians and the most favorite type of food was chosen by Mexican.<br />
And each grid line represents four number of students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-18550 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 15" width="615" height="503" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-2.png 615w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-2-300x245.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 615px) 100vw, 615px" /></p>
<p>In the given frequency table, we can see most of the values are multiplies of 4. So we represent the number of students by the multiplies of 4. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents four number of students.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>You survey 27 students about their favorite subject. Nine students choose science. Six fewer students choose English than science. The rest of the students choose math. Complete the bar graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9951" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-47.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 47" width="471" height="189" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-47.png 471w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-47-300x120.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 471px) 100vw, 471px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Each grid line represents three number of students.<br />
The total number of students who choose math is 15 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-18555 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 16" width="721" height="359" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-3.png 721w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-3-300x149.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 721px) 100vw, 721px" /><br />
In the given frequency table, we can see most of the values are multiplies of 3. So we represent the number of students by the multiplies of 3. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents three number of students.<br />
As the total number of students for the survey is 27 students in that nine students choose science, and six fewer students choose English than Science, which means 9-6= 3. So 3 students choose Science. And the rest of the students chooses math, which means we add the two subjects and then subtract from the total number of students, then we can get the value of the students who choose math. So the total number of students who choose English and Science are 9+3= 12 and then subtract with the total number of students, which means 27-12= 15. So the total number of students who choose math is 15 students.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
You survey 22 students about their favorite camp activity. Eight students choose archery. Four more students choose swimming than archery. The rest of the students choose hiking. Complete the bar graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9952" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-48.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 48" width="192" height="130" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9953" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-49.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 49" width="488" height="193" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-49.png 488w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-49-300x119.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /><br />
How many fewer students chose archery than swimming and hiking combined?<br />
Answer:<br />
Six fewer students chose archery than swimming and hiking combined.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-18567 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 17" width="763" height="359" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-4.png 763w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-4-300x141.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 763px) 100vw, 763px" /><br />
In the given frequency table, we can see most of the values are multiplies of 2. So we represent the number of students by the multiplies of 2. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents three number of students.<br />
The number of students who choose archery is eight students and in that four more students choose swimming than archery, which means 8+4= 12 students choose swimming. And the rest choose hiking, which means we will add the number of students who choose archery and swimming and then subtract the value with the total number of students. So the number of students who choose archery and swimming is 8+12= 20, and the number of students who choose hiking is 22-20= 2. The total number of students who choose swimming and hiking combined is 12+2= 14 students, and archery was chosen by 8 students. So 14-8= 6 fewer students choose archery than swimming and hiking combined.</p>
<h3><a id="Make_Bar_Graphs_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14_4"></a>Make Bar Graphs Homework &amp; Practice 14.4</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the frequency table to complete the bar graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9954" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-50.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 50" width="634" height="225" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-50.png 634w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-50-300x106.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 634px) 100vw, 634px" /><br />
How many students does each grid line represent? How would you use the graph to find the most favorite type of music?<br />
Answer:<br />
Each grid line represents five number of students. By using the graph, we will compare the heights of the graphs and pick the most favorite music.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-18582 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 18" width="589" height="350" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-5.png 589w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-5-300x178.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 589px) 100vw, 589px" /></p>
<p>As given the values of the number of students are the multiples of 5, so we will represent the number of students with the multiples of 5. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents five number of students. By using the graph, we will compare the heights of the graphs and pick the most favorite music.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the frequency table to complete the bar graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9955" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-51.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 51" width="661" height="295" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-51.png 661w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-51-300x134.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 661px) 100vw, 661px" /><br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
On the last day of school, each backpack weighs less than 5 pounds. How could the scale of the bar graph change?<br />
Answer:<br />
We will subtract the given values by 5 pounds and then we will represent those values in a graph.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-18583 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 19" width="586" height="450" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-6.png 586w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-6-300x230.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 586px) 100vw, 586px" /></p>
<p>As given the values of the number of pounds are the multiples of 4, so we will represent the number of pounds with the multiples of 4. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents four pounds. As on the last day, each backpack weighs less than 5 pounds, which means we will subtract the given values by 5, and then we will represent those values in a graph.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You survey 26 teachers about their favorite vacation spot. Six teachers choose amusement park. Two more teachers choose camping than amusement park. The rest of the teachers choose beach. Complete the bar graph.<br />
How many fewer teachers chose camping than amusement park and beach combined?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9956" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-52.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 52" width="423" height="195" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-52.png 423w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-52-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 423px) 100vw, 423px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The beaches were chosen by 12 teachers.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-18584 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 20" width="661" height="450" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-7.png 661w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-7-300x204.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 661px) 100vw, 661px" /><br />
As given the values of the number of teachers are most of them are multiples of 2, so we will represent the number of teachers with the multiples of 2. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents five number of students. By using the graph, we will compare the heights of the graphs and pick the most favorite music. As amusement park was chosen by six teachers and two more teachers choose camping than the amusement park, so camping was chosen by 6+2= 8 teachers. And the rest of the teachers choose the beach, which means we will add both the vacation amusement park and camping and then subtract by the total number of teachers. So the total number of teachers who choose both amusement parks and camping is 6+8= 14 teachers, so the teachers who choose the beach are 26-14= 12 teachers.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Find the difference.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
474 &#8211; 19 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
474 &#8211; 19 = 455.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The difference between 474 and 19 is 455.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
615 &#8211; 204 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
615 &#8211; 204 = 411.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The difference between 615 and 204 is 411.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
232 &#8211; 53 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
232 &#8211; 53 =179.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The difference between 232 and 53 is 179.</p>
<h2><a id="Lesson_14_5_Make_Line_Plots"></a>Lesson 14.5 Make Line Plots</h2>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>A teacher asks students to line up according to the number of siblings they have. The results are shown. Create a Line Plot for the number of siblings the students in your class have.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9957" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-53.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 53" width="232" height="298" /><br />
Answer:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20355 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-2.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55" width="483" height="466" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-2.png 483w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-2-300x289.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The students that have 0 siblings in the line plot 1 is 2,<br />
The students that have 1 sibling in the line plot 1 is 11,<br />
The students that have 2 siblings in the line plot 1 is 5,<br />
The students that have 3 siblings in the line plot 1 is 2,<br />
The students that have 0 siblings in the line plot 2 is 1,<br />
The students that have 1 sibling in the line plot 2 is 6,<br />
The students that have 2 siblings in the line plot 2 is 3,<br />
The students that have 3 siblings in the line plot 2 is 2.<br />
<strong>Structure<br />
</strong>Compare the two line plots. How are the line plots the same? How are they different?<br />
Answer:<br />
The line plots are the same in that each class has a maximum of 3 siblings and varies in the count of siblings.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Comparing the two-line plots we can see the count of siblings varies and the two number line plots are the same that the class has the maximum number of siblings is 3.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Make Line Plots</strong><br />
A lion plot uses marks above a number line to show data values.<br />
Example<br />
The table shows the weights of 15 bald eagles. Use the table to complete the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9958" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-54.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 54" width="348" height="273" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-54.png 348w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-54-300x235.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 348px) 100vw, 348px" /><br />
Step 1: write the title at the top of the line plot.<br />
_____________<br />
Step 2 : Look at the numbers in the table. Use a scale that shows all of the data values. Draw a number line using the scale. Label the scale.<br />
Step 3 : Mark an X for each data value.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9959" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 55" width="347" height="101" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55.png 347w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-300x87.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 347px) 100vw, 347px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
A line plot can be defined as a graph that displays the given data as a point above a number line.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-19862 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55" width="483" height="325" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-1.png 483w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-1-300x202.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 483px) 100vw, 483px" /><br />
The eagles that weigh 3kgs are 2,<br />
The eagles that weigh 4kgs are 6,<br />
The eagles that weigh 5kgs are 4,<br />
The eagles that weigh 6kgs are 2.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the table to complete the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9960" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-56.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 56" width="625" height="233" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-56.png 625w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-56-300x112.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
A line plot can be defined as a graph that displays the given data as a point above a number line.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-18586 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 21" width="641" height="282" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-8.png 641w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-img-12-8-300x132.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 641px) 100vw, 641px" /><br />
A line plot can be defined as a graph that displays the given data as a point above a number line. As the given values are mostly are multiples of 3, so we will represent the number of inches by multiples of 3. And now we will place the check marks on the given values.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the table to complete the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9961" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-57.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 57" width="621" height="288" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-57.png 621w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-57-300x139.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /><br />
How many waves were 26 feet tall or taller?<br />
Answer:<br />
There are 11 waves that were 26 feet tall or taller.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-19559 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 28" width="678" height="390" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-12.png 678w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-12-300x173.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 678px) 100vw, 678px" /></p>
<p>A line plot can be defined as a graph that displays the given data as a point above a number line. As the given values are mostly a series of numbers from 25 to 30, so we will represent the number of feet by a series of numbers from 25 to 30. And now we will place the check marks on the given values.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Use the table to complete the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9962" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-58.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 58" width="366" height="173" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-58.png 366w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-58-300x142.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 366px) 100vw, 366px" /><br />
Which giraffe tongue length is the most common?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9963" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-59.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 59" width="199" height="325" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-59.png 199w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-59-184x300.png 184w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 199px) 100vw, 199px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The most common giraffe tongue lengths are 20 inches.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-19561 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 29" width="678" height="390" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-13.png 678w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-13-300x173.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 678px) 100vw, 678px" /></p>
<p>A line plot can be defined as a graph that displays the given data as a point above a number line. As the given values are mostly a series of numbers from 17 to 21, so we will represent the number of feet by a series of numbers from 17 to 21. And now we will place the check marks on the given values. The most common giraffe tongue lengths are 20 inches.</p>
<p><strong>Precision</strong><br />
How many giraffe tongues are 19 inches long?<br />
Answer:<br />
The 19 inches long giraffe tongues are 3.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>What is the difference in height of the tallest student and the shortest student?<br />
<strong>Subtraction equation:</strong><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9964" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-60.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 60" width="350" height="227" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-60.png 350w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-60-300x195.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 350px) 100vw, 350px" /><br />
The difference in height is ___ inches.<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference in height is 6 inches.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see in the above number plot, the height of the tallest student is 56 inches, and the height of the shortest student is 50 inches. And the difference between them is 56-50= 6 inches.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
What is the difference between the greatest number of floors and the least number of floors?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9965" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-61.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 61" width="210" height="176" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9966" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-62.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 62" width="531" height="234" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-62.png 531w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-62-300x132.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 531px) 100vw, 531px" /><br />
How many fewer skyscrapers are there with over 50 floors than skyscrapers with under 50 floors?<br />
Answer:<br />
The fewer skyscrapers are there with over 50 floors than skyscrapers with under 50 floors are 11.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The greatest number of floors is 8 floors and the least number of floors are 2,<br />
so the difference between the greatest number of floors and the least number of floors is 8-2= 6.<br />
The skyscrapers over 50 floors are 32 and the skyscrapers with under 50 floors are 21,<br />
The fewer skyscrapers are there with over 50 floors than skyscrapers with under 50 floors are 32-21= 11.</p>
<h2><a id="Make_Line_Plots_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14_5"></a>Make Line Plots Homework &amp; Practice 14.5</h2>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the table to complete the line plot.<br />
____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9967" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-63.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 63" width="361" height="194" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-63.png 361w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-63-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9968" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-64.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 64" width="245" height="405" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-64.png 245w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-64-181x300.png 181w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 245px) 100vw, 245px" /><br />
How many snakes are longer than 10 feet?<br />
Which snake length is the most common?<br />
Answer:<br />
The snakes which are longer than 10 feet are 1.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20360 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-3.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55" width="564" height="466" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-3.png 564w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-3-300x248.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 564px) 100vw, 564px" /><br />
The number of snakes which are 5 feet are 1,<br />
The number of snakes which are 6 feet are 3,<br />
The number of snakes which are 7 feet are 3,<br />
The number of snakes which are 8 feet are 0,<br />
The number of snakes which are 9 feet are 2,<br />
The number of snakes which are 10 feet are 4,<br />
The number of snakes which are 11 feet is 1.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the table to complete the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9969" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-66.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 66" width="540" height="266" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-66.png 540w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-66-300x148.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /><br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Are most of the students able to complete 30 sit-ups? Explain.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
No, the students who completed 30 sit-ups are 1 student.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20365 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-4.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55" width="532" height="343" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-4.png 532w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-4-300x193.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /><br />
The number of students who completed 27 sit-ups is 6 students.<br />
The number of students who completed 28 sit-ups is 1 student.<br />
The number of students who completed 29 sit-ups is 3 students.<br />
The number of students who completed 30 sit-ups is 1 student.<br />
The number of students who completed 32 sit-ups is 3 students.</p>
<p><strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Student H completed more sit-ups than Student F, but fewer sit-ups than Student B. How many sit-ups could Student H have completed?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Modeling Real Life<br />
What is the difference of the most number of miles biked and the least number of miles biked?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9970" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-67.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 67" width="373" height="203" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-67.png 373w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-67-300x163.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 373px) 100vw, 373px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The most number of miles biked and the least number of miles biked 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The most number of miles biked are 6 bikes and the least number of miles biked is 1 bike,<br />
so the difference between the most number of miles biked and the least number of miles biked is 6-1= 5.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Find the sum or difference. Use the inverse operation to check.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9971" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-68.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 68" width="67" height="62" /><br />
Answer:<br />
760</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 523 and 237 we will get 760. Here, we will subtract 237 with 760 to check the inverse operation, so 760-237= 523.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9972" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-69.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 69" width="65" height="55" /><br />
Answer:<br />
151.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The difference between 403 and 252 is 151. Here we will add 151 and 252 to check the inverse operation, so 252+151= 403.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9973" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-70.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 70" width="76" height="62" /><br />
Answer:<br />
999.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 612 and 387 we will get 999. Here, we will subtract 387 with 999 to check the inverse operation, so 999-387= 612.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_14_6_Measure_Lengths_Half_Inch"></a>Lesson 14.6 Measure Lengths: Half Inch</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>How much longer is the green ribbon than the yellow ribbon? How do you know?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9974" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-71.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 71" width="269" height="145" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The green ribbon is 1 inch longer than the yellow ribbon.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The green ribbon is 1 inch longer than the yellow ribbon. By measuring the ribbons using a ruler we can know that the green ribbon is longer than the yellow ribbon.</p>
<p>How much longer is the purple ribbon than the orange ribbon? How do you know?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9975" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-72.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 72" width="375" height="140" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-72.png 375w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-72-300x112.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 375px) 100vw, 375px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The purple ribbon is 1 inch longer than the orange ribbon.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The purple ribbon is 1 inch longer than the orange ribbon. By measuring the ribbons using a ruler we can know that the purple ribbon is longer than the orange ribbon.<br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
How can you use a ruler to measure an object to the nearest half inch?<br />
Answer:<br />
If the object is closer to the half-inch mark than the zero inches then it&#8217;s half-inch is measured.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We will use the ruler by marking the objects it&#8217;s starting pointing and ending point and then measure the length of that object. If the object is closer to the half-inch mark than the zero inches then it&#8217;s half-inch is measured.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Measure Lengths: Half Inch</strong></p>
<p>Not all objects are whole numbers of inches long. You can use a ruler to measure length to the nearest half inch. Remember to line up the end of the object with 0.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9976" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-73.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 73" width="238" height="142" /><br />
Example<br />
Measure the length of each string to the nearest half inch. The string is \(\frac{3}{2}\) inches long. You can also represent the length as 1 whole inch and one \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch, or 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9977" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-74.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 74" width="234" height="106" /><br />
The string is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch and 1 inch long. The half-inch marking that is closest to end of the string is \(\frac{3}{2}\). So, the string is about \(\frac{3}{2}\) inch long.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9978" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-75.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 75" width="231" height="117" /></p>
<p>Example<br />
Measure the length of each line to the nearest half inch. Then record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9979" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-76.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 76" width="589" height="149" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-76.png 589w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-76-300x76.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 589px) 100vw, 589px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The number of strings with half-inch length is 1.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20372 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-5.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55" width="551" height="283" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-5.png 551w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-5-300x154.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /><br />
The number of strings with half-inch length is 1,<br />
The number of strings with one and half-inch length  is 1,<br />
The number of strings with two-inch length  is 2,</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Measure the length of each line to the nearest half-inch. Then record each length on the line plot above.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9980" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-77.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 77" width="481" height="40" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-77.png 481w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-77-300x25.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 481px) 100vw, 481px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Measure the length of each line to the nearest half inch. Record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9981" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-78.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 78" width="630" height="195" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-78.png 630w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-78-300x93.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 630px) 100vw, 630px" /><br />
How might the scale change if the length of the line below is recorded on the line plot?<br />
___________<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Measure the length of each toy to the nearest half inch. Then record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9982" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-79.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 79" width="624" height="371" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-79.png 624w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-79-300x178.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>Measure the lengths of 10 crayons to the nearest half inch. Record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9983" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-80.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 80" width="596" height="247" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-80.png 596w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-80-300x124.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Measure the lengths of 10 shoes to the nearest half inch. Record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9984" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-81.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 81" width="664" height="228" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-81.png 664w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-81-300x103.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 664px) 100vw, 664px" /><br />
What is the length of the longest shoe? What is the length of the shortest shoe?<br />
Answer:</p>
<h3><a id="Measure_Lengths:_Half_Inch_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14.6"></a>Measure Lengths: Half Inch Homework &amp; Practice 14.6</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Measure the length of each ribbon to the nearest half inch. Record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9985" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-82.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 82" width="626" height="192" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-82.png 626w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-82-300x92.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 626px) 100vw, 626px" /><br />
How many pretzel sticks are 1 inch?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Descartes says the pencil is 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches long. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9986" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-83.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 83" width="360" height="97" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-83.png 360w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-83-300x81.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Your friend’s wrist measures \(\frac{13}{2}\) inches around. His friendship bracelet is 6\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches. Will the bracelet fit around his wrist?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Modeling Real Life<br />
Measure the lengths of 10 plant leaves to the nearest half inch. Record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9987" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-84.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 84" width="515" height="182" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-84.png 515w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-84-300x106.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 515px) 100vw, 515px" /><br />
What is the length of the longest leaf? What is the length of the shortest leaf? What leaf length is the most common?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Find the product.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
5 × 30 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
150.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product of 5×30 is 150.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
9 × 50 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
450.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product of 9×50 is 450.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
6 × 70 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
420.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product of 6×70= 420.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_14.7_Measure_Lengths:_Quarter_Inch"></a>Lesson 14.7 Measure Lengths: Quarter Inch</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>How much longer is the green ribbon than the yellow ribbon? How do you know?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9988" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-85.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 85" width="248" height="133" /><br />
How much longer is the purple ribbon than the orange ribbon? How do you know?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9989" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-86.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 86" width="373" height="136" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-86.png 373w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-86-300x109.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 373px) 100vw, 373px" /></p>
<p><strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Measure the line to the nearest half inch and the nearest quarter inch. Which measurement is better? Why?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9990" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-87.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 87" width="205" height="36" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow : Measure Lengths: Quarter Inch</strong></p>
<p>You know how to use a ruler to measure lengths to the nearest half inch. You can also use a ruler to measure lengths to the nearest quarter-inch.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9991" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-88.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 88" width="244" height="148" /><br />
Example<br />
Measure the length of each string to the nearest quarter inch. The string is \(\frac{7}{4}\) inches long. You can also represent the length as 1 whole inch and three \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches or 1\(\frac{1}{3}\) inches.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9992" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-89.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 89" width="226" height="116" /></p>
<p>The string is between 1 inch and 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) inches long. The quarter-inch marking that is closest to the end of the string is 1\(\frac{1}{4}\). So, the string is about 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) inches long.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9993" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-90.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 90" width="227" height="116" /></p>
<p>Example<br />
Measure the length of each line to the nearest quarter inch. Then record each length on the line plot<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9994" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-91.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 91" width="610" height="148" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-91.png 610w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-91-300x73.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 610px) 100vw, 610px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Measure the length of each line to the nearest quarter inch. Then record each length on the line plot above.<br />
____ ______ ______<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Measure the length of each line to the nearest quarter inch. Record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9995" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-92.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 92" width="623" height="182" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-92.png 623w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-92-300x88.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /><br />
How might the scale change if the two lines below are recorded in the line plot?<br />
___________<br />
____<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Measure the length of each eraser to the nearest quarter inch. Then record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9996" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-94.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 94" width="626" height="255" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-94.png 626w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-94-300x122.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 626px) 100vw, 626px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Precision</strong><br />
Draw a line that measures 5\(\frac{3}{4}\) inches long.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>Measure the lengths of 10 pencils to the nearest quarter inch. Record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9997" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-95.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 95" width="630" height="271" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-95.png 630w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-95-300x129.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 630px) 100vw, 630px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Measure the heights of 10 books to the nearest quarter inch. Record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9998" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-96.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 96" width="184" height="133" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9999" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-97.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 97" width="517" height="182" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-97.png 517w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-97-300x106.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 517px) 100vw, 517px" /><br />
Write and answer a question about your line plot.<br />
Answer:</p>
<h3><a id="Measure_Lengths:_Quarter_Inch_Homework_&amp;_Practice_14.7"></a>Measure Lengths: Quarter Inch Homework &amp; Practice 14.7</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Measure the length of each celery stick to the nearest quarter inch. Record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-10000" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-98.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 98" width="625" height="270" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-98.png 625w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-98-300x130.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /><br />
Which celery stick length is the most common?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which does not belong with the other three ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-10001" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-99.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 99" width="510" height="71" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-99.png 510w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-99-300x42.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 510px) 100vw, 510px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>Precision</strong><br />
Find the length of the caterpillar to the nearest quarter inch. Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-10002" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-100.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 100" width="471" height="159" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-100.png 471w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-100-300x101.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 471px) 100vw, 471px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Measure the lengths of your 10 ﬁngers to the nearest quarter inch. Record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9915" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-101.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 101" width="518" height="177" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-101.png 518w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-101-300x103.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 518px) 100vw, 518px" /><br />
Write and answer a question about your line plot.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>What fraction of the whole is shaded?</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9916" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-102.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 102" width="230" height="113" /><br />
Answer:<br />
5/6 is shaded.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see in the above image the circle was divided into 6 parts and in that 5 parts are shaded. So the fraction of the whole shaded part is 5/6 part was shaded.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9917" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-103.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 103" width="300" height="105" /><br />
Answer:<br />
2/4= 1/2 part was shaded.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see in the rectangle was divided into four parts, and in that two parts are shaded. So the fraction of the whole shaded part is 2/4= 1/2 part was shaded.</p>
<h2><a id="Represent_and_interpret_Data_Performance_Task"></a>Represent and Interpret Data Performance Task</h2>
<p>Question 1.<br />
You plant 3 bamboo seeds during the first week. You measure and record the growth of your bamboo plants for the next 3 weeks.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9918" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-104.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 104" width="588" height="176" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-104.png 588w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-104-300x90.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 588px) 100vw, 588px" /><br />
a. Find the height of each plant after the fourth week. Make a bar graph of the plant heights.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9919" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-105.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 105" width="476" height="188" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-105.png 476w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-105-300x118.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 476px) 100vw, 476px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The height of each plant after the fourth week is<br />
Plant A 4 in,<br />
Plant B 4 in,<br />
Plant C 5 in.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-19498 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-11-e1609734536253.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 26" width="557" height="312" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-11-e1609734536253.png 557w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-11-e1609734536253-300x168.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 557px) 100vw, 557px" /><br />
b. Do you think any of the plants will be taller than 15 inches after 5 weeks? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
No, I think that no plant will be taller than 15 inches after 5 weeks.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No plant will be taller than 15 inches after 5 weeks, because we can see that the growth of each plant takes a minimum of 1 or 2 weeks.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
a. Measure and record the height of each bamboo plant on Bamboo Growth to the nearest quarter inch.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9920" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-106.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 106" width="513" height="188" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-106.png 513w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-106-300x110.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 513px) 100vw, 513px" /><br />
b. Which height occurs the most?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Roll and Graph</strong></p>
<p><strong>Directions:</strong><br />
1. Players take turns rolling a die.<br />
2. Record each of your rolls on your line plot.<br />
3. The ﬁrst player to get 10 rolls of one number wins!<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9921" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-107.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 107" width="630" height="581" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-107.png 630w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-107-300x277.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 630px) 100vw, 630px" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9922" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-108.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 108" width="626" height="210" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-108.png 626w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-108-300x101.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 626px) 100vw, 626px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<h2><a id="Represent_and_interpret_Data_Chapter_Practice"></a>Represent and Interpret Data Chapter Practice</h2>
<p><strong>14.1 Read and Interpret Picture Graphs</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions. How many tickets were sold in August?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9923" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-109.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 109" width="297" height="233" /><br />
How many more tickets were sold in July or August than in May, June, or September?<br />
Which month had more ticket sales than June, but fewer ticket sales than July? How many tickets were sold this month?<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of tickets sold in August is 80+10= 90 tickets.<br />
50 tickets more were sold in July or August than in May, June, or September.<br />
In the month of August the ticket sale is more than June, but fewer ticket sales than July. The total number of tickets sold in the month of August is 90 tickets.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As each ticket image represents 20 tickets and the half ticket represents 10 tickets so<br />
The number of tickets sold in August is 4×20= 80 and one-half ticket represents 10<br />
the number of tickets sold in August is 80+10= 90 tickets.<br />
The tickets sold in July are 5×20= 100 and tickets sold in august are 90,<br />
so the total number of tickets sold in July and August is 100+90= 190 tickets.<br />
And the tickets sold in the month of May are 2×20= 40 tickets,<br />
the tickets sold in the month of June are 3×20= 60 tickets and one half ticket image which is 10 tickets,<br />
so the total number of tickets sold is 60+10= 70 tickets.<br />
the tickets sold in the month of September are 1×20= 20tickets and one half ticket image which is 10 tickets,<br />
so the total number of tickets sold is 20+10= 30 tickets.<br />
The total tickets sold in the month of May, June, or September is 40+70+30=140,<br />
So the tickets were sold in July or August than in May, June or September is 190-140= 50.<br />
In the month of August the ticket sale is more than June, but fewer ticket sales than July. The total number of tickets sold in the month of August is 90 tickets.</p>
<p><strong>14.2 Make Picture Graphs</strong></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
You collect supplies for an animal shelter. You receive 4 collars, 20 tennis balls, 18 dog bones, and 12 cat toys. Complete the picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9924" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-110.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 110" width="375" height="188" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-110.png 375w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-110-300x150.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 375px) 100vw, 375px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Each circle is 2 supplies.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-19046 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 25" width="777" height="397" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-10.png 777w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-10-300x153.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-10-768x392.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 777px) 100vw, 777px" /></p>
<p>Let each circle be 2 supplies,<br />
As there are 4 collars, so we will represent them with two circles,<br />
and 20 tennis balls, so we will represent them with ten circles,<br />
and  18 dog bones, so we will represent them with nine circles,<br />
and 12 cat toys we will represent them with six circles.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
A zookeeper takes care of 30 animals. There are 6 monkeys, 12 ﬂamingos, and 9 kangaroos. The rest of the animals are giraffes. Complete the picture graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9925" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-111.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 111" width="497" height="254" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-111.png 497w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-111-300x153.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The number of giraffes is 3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-19043 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 24" width="777" height="397" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-9.png 777w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-9-300x153.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-9-768x392.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 777px) 100vw, 777px" /><br />
Let each circle be 3 animals,<br />
The total number of animals is 30,<br />
As there are 6 monkeys, so we will represent them with two circles,<br />
and the Flamingos is 12, so we will represent them with four circles,<br />
the kangaroos are 9, so we will represent them with three circles,<br />
so to find giraffes we will add all the three types of animals and then subtract them with the total number of animals, so 6+12+9= 27, and the total number of animals are 30.<br />
So the number of giraffes is 30-27= 3 we will represent them with one circle.</p>
<p><strong>14.3 Read and Interpret Bar Graphs</strong></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Use the graph to answer the questions. How many more fireflies does your friend catch on Thursday than on Monday?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9926" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-112.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 112" width="287" height="304" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-112.png 287w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-112-283x300.png 283w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 287px) 100vw, 287px" /><br />
<strong>Patterns</strong><br />
What do you notice about the number of fireflies caught from Monday to Thursday?</p>
<p>On which two days did your friend catch 10 fireflies combined?<br />
You catch 5 fireflies on Monday, 4 fireflies on Tuesday, 8 fireflies on Wednesday, and 7 fireflies on Thursday. Who caught more fireflies at camp?<br />
Answer: 24<br />
The number of fireflies does my friend catch on Thursday than on Monday is 8.<br />
We can observe that the increase in the graph from Monday to Thursday.<br />
My friend caught more fireflies at camp than I.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The fireflies caught on Monday are 3 and the fireflies caught on Thursday are 11, so<br />
the number of fireflies does my friend catch on Thursday than on Monday are 11-3= 8 fireflies.<br />
We can observe that the increase in the graph from Monday to Thursday.<br />
The fireflies caught by me are 5+4+8+7= 24 and the fireflies caught by my friend is 3+4+7+11= 25 files,<br />
so my friend caught more fireflies at camp than I.</p>
<p><strong>14.4 Make Bar Graphs</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Use the frequency table to complete the bar graph.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9927" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-113.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 113" width="624" height="230" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-113.png 624w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-113-300x111.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 624px) 100vw, 624px" /><br />
Another student, Student E, has 45 trading cards. How would the bar graph change?</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The bar of student E will be the highest.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As student E has 45 trading cards, then the bar of student E will be the highest.</p>
<p><strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Including the number of trading cards of Student E, order the numbers of cards from least to greatest.<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of trading cards of Student E, order the numbers of cards from least to greatest are<br />
Student C, Student B, Student D, Student A, and the student E.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-19012 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 23" width="599" height="373" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-8.png 599w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-8-300x187.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 599px) 100vw, 599px" /><br />
The order of the number of cards from least to greatest are<br />
Students C who has 10 cards,<br />
Student B who has 15 cards,<br />
Student D who has 15 cards,<br />
Student A who has 30 cards,<br />
and Student E who has 45 cards.</p>
<p><strong>14.5 Make Line Plots</strong></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Use the table to complete the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9928" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-114.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 114" width="614" height="273" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-114.png 614w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-114-300x133.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 614px) 100vw, 614px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-19008 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-7-e1609307676195.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 22" width="625" height="426" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-7-e1609307676195.png 625w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-7-e1609307676195-300x204.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /></p>
<p>The number of  trees with 19 meters is 4 trees,<br />
The number of  trees with 21 meters is 3 trees,<br />
The number of  trees with 22 meters is 1 tree,<br />
The number of  trees with 23 meters is 1 tree,<br />
The number of  trees with 24 meters is 3 trees,</p>
<p><strong>14.6 Measure Lengths: Half Inch</strong></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Measure the length of each snail trail from a snail race to the nearest half inch. Record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9929" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-115.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 115" width="647" height="253" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-115.png 647w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-115-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 647px) 100vw, 647px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The lengths of each snail trail from a snail race to the nearest half-inch are<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20380 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-7-e1609734742176.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55" width="634" height="348" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-7-e1609734742176.png 634w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-7-e1609734742176-300x165.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 634px) 100vw, 634px" /></p>
<p><strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
What is the length of the longest snail trail? What is the length of the shortest snail trail?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9930" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-116.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 116" width="199" height="91" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The longest snail trail is 6 inches and the shortest is 1/2 inch.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The length of the longest snail trail is 6 inches and the length of the shortest snail trail 1/2 inch.</p>
<p><strong>14.7 Measure the Lengths: Quarter Inch</strong></p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Measure the length of each feather to the nearest quarter inch. Then record each length on the line plot.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9931" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-117.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 117" width="653" height="233" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-117.png 653w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-117-300x107.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 653px) 100vw, 653px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
To measure the feathers to the nearest quarter inch, we will label the marks and then measure the length to the nearest quarter inch.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20379 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-6.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55" width="626" height="310" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-6.png 626w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55-6-300x149.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 626px) 100vw, 626px" /><br />
To measure the feathers to the nearest quarter inch, we will label the marks and then measure the length to the nearest quarter inch.<br />
The length of feather 1 is 4 1/4 inch,<br />
The length of feather 2 is 1/4 inch,<br />
The length of feather 3 is 2 2/4 inch,<br />
The length of feather 4 is 1/4 inch,<br />
The length of feather 5 is 2 3/4 inch.</p>
<p><em>Final Words:</em></p>
<p>Download Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade 14th Chapter Represent and Interpret Data Answers pdf and start your preparation for the exams. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data is the best answer key that helps to improve your math skills. If you have any queries or doubts about Big Ideas Math Answers then please leave a comment below. Stay connected with our site to get more answer keys of other grades and grade 3 other chapters.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3-chapter-14/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">9873</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100</title>
		<link>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-2-chapter-4/</link>
					<comments>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-2-chapter-4/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Mounisha Reddy]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 04 Apr 2022 08:38:12 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://ccssmathanswers.com/?p=18078</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Are you looking everywhere to learn about Big Ideas Math 2nd Grade 4th Chapter Fluently Add within 100 Answers? The answer key included topics like related addition questions. Those who are preparing for the BIM Grade 2 Chapter 4 will get the answer key which is extremely useful. You can improve the problem-solving skills by ... <a title="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100" class="read-more" href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-2-chapter-4/" aria-label="Read more about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100">Read more</a>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Are you looking everywhere to learn about Big Ideas Math 2nd Grade 4th Chapter Fluently Add within 100 Answers? The answer key included topics like related addition questions. Those who are preparing for the BIM Grade 2 Chapter 4 will get the answer key which is extremely useful. You can improve the problem-solving skills by solving all the questions from <a href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-2/" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2</a> Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100.</p>
<h2>Big Ideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100</h2>
<p>The list of topics in the 2nd Grade 4th Chapter Fluently Add within 100 are given below. Have a look at the answers for topics like Fluently Add within 100 Vocabulary, Use Partial Sums to Add, More Partial Sums, Regroup to Add, Add Two-Digit Numbers, Practice Adding Two-Digit Numbers, Add Up to 3 Two-Digit Numbers, and Add Up to 3 Two-Digit Numbers. after solving this chapter, you will be able to solve addition problems.</p>
<p>Students must have the best preparation strategy to score good marks in the exam. Solve all the problems by checking the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100. Download Big Ideas Math Book Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 PDF for free of cost and practice the problems.</p>
<p><strong>Vocabulary</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Fluently_Add_within_100_Vocabulary">Fluently Add within 100 Vocabulary</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 1 Use Partial Sums to Add</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_4.1_Use_Partial_Sums_to_Add">Lesson 4.1 Use Partial Sums to Add</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use_Partial_Sums_to_Add_Homework_&amp;_Practice_4.1">Use Partial Sums to Add Homework &amp; Practice 4.1</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 2 More Partial Sums</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_4.2_More_Partial_Sums">Lesson 4.2 More Partial Sums</a></li>
<li><a style="font-size: 16px; background-color: #ffffff;" href="#More_Partial_Sums_Homework_&amp;_Practice 4.2">More Partial Sums Homework &amp; Practice 4.2</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 3 Regroup to Add</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_4.3_Regroup_to_Add">Lesson 4.3 Regroup to Add</a></li>
<li><a style="font-size: 16px; background-color: #ffffff;" href="#Regroup_to_Add_Homework_&amp;_Practice_4.3">Regroup to Add Homework &amp; Practice 4.3</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 4 Add Two-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_4.4_Add_Two-Digit_Numbers">Lesson 4.4 Add Two-Digit Numbers</a></li>
<li><a style="font-size: 16px; background-color: #ffffff;" href="#Add_Two-Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_4.4">Add Two-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 4.4</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 5 Practice Adding Two-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_4.5_Practice_Adding_Two-Digit_Numbers">Lesson 4.5 Practice Adding Two-Digit Numbers</a></li>
<li><a style="font-size: 16px; background-color: #ffffff;" href="#Practice_Adding_Two-Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_4.5">Practice Adding Two-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 4.5</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 6 Add Up to 3 Two-Digit Numbers<br />
</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_4.6_Add_Up_to_3_Two-Digit_Numbers">Lesson 4.6 Add Up to 3 Two-Digit Numbers</a></li>
<li><a href="#Add_Up_to 3_Two-Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_4.6">Add Up to 3 Two-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 4.6</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 7 Add Up to 3 Two-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_4.7_Add_Up_to_3_Two-Digit_Numbers">Lesson 4.7 Add Up to 3 Two-Digit Numbers</a></li>
<li><a style="font-size: 16px; background-color: #ffffff;" href="_Addition_Homework_&amp;_Practice_4.7">More Problem Solving: Addition Homework &amp; Practice 4.7</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Performance Task</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Fluently_Add_within_100_Performance_Task_4">Fluently Add within 100 Performance Task 4</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Activity</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Fluently_Add_within_100_Activity">Fluently Add within 100 Activity</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Chapter Practice</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Fluently_Add_within_100_Chapter_Practice">Fluently Add within 100 Chapter Practice</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Cumulative Practice</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Fluently_Add_within_100_Cumulative_Practice_1-4">Fluently Add within 100 Cumulative Practice 1-4</a></li>
</ul>
<h3><a id="Fluently_Add_within_100_Vocabulary"></a>Fluently Add within 100 Vocabulary</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18301" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 1" width="225" height="129" /></p>
<p><strong>Organize It</strong><br />
Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18344" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 2" width="442" height="245" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-2.png 442w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-2-300x166.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 442px) 100vw, 442px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
In the above image, the group of rows and columns is known as an array.<br />
The horizontal dots are known as rows.<br />
The vertical dots are known as columns.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-45512" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-2-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-2" width="442" height="245" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-2-1.png 442w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-2-1-300x166.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 442px) 100vw, 442px" /><br />
Array:<br />
An array means arranging the group rows and columns in a group. Mostly the data will be the same such as integers or strings and these are used to store the collected data. In the above image, the group of rows and columns is known as an array.<br />
Column:<br />
A column is a group of values that are represented vertically and will be in multiple rows and they run from top to bottom.<br />
Row:<br />
A row is a group of values that are represented horizontally which will be lying side by side in a horizontal line. These rows usually arranged in a straight line.</p>
<p><strong>Define it</strong></p>
<p>Use your vocabulary cards to match.</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
partial sums<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18345" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 3" width="254" height="170" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
regroup<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18346" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 4" width="246" height="171" /></p>
<p><strong>Chapter 4 Vocabulary Cards</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18347" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 5" width="512" height="572" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-5.png 512w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-5-269x300.png 269w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18348" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 6" width="598" height="628" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-6.png 598w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-6-286x300.png 286w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 598px) 100vw, 598px" /></p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_4.1_Use_Partial_Sums_to_Add"></a>Lesson 4.1 Use Partial Sums to Add</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Model the problem. Make a quick sketch to show how you solved.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18349" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 7" width="393" height="118" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-7.png 393w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-7-300x90.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The sum f 32 + 27 is 59.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To model the given problem 32 + 27 we will model with 50 blocks and 9 blocks, as the sum of 32 + 27 is 59. So we will model with 50 blocks and 9 blocks.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18350" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 8" width="308" height="222" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-8.png 308w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-8-300x216.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 308px) 100vw, 308px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 73 + 12 will be 80 + 5= 85.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-46955" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-8-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-8" width="308" height="222" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-8-1.png 308w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-8-1-300x216.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 308px) 100vw, 308px" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 73 + 12 which is 85. So here first we will add tens which are 70 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 3 and 2 will be 5. So the total value of 73 + 12 will be 80 + 5= 85.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18351" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 9" width="310" height="218" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-9.png 310w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-9-300x211.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 32 + 24 will be 50 + 6= 56.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-47019" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-9-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-9" width="310" height="218" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-9-1.png 310w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-9-1-300x211.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with a left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 32 + 24 which is 56. So here first we will add tens which are 30 and 20 we will add both the numbers which will be 50 and now we will add ones which are 2 and 4 will be 6. So the total value of 32 + 24 will be 50 + 6= 56.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18352" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 10" width="304" height="218" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-10.png 304w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-10-300x215.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 304px) 100vw, 304px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 37 + 42 will be 70 + 9= 79.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-47037" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-10-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-10" width="304" height="218" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-10-1.png 304w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-10-1-300x215.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 304px) 100vw, 304px" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with a left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 37 + 42 which is 79. So here first we will add tens which are 30 and 40 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 7 and 2 will be 9. So the total value of 37 + 42 will be 70 + 9= 79.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18353" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 11" width="316" height="221" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-11.png 316w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-11-300x210.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 316px) 100vw, 316px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 63 + 5 will be 60 + 8= 68.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-47039" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-11-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-11" width="316" height="221" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-11-1.png 316w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-11-1-300x210.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 316px) 100vw, 316px" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 63 + 5 which is 68. So here first we will add tens which are 60 and 0 we will add both the numbers which will be 60 and now we will add ones which are 3 and 5 will be 8. So the total value of 63 + 5 will be 60 + 8= 68.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18354" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 12" width="310" height="261" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-12.png 310w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-12-300x253.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 16 + 72 will be 80 + 8= 88.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-47041" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-12-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-12" width="310" height="261" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-12-1.png 310w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-12-1-300x253.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 16 + 72 which is 88. So here first we will add tens which are 70 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 6 and 2 will be 8. So the total value of 16 + 72 will be 80 + 8= 88.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18355" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 13" width="312" height="262" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-13.png 312w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-13-300x252.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 312px) 100vw, 312px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 33 + 43 will be 70 + 6= 76.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49315" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-13-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-13" width="298" height="222" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 33 + 43 which is 76. So here first we will add tens which are 30 and 40 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 3 and 3 will be 6. So the total value of 33 + 43 will be 70 + 6= 76.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18356" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 14" width="307" height="264" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-14.png 307w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-14-300x258.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 307px) 100vw, 307px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 91 + 7 will be 90 + 8= 98.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49323" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-14-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-14" width="298" height="222" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 91 + 7 which is 98. So here first we will add tens which are 90 and 0 we will add both the numbers which will be 90 and now we will add ones which are 1 and 7 will be 8. So the total value of 91 + 7 will be 90 + 8= 98.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18357" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 15" width="311" height="259" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-15.png 311w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-15-300x250.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 25 + 64 will be 80 + 9= 89.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49448" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-15-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-15" width="311" height="226" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-15-1.png 311w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-15-1-300x218.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 311px) 100vw, 311px" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 25 + 64 which is 89. So here first we will add tens which are 20 and 60 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 5 and 4 will be 9. So the total value of 25 + 64 will be 80 + 9= 89.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Find the missing digits.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18358" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 16" width="542" height="124" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-16.png 542w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-16-300x69.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The missing digits are 2, 4, 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49583" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-16-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-16" width="542" height="124" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-16-1.png 542w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-16-1-300x69.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /><br />
Here, the missing digits are 2, 4, 2. We had found those values by subtracting the given sum and the addend. So we can get the missing value. In the first image, we can see that the addition of two addends. So here we can see that one number is missing in the second addend. So here we will subtract the addend with the sum which is<br />
46 &#8211; 14 and the result will be 32. So we have found out the missing digit which is 2. And we can see in the second addition that one number is missing in the second addend. So here we will subtract the addend with the sum which is 69 &#8211; 45 and the result will be 24. So we have found out the missing digit which is 4. And we can see in the third addition that one number is missing in the second addend. So here we will subtract the addend with the sum which is 61 &#8211; 87 and the result will be 26. So we have found out the missing digit which is 2.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>You read 34 pages one day and 23 the next day. How many pages do you read in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18359" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 17" width="558" height="338" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-17.png 558w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-17-300x182.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 558px) 100vw, 558px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of pages that were read is 57 pages.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49622" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-17-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-17" width="200" height="235" /><br />
Given that 34 pages were read on one day and the other 23 pages were read on the next day. So to find the number of pages that were read, we will add the number of pages which was read on both days. So the number of pages that were read is 34 + 23 which is 57. And the number of pages that were read is 57 pages.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
You have 57 common trading cards and 11 rare trading cards. How many trading cards do you have in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18360" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 18" width="209" height="174" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total number of trading cards do we have in all is 57 + 11= 68 cards.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of common trading cards is 57 and there are 11 rare trading cards. And the number of trading cards do we have in all is 57 + 11= 68 cards. So the total number of trading cards do we have in all is 57 + 11= 68 cards.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
A ﬂorist has 7 roses, 6 daisies, and 15 tulips. How many ﬂowers are there in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18361" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 19" width="261" height="53" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total number of flowers are there in all is 28 flowers.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the florist has 7 roses, 6 daisies, and 15 tulips. So the total number of flowers will be 7 + 6 + 15= 28 flowers. And the total number of flowers are there in all is 28 flowers.</p>
<h3><a id="Use_Partial_Sums_to_Add_Homework_&amp;_Practice_4.1"></a>Use Partial Sums to Add Homework &amp; Practice 4.1</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18362" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 20" width="309" height="220" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-20.png 309w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-20-300x214.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 309px) 100vw, 309px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 55 + 14 will be 60 + 9= 69.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49634" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-20-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-20" width="309" height="220" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-20-1.png 309w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-20-1-300x214.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 309px) 100vw, 309px" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 55 + 14 which is 69. So here first we will add tens which are 50 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 60 and now we will add ones which are 5 and 4 will be 9. So the total value of 55 + 14 will be 60 + 9= 69.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18363" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 21" width="315" height="226" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-21.png 315w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-21-300x215.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 62 + 13 will be 70 + 5= 75.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49642" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-21-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-21" width="315" height="226" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-21-1.png 315w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-21-1-300x215.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 62 + 13 which is 75. So here first we will add tens which are 60 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 2 and 3 will be 5. So the total value of 62 + 13 will be 70 + 5= 75.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18364" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-22.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 22" width="315" height="222" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-22.png 315w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-22-300x211.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 71 + 8 will be 70 + 9= 79.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49661" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-22-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-22" width="315" height="222" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-22-1.png 315w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-22-1-300x211.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 71 + 8 which is 79. So here first we will add tens which are 70 and 0 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 1 and 8 will be 9. So the total value of 71 + 8 will be 70 + 9= 79.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18365" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-23.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 23" width="310" height="217" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-23.png 310w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-23-300x210.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 22 + 26 will be 40 + 8= 48.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49664" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-23-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-23" width="310" height="217" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-23-1.png 310w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-23-1-300x210.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 310px) 100vw, 310px" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 22 + 26 which is 48. So here first we will add tens which are 20 and 20 we will add both the numbers which will be 40 and now we will add ones which are 2 and 6 will be 8. So the total value of 22 + 26 will be 40 + 8= 48.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Find the missing digits. Then ﬁnd the sum.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18366" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-24.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 24" width="277" height="210" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The missing digits are 2, 5, and the sum of the given values is 39.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49969" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-24-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-24" width="277" height="210" /><br />
In the above image, we can see the missing values and we can see the tens and ones. So the missing values will be 2 in the tens place and 5 in the ones place. As the sum is 20 + 10 and 4 + 5, so the missing digits will be 2 and 5. Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 24 + 15 which is 39. So here first we will add tens which are 20 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 30 and now we will add ones which are 4 and 5 will be 9. So the total value of 24 + 15 will be 30 + 9= 39. So the sum of the given values will be 30 + 9= 39</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You have 45 balloons. Your friend has 31. How many balloons do you and your friend have in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18367" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-25.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 25" width="192" height="169" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total number of balloons do my friend and mine will be 76 balloons.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I have 45 balloons and my friend has 31 balloons and the total number of balloons will be 45+31= 76 balloons. So the total number of balloons do my friend and mine will be 76 balloons.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You have 8 toy trains, 4 bouncy balls, and 36 toy soldiers. How many toys do you have in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18368" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-26.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 26" width="231" height="67" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total number of toys do we all have in all will be 48 toys.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 8 toy trains and 4 bouncy balls and 36 toy soldiers. So the number of toys will be 8 + 4 + 36= 48 toys. So the total number of toys do we all have in all will be 48 toys.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
16 + 10 = ___</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The addition of 16 and 10 is 26.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 16 and 10 we will get the result as 26.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
45 &#8211; 10 = ___</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The difference of 45 &#8211; 10 is 35.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On subtracting 10 with 45 we will get the result as 35.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
50 &#8211; 10 = ___</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The difference of 50 &#8211; 10 is 40.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On subtracting 10 with 50 we will get the result as 40.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
63 + 10 = ___</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The sum of 63 + 10 is 73.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 63 and 10 we will get the result as 73.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_4.2_More_Partial_Sums"></a>Lesson 4.2 More Partial Sums</h3>
<p>Make a quick sketch to find 38 + 19.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18369" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-27.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 27" width="334" height="293" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-27.png 334w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-27-300x263.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 334px) 100vw, 334px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 38 + 19 will be 40 +17= 57.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49796" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-27-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-27" width="334" height="293" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-27-1.png 334w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-27-1-300x263.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 334px) 100vw, 334px" /></p>
<p>Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 38 + 19 which is 57. So here first we will add tens which are 30 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 40 and now we will add ones which are 8 and 9 will be 17. So the total value of 38 + 19 will be 40 + 17= 57.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
25 + 19 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18370" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-28.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 28" width="210" height="224" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 25 + 19 will be 30 +14= 44.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49798" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-28-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-28" width="210" height="224" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 25 + 19 which is 44. So here first we will add tens which are 20 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 30 and now we will add ones which are 5 and 9 will be 14. So the total value of 25 + 19 will be 30 + 14= 44.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
48 + 33 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18371" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-29.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 29" width="205" height="226" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 48 + 33 will be 70 +11= 81.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49971" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-29-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-29" width="205" height="226" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 48 + 33 which is 81. So here first we will add tens which are 40 and 30 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 8 and 3 it will be 11. So the total value of 48 + 33 will be 70 + 11= 81.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
57 + 35 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18372" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-30.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 30" width="220" height="226" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 57 + 35 will be 80 +12= 92.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50004" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-30-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-30" width="220" height="226" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 57 + 35 which is 92. So here first we will add tens which are 50 and 30 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 7 and 5 it will be 12. So the total value of 57 + 35 will be 80 + 12= 92.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
34 + 28 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18374" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-31.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 31" width="217" height="224" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 34 + 28 will be 50 +12= 62.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49980" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-31-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-31" width="217" height="224" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 34 + 28 which is 62. So here first we will add tens which are 30 and 20 we will add both the numbers which will be 50 and now we will add ones which are 4 and 8 it will be 12. So the total value of 34 + 28 will be 50 + 12= 62.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
15 + 76 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18375" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-32.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 32" width="207" height="223" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 15 + 76 will be 80 + 11= 91.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49975" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-32-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-32" width="207" height="223" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 15 + 76 which is 91. So here first we will add tens which are 10 and 70 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 5 and 6 it will be 11. So the total value of 15 + 76 will be 80 + 11= 91.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
29 + 62 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18376" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-33.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 33" width="216" height="227" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 29 + 62 will be 80 +11= 91.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-49972" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-33-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-33" width="216" height="227" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 29 + 62 which is 91. So here first we will add tens which are 20 and 60 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 9 and 2 it will be 11. So the total value of 29 + 62 will be 80 + 11= 91.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Which choices are equal to 35 + 27?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18377" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-34.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 34" width="479" height="101" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-34.png 479w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-34-300x63.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The choices which are equal to 35 + 27 is 30 + 20 + 5 + 7 and 50 + 12 and 62.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The choices which are equal to 35 + 27 is 30 + 20 + 5 + 7 and 50 + 12 and 62.<br />
As 35 + 27 was divided into tens and ones so the result will be 30 + 20 + 5 + 7 and after adding tens separately and ones separately we will get 50 + 12 by adding both the numbers we will get the result as 62. So the choices which are equal to 35 + 27 is 30 + 20 + 5 + 7 and 50 + 12 and 62.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
A giraffe eats 37 pounds of food in the morning and 38 pounds of food in the afternoon. How many pounds of food does the giraffe eat in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18378" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-35.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 35" width="598" height="225" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-35.png 598w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-35-300x113.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 598px) 100vw, 598px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total number of pounds did the giraffe ate in all is 75 pounds.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50010" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-35-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-35" width="598" height="225" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-35-1.png 598w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-35-1-300x113.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 598px) 100vw, 598px" /><br />
Given that the Giraffe eats 37 pounds of food in the morning and 38 pounds of food in the afternoon. So to find the total number of pounds did the giraffe ate in all we will add the food that the giraffe had in the morning and the evening. So here we will perform a partial sum which is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 37 + 38 which is 75. So here first we will add tens which are<br />
30 and 30 we will add both the numbers which will be 60 and now we will add ones which are 7 and 8 it will be 15. So the total value of 37 + 38 will be 60 + 15= 75. So the total number of pounds did the giraffe ate in all is 75 pounds.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>You ﬁnd 29 items on a scavenger hunt. Your friend ﬁnds 17 more than you. How many items does your friend ﬁnd?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18379" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-36.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 36" width="159" height="125" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18380" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-37.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 37" width="555" height="271" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-37.png 555w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-37-300x146.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 555px) 100vw, 555px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of items does my friend finds is 46 items.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50031" style="font-weight: inherit;" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-37-1-e1613443026686.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-37" width="549" height="270" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-37-1-e1613443026686.png 549w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-37-1-e1613443026686-300x148.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 549px) 100vw, 549px" /><br />
Given that there<span style="font-size: 16px;"> are 2</span><span style="font-size: 16px;">9 items on a scavenger hunt and my friend ﬁnds 17 more than me. So to find how many items my friend finds in the hunt, we will add those items which are 29 + 17= 46 items. So the number of items does my friend finds is 46 items.</span></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Your friend climbs 48 stairs. You climb 36 more than your friend. How many stairs do you climb?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18381" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-38.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 38" width="157" height="203" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of stairs does I climb is 48 + 36= 84 stairs.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that my friend climbs 48 stairs and I climb 36 stairs more than my friend. So to find how many stairs did I climb we will add the stairs that my friend climbed and the stairs that I have climbed more stairs. So the number of stairs does I climb is 48 + 36= 84 stairs.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
You write 13 fewer words than your friend. You write 39 words. How many words does your friend write?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18382" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-39.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 39" width="255" height="46" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of words written by my friend is 26 words.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the number of words written by me is 39 words and my friend wrote 13 fewer words than me so to find that how many words my friend wrote we will subtract the number of words written by me and the fewer words that my friend has written. So the number of words written by my friend is 39 &#8211; 13= 26 words.</p>
<h3><a id="More_Partial_Sums_Homework_&amp;_Practice 4.2"></a>More Partial Sums Homework &amp; Practice 4.2</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
27 + 46 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18383" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-40.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 40" width="209" height="218" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 27 + 46 will be 60 +13= 73.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50032" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-40-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-40" width="209" height="218" /><br />
Here we will perform partial sum, the partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 27 + 46 which is 73. So here first we will add tens which are 20 and 40 we will add both the numbers which will be 60 and now we will add ones which are 7 and 6 it will be 13. So the total value of 27 + 46 will be 60 + 13= 73.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
54 + 28 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18384" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-41.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 41" width="205" height="218" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 54 + 28 will be 70 +12= 82.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50034" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-41-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-41" width="205" height="218" /><br />
Here we will perform partial sum, the partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 54 + 28 which is 82. So here first we will add tens which are 50 and 20 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 4 and 8 it will be 12. So the total value of 54 + 28 will be 70 + 12= 82.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
18 + 72 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18385" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-42.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 42" width="215" height="228" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 18 + 72 will be 80 +10= 90.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50037" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-42-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-42" width="215" height="228" /><br />
Here we will perform partial sum, the partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 18 + 72 which is 90. So here first we will add tens which are 10 and 70 we will add both the numbers which will be 90 and now we will add ones which are 8 and 2 it will be 10. So the total value of 18 + 72 will be 80 + 10= 90.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Write the missing digits.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18386" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-43.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 43" width="541" height="225" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-43.png 541w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-43-300x125.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The missing digits are 7,3,1 and 3,7,8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50039" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-43-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-43" width="541" height="225" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-43-1.png 541w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-43-1-300x125.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></p>
<p>As in the above image, we can see that some of the digits are missing. So to find the missing digits we will parallel check with the result. As we can see that 5 in ones place and 8 in the addend, so by adding 7 we can get the value as 15. So we have got the digit 5 in ones place of the result. Now as we know the value of the addend, we will subtract the addend with the result, so that we can get the other addend. So 75 &#8211; 37= 38. So the other missing digit is 3. And the missing value in ones place is 1. Now we will repeat the same process to find the other values. As we can see that 6 in ones place and 9 in the addend, so by adding 7 we can get the value as 16. So we have got the digit 7 in ones place of the result. Now as we know the value of the addend, we will subtract the addend with the result, so that we can get the other addend. So 96 &#8211; 57= 39. So the other missing digit is 3. And the missing value in tens place is 8.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
You recycle 42 cans and 29 jars. How many items do you recycle in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18387" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-44.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 44" width="361" height="44" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-44.png 361w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-44-300x37.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total number of items recycled is 71 items.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that 42 cans and 29 jars are recycled and to know that how many items are recycled we will perform the addition, we will add both the cans and jars that are recycled. So 42 cans + 29 jars= 71 items. So the total number of items recycled is 71 items.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Newton plants 63 seeds. Descartes plants 18 more than Newton. How many seeds does Descartes plant?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18388" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-45.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 45" width="157" height="132" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
Descartes has planted 81 seeds.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that Newton has planted 63 seeds and Descartes has planted 18 more trees than the Newton. That means Descartes has planted 63 + 18 which is 81 seeds. So Descartes has planted 81 seeds.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18389" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-46.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 46" width="498" height="218" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-46.png 498w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-46-300x131.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 498px) 100vw, 498px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The most favorite instrument is the Drum.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As each emoji represents one student,<br />
so the Drum has six emojis which means 6 × 1= 6 students and<br />
the Triangle has four emojis which means 4 × 1= 4 students.<br />
So the most favorite instrument is the drum as the drum has more number of students which is 6.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_4.3_Regroup_to_Add"></a>Lesson 4.3 Regroup to Add</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Model the problem. Make a quick sketch to show how you solved.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18390" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-47.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 47" width="402" height="136" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-47.png 402w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-47-300x101.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 402px) 100vw, 402px" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18391" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-48.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 48" width="540" height="221" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-48.png 540w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-48-300x123.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The addition of regrouping of 46 + 26 is 72.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50272" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-48-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-48" width="540" height="221" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-48-1.png 540w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-48-1-300x123.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 46 and 26. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 46 + 26 is 72.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18392" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-49.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 49" width="533" height="220" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-49.png 533w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-49-300x124.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The addition of regrouping of 15 + 37 is 52.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50416" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-49-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-49" width="533" height="220" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-49-1.png 533w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-49-1-300x124.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /></p>
<p>Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 15 and 37. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 15 + 37 is 52.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18393" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-50.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 50" width="540" height="220" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-50.png 540w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-50-300x122.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The addition of regrouping of 39 + 32 is 71.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50417" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-50-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-50" width="540" height="220" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-50-1.png 540w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-50-1-300x122.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 39 and 32. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 39 + 32 is 71.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
When do you need to regroup to add two numbers?<br />
__________________________________<br />
__________________________________<br />
__________________________________<br />
__________________________________</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
We need to regroup for the addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>You must spell 60 words correctly to win a spelling game. You spell 19 words correctly in Round 1 and36 in Round 2. Do you win?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18394" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-51.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 51" width="446" height="281" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-51.png 446w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-51-300x189.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 446px) 100vw, 446px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
As I spell 55 words correctly, so didn&#8217;t win the game.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50434" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-51-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-51" width="420" height="213" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-51-1.png 420w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-51-1-300x152.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /></p>
<p>Given that to spell 60 words correctly to win in a spelling game. I spell out 19 words correctly in Round 1 and 36 words in Round 2. So to find that I had won in the spelling game we will perform regrouping addition. We need to regroup for the addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers.<br />
So the regrouping addition of 19 and 36 is 55, as to win the game we should spell 60 words correctly. So I did not win the spelling game.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
You want to do 80 jumping jacks. You do 45 in the morning and 39 in the evening. Do you reach your goal?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18395" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-52.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 52" width="379" height="165" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-52.png 379w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-52-300x131.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
As the goal is to reach 80 jumping jacks and I have reached 84 jumping jacks, so I reach the goal.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the goal is to reach 80 jumping jacks and I did 45 jumping jacks in the morning and 39 jumping jacks in the evening. So the total number of jumping jacks is 45 + 39= 84 jumping jacks. As the goal is to reach 80 jumping jacks and I have reached 84 jumping jacks, so I reach the goal.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
You raise $38 selling ham sandwiches and $43 selling turkey sandwiches. Your friend raises $72. Who raises more money?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18396" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-53.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 53" width="205" height="49" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
I have raised more money.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As my friend raises $72  money and I raise $38 by selling ham sandwiches and $43 by selling turkey sandwiches, so the total money raised by me by selling the sandwiches is 43 + 38= 81. So I have raised more money.</p>
<h3><a id="Regroup_to_Add_Homework_&amp;_Practice_4.3"></a>Regroup to Add Homework &amp; Practice 4.3</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18397" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-54.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 54" width="541" height="220" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-54.png 541w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-54-300x122.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The addition of regrouping of 36 + 16 is 52.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50740" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-54-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-54" width="541" height="220" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-54-1.png 541w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-54-1-300x122.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 36 and 16. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 36 + 16 is 52.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18398" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-55.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 55" width="540" height="215" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-55.png 540w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-55-300x119.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The addition of regrouping of 47 + 39 is 86.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50753" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-55-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-55" width="540" height="215" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-55-1.png 540w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-55-1-300x119.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 47 and 39. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 47 + 39 is 86.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Do you have to regroup to add?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18399" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-56.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 56" width="385" height="171" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-56.png 385w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-56-300x133.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 385px) 100vw, 385px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
43 + 29= 72  yes, we have to regroup to add.<br />
54 + 32= 86 no, we can add normally without performing regroup.<br />
33 + 64= 97 no, we can add normally without performing regroup.<br />
17 + 25= 42 yes, we have to regroup to add.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
43 + 29= 72  yes, we have to regroup to add. Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 43 and 29. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 43 + 29 is 72.<br />
54 + 32= 86 no, we can add normally without performing regroup. As the place value column is not greater than nine. So here we cannot perform regrouping of addition.<br />
33 + 64= 97 no, we can add normally without performing regroup. As the place value column is not greater than nine. So here we cannot perform regrouping of addition.<br />
17 + 25= 42 yes, we have to regroup to add. Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 43 and 29. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 43 + 29 is 72.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
There are 50 words in a word search. You ﬁnd 25 words in rows and 18 words in columns. Did you ﬁnd all of the words?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18400" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-57.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 57" width="535" height="171" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-57.png 535w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-57-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 535px) 100vw, 535px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
No, I have not found all the 50 words.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 50 words in the word search and I have found 25 words in rows and 18 words in columns, so the total number of words did I had found is 25 + 18 which is 43. So I have not found all the 50 words.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You ﬁnd 15 white shells and 17 spotted shells. Your friend ﬁnds 34 shells. Who ﬁnds more shells?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18401" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-58.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 58" width="175" height="58" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
My friend finds more shells than me.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I had found 15 white shells and 17 spotted shells, so the total number of shells did I have found is 15 + 17= 32 shells. And my friend finds 34 shells, so my friend finds more shells than me.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Compare</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18402" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-59.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 59" width="106" height="49" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
We will use the &#8220;&lt;&#8221; sign which is 34 &lt; 80.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see that 34 is less than 80. So we can represent with &lt; sign as one value is smaller than another we will use &lt; lesser than sign, so 34 &lt; 80.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18302" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-60.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 60" width="86" height="48" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
We will use the &#8220;&gt;&#8221; sign which is 15 &gt; 8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see that 15 is less than 8. So we can represent with &gt; sign as one value is greater than another we will use &gt; greater than sign, so 15 &gt; 8.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18303" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-61.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 61" width="104" height="46" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
We will use the &#8220;=&#8221; sign which is 67 = 67.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see that 67 and the opposite number also 67 which are equal to each other. So we can represent with = sign as one value is equal to each other so we will use = equal to sign, so 67 = 67.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_4.4_Add_Two-Digit_Numbers"></a>Lesson 4.4 Add Two-Digit Numbers</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Make a quick sketch to ﬁnd 38 +24</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18403" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-62.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 62" width="229" height="277" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 38 and 24 we will get the result as 62.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50756" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-62-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-62" width="229" height="277" /></p>
<p>Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 38 and 24. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 38 + 24 is 62.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
69 + 22 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18304" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 63" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 69 and 22 we will get the result as 91.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50761" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-1.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-1-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 69 and 22. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 69 + 22 is 91.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
25 +37 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18305" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-64.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 64" width="192" height="207" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 25 and 37 we will get the result as 62.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50762" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-2.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-1" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-2.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-2-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 25 and 37. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 25 + 37 is 62.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
31 + 26 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18306" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-65.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 65" width="196" height="206" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 31 and 26 we will get the result as 57.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50764" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-3.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-2" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-3.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-3-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 31 and 26. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 31 + 26 is 57.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
15 + 38 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18308" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-66.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 66" width="191" height="156" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 15 and 38 we will get the result as 53.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50765" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-4.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-3" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-4.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-4-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 15 and 38. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 15 + 38 is 53.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
62 + 13 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18309" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-67.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 67" width="182" height="157" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 62 and 13 we will get the result as 75.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50772" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-5.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-5" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-5.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-5-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 62 and 13. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 62 + 13 is 75.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
46 + 49 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18310" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-68.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 68" width="188" height="163" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 46 and 49 we will get the result as 95.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50776" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-6.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-6" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-6.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-6-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 46 and 49. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 46 + 49 is 95.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
33 + 39 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18311" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-69.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 69" width="194" height="160" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 33 and 39 we will get the result as 72.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50782" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-7.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-7" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-7.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-7-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 33 and 39. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 33 + 39 is 72.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
23 + 71 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18312" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-70.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 70" width="189" height="164" /></p>
<p>By regrouping addition of 23 and 71 we will get the result as 94.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50783" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-8.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-8" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-8.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-8-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 23 and 71. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 23 + 71 is 94.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
17 + 64 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18313" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-71.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 71" width="189" height="165" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 17 and 64 we will get the result as 81.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50784" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-9.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-9" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-9.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-9-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 17 and 64. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 17 + 64 is 81.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
54 + 25 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18314" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-72.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 72" width="196" height="165" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 54 and 25 we will get the result as 79.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50787" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-10.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-10" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-10.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-10-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 54 and 25. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 54 + 25 is 79.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
47 + 39 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18315" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-73.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 73" width="197" height="165" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 47 and 39 we will get the result as 86.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50788" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-11.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-11" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-11.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-11-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 47 and 39. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 47 + 39 is 86.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
28 + 26 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18316" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-74.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 74" width="193" height="161" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 28 and 26 we will get the result as 54.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50789" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-12.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-12" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-12.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-12-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 28 and 26. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 28 + 26 is 54.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Newton finds 26 + 36. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18317" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-75.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 75" width="588" height="194" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-75.png 588w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-75-300x99.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 588px) 100vw, 588px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
No, Newton is not correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No, Newton is not correct. Newton has performed only addition but he did not perform any regroup. So he got the wrong answer. If he perform regrouping, and regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 2 and 36. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 26 + 36 is 62.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>You have 24 gel pens and you buy 36 more. Your friend has 48 and buys 18 more. Who has more gel pens?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18318" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-76.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 76" width="563" height="377" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-76.png 563w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-76-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 563px) 100vw, 563px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
I have more pens than my friend as 66 is greater than 60.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50794" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-76-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-76" width="563" height="377" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-76-1.png 563w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-76-1-300x201.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 563px) 100vw, 563px" /><br />
As I have 24 gel pens and I bought 36 more gel pens so the total number of pens I have bought is 24 + 36= 60 pens and my friend has 48 and buys 18 more, so the total number of pens my friend has bought is 48 + 18= 66 pens. So by comparing we can see that I have more pens than my friend as 66 is greater than 60.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
You have 32 stencils and you buy 16 more. Your friend has 14 and buys 28 more. Who has more stencils?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18319" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-77.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 77" width="173" height="50" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
I had more stencils than my friend.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I have 32 stencils and bought 16 more stencils, so the total number of stencils I had is 32 + 16= 48 stencils. And my friend has 14 stencils and bought 28 stencils, so the total number of stencils my friend had is 14 + 28= 42 stencils. So I had more stencils than my friend.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
You have 22 green stars and 17 orange stars. Your friend has 26 blue stars and 12 pink stars. How many stars do you and your friend have in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18320" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-78.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 78" width="246" height="59" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total number of stars I and my friend had is 77 stars.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I have 22 green stars and 17 orange stars, so the total number of stars I had is 22 + 17= 39 stars. And my friend has 26 blue stars and 12 pink stars, so the total number of stars my friend had is 26 + 12= 38 stars. So the total number of stars I and my friend had is 39 +38= 77 stars.</p>
<h3><a id="Add_Two-Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_4.4"></a>Add Two-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 4.4</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
47 + 36 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18321" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 79" width="218" height="213" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 28 and 26 we will get the result as 54.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50808" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-13.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63" width="202" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-13.png 202w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-63-13-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 202px) 100vw, 202px" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 28 and 26. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 28 + 26 is 54.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
51 + 28 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18322" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-80.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 80" width="193" height="211" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 51 and 28 we will get the result as 79.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50809" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79-1" width="218" height="213" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 51 and 28. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 51 + 28 is 79.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
13 + 79 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18323" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-81.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 81" width="186" height="210" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 13 and 79 we will get the result as 92.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50811" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79-2.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79-2" width="218" height="213" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 13 and 79. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 13 + 79 is 92.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
54 + 42 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18325" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-82.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 82" width="192" height="162" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 54 and 42 we will get the result as 96.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50812" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79-3.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79-3" width="218" height="213" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 54 and 42. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 54 + 42 is 96.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
38 + 23 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18326" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-83.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 83" width="192" height="160" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 38 and 23 we will get the result as 61.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50813" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79-4.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79-4" width="218" height="213" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 38 and 23. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 38 + 23 is 61.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
45 + 44 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18327" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-84.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 84" width="196" height="163" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 45 and 44 we will get the result as 89.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50814" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79-5.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79-5" width="218" height="213" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 45 and 44. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 45 + 44 is 89.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Find the sum. Write an addition story to match.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18328" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-85.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 85" width="608" height="144" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-85.png 608w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-85-300x71.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 608px) 100vw, 608px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping addition of 26 and 35 we will get the result as 89.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50816" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79-6.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-79-6" width="218" height="213" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 26 and 35. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 26 + 35 is 89.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You have 35 dimes and you ﬁnd 17 more. Your friend has 42 and ﬁnds 11 more. Who has more dimes?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18329" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-86.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 86" width="407" height="131" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-86.png 407w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-86-300x97.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 407px) 100vw, 407px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
My friend has more dimes than me</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that I have 35 dimes and then I found 17 more, so the total number of I had is 52 dimes, and my friend has 42 dimes and then finds 11 more so the total number of dimes my friend had is 42 + 11= 53 dimes. So on comparing, my friend has more dimes than me.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Newton plants 14 red ﬂowers and 14 purple ﬂowers. Descartes plants 26 pink ﬂowers and 26 yellow ﬂowers. How many ﬂowers do Newton and Descartes plant in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18330" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-87.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 87" width="190" height="186" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total number of flowers planted by both Newton and Descartes is 80 flowers.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that Newton has planted 14 red flowers and 14 purple flowers, so the total number of plants that was planted by Newton is 14 + 14= 28 flowers. And Descartes has planted 26 pink ﬂowers and 26 yellow ﬂowers so the total number of plants that were planted by Descartes is 26 + 26= 52 flowers. So the total number of flowers planted by both Newton and Descartes is 52 + 28= 80 flowers.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Model 56 two ways.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18331" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-88.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 88" width="542" height="216" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-88.png 542w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-88-300x120.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The two models of 56 is 5 tens and 6 six and the other model is 4 tens and 16 ones</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-50821" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-88-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-88" width="542" height="216" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-88-1.png 542w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-88-1-300x120.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /><br />
To model 56 in two ways we will divide the 56 as 5 tens and 6 ones, and in another way, we will divide the 56 as 4 tens and 16 ones.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_4.5_Practice_Adding_Two-Digit_Numbers"></a>Lesson 4.5 Practice Adding Two-Digit Numbers</h3>
<p>Use any strategy to find 17 + 23.</p>
<p>Compare your strategy to your partner&#8217;s strategy. Are they the same or different? Explain.<br />
_________________________________<br />
_________________________________</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
I have used the partial sum procedure and my friend has used the regrouping of addition procedure. So here the answer will be the same but the procedure is different.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find 17 + 23 I have used partial sum, here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 17 + 23 which is 40. So here first we will add tens which are 10 and 20 we will add both the numbers which will be 30 and now we will add ones which are 7 and 3 it will be 10. So the total value of 17 + 23 will be 30 + 10= 40. And my friend used regrouping of addition, here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two-digit numbers or larger than the two-digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 17 and 23. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 17 + 23 is 40. So here the answer will be the same but the procedure is different.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18332" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-89.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 89" width="119" height="93" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 43 and 17 is 60.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 43 + 17 which is 60. So here first we will add tens which are 40 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 50 and now we will add ones which are 7 and 3 it will be 10. So the total value of 43 + 17 will be 50 + 10= 60.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18333" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-90.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 90" width="108" height="78" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 56 and 25 is 81.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 56 + 25 which is 81. So here first we will add tens which are 50 and 20 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 6 and 5 it will be 11. So the total value of 56 + 25 will be 70 + 11= 81.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18334" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-91.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 91" width="109" height="88" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 19 and 55 is 74.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 19 + 55 which is 74. So here first we will add tens which are 10 and 50 we will add both the numbers which will be 60 and now we will add ones which are 9 and 5 it will be 14. So the total value of 19 + 55 will be 60 + 14= 74.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18335" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-92.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 92" width="121" height="86" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 41 and 52 is 93.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 41 + 52 which is 93. So here first we will add tens which are 40 and 50 we will add both the numbers which will be 90 and now we will add ones which are 1 and 2 it will be 3. So the total value of 41 + 52 will be 90 + 3= 93.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18336" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-93.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 93" width="117" height="85" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 47 and 26 is 73.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 47 + 26 which is 73. So here first we will add tens which are 40 and 20 we will add both the numbers which will be 60 and now we will add ones which are 7 and 6 it will be 13. So the total value of 47 + 26 will be 60 + 13= 73.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18337" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-94.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 94" width="118" height="82" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 33 and 49 is 82.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 33 + 49 which is 82. So here first we will add tens which are 30 and 40 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 3 and 9 it will be 12. So the total value of 33 + 49 will be 70 + 12= 82.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18338" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-95.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 95" width="116" height="92" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 29 and 22 is 51.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 29 + 22 which is 51. So here first we will add tens which are 20 and 20 we will add both the numbers which will be 40 and now we will add ones which are 9 and 2 it will be 11. So the total value of 29 + 22 will be 40 + 11= 51.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18339" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-96.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 96" width="126" height="84" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 54 and 44 is 98.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 54 + 44 which is 98. So here first we will add tens which are 50 and 40 we will add both the numbers which will be 90 and now we will add ones which are 4 and 4 it will be 8. So the total value of 54 + 44 will be 90 + 8= 98.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18340" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-97.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 97" width="107" height="88" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 36 and 45 is 81.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 36 + 45 which is 81. So here first we will add tens which are 30 and 40 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 6 and 5 it will be 11. So the total value of 36 + 45 will be 70 + 11= 81.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18341" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-98.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 98" width="122" height="95" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 24 and 16 is 40.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 24 + 16 which is 40. So here first we will add tens which are 20 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 30 and now we will add ones which are 4 and 6 it will be 10. So the total value of 30 + 10 will be 30 + 10= 40.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18342" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-99.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 99" width="109" height="92" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 37 and 46 is 83.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 37 + 46 which is 83. So here first we will add tens which are 30 and 40 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 7 and 6 it will be 13. So the total value of 70 + 13 will be 70 + 13= 83.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18343" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-100.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 100" width="112" height="79" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 18 and 59 is 77.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 18 + 59 which is 77. So here first we will add tens which are 10 and 50 we will add both the numbers which will be 60 and now we will add ones which are 8 and 9 it will be 17. So the total value of 18 + 59 will be 60 + 17= 77.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18249" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-101.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 101" width="101" height="78" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 61 and 34 is 95.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 61 + 34 which is 95. So here first we will add tens which are 60 and 30 we will add both the numbers which will be 90 and now we will add ones which are 1 and 4 it will be 5. So the total value of 61 + 34 will be 90 + 5= 95.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18250" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-102.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 102" width="124" height="88" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 23 and 28 is 51.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 23 + 28 which is 51. So here first we will add tens which are 20 and 20 we will add both the numbers which will be 40 and now we will add ones which are 3 and 8 it will be 11. So the total value of 23 + 28 will be 40 + 11= 51.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18251" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-103.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 103" width="136" height="88" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 42 and 57 is 99.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 42 + 57 which is 99. So here first we will add tens which are 40 and 50 we will add both the numbers which will be 90 and now we will add ones which are 2 and 7 it will be 9. So the total value of 42 + 57 will be 90 + 9= 99.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18252" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-104.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 104" width="152" height="136" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 73 and 17 is 90.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 73 + 17 which is 60. So here first we will add tens which are 70 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 7 and 3 it will be 10. So the total value of 73 + 17 will be 80 + 10= 90.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18253" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-105.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 105" width="158" height="134" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 82 and 12 is 94.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 82 + 12 which is 94. So here first we will add tens which are 80 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 90 and now we will add ones which are 2 and 2 it will be 10. So the total value of 82 + 12 will be 90 + 4= 94.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18254" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-106.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 106" width="152" height="128" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 15 and 77 is 92.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 15 + 77 which is 92. So here first we will add tens which are 10 and 70 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 5 and 7 it will be 12. So the total value of 15 + 77 will be 80 + 12= 92.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Descartes finds 38 + 53. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18255" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-107.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 107" width="573" height="182" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-107.png 573w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-107-300x95.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 573px) 100vw, 573px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
No, Descartes is not correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No, Descartes is not correct. As Descartes just performed the addition and he placed the carry forward in the result. Descartes should not place the carry forward into the result, it should be added to the next addend. So Descartes was not correct.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>Are there more state parks in North Carolina and Kentucky or in Kentucky and South Carolina?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18256" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-108.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 108" width="563" height="253" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-108.png 563w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-108-300x135.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 563px) 100vw, 563px" /><br />
There are more state parks in ___ and ___.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
There are more state parks in South Carolina and Kentucky.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the state of North Carolina has 29 state parks and 38 state parks in the state of Kentucky, so the total number of state parks in both North Carlina and Kentucky is 29 + 38= 67 state parks. And the number of state parks in the state of South Carolina is 43, so the total number of state parks in both South Carlina and Kentucky is 43 + 38= 81 state parks. So there are more state parks in South Carolina and Kentucky. On comparing 81 is greater than 67.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
Are there more students in ﬁrst and second grade or in ﬁrst and third grade?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18257" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-109.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 109" width="322" height="186" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-109.png 322w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-109-300x173.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 322px) 100vw, 322px" /><br />
There are more students in ___ and __ grade.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the state first grade has 37 students and 53 students in the second grade, so the total number of students in both first grade and second grade is 37 + 53= 90 students. And the number of students in the third grade 49, so the total number of students in both first grade and third grade is 37 + 49= 86. So there are more students in first grade and second grade than first grade and third grade.</p>
<h3><a id="Practice_Adding_Two-Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_4.5"></a>Practice Adding Two-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 4.5</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18258" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-110.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 110" width="119" height="81" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 63 and 12 is 75.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 63 + 12 which is 75. So here first we will add tens which are 60 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 3 and 2 it will be 5. So the total value of 63 + 12 will be 60 + 5= 65.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18259" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-111.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 111" width="116" height="88" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 32 and 58 is 90.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 32 + 58 which is 90. So here first we will add tens which are 30 and 50 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 2 and 8 it will be 10. So the total value of 32 + 58 will be 32 + 58= 90.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18260" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-112.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 112" width="105" height="77" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 53 and 38 is 91.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 53 + 38 which is 91. So here first we will add tens which are 50 and 30 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 3 and 8 it will be 11. So the total value of 53 + 38 will be 80 + 11= 91.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18261" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-114.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 114" width="128" height="89" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 13 and 39 is 52.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 13 + 39 which is 52. So here first we will add tens which are 10 and 30 we will add both the numbers which will be 40 and now we will add ones which are 3 and 9 it will be 12. So the total value of 13 + 39 will be 40 + 12= 52.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18262" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-115.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 115" width="109" height="85" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 62 and 18 is 80.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 62 + 18 which is 80. So here first we will add tens which are 60 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 2 and 8 it will be 10. So the total value of 62 + 18 will be 70 + 10= 80.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18263" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-116.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 116" width="112" height="80" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 48 and 16 is 64.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 48 + 16 which is 64. So here first we will add tens which are 40 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 50 and now we will add ones which are 8 and 6 it will be 14. So the total value of 48 + 16 will be 50 + 14= 64.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18264" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-117.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 117" width="154" height="121" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 11 and 66 is 77.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 11 + 66 which is 77. So here first we will add tens which are 10 and 60 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 1 and 6 it will be 77. So the total value of 11 + 66 will be 70 + 7= 77.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18265" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-118.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 118" width="158" height="130" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 64 and 21 is 85.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 64 + 21 which is 85. So here first we will add tens which are 60 and 20 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 4 and 1 it will be 5. So the total value of 64 + 21 will be 80 + 5= 85.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18266" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-119.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 119" width="154" height="126" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 79 and 14 is 93.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 79 + 14 which is 93. So here first we will add tens which are 70 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 9 and 4 it will be 13. So the total value of 79 + 14 will be 80 + 13= 93.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Find the missing digits<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18267" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-120.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 120" width="569" height="168" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-120.png 569w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-120-300x89.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 569px) 100vw, 569px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The missing digits are 6, 8, 6, 2, 2, 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51206" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-120-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-120" width="569" height="168" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-120-1.png 569w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-120-1-300x89.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 569px) 100vw, 569px" /><br />
To find the missing digits, in the first image we can see that the sum is 1 and one of the addends is 5 so to get the sum as 1 we will place 6, so the sum will be 81 and the addend will be 36. And in the second image, we can see that the sum is 97, and the other addend is 5 so let&#8217;s take the other addend to be 2 so the missing digit is 2 and to find the other addend we will subtract the 32 with the sum 97 which is 97 &#8211; 32= 65. And in the third image, we can see that the addend is 48 and the other addend with digit 4 so by adding the sum will be 72 so to find the other addend we will subtract the addend 48 with the result 72 so the other addend will be 72 &#8211; 48= 24.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Do more people attend the show on Monday and Tuesday or on Tuesday and Wednesday?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18268" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-121.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 121" width="609" height="323" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-121.png 609w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-121-300x159.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 609px) 100vw, 609px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
More people attended the show on Tuesday and Wednesday.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the number of people on Monday is 48 people and the number of people on Tuesday is 26 people, so the number of people on Monday and Tuesday is 48 + 26= 74 people. And the number of people on Wednesday is 56 people, so the number of people on Tuesday and Wednesday is 26 + 56= 82 people. So more people attended the show on Tuesday and Wednesday than Monday and Tuesday.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
Order from shortest to longest.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18269" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-122.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 122" width="465" height="176" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-122.png 465w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-122-300x114.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 465px) 100vw, 465px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
Purple is Shortest,<br />
Red is Longer,<br />
Purple is Longest.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above, we can see that the purple crayon is the shortest crayon and red crayon is a longer crayon and the green crayon is the longest crayon.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_4.6_Add_Up_to_3_Two-Digit_Numbers"></a> Lesson 4.6 Add Up to 3 Two-Digit Numbers</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Add the circled numbers ﬁrst. Then ﬁnd the sum of all three numbers.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18270" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-123.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 123" width="297" height="413" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-123.png 297w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-123-216x300.png 216w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 297px) 100vw, 297px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
In the first image, the sum of the circled numbers is 60,<br />
In the second image, the sum of the circled numbers is 50,<br />
In the third image, the sum of the circled numbers is 58,</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the first image, we can see that 34 and 26 are circled, so the sum of circled numbers is 34 + 26= 60. And the number which is not circled is 24, so the sum of all three numbers is 60 + 24= 84.<br />
In the second image, we can see that 26 and 24 are circled, so the sum of circled numbers is 24 + 26= 50. And the number which is not circled is 34, so the sum of all three numbers is 50 + 34= 84.<br />
In the third image, we can see that 34 and 24 are circled, so the sum of circled numbers is 34 + 24= 58. And the number which is not circled is 26, so the sum of all three numbers is 58 + 26= 84.</p>
<p>What is the same? What is different?<br />
_________________________<br />
_________________________<br />
_________________________</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
In the above problem, the result is the same and the circled numbers are different and the sum of circles numbers is different.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18271" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-125.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 125" width="116" height="149" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 16 + 34 + 21 we will get the result as  71.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 6 + 4 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 1, so 10 + 1= 11. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 16 + 34 + 21= 71.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18272" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-126.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 126" width="114" height="146" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 33 + 15 + 17 we will get the result as  65.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 7 + 3 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 5, so 10 + 5= 15. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 33 + 15 + 17= 65.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18273" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-127.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 127" width="112" height="145" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 31 + 12 + 24 we will get the result as  67.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, so first, we will add 31 + 12 and the result is 43. Now we will perform the addition for all three numbers and the result will be 31 + 12 + 24= 67.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18274" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-128.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 128" width="106" height="144" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 25 + 15 + 13 we will get the result as  53.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 5 + 5 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 3, so 10 + 3= 13. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 25 + 15 + 13= 53.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18275" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-129.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 129" width="105" height="147" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 29 + 22 + 23 we will get the result as 74.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 11 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 9 + 2 which makes 11 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 3, so 11 + 3= 14. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 29 + 22 + 23= 74.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18276" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-130.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 130" width="118" height="140" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 19 + 32 + 11 we will get the result as 62.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 9 + 1 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 2, so 10 + 2= 12. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 19 + 32 + 11= 62.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18277" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-131.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 131" width="127" height="113" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 18 + 28 + 42 we will get the result as  88.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 8 + 2 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 8, so 10 + 8= 18. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 18 + 28 + 42= 88.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18278" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-132.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 132" width="114" height="102" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 53 + 13 + 19 we will get the result as  85.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 12 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 9 + 3 which makes 12 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 3, so 12 + 3= 15. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 53 + 13 + 19= 85.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18279" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-133.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 133" width="117" height="111" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 27 + 27 + 25 we will get the result as 79.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 12 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 7 + 5 which makes 12 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 7, so 12 + 7= 19. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 27 + 27 + 25= 79.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18280" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-134.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 134" width="115" height="114" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 23 + 42 + 17 we will get the result as 82.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 7 + 3 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 2, so 10 + 2= 12. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 23 + 42 + 17= 82.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18281" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-135.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 135" width="106" height="102" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 18 + 34 + 26 we will get the result as 78.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 9 + 3 which makes 12 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 3, so 12 + 3= 15. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 53 + 13 + 19= 85.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18282" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-136.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 136" width="105" height="109" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 51 + 22 + 26 we will get the result as 99.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum by adding two addends which help us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 2 + 6 which makes 8 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 1, so 8 + 1= 9. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 51 + 22 + 26= 99.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18283" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-137.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 137" width="109" height="97" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 30 + 45 + 19 we will get the result as 94.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 14 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 9 + 5 which makes 14 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 0, so 14 + 0= 14. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 30 + 45 + 19= 94.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18284" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-138.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 138" width="125" height="114" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 24 + 21 + 28 we will get the result as 73.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 12 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 8 + 4 which makes 12 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 1, so 12 + 1= 13. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 24 + 21 + 28= 73.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18285" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-139.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 139" width="107" height="113" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 39 + 12 + 31 we will get the result as 82.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 9 + 1 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 2, so 10 + 2= 13. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 39 + 12 + 31= 82.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18286" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-140.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 140" width="122" height="101" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 14 + 20 + 35 we will get the result as 69.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 9 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 4 + 5 which makes 9 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 0, so 9 + 0= 9. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 14 + 20 + 35= 69.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18287" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-141.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 141" width="110" height="102" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 46 + 11 +32 we will get the result as 89.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 8 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 6 + 2 which makes 8 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 1, so 8 + 1= 9. Now we will perform the addition and the result will be 46 + 11 +32= 89.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18288" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-142.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 142" width="126" height="112" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 35 + 33 + 29 we will get the result as 97.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 11 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 9 +3 which makes 11 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 11, so 11 + 5= 16. Now we will perform the addition and the result will be 35 + 33 + 29= 97.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
You make a 10 to add 16, 38, and 24. Which digits do you add first? Explain.<br />
________________________</p>
<p>________________________</p>
<p>________________________</p>
<p>Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>Newton buys the items shown. How much money does he spend?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18289" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-143.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 143" width="570" height="236" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-143.png 570w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-143-300x124.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total amount spent by the Newton is $51.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the cost the items that Newton has bought is, the cost of the first item is $12, the cost of second item is $21 and the cost of third item is $18. So the total money spent by the Newton is 12 + 21 + 18= $51. The total amount spent by the Newton is $51.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
Descartes buys the items shown. How much money does he spend?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18290" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-144.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 144" width="629" height="178" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-144.png 629w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-144-300x85.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 629px) 100vw, 629px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total amount spent by the Descartes is $47.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given of the cost the items that Descartes has bought is, the cost of the first item is $19, the cost of second item is $15 and the cost of third item is $13. So the total money spent by the Descartes is 19 + 15 + 13= $47. The total amount spent by the Descartes is $47.</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
Newton sells 2 large candles and 1 small candle. How much money does he earn?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18291" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-145.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 145" width="241" height="154" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total amount earn by the Newton is $66.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the cost the large candle that Newton has bought is $26, and the cost of the small candle is $14, so Newton sells two large candles which is 2 × 26= $52 and one small candle which is 1 × 14= $14  . So the total money earn by the Newton is 52 + 14= $66. The total amount earn by the Newton is $66.</p>
<h3><a id="Add_Up_to 3_Two-Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_4.6"></a>Add Up to 3 Two-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 4.6</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18292" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-146.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 146" width="105" height="140" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 11 + 23 + 47 we will get the result as 81.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 7 +3 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 10, so 10 + 1= 11. Now we will perform the addition and the result will be 11 + 23 + 47= 81.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18293" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-147.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 147" width="104" height="145" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 32 + 14 + 28 we will get the result as 74.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 8 +2 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 10, so 10 + 4= 14. Now we will perform the addition and the result will be 32 + 14 + 28= 74.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18294" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-148.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 148" width="108" height="152" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 16 + 37 + 33 we will get the result as 86.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 7 + 3 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 10, so 10 + 6= 16. Now we will perform the addition and the result will be 16 + 37 + 33= 86.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18295" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-149.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 149" width="106" height="116" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 43 + 17 + 37 we will get the result as 97.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 7 + 3 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 10, so 10 + 7= 16. Now we will perform the addition and the result will be 43 + 17 + 37= 97.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18296" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-150.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 150" width="113" height="119" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 15 + 44 + 11 we will get the result as 70.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 9 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 5 + 4 which makes 9 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 9, so 9 + 1= 10. Now we will perform the addition and the result will be 15 + 44 + 11= 70.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18182" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-151.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 151" width="109" height="112" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 16 + 29 + 38 we will get the result as 83.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 15 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 9 + 6 which makes 15 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 8, so 15 + 8= 23. Now we will perform the addition and the result will be 16 + 29 + 38= 83.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18184" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-152.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 152" width="112" height="120" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 31 + 28 + 12 we will get the result as 71.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 8 + 2 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 1, so 10 + 1= 11. Now we will perform the addition and the result will be 31 + 28 + 12= 71.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18297" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-153.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 153" width="114" height="104" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 56 + 26 + 13 we will get the result as 95.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 12 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 6 + 6 which makes 12 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 3, so 12 + 3= 15. Now we will perform the addition and the result will be 56 + 26 + 13= 95.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18185" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-154.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 154" width="98" height="98" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 35 + 23 + 29 we will get the result as 87.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 12 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 9 + 3 which makes 12 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 5, so 12 + 3= 15. Now we will perform the addition and the result will be 35 + 23 + 29= 87.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Solve two different ways.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18298" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-155.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 155" width="349" height="114" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-155.png 349w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-155-300x98.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 349px) 100vw, 349px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The sum of the three numbers is 38 + 36 + 22= 96.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The two different ways to add the above problem is, the first method is we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 8 + 2 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 6, so 10 + 6= 16. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 38 + 36 + 22= 96. The other way to find the addition of the numbers is we will add the numbers in any order, first we will add 8 + 6 which is 14 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 14 + 2= 16 and the regrouping of addition and the result will be 38 + 36 + 22= 96.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Descartes buys the items shown. How much money does he spend?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18186" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-156.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 156" width="591" height="131" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-156.png 591w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-156-300x66.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 591px) 100vw, 591px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total amount spent by the Descartes is $81.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the cost the items that Descartes has bought is, the cost of the first item is $41, the cost of second item is $27 and the cost of third item is $13. So the total money spent by the Descartes is 41 + 27 + 13= $81. The total amount spent by the Descartes is $81.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Your cousin buys the items shown. How much money does she spend?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18299" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-157.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 157" width="605" height="127" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-157.png 605w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-157-300x63.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total amount spent by the my cousin is $67.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given of the cost the items that my cousin has bought is, the cost of the first item is $24, the cost of second item is $7 and the cost of third item is $36. So the total money spent by my cousin is 24 + 7 + 36= $67. The total amount spent by mu cousin is $67.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Is the number even or odd?</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18187" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-158.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 158" width="159" height="97" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number 18 is even number.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number 18 is even number as the number 18 has two pairs of 9 and the number is divided by 2 and if the number is not divisible by 2 then it will be odd number. As 18 is divisible by 2 so the number 18 is a even number.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18300" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-159.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 159" width="153" height="99" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number 17 is odd number.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number 17 is even number as the number 17 is not divisible by 2 and if the number is not divisible by 2 then it will be odd number. As the number 17 is not divisible by 2 so the number 17 is odd number.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_4.7_Add_Up_to_3_Two-Digit_Numbers"></a>Lesson 4.7 More Problem Solving: Addition</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Model the story.</p>
<p>There are 11 red ants and 14 black ants. 15 more black ants join them. How many ants are there now?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18189" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-160.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 160" width="140" height="109" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18188" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-160.1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 160.1" width="189" height="71" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total number of ants is 40 ants.</p>
<p>Explannation:<br />
Given that there are 11 red ants and 14 black ants and 15 more black ants join with them, so to find the number of ants in total we will add the given number of ants, so the total number of ants is 11 + 14 + 15= 40 ants.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
You have 66 marbles. You have 26 fewer marbles than your friend. How many marbles does your friend have?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18190" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-161.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 161" width="192" height="254" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
My friend has 40 marbles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I have 66 marbles and my friend has 26 fewer marbles than me, so to find how many marbles does my friend had we will subtract 66 &#8211; 26= 40 marbles. So my friend has 40 marbles.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
You collect 16 red leaves, 21 orange leaves, and 14 yellow leaves. How many leaves do you collect in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18191" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-162.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 162" width="280" height="186" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of leaves collected by me is 16 + 21 + 14= 51 leaves.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I have collected 16 red leaves, 21 orange leaves and 14 yellow leaves, so the number of leaves collected by me is 16 + 21 + 14= 51 leaves.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
A dentist has 41 toothbrushes. She buys some more. Now she has 85. How many toothbrushes did the dentist buy?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18192" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-163.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 163" width="326" height="154" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-163.png 326w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-163-300x142.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of toothbrushes did the dentist bought is 85 &#8211; 41= 44 toothbrushes.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As dentist has 41 toothbrushes and she bought some more, so now she had 85. So the number of toothbrushes did the dentist bought is 85 &#8211; 41= 44 toothbrushes.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
You make 17 origami dogs and 13 origami ﬁsh. Your friend makes 12 more origami animals than you. How many origami animals does your friend make?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18193" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-164.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 164" width="138" height="88" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18194" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-165.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 165" width="664" height="312" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-165.png 664w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-165-300x141.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 664px) 100vw, 664px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of origami animals does my friend make is 42 animals.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51831" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-165-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-165" width="664" height="312" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-165-1.png 664w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-165-1-300x141.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 664px) 100vw, 664px" /><br />
As I make 17 origami dogs and 13 origami ﬁsh so the total origami animals do I make is 17 + 13= 30 animals. And my friend makes 12 more origami animals than me, so the number of origami animals does my friend make is<br />
30 + 12= 42 animals.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>You make a paper chain. Your friend adds 24 links to your chain. Now there are 57. How many links were there to start?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18195" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-166.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 166" width="149" height="214" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of links is 33 links.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I make a paper chain and my friend adds 24 links to my chain. Now there are 57 paper chains, so the number of links there to start is 57 &#8211; 24= 33 links.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
You have some stickers. Your friend gives you 32 more stickers. Now you have 58. How many stickers did you have to start? <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18196" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-167.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 167" width="187" height="227" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of stickers I have to start is 58 &#8211; 32 = 26 stickers.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I have some stickers and my friend gives me 32 more stickers. Now I have 58, so the number of stickers I have to start is 58 &#8211; 32 = 26 stickers.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
There are 3 buses. There are 29 students on each of the ﬁrst 2 buses. There are 88 students in all. How many students are on the third bus?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18197" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-168.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 168" width="182" height="241" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of students are on the third bus is 30 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 3 buses and there are 29 students on each of the ﬁrst 2 buses so the students in the two buses is<br />
2 × 29= 58 students and there are 88 students in all so the number of students are on the third bus is<br />
88 &#8211; 58= 30 students.</p>
<h3><a id="More_Problem_Solving:_Addition_Homework_&amp;_Practice_4.7"></a>More Problem Solving: Addition Homework &amp; Practice 4.7</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
You study for 31 minutes. You study 11 fewer minutes than your friend. How long does your friend study?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18198" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-169.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 169" width="263" height="60" /></p>
<p><span style="font-size: 16px;">Answer:<br />
My friend studied 20 minutes longer.</span></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I have studied for 31 minutes and  studied 11 fewer minutes than my friend so how long does your friend studied is 31 &#8211; 11= 20 minutes.</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 16px;">Question 2.</span></p>
<p>You see 23 red cars, 25 black cars, and 15 blue cars. How many cars do you see in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18199" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-170.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 170" width="163" height="176" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of cars I have seen is 63 cars.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I saw 23 red cars, 25 black cars, and 15 blue cars, so the number of cars I have seen is 23 + 25 + 15= 63 cars. The number of cars I have seen is 63 cars.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Your friend scores 29 points. You score 16 more points than your friend. Use the given numbers to ﬁnd how many points you and your friend score in all.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18200" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-171.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 171" width="160" height="84" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18201" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-172.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 172" width="597" height="232" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-172.png 597w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-172-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total points I have scored is 45 points and the total points scored by me and my friend is 74 points.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51908" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-172-2-e1613960300904.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-172" width="595" height="164" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-172-2-e1613960300904.png 595w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-172-2-e1613960300904-300x83.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></p>
<p>As my friend scores 29 points and I score 16 more points than your friend. So the total points I have scored is<br />
29 + 16= 45 points. And the total points scored by me and my friend is 74 points.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You have some plastic bugs. Your friend gives you 37 more plastic bugs. Now you have 59. How many plastic bugs did you have to start?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18202" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-173.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 173" width="220" height="161" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of plastic bugs I do have to start is 22 plastic bugs.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I have some plastic bugs and my friend gives me 37 more plastic bugs. So now I have 59 plastic bugs, so the number of plastic bugs I do have to start is 59 &#8211; 37= 22 plastic bugs.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
There are 3 subway cars. There are 36 people on each of the ﬁrst 2 subway cars. There are 92 people in all. How many people are on the third subway car?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18203" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-174.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 174" width="177" height="162" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of people in the third subway car is 20 people.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 3 subway cars and there are 36 people on each of the ﬁrst 2 subway cars, so the number of people in the 2 subway cars is 2 × 36= 72 people. There are 92 people in all and the number of people in the third subway car is 92 &#8211; 72= 20 people.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
50 &#8211; 10 = ___</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The difference between 50 and 10 is 40.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On subtracting 50 &#8211; 10 we will get the result as 40.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
90 &#8211; 40 = ___</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The difference between 90 and 40 is 50.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On subtracting 90 &#8211; 40 we will get the result as 50.</p>
<h3><a id="Fluently_Add_within_100_Performance_Task_4"></a>Fluently Add within 100 Performance Task 4</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
a. You swim for 37 minutes on Monday. You swim 12 more minutes on Tuesday than on Monday. How many minutes do you swim in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18204" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-175.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 175" width="167" height="91" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18205" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-176.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 176" width="630" height="89" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-176.png 630w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-176-300x42.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 630px) 100vw, 630px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total number of minutes do I swim in all is 86 minutes.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I swim for 37 minutes on Monday and again swim for 12 more minutes on Tuesday than on Monday, so the number of minutes I have a swim on Tuesday is 37 + 12= 49 minutes. And the total number of minutes do I swim in all is 37 + 49= 86 minutes.</p>
<p>b. Do you swim an even or odd number of minutes in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18206" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-177.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 177" width="170" height="55" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of minutes 86 is an even number.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the total number of minutes do I swim in all is 86 minutes and 86 is divisible by 2 so the number of minutes 86 is an even number.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
a. There are 35 girls and some boys signed up for swim lessons this year. There are 83 kids signed up in all. Then some more boys sign up. Now there are 56 boys signed up. How many more boys signed up for swim lessons?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18207" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-178.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 178" width="207" height="207" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-178.png 207w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-178-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 207px) 100vw, 207px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of more boys signed up is 8 more boys.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 35 girls and some boys signed up for swim lessons this year. And there are 83 kids signed up in all, so the number of boys is 83 &#8211; 35= 48 boys and then some more boys sign up. Now there are 56 boys signed up, so the number of more boys signed up is 56 &#8211; 48= 8 more boys.</p>
<p>b. Last year there were 95 kids signed up for swim lessons. 45 were girls. Are there more boys signed up for swim lessons this year or last year?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18209" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-179.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 179" width="252" height="60" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The more boys signed up for swimming is last year than this year.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As in the last year, there were 95 kids signed up for swim lessons and in that 45 were girls and the number of boys is 95 &#8211; 45= 50  boys. And the more boys signed up for swimming is last year as the total number of boys in the last year is 56 boys.</p>
<h3><a id="Fluently_Add_within_100_Activity"></a>Fluently Add within 100 Activity</h3>
<p><strong>Solve and Cover: Addition</strong></p>
<p><strong>To Play:</strong> Place a Solve and Cover: Addition Sum Card on each box. Players take turns. On your turn, ﬂip over a Solve and Cover: Addition Problem Card. Solve the problem. Place the problem card on the sum. Play until all sums are covered.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18210" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-180.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 180" width="538" height="580" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-180.png 538w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-180-278x300.png 278w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></p>
<h3>Fluently Add within 100 Chapter Practice</h3>
<p><strong>4.1 Use Partial Sums to Add</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18211" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-181.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 181" width="313" height="221" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-181.png 313w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-181-300x212.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 313px) 100vw, 313px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 35 + 22 will be 50 + 7= 57.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51918" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-181-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-181" width="313" height="221" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-181-1.png 313w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-181-1-300x212.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 313px) 100vw, 313px" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 35 + 22 which is 57. So here first we will add tens which are 30 and 20 we will add both the numbers which will be 50 and now we will add ones which are 5 and 2 will be 7. So the total value of 35 + 22 will be 50 + 7= 57.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18212" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-182.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 182" width="307" height="228" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-182.png 307w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-182-300x223.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 307px) 100vw, 307px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 81 + 8 will be 80 + 9= 89.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51919" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-182-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-182" width="307" height="228" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-182-1.png 307w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-182-1-300x223.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 307px) 100vw, 307px" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 81 + 8 which is 89. So here first we will add tens which are 80 and 0 we will add both the numbers which will be 80 and now we will add ones which are 1 and 8 will be 9. So the total value of 81 + 8 will be 81 + 8= 89.</p>
<p><strong>4.2 More Partial Sums</strong></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
26 + 43 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18213" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-183.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 183" width="240" height="224" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 26 + 43 will be 60 + 9= 69.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51920" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-183-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-183" width="240" height="224" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 26 + 43 which is 69. So here first we will add tens which are 20 and 40 we will add both the numbers which will be 60 and now we will add ones which are 6 and 3 will be 69. So the total value of 26 + 43 will be 26 + 43= 69.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
64 + 19 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18214" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-184.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 184" width="224" height="231" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The partial sum of 64 + 19 will be 70 + 13= 83.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51922" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-184-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-184" width="224" height="231" /><br />
Here partial sum is the sum of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 64 + 19 which is 83. So here first we will add tens which are 60 and 10 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 4 and 9 will be 13. So the total value of 64 + 19 will be 70 + 13= 83.</p>
<p><strong>4.3 Regroup to Add</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You want to complete 40 hours of volunteer work this year. You complete 28 hours during the school year and 13 during the summer. Do you reach your goal?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18215" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-185.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 185" width="149" height="136" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18216" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-186.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 186" width="424" height="331" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-186.png 424w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-186-300x234.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 424px) 100vw, 424px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
Yes, I have reached my goal.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51929" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-186-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-186" width="424" height="331" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-186-1.png 424w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-186-1-300x234.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 424px) 100vw, 424px" /><br />
As I want to complete 40 hours of volunteer work this year and I have complete 28 hours during the school year and 13 during the summer so the total number of hours I have completed is 28 + 13= 41 hours. And I have reached my goal.</p>
<p><strong>4.4 Add Two-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18217" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-187.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 187" width="205" height="251" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping the addition of 14 and 77 we will get the result as 91.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51985" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-187-1-e1613978790154.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-187" width="193" height="198" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 14 and 77. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 14 + 77 is 91.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18218" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-188.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 188" width="197" height="246" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping the addition of 35 and 35 we will get the result as 70.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51986" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-187-2.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-187" width="198" height="206" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 35 and 35. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 35 + 35 is 70.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18219" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-189.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 189" width="185" height="248" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
By regrouping the addition of 43 and 49 we will get the result as 92.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51990" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-187-3.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-187" width="198" height="206" /><br />
Here, regrouping is defined as the process of making and then carrying out the operation like addition with the two digit numbers or larger than the two digit numbers. And we use regrouping in addition when the sum of two digits in the place value column is greater than nine. And Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems. Here in the above image, we can see that the addition of 43 and 49. So by regrouping, we will carry forward one and the sum of 43 + 49 is 92.</p>
<p><strong>4.5 Practice Adding Two-Digit numbers</strong></p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18220" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-190.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 190" width="118" height="86" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The sum of 36 + 38 is 74.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The addition of the two numbers is 36 + 38 is 74.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18221" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-191.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 191" width="108" height="78" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The sum of 62 + 29 is 91.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The addition of the two numbers is 62 + 29 is 91.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18222" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-192.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 192" width="123" height="87" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The sum of 25 + 45 is 70.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The addition of the two numbers is 25 + 45 is 70.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Find the missing digits.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18223" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-193.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 193" width="569" height="169" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-193.png 569w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-193-300x89.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 569px) 100vw, 569px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The missing digits are 1, 4, 8, 7, 5, 0.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51992" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-193-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-193" width="569" height="169" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-193-1.png 569w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-193-1-300x89.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 569px) 100vw, 569px" /><br />
To find the missing digits, in the first image we can see that the sum is 9 and one of the addends is 5 so to get the sum as 9 we will place 4 and place the 1 to get the sum as 4, so the sum will be 49 and the addend will be 34 and 15. And in the second image, we can see that the sum is 6, and the other addend is 8 so let&#8217;s take the other addend to be 8 so the missing digit is 8 and by the regrouping of addition we will get the result as 76, so the missing digit is 7. And in the third image, we can see that the addend is 14 and the other addend with digit 6 so by placing the digit as 5 the sum will be 70 and the missing digits will be 5 and 0.</p>
<p><strong>4.6 Add Up to 3 Two-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18224" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-194.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 194" width="116" height="148" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 12 + 32+ 18 we will get the result as 62.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 8 + 2 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 2, so 10 + 2= 12. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 12 + 32+ 18= 62.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18225" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-195.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 195" width="117" height="155" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 50 + 28 + 18 we will get the result as 96.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 16 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 8 + 8 which makes 16 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 0, so 16 + 0= 16. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 50 + 28 + 18= 96.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18226" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-196.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 196" width="112" height="146" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 50 + 28 + 18 we will get the result as 96.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 16 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 8 + 8 which makes 16 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 0, so 16 + 0= 16. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 50 + 28 + 18= 96.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18227" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-197.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 197" width="130" height="111" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 17 + 26 + 12 we will get the result as 55.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 9 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 7 + 2 which makes 9 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 6, so 9+ 6= 15. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 17 + 26 + 12= 55.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18228" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-198.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 198" width="121" height="111" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 27 + 33 + 18 we will get the result as 78.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 10 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 7+ 3 which makes 10 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 8, so 10 + 8= 18. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 27 + 33 + 18= 78.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18229" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-199.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 199" width="109" height="110" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On adding 15 + 18 + 16 we will get the result as 49.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given that three numbers for addition. Here we can add the three numbers by any order, and we can make the sum 14 by adding which helps us to perform the addition easily. So we will add the right side digits 8 + 6 which makes 14 and then we will add the remaining digit which is 5, so 14 + 0= 14. Now we will perform the regrouping of addition and the result will be 15 + 18 + 16= 49.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You, Newton, and Descartes play paddle ball. You record how many times each of you hits the ball in a row. How many times is the ball hit in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18230" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-200.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 200" width="149" height="115" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18231" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-201.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 201" width="470" height="216" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-201.png 470w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-201-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /></p>
<p><strong>4.7 More Problem Solving: Addition</strong></p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You pick 11 berries and 23 apples. Your friend picks 18 more pieces of fruit than you. How many pieces does your friend pick?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18232" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-202.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 202" width="163" height="112" /><br />
<strong>Step 1:</strong> How many pieces of fruit do you pick?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18233" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-203.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 203" width="147" height="216" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of pieces of fruits does I have is 34 fruits.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I pick 11 berries and 23 apples, so the number of fruits I have picked is 11 + 23= 34 fruits.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51979" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-203-2.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-203" width="147" height="216" /><br />
<strong>Step 2:</strong> How many pieces of fruit does your friend pick?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18234" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-204.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 204" width="212" height="292" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of fruits that my friend picked is 52 fruits.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I pick 11 berries and 23 apples and my friend picks 18 more pieces of fruit than me, so the number of fruits that my friend picked is 34 + 18= 52 fruits.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-51982" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-203-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-203" width="147" height="216" /></p>
<h3><a id="Fluently_Add_within_100_Cumulative_Practice_1-4"></a>Fluently Add within 100 Cumulative Practice 1-4</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Which equation represents the array?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18236" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-205.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 205" width="486" height="228" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-205.png 486w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-205-300x141.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The equation that represents the array is 3 + 3 + 3 + 3= 12.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The equation that represents the array is 3 + 3 + 3 + 3= 12 as the array has three rows and four columns, so the equation is 3 + 3+ 3 +3 = 12.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Which expressions are equal to 62 + 24?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18237" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-206.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 206" width="465" height="111" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-206.png 465w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-206-300x72.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 465px) 100vw, 465px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The expressions which are equal to 62 + 24 is 60 + 20 + 2 + 4, 60 + 26, 80 + 6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The expressions which are equal to 62 + 24 and the result is 86 so the expressions which are equal to the sum of 86 is 60 + 20 + 2 + 4 and the result is 86, 60 + 26 the result is 86, 80 + 6 the result is 6.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Is each sum equal to 7 + 4?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18238" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-207.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 207" width="304" height="217" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-207.png 304w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-207-300x214.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 304px) 100vw, 304px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The equation which is equal to 7 + 4 is 10 + 1.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sum which is equal to 7 + 4 is 10 + 1 as the sum of both equations is 11 so they both are equal.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Write an equation that matches the number line.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18239" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-208.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 208" width="425" height="194" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-208.png 425w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-208-300x137.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 425px) 100vw, 425px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number line equation is 10 + 40= 50.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The equation that matches the number line is 10 + 40 and the result is 50. As we start from 10 and then jump from 10 and the size of the jump is 10 and we will take up to 50 jumps. So the equation of the number line is<br />
10 + 40= 50.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Which expressions do you need to regroup to solve?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18240" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-209.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 209" width="172" height="227" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The expressions which we need to regroup is 54 + 38 and the result is 92 and the other expression is 62 + 28 and the result is 90.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The expressions do we need to regroup and is 54 + 38 as by adding 8 + 4 we will get the result as 12, so we will regroup and add 54 + 38 and the result will be 92. And the other expression is 62 + 88 as by adding 2 + 8 we will get the result as 10, so we will regroup and add 62 + 28 and the result will be 90.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Which equation has an even sum greater than 14?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18241" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-210.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 210" width="210" height="230" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The equation that has an even sum whihc is greater than 14 is 8 + 8 which is 16.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above, we can see that even sum greater than 14 is 8 + 8 as the sum of 8 + 8 is 16 and 16 is divisible by 2 which is an even number and the number 16 is greater than 14.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
There are 4 rows of trees. Each row has 5 trees. How many trees are there in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18242" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-211.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 211" width="630" height="190" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-211.png 630w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-211-300x90.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 630px) 100vw, 630px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of trees there in all is 20 trees.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 4 rows of trees and each row has 5 trees, so the number of trees is 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4= 20 trees. So the number of trees is 20 trees.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
You have 16 oranges. You give 7 away. How many oranges do you have left?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18243" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-212.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 212" width="178" height="251" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of oranges does I have left is 11 oranges.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I have 16 oranges and I gave 7 away, so the total number of oranges does I have left is 16 &#8211; 7= 11 oranges.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Find the sum.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18244" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-213.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 213" width="449" height="147" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-213.png 449w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-213-300x98.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 449px) 100vw, 449px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The result of the first image is 71 and the result of the second image is 87.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sum of the first image is 24 + 12 + 35 and the result is 71 and the sum of the second image is 31 + 14 + 42 and the result is 87.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Find the sum. Write the double you used.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18245" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-215.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 215" width="592" height="80" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-215.png 592w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-215-300x41.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 592px) 100vw, 592px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The sum of the double of the addends is 30.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sum of 7 + 8 is 15, so the double of the addends is 14 + 16, and the sum of the addends is 14 + 16= 30.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Break apart the addends to ﬁnd 42 + 37.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18246" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-216.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 216" width="204" height="58" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The Break apart of the addend is 42 + 37= 79.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here to break apart the addends of part of the sequence and a sequence that sets the numbers in order. This partial sum calculates partial sum which will be working one place value column at a time and then add all the partial sums to find the total. And this partial sum can be added in any order but working with the left to right is the usual procedure. So here we will add tens and add the ones and then we will add the partial sum to find the whole sum of the 42 + 37 which is 79. So here first we will add tens which are 40 and 30 we will add both the numbers which will be 70 and now we will add ones which are 2 and 7 will be 9. So the total value of 70 + 9 will be 70 + 9= 79.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
You have 64 craft sticks for a project. 22 are red. The rest are yellow. You buy 39 more yellow craft sticks. How many yellow craft sticks do you have now?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18247" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-217.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 217" width="146" height="161" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-18248" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-4-Fluently-Add-within-100-218.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 218" width="237" height="55" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total number of yellow craft sticks do I have is 81 sticks.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I have 64 craft sticks for a project and there are 22 red sticks so the number of yellow sticks is 64 &#8211; 22= 42 yellow sticks and I bought 39 more yellow craft sticks, so the number of yellow sticks is 42 + 39= 81 yellow craft sticks.</p>
<p><em>Conclusion:</em></p>
<p>I wish that the useful data of Big Ideas Math Book Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 Answer Key is provided here. This BIM Book Solutions of Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 is prepared by the experts. Get the detailed solution for each and every topic of Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 chapter. If you have any queries, leave a comment below. Please share this Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 4 Fluently Add within 100 with your friends for helping them to complete homework in time.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-2-chapter-4/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">18078</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division</title>
		<link>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3-chapter-1/</link>
					<comments>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3-chapter-1/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Mounisha Reddy]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 04 Apr 2022 08:32:15 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://ccssmathanswers.com/?p=9212</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division: Get the solutions for all the questions in BIM Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division Textbook. This answer key is useful for the students while preparing for the exam or practice test. In the Big Ideas Math 3rd Grade ... <a title="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" class="read-more" href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3-chapter-1/" aria-label="Read more about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division">Read more</a>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division</strong>: Get the solutions for all the questions in BIM Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division Textbook. This answer key is useful for the students while preparing for the exam or practice test. In the<a href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3/"> Big Ideas Math 3rd Grade</a> 1st Chapter Solutions PDF, students can see the detailed explanation for each problem that helps them to understand the concept easily.</p>
<h2>Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division</h2>
<p>Download Big Ideas Math 3rd Grade 1st Chapter Understand Multiplication and Division Answer Key PDF for free of cost. The different lessons in Grade 3 Chapter 1 are Use Equal Groups to Multiply, Use Number Lines to Multiply, Use Arrays to Multiply, Multiply in Any Order, Divide: Size of Equal Groups, Divide: Number of Equal Groups, and Use Number Lines to Divide.</p>
<p>Here, you can get the different methods of solving multiplication and division problems. Solve all the questions from Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division. Tap on the links mentioned below to get help while solving multiplication and division problems.</p>
<p><strong>Lesson 1 Use Equal Groups to Multiply<br />
</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_1_1_Use_Equal_Groups_to_Multiply">Lesson 1.1 Use Equal Groups to Multiply</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use_Equal_Groups_to_Multiply_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_1">Use Equal Groups to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 1.1</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 2 Use Number Lines to Multiply</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_1_2_Use_Number_Lines_to_Multiply">Lesson 1.2 Use Number Lines to Multiply</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use_Number_Lines_to_Multiply_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_2">Use Number Lines to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 1.2</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 3 Use Arrays to Multiply</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_1_3_Use_Arrays_to_Multiply">Lesson 1.3 Use Arrays to Multiply</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use_Arrays_to_Multiply_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_3">Use Arrays to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 1.3</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 4 Multiply in Any Order</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_1.4_Multiply_in_Any_Order">Lesson 1.4 Multiply in Any Order</a></li>
<li><a href="#Multiply_in_Any_Order_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_4">Multiply in Any Order Homework &amp; Practice 1.4</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 5 Divide: Size of Equal Groups</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_1_5_Divide_Size_of_Equal_Groups">Lesson 1.5 Divide: Size of Equal Groups</a></li>
<li><a href="#Divide_Size_of_Equal_Groups_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_5">Divide: Size of Equal Groups Homework &amp; Practice 1.5</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 6 Divide: Number of Equal Groups</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_1_6_Divide_Number_of_Equal_Groups">Lesson 1.6 Divide: Number of Equal Groups</a></li>
<li><a href="#Divide_Number_of_Equal_Groups_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_6">Divide: Number of Equal Groups Homework &amp; Practice 1.6</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 7 Use Number Lines to Divide</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_1_7_Use_Number_Lines_to_Divide">Lesson 1.7 Use Number Lines to Divide</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use_Number_Lines_to_Divide_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_7">Use Number Lines to Divide Homework &amp; Practice 1.7</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Performance Task</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Understand_Multiplication_and_Division_Performance_Task">Understand Multiplication and Division Performance Task</a></li>
<li><a href="#Understand_Multiplication_and_Division_Activity">Understand Multiplication and Division Activity</a></li>
<li><a href="#Understand_Multiplication_and_Division_Chapter_practice">Understand Multiplication and Division Chapter practice</a></li>
</ul>
<h3><a id="Lesson_1_1_Use_Equal_Groups_to_Multiply"></a>Lesson 1.1 Use Equal Groups to Multiply</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Put 24 counters into equal groups. Draw to show your groups.<br />
Answer:<br />
24 counters in four equal groups</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To keep 24 counters into an equal group, we will find the factors of 24 and then we can put 24 counters into equal groups. The factors of 24 are 2,3,4,6,8,12. Now we can pick any of the numbers from the factors of 24 and then put these 24 counters in equal groups. Let&#8217;s take four equal groups and arrange 24 counters in four equal groups as shown in the below image.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11478" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-478.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="296" height="265" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Put 24 counters into a different number of equal groups. Draw to show your groups.<br />
Answer:<br />
7 counters in the first group, 8 counters in the second group, 6 counters in the third group, and 4 counters in the fourth group.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In this, we will take some number of groups and in that, we will place some different number of counters in that group. In the given image, we will take four groups, and we will place 7 counters in the first group, 8 counters in the second group, 6 counters in the third group, and 4 counters in the fourth group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-11536" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-480-300x256.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="300" height="256" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-480-300x256.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-480.png 305w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Structure<br />
Compare your models. How are the models the same? How are they different?<br />
Answer:<br />
In the first model, we can see that there is an equal number of counters in each group, and in the second model, we can see the different number of counters in each group. They are the same with an equal number of groups.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Use the model to complete the statements.<br />
Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9357" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.1-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.1 1" width="178" height="133" /><br />
____ groups of ____<br />
____ + ____ +____ + ____ = ____<br />
____ × ____ = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
4 groups of 5,<br />
5+5+5+5= 20,<br />
4×5= 20.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see 4 groups and in each group, 5 counters are there, and the product is 4×5= 20. And we can also write by adding 5+5+5+5= 20. There are 4 groups of 5.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9358" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.1-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.1 2" width="167" height="69" /><br />
____ groups of ____<br />
____ + ____ = ____<br />
____ × ____ = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
2 groups of 6,<br />
6+6= 12,<br />
2×6= 12.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we can see there are 2 groups of 6 which are two groups with the number 6 in the box. So the product of the two groups is 2×6= 12 and the sum of the two groups is 6+6= 12.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Use the model to complete the statements.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9359" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.1-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.1 3" width="222" height="118" /><br />
____ groups of ____<br />
____ + ____ = ____<br />
____ × ____ = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
2 groups of 9<br />
9+9= 18,<br />
2×9= 18.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see 2 groups with 9 counters in each group, and the product is 2×9= 18. By adding these two groups we will get 18, which is 9+9= 18.</p>
<p>Draw equal groups. Then complete the equations.<br />
Question 4.<br />
4 groups of 2<br />
____ + ____ + ____ + ____ =____<br />
____ × ____ = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
4 groups of 2<br />
2+2+2+2= 8,<br />
4×2= 8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see 4 groups with 2 counters in each group, and the product is 4×2= 8. By adding these four groups we will get 8, which is 2+2+2+2= 18.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
3 groups of 5<br />
____ + ____ + ____ = ____<br />
____ × ____ = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
3 groups of 5,<br />
5+5+5= 15,<br />
3×5= 15.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see 3 groups with 5 counters in each group, and the product is 3×5= 15. By adding these three groups we will get 15, which is 5+5+5= 15.</p>
<p>Write the addition equation as a multiplication equation.<br />
Question 6.<br />
8 + 8 + 8 = 24<br />
Answer:<br />
3×8= 24.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To write the addition equation as a multiplication equation in the above we can see 3 times 8 which can be written as 3×8= 24.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
7 + 7 + 7 + 7 + 7 = 35</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
5×7= 35.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To write the addition equation as a multiplication equation in the above we can see 5 times 7 which can be written as 5×7= 35.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>You Be The Teacher</strong><br />
Newton says he circled 3 groups of 4 counters. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9360" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.1-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.1 4" width="230" height="70" /><br />
Answer:<br />
No, Newton is not correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see 4 groups of 3 counters. So Newton is not correct.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You wash 5 cars. How many times do you wash?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9361" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.1-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.1 5" width="165" height="175" /><br />
Answer: 20 tires.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the car has 4 tires and there are 5 cars to wash, so there are 5 groups of 4. The number of tires to wash is<br />
5×4= 20. So there are 20 tires to wash.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
You buy 6 packs of 10 trading cards. How many cards do you buy in all?<br />
Complete the statement: ______ groups of ________<br />
Repeated addition equation:<br />
Multiplication equation:<br />
You buy _____ cards in all.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
6 groups of 10<br />
6×10= 60.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 6 packs of 10 trading cards, which means 6 groups of 10. So 6×10= 60 cards can we buy in all.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
You buy 8 packs of 4 highlighters. How many highlighters do you buy in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9334" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.1-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.1 6" width="173" height="272" /><br />
Answer:<br />
8 groups of 4<br />
8×4= 32</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there 8 packs of 4 highlighters, which means 8 groups of 4. The number of highlighters bought is 8×4= 32.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You make 5 bracelets. Each of your bracelets has 3 beads. Your friend makes 6 bracelets. Each of your friend’s bracelets has 2 beads. How many beads do you and your friend use in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9335" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.1-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.1 7" width="218" height="163" /><br />
Answer:<br />
27 beads.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In this query, we can see 5 bracelets have 3 beads which are 5×3= 15, and a friend makes 6 bracelets that have 2 beads which are 6×2= 12. So the total number of beads used in all is 15+12= 27 beads.</p>
<h3><a id="Use_Equal_Groups_to_Multiply_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_1"></a>Use Equal Groups to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 1.1</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the model to complete the statements.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9336" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.1-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.1 8" width="158" height="65" /><br />
___ groups of ____<br />
___ + ___ + ___ = ___<br />
___ × ___ = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
3 groups of 4,<br />
4+4+4= 12,<br />
4×3= 12.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We can see in the above image there are 3 groups with 4 counter in each group, which means 3 groups of 4.<br />
The sum is 4+4+4= 12 and the product is 4×3= 12.</p>
<p>Draw equal groups. Then complete the equations.<br />
Question 2.<br />
2 groups of 8<br />
___ + ___ = ___<br />
___ × ___ = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
8+8= 16<br />
2×8= 16.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
2 groups of 8 means, there are 2 groups with 8 counters in each group. So the sum is 8+8= 16 and the product is 2×8= 16.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
5 groups of 3<br />
___ + ___ + ___ + ___ + ___ = ___<br />
___ × ___ = ___</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
3+3+3+3+3= 15,<br />
5×3= 15.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
5 groups of 3 means, there are 5 groups with 3 counters in each group. So the sum is 3+3+3+3+3= 15, and the product is 5×3= 15.</p>
<p>Write the addition equation as a multiplication equation.<br />
Question 4.<br />
3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 18<br />
Answer:<br />
6×3= 18.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To write the addition equation as a multiplication equation in the above we can see 6 times 3, which can be written as 6×3= 18.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 14<br />
Answer:<br />
7×2= 14.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To write the addition equation as a multiplication equation in the above we can see 7 times 2, which can be written as 7×2= 14.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You have 16 action figures. Can you put an equal number of figures on 3 shelves? Explain<br />
Answer:<br />
No, we cannot put an equal number of figures on 3 shelves.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As given that we have 16 action figures and asked to determine whether it is possible to an equal number of figures on 3 shelves. As factors of 16 are 1,2,4,8,16 as 16 is not divisible by 3, so we cannot put an equal number of figures on 3 shelves.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Which One Doesn’tBelong?<br />
Which one does not belong with the other two?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9337" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.1-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.1 9" width="171" height="142" /><br />
Answer:<br />
2 groups of 3 don&#8217;t belong with the other two.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As 2 groups of 3 means in 2 groups, there will be 3 counters, which does not belong to the other two. Because in the above image we can see 3 groups of 2, which means 3 groups with 2 counters in each group which is equal to 2+2+2= 6.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You make 7 gift bags for your friends. Each gift bag has 3 pom-pom pets. How many pom-pom pets are there in all?<br />
Answer:<br />
21 pom-pom pets.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 7 gift bags and each gift bag has 3 pom-pom pets, so the number of pom-pom pets are 7×3= 21.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER</strong><br />
Newton has 2 stacks of 5 books. Descartes has 3 stacks of 4 books. How many books do they have in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9338" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.1-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.1 10" width="171" height="300" /><br />
Answer:<br />
22 books.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As Newton has 2 stacks of 5 books, which is 2×5= 10 books and Descartes has 3 stacks of 4 books which is 3×4= 12 books. So the number of books is 10+12= 22books.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
50 + 30 = ____</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
80</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By adding 50+30 we will get 80.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
27 + 40 = ______</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
67</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By adding 27+40 we will get 67.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
19 + 20 = _____</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
39</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By adding 19+20 we will get 39.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_1_2_Use_Number_Lines_to_Multiply"></a> Lesson 1.2 Use Number Lines to Multiply</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Find the sums. Use each sum as the missing addend in the next equation. Model the problems on the number line.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9308" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 1" width="538" height="301" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-1.png 538w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-1-300x168.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
0+3= 3,<br />
3+3= 6,<br />
6+3= 9,<br />
9+3= 12.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
First, we must begin at 0 and then skip the count by 3&#8217;s then make jumps until you get 12.<br />
So 3 x 4 = 12.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11023" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-468-300x66.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="687" height="151" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-468-300x66.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-468.png 620w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 687px) 100vw, 687px" /></p>
<p><strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
How can you use a number line to help you find 4 × 3?</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
4×3= 12.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find 4×3 using the number line, we will make a jump from 0 to 4 for 3 times.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Multiplication and Number Lines</strong></p>
<p>Example Find 3 × 4<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9309" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 2" width="205" height="247" /><br />
3 × 4 means 3 groups of 4.<br />
Number of jumps: _____<br />
Size of each jump: ______<br />
Start at 0. Skip count by 4s three times.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9310" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 3" width="349" height="115" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-3.png 349w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-3-300x99.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 349px) 100vw, 349px" /><br />
3 × 4 ____</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
3 × 4 = 12<br />
Number of jumps: 3<br />
Size of each jump: 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To represent the given value in the number line, we will start from 0 and skip the count by 4 three times. So the number of jumps is 3 and the size of each jump is 4.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Find 2 × 4<br />
Number of jumps: _____<br />
Size of each jump: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9311" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 4" width="552" height="66" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-4.png 552w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-4-300x36.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /><br />
2 × 4 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
2 × 4 = 8,<br />
Number of jumps: 2<br />
Size of each jump: 4</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11032" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-469-300x61.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="634" height="129" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-469-300x61.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-469.png 567w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 634px) 100vw, 634px" /></p>
<p>To find the product of 2×4 using the number line, we will start from zero and then skip the count by 4s two times. So the number of jumps is 2 and the size of each jump is 4.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Fing 6 × 3<br />
Number of jumps: _____<br />
Size of each jump: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9312" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 5" width="550" height="61" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-5.png 550w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-5-300x33.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 550px) 100vw, 550px" /><br />
6 × 3 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
6 × 3= 18<br />
Number of jumps: 6<br />
Size of each jump: 3</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11033" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-470-300x69.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="539" height="124" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-470-300x69.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-470.png 582w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /><br />
To find the product of 6 × 3 using the number line, we will start from zero and then skip the count by 3s six times. So the number of jumps is 6 and the size of each jump is 3.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
Find 3 × 5<br />
Number of jumps: _____<br />
Size of each jump: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9379" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 6" width="555" height="73" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-6.png 555w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-6-300x39.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 555px) 100vw, 555px" /><br />
3 × 5 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
3 × 5= 15<br />
Number of jumps: 3<br />
Size of each jump: 5</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11034" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-472-300x71.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="638" height="151" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-472-300x71.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-472.png 585w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 638px) 100vw, 638px" /><br />
To find the product of 3 × 5 using the number line, we will start from zero and then skip the count by 5s three times. So the number of jumps is 3 and the size of each jump is 5.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Fing 5 × 4<br />
Number of jumps: _____<br />
Size of each jump: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9380" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 7" width="543" height="69" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-7.png 543w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-7-300x38.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /><br />
5 × 4 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
5 × 4= 20<br />
Number of jumps: 5<br />
Size of each jump: 4</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11035" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-473-300x64.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="623" height="133" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-473-300x64.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-473.png 564w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 623px) 100vw, 623px" /><br />
To find the product of 5 × 4 using the number line, we will start from zero and then skip the count by 4s five times. So the number of jumps is 5 and the size of each jump is 4.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Find 3 × 8<br />
Number of jumps: _____<br />
Size of each jump: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9381" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 8" width="542" height="69" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-8.png 542w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-8-300x38.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
3 × 8= 24<br />
Number of jumps: 8<br />
Size of each jump: 3</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11036" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-474-300x54.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="594" height="107" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-474-300x54.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-474.png 651w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 594px) 100vw, 594px" /><br />
To find the product of 3 × 8 using the number line, we will start from zero and then skip the count by 3s eight times. So the number of jumps is 8 and the size of each jump is 3.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
Draw jumps to show 4 groups of 6 and 6 groups of 4. Think: How are they the same? How are they different?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9382" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 9" width="539" height="171" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-9.png 539w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-9-300x95.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 539px) 100vw, 539px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
4 groups of 6<br />
4×6= 24<br />
Number of jumps: 6<br />
Size of each jump: 4<br />
6 groups of 4<br />
6×4= 24<br />
Number of jumps: 4<br />
Size of each jump: 6<br />
The product of 4 groups of 6 and 6 groups of 4 is 24 this is the same in 4 groups of 6 and 6 groups of 4. The number of jumps and the size of the jumps is different.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the product of 4 × 6 using the number line, we will start from zero and then skip the count by 4s six times. So the number of jumps is 6 and the size of each jump is 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11037" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-475-300x119.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="552" height="219" /><br />
To find the product of 6 × 4 using the number line, we will start from zero and then skip the count by 6s four times. So the number of jumps is 4 and the size of each jump is 6.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A group of lions is called a pride. There are 2 prides in a savanna. Each pride has 9 lions. How many lions are there in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9383" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 10" width="278" height="211" /><br />
Model:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9313" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 11" width="547" height="66" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-11.png 547w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-11-300x36.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 547px) 100vw, 547px" /><br />
There are ____ lions in all.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
2×9= 18 lions.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 2 prides in the savanna and each pride has 9 lions, the total number of lions is 2×9= 18 lions.<br />
To represent this in the number line, we will start from 0 then skip the count by 9 twice. So the number of jumps is 2 and the size of the jump is 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11574" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-482-300x80.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="581" height="155" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-482-300x80.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-482.png 543w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 581px) 100vw, 581px" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
There are 3 bike racks at a park. Each bike rack has 4 bikes. How many bikes are there in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9314" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 12" width="550" height="64" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-12.png 550w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-12-300x35.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 550px) 100vw, 550px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
3×4= 12 bikes.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 3 bike racks and each rack has 4 bikes, so the number of bikes are there is 3×4= 12.<br />
To represent this in the number line, we will start from 0 then skip the count by 4 three times. So the number of jumps is 3 and the size of the jump is 4.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11575" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-484-300x66.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division " width="505" height="111" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-484-300x66.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-484.png 535w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 505px) 100vw, 505px" /></p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You dig 8 holes. You plant 2 flower bulbs in each hole. You have5 bulbs left. How many flower bulbs did you have to start?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9315" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 13" width="540" height="66" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-13.png 540w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-13-300x37.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
3×5= 15 flower bulbs.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of holes dug is 8 and in each hole, 2 flower bulbs are planted, so the number of flower bulbs planted is 2×5= 10 and still, there are 5 bulbs left. So the total number of flower bulbs is 10+5= 15. To represent this in the number line, as there are 5 bulbs added then it will be 3 groups of 5 which is 3×5= 15. So we will start from 0 then skip the count by 5 three times and the number of jumps is 3 and the size of the jump is 5.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11583" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-486-300x54.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="583" height="105" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-486-300x54.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-486.png 539w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 583px) 100vw, 583px" /></p>
<h3><a id="Use_Number_Lines_to_Multiply_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_2"></a>Use Number Lines to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 1.2</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Find 3 × 6<br />
Number of jumps: _____<br />
Size of each jump: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9316" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 14" width="549" height="62" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-14.png 549w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-14-300x34.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 549px) 100vw, 549px" /><br />
3 × 6 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
3 × 6= 18<br />
Number of jumps: 3<br />
Size of each jump: 6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To represent this in the number line, we will start from 0 then skip the count by 6 three times. So the number of jumps is 3 and the size of the jump is 6.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11585" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-488-300x65.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="573" height="124" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-488-300x65.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-488.png 538w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 573px) 100vw, 573px" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Find 4 × 5<br />
Number of jumps: _____<br />
Size of each jump: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9317" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 15" width="551" height="70" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-15.png 551w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-15-300x38.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /><br />
4 × 5 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
4 × 5= 20<br />
Number of jumps: 4<br />
Size of each jump: 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To represent this in the number line, we will start from 0 then skip the count by 5 four times. So the number of jumps is 4 and the size of the jump is 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11587" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-490-300x58.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="626" height="121" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-490-300x58.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-490.png 623w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 626px) 100vw, 626px" /></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
Complete the multiplication equations in two different ways. Model each equation on the number line.<br />
____ × ____ = 12<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9339" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 16" width="272" height="65" /><br />
Answer:<br />
2×6= 12</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To represent this in the number line, we will start from 0 then skip the count by 6 two times. So the number of jumps is 2 and the size of the jump is 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11597" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-492-300x53.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="600" height="106" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-492-300x53.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-492.png 631w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></p>
<p>____ × ____ = 12<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9340" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 17" width="276" height="67" /><br />
Answer:<br />
4×3= 12</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To represent this in the number line, we will start from 0 then skip the count by 3 four times. So the number of jumps is 4 and the size of the jump is 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11023" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-468-300x66.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="500" height="110" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-468-300x66.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-468.png 620w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 500px) 100vw, 500px" /></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Explain how you can use a number line to ﬁnd 5 × 3.<br />
Answer:<br />
5×3= 15.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To represent this in the number line, we will start from 0 then skip the count by 3 five times. So the number of jumps is 5 and the size of the jump is 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11598" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-471-300x49.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="618" height="101" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-471-300x49.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-471.png 593w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 618px) 100vw, 618px" /></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You have6 boxes of blueberry muffins. Each box has 4 muffins. How many muffins do you have in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9341" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.2-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.2 18" width="244" height="164" /><br />
Answer:<br />
6×4= 24.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we have 6 boxes of blueberry muffins with 4  muffins in each box, which means 6×4 = 24 muffins do we have it all.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You ﬁll 8 pages of a photo album. Each page has 3 photos. You have one photo left. How many photos did you have to start?<br />
Answer:<br />
25 photos.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of pages in a photo album is 8 and each page contains 3 photos, which means 8×3= 24, so there will be a total of 24 photos. Now 1 photo left, which means 24+1= 25. So there will be a total of 25 photos.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh<br />
</strong>Question 7.<br />
9 + 8 + 2 = _____</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
19.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 9+8+2 we will get the sum as 19.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
6 + 5 + 3 = _____</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
14.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 6+5+3 we will get the sum as 14.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
7 + 4 + 7 = ______</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_1_3_Use_Arrays_to_Multiply"></a>Lesson 1.3 Use Arrays to Multiply</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
Put 24 counters into equal rows. Draw your model.<br />
Answer:<br />
6×4= 24.<br />
rows and 4 columns.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To keep 24 counters into equal rows, we will find the factors of 24 and then we can put 24 counters into equal rows. The factors of 24 are 2,3,4,6,8,12. Now we can pick any of the numbers from the factors of 24 and then put these 24 counters in equal groups. Let&#8217;s take six equal rows and arrange 24 counters in four equal rows as shown in the below image.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11599" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-494.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="146" height="203" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Put 24 counters into a different number of equal rows. Draw your model.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Structure Compare your models. How are the models the same? How are they different?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Multiplication and Arrays</strong></p>
<p>An array is a group of objects organized into rows and columns. Each row has the same number of objects.<br />
Example<br />
How many counters are there in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9342" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.3 1" width="410" height="249" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-1.png 410w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-1-300x182.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 410px) 100vw, 410px" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
How many counters are there in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9343" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.3 2" width="625" height="162" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-2.png 625w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-2-300x78.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 625px) 100vw, 625px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
5 rows and 4 columns,<br />
5+5+5+5= 20,<br />
5×4= 20.<br />
The total number of counters is 20.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the above image, we can see there are 5 rows and 4 columns. The product is 5×4= 20 and the sum is 5+5+5+5= 20.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Draw an array to multiply 6 × 3.<br />
6 × 3 = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
6 × 3 = 18</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To draw an array of  6 × 3, we will place 6 rows and 3 columns. By that, we can form an array of 6×3 which is 18.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11038" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-476.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="131" height="212" /></p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Draw an array to multiply.<br />
Question 3.<br />
4 × 8 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
4 × 8 = 32</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To draw an array of  4 × 8, we will place 4 rows and 8 columns. By that, we can form an array of 4×8 which is 32.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11039" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-477.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="282" height="146" /></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
3 × 9 = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
3×9= 27</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To draw an array of  3×9, we will place 3 rows and 9 columns. By that, we can form an array of 3×9 which is 27.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11602" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-500.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division " width="280" height="99" /></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
7 × 3 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
7 × 3 = 21</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To draw an array of  7×3, we will place 7 rows and 3 columns. By that, we can form an array of 7×3 which is 21.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11603" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-502.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="95" height="220" /></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
6 × 5 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
6×5= 30</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To draw an array of  6×5, we will place 6 rows and 5 columns. By that, we can form an array of 6×5 which is 30.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11604" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-504.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="147" height="190" /></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Newton has a 2 × 10 array of baseballs. He adds another row. How many baseballs does he add? Write a multiplication equation for his new array.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9362" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.3 3" width="187" height="149" /><br />
He adds ______ baseballs<br />
____ × _____ = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
Newton adds 30 baseballs.<br />
3×10= 30.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As Newton has an array of 2 × 10 of baseballs which are 20 baseballs as he adds another row, which means 3×10 of baseballs which are 30 baseballs. So he adds 30 and 20 which is 10 baseballs Newton was added and the multiplication equation for his new array is 3×10 which is 30 baseballs.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Use 6 counters to make as many different arrays as possible using all of the counters. Draw the arrays. Then write a multiplication equation for each array.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9363" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.3 4" width="118" height="87" /><br />
Answer:<br />
2×3= 6,<br />
3×2= 6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The different possible arrays for 6 counters are 2×3= 6 which has 2 rows and 3 columns and 3×2= 6 which has 3 rows and 2 columns.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11599" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-494-e1607711472295.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="112" height="62" /> This array consists of 2 rows and 3 columns</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11599" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-494-e1607711630488.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="77" height="100" />  This array consists of 3 rows and 2 columns.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>A phone has 6 rows of apps with 4 apps in each row. How many apps are on the phone?<br />
Draw:<br />
Equation:<br />
There are _____ apps on the phone.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
6×4= 24</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a phone has 6 rows of apps with 4 apps in each row, The number of apps on the phone are 6×4= 24.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Your classroom has 3 rows of desks with 10 desks in each row. How many desks are in your classroom?<br />
Answer:<br />
3×10= 30 desks.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of rows in the classroom is 3 rows with 10 desks in each row, which means 3×10= 30 desks in the classroom.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A square array has an equal number of rows and columns. A farmer has 9 corn seeds to plant in a square array. Draw the square array the farmer can use to plant all of the seeds. How many rows and columns are there?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9364" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.3 5" width="289" height="147" /><br />
Answer:<br />
3×3= 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the farmer has 9 corn seed to plant in a square array, so the possible square array is with 3 rows and 3 columns, which is 3×3= 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11599" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-494-e1607712784240.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="113" height="100" /></p>
<h3><a id="Use_Arrays_to_Multiply_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_3"></a>Use Arrays to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 1.3</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
How many counters are there in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9365" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.3 6" width="644" height="209" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-6.png 644w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-6-300x97.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 644px) 100vw, 644px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
4×9= 36 counters.<br />
4 rows, 9 columns.<br />
9+9+9+9= 36.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see 4 rows and 9 columns which makes 36 counters. The product is 4×9= 36 and the sum is 9+9+9+9= 36.</p>
<p>Draw an array to multiply.<br />
Question 2.<br />
9 × 2 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
9×2= 18.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
This array contains 9 rows and 2 columns which makes 18 counters. The product is 9×2= 18 and the sum is<br />
9+9= 18.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11600" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-496.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="76" height="293" /></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
4 × 5 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
4×5= 20.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
This array contains 4 rows and 5 columns which makes 20 counters. The product is 4×5= 20 and the sum is<br />
5+5+5+5= 20.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11601" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-498.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="174" height="130" /></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Descartes has 24 counters. He says he can use all the counters to make an array with 3 rows. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9366" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.3 7" width="155" height="115" /><br />
Answer:<br />
With 3 rows and 8 columns, 24 counters can be made.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, he is correct. With 3 rows and 8 columns, he can make 24 counters. The product of the array is 3×8= 24 and the sum of the array is 8+8+8= 24.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Newton has a 4 × 8 array of dominoes. He adds 2 more rows. How many dominoes does he add? Write a multiplication equation for his new array.<br />
He adds _____ dominoes<br />
_____ × ____ = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
Newton adds 16 dominoes,<br />
6×8= 48.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As Newton has a 4×8 array of dominoes which is 32 dominoes and he adds 2 more rows, which is 4+2= 6. Then the dominoes will be a 6×8 array. And the multiplication equation for Newton&#8217;s new array is 6×8= 48. So the number of dominoes added is 48-32 which is 16 dominoes he was added.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
An art teacher hangs 2 rows of paintings with 10 paintings in each row. How many paintings does she hang?<br />
Answer:<br />
20 paintings.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As an art teacher hangs 2 rows of paintings in each row, so the number of paintings is 2×10= 20 paintings.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A museum has 16 shark teeth to display in a square array. Draw the square array the museum can use to display all of the teeth. How many rows and columns are there?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9384" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.3-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.3 8" width="140" height="186" /><br />
Answer:<br />
There are 4 rows and 4 columns.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the museum has 16 shark teeth to display in a square array, so the array can be written as 4×4= 16 which has 4 rows and 4 columns.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11604" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-504-e1607757246160.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="118" height="127" /></p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Complete the equation<br />
Question 8.<br />
3 + 8 = 8 + ____<br />
Answer:<br />
3+8= 8+3</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the commutative property of addition, we can change the order of the addends which does not change the sum. So 3+8= 8+3.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
10 + 0 = ____ + 10<br />
Answer:<br />
10+0= 0+10.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the commutative property of addition, we can change the order of the addends which does not change the sum. So 10+0= 0+10.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
6 + ____ = 7 + 6<br />
Answer:<br />
6+7= 7+6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the commutative property of addition, we can change the order of the addends which does not change the sum. So 6+7= 7+6.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
____ + 8 = 8 + 9<br />
Answer:<br />
9+8= 8+9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the commutative property of addition, we can change the order of the addends which does not change the sum. So 9+8= 8+9.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_1.4_Multiply_in_Any_Order"></a>Lesson 1.4 Multiply in Any Order</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
Write the multiplication equation for the array. Turn your paper and write the equation for the array.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9385" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 1" width="266" height="255" /><br />
Answer:<br />
5×3= 15.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see 5 rows and 3 columns. So the product of the array is 5×3= 15.</p>
<p><strong>Structure</strong><br />
Compare the equations. How are they the same? How are they different?</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Commutative Property of Multiplication</strong></p>
<p>Ina multiplication equation, the numbers that are multiplied are called factors. The answer is called the product.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9386" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 2" width="152" height="79" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-2.png 152w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-2-150x79.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 152px) 100vw, 152px" /><br />
Commutative Property of Multiplication: Changing the order of factors does not change the product.<br />
Example<br />
Complete the statements<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9387" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-3.png" alt="Selina Concise Mathematics Class 6 ICSE Solutions Chapter 2 Estimation 1Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 3" width="618" height="150" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-3.png 618w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-3-300x73.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 618px) 100vw, 618px" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Complete the statements<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9388" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 4" width="641" height="174" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-4.png 641w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-4-300x81.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 641px) 100vw, 641px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
5×2= 2×5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the first image, we can see 5 rows and 2 columns, this means 5 rows of 2. And in the second image, we can 2 rows and 5 columns, this means 2 rows of 5. By the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So 5×2= 2×5.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Draw an array to show the Commutative Property of Multiplication. Complete the statements.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9389" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 5" width="120" height="63" /><br />
____ × ____ = _____<br />
_____ × ____ = _____<br />
So, ____ × _____ = ____ × ____<br />
Answer:<br />
2×3= 6,<br />
3×2= 6.<br />
So, 2×3= 3×2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see 2 rows and 3 columns, this means 2 rows of 3. And we can also write as 3 rows and 2 columns as we can see in the given below image. By the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So 2×3= 3×2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11599" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-494-e1607717553983.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="78" height="102" /></p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Draw an array to show the Commutative Property of Multiplication. Complete the statements.<br />
Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9318" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 6" width="638" height="125" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-6.png 638w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-6-300x59.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 638px) 100vw, 638px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
1×4= 4,<br />
4×1= 4.<br />
So, 1×4= 4×1.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see 1 row and 4 columns. Which makes 1 row of 4. And we can also write as 4 rows and 1 column as we can see in the given below image. By the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So 1×4= 4×1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11601" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-498-e1607717781883.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="40" height="130" /></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9319" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 7" width="632" height="118" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-7.png 632w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-7-300x56.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 632px) 100vw, 632px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
2×6= 12,<br />
6×2= 12,<br />
2×6= 6×2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see 2 rows and 6 columns. Which makes 2 rows of 6. And we can also write as 6 rows and 2 columns as we can see in the given below image. By the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So 2×6= 6×2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11038" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-476-e1607718434550.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="81" height="212" /></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9320" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 8" width="634" height="125" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-8.png 634w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-8-300x59.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 634px) 100vw, 634px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
4×5= 20,<br />
5×4= 20.<br />
So, 4×5= 5×4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see 4 rows and 5 columns. Which makes 4 rows of 5. And we can also write as 5 rows and 4 columns as we can see in the given below image. By the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So 4×5= 5×4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11604" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-504-e1607757689793.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="120" height="156" /></p>
<p>Complete the equation.<br />
Question 6.<br />
8 × 3 = 3 × ____<br />
Answer:<br />
8×3= 24,<br />
3×8= 24.<br />
So, 8×3= 3×8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So, we can also write as 3 rows and 8 columns as we can see in the given below image which is 8×3= 3×8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11602" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-500-e1607757917764.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="254" height="99" /></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
10 × 2 = ____ × 10<br />
Answer:<br />
10×2 = 20,<br />
2×10= 20.<br />
So, 10×2= 2×10.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So, we can also write as 2 rows and 10 columns as we can see in the given below image which is 10×2= 2×10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11608" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-506.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="262" height="63" /></p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
1 × ____ = 9 × 1<br />
Answer:<br />
1×9= 9,<br />
9×1= 9.<br />
So, 1×9= 9×1.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So, we can also write as 9 rows and 1 column which is 1×9= 9×1.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
Which shape completes the equation?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9321" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 9" width="621" height="160" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-9.png 621w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-9-300x77.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 621px) 100vw, 621px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Moon shape.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So, the missing shape is the moon.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>Your friend makes 7 rows of 6 stickers. You want to put the same number of stickers into 6 rows. How many stickers do you put in each row? Explain.<br />
You put ____ stickers in each row.<br />
Explain.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
7×6= 42,<br />
6×7= 42.<br />
So, 7×6= 6×7.<br />
You can put 7 stickers in each row.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of stickers made is 7 rows of 6 stickers and want to put the same number of stickers into 6 rows. So, by the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So, we can make 6 rows of 7 stickers, which has 6 rows and 7 columns.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Your friend makes 9 rows of 4 award ribbons. You want to put the same number of award ribbons into 4 rows. How many award ribbons do you put in each row? Explain<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9322" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 10" width="165" height="227" /><br />
Answer:<br />
9×4= 36,<br />
4×9= 36.<br />
So, 9×4= 4×9.<br />
So 9 award ribbons can be put in each row.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, 9 rows of 4 award ribbons and we need to put the same number of award ribbons into 4 rows. So by the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So, we can make 4 rows of 9 award ribbons, which has 4 rows and 9 columns and 9 award ribbons can be put in each row.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You have 2 rows of 8 toy cars. Your friend has 5 rows of 2 toy cars. How can you use the Commutative Property of Multiplication to find how many rows your friend needs to add so that you both have the same number of toy cars?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9323" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 11" width="541" height="97" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-11.png 541w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-11-300x54.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<h3><a id="Multiply_in_Any_Order_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_4"></a>Multiply in Any Order Homework &amp; Practice 1.4</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Complete the statements.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9324" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 12" width="640" height="196" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-12.png 640w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-12-300x92.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
3 rows of 6,<br />
3×6= 18.<br />
6 rows of 3<br />
6×3= 18,<br />
So, 3×6= 6×3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the first image, we can see 3 rows and 6 columns, this means 3 rows of 6. And in the second image, we can 6 rows and 3 columns, this means 6 rows of 3. By the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So 3×6= 6×3.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Draw an array to show the Commutative Property of Multiplication. Complete the statements.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9325" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 13" width="643" height="183" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-13.png 643w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-13-300x85.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 643px) 100vw, 643px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
7×4= 28,<br />
4×7= 28.<br />
So, 7×4= 4×7</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the image, we can see 7 rows and 4 columns, this means 7 rows of 4. And by the commutative property of multiplication, we can state that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. To draw an array by the Commutative Property of Multiplication, we will take 4 rows of 7, which means 4 rows and 7 columns as in the below image. So, 7×4= 4×7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11039" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-477-e1607785241357.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="241" height="146" /></p>
<p>Which two arrays can you use to show the Commutative Property of Multiplication?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9326" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 14" width="549" height="108" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-14.png 549w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-14-300x59.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 549px) 100vw, 549px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The first image and third image shows the commutative property of multiplication.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the above image, the first and third arrays show the Commutative property of multiplication. Which states that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. As in the first image, we can see 4 rows of 3 which have 4 rows and 3 columns and in the third image, we can see 3 rows of 4 which has 3 rows and 4 columns.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Precision<br />
Write two equations that show the Commutative Property of Multiplication.<br />
____ × ____ = ____ × _____<br />
____ × _____ = ____ × ____<br />
Answer:<br />
5×6= 6×5,<br />
2×3= 3×2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Commutative property of multiplication states that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. For example, if we take 5×6= 30 then the commutative property is 6×5= 30.<br />
So 5×6= 6×5.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A computer lab has 6 rows of 5 computers. A technology teacher wants to rearrange the computers into5 rows. How many computers does the teacher put in each row? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
6 computers do the teacher put in each row.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a computer lab has 6 rows of 5 computers, and the technology teacher rearranged the computers into 5 rows, so the teacher will put 6 computers by commutative property as it states that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So 6×5= 5×6.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You have 6 rows of 4 pennies. Your friend has 2 rows of 6 pennies. How many rows does your friend need to add so that you both have the same number of pennies?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9327" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.4-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.4 15" width="120" height="179" /><br />
Answer:<br />
So, a friend needs 2 rows to add then both will have the same number of pennies.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 6 rows of 4 pennies, which is 6 rows and 4 columns and the friend has 2 rows of 6 pennies which is 2 rows and 6 columns. So my friend needs to add 2 rows and then it will be 2 rows+2 rows= 4 rows and there will be 6 columns. So, by the commutative property, as it states that the order in which we multiply the numbers does not change the product. So, 6×4= 4×6.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Newton hits a ball 5 fewer times than Descartes does. Newton hits the ball 9 times. How many times does Descartes hit the ball?</p>
<p>Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_1_5_Divide_Size_of_Equal_Groups"></a>Lesson 1.5 Divide: Size of Equal Groups</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Put 18 counters in 6 equal groups. Draw to show your groups<br />
Number of counters in each group: _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of counters in each group is 3 counters.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 18 counters in 6 equal groups, we will divide 18 by 6 then the result is 3. So, we can put counters in 3 counters in 6 equal groups as shown in the given below image.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11619" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-510-300x53.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division " width="543" height="96" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Put 18 counters in 3 equal groups. Draw to show your groups<br />
Number of counters in each group: _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of counters in each group is 6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 18 counters in 3 equal groups, we will divide 18 by 3 then the result is 6. So, we can put counters in 6 counters in 3 equal groups as shown in the given below image.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-11618" style="font-weight: inherit;" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-508-1-300x96.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division " width="300" height="96" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-508-1-300x96.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-508-1.png 427w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p><strong>Structure</strong><br />
How does changing the number of equal groups change the number of counters in each group?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Using Equal Groups to Divide</strong></p>
<p>Division is an operation that gives the size of equal groups or the number of equal groups. When you know the total number of objects and the number of equal groups, you can divide to find the size of each group.3 equal groups<br />
Example<br />
Divide 12 counters into. How many counters are in each group?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9344" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 1" width="655" height="269" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-1.png 655w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-1-300x123.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 655px) 100vw, 655px" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Divide 15 counters into5 equal groups. How many counters are in each group?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9345" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 2" width="280" height="185" /><br />
15 ÷ 5 = ____</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of counters placed in 5 equal groups is 3 counters.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 15 counters and we need to place those 15 counters in 5 equal groups. So we will divide 15 by 5, 15÷5= 3. So we will pace 3 counters in 5 equal groups.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-11619" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-510-e1607798910428-300x63.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="300" height="63" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-510-e1607798910428-300x63.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-510-e1607798910428.png 486w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Use the tape diagram to model the equation.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9346" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 3" width="270" height="83" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The number of counters placed in 5 equal groups is 3 counters.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 15 counters and we need to place those 15 counters in 5 equal groups. So we will divide 15 by 5, 15÷5= 3. So we will pace 3 counters in 5 equal groups.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11620" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-512-300x81.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division " width="411" height="111" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-512-300x81.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-512.png 408w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 411px) 100vw, 411px" /></p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Divide 30 counters into 6 equal groups. How many counters are in each group?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9347" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 4" width="260" height="158" /><br />
30 ÷ 6 = ____</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of counters placed in 6 equal groups is 5 counters. AS 30÷6= 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 30 counters and we need to place those 30 counters in 6 equal groups. So we will divide 30 by 6,<br />
30÷6= 5. So we will pace 5 counters in 6 equal groups.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11621" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-514-300x51.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="553" height="94" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-514-300x51.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-514.png 581w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 553px) 100vw, 553px" /></p>
<p>Use the tape diagram to model the equation.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9348" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 5" width="315" height="81" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-5.png 315w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-5-300x77.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 315px) 100vw, 315px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The number of counters placed in 6 equal groups is 5 counters. AS 30÷6= 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 30 counters and we need to place those 30 counters in 6 equal groups. So we will divide 30 by 6,<br />
30÷6= 5. So we will pace 5 counters in 6 equal groups.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11622" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-515-300x94.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="495" height="155" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-515-300x94.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-515.png 488w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 495px) 100vw, 495px" /></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Divide 16 counters into 2 equal groups. How many counters are in each group?<br />
16 ÷ 2 = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
16÷2= 8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 16 counters and we need to place those 16 counters in 2 equal groups. So we will divide 16 by 2,<br />
16÷2= 8. So we will pace 8 counters in 2 equal groups.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Divide 9 counters into 3 equal groups. How many counters are in each group?<br />
9 ÷ 3 = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
9 ÷ 3= 3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 9 counters and we need to place those 9 counters in 3 equal groups. So we will divide 9 by 3,<br />
9÷3= 3. So we will pace 3 counters in 3 equal groups.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Structure<br />
Write the division equation that matches the tape diagram.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9349" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 6" width="245" height="78" /><br />
____ ÷ ____ = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
18÷2= 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 18 counters and we need to place those 18 counters in 2 equal groups. So we will divide 18 by 2,<br />
18÷2= 9. So we will pace 9 counters in 2 equal groups.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11623" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-515-1-e1607801962953-300x98.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="419" height="137" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-515-1-e1607801962953-300x98.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-515-1-e1607801962953.png 490w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 419px) 100vw, 419px" /></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Newton has a tennis ball collection. He can divide the balls into3 equal groups with none left over. He can also divide the balls into4 equal groups with none left over. How many tennis balls does he have?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>You have 30 seashells. You put an equal number of seashells in 5 bags. How many seashells are in each bag?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9350" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 7" width="183" height="126" /><br />
Model:<br />
Division equation:<br />
There are _____ seashells in each bag.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
Division equation: 30÷5= 6.<br />
There are 6 seashells in each bag.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 30 seashells and we need to put an equal number of seashells in 5 bags, we will divide 30÷5= 6. So we will 6 seashells in each bag.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
You have 28 rocks. You put an equal number of rocks in 4 piles. How many rocks are in each pile?<br />
Answer:<br />
28÷4= 7.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 28 rocks and we should put an equal number of rocks in 4 piles, we will divide 28 by 4. So 28÷4= 7. So there will be 7 rocks in each pile.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Newton and Descartes each have40 quarters. Newton puts his quarters into5 equal groups. Descartes puts his quarters into4 equal groups. Who has more quarters in each group?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9367" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 8" width="326" height="158" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-8.png 326w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-8-300x145.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 326px) 100vw, 326px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Descartes has more quarters than Newton.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As both Newton and Descartes have 40 quarters and Newton puts his quarters into 5 equal groups, which means 40÷5= 8. Newton put his 8 quarters into 5 equal groups and Descartes puts his quarters into 4 equal groups, which means 40÷4= 10. Descartes put his 10 quarters into 4 equal groups. So, Descartes has more quarters than Newton.</p>
<h3><a id="Divide_Size_of_Equal_Groups_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_5"></a>Divide: Size of Equal Groups Homework &amp; Practice 1.5</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Divide 16 counters into 4 equal groups. How many counters are in each group?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9368" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 9" width="301" height="89" /><br />
16 ÷ 4 = ____</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
16÷4= 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 16 counters and we need to place those 16 counters in 4 equal groups. So we will divide 16 by 4,<br />
16÷4= 4. So we will pace 4 counters in 4 equal groups.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11624" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-455.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="129" height="120" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11624" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-455.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="129" height="120" /> <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11624" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-455.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="129" height="120" /></p>
<p>Use the tape diagram to model the equation.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9369" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 10" width="274" height="79" /><br />
Answer:<br />
16÷4= 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 16 counters and we need to place those 16 counters in 4 equal groups. So we will divide 16 by 4,<br />
16÷4= 4. So we will pace 4 counters in 4 equal groups.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11625" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-516-300x100.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="405" height="135" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-516-300x100.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-516.png 332w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 405px) 100vw, 405px" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Divide 28 counters into 7 equal groups. How many counters are in each group?<br />
28 ÷ 7 = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
28 ÷ 7= 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 28 counters and we need to place those 28 counters in 7 equal groups. So we will divide 28 by 7,<br />
28 ÷ 7= 4. So we will pace 4 counters in 7 equal groups.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Divide 27 counters into 3 equal groups. How many counters are in each group?<br />
27 ÷ 3 = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
27 ÷ 3 = 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 27 counters and we need to place those 27 counters in 3 equal groups. So we will divide 27 by 3,<br />
27 ÷ 3= 9. So we will pace 9 counters in 3 equal groups.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Newton says you divide 18 counters into 3 equal groups. Is he correct?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9370" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 11" width="211" height="208" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Yes, Newton is correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, Newton is correct. As we can see in the above image he divided 18 counters into 3 equal groups with different numbers of counters in each group.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Precision</strong><br />
A class has 14 boys and 18 girls. Can the teacher divide the class equally into 4 groups with no students remaining? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
The teacher places 8 students in 4 equal groups with no students remaining.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a class has 14 boys and 18 girls, so the total number of students is 14+18= 32 students. As the teacher divided the class equally into 4 groups, 32÷4= 8. So the teacher places 8 students in each group with no students remaining.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You have 14 erasers. You and your friend share them equally. How many erasers do you and your friend each get?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9371" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 12" width="292" height="111" /><br />
Answer:<br />
7 erasers will get each.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 14 erasers and those erasers are shared equally among two of them, so we will divide 14 by 2 which is 14÷2= 7. So 7 erasers will get each.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Newton and Descartes each have 42 glow-in-the-dark stickers. Newton divides into 6 equal groups. Descartes divides his into7 equal groups. Who has more stickers in each group?<br />
Answer:<br />
Newton has more stickers than Descartes in each group.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As Newton and Descartes, each have 42 glow-in-the-dark stickers and Newton divides them into 6 equal groups, which is 42÷6= 7. So Newton has 7 glow-in-the-dark stickers in 6 equal groups. And Descartes divides his into7 equal groups which is 42÷7= 6. So Descartes has 6 glow-in-the-dark stickers in 7 equal groups. Newton has more stickers than Descartes in each group.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9390" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 13" width="102" height="78" /><br />
Answer:<br />
41</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 26+15 we will get 41.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9391" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 14" width="97" height="79" /><br />
Answer:<br />
87.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 32+55 we will get 87.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9392" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 15" width="98" height="80" /><br />
Answer:<br />
61.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 49+12 we will get 61.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9393" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.5-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.5 16" width="93" height="84" /><br />
Answer:<br />
92.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 24+68 we will get 92.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_1_6_Divide_Number_of_Equal_Groups"></a> Lesson 1.6 Divide: Number of Equal Groups</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
Put 24 counters in equal groups of 4. Draw to show your groups.<br />
Number of groups: ______</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The number of groups is 6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 24 counters in equal groups of 4, we will divide 24 by 4, 24÷4= 6. So we will put 4 counters in 6 equal number of group.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11624" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-455.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="100" height="93" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11624" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-455.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="95" height="88" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11624" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-455.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="101" height="94" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11624" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-455.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="101" height="94" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11624" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-455.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="95" height="89" /><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11624" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-455.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="99" height="93" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Put 24 counters in equal groups of 6. Draw to show your groups.<br />
Number of groups: ______<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of groups is 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 24 counters in equal groups of 6, we will divide 24 by 6, 24÷6= 4. So we will put 6 counters in 4 equal number of group.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11478" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-478.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="296" height="265" /></p>
<p><strong>Structure</strong><br />
How does changing the size of the groups change the number of equal groups?</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Using Equal Groups to Divide</strong></p>
<p>When you know the total number of objects and the size of each group, you can divide to find the number of equal groups.<br />
Example<br />
Divide 12 counters into. How many groups are there?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9394" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 1" width="497" height="200" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-1.png 497w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-1-300x121.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Divide 10 counters into groups of 2. How many groups are there?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9395" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 2" width="84" height="66" /><br />
10 ÷ 2 = ____</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
10 ÷ 2 = 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 10 counters in equal groups of 2, we will divide 10 by 2, 10÷2= 5. So we will put 2 counters in 5 equal number of group.</p>
<p>Use the tape diagram to model the equation.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9328" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 3" width="265" height="84" /><br />
Answer:<br />
10÷2= 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 10 counters in equal groups of 2, we will divide 10 by 2, 10÷2= 5. So we will put 2 counters in 5 equal number of group.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11626" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-516-1-e1607842964236-300x88.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division " width="372" height="109" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-516-1-e1607842964236-300x88.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-516-1-e1607842964236.png 335w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 372px) 100vw, 372px" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Divide 24 counters into groups of 4. How many groups are there?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9329" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 4" width="80" height="70" /><br />
24 ÷ 4 = ____</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
24÷4= 6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 24 counters in equal groups of 4, we will divide 24 by 4, 24÷4= 6. So we will put 4 counters in 6 equal number of group.</p>
<p>Use the tape diagram to model the equation.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9330" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 5" width="281" height="91" /><br />
Answer:<br />
24÷4= 6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 24 counters in equal groups of 4, we will divide 24 by 4, 24÷4= 6. So we will put 4 counters in 6 equal number of group.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11628" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-516-2-300x99.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division " width="400" height="132" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-516-2-300x99.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-516-2.png 359w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 400px) 100vw, 400px" /></p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Divide 30 counters into groups of 6. How many groups are there?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9331" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 6" width="101" height="76" /><br />
30÷6=</p>
<p>Use the tape diagram to model the equation.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9332" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 7" width="274" height="85" /><br />
Answer:<br />
30÷6= 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 30 counters in equal groups of 6, we will divide 30 by 6, 30÷6= 5. So we will put 5 counters in 6 equal number of group.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11629" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-516-3-300x99.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="382" height="126" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-516-3-300x99.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/screenshot-516-3.png 359w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 382px) 100vw, 382px" /></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Divide 15 counters into groups of 5. How many groups are there?<br />
15 ÷ 5 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
15÷5= 3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 15 counters in equal groups of 5, we will divide 15 by 5, 15÷5= 3. So we will put 3 counters in 5 equal number of group.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Divide 16 counters into groups of 4. How many groups are there?<br />
16 ÷ 4 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
16÷4= 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 16 counters in equal groups of 4, we will divide 16 by 4, 16÷4= 4. So we will put 4 counters in 4 equal number of group.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Structure<br />
You want to bake as many loaves of banana bread as possible with 12 eggs. Each loaf of bread requires 2 eggs. Which models can you use to ﬁnd how many loaves of bread you can make?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9333" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 8" width="676" height="113" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-8.png 676w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-8-300x50.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real life<br />
</strong>A florist uses 35 roses to make bouquets. Each bouquet has 7 roses. How many bouquets does the florist make?<br />
Equation:<br />
Model:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9351" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 9" width="329" height="216" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-9.png 329w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-9-300x197.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 329px) 100vw, 329px" /><br />
The florist makes ______ bouquets</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
Equation: 35÷7= 5</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the florist has 35 roses to make bouquets and each bouquet has35 7 roses, so the florist can make 35÷7= 5 bouquets.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
A farmer puts 48 eggs into cartons. He puts 6 eggs in each carton. How many cartons does he use?<br />
Answer:<br />
8 cartons.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the farmer puts 48 eggs into cartons and in each carton, there are 6 eggs. So the farmer uses 48÷6= 8 cartons.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
DIG DEEPER!<br />
Newton uses his subway pass 3 times each day. Descartes uses his pass 2 times each day. Who will use all of his rides first? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9352" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 10" width="285" height="122" /><br />
Would your answer change if Newton and Descartes both use their passes 3 times each day? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
Newton will finish his rides first then Descartes.<br />
Descartes will use all of his rides first if Descartes use passes 3 times each day.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As Newton has 24 subway rides left and he uses subway pass 3 times each day, so the number of rides left are<br />
24-3= 21. Descartes has 18 subway rides and he uses his pass 2 times each day, so the number of rides left are<br />
18-2= 16. By using repeated subtraction which starts from 24 as given and then we will subtract 3 until we get 0.<br />
24-3= 21<br />
21-3= 18<br />
18-3= 15<br />
15-3= 12<br />
12-3= 9<br />
9-3= 6<br />
6-3= 3<br />
3-3=0.<br />
So, Newton will complete the subway pass by 8 times.<br />
18-2= 16<br />
16-2= 14<br />
14-2= 12<br />
12-2= 10<br />
10-2= 8<br />
8-2= 6<br />
6-2= 4<br />
4-2= 2<br />
2-2= 0.<br />
And Descartes will complete the subway pass by 9 times. So Newton will use all his rides first.<br />
And if Descartes uses 3 times of his pass then<br />
18-3= 15<br />
15-3= 12<br />
12-3= 9<br />
9-3= 6<br />
6-3= 3<br />
3-3= 0.<br />
Descartes will complete the subway pass by 6 times, So Descartes will complete his pass first.</p>
<h3><a id="Divide_Number_of_Equal_Groups_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_6"></a>Divide: Number of Equal Groups Homework &amp; Practice 1.6</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Divide 28 counters into groups of 4. How many groups are there?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9353" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 11" width="82" height="80" /><br />
28 ÷ 4 = ____</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
28 ÷ 4 =7</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 28 counters in equal groups of 4, we will divide 28 by 4, 28÷4= 7. So we will put 4 counters in 7 equal number of group.</p>
<p>Use the tape diagram to model the equation.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9354" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 12" width="286" height="78" /><br />
Answer:<br />
28÷4= 7.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 28 counters in equal groups of 4, we will divide 28 by 4, 28÷4= 7. So we will put 4 counters in 7 equal number of group.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11640" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-517-300x100.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="321" height="107" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-517-300x100.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-517.png 351w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 321px) 100vw, 321px" /><br />
Question 2.<br />
Divide 25 counters into groups of 5. How many groups are there?<br />
25 ÷ 5 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
25 ÷ 5 = 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 25 counters in equal groups of 5, we will divide 25 by 5, 25÷5= 5. So we will put 5 counters in 5 equal number of group.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Divide 12 counters into groups of 6. How many groups are there?<br />
12 ÷ 6 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
12 ÷ 6 = 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 12 counters in equal groups of 6, we will divide 12 by 6, 12÷6= 2. So we will put 2 counters in 6 equal number of group.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Write and solve a problem in which you need to find the number of equal groups.<br />
Answer:<br />
Divide 22 counters into groups of 11. How many groups are there?</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To put 22 counters in equal groups of 11, we will divide 22 by 11, 22÷11= 2. So we will put 2 counters in 11 equal number of group.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Your classroom has 30 chairs that need to be stacked with 5 chairs in each stack. Your teacher already made 2 stacks. How many stacks of chairs still need to be made?<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of stacks of chairs that still need to be made is 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a classroom has 30 chairs and that needed to be stacked with 5 chairs in each stack, so 30÷5= 6 stacks. And the teacher already made 2 stacks, which means 6-2= 4. So the number of stacks of chairs that still need to be made are 4 stacks.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You have more than 30 and fewer than 40 piñata toys. You divide them into groups with 8 in each group. How many groups do you make?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9355" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 13" width="162" height="233" /><br />
Answer:<br />
There will be 4 groups with 8 pinata toys in each group.</p>
<p>Explanation: As there are more than 30 and fewer than 40 pinata toys, and we need to divide them into groups with 8 in each group. So we need to choose the number between 30-40. As we can see fewer than 40 and more than 30, so we will choose 32 as it will divide them into groups with 8 in each group, 32÷8= 4. So there will be 4 groups with 8 pinata toys in each group.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
A street vendor puts 42 apples into baskets. She puts 6 apples in each basket. How many baskets does she use?<br />
Answer:<br />
7 baskets.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a street vendor puts 42 apples into baskets and she puts 6 apples in each basket, so she needs 42÷6= 7 baskets.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Newton and Descartes are at an amusement park. Newton uses 2 tickets to ride each roller coaster. Descartes uses 3 tickets to ride at the front of each roller coaster. Who runs out of tickets first? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9356" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-3rd-Grade-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 14" width="193" height="127" /><br />
Newton Descartes, They run out of tickets at the same time</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
Newton will run out of tickets first, as he has fewer tickets.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As Newton has 14 coaster tickets and uses 2 tickets to ride each roller coaster, so there will 14-2= 12 tickets remaining. And Descartes has 21 coaster tickets and uses 3 tickets to ride, so the remaining tickets are 21-3= 18 tickets. Newton will run out of tickets first, as he has fewer tickets.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Find the difference. Use addition to check your answer.<br />
Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9372" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 15" width="234" height="89" /><br />
Answer:<br />
96-58= 38,<br />
38+58= 96.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On subtracting 96-58 we will get 38 and by adding 58 and 38 we will get 96. So by adding we can check your answer.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9373" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.6-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.6 16" width="235" height="75" /><br />
Answer:<br />
48-32= 16,<br />
16+32= 48.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On subtracting 48-32 we will get 16 and by adding 32 and 16 we will get 48. So by adding we can check your answer.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_1_7_Use_Number_Lines_to_Divide"></a>Lesson 1.7 Use Number Lines to Divide</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Find the difference. Use each difference as the starting number in the next equation. Model the problems on the number line.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9374" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.7 1" width="472" height="290" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-1.png 472w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-1-300x184.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
12-3= 9,<br />
9-3= 6,<br />
6-3= 3,<br />
3-3= 0.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To represent a number line, we will use repeated subtraction which starts from 12 as given and then we will subtract 3 until we get 0. So the number of jumps is 4 and the size of the jump is 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12195" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-519-300x68.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="489" height="111" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-519-300x68.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-519.png 535w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 489px) 100vw, 489px" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Structure<br />
How can you use a number line to help you find 12 ÷ 3?<br />
Answer:<br />
12÷3= 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To use the number line for the given value 12÷3 which is 4, we will start from 0 then skip the count by 4 three times. So the number of jumps is 4 and the size of the jump is 3. And we can also use the subtraction method, which starts with 12 and subtract 3 until we get 0.</p>
<p>Think and Grow: Number Lines and Repeated Subtraction</p>
<p>Example Find 20 ÷ 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9375" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.7 2" width="580" height="149" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-2.png 580w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-2-300x77.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 580px) 100vw, 580px" /></p>
<p>Another Way:<br />
Use repeated subtraction. Start with 20. Subtract 4 until you reach 0.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9376" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.7 3" width="371" height="186" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-3.png 371w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-3-300x150.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 371px) 100vw, 371px" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Complete the equations.<br />
Question 1.<br />
24 ÷ 6 = ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9377" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.7 4" width="550" height="62" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-4.png 550w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-4-300x34.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 550px) 100vw, 550px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
24 ÷ 6 = 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the number line, we will countback by 6s from 24 until we reach 0,<br />
24÷6= 4, so there are 4 groups of 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-11037" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-475-e1607931789930-300x59.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="487" height="96" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-475-e1607931789930-300x59.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-475-e1607931789930.png 643w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 487px) 100vw, 487px" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
16 ÷ 8 = _____<br />
16 &#8211; 8 = _____<br />
____ &#8211; 8 = 0<br />
Answer:<br />
16 ÷ 8 = 3,<br />
16-8= 8,<br />
8-8= 0.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We will use repeated subtraction which starts from 16 as given and then we will subtract 8 until we get 0. So the number of jumps is 2 and the size of the jump is 8.<br />
16 ÷ 8 = 3,<br />
16-8= 8,<br />
8-8= 0.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
27 ÷ 9 = _____<br />
27 &#8211; 9 = _____<br />
____ &#8211; 9 = ____<br />
_____ &#8211; 9 = 0<br />
Answer:<br />
27 ÷ 9 = 3,<br />
27-9= 18,<br />
18-9= 9,<br />
9-9= 0.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We will use repeated subtraction which starts from 27 as given and then we will subtract 9 until we get 0. So the number of jumps is 3 and the size of the jump is 9.<br />
27 ÷ 9 = 3,<br />
27-9= 18,<br />
18-9= 9,<br />
9-9= 0.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Complete the equations.<br />
Question 4.<br />
25 ÷ 5 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9378" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.7 5" width="555" height="68" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-5.png 555w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-5-300x37.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 555px) 100vw, 555px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
25 ÷ 5 = 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the number line, we will countback by 5s from 25 until we reach 0,<br />
25÷5= 5, so there are 5 groups of 5.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
21 &#8211; 7 = _____<br />
____ &#8211; 7 = _____<br />
_____ &#8211; 7 = 0<br />
____ ÷ _____ = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
21-7= 14,<br />
14-7= 7,<br />
7-7= 0,<br />
21÷7= 3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
we will use repeated subtraction which starts from 21 as given and then we will subtract 7 until we get 0.<br />
21-7= 14,<br />
14-7= 7,<br />
7-7= 0,<br />
21÷7= 3.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
36 &#8211; 9 = _____<br />
____ &#8211; 9 = ____<br />
____ &#8211; 9 = ____<br />
_____ &#8211; 9 = 0<br />
____ ÷ ____ = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
36-9= 27,<br />
27-9= 18,<br />
18-9= 9,<br />
9-9= 0.<br />
36÷9= 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
we will use repeated subtraction which starts from 36 as given and then we will subtract 9 until we get 0.<br />
36-9= 27,<br />
27-9= 18,<br />
18-9= 9,<br />
9-9= 0.<br />
36÷9= 4.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Descartes uses a number line to find 18 ÷ 2. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9396" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.7 6" width="589" height="225" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-6.png 589w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-6-300x115.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 589px) 100vw, 589px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No, Descartes is not correct. As 18÷2= 9 and here the given result 8. So Descartes is incorrect.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real life</strong></p>
<p>Each age group is divided into teams with 6 players on each team. Each team receives a trophy at the end of the season. How many trophies are needed?</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="138">Age Group</td>
<td width="132">Number of Players</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="138"> 6 – 7 Years old</td>
<td width="132">18</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="138">8 – 9 Years old</td>
<td width="132">24</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>Division equations:<br />
Addition equations:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9397" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.7 7" width="134" height="236" /><br />
_____ trophies are needed</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
7 trophies are needed.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As each age group is divided into teams with 6 players on each team and each team receives a trophy at the end of the season, so the number of trophies needed for age group 6-7 years old is 18÷6= 3 trophies. And for the age group 8-9 years old is 24÷6= 4 trophies.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Each age group is put into cabins with 8 campers in each cabin. How many cabins are needed?</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="138">Age Group</td>
<td width="132">Number of Campers</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="138"> 5 – 7 Years old</td>
<td width="132">32</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="138">8 – 10 Years old</td>
<td width="132">24</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The two age groups are combined into one group. Does the total number of cabins that are needed change? Explain<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9398" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.7 8" width="244" height="145" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The number of cabins needed for the age group of 5-7 years is 4 cabins and the number of cabins needed for the age group of 8-10 years old is 3 cabins. There will be no change in the total number of cabins.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
For the age group of 5-7 years old number of cabins needed are 32÷8= 4 cabins. And for the age group 8- 10 years old number of cabins needed are 24÷8= 3 cabins. If two age groups are combined into one group then the total number of campers are 24+32= 56. So the total number of cabins needed are 56÷8= 7 cabins. So there will be no change.</p>
<h3><a id="Use_Number_Lines_to_Divide_Homework_&amp;_Practice_1_7"></a>Use Number Lines to Divide Homework &amp; Practice 1.7</h3>
<p>Complete the equations</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
9 ÷ 3 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9399" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.7 9" width="571" height="61" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-9.png 571w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-9-300x32.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
9÷3= 3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the number line, we will countback by 3s from 9 until we reach 0,<br />
9÷3= 3, so there are 3 groups of 3.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
20 &#8211; 5 = ____<br />
____ &#8211; 5 = ____<br />
____ &#8211; 5 = ____<br />
____ &#8211; 5 = 0<br />
____ ÷ ____ = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
20-5= 15,<br />
15-5= 10,<br />
10-5= 5,<br />
5-5= 0,<br />
20÷5= 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
we will use repeated subtraction which starts from 20 as given and then we will subtract 5 until we get 0.<br />
20-5= 15,<br />
15-5= 10,<br />
10-5= 5,<br />
5-5= 0,<br />
20÷5= 4.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
10 &#8211; 2 = ____<br />
____ &#8211; 2 = ____<br />
____ &#8211; 2 = ____<br />
____ &#8211; 2 = ____<br />
____ &#8211; 2 = 0<br />
____ ÷ ____ = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
10-2 = 8,<br />
8-2= 6,<br />
6-2= 4,<br />
4-2= 2,<br />
2-2= 0,<br />
10÷5= 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
we will use repeated subtraction which starts from 10 as given and then we will subtract 2 until we get 0.<br />
10-2 = 8,<br />
8-2= 6,<br />
6-2= 4,<br />
4-2= 2,<br />
2-2= 0,<br />
10÷5= 5.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Descartes uses repeated subtraction to ﬁnd 15 ÷ 5. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9400" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.7 10" width="212" height="209" /><br />
Answer: Yes, he is correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As Descartes uses repeated subtraction which starts from 15 as given and then we will subtract 5 until we get 0. So Descartes is correct.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Find Newton’s missing number. Explain how you solved.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9401" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.7 11" width="177" height="174" /><br />
Answer:<br />
18-6= 12,<br />
12-6= 6,<br />
6-6 = 0.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here, given subtract 6 from a number 3 times, and reach 0, so we will multiply 6 by 3 and we will get a number,<br />
which is 6×3= 18. So the number is 18 if we subtract 6, 3 times we will reach 0.<br />
18-6= 12,<br />
12-6= 6,<br />
6-6 = 0.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Each age group is divided into groups of 7 swimmers. How many groups are there in each age group?</p>
<table>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td width="138">Age Group</td>
<td width="132">Number of Swimmers</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="138"> 6 – 8 Years old</td>
<td width="132">28</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="138">9 – 11 Years old</td>
<td width="132">14</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<p>The two age groups are combined into one group. Does the total number of groups change? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
By combining two age groups into one group the total number of groups does not change, as the total number of groups and the combined two age group is equal.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As each age was divided into groups of 7 swimmers, so the number of groups in the 6-8 years old age group is 28÷7= 4 groups. And the number of groups in the 9-11 years old age group is 14÷7= 2 groups. And the total number of groups is 4+2= 6. As the two age groups are combined into one group, so 28+14= 42. So the total number of groups will be 42÷7= 6 groups.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Circle the values of the underlined digit.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9402" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division 1.7 12" width="460" height="61" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-12.png 460w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-3-Chapter-1-Understand-Multiplication-and-Division-1.7-12-300x40.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 460px) 100vw, 460px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
8 tens.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The value of 8 in the digit 581 is 8 tens.</p>
<h3><a id="Understand_Multiplication_and_Division_Performance_Task"></a>Understand Multiplication and Division Performance Task</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
a. Your science teacher gives you 71 picture cards to sort into categories, living and nonliving. You sort 11 cards into the nonliving category. How many cards do you sort into the living category?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9839" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 1" width="178" height="246" /><br />
b. You sort the living cards into 2 categories, plants, and animals. The numbers of cards in each category are equal. How many cards are in the animal category?<br />
c. You divide the animal cards into 6 equal groups. How many animal cards are in each group?<br />
d. The animals in 5 of the groups have backbones, and the animals in the other group do not have backbones. How many more cards have animals with backbones? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9840" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 2" width="129" height="325" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2.png 129w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-2-119x300.png 119w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 129px) 100vw, 129px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
a) 60.<br />
b) 30 cards in the animal category.<br />
c) 5 animal cards.<br />
d)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a) As there are 71 picture cards and 11 of them are sorted into the non-living category, so the remaining cards in the living category are 71-11= 60.<br />
b) As the living cards are 60 and those are divided into two equal categories 60÷2= 30, which is 30 plants and 30 animal cards. So there are 30 cards in the animal category.<br />
c) To divide the animal cards into 6 equal groups, we will divide 30 by 6 and there will be 30÷6= 5  animal cards are in each group.<br />
d)</p>
<h3><a id="Understand_Multiplication_and_Division_Activity"></a>Understand Multiplication and Division Activity</h3>
<p>Hooray Array!</p>
<p>Getting Started: Fill in your board with each number from the Number List. You may write each number in any square. Each square can only have one number.<br />
Directions:<br />
1. Choose a player to be the caller. The caller selects a Hooray Array Equation Card and reads the equation.<br />
2. All players solve the equation and place a counter on the answer. Cover only 1 number per turn.<br />
3. Repeat the process with players taking turns as the caller.<br />
4. The winner is the ﬁrst player who creates a 3 × 3 array on the board and yells, “HOORAY ARRAY!”<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9841" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 3" width="686" height="683" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3.png 686w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3-300x300.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-3-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 686px) 100vw, 686px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<h3><a id="Understand_Multiplication_and_Division_Chapter_practice"></a>Understand Multiplication and Division Chapter practice</h3>
<p><strong>1.1 Use Equal Groups to Multiply</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the model to complete the statements.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9842" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 4" width="620" height="111" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-4.png 620w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-4-300x54.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
2 groups of 3,<br />
3+3= 6,<br />
2×3= 6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here, we can see 2 groups with 3 counters in each group.<br />
So, 2 groups of 3 which is 6, which means 2×3= 6.<br />
And if we add 2 groups of the counter, we will get the  same result,<br />
which is 3+3= 6.</p>
<p>Draw equal groups. Then complete the equations.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
3 groups of 6<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9843" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 5" width="278" height="83" /><br />
Answer:<br />
3 groups of 6,<br />
2+2+2= 6,<br />
3×6= 18.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here, we can see 3 groups with 6 counters in each group.<br />
So, 3 groups of 6 which are 18, which means 3×6= 18.<br />
And if we add 3 groups of the counter, we will get the  same result,<br />
which is 2+2+2= 6.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
4 groups of 5<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9844" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 6" width="321" height="82" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-6.png 321w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-6-300x77.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 321px) 100vw, 321px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
4 groups of 5,<br />
5+5+5+5= 20,<br />
4×5= 20.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here, we can see 4 groups with 5 counters in each group.<br />
So, 4 groups of 5 which is 20, which means 4×5= 20.<br />
And if we add 4 groups of the counter, we will get the  same result,<br />
which is 5+5+5+5= 20.</p>
<p><strong>1.2 Use Number Lines to Multiply</strong></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Find 8 × 3<br />
Number of jumps: ___<br />
Size of each jump: ___<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9845" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 7" width="532" height="62" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-7.png 532w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-7-300x35.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 532px) 100vw, 532px" /><br />
8 × 3 = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
8×3= 24.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Here, we will start at 0 and then we will skip count by 3s eight times. So, the number of jumps is 8, and the size of each jump is 3. which is 8×3= 24.</p>
<p><strong>1.3 Use Arrays to Multiply</strong></p>
<p>Draw an array to multiply.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
2 × 8 = ___</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
2 × 8 = 16.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To draw an array of 2×8, we will take 2 rows and 8 columns to build an array.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11608" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-506-e1607940387879.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="216" height="63" /></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
7 × 4 = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
7 × 4 = 28</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To draw an array of 7×4, we will take 7 rows and 4 columns to build an array.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-11039" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-477-e1607940775720.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division" width="146" height="241" /></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Newton has 32 counters. He says that he can use all the counters to make an array with 6 rows. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9846" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 8" width="151" height="160" /><br />
Answer: No, Newton is not correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No, as Newton has 32 counters which will not make an array with 6 rows. As 32 is not divisible 6, so he is not correct.</p>
<p><strong>1.4 Multiply in Any Order</strong></p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Draw an array to show the Commutative Property of Multiplication. Complete the statements.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9847" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 9" width="147" height="214" /><br />
____ × ____ = ____<br />
____ × ____ = ____<br />
So, ___ × ___ = ____ × ___</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
9×5 = 45,<br />
5×9 = 45,<br />
So, 9×5 = 5×9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see 9 rows of 5,<br />
which means 9×5 = 45,<br />
so by the commutative property of multiplication,<br />
9×5 = 5×9,<br />
which is 45.</p>
<p><strong>Complete the equation.</strong></p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
4 × 10 = 10 × ___<br />
Answer: 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the commutative property of multiplication, which means changing the order of factors which does not change the product. So,<br />
4 × 10 = 10 × 4.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
3 × 9 = ____ × 3<br />
Answer: 9</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the commutative property of multiplication, which means changing the order of factors which does not change the product. So,<br />
3 × 9 = 9 × 3.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
8 × ___ = 4 × 8.<br />
Answer: 4</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the commutative property of multiplication, which means changing the order of factors which does not change the product. So,<br />
8 × 4= 4 × 8.</p>
<p><strong>1.5 Divide: Size of Equal Groups</strong></p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
Divide 27 counters into 3 equal groups. How many counters are in each group?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9848" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 10" width="242" height="84" /><br />
Use the tape diagram to model the equation.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9849" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 11" width="238" height="87" /><br />
27 ÷ 3 = ___<br />
Answer: 9 counters in each group.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given Counters is 27,<br />
now, we will divide 27 counters into groups of 3,<br />
which means<br />
27÷3= 9.<br />
On dividing 27 counters by 3,<br />
we will get the result as 9 groups.</p>
<p>Question 13<br />
Divide 32 counters into4 equal groups. How many counters are in each group?<br />
32 ÷ 4 = ___<br />
Answer: 8 counters in each group.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given Counters is 32,<br />
now, we will divide 32 counters into groups of 4,<br />
which means<br />
32÷4= 8.<br />
On dividing 32 counters by 4,<br />
we will get the result as 8 counters in each group.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
Divide 12 counters into4 equal groups. How many counters are in each group?<br />
12 ÷ 4 = ___<br />
Answer: 3 counters in each group.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given Counters is 12,<br />
now, we will divide 12 counters into groups of 4,<br />
which means<br />
12÷4= 3.<br />
On dividing 12 counters by 4,<br />
we will get the result as 3 counters in each group.</p>
<p><strong>1.6 Divide: Number of Equal Groups</strong></p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
Divide 15 counters into groups of 3. How many groups are there?<br />
15 ÷ 3 = ___<br />
Answer: 5 groups.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given Counters is 15,<br />
now, we will divide 15 counters into groups of 3<br />
which means<br />
15÷3= 5.<br />
On dividing 15 counters by 3,<br />
we will get the result in 5 groups.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
Divide 20 counters into groups of 2. How many groups are there?<br />
20 ÷ 2 = __<br />
Answer: 10 groups.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given Counters is 20,<br />
now, we will divide 20 counters into groups of 2,<br />
which means<br />
20÷2= 10.<br />
On dividing 20 counters by 2,<br />
we will get the result as 10 groups.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Newton and Descartes are trying a new music app. Newton uses 4 credits a day to hear songs without commercials. Descartes uses 2 credits a day to hear songs with commercials. Who runs out of credits ﬁrst? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9850" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 12" width="203" height="116" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9851" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 13" width="577" height="43" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-13.png 577w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-13-300x22.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Newton will run out of credits first than Descartes. No, they will not run out of credits at the same time.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total credits do Newton has in a new music app are 24 and he uses 4 credits a day to hear songs without commercials, so the remaining credits are 24-4= 20. And the total credits Descartes had are 14 and he uses 2 credits a day to hear songs with commercials, which is 14-2= 12. we will use repeated subtraction which starts from 24 as given and then we will subtract 4 until we get 0 which is<br />
24-4= 20<br />
20-4= 16<br />
16-4= 12<br />
12-4= 8<br />
8-4= 4<br />
4-4= 0<br />
so, Newton will run out of credits by his 6 uses. And we will use repeated subtraction for Descartes&#8217;s credits, which is<br />
14-2= 12<br />
12-2= 10<br />
10-2= 8<br />
8-2= 6<br />
6-2= 4<br />
4-2= 2<br />
2-2= 0<br />
so, Descartes will run out of credits by his 7 uses. So Newton will run out of credits earlier than Descartes.</p>
<p><strong>1.7 Use Number Lines to Divide</strong></p>
<p>Complete the equations.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
28 ÷ 7 = ___<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-9852" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Multiplication Facts and Strategies 14" width="606" height="61" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-14.png 606w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-2-Multiplication-Facts-and-Strategies-14-300x30.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 606px) 100vw, 606px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
28 ÷ 7 = 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using the number line, we will countback by 7s from 28 until we reach 0,<br />
28÷7= 4, so there are 4 groups of 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12309" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-522-300x54.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division " width="473" height="85" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-522-300x54.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Screenshot-522.png 596w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 473px) 100vw, 473px" /></p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
18 &#8211; 9 = ___<br />
___ &#8211; 9 = 0<br />
___ ÷ ___ = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
18-9= 0,<br />
9-9= 0<br />
18÷9= 2</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We will use repeated subtraction which starts with 18 as given and then we will subtract 9 until we get 0. So the number of jumps is 2 and the size of the jump is 9.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
12 &#8211; 4 = ___<br />
___ &#8211; 4 = ___<br />
___ &#8211; 4 = 0<br />
___ ÷ ___ = ___<br />
Answer:<br />
12-4= 8<br />
8-4= 4<br />
4-4= 0<br />
12÷4= 3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We will use repeated subtraction which starts with 12 as given and then we will subtract 4 until we get 0. So the number of jumps is 3 and the size of the jump is 4.</p>
<p><em>Final Words:</em></p>
<p>The solutions seen in this chapter are as per the latest edition. The Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division Answers are prepared by the math experts so you don&#8217;t worry about the solutions. I Hope the details prevailed in the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 1 Understand Multiplication and Division made you happy. Please share the Big Ideas Math Answer Key 3rd Grade 1st Chapter Understand Multiplication and Division with your friends and help them to overcome their difficulties in this chapter. Bookmark our site to get the solutions of all grade 3 chapters.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-3-chapter-1/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">9212</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers</title>
		<link>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-4-chapter-3/</link>
					<comments>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-4-chapter-3/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Mounisha Reddy]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sun, 03 Apr 2022 08:53:32 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://ccssmathanswers.com/?p=12769</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Students who are searching Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers pdf can get them here. Big Ideas Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers includes all the important lessons which help to improve your math skills. If you wish to get good marks in the exam, ... <a title="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers" class="read-more" href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-4-chapter-3/" aria-label="Read more about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers">Read more</a>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Students who are searching Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers pdf can get them here. Big Ideas Grade 4 Solution Key Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers includes all the important lessons which help to improve your math skills. If you wish to get good marks in the exam, then you must practice all the problems available on <a href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-4/">Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4</a>. We have covered all the topics in this chapter with a brief explanation of every problem. Check out every problem along with the solution for a better understanding of concepts.</p>
<h2>Big Ideas Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers</h2>
<p>Before you begin practicing the problems, we request you go through all the topics included in this chapter. Students who really want to become a master in math must work hard from the basic level itself. So, Download Free Pdf Big Ideas Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers. This helps you to improve your math skills and become excel in that subject. Students can easily overcome the difficulties in maths and also their performance in the exam with the help of the Big Ideas Grade 4 Answer Key.</p>
<h6><strong>Lesson 1 Understand Multiplicative Comparisons</strong></h6>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_3.1_Understand_Multiplicative_Comparisons">Lesson 3.1 Understand Multiplicative Comparisons</a></li>
<li><a href="#Understand_Multiplicative_Comparisons_Homework_&amp;_Practice_3.1">Understand Multiplicative Comparisons Homework &amp; Practice 3.1</a></li>
</ul>
<h6><strong>Lesson 2 Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands</strong></h6>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _3.2 _Multiply _Tens,_ Hundreds,_ and _Thousands">Lesson 3.2 Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands</a></li>
<li><a href="#Multiply _Tens,_ Hundreds, _and _Thousands_ Homework_ &amp;_ Practice_ 3.2">Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands Homework &amp; Practice 3.2</a></li>
</ul>
<h6><strong>Lesson 3 Estimate Products by Rounding</strong></h6>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _3.3 _Estimate_ Products_ by_ Rounding">Lesson 3.3 Estimate Products by Rounding </a></li>
<li><a href="#Estimate _Products _by _Rounding_ Homework _&amp;_ Practice _3.3">Estimate Products by Rounding Homework &amp; Practice 3.3</a></li>
</ul>
<h6><strong>Lesson 4 Use the Distributive Property to Multiply</strong></h6>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_ 3.4 _Use_ the _Distributive_ Property _to_ Multiply">Lesson 3.4 Use the Distributive Property to Multiply   </a></li>
<li><a href="#Use _the_ Distributive_ Property _to_ Multiply _Homework _&amp; _Practice _3.4">Use the Distributive Property to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 3.4</a></li>
</ul>
<h6><strong>Lesson 5 Use Expanded Form to Multiply</strong></h6>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _3.5_ Use _Expanded _Form _to _Multiply">Lesson 3.5 Use Expanded Form to Multiply</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use_ Expanded_ Form_ to _Multiply _Homework_ &amp;_ Practice_ 3.5">Use Expanded Form to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 3.5</a></li>
</ul>
<h6><strong>Lesson 6 Use Partial Products to Multiply</strong></h6>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_ 3.6 _Use _Partial_ Products_ to _Multiply">Lesson 3.6 Use Partial Products to Multiply</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use_ Partial _Products_ to_ Multiply_ Homework_ &amp;_ Practice_ 3.6">Use Partial Products to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 3.6</a></li>
</ul>
<h6><strong>Lesson 7 Multiply Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers</strong></h6>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_ 3.7_ Multiply _Two-_Digit _Numbers_ by _One-_Digit_ Numbers">Lesson 3.7 Multiply Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers</a></li>
<li><a href="#Multiply _Two-_Digit _Numbers _by _One_-Digit _Numbers _Homework_ &amp;_ Practice_ 3.7">Multiply Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 3.7</a></li>
</ul>
<h6><strong>Lesson 8 Multiply Three- and Four-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers</strong></h6>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson _3.8_ Multiply _Three- _and _Four-_Digit _Numbers _by _One-_Digit _Numbers">Lesson 3.8 Multiply Three- and Four-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers</a></li>
<li><a href="#Multiply _Three- _and _Four-_Digit _Numbers _by _One-_Digit _Numbers_ Homework_ &amp;_ Practice_ 3.8">Multiply Three- and Four-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 3.8</a></li>
</ul>
<h6><strong>Lesson 9 Use Properties to Multiply</strong></h6>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_ 3.9 _Use _Properties_ to _Multiply">Lesson 3.9 Use Properties to Multiply</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use _Properties_ to _Multiply_ Homework_ &amp; _Practice _3.9">Use Properties to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 3.9</a></li>
</ul>
<h6><strong>Lesson 10 Problem Solving: Multiplication</strong></h6>
<ul>
<li><a href="_Multiplication">Lesson 3.10 Problem Solving: Multiplication</a></li>
<li><a href="_Multiplication _Homework_ &amp;_ Practice_ 3.10">Problem Solving: Multiplication Homework &amp; Practice 3.10</a></li>
</ul>
<h6><strong>Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Performance Task</strong></h6>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Multiply _by _One-_Digit _Numbers_ Performance _Task">Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Performance Task</a></li>
<li><a href="#Multiply _by _One-_Digit_ Numbers _Activity">Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Activity</a></li>
<li><a href="#Multiply _by_ One-_Digit_ Numbers _Chapter _Test">Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Chapter Test</a></li>
<li><a href="#Multiply _by_ One-_Digit_ Numbers _Cumulative_ Practice">Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Cumulative Practice</a></li>
<li><a href="#Multiply _by _One-_Digit _Numbers _STEAM_ Performance_ Task">Multiply by One-Digit Numbers STEAM Performance Task </a></li>
</ul>
<h3><a id="Lesson_3.1_Understand_Multiplicative_Comparisons"></a>Lesson 3.1 Understand Multiplicative Comparisons</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Model the counters. Draw to show your model.</p>
<p>There are 20 counters. Five of the counters are yellow. The rest are red.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-20391" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-300x87.png" alt="" width="300" height="87" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-300x87.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.png 438w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>How many more red counters are there than yellow counters?<br />
How many times as many red counters are there as yellow counters?<br />
Answer: model</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20399 size-medium" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.1-300x89.png" alt="" width="300" height="89" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.1-300x89.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.1.png 380w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>15 red counters, 3 times the yellow cou<span style="font-size: 16px;">nters.</span></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Totally there are 20 counters in which 5 of them are yellow counters and the remaining 15 of them are red counters.<br />
So, red counters are three times the yellow counters.</p>
<p><strong>Structure</strong><br />
Explain how you can use an addition equation or a multiplication equation to compare the numbers of yellow counters and red counters.<br />
Answer:  Number of yellow counters = 5 and number of red counters =15,<br />
There are red counters as 3 times of yellow counters that is,<br />
3 × 5 = 15  or<br />
5 + 5 + 5 = 15.</p>
<p>Explanation: Given the total number of yellow counters and the number of red counters so, simply we should use our basic addition rule and basic multiplication rule to explain the mathematical equation for the number of yellow counters and number of red counters.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Understand Multiplicative Comparisons</strong></p>
<p>You can use multiplication to compare two numbers.<br />
<strong>Example</strong><br />
Write two comparison sentences for 24 = 4 × 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12771" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.1-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.1 2" width="653" height="255" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.1-2.png 653w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.1-2-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 653px) 100vw, 653px" /></p>
<p>You can compare two numbers using addition or multiplication.<br />
• Use addition to find or how many more how many fewer<br />
• Use multiplication to find as much. how many times</p>
<p>Answer : 24 is 6 times as many as 4 or 24 is 4 times as many as 6<br />
<strong>Example</strong><br />
Write an equation for each comparison sentence.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12772" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.1-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.1 3" width="542" height="154" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.1-3.png 542w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.1-3-300x85.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /><br />
Answer: 12 = 8 + 4 ,  12 = 3 × 4</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write two comparison sentences for the equation</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
15 = 3 × 5<br />
Answer:  15 is 3 times as many as 5.<br />
or<br />
15 is 5 times as many as 3.</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 3 and 5 ,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 15.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
32 = 4 × 8<br />
Answer: 32 is 4 times as many as 8.<br />
or<br />
32 is 8 times as many as 4.</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 4 and 8 ,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 32.</p>
<p><strong>Draw a model for the comparison sentence. Then write an equation.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
21 is 14 more than 7.<br />
Answer:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20411 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.2.png" alt="" width="296" height="161" /></p>
<p>21 = 14 + 7.</p>
<p>Explanation: The term more than is referred  to addition ,<br />
we should add the numbers 14 and 7,<br />
to get the addition result as 21.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
40 is 8 times as many as 5.<br />
Answer:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20421 size-medium" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.3-300x203.png" alt="" width="300" height="203" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.3-300x203.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.3.png 673w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>40 = 8 × 5.</p>
<p>Explanation: The term as many as is referred  to multiplication ,<br />
we should multiply the numbers 5and 8 ,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 40.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write two comparison sentences for the equation</strong>.<br />
Question 5.<br />
48 = 6 × 8<br />
Answer: 48 is 6 times as many as 8. or<br />
48 is 8 times as many as 6.</p>
<p>Explanation: The term as many as is referred  to multiplication ,<br />
we should multiply the numbers 6and 8 ,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 48.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
63 = 7 × 9<br />
Answer:  63 is 7 as many as 9. or<br />
63 is 9 as many as 7.</p>
<p>Explanation: The term as many as is referred  to multiplication ,<br />
we should multiply the numbers 7and 9 ,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 63.</p>
<p><strong>Write an equation for the comparison sentence.</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
20 is 2 times as many as 10.<br />
Answer: 20 = 2 × 10.</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 2 and 10 ,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 20.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
18 is 10 more than 8.<br />
Answer: 18 = 10 + 8.</p>
<p>Explanation: we should add the numbers 10 and 8,<br />
to get the addition result as 18.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
35 is 7 times as many as 5.<br />
Answer: 35 = 7 × 5.</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 7and 5 ,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 35.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
16 is 4 times as many as 4.<br />
Answer: 16 = 4 × 4.</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 4 and 4 ,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 16.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Earthworms have four more hearts than humans. How many hearts do earth worms have?<br />
Answer: 5.</p>
<p>Explanation: Humans have one heart and question implies that,<br />
Earthworms have four more hearts than humans.<br />
So 1 + 4 = 5.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
Ants can lift 50 times their body weight. An ant weighs 5 milligrams. How much weight can the ant lift?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12773" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.1-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.1 4" width="233" height="110" /></p>
<p>Answer:  250 milligrams.</p>
<p>Explanation: Ant body weight = 5 milligrams and it can lift 50 times their body weight.<br />
So, ant can lift 50 times the 5 milligrams,<br />
that is 5 × 50 = 250 milligrams.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Question 13.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Explain how you know the statement “32 is 8 times as many as 4”is a comparison involving multiplication.<br />
Answer:  Multiplication is used to find as  much or how many times,<br />
and the two factors 8 &amp;  4 gives the product of 32 .<br />
So, 32  = 8 × 4.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Question 14.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Write an addition comparison statement and a multiplication comparison statement for the numbers 8 and 24.<br />
Answer: Addition comparison statement  for 24 = 16 + 8  is ,<br />
24 is 16 more than 8.<br />
multiplication comparison statement for 24 = 3 × 8 is ,<br />
24 is 3 times as many as 8.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
You perform a science experiment and use4 times as much hydrogen peroxide as water. You use a total of 10 tablespoons of liquid. How many table spoons of hydrogen peroxide do you use?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12774" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.1-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.1 5" width="213" height="240" /><br />
Draw a model.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12775" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.1-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.1 6" width="580" height="65" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.1-6.png 580w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.1-6-300x34.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 580px) 100vw, 580px" /></p>
<p>Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20432 size-medium" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.4-300x140.png" alt="" width="300" height="140" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.4-300x140.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.4.png 571w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /> tablespoons of liquid,<br />
8 tablespoons of hydrogen peroxide is used in the solution.</p>
<p>Explanation: Given, hydrogen peroxide used in this solution is 4 times as many as water ,<br />
so let us say that , Hydrogen peroxide is represented as H and water as W,<br />
then we have H = 4W, from the model given we can say that<br />
Hydrogen peroxide + water = 10 tablespoons of liquid,<br />
we get H + W = 10<br />
from above details we can write it as,<br />
4W + W = 10<br />
5W = 10<br />
W = 10/5<br />
w = 2. Replace this value in assumed equation H = 4W that is<br />
H = 4(2)<br />
H = 4 ×2<br />
H = 8.<br />
Hydrogen peroxide (H) = 8<br />
Water (W) = 2, in total<br />
8 + 2 = 10.<br />
Given equation is balanced.<br />
so here we are using 8 tablespoons of Hydrogen peroxide and 2 tablespoons of water to get the required 10 table spoons of liquid.</p>
<p>Find the number of tablespoons of water.<br />
The model shows ______ equal parts. There are ______ tablespoons of liquid in all.<br />
Answer: The model shows 2 tablespoons of water . There are 10 tablespoons of liquid in all.</p>
<p>5 × ? = 10 Think: 5 times what number equals 10?<br />
Answer: 5 × 2 = 10.<br />
Explanation: 10 is 5 times as many as 2.</p>
<p>You use _______ tablespoons of water.<br />
Answer: we use 2 tablespoons of water in the liquid.</p>
<p>Find the number of tablespoons of hydrogen peroxide.<br />
You use ________ times as much hydrogen peroxide as water.<br />
Answer: we use 4 times as much Hydrogen peroxide as water.</p>
<p>2 × 4 = ______<br />
Answer: 2 × 4 = 8. 8 is 2 times as many as 4.</p>
<p>So, you use _______ tablespoons of hydrogen peroxide.<br />
Answer: we use 8 tablespoons of Hydrogen peroxide.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
A bicycle-sharing station on Main Street has 5 times as many bicycles as a station on Park Avenue. There are 24 bicycles at the two stations. How many bicycles are at the Main Street station?<br />
Answer: 20</p>
<p>Explanation: Let us say ,Main street as M and Park Avenue as P,<br />
Given that main street has 5 times as many bicycles as a station on Park Avenue so we get, M = 5P<br />
And there are 24 bicycles at the two stations from that we have M + P = 24,<br />
by replacing the M value in the equation M + P = 24 we get,<br />
5P + P = 24<br />
6P = 24<br />
P = 24/6<br />
P = 4. replace this P value in the above equation M = 5P to get M value, then<br />
M = 5(4)<br />
M = 5 × 4<br />
M = 20.<br />
so we have M = 20 and P = 4, in total<br />
20 + 4 = 24. the given equation is balanced.<br />
Finally, we have 20 bicycles at the Main street station and 4 bicycles at the Park Avenue station.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
In the 2016 Olympics, Brazil won 6 silver medals. France won 3 times as many silver medals as Brazil. How many silver medals did France win?<br />
Answer: 18 silver medals.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Brazil = 6 silver medals,<br />
France = 3 times as many as brazil ,<br />
so 3 × 6 = 18.<br />
France has won 18 silver medals.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
Of all the national flags in the world, there are 3 times as many red, white, and blue flags as there are red, white, and green flags. There are 40 flags with these color combinations. How many more flags are red, white, and blue than red, white, and green?<br />
Answer:</p>
<h3><a id="Understand_Multiplicative_Comparisons_Homework_&amp;_Practice_3.1"></a>Understand Multiplicative Comparisons Homework &amp; Practice 3.1</h3>
<p><strong>Write two comparison sentences for the equation.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
24 = 8 × 3<br />
Answer: 24 is 8 times as many as 3. or<br />
24 is 3 times as many as 8.</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 8 and 3 ,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 24.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
14 = 7 × 2<br />
Answer: 14 is 7 times as many as 2. or<br />
14 is 2 times as many as 7.</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 7 and 2 ,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 14.</p>
<p><strong>Write an equation for the comparison sentence.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
30 is 6 times as many as 5.<br />
Answer: 30 = 6 × 5</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 6 and 5,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 30.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
27 is 3 times as many as 9.<br />
Answer: 27 = 3 × 9</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 3 and 9,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 27.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
12 is 7 more than 5.<br />
Answer: 12 = 7 + 5</p>
<p>Explanation: we should add the numbers 7 and 5,<br />
to get the Addition result as 12.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
10 is 2 times as many as 5.<br />
Answer: 10 = 2 × 5</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 2 and 5,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 10.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
The House of Representatives has 335 more members than the Senate. The Senate has 100 members. How many members does the House of Representatives have?<br />
Answer: 435 members.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
senate has 100 members so, 335 + 100 = 435 .<br />
House of representatives have 435 members.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
A lion’s roar can be heard 5 miles away. The vibrations from an elephant’s stomp can be felt 4 times as many miles away as the lion’s roar can be heard. How many miles away can the vibrations be felt?<br />
Answer: 20 miles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a lion&#8217;s roar can be heard from 5 miles away<br />
Elephant&#8217;s stomp can be felt 4 times as many miles away from the lion&#8217;s roar ,<br />
that is 4 × 5 = 20.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Newton says the equation 270 = 30 × 9 means 270 is 30 times as many as 9. Descartes says it means 270 is 9 times as many as 30. Explain how you know they are both correct.</p>
<p>Answer: Multiplication is used to find as much or how, many times.<br />
Since the two numbers 30 and 9 are the  factors of  multiplication they remain constant,<br />
Even their position in the factors place changes,<br />
The result will be the same product , that is 270.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Precision Compare the door’s height to the desk’s height using multiplication and addition.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12776" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.1-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.1 7" width="221" height="152" /><br />
Answer:  Multiplication comparison:<br />
<span style="font-size: 16px;">Door&#8217;s height is 4 times the height of the desk&#8217;s height,<br />
4 × 2 = 8.<br />
Explanation: by multiplying the 4 times the height of the desk  and 2 we get door&#8217;s height 8 feet.<br />
</span>Addition comparison:<br />
Door&#8217;s height is 6 feet more than height of the desk,<br />
6 + 2 = 8.<br />
Explanation: by adding the 6 feet height of the desk and 2 we get the door&#8217;s height 8 feet.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>Open-Ended</strong><br />
Write a comparison statement for a sum of 28.<br />
Answer:  28 is  20 more than 8.<br />
Explanation: 28  = 20 + 8 . The term sum here refers to addition of two number to get the total number.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
There are 12 shepherds and retrievers in all at a dog park. There are 2 times as many shepherds as retrievers. How many retrievers are there?<br />
Answer: 8 retrievers.</p>
<p>Explanation:  Total count of dogs at a dog park is 12.<br />
Let us say that shepherds as S and retrievers as R , Given that, S + R = 12.<br />
There are 2 times as many shepherds as retrievers.<br />
we have S = 2R,  by replacing this value in equation S + R = 12 we get,<br />
2R + R = 12<br />
3R = 12<br />
R = 12/3<br />
R = 4.  To get S value substitute this value in S = 2R then<br />
S = 2(4)<br />
S = 2 × 4<br />
S = 8.<br />
Finally we have 8 shepherds and 4 retrievers in the dog park.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Pythons sleep 6 times as long as horses. Horses sleep3 hours each day. How many hours do pythons sleep each day?<br />
Answer: 18 hours.</p>
<p>Explanation: Horses sleep 3 hours  and<br />
Python sleep 6 times as long as horses<br />
, so 6 x 3 =  18.<br />
therefore python sleeps 18 hours each day.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You have 8 times as many dimes as nickels. You have18 dimes and nickels altogether. How much money do you have in all?<br />
Answer: I have 16 dimes and 2 nickels.</p>
<p>Explanation: You have 8 times as many dimes as nickels<br />
You have18 dimes and nickels altogether<br />
Let us say, dimes as D and nickels as N then we have, D = 8N,<br />
so, D + N = 18<br />
8N + N = 18<br />
9N = 18<br />
N = 18/9<br />
N = 2. replace the value in D = 8N , we get  D = 8 × 2 = 16 .</p>
<p>So, I have 16 dimes and 2 nickels.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the missing factor.</strong><br />
Question 15.<br />
7 × _____ = 280<br />
Answer: 40</p>
<p>Explanation:    280 is 7 times as many as 40 ,<br />
7 × 40 = 280.<br />
we should multiply the numbers 7 and 40,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 280.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
____ × 30 = 270<br />
Answer: 9</p>
<p>Explanation: 270 is 9 times as many as 30 ,<br />
9 × 30 = 270.<br />
we should multiply the numbers 30 and 9,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 270.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
8 × ____ = 640<br />
Answer: 80</p>
<p>Explanation: 640 is 8 times as many as 80 ,<br />
8 × 80 = 640.<br />
we should multiply the numbers 8 and 80,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 640.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
____ × 90 = 540<br />
Answer: 6</p>
<p>Explanation: 540 is 6 times as many as 90 ,<br />
6 × 90 = 540.<br />
we should multiply the numbers 6 and 90,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 540.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
2 × _____ = 40<br />
Answer: 20</p>
<p>Explanation: 40 is 2 times as many as 20,<br />
2 × 20 = 40.<br />
we should multiply the numbers 2 and 20,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 40.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
_____ × 50 = 350<br />
Answer:  7</p>
<p>Explanation: 350 is 7 times as many as 50 ,<br />
7 × 50 = 350.<br />
we should multiply the numbers 7 and 50,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 350.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _3.2 _Multiply _Tens,_ Hundreds,_ and _Thousands"></a>Lesson 3.2 Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Use models to find each product. Draw your models.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12777" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 1" width="470" height="328" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-1.png 470w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-1-300x209.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /><br />
What pattern do you notice?<br />
Answer:   Model <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20547 size-medium" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6-300x113.png" alt="" width="300" height="113" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6-300x113.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.png 752w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>The Place- value method. From the above pattern, we can conclude that the result has different place-values of 12</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The position of 3 is different in the given 4 multiplications.<br />
So,<br />
4 × 3 = 12<br />
4 × 30 = 120<br />
4 × 300 = 1200<br />
4 × 3000 = 12,000<br />
From the above pattern, we can conclude that the result has different place-values of 12.</p>
<p><strong>Repeated Reasoning</strong><br />
How does 3 × 7 help you to find 3 × 7,000? Explain.<br />
Answer: 3× 7 = 21<br />
3 × 7000 = 21000</p>
<p>Explanation:   When multiplying 3 by 7 we get 21 , same as that when we multiply 3 by 7000 we get 21000.<br />
the number moves to the left and a zero is put in, ,<br />
the number moves three places to the left and zeros are put in,<br />
so the number would become 21000.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands</strong></p>
<p>You can use place value to multiply by tens, hundreds, or thousands.<br />
<strong>Example</strong><br />
Find each product.<br />
7 × 200 = 7 × _____ hundreds<br />
= _____ hundreds<br />
= ______<br />
So, 7 × 200 = _____.</p>
<p>Answer: 1400</p>
<p>Explanation: Using the Place-value method,<br />
7 × 200 = 7 × 2 hundreds<br />
= 14 hundreds<br />
= 1400<br />
So, 7 × 200 = 1400.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>3 × 4,000 = 3 × ______ thousands<br />
= _____ thousands<br />
= _____<br />
So, 3 × 4,000 = ______.</p>
<p>Answer: 12000.</p>
<p>Explanation: Using the Place-value method,<br />
3 × 4,000 = 3 × 4 thousands<br />
= 12 thousands<br />
= 12000<br />
So, 3 × 4,000 = 12000.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
Find each product.<br />
8 × 5 = 40 Multiplication fact<br />
8 × 50 = 400 Find 8 × 5; write 1 zero to show tens.<br />
Answer: 8 × 5 = 40 .</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
8 × 50 = 8 × 5 tens<br />
= 40 × tens<br />
= 400<br />
So,<br />
8 × 50 = 400.</p>
<p>8 × 500 = _____ Find 8 × 5; write 2 zeros to show hundreds.<br />
Answer: 8 × 5 = 40 , 8 × 500 = 4000.</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
8 × 500 = 8 × 50 tens<br />
= 8 × 5 × tens ×  tens<br />
= 40 × tens × tens<br />
= 4000<br />
So,<br />
8 × 500 = 4000.</p>
<p>8 × 5,000= ______ Find 8 × 5; write 3 zeros to show thousands.<br />
Answer : 8 × 5 = 40, 8 × 5,000 = 40,000.</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
8 × 5000 = 8 × 500 tens<br />
= 8 × 5 × tens ×  tens ×tens<br />
= 40 × tens × tens × tens<br />
= 40,000<br />
So,<br />
8 × 5000 = 40,000.<br />
Notice the Pattern: Write the multiplication fact and the same number of zeros that are in the second factor.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find each product.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
6 × 9 = ____<br />
6 × 90 = ____<br />
6 × 900 = ______<br />
6 × 9,000 = _____<br />
Answer: 6 × 9 = 54<br />
6 × 90 = 540<br />
6 × 900 =5400<br />
6 × 9,000 = 54,000</p>
<p>Explanation:  6 × 9 = 54</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
6 × 90 = 6× 9 tens<br />
= 6 × 9 × tens<br />
= 54 × tens<br />
= 540<br />
So,<br />
6 × 90= 540.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
6 × 900 = 6× 90 tens<br />
= 6 × 9 × tens × tens<br />
= 54 × tens × tens<br />
= 5400<br />
So,<br />
6 × 900= 5400.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
6 × 9,000 = 6× 900 tens<br />
= 6 × 90 × tens × tens<br />
= 6 × 9 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 54 × tens × tens × tens<br />
= 54,000<br />
So,<br />
6 × 9,000 = 54,000.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
5 × 2 = ____<br />
5 × 20 = ____<br />
5 × 200 = ______<br />
5 × 2,000 = _____<br />
Answer: 5 × 2 = 10<br />
5 × 20 = 100<br />
5 × 200 = 1000<br />
5 × 2,000 = 10,000.</p>
<p>Explanation: 5 × 2 = 10.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
5 × 20 = 5 × 2 tens<br />
= 10 × tens<br />
= 100<br />
So,<br />
5 × 20 = 100.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
5 × 200 = 5 × 20 tens<br />
= 5 × 2 × tens × tens<br />
= 10 ×  tens × tens<br />
= 1000<br />
So,<br />
5 × 200 = 1000.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
5 × 2,000 = 5× 200 tens<br />
= 5 × 20 × tens × tens<br />
= 5 × 2 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 10× tens × tens × tens<br />
= 10,000<br />
So,<br />
5 × 2,000 = 10,000.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
2 × 3 = _____<br />
2 × 300 = _____<br />
Answer: 2 × 3 = 6<br />
2 × 300 = 600</p>
<p>Explanation:  we should multiply 2 by 3 to get 6.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
2 × 300 = 2 × 30 tens<br />
= 2 × 3 × tens × tens<br />
= 6 ×  tens × tens<br />
= 600<br />
So,<br />
2 × 300 = 600.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
9 × 8 = _____<br />
9 × 8,000 = _____<br />
Answer: 9 × 8 = 72<br />
9 × 8,000 = 72,000</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply 9 by 8 to get 72.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
9 × 8,000 = 9 × 800 tens<br />
= 9 × 80 × tens × tens<br />
= 9 × 8 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 72× tens × tens × tens<br />
= 72,000<br />
So,<br />
9 × 8,000 = 72,000.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
7 × 700 = _____<br />
Answer: 4900</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
7 × 700 = 7 × 70 tens<br />
= 7 × 7 × tens × tens<br />
= 49 ×  tens × tens<br />
= 4900<br />
So,<br />
7 × 700 = 4900.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
3 × 100 = _____<br />
Answer: 300</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
3 × 100 = 3 × 10 tens<br />
= 3 × tens × tens<br />
= 30× tens<br />
= 300<br />
So,<br />
3 × 100 = 300.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
8,000 × 3 = _____<br />
Answer: 24,000</p>
<p>Explanation : By using the place-value method,<br />
3 × 8,000 = 9 × 800 tens<br />
= 3 × 80 × tens × tens<br />
= 3 × 8 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 24× tens × tens × tens<br />
= 24,000<br />
So,<br />
3 × 8,000 = 24,000.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
60 × 2 = _____<br />
Answer: 120</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
2 × 60 = 2 × 6 tens<br />
= 12 × tens<br />
= 120<br />
So,<br />
2 × 60 = 120.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
4 × 4,000 = ______<br />
Answer: 16,000.</p>
<p>Explanation : By using the place-value method,<br />
4 × 4,000 = 4 × 400 tens<br />
= 4 × 40 × tens × tens<br />
= 4 × 4 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 16 × tens × tens × tens<br />
= 16,000<br />
So,<br />
4 × 4,000 = 16,000.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
700 × 5 = _____<br />
Answer: 3500</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
5 × 700 = 5 ×70 tens<br />
= 5 ×7 × tens × tens<br />
= 350× tens<br />
= 3500<br />
So,<br />
5 × 700 = 3500.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
900 × 7 = _____<br />
Answer: 6300</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
7 × 900 = 7 × 90 tens<br />
= 7 × 9 × tens × tens<br />
= 63 × tens × tens<br />
= 6300<br />
So,<br />
7  × 900 = 6300.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
50 × 3 = _____<br />
Answer: 150</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
3 × 50 = 3 × 5 × tens<br />
= 15 × tens<br />
= 150<br />
So,<br />
3 × 50 = 150.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
1,000 × 8 = ______<br />
Answer: 8000</p>
<p>Explanation : By using the place-value method,<br />
8 × 1,000 = 8 × 100 tens<br />
= 8 × 10 × tens × tens<br />
= 8 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 8,000<br />
So,<br />
8 × 1,000 = 8,000.</p>
<p><strong>Find the missing factor</strong><br />
Question 14.<br />
_____ × 6,000 = 24,000<br />
Answer:  4 × 6,000 = 24,000</p>
<p>Explanation :Let the missing number be X<br />
So, X × 6,000 = 24,000<br />
X = 24,000 / 6,000 = 4<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 4.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
9 × ____ = 450<br />
Answer: 9 × 50 = 450</p>
<p>Explanation :<br />
Let the missing number be X<br />
So, 9 × X = 450<br />
X = 450 / 9 = 50<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 50.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
_____ × 30 = 210<br />
Answer: 7 × 30 = 210</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the missing number be X<br />
So, X × 30 = 210<br />
X = 210 / 30 = 7<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 7</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
2 × _____ = 800<br />
Answer: 2 × 400 = 800</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the missing number be X<br />
So, 2 × X = 800<br />
X = 800 / 2 = 400<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 400.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
_____ × 1,000 = 9,000<br />
Answer: 9 × 1,000 = 9,000</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the missing number be X<br />
So, X × 1,000 = 9,000<br />
X = 9,000 / 1,000 = 9<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 9.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
8 × ____ = 640<br />
Answer: 8 × 80 = 640.</p>
<p>Explanation :<br />
Let the missing number be X<br />
So, 8 × X = 640<br />
X = 640 / 8 = 80<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 80</p>
<p><strong>Compare</strong><br />
Question 20.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12778" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 2" width="135" height="45" /><br />
Answer: 7 × 60 = 420</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
7 × 60 = 420<br />
Given numbers are: 420 and 400<br />
By comparing 2 values, we can conclude that 420 is greater than 400</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12779" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 3" width="150" height="45" /><br />
Answer: 500 × 4 = 2,000.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
500 × 4 = 2,000<br />
Given numbers are: 2,000 and 2,000<br />
By comparing 2 values, we can conclude that 2,000 is equal to 2,000</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12780" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 4" width="167" height="44" /><br />
Answer: 3 × 9,000 = 27,000.</p>
<p>Explanation :<br />
3 × 9,000 = 27,000<br />
Given numbers are: 27,000 and 39,000<br />
By comparing 2 values, we can conclude that 27,000 is less than 39,000.</p>
<p>Question 23.<br />
The North Canadian River is 800 miles long. The Amazon River is 5 times longer than the North Canadian River. How many miles long is the Amazon River?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12781" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 5" width="319" height="171" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-5.png 319w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-5-300x161.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 319px) 100vw, 319px" /><br />
Answer: 4,000 miles</p>
<p>Explanation: Let us say North Canadian river as N and Amazon river as A ,<br />
Given that Amazon river is 5 times longer than North Canadian river so A = 5N<br />
N = 800 miles, get this value into above equation then,<br />
A = 5(800)<br />
= 5 × 800<br />
= 4,000.<br />
so Amazon river is 4,000 miles long.</p>
<p>Question 24.<br />
One reusable bag can prevent the use of 600 plastic bags. Six reusable bags can prevent the use of how many plastic bags?<br />
Answer: 3600 plastic bags</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that , One reusable bag can prevent the use of 600 plastic bags.<br />
if one bag = 600 plastic bags then six bags  = ?<br />
let us multiply the bags then we have 6 × 600 = 3600.<br />
so, answer is 3600 plastic bags.</p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend says the product of 6 and 500 will have2 zeros. Is your friend correct? Explain.<br />
Answer: NO</p>
<p>Explanation:  6 × 500 = 3,000.<br />
they mentioned that result will have 2 zero&#8217;s,<br />
but the actual product gives 3 zero&#8217;s.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
An aquarium has 7 bottle nose dolphins. Each dolphin eats 60 pounds of fish each day. The aquarium has510 pounds of fish. Does the aquarium have enough fish to feed the dolphins?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12782" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 6" width="194" height="212" /><br />
Answer: YES</p>
<p>Explanation: Let us say Aquarium as A and Dolphins as D<br />
Given that A = 7D, Aquarium has 510 pounds of fish<br />
Each D = 60 pounds, we get<br />
A = 7 (60)<br />
= 7 × 60<br />
= 420.<br />
All the dolphins will eat 420 pounds of fish and the Aquarium has 510 pounds.510 is greater than 420</p>
<p>Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?<br />
Step 1: How many pounds of fish do all of the dolphins eat?<br />
7 × 60 = _____<br />
Answer: 7 × 60 = 420.<br />
All of the dolphins eat _______ pounds of fish.<br />
Answer: 420 pounds.<br />
Step 2: Compare the number of pounds of fish all of the dolphin seat to the number of pounds of fish the aquarium has.<br />
Answer: Aquarium has 510 pounds of fish and all the dolphins will eat 420 pounds of fish<br />
so, 510 is greater than 420<br />
The aquarium _______ have enough fish to feed the dolphins.<br />
Answer: 510 pounds of fish.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 26.<br />
Students want to make 400 dream catchers for a craft fair. Each dream catcher needs 8 feathers. The students have3,100 feathers. Do the students have enough feathers for all of the dream catchers?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12783" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 7" width="167" height="279" /><br />
Answer: NO</p>
<p>Explanation: Let us say Dream catcher as D and Feathers as F, total Dream catchers we want are 400 and<br />
Each Dream catcher needs 8 Feathers  so D = 8F, students have 3,100 Feathers<br />
Then , by calculating , 3,100 /8 = 387.5.<br />
to get up to the total count of required 400 Dream catchers Feathers are not sufficient as 400 is greater than 387.</p>
<p>Question 27.<br />
A principal has 3 rolls of 800 raffle tickets each and 5 rolls of 9,000 raffle tickets each. How many raffle tickets does the principal have?<br />
Answer: 47,400 raffle tickets are there with the principal.</p>
<p>Explanation: A principal has 3 rolls of 800 raffle tickets each and 5 rolls of 9,000 raffle tickets each.<br />
Then we have 3 × 800 and 5 × 9,000<br />
= 2,400 and 45,000<br />
Totally , 45,000 + 2,400 = 47,400 .</p>
<p>So, 47,400 raffle tickets are there with the principal.</p>
<p>Question 28.<br />
You have 2 sheets of 4 stickers each. Your friend has 20 times as many stickers as you. Your teacher has 700 times as many stickers as you. How many stickers do the three of you have in all?<br />
Answer: Three of us have  5,768 stickers in all.</p>
<p>Explanation: You have 2 sheets of 4 stickers each. that is 2 × 4 = 8 stickers.<br />
Your friend has 20 times as many stickers as you. that is 20 × 8 = 160 stickers.<br />
Your teacher has 700 times as many stickers as you. that is 700 × 8 = 5,600 stickers.<br />
Then 5,600 + 160 + 8 = 5,768 stickers.</p>
<p>So, Three of us have  5,768 stickers in all.</p>
<h3><a id="Multiply _Tens,_ Hundreds, _and _Thousands_ Homework_ &amp;_ Practice_ 3.2"></a>Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands Homework &amp; Practice 3.2</h3>
<p><strong>Find each product</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
3 × 3 = ____<br />
3 × 30 = ____<br />
3× 300 = ______<br />
3 × 3,000 = _____<br />
Answer: 3 × 3 = 9<br />
3 × 30 = 90<br />
3× 300 = 900<br />
3 × 3,000 = 9,000</p>
<p>Explanation:  3 × 3 = 9</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
3 × 30 = 3× 3 × tens<br />
= 9 × tens<br />
= 90<br />
So,<br />
3 × 30= 90.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
3 × 300 = 3× 30 tens<br />
= 3 × 3 × tens × tens<br />
= 9 × tens × tens<br />
= 900<br />
So,<br />
3 × 300= 900.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
3 × 3,000 = 3 × 300 tens<br />
= 3 × 30 × tens × tens<br />
= 3 × 3 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 9 × tens × tens × tens<br />
= 9,000<br />
So,<br />
3 × 3,000 = 9,000.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
8 × 7 = ____<br />
8 × 70 = ____<br />
8 × 700 = ______<br />
8 × 7,000 = _____<br />
Answer: 8 × 7 = 56<br />
8 × 70 = 560<br />
8 × 700 = 5600<br />
8 × 7,000 = 56,000</p>
<p>Explanation:  8 × 7 = 56</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
8 × 70 = 8 × 7 tens<br />
= 8 × 7 × tens<br />
= 56 × tens<br />
= 560<br />
So,<br />
8 × 70= 560.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
8 × 700 = 8 × 70 tens<br />
= 8 × 7 × tens × tens<br />
= 56 × tens × tens<br />
= 5600<br />
So,<br />
8 × 700= 5600.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
8 × 7,000 = 8 × 700 tens<br />
= 8 × 70 × tens × tens<br />
= 8 × 7 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 56 × tens × tens × tens<br />
= 56,000<br />
So,<br />
8 × 7,000 = 56,000.</p>
<p><strong>Find the product.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
9 × 90 = ____<br />
Answer: 9 × 90 = 810</p>
<p>Explanation:  we should multiply 9 by 9 to get 81 that implies 9 × 90 = 810.<br />
By using the place-value method,<br />
9 × 90 = 9 × 9 tens<br />
= 81 × tens<br />
= 810<br />
So,<br />
9 × 90 = 810.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
6,000 × 1 = _____<br />
Answer: 6,000 × 1 = 6,000.</p>
<p>Explanation : By using the place-value method,<br />
1 × 6,000 = 1× 600 tens<br />
= 1 × 60 × tens × tens<br />
= 1 × 6 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 6 × tens × tens × tens<br />
= 6,000<br />
So,<br />
1 × 6,000 = 6,000.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
8 × 200 = _____<br />
Answer: 8 × 200 = 1600.</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
8 × 200 = 8 ×20 tens<br />
= 8 ×2 × tens × tens<br />
= 160× tens<br />
= 1600<br />
So,<br />
8 × 200 = 1600.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
3,000 × 6 = _____<br />
Answer: 3,000 × 6 = 18,000.</p>
<p>Explanation : By using the place-value method,<br />
6 × 3,000 = 6 × 300 tens<br />
= 6 × 30 × tens × tens<br />
= 6 × 3 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 18 × tens × tens × tens<br />
= 18,000<br />
So,<br />
6 × 3,000 = 18,000.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
5 × 500 = _____<br />
Answer: 5 × 500 = 2500.</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
5 × 500 = 5 ×50 tens<br />
= 5 ×5 × tens × tens<br />
= 250× tens<br />
= 2500<br />
So,<br />
5 × 500 = 2500.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
2 × 90 = ______<br />
Answer: 2 × 90 = 180</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
2 × 90 = 2 × 9 × tens<br />
= 18 × tens<br />
= 180<br />
So,<br />
2 × 90 = 180.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
7 × 300 = ______<br />
Answer: 7 × 300 = 2100</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
7 × 300 = 7 × 30 tens<br />
= 7 × 3 × tens × tens<br />
= 21 × tens × tens<br />
= 2100<br />
So,<br />
7  × 300 = 2100.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
20 × 2 = _____<br />
Answer:  20 × 2 = 40</p>
<p>Explanation: By using the place-value method,<br />
2 × 20 = 2 × 2 × tens<br />
= 4 × tens<br />
= 40<br />
So,<br />
2 × 20 = 40.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
6,000 × 5 = _____<br />
Answer:  6,000 × 5 = 30,000.</p>
<p>Explanation : By using the place-value method,<br />
5 × 6,000 = 5 × 600 tens<br />
= 5 × 60 × tens × tens<br />
= 5 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 30,000<br />
So,<br />
5 × 6,000 = 30,000.</p>
<p><strong>Find the missing factor.</strong><br />
Question 12.<br />
_____ × 400 = 3,200<br />
Answer:  8 × 400 = 3,200</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the missing number be X<br />
So, X × 400 = 3,200<br />
X = 3,200 / 300 = 8<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 8</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
1 × _____ = 500<br />
Answer: 1 × 500 = 500.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the missing number be X<br />
So, 1 × X = 500<br />
X = 500 / 1 = 500<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 500</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
_____ × 300 = 1,200<br />
Answer:  4 × 300 = 1,200</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the missing number be X<br />
So, X × 300 = 1,200<br />
X = 1,200 / 300 = 4<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 4</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
8 × ____ = 720<br />
Answer: 8 × 90 = 720</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the missing number be X<br />
So, 8 × X = 720<br />
X = 720 / 8 = 90<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 90</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
_____ × 1,000 = 7,000<br />
Answer:   7 × 1,000 = 7,000</p>
<p>Explanation :<br />
Let the missing number be X<br />
So, X × 1,000 = 7,000<br />
X = 7,000 / 1,000 = 7<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 7</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
8 × _____ = 4,800<br />
Answer: 8 × 600 = 4,800</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the missing number be X<br />
So, 8 × X = 4,800<br />
X = 4,800 / 8 = 600<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 600</p>
<p><strong>Compare.</strong><br />
Question 18.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12784" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 8" width="145" height="42" /><br />
Answer: 9 × 400 is equal to 3,600</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
9 × 400 = 3,600<br />
Given numbers are: 3,600 and 3,600<br />
By comparing 2 values, we can conclude that 3,600 is equal to 3,600</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12785" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 9" width="129" height="42" /><br />
Answer: 360 is less than 660</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
6 × 60 = 360<br />
Given numbers are: 360 and 660<br />
By comparing 2 values, we can conclude that 360 is less than 660.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12786" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 10" width="171" height="46" /><br />
Answer: 16,000 is greater than 10,000</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
8,000 × 2 = 16,000<br />
Given numbers are: 16,000 and 10,000<br />
By comparing 2 values, we can conclude that 16,000 is greater than 10,000</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
<strong>Patterns</strong><br />
Describe and complete the pattern.<br />
1 × 4 = _____<br />
2 × 40 = _____<br />
3 × 400 = ____<br />
_____ × _____ = _____<br />
_____ × _____ = ______<br />
Answer:  1 × 4 = 4<br />
2 × 40 = 80<br />
3 × 400 = 1200<br />
4 × 4,000 = 16,000<br />
5 × 40,000 = 200,000<br />
Explanation :  we should multiply the numbers 1 and 4 to get 4 .<br />
By using the place-value method,<br />
2 × 40 = 2 × 4 tens<br />
= 8 × tens<br />
= 80<br />
So,<br />
2 × 40 = 80.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
3 × 400 = 3 × 40 tens<br />
= 3 × 4 × tens × tens<br />
= 12 ×  tens × tens<br />
= 120× tens<br />
= 1200<br />
So,<br />
3 × 400 = 1200.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
4 × 4,000 = 4 × 4,000 tens<br />
= 4 × 40 × tens × tens<br />
= 4 × 4 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 16× tens × tens × tens<br />
= 16,000<br />
So,<br />
4 × 4,000 = 16,000.</p>
<p>By using the place-value method,<br />
5 × 40,000 = 5 × 4,000 tens<br />
= 5 × 400 × tens × tens<br />
= 5 × 40 × tens ×  tens × tens<br />
= 5 × 4 × tens × tens × tens × tens<br />
= 200,000<br />
So,<br />
5 × 40,000 = 200,000.</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Without calculating, tell whether the product of 5 and 700 or the product of 5 and 7,000 is greater. Explain how you know.<br />
Answer: The place value method.<br />
This is a common <b>method</b> used to know how to multiply by ten: When multiplying 5 by ten, the number moves to the left and a zero is put in, so the number becomes 50. If you multiply 5 by 100, the number moves two places to the left and zeros are put in, so the number would become 500.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
This shows that to know the greater value of the product of 5 and 700 or the product of 5 and 7,000 is determined by the place of the zero&#8217;s in the number.<br />
So, product of 5 and 7,000 is greater than the product of 5 and 700.</p>
<p>Question 23.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
How does 3 × 6 help you to find 3,000 × 6? Explain.<br />
Answer: 3 × 6 = 18   so 3,000 × 6 = 18000.</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the 3 and 6 to get 18 ,like wise<br />
the zero&#8217;s value increases when they start to move left side adding another zero until  the thousands place is filled so we have<br />
3,000 × 6 = 18,000.</p>
<p>Question 24.<br />
<strong>Open-Ended</strong><br />
Write a multiplication equation with a product of 120.<br />
Answer: 4 × 30 = 120 or 3 × 40 = 120</p>
<p>Explanation: the product of the two numbers 4 and 3 is 12 that implies<br />
if the zero, is in tens place in any one of the number in multiplying<br />
we get the same number as a product so, 4 × 30 = 120 or 3 × 40 = 120.</p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A second grade student answers about 2,000 math problems each month. A fourth grade student answers about 7,000 math problems each month. How many total problems would 8 second grade students and 9 fourth grade students answer in one month?<br />
Answer: Totally they both answer 79,000 math problems in one month.</p>
<p>Explanation: A second grade student answers about 2,000 math problems each month.<br />
For 8 students to solve in 1 month we have, 8 × 2,000 = 16,000.</p>
<p>A fourth grade student answers about 7,000 math problems each month.<br />
For 9 students to solve in 1 month we have, 9 × 7,000 = 63,000.</p>
<p>They both have answered, 63,000 + 16,000 = 79,000.<br />
Totally they both answer 79,000 math problems in one month.</p>
<p>Question 26.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A teacher has 5 boxes with 50 pencils in each box. He also has 3 boxes with 20 pens in each box. A student donates 25 pencils. How many pens and pencils does the teacher have now?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12787" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 11" width="163" height="145" /><br />
Answer: He has 275 pencils and 60 pens.</p>
<p>Explanation: A teacher has 5 boxes with 50 pencils in each box.  so, 5 × 50 = 250 pencils<br />
He also has 3 boxes with 20 pens in each box. so, 3 × 20 = 60 pens.<br />
A student donates 25 pencils. so 250 + 25 = 275 pencils.</p>
<p>So, He has 275 pencils and 60 pens.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Complete the table.</strong><br />
Question 27.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12788" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 12" width="144" height="140" /><br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20969 size-medium" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7-300x179.png" alt="" width="300" height="179" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7-300x179.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7.png 592w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p>Question 28.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12789" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.2-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.2 13" width="137" height="142" /><br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-20994 size-medium" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8-300x173.png" alt="" width="300" height="173" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8-300x173.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.png 438w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _3.3 _Estimate_ Products_ by_ Rounding"></a>Lesson 3.3 Estimate Products of Rounding</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>There are 92 marbles in each jar.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12790" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 1" width="574" height="118" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-1.png 574w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-1-300x62.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 574px) 100vw, 574px" /><br />
Estimate the total number of marbles in two ways.<br />
Answer:  540 and 600<br />
Explanation: 1 jar has 92 marbles, then 6 jars has  6 × 92 marbles<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
92 is close to 90;<br />
6 x 90 = 540.<br />
and<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
92 is close to 100;<br />
6 x 100 = 600.<br />
So the total number of marbles count is in between 540 and 600.</p>
<p>Round 92 to the nearest ten.<br />
Answer:  90<br />
Explanation: Round the nearest tens , so 92 is close to 90.</p>
<p>Round 92 to the nearest hundred.<br />
Answer: 100<br />
Explanation: Round the nearest tens , so 92 is close to 100.</p>
<p>Which estimate do you think is closer to the total number of marbles? Explain.<br />
Answer:   540. The one 92 is closer to 90.<br />
Because marbles in all jars are calculated as 552 by multiplying the 6 and 992.</p>
<p>Explanation: 1 jar has 92 marbles, then 6 jars has  6 × 92 marbles<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
92 is close to 90;<br />
6 x 90 = 540.<br />
and<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
92 is close to 100;<br />
6 x 100 = 600.<br />
So the total number of marbles count is in between 540 and 600.</p>
<p><strong>Repeated Reasoning</strong><br />
Would your answer to the question above change if there were 192 marbles in each jar? Explain<br />
Answer: Yes. 1,140 and 1200.</p>
<p>Explanation: 1 jar has 192 marbles, then 6 jars has  6 × 192 marbles<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
192 is close to 190;<br />
6 x 190 = 1,140.<br />
and<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
192 is close to 200;<br />
6 x 200 = 1200.<br />
So the total number of marbles count is in between 1,140 and 1200.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Estimate Products</strong></p>
<p>You can estimate a product by rounding.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12791" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 2" width="184" height="247" /><br />
<strong>Example</strong><br />
Estimate 7 × 491<br />
Round 491 to the nearest hundred. Then multiply.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12792" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 3" width="159" height="119" /><br />
So, 7 × 491 is about ______.<br />
Answer: 3,430<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
491 is close to 490; ;<br />
7 x 490 = 3,430</p>
<p>When solving multiplication problems, you can check whether an answer is reasonable by finding two estimates that a product is between.<br />
<strong>Example</strong><br />
Find two estimates that the product of 4 × 76 is between.<br />
Think: 76 is between 70 and 80.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12793" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 4" width="388" height="108" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-4.png 388w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-4-300x84.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 388px) 100vw, 388px" /><br />
So, the product is between _______ and ____.<br />
Answer: 280 and 320.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
76 is close to 70;<br />
4 x 70 = 280.<br />
or<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
76 is close to 80;<br />
80 x 4 = 320</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Estimate the product.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
3 × 89<br />
Answer: 270</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
89 is close to 90;<br />
3 x 90 = 270</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
8 × 721<br />
Answer: 5,760</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
721 is close to 720;<br />
8 x 720 = 5,760</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
5 × 7,938<br />
Answer: 39,700</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
7,938 is close to 7,940;<br />
5  x  7,940 = 39,700</p>
<p><strong>Find two estimates that the product is between</strong><br />
Question 4.<br />
9 × 44<br />
Answer: 360 and 450</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
44 is close to 40;<br />
9 x 40 = 360<br />
and<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
44 is close to 50;<br />
9 x 50 = 450<br />
The product is in between 360 and 450.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
2 × 657<br />
Answer:  1,300 and  1,320</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
657 is close to 650;<br />
2 x 650 = 1,300<br />
and<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
657 is close to 660;<br />
2 x 660 = 1,320<br />
The product is in between 1,300 and  1,320</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
6 × 4,243<br />
Answer:  25,440 and 25,500</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
4,243 is close to 4,240;<br />
6 x 4,240 = 25,440<br />
and<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
4,243 is close to 4,250;<br />
6 x 4,250 = 25,500<br />
The product is in between 25,440 and 25,500</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Estimate the product.</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
4 × 65<br />
Answer: 240</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
65 is close to 60;<br />
4 x 60 = 240</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
248 × 7<br />
Answer:  1,750</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
248 is close to 250;<br />
250 x 7 = 1,750</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
3 × 9,032<br />
Answer: 27,090</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
9,032 is close to 9,030;<br />
3 x 9,030 = 27,090</p>
<p><strong>Find two estimates that the product is between.</strong><br />
Question 10.<br />
32 × 9<br />
Answer:  270 and  360</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
32 is close to 30;<br />
9 x 30 = 270<br />
and<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
32 is close to 40;<br />
9 x 40 = 360<br />
The product is in between 270 and 360</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
970 × 5<br />
Answer: 4,850</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There is no need to Round to the nearest tens. Because the number 970 is already has its tens value<br />
970 x 5 = 4,850 .</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
6 × 5,328<br />
Answer:  31,920 and 31,968</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
5,328 is close to 5,320;<br />
6 x 5,320 = 31,920</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
5,328 is close to 5,330;<br />
6 x 5,330 = 31,968</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
A sales representative sells 4 smart watches for $199 each. To determine whether the sales representative collects at least $1,000, can you use an estimate, or is an exact number required? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12794" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 5" width="162" height="191" /><br />
Answer: $800</p>
<p>Explanation: if each watch cost $199, 4 × 199<br />
then 4 watches costs $ 800<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
199 is close to 200;<br />
4 x 200 = 800<br />
The estimated cost is $800.</p>
<p><strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
A student finds the product. Is her answer reasonable? Estimate to check.<br />
Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12795" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 6" width="156" height="50" /><br />
Answer:  The answer is not reasonable</p>
<p>Explanation: The given number is already at its tens place so,<br />
There is no need to Round to the nearest tens.<br />
480 x 8 = 3,840</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12796" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 7" width="148" height="50" /><br />
Answer: 7,600<br />
The product is equal to the result but the estimated result is different</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
1,904 is close to 1,900;<br />
1,900 x 4 = 7,600</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Use two of the numbers below to write an expression for a product that can be estimated as shown. You may use the numbers more than once.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12797" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 8" width="472" height="38" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-8.png 472w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-8-300x24.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 472px) 100vw, 472px" /><br />
Question 16.<br />
Estimate: 40,000<br />
____ × _____<br />
Answer:  5 and 8,932  are used here.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
8,932 is close to 8,930;<br />
5 x 8,930 = 44,650<br />
The product is estimated as the nearest to 40,000</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
Estimate: 9,000<br />
_____ × ____<br />
Answer:  3 and  2,842 are used here.<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
2,842 is close to 2,850;<br />
3 x 2,850 = 8,550<br />
The product is estimated as the nearest to 9,000</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
Estimate: 72,000<br />
_____ × ______<br />
Answer: 8 and 8,932  are used here.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
8,932 is close to 8,930;<br />
8 x 8,930 = 71,440<br />
The product is estimated as the nearest to 72,000.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
Estimate: 45,000<br />
_____ × ______<br />
Answer:   5 and 8,932  are used here.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
8,932 is close to 8,930;<br />
5 x 8,930 = 44,650<br />
The product is estimated as the nearest to 45,000.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
About how much more money was earned from new release rentals than from top pick rentals?<br />
Estimate the amount of money earned from new release rentals.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12798" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 9" width="286" height="263" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12799" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 10" width="372" height="248" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-10.png 372w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-10-300x200.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 372px) 100vw, 372px" /><br />
So, about $ ______ more was earned from new release rentals.<br />
Answer: Estimation of the amount of money earned from new release rentals is  $15,250,<br />
Estimation of the amount of money earned from top pick rentals is $11,970,<br />
Money was earned from new release rentals than from top pick rentals is $3,280</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Estimation of the amount of money earned from new release rentals is<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
3,047 is close to 3,050;<br />
$5 x 3,050 = $15,250</p>
<p>Estimation of the amount of money earned from top pick rentals is<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
3,986 is close to 3,990;<br />
$3 x 3,990 = $11,970</p>
<p>Money was earned from new release rentals than from top pick rentals is<br />
subtract  $11,970 from $15,250 then we get  $3,280.<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-21116 size-medium" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9-300x186.png" alt="" width="300" height="186" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9-300x186.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.png 328w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" />.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Use the graph above.</strong><br />
Question 20.<br />
About how much more money was earned from top pick rentals than from television episode rentals?<br />
Answer:  Estimation of the amount of money earned from top pick rentals is  $11,970<br />
Estimation of the amount of money earned from to television episode rentals is $1,700<br />
Money was earned from top pick rentals than from television episode rentals is $10,270</p>
<p>Explanation:   Estimation of the amount of money earned from top pick rentals is<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
3,986 is close to 3,990;<br />
$3 x 3,990 = $11,970</p>
<p>Estimation of the amount of money earned from to television episode rentals is<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
849 is close to 850;<br />
$2 x 850 = $1,700</p>
<p>Money was earned from top pick rentals than from television episode rentals is<br />
subtract $1,700 from $11,970 we get  $10,270.</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
Your friend says that the number of top picks rented is about 5 times as many as the number of television episodes rented. Is your friend correct? Explain.<br />
Answer: yes. The number of top picks rented is about 5 times as many as the number of television episodes rented.</p>
<p>Explanation:   Estimation of the amount of money earned from top pick rentals is<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
3,986 is close to 3,990;<br />
$3 x 3,990 = $11,970</p>
<p>Estimation of the amount of money earned from to television episode rentals is<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
849 is close to 850;<br />
$2 x 850 = $1,700</p>
<p>Money was earned from top pick rentals than from television episode rentals is<br />
subtract $1,700 from $11,970 we get  $10,270.</p>
<p>The number of top picks rented is about 5 times as many as the number of television episodes rented.<br />
5 × $1,700 = $8,500</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
An accountant says that the total amount of money earned from new release rentals is $11,958. Check whether the accountant’s answer is reasonable by finding two estimates that the total is between.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12800" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 11" width="248" height="136" /><br />
Answer: The total amount of money earned from new release rentals is $11,958 is not reasonable .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Estimation of the amount of money earned from new release rentals is<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
3,047 is close to 3,040;<br />
$5 x 3,040 = $15,200<br />
Estimation of the amount of money earned from new release rentals is<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
3,047 is close to 3,050;<br />
$5 x 3,050 =  $15,250<br />
The estimated product should be in between  $15,200 and $15,250</p>
<h3><a id="Estimate _Products _by _Rounding_ Homework _&amp;_ Practice _3.3"></a>Estimate Products of Rounding Homework &amp; Practice 3.3</h3>
<p><strong>Estimate the product</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
7 × 42<br />
Answer: 280</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
42 is close to 40;<br />
7 x 40 = 280</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
85 × 4<br />
Answer: 320</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
85 is close to 80;<br />
4 x 80 = 320</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
2 × 698<br />
Answer: 1,400</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
698 is close to 700;<br />
2 x 700 = 1,400</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
6 × 705<br />
Answer: 4,200</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
705 is close to 700;<br />
6 x 700 = 4,200</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
1,834 × 9<br />
Answer: 16,470</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
1,834 is close to 1,830;<br />
9 x 1,830 = 16,470</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
7,923 × 8<br />
Answer: 63,360</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
7,923 is close to 7,920;<br />
8 x 7,920 = 63,360</p>
<p><strong>Find two estimates that the product is between</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
3 × 95<br />
Answer: 270 and 300</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
95 is close to 90;<br />
3 x 90 = 270<br />
and<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
95 is close to 100;<br />
3 x 100 = 300<br />
The product is in between 270 and 300</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
23 × 5<br />
Answer: 100 and 150</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
23 is close to 20;<br />
20 x 5 = 100<br />
and<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
23 is close to 30;<br />
5 x 30 = 150<br />
The product is in between 100 and 150</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
537 × 6<br />
Answer: 3,240 and 3,180</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
537 is close to 530;<br />
6 x 530 = 3,180<br />
and<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
537 is close to 540;<br />
6 x 540 = 3,240<br />
The product is in between 3,240 and 3,180</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
8 × 309<br />
Answer: 2,400 and 2,4800</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
309 is close to 300;<br />
8 x 300 = 2,400<br />
and<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
309 is close to 310;<br />
8 x 310 = 2,480<br />
The product is in between 2,400 and 2,4800</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
1,649 × 7<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
1,649 is close to 1,640;<br />
1,640 x 7 = 11,480<br />
and<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
1,649 is close to 1,650;<br />
1,650 x 7 = 11,550<br />
The product is in between 11,480  and  11,550.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
4 × 6,203<br />
Answer: 24,800  and  24,840.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
6,203 is close to 6,200;<br />
4 x 6,200 = 24,800</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
6,203 is close to 6,210;<br />
4 x 6,210 = 24,840</p>
<p>The product is in between  24,800  and  24,840.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
Construction workers build 54 feet of a bridge each day for 9 days. To determine whether the bridge is at least 490 feet long, can you use an estimate, or is an exact answer required? Explain.<br />
Answer: exact answer is 9 × 54 = 486 feet long .which is close to the target of 490 feet long</p>
<p>Explanation: if 54 feet of a bridge  each day for 9 days, we get 9 × 54<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
54 is close to 500;<br />
9 x 50 = 450.<br />
The estimated product 450 feet is close to given target of 490 feet long and an exact answer can also satisfies.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
A student finds the product. Is his answer reasonable? Estimate to check.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12801" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 12" width="162" height="52" /><br />
Answer: Yes .The answer is reasonable  and The estimated product is 17,070.<br />
Explanation:   5,692 × 3<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
5,692 is close to 5,690;<br />
3 x 5,690 = 17,070<br />
The estimated product is 17,070</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
An astronaut earns $5,428 each month. You estimate that she will earn $35,000 in 7 months. Is the amount she earns in 7 months greater than or less than your estimate? Explain.<br />
Answer: The estimated product  $38,010 is greater than the given $35,000.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
if astronaut earns $5,428 each month then ,<br />
Estimation of the amount of money earned for 7 months is $5,428 × 7<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
5,428 is close to 5,430;<br />
$5,430 x 7 = $38,010<br />
The estimated product  $38,010 is greater than the given $35,000.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Explain how estimating by rounding can be helpful as a check when finding a product.<br />
Answer:  sTo find the actual product of the two factors of numbers are quite hard for larger digit numbers so by rounding the higher digit numbers which have nearest to 10&#8217;s or 100&#8217;s. We will get the estimated product easily and fast . To get the actual product we have to use the normal method .</p>
<p><strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Use the graph to answer the question.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12802" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.3 13" width="367" height="211" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-13.png 367w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.3-13-300x172.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 367px) 100vw, 367px" /><br />
Question 17.<br />
Which animal has a heart rate that is about 2 times as fast as a whale’s?<br />
Answer: Horse</p>
<p>Explanation: whale has heart rate of 20 Bpm<br />
Horse has around 40 Bpm as per the given details, so<br />
Horse = 2(20) Bpm<br />
Horse has a heart rate that is about 2 times as fast as a whale’s</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
About how many times does a giraffe’s heart beat in 5 minutes? Find two estimates that the answer is between.<br />
Answer:  300 and 350 times<br />
Explanation:<br />
Giraffe&#8217;s heart beat is in between 60  and 70 as per the details so<br />
to find for 5 min we have to multiply 5 × 60  and 5 × 70<br />
so, 300 and 350 is the estimation times.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Use the Distributive Property to find the product.</strong><br />
Question 19.<br />
9 × 6 = ____ × (5 + ____)<br />
= (9 × 5) + (____ + _____)<br />
= ____ + ____<br />
= _____<br />
Answer: 54</p>
<p>Explanation: by using Distributive property<br />
9 × 6 = 9 × (5 + 1)<br />
= (9 × 5) + (9 × 1)<br />
= 45 + 9<br />
= 54</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
7 × 7 = 7 × (5 + ____)<br />
= (_____ × 5) + (7 × _____)<br />
= _____ + _____<br />
= _____<br />
Answer: 49</p>
<p>Explanation: by using Distributive property<br />
7 × 7 = 7 × (5 + 2)<br />
= (7 × 5) + (7 × 2)<br />
= 35 + 14<br />
= 49</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_ 3.4 _Use_ the _Distributive_ Property _to_ Multiply"></a>Lesson 3.4 Use the Distributive Property to Multiply</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Use base ten blocks to model 4 × 16. Draw your model. Then find the area of the model.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12803" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 1" width="444" height="142" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-1.png 444w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-1-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 444px) 100vw, 444px" /><br />
4 × 16 = _____<br />
Break apart 16 to show two smaller models. Find the area of each model. What do you notice about the sum of the areas?<br />
Area = _____ Area = ______<br />
Answer:  64<br />
Explanation: 4 × 16 = 4× (10 + 6)<br />
= (4 × 10) + (4 × 6)<br />
= 40 + 24<br />
= 64</p>
<p><strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
How does this strategy relate to the Distributive Property? Explain.<br />
Answer: Because of the evenly distributed  numbering among the place &#8211; values of the numbers. This property helps to find the product in a easy way.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Use the Distributive Property to Multiply</strong></p>
<p>Think: One way to multiply a two-digit number is to first break apart the number. Then use the Distributive Property.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12804" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 2" width="159" height="221" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12805" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 3" width="499" height="446" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-3.png 499w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-3-300x268.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /><br />
Answer: 108</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Draw an area model. Then find the product.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
7 × 11 = ____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12806" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 4" width="289" height="161" /><br />
Answer: 77<br />
Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29476" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8-2.png" alt="" width="300" height="170" /><br />
by using Distributive property<br />
7 × 11 = 7 × (7 + 4)<br />
= (7 × 7) + (7 × 4)<br />
= 49 + 28<br />
= 77</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
2 × 15 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12807" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 5" width="285" height="154" /><br />
Answer: 30</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29443" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.9-1.png" alt="" width="293" height="174" /><br />
by using Distributive property<br />
2 × 15 = 2 × 10 + 5)<br />
= (2 × 10) + (2 × 5)<br />
= 20 + 10<br />
= 30</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Draw an area model. Then find the product.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
4 × 16 = ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12808" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 6" width="280" height="155" /><br />
Answer: 64</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29446" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1-2.png" alt="" width="298" height="172" /><br />
by using distributive property<br />
4 × 16 = 4× (10 + 6)<br />
= (4 × 10) + (4 × 6)<br />
= 40 + 24<br />
= 64</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
9 × 18 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12809" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 7" width="327" height="156" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-7.png 327w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-7-300x143.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 327px) 100vw, 327px" /><br />
Answer: 162<br />
Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29447" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.2-1.png" alt="" width="342" height="182" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.2-1.png 342w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.2-1-300x160.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 342px) 100vw, 342px" /><br />
by using distributive property<br />
9 × 18 = 9× (10 + 8)<br />
= (9 × 10) + (9 × 8)<br />
= 90 + 72<br />
= 162</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
6 × 27 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12810" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 8" width="484" height="136" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-8.png 484w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-8-300x84.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 484px) 100vw, 484px" /><br />
Answer: 162</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29465" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.3-1.png" alt="" width="502" height="156" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.3-1.png 502w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.3-1-300x93.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /><br />
by using distributive property<br />
6 × 27 = 6× (20 + 7)<br />
= (6 × 20) + (6 × 7)<br />
= 120 + 42<br />
= 162</p>
<p><strong>Find the product.</strong><br />
Question 6.<br />
3 × 46 = _____<br />
Answer: 129<br />
Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
3 × 43 = 3 × (40 + 3)<br />
= (3 × 40) + (3 × 3)<br />
= 120 + 9<br />
= 129</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
8 × 35 = ____<br />
Answer: 280</p>
<p>Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
8 × 35 = 8× (30 + 5)<br />
= (8 × 30) + (8 × 5)<br />
= 240 + 40<br />
= 280</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
5 × 72 = _____<br />
Answer: 360</p>
<p>Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
5 × 72 = 5 × (70 + 2)<br />
= (5 × 70) + (5 × 2)<br />
= 350 + 10<br />
= 360</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Use the area model to complete the equation<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12811" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 9" width="590" height="129" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-9.png 590w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-9-300x66.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 590px) 100vw, 590px" /><br />
5 × ____ = _____<br />
Answer: 5 × 34 = 170<br />
Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
5 × 34 = 5 × (30 + 4)<br />
= (5 × 30) + (5 × 4)<br />
= 150 + 20<br />
= 170</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
A parking garage has 9 floors. Each floor has 78 parking spaces. 705 cars are trying to park in the garage. Are there enough parking spaces? Explain.<br />
Multiply the number of floors by the number of parking spaces on each floor.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12812" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 10" width="616" height="146" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-10.png 616w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-10-300x71.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 616px) 100vw, 616px" /><br />
Answer:   Only 702 cars are able to park in the garage</p>
<p>Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
9 × 78 = 9× (70 + 8)<br />
= (9 × 70) + (9 × 8)<br />
= 630 + 72<br />
= 702<br />
Compare the number of spaces to the number of cars trying to park in the garage.<br />
There _____ enough parking spaces.<br />
Explain:<br />
Answer:  Total number of spaces in the garage are 702 but as per the given details 705 are trying to park in the garage .<br />
There are not enough parking spaces.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Your piano teacher wants you to practice playing the piano 160 minutes this month. So far, you have practiced 5 minutes each day for 24 days. Have you reached the goal your teacher set for you? Explain.<br />
Answer: 150 minutes<br />
Explanation : practice for 160 minutes in a month ,say that 30 days<br />
So far, you have practiced 5 minutes each day for 24 days. then, 5 × 24, By using distributive property<br />
= 5 × (20+ 4)<br />
= (5 × 20) + (5 × 4)<br />
= 100 + 20<br />
= 120<br />
Remaining 6 days have to be practiced so ,5 × 6, By using distributive property<br />
= 5 × (4 + 2)<br />
= (5 × 4) + (5 × 2)<br />
= 20 +10<br />
= 30<br />
Totally we have 120 + 30<br />
= 150</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Newton has $150. He wants to buy a bicycle that costs 4 times as much as the helmet. Does he have enough money to buy the bicycle and the helmet? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12813" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 11" width="137" height="99" /><br />
Answer: $112<br />
Explanation: Helmet = $ 28 ,bicycle that costs 4 times as much as the helmet. so<br />
Bicycle = 4 × $28, By using distributive property<br />
= 4 × (20 + 8 )<br />
= (4 × 20) + (4 × 8)<br />
= 80 + 32<br />
= 112. so ,The bicycle costs $112 and he has $150 so he can buy the Bicycle.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
A baby orangutan weighs 3 pounds. The mother orangutan weighs 27 times as much as the baby. The father orangutan weighs 63 times as much as the baby. What are the weights of the mother and the father?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12814" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 12" width="148" height="226" /><br />
Answer: The mother orangutan weighs  81 pounds<br />
The father orangutan weighs 189 pounds</p>
<p>Explanation: Baby orangutan  = 3 pounds<br />
Mother orangutan weighs 27 times as much as the baby , 27 × 3, By using distributive property<br />
3 × 27 = 3 × (20 + 7)<br />
= (3 × 20) + ( 3 × 7)<br />
= 60+21<br />
= 81.<br />
father orangutan weighs 63 times as much as the baby, 63 × 3, By using distributive property<br />
63 × 3 = 3 × (60 + 3)<br />
= (3 × 60) + (3 × 3)<br />
= 180 + 9<br />
= 189.</p>
<h3><a id="Use _the_ Distributive_ Property _to_ Multiply _Homework _&amp; _Practice _3.4"></a>Use the Distributive Property to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 3.4</h3>
<p><strong>Draw an model. Then find the product</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
3 × 12 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12815" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 13" width="248" height="122" /><br />
Answer: 36<br />
Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29467" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.4-1.png" alt="" width="250" height="141" /><br />
3×12= 3 ×(10+2)<br />
=(3×10)+ (3×2)<br />
=30+6<br />
=36</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
5 × 16 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12816" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 14" width="304" height="125" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-14.png 304w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-14-300x123.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 304px) 100vw, 304px" /><br />
Answer: 80</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29469" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.5-1.png" alt="" width="307" height="141" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.5-1.png 307w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.5-1-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 307px) 100vw, 307px" /><br />
5×16= 5 ×(10+6)<br />
=(5×10)+ (5×6)<br />
=50+30<br />
=80</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
4 × 34 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12817" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 15" width="643" height="112" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-15.png 643w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-15-300x52.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 643px) 100vw, 643px" /><br />
Answer: 136</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29473" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.6-1.png" alt="" width="658" height="133" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.6-1.png 658w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.6-1-300x61.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 658px) 100vw, 658px" /><br />
4 ×34 = 4 ×(30+4)<br />
=(4×30)+ (4×4)<br />
=120+ 16<br />
=136</p>
<p><strong>Find the product.</strong><br />
Question 4.<br />
9 × 56 = ____<br />
Answer: 504</p>
<p>Explanation: 9 × 56= 9 ×(50+6)<br />
=(9×50)+ (9×6)<br />
=450 + 54<br />
=504</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
71 × 2 = _____<br />
Answer:  142</p>
<p>Explanation:  71 × 2 = 2 × (70+ 1)<br />
=(2×70)+ (2×1)<br />
= 140+2<br />
=142</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
3 × 77 = ____<br />
Answer:  231</p>
<p>Explanation:  77 × 3 = 3 × (70+ 7)<br />
=(3×70)+ (3×7)<br />
= 210 + 21<br />
=231</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Explain how you can use the Distributive Property to find a product.<br />
Answer:<br />
The Distributive<em> </em>Property states that when you multiply the sum of two or more addends by a factor, the product  is the same as if you multiplied each addend by the factor and then added the partial products .</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
Use the Distributive Property to find 6 × 18 two different ways.<br />
Answer: 108<br />
Explanation: 6 ×18 = 6 ×(10+8)<br />
=(6×10)+ (6×8)<br />
=60 + 48<br />
= 108<br />
or<br />
Explanation: 6 ×18= 6 ×(9 + 9)<br />
=(6×9)+ (6 ×9)<br />
=54 +54<br />
= 108</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
To find 4 × 22, would you rather break apart the factor 22 as 20 + 2 or as 11 + 11? Explain.<br />
Answer:  88. I would rather prefer to break apart the factor 22 as 20 + 2 . as it has zero&#8217;s in the tens place it would be easier to calculate and both of them are correct and anyone can use it on their<br />
Explanation: 4× 22 = 4 ×(20+2)<br />
= (4×20)+ (4×2)<br />
= 80 + 8<br />
= 88<br />
or<br />
Explanation: 4× 22 = 4 ×(11+11)<br />
= (4×11)+ (4×11)<br />
= 44 + 44<br />
= 88</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
The diameter of a firework burst, in feet, is 45 times the height of the shell in inches. You have an 8-inch firework shell. Will the shell produce a firework burst that has a diameter greater than 375 feet? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12818" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 16" width="256" height="214" /><br />
Answer: NO</p>
<p>Explanation: The diameter of a firework burst, in feet, is 45 times the height of the shell in inches<br />
You have an 8-inch firework shell converting into feet e get 0.66 feet<br />
so diameter = 45 × 0.66<br />
=  29.7 feet<br />
The shell  does not produce a firework burst that has a diameter greater than 375 feet</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A juvenile bearded dragon should eat 48 crickets each day. You have150 crickets. Do you have enough crickets to feed 3 juvenile bearded dragons? Explain.?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12819" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 17" width="232" height="156" /><br />
Answer: yes</p>
<p>Explanation:  juvenile bearded dragon should eat 48 crickets each day<br />
To feed 3 juvenile bearded dragons , 3 × 48<br />
= 3 × (40 + 8)<br />
= ( 3 × 40) + (3 × 8)<br />
= 120 + 24<br />
= 144.<br />
You have150 crickets , we can feed them by 144 crickets</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Plot the fraction on a number line.</strong><br />
Question 12.<br />
\(\ frac{7}{4}\)<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12820" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 18" width="291" height="53" /><br />
Answer:  7/4<br />
Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29479" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.1.png" alt="" width="577" height="84" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.1.png 577w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.1-300x44.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /><br />
To mark 7/4; move seven parts on the right-side of zero.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
\(\frac{4}{3}\)<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12821" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.4-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.4 19" width="288" height="61" /><br />
Answer: 4/3</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29480" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.2.png" alt="" width="488" height="101" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.2.png 488w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.2-300x62.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 488px) 100vw, 488px" /><br />
To mark 4/3 ; move four parts on the right-side of zero</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _3.5_ Use _Expanded _Form _to _Multiply"></a>Lesson 3.5 Use Expanded Form to Multiply</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Write 128 in expanded form.<br />
128 = _____ + _____ + _____<br />
Answer: 100 + 20 + 8<br />
Use expanded form to label the area model for 5 × 128. Find the area of each part.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12822" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 1" width="533" height="204" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-1.png 533w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-1-300x115.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /><br />
Answer: 640<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-21768" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.13-300x112.png" alt="" width="300" height="112" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.13-300x112.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.13.png 548w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /><br />
Explanation: 5 × 128, by expanding we get<br />
= 5 × (100 + 20 + 8), by using distributive property, we get<br />
= (5 × 100) + ( 5 × 20) + ( 5 × 8)<br />
Area model = 500 + 100 + 40<br />
so the result of the partial products is 640<br />
What is the sum of all of the parts? How does the sum relate to the product of 5 and 128?<br />
Answer:  the sum of all of the parts is 640  the sum relate to the product of 5 and 128 because of their partial products.</p>
<p><strong>Repeated Reasoning</strong><br />
Explain to your partner how you can use expanded form to find 364 × 8.<br />
Answer:  2,912<br />
Explanation: 364 × 8 , by expanding we get<br />
= (300 + 60 + 4) × 8, by using distributive property, we get<br />
= (8 × 300) + ( 8 × 60) + ( 8× 4),<br />
Area model = 2400 + 360  + 32<br />
The sum of the partial products is 2,912.</p>
<p>Think and Grow: Use Expanded Form to Multiply</p>
<p>You can use expanded form and the Distributive Property to multiply.<br />
<strong>Example</strong><br />
Find 8 × 74.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12823" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 2" width="486" height="229" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-2.png 486w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-2-300x141.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 486px) 100vw, 486px" /><br />
Answer:  592<br />
Explanation: 8 × 74 , by expanding<br />
= 8 × (70 + 4), by using distributive property,<br />
= (8 × 70) + ( 8 × 4)<br />
= 560 + 32<br />
= 592.</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
Find 2 × 5,607.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12824" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 3" width="615" height="232" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-3.png 615w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-3-300x113.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 615px) 100vw, 615px" /><br />
Answer:  11,214<br />
Explanation: 2 × 5,607, by expanding<br />
= 2 × (5,000 + 600 + 7) by using distributive property we get,<br />
= (2 × 5,000) + ( 2 × 600) +(2 × 7)<br />
= 10,000 + 1200 + 14<br />
= 11,214</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
4 × 306 = 4 × (_____ + _____)<br />
= (4 × _____) + (4 × _____)<br />
= ____ + _____<br />
= ______<br />
Answer: 1,224<br />
Explanation :  4 × 306 = 4 × ( 300 + 6 )<br />
= (4 × 300 ) + (4 × 6 ) by using distributive property we get<br />
= 1200 + 24<br />
= 1,224</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
7 × 549<br />
Answer:  3,843</p>
<p>Explanation :  7 × 549 = 4 × ( 500 + 40 + 9 )<br />
= (7 × 500 ) + (7 × 40 ) + (7 × 9)  by using distributive property we get<br />
= 3,500 + 280 + 63<br />
= 3,843</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
6 × 85 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12825" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 4" width="277" height="74" /><br />
Answer: 510</p>
<p>Explanation :  6 × 85 = 6 × ( 80 + 5 )<br />
= (6 × 80 ) + (6 × 5 ) by using distributive property we get<br />
= 480 + 30<br />
= 510</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
2 × 932 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12826" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 5" width="318" height="79" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-5.png 318w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-5-300x75.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /><br />
Answer: 1,864</p>
<p>Explanation :  2 × 932 = 2 × ( 900 + 30 + 2 )<br />
= (2 × 900 ) + (2 × 30 ) + ( 2 ×2)  by using distributive property we get<br />
= 1800 + 60 + 4<br />
= 1,864</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
4 × 690 = 4 × (_____ + ______)<br />
= (4 × _____) + (4 × ____)<br />
= _____ + _____<br />
= _____<br />
Answer: 2,760</p>
<p>Explanation: 4 × 690 = 4 × (600 + 90)<br />
= (4 × 600) + (4 × 90)<br />
= 2,400 + 360<br />
= 2,760</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
1,027 × 9 = (_____ + _____ + ______) × 9<br />
= (____ × 9) + (_____ × 9) + (_____ × 9)<br />
= _____ + ______ + _____<br />
= _____<br />
Answer: 9,243</p>
<p>Explanation: 1,027 × 9 = (1000+ 20 + 7) × 9<br />
= (1000 × 9) + (20 × 9) + (7 × 9)<br />
= 9000 + 180 + 63<br />
= 9,243</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
487 × 5 = _____<br />
Answer: 2,435</p>
<p>Explanation :  5 × 487 = 5 × ( 400 + 80 + 7 )<br />
= (5 × 400 ) + (5 × 80 ) + ( 5 ×7 )  by using distributive property we get<br />
= 2000 + 400 + 35<br />
= 2,435</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
8 × 2,483 = ______<br />
Answer: 19,864</p>
<p>Explanation :  8 × 2,483 = 8 × (2000 + 400 + 80 + 3 )<br />
= (8 × 2000 ) + (8 × 400 ) + ( 8 ×80) + (8 ×3)   by using distributive property we get<br />
= 16,000 + 3200 + 640 +24<br />
= 19,864</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
A basketball player made 269 three-point shots in a season. How many points did he score from three-point shots?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Your cousin runs 6 miles each week. There are 5,280 feet in a mile. How many feet does your cousin run each week?<br />
Answer: 6 × 5,280 = 31,680</p>
<p>Explanation :  cousin runs 6 miles each week. There are 5,280 feet in a mile.so<br />
we have 6 × 5,280<br />
6 × 5,280 = 6 × (5000 + 200 + 80 )<br />
= (6 × 5000 ) + (6 × 200 ) + ( 6 ×80)  by using distributive property we get<br />
= 30,000 + 1200 + 480<br />
= 31,680.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend finds 744 × 3. Is your friend correct? Explain.<br />
744 × 3 = (700 + 40 + 4) × 3<br />
= (700 × 3) + (40 × 3) + (4 × 3)<br />
= 2,100 + 120 + 12<br />
= 2,232<br />
Answer: Yes</p>
<p>Explanation: By using expanding form and distributive property we get,<br />
744 × 3 = (700 + 40 + 4) × 3<br />
= (700 × 3) + (40 × 3) + (4 × 3)<br />
= 2,100 + 120 + 12<br />
= 2,232</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
What is the greatest possible product of a two-digit number and a one-digit number? Explain.<br />
Answer:  891<br />
The greatest two digit number is 99 and the greatest single digit number is 9. The products when the two are multiplied. Multiply 99 by 9 to get 891.</p>
<p>Explanation : 99 × 9 = 891</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
A baby hippo is fed 77 fluid ounces of milk 5 times each day. There are 128 fluid ounces in 1 gallon. Are2 gallons of milk enough to feed the baby hippo for 1 day?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12827" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 6" width="206" height="168" /><br />
Answer: 2 gallons of milk is not enough for baby hippo to feed<br />
Explanation:<br />
baby hippo is fed 77 fluid ounces of milk 5 times each day that is, 5 × 77<br />
= 5 × (70 + 7 )<br />
= (5 ×70) + (5 ×7)<br />
= 350 + 35<br />
= 385<br />
There are 128 fluid ounces in 1 gallon , then for 2 gallons it will 256 fluid ounces</p>
<p>Find the number of fluid ounces of milk the baby hippo drinks in 1 day.<br />
5 × 77 = 5 × (70 + 7)<br />
= (5 × 70) + (5 × 7)<br />
= _____ +____<br />
= _____</p>
<p>Answer : 385<br />
Explanation:<br />
baby hippo is fed 77 fluid ounces of milk 5 times each day that is, 5 × 77<br />
= 5 × (70 + 7 )<br />
= (5 ×70) + (5 ×7)<br />
= 350 + 35<br />
= 385</p>
<p>Find the number of fluid ounces in 2 gallons<br />
2 × 128 = 2 × (100 + 20 + 8)<br />
= (2 × 100) + (2 × 20) + (2 × 8)<br />
= ___ + _____ + _____<br />
= _____<br />
Answer: 256<br />
Explanation: 2 × 128 = 2 × (100 + 20 + 8)<br />
= (2 × 100) + (2 × 20) + (2 × 8)<br />
= 200 +40 + 16<br />
= 256.<br />
Compare the products.<br />
Answer: Baby hippo is fed 77 fluid ounces of milk 5 times each day that is, 5 × 77 is 385 ounces<br />
There are 128 fluid ounces in 1 gallon , then for 2 gallons it will 256 fluid ounces<br />
So, 385 ounces is greater than 256 ounces.</p>
<p>So, 2 gallons of milk ______ enough to feed the baby hippo for 1 day.<br />
Answer: 2 gallons of milk is not enough to feed the baby hippo for 1 day.s</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
A school with 6 grades goes on a field trip. There are 64 students in each grade. One bus holds 48 students. Will 8 buses hold all of the students?<br />
Answer: YES , there are 384 students in total.</p>
<p>Explanation : A school with 6 grades goes on a field trip.<br />
There are 64 students in each grade. so we have 6 × 64<br />
= 6 × ( 60 + 4 )<br />
= (6 × 60) + ( 6 × 4)<br />
= 360 + 24<br />
= 384.<br />
There are 8 buses in total<br />
One bus holds 48 students.so 8 × 48<br />
= 8 × ( 40 + 8 )<br />
= (8 × 40) + ( 8 × 8)<br />
= 320 + 64<br />
= 384.</p>
<p>So, 8 buses are enough to carry the 384 students of all 6 grades.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
The average life span of a firefly is 61 days. The average life span of a Monarch butterfly is 4 times as long as that of a firefly. How many days longer is the average lifespan of a Monarch butterfly than a firefly?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12828" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 7" width="153" height="141" /><br />
Answer: 183 days longer.</p>
<p>Explanation: The average life span of a firefly is 61 days.<br />
The average life span of a Monarch butterfly is 4 times as long as that of a firefly. so, we have 4 × 61<br />
= 4 × ( 60 + 1 )<br />
= (4 × 60) + ( 4 × 1)<br />
= 240 + 4<br />
= 244.<br />
Then 244 &#8211; 61 (The average life span of a firefly) is 183.<br />
So 183 days longer is the average lifespan of a Monarch butterfly than a firefly.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
A tourist is in Denver. His car can travel 337 miles using 1 tank of gasoline. He wants to travel to a city using no more than 3 tanks of gasoline. To which cities could the tourist travel?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12829" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 8" width="241" height="167" /><br />
Answer: Los Angeles 1,016 miles</p>
<p>Explanation: His car can travel 337 miles using 1 tank of gasoline.<br />
He wants to travel to a city using no more than 3 tanks of gasoline. we have 3 × 337<br />
= 3 × (300 + 30 + 7)<br />
= (3 × 300) + (3 × 30) + (3 × 7)<br />
= 900 +90 + 21<br />
= 1,011.<br />
From the given details Los Angeles is the nearest one which he can drive with 3 tanks of gasoline  that is 1,016 miles.</p>
<h3><a id="Use_ Expanded_ Form_ to _Multiply _Homework_ &amp;_ Practice_ 3.5"></a>Use Expanded Form to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 3.5</h3>
<p><strong>Find the product</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
7 × 803 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12830" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 9" width="280" height="82" /><br />
Answer:  5,621</p>
<p>Explanation: 7 × 803 = 7 × (800 + 3)<br />
= (7 × 800) + (7 × 3)<br />
= 5600 + 21<br />
= 5,621.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
9 × 1,024 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12831" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 10" width="312" height="82" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-10.png 312w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-10-300x79.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 312px) 100vw, 312px" /><br />
Answer:9,216</p>
<p>Explanation: 9 × 1,024 = 9 × (1000 + 20 + 4)<br />
= (9 × 1000) + (9 × 20) + (9 × 4)<br />
= 9000 +180 + 36<br />
= 9,216.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
43 × 8 = (40 + 3) × 8<br />
= (____ × 8) + (____ × 8)<br />
= ____ + ____<br />
= _____<br />
Answer: 344</p>
<p>Explanation: 8 × 43 = (40 + 3) × 8<br />
= (40 × 8) + (3 × 8)<br />
= 320 + 24<br />
= 344.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
4 × 742 = 4 × (____ + ____ + _____)<br />
= (4 × ____) + (4 × _____) + (4 × _____)<br />
= ____ + _____ + _____<br />
= _____<br />
Answer: 2,968</p>
<p>Explanation: 4 × 742 = 4 × (700 + 40 + 2)<br />
= (4 × 700) + (4 × 40) + (4 × 2)<br />
= 2800 +160 + 8<br />
= 2,968.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
3 × 482 = _____<br />
Answer: 1,446</p>
<p>Explanation: 3 × 482 = 2 × (400 + 80 + 2)<br />
= (3 × 400) + (3 × 80) + (3 × 2)<br />
= 1200 + 240 + 6<br />
= 1,446.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
4,591 × 6 = _____<br />
Answer: 27,546</p>
<p>Explanation: 6 × 4,591<br />
= 6 × (4,000 + 500 + 90 + 1)<br />
= (6 × 4,000) + ( 6 × 500) +(6 × 90) + ((6 × 1)<br />
= 24,000 + 3,000 + 540 + 6<br />
= 27,546.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Each lobe on a Venus ﬂytrap has 6 trigger hairs that sense and capture insects. A Venus ﬂytrap has 128 lobes. How many trigger hairs does it have?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12832" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 11" width="175" height="206" /><br />
Answer: 768 trigger hairs.</p>
<p>Explanation: A Venus ﬂytrap has 128 lobes<br />
Each lobe on a Venus ﬂytrap has 6 trigger hairs, we have 6 × 128<br />
= 6 × (120 + 8)<br />
= (6 × 120) + (6 × 8)<br />
= 720 + 48<br />
= 768<br />
So, it has 768 trigger hairs.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
A human skeleton has 206 bones. How many bones do 4 skeletons have in all?<br />
Answer: 824</p>
<p>Explanation:  A human skeleton has 206 bones<br />
so 4 × 206 = 4 × ( 200 + 6)<br />
= (4 × 200) + ( 4 × 6)<br />
= 800 + 24<br />
=824.<br />
So, 4 skeletons have 824 bones.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Explain how you can find 5 × 7,303 using expanded form.<br />
Answer: 36,515</p>
<p>Explanation: 5 × 7,303<br />
= 5 × (7,000 + 300 + 3)<br />
= (5 × 7,000) + ( 5 × 300) + (5 × 3)<br />
= 35,000 + 15,000 + 15<br />
= 36,515.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
Rewrite the expression as a product of two factors.<br />
(6,000 × 3) + (70 × 3) + (4 × 3)<br />
Answer: 18,222</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
(6,000 × 3) + (70 × 3) + (4 × 3)<br />
= (6,000 + 70 + 4) × 3<br />
= 3 × 6,074<br />
= 18,222.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A summer camp has 8 different groups of students. There are 35 students in each group. There are 24 shirts in a box. Will 9 boxes be enough for each student to get one shirt?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12833" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 12" width="203" height="227" /><br />
Answer: No, 9 boxes are not enough.</p>
<p>Explanation:  A summer camp has 8 different groups of students.<br />
There are 35 students in each group, we have 8 × 35<br />
= 8 × (30 + 5)<br />
= (8 × 30) + ( 8 × 5)<br />
= 240 + 40<br />
=280.<br />
There are 24 shirts in a box<br />
for 9 boxes we have , 9 × 24<br />
= 9 × (20 + 4)<br />
= (9 × 20) + ( 9 × 4)<br />
= 180 + 36<br />
=216.<br />
So, there are not enough shirts for all the students.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Firefighters respond to 65 calls in 1 week. Police officers respond to 8 times as many calls as firefighters in the same week. How many more calls do police officers respond to than firefighters in that week?<br />
Answer: 455 calls.</p>
<p>Explanation: Firefighters respond to 65 calls in 1 week.<br />
Police officers respond to 8 times as many calls as firefighters in the same week.<br />
we have, 8 × 65<br />
= 8 × (60 + 5)<br />
= (8 × 60) + ( 8 × 5)<br />
= 480 + 40<br />
=520.<br />
Then 520 &#8211; 65 (Firefighters respond to 65 calls in 1 week.) = 455.<br />
So, 455 calls do police officers respond to than firefighters in that week.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write the total mass shown.</strong><br />
Question 13.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12834" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 13" width="225" height="91" /><br />
Answer:  913 g</p>
<p>Explanation: Total mass = 500 +100 + 100 + 100 +100 +1 + 1 + 1 +10<br />
=500 + 400 + 3 + 10<br />
=913g</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12835" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.5-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.5 14" width="247" height="106" /><br />
Answer:  1,346</p>
<p>Explanation: 1 kg = 1000g<br />
Total mass = 1000 + 5 + 100 +100 + 100 + 10 + 10 +10 + 1g<br />
=1000 + 300 + 40 + 6<br />
=1,346g</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_ 3.6 _Use _Partial_ Products_ to _Multiply"></a>Lesson 3.6 Use Partial Products to Multiply</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Use the area model to find 263 × 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12836" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 1" width="369" height="265" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-1.png 369w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-1-300x215.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 369px) 100vw, 369px" /><br />
Answer:  1,052</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29481" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.3.png" alt="" width="195" height="239" /><br />
The sum of the partial products = 800 + 240 +12 = 1,052</p>
<p><strong>Repeated Reasoning</strong><br />
Does the product change if you multiply the ones first, then the tens and hundreds? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12837" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 2" width="150" height="209" /><br />
Answer: product does not changes.</p>
<p>Explanation:  The product of the two numbers does not change as long as the factor numbers are same in the multiplication products that is (3 × 4 ) + ( 60 × 4) + ( 200 × 4)<br />
= 12 + 240 + 800<br />
= 1,052.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Partial products are found by breaking apart a factor into ones, tens, hundreds, and so on, and multiplying each of these by the other factor.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12838" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 3" width="628" height="523" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-3.png 628w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-3-300x250.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 628px) 100vw, 628px" /></p>
<p>Answer: 194 × 3 = 582.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29482" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.4.png" alt="" width="471" height="75" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.4.png 471w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.4-300x48.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 471px) 100vw, 471px" /><br />
partial products = (3 × 100) + ( 3 × 90) + (3 × 4)<br />
the sum of the partial products = 300 + 270 + 12 = 582<br />
so, 194 × 3 = 582</p>
<p>Example 2<br />
Answer: 3,190 × 2 = 6,380</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29484" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.5.png" alt="" width="323" height="184" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.5.png 323w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.5-300x171.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 323px) 100vw, 323px" /><br />
The sum of the partial products = 6000 + 200 + 180 + 0 = 6,380<br />
So, 3,190 × 2 = 6,380</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12839" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 4" width="98" height="136" /><br />
Answer: 430</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29501" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.6.png" alt="" width="176" height="142" /><br />
the sum of the partial products = 400 + 30 = 430<br />
So, 86 × 5 = 430</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12840" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 5" width="103" height="156" /><br />
Answer: 3,514</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29502" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.7.png" alt="" width="183" height="158" /><br />
The sum of the partial products = 3500 + 14 = 3,514<br />
So, 502 × 7 = 3,514</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12841" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 6" width="100" height="192" /><br />
Answer: 21,468</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29503" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.8.png" alt="" width="169" height="198" /><br />
The sum of the partial products is 20,000 + 1200 + 240 + 28 = 21,468<br />
So, 5,367 × 4 = 21,468</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product.</strong><br />
Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12842" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 7" width="101" height="140" /><br />
Answer: 162</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29504" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.8.9.png" alt="" width="169" height="145" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 120 + 42 = 162<br />
So, 27 × 6 = 162</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12843" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 8" width="109" height="168" /><br />
Answer: 4,437</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29506" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.1.png" alt="" width="174" height="174" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.1.png 174w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.1-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 174px) 100vw, 174px" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are  3600 + 810 + 27 = 4,437<br />
So, 493 × 9 = 4,437</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12844" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 9" width="104" height="197" /><br />
Answer: 55,856</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29508" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.2.png" alt="" width="177" height="189" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 48000 + 7200 + 640 + 16 = 55,856<br />
So, 6,982 × 8 = 55,856</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12845" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 10" width="57" height="78" /><br />
Answer: 138</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29509" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.3.png" alt="" width="124" height="144" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 120 + 18 = 138<br />
So, 69 × 2 = 138</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12846" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 11" width="59" height="73" /><br />
Answer: 2,451</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29511" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.4.png" alt="" width="141" height="163" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 2400 + 30 + 21 = 2,451<br />
So, 817 × 3 = 2,451</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12847" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 12" width="66" height="63" /><br />
Answer: 19,810</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29512" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.5.png" alt="" width="151" height="189" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 15000 + 4500 + 300 + 10 = 19,810<br />
So, 3,962 × 5 = 19,810</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12848" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 13" width="60" height="79" /><br />
Answer: 5,096</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-25400 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.27.png" alt="" width="110" height="159" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 4900 + 140 + 56 = 5,096<br />
So, 728 × 7 = 5,096</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12849" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 14" width="70" height="74" /><br />
Answer: 9,324</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29515" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.6.png" alt="" width="144" height="159" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 9000 + 2700 + 54 = 9,324<br />
So, 1,036 × 9 = 9,324</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12850" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 15" width="73" height="72" /><br />
Answer: 39,804</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25402" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.29.png" alt="" width="155" height="199" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 36,000 + 3600 + 200 + 4  = 39,804<br />
So, 9,951 × 4 = 39,804</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
Descartes finds 472 × 3. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12851" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 16" width="85" height="131" /><br />
Answer: 472 × 3 = 1,416</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29517" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.7.png" alt="" width="140" height="169" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 1200 + 210 + 6 = 1,416<br />
So, 472 × 3 = 1,416</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Write the multiplication equation shown by the model.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12852" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 17" width="278" height="53" /><br />
Answer: The given model is not according to the distributive property there is no proper place for tens, hundreds in the zeros place . so, it should be modified in order to get the correct answer.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Write a multiplication word problem using the numbers 506 and 8. Then solve.<br />
Answer: 506 × 8 = 4,048</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25405" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.31.png" alt="" width="152" height="158" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 4000 + 48 = 4,048<br />
So, 506 × 8 = 4,048</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
The Grand Prismatic Spring at Yellowstone National Park is 121 feet deep. Its width is 7 feet more than3 times its depth. What is the width of the spring?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12853" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 18" width="194" height="122" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12854" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 19" width="503" height="211" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-19.png 503w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-19-300x126.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 503px) 100vw, 503px" /><br />
So, the width of the Grand Prismatic Spring is ______ feet.<br />
Answer: The depth of the Grand Prismatic Spring  is 363 feet and width of the Grand Prismatic Spring  is 370 feet.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25407" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.32.png" alt="" width="201" height="163" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 360 + 3 = 363. The depth of the Grand Prismatic Spring  is 363 feet<br />
So, the width of the Grand Prismatic Spring  is 363 + 7 = 370 feet.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
The mass of a giant squid is 202 kilograms. The mass of a beluga whale is 78 kilograms less than 6 times the mass of the giant squid. What is the mass of beluga whale?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12855" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 20" width="269" height="169" /><br />
Answer: the mass of beluga whale is 1,134 kilograms.</p>
<p>Explanation : 6 times the mass of the giant squid. is 6 × 202  = 1,212<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25409" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.33.png" alt="" width="170" height="140" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 1200 + 12 = 1,212.<br />
The mass of a beluga whale is 78 kilograms less than 6 times the mass of the giant squid = 1,212 &#8211; 78 = 1,134 kg<br />
The mass of beluga whale is 1,134 kilograms</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
Newton replaces all 4 tires on his car and pays $159 for each tire. Descartes replaces all 4 tires on his truck and pays $227 for each tire. How much more does Descartes pay to replace his tires?<br />
Answer:  $272 more has to pay to replace the tires.</p>
<p>Explanation: Newton replaces all 4 tires on his car and pays $159 for each tire<br />
so, $159 × 4 =  $636 <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25410" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.34.png" alt="" width="149" height="176" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 400 + 200 + 36 =  $636.</p>
<p>Descartes replaces all 4 tires on his truck and pays $227 for each tire.<br />
so, $227 × 4 =  $908 <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25411" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.35.png" alt="" width="159" height="178" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 800 + 80 + 28 = $908.<br />
Then $908  &#8211; $636 = $272.<br />
So,$272 more has to pay to replace the tires.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
There are 52 weeks and 1 day in a year. There are 52 weeks and 2 days in a leap year. How many weeks are there in 6 years if one of the years is a leap year?<br />
Answer: There are 313 weeks are there for 6 years .</p>
<p>Explanation: Apart from the leap year there are 5 years with 52 weeks and 1 day<br />
then, 52 × 5 = 260 weeks and 5 × 1 = 5 days ( 5 years)<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25414" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.36.png" alt="" width="152" height="156" /><br />
In a leap year we have 52 weeks and 2 days adding this to the total count above we have,<br />
260 weeks + 52 weeks = 312 weeks and by adding days we have 5 + 2 = 7 that is  a week<br />
Totally 312 weeks + 1 week = 313 weeks.<br />
There are 313 weeks are there for 6 years .</p>
<h3><a id="Use_ Partial _Products_ to_ Multiply_ Homework_ &amp;_ Practice_ 3.6"></a>Use Partial Products to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 3.6</h3>
<p><strong>Find the product</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12856" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 21" width="107" height="140" /><br />
Answer: 185</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25422" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.37.png" alt="" width="186" height="148" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 150 + 35 = 185<br />
So, 37 × 5 = 185</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12857" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-22.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 22" width="101" height="168" /><br />
Answer: 7,029</p>
<p>Explanation : <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29518" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.8.png" alt="" width="173" height="175" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 6300 + 720 + 9 = 7,029<br />
So, 781 × 9 = 7,029</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12858" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-23.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 23" width="104" height="186" /><br />
Answer: 8,811</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29526" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.9.png" alt="" width="189" height="192" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 6000 + 2700 + 90 + 21 = 8,811<br />
S0, 2,937 × 3 = 8,811</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12859" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-24.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 24" width="59" height="82" /><br />
Answer: 4,692</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25442" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.40.png" alt="" width="146" height="207" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 4200 + 480 12 = 4,962<br />
So, 782 × 6 = 4,962</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12860" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-25.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 25" width="52" height="81" /><br />
Answer: 680</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25443" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.41.png" alt="" width="146" height="169" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 640 + 40 = 680<br />
So, 85 × 8 = 680</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12861" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-26.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 26" width="68" height="86" /><br />
Answer: 16,052</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25446" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.42.png" alt="" width="174" height="207" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 16,000 + 40 + 12 = 16,052<br />
So, 8,026 × 2 = 16,052</p>
<p><strong>Find the product</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12862" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-27.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 27" width="70" height="81" /><br />
Answer: 2,793</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25448" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.43.png" alt="" width="179" height="220" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 2100 + 630 + 63 = 2,793<br />
So, 399 × 7 = 2,793</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12863" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-28.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 28" width="78" height="74" /><br />
Answer: 29,560</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25450" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.44.png" alt="" width="166" height="204" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 28,000 + 1200 + 360 = 29,560<br />
So, 7,390 × 4 = 29,560</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12864" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-29.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 29" width="66" height="85" /><br />
Answer: 46,430</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25451" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.45.png" alt="" width="187" height="227" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 45,000 + 1000 + 400 + 30 = 46,430<br />
So, 9,286 × 5 = 46,430</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Which four numbers are the partial products that you add to find the product of 3,472 and 6?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12865" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-30.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 30" width="277" height="79" /><br />
Answer: 18,000 ; 24,00 ; 420 ; 12.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25455" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.46.png" alt="" width="172" height="211" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 18,000 + 2400 + 420 + 12 = 20,832.<br />
So, The partial products are 18,000 ; 24,00 ; 420 ; 12.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
The sum of a four-digit number and a one-digit number is 7,231. The product of the numbers is 28,908. What are the numbers?<br />
Answer: 7227 and 4</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25462" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.47.png" alt="" width="183" height="209" /><br />
The sum of a four-digit number and a one-digit number is 7,231. The product of the numbers is 28,908. so we have 7,227 + 4 = 7,231 and product is 7,227 × 4 = 28,908.<br />
So, The numbers are 7,227 and 4</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
The height of the Eiffel Tower is 38 feet more than 3 times the height of Big Ben. What is the height of the Eiffel Tower?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12866" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-31.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 31" width="119" height="243" /><br />
Answer: The height of the Eiffel Tower is 986 feet.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25471" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.48.png" alt="" width="182" height="187" /><br />
The height of the Eiffel Tower is 38 feet more than 3 times the height of Big Ben.<br />
so, 316 × 3 = 948 feet,<br />
The height of the Eiffel Tower is 38 feet more we get 948 + 38 = 986 feet.<br />
So, The height of the Eiffel Tower is 986 feet.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
An animal shelter owner has 9 dogs and 4 cats ready for adoption. How much money will the owner collect when all of the animals are adopted?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12867" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-32.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 32" width="233" height="162" /><br />
Answer:  $12,150 money is collect from the adoption.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25472" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.49.png" alt="" width="168" height="178" /><br />
Each cat is $450 , Then for 4 cats we get 4 × 450 = 1,800<br />
Each dog is $1,150 ,Then for 9 dogs we get 9 × 1,150 = 10,350.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25473" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.50.png" alt="" width="183" height="206" /><br />
Total amount is $1800 + $10,350 = $ 12,150.<br />
So, $12,150 money is collect from the adoption.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write all of the names for the quadrilateral.</strong><br />
Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12868" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-33.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 33" width="131" height="82" /><br />
Answer: Parallelogram, Square, Rectangle, Rhombus, Trapezoid.</p>
<p>Explanation: In geometry, a quadrilateral can be defined as a closed, two dimensional shape which has four straight sides.<br />
We can find the shape of quadrilaterals in various things around us, like in a chess board, a deck of cards, a kite, a tub of popcorn, a sign board and in an arrow.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12869" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.6-34.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.6 34" width="80" height="82" /><br />
Answer: square.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
All sides are equal.<br />
All angles are equal and measure 90°.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_ 3.7_ Multiply _Two-_Digit _Numbers_ by _One-_Digit_ Numbers"></a>Lesson 3.7 Multiply Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Model 24 × 3. Draw to show your model.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12870" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 1" width="172" height="115" /><br />
24 × 3 = _____<br />
How did you use regrouping to find the product?<br />
Answer: 72</p>
<p><strong>Precision</strong><br />
Use a model to find 15 × 8.<br />
Answer: 120</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Use Regrouping to Multiply</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
Find 32 × 6.<br />
Estimate: 30 × 6 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12871" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 2" width="617" height="355" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-2.png 617w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-2-300x173.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 617px) 100vw, 617px" /><br />
Check: Because ____ is close to the estimate, _____, the answer is reasonable.<br />
Answer: 32 × 6 = 192 , Then 30 × 6 = 180.</p>
<p>Explanation: Because 192  is close to the estimate, 180 , the answer is reasonable.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the model to find the product.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12872" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 3" width="606" height="75" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-3.png 606w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-3-300x37.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 606px) 100vw, 606px" /><br />
Answer: 132.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><strong>Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.</strong><br />
Question 2.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12873" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 4" width="98" height="105" /><br />
Answer: 96, the Estimate product is 80</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-25650 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.51.png" alt="" width="141" height="100" /><br />
8 × 2 ones = 16 ones<br />
regroup 16 ones as<br />
1 ten and 6 ones<br />
Then 8 × 1 ten = 8 tens<br />
8 tens + 1 ten = 9 tens , then we have 96</p>
<p>And the Estimate product is 80,<br />
because 12 is close to 10 , we have 10 × 8 = 80<br />
So, 12 × 8 = 96</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12874" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 5" width="84" height="105" /><br />
Answer: 235, the estimated product is 250</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29528" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.10.png" alt="" width="74" height="106" /></p>
<p>5 × 7 ones = 35 ones<br />
regrouping 35 ones as 3 tens and 5 ones<br />
5 × 4 tens = 20 tens<br />
20 tens + 3 tens = 23 tens  or  2 hundreds and 3 tens ,Then we get 235</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 250<br />
because 47 is close to 50,then 50 × 5 = 250<br />
So, 47 × 5 = 235</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12875" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 6" width="92" height="103" /><br />
Answer:  138, he estimated product is 120</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29531" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.11.png" alt="" width="69" height="102" /><br />
6 × 3 ones = 18 ones<br />
regrouping 18 ones as 1 ten and 8 ones<br />
6 × 2tens = 12 tens<br />
12 tens + 1 ten = 13 tens or 1 hundred and 3 tens ,Then we have 138</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 120<br />
because 23 is close to 20 , so 20 × 6 = 120<br />
So, 23 × 6 = 138</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12876" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 7" width="79" height="79" /><br />
Answer: 175 , the Estimate product is 140</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29540" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.12.png" alt="" width="48" height="91" /><br />
7 × 5 ones = 35 ones<br />
regrouping 35 ones as 3 tens and 5 ones<br />
7 × 2tens = 14 tens<br />
14 tens + 3 tens = 17 tens or 1 hundred and 7 tens ,Then we have 175</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 140<br />
because 25 is close to 20 , so 20 × 7 = 120<br />
So, 25 × 7 = 175</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12877" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 8" width="65" height="87" /><br />
Answer:  68 , the Estimate product is 60</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29541" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.13.png" alt="" width="51" height="73" /><br />
2 × 4 ones = 8 ones<br />
2 × 3tens = 6 tens<br />
Then we have 68</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 60<br />
because 34 is close to 30 , so 30 × 2 = 60<br />
So, 34 × 2 = 68</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12878" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 9" width="72" height="85" /><br />
Answer: 504, the Estimate product is 540</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25794" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.56.png" alt="" width="135" height="93" /><br />
9 × 6 = 54 ones<br />
regrouping 54 ones as 5 tens and 4 ones<br />
9 × 5 tens = 45 tens<br />
45 tens + 5 tens = 50 tens or 5 hundreds ,Then we have 504</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 540<br />
because 56 is close to 60 , so 60 × 9 = 540<br />
So, 56 × 9 = 504</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12879" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 10" width="55" height="83" /><br />
Answer:  328, the Estimate product is 320</p>
<p>Explanation:   <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29542" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.14.png" alt="" width="46" height="74" /><br />
8 × 1 ones = 8 ones<br />
8 × 4 tens = 32 tens<br />
Then we have 328</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 320<br />
because 41 is close to 40 , so 40 × 8 = 320<br />
So, 41 × 8 = 328</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12880" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 11" width="72" height="78" /><br />
Answer: 292, the Estimate product is 280</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25906" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.58.png" alt="" width="121" height="89" /><br />
4 × 3 ones = 12 ones<br />
regrouping 12 ones as 1 ten and 2 ones<br />
4 × 7 tens = 28  tens<br />
28 tens + 1 ten  = 29 tens or 2 hundred and 9 tens ,Then we have 292</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 280<br />
because 73 is close to 70 , so 70 × 4 = 280<br />
So, 73 × 4 = 292</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12881" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 12" width="68" height="77" /><br />
Answer:  534, the Estimate product is 540</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25929" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.59.png" alt="" width="141" height="88" /><br />
6 × 9 ones = 54 ones<br />
regrouping 54 ones as 5 tens and 4 ones<br />
6 × 8 tens = 48 tens<br />
48 tens + 5 tens = 53 tens or 5 hundred and 3 tens ,Then we have 534</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 540<br />
because 89 is close to 90 , so 90 × 6 = 540<br />
So, 89 × 6 = 534</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
65 × 7 = ______<br />
Answer:  455, the Estimate product is 490</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29543" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.15.png" alt="" width="47" height="88" /><br />
7 × 5 ones = 35 ones<br />
regrouping 35 ones as 3 tens and 5 ones<br />
7 × 2tens = 14 tens<br />
14 tens + 3 tens = 17 tens or 1 hundred and 7 tens ,Then we have 175</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 140<br />
because 25 is close to 20 , so 20 × 7 = 120<br />
So, 25 × 7 = 175</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
Estimate: ____<br />
3 × 92 = _____<br />
Answer: 276, the Estimate product is 270</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26177" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.60.png" alt="" width="123" height="119" /></p>
<p>3 × 2 ones = 6 ones<br />
3 × 9 tens = 27 tens<br />
Then we get 235</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 270<br />
because 92 is close to 90, then 90 × 3 = 270<br />
So, 92 × 3 = 276</p>
<p>Question 4.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
47 × 5 = ______<br />
Answer:  235, the Estimate product is 250</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29544" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.16.png" alt="" width="69" height="101" /></p>
<p>5 × 7 ones = 35 ones<br />
regrouping 35 ones as 3 tens and 5 ones<br />
5 × 4 tens = 20 tens<br />
20 tens + 3 tens = 23 tens  or  2 hundreds and 3 tens ,Then we get 235</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 250<br />
because 47 is close to 50,then 50 × 5 = 250<br />
So, 47 × 5 = 235</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
There are 8 questions during the first round of a game show. Each question is worth 15 points. What is the greatest number of points that a contestant can earn during the first round?<br />
Answer: 120 is the greatest number of points that a contestant can earn during the first round</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26183" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.61.png" alt="" width="102" height="137" /></p>
<p>8 × 5 ones = 40 ones<br />
regrouping 40 ones as 4 tens and 0 ones<br />
1 × 8 tens = 8 tens<br />
8 tens + 4 tens = 12 tens  or  1 hundred  and 2 tens ,Then we get 120<br />
So, 120 is the greatest number of points that a contestant can earn during the first round.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Find the missing digits.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12882" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 13" width="516" height="116" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-13.png 516w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-13-300x67.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 516px) 100vw, 516px" /><br />
Answer:  1 , 7 and 1 , 9 and 7.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26186" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.62.png" alt="" width="124" height="109" /></p>
<p>5 × 3 ones = 15 ones<br />
regrouping 15 ones as 1 ten and 5 ones<br />
5 × 1 ten = 5 tens<br />
5 tens + 1 ten = 6 tens  ,Then we get  65</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26187" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.63.png" alt="" width="139" height="106" /></p>
<p>2 × 7 ones = 14 ones<br />
regrouping 14 ones as 1 ten and 4 ones<br />
2 × 3 tens = 6 tens<br />
6 tens + 1 ten = 7 tens  Then we get  74</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26188" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.64.png" alt="" width="147" height="104" /></p>
<p>9 × 8 ones = 72 ones<br />
regrouping 72 ones as 7 tens and 2 ones<br />
9 × 8 tens = 72 tens<br />
72 tens + 7 tens = 79 tens  or  7 hundreds and 9 tens ,Then we get  792<br />
<strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
The fastest human on Earth can run up to 27 miles per hour. A pronghorn antelope can run up to 2 times as fast as the fastest human. A cheetah can run up to 61 miles per hour. Which animal can run faster?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12883" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 14" width="152" height="222" /><br />
Find how fast a pronghorn antelope can run.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12884" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 15" width="53" height="65" /><br />
Answer: 54 miles per hour</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26199" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.65.png" alt="" width="130" height="78" /><br />
2 × 7 ones = 14 ones<br />
regrouping 14 ones as 1 ten and 4 ones<br />
2 × 2 tens = 4 tens<br />
4 tens + 1 ten = 5 tens  Then we get  54.</p>
<p>A pronghorn antelope can run up to _____ miles per hour.<br />
Answer: A pronghorn antelope can run up to 54 miles per hour.</p>
<p>Compare the fastest speeds of a pronghorn antelope and a cheetah.<br />
So, a _______ can run faster.<br />
Answer: A cheetah can run faster.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
A band’s goal is to produce 100 songs. The band has produced 6 albums with 13 songs on each album. Has the band reached its goal?<br />
Answer: NO , 78 songs</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26209" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.66.png" alt="" width="129" height="121" /></p>
<p>6 × 3 ones = 18 ones<br />
regrouping 18 ones as 1 ten and 8 ones<br />
6 × 1 ten = 6 tens<br />
6 tens + 1 ten = 7 ten Then we get  78<br />
A band’s goal is to produce 100 songs but they had only 78 songs so they did not get to their goal.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
A teenager must practice driving with an adult for 50 hours before taking a driver’s license test. A teenager practices driving with an adult 4 hours each week for14 weeks. Has the teenager practiced long enough to take the test?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12885" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 16" width="237" height="146" /><br />
Answer: YES , 56 hours</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26215" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.67.png" alt="" width="105" height="111" /></p>
<p>4 × 4 ones = 16 ones<br />
regrouping 16 ones as 1 ten and 6 ones<br />
4 × 1 ten = 4 tens<br />
4 tens + 1 ten = 5 tens Then we get  56<br />
A teenager must practice driving with an adult for 50 hours So she has practiced enough to get a license.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
How much more does it cost to rent a personal water craft for 3 hours than a motor boat for 3 hours?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12886" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 17" width="318" height="158" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-17.png 318w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-17-300x149.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 318px) 100vw, 318px" /><br />
Answer: It cost $60 more to rent a personal water craft for 3 hours than a motor boat for 3 hours.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26219" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.68.png" alt="" width="95" height="107" /><br />
A Personal water craft cost $89 per hour then per 3 hours, $89 × 3 ,so<br />
3 × 9 ones = 27 ones<br />
regrouping 27 ones as 2 tens and 7 ones<br />
3 × 8 tens = 24 tens<br />
24 tens + 2 tens = 26 tens  or  2 hundreds and 6 tens ,Then we get  $267.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26220" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.69.png" alt="" width="82" height="108" /><br />
A Motor boat costs $69 per hour then for 3 hours,$69 × 3 ,so<br />
3 × 9 ones = 27 ones<br />
regrouping 27 ones as 2 tens and 7 ones<br />
3 × 6 tens = 18 tens<br />
18 tens + 2 tens = 20 tens or  2 hundreds ,Then we get  $207</p>
<p>Finally $267 &#8211; $ 207 = $60<br />
It cost $60 more to rent a personal water craft for 3 hours than a motor boat for 3 hours.</p>
<h3><a id="Multiply _Two-_Digit _Numbers _by _One_-Digit _Numbers _Homework_ &amp;_ Practice_ 3.7"></a>Multiply Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 3.7</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Use the model to find the product.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12887" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 18" width="605" height="78" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-18.png 605w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-18-300x39.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 605px) 100vw, 605px" /><br />
Answer: 106</p>
<p><strong>Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.</strong><br />
Question 2.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12888" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 19" width="81" height="105" /><br />
Answer: 72 , the Estimate product is 60,</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26225" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.70.png" alt="" width="120" height="109" /><br />
3 × 4 ones = 12 ones<br />
regroup 12 ones as 1 ten and 2 ones<br />
Then 3 × 2 tens = 6 tens<br />
6 tens + 1 ten = 7 tens , then we have 72</p>
<p>And the Estimate product is 60,<br />
because 24 is close to 20 , we have 20 × 3 = 60<br />
So, 24 × 3 = 72.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12889" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 20" width="86" height="120" /><br />
Answer: 126 ,the Estimate product is 140,</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29545" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.17.png" alt="" width="71" height="107" /><br />
7 × 8 ones = 56 ones<br />
regroup 56 ones as<br />
5 tens and 6 ones<br />
Then 7 × 1 ten = 7 tens<br />
7 tens + 5 tens = 12  tens , then we have 126</p>
<p>And the Estimate product is 140,<br />
because 18 is close to 20 , we have 20 × 7 = 140<br />
So, 18 × 7 = 126</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12890" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 21" width="78" height="103" /><br />
Answer: 198, the Estimate product is 180.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26255" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.72.png" alt="" width="135" height="111" /><br />
6 × 3 ones = 18 ones<br />
regroup 18 ones as 1 ten and 8 ones<br />
Then 6 × 3 tens = 18 tens<br />
18 tens + 1 ten = 19 tens , then we have  198</p>
<p>And the Estimate product is 180,<br />
because 33 is close to 30 , we have 30 × 6 = 180<br />
So, 33 × 6 = 198</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12891" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-22.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 22" width="57" height="75" /><br />
Answer: 423, the Estimate product is 450.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-26256 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.73.png" alt="" width="131" height="81" /><br />
9 × 7 ones = 63 ones<br />
regroup 63 ones as 6 tens and  3 ones<br />
Then 9 × 4 tens = 36 tens<br />
36 tens + 6 ten = 42 tens , then we have 423</p>
<p>And the Estimate product is 450,<br />
because 47 is close to 50 , we have 50 × 9 = 450<br />
So, 47 × 9 = 423</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12892" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-23.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 23" width="51" height="78" /><br />
Answer: 260,the Estimate product is 240.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26257" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.74.png" alt="" width="132" height="87" /><br />
4 × 5 ones = 20 ones<br />
regroup 20 ones as 2 tens and 0 ones<br />
Then 4 × 6 tens = 24 tens<br />
24 tens + 2 tens = 26 tens , then we have 260</p>
<p>And the Estimate product is 240,<br />
because 65 is close to 60 , we have 60 × 4 = 240<br />
So, 65 × 4 = 260</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12893" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-24.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 24" width="60" height="80" /><br />
Answer:  576 ,the Estimate product is 560.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29546" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.9.1.18.png" alt="" width="43" height="94" /><br />
8 × 2 ones = 16 ones<br />
regroup 16 ones as<br />
1 ten and 6 ones<br />
Then 8 × 7 tens = 56 tens<br />
56 tens + 1 ten = 57 tens , then we have 576</p>
<p>And the Estimate product is 560,<br />
because 72 is close to 70 , we have 70 × 8 = 560<br />
So, 72 × 8 = 576.</p>
<p><strong>Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.<br />
</strong>Question 8.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
49 × 5 = _____<br />
Answer: 245 , the Estimate product is 250,</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26291" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.76.1.png" alt="" width="76" height="120" /><br />
5 × 9 ones = 45 ones<br />
regroup 45 ones as 4 tens and 5 ones<br />
Then 5 × 4 tens = 20 tens<br />
20 tens + 4 tens = 24 tens , then we have  245</p>
<p>And the Estimate product is 250,<br />
because 49 is close to 50 , we have 50 × 5 = 250<br />
So, 49 × 5 = 250.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Estimate: _______<br />
7 × 86 = _______<br />
Answer: 602, the Estimate product is 630,</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26292" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.77.png" alt="" width="97" height="115" /><br />
7 × 6 ones = 42 ones<br />
regroup 42 ones as 4 tens and  2 ones<br />
Then 7 × 8 tens = 56 tens<br />
56 tens + 4 tens = 60 tens , then we have 602</p>
<p>And the Estimate product is 630,<br />
because 86 is close to 90 , we have 90 × 7 = 630<br />
So, 86 × 7 = 602.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
93 × 3 = ______<br />
Answer: 279 , the Estimate product is 270</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26294" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.78.png" alt="" width="67" height="89" /><br />
3 × 3 ones = 9 ones<br />
Then 3 × 9 tens = 27 tens<br />
then we have 279</p>
<p>And the Estimate product is 270,<br />
because 93 is close to 90 , we have 90 × 3 = 270<br />
So, 93 × 3 = 270.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
You read 56 pages each week. How many pages do you read in 8 weeks?<br />
Answer: 448 pages.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26295" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.79.png" alt="" width="97" height="98" /><br />
8 × 6 ones = 48 ones<br />
regroup 48 ones as 4 tens and 8 ones<br />
Then 8 × 5 tens = 40 tens<br />
40 tens + 4 tens = 44 tens , then we have  448.<br />
So, 448 pages for 8 weeks.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
The sum of two numbers is 20. The product of the two numbers is 51. What are the two numbers?<br />
Answer: 17 and 3  are the two numbers.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26296" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.80.png" alt="" width="103" height="113" /><br />
3 × 7 ones = 21 ones<br />
regroup 21 ones as 2 tens and 1 ones<br />
Then 3 × 1 ten = 3 tens<br />
3 tens + 2 tens = 5 tens , then we have  51</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Your friend multiplies 58 by6 and says that the product is 3,048. Is your friend’s answer reasonable? Explain.<br />
Answer:  Correct answer is 348</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26297" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.81.png" alt="" width="93" height="127" /></p>
<p>6 × 8 ones = 48 ones<br />
regroup 48 ones as 4 tens and 2 ones<br />
Then 6 × 5 tens = 30 tens<br />
30 tens + 4 tens = 34 tens , then we have  348<br />
So, Correct answer is 348 .</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
How much greater is 4 × 26 than 3 × 26? Explain how you know without multiplying.<br />
Answer:  4 × 26 is greater than 3 × 26 .<br />
Explanation: The two factors of the given multiplication are 4 and 3 as 4 is greater than 3 , So , any same number multiplied by these two numbers individually will give the greatest number as a result for the number 4 .<br />
So, 4 × 26 is greater than 3 × 26.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A self-balancing scooter travels 12 miles per hour. An all-terrain vehicle can travel 6 times as fast as the scooter. A go-kart can travel 67 miles per hour. Which vehicle can travel the fastest?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12894" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-25.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 25" width="153" height="185" /><br />
Answer: An all-terrain vehicle can travel faster that is 72 miles per hour</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26298" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.82.png" alt="" width="97" height="105" /><br />
6 × 2 ones = 12 ones<br />
regroup 12 ones as 1 ten and 2 ones<br />
Then 6 × 1 tens = 6 tens<br />
6 tens + 1 tens = 7 tens , then we have  72.<br />
Given , A go-kart can travel 67 miles per hour.<br />
An all-terrain vehicle can travel faster that is 72 miles per hour</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
It takes a spaceship 3 days to reach the moon from Earth. It takes a spaceship 14 times as many days to reach Mars from Earth. How long would it take the spaceship to travel from Earth to Mars and back?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12895" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.7-26.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.7 26" width="102" height="222" /><br />
Answer: It takes 84 days for the spaceship to travel from Earth to Mars and back.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26299" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.83.png" alt="" width="93" height="129" /><br />
3 × 4 ones = 12 ones<br />
regroup 12 ones as 1 ten and 2 ones<br />
Then 3 × 1 ten = 3 tens<br />
3 tens + 1 ten = 4 tens , then we have  42.<br />
It takes 42 days to reach Mars from Earth.<br />
And IT take 42 + 42  = 84 days<br />
It takes 84 days to travel from Earth to Mars and back.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
You spend 21 fewer minutes riding the bus to school than getting ready in the morning. You take 36 minutes to get ready. How long is the bus ride?<br />
Answer: 15 minutes to ride the bus</p>
<p>Explanation:  You take 36 minutes to get ready.<br />
You spend 21 fewer minutes riding the bus to school than getting ready in the morning<br />
So, 36 &#8211; 21 = 15<br />
It takes 15 minutes to ride the bus.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson _3.8_ Multiply _Three- _and _Four-_Digit _Numbers _by _One-_Digit _Numbers"></a>Lesson 3.8 Multiply Three-and Four-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Use any strategy to find each product.<br />
7 × 39 = _____<br />
7 × 439 = ______<br />
Answer: 273 and 3,073</p>
<p>Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
7 × 39 = 7 × ( 30 + 9)<br />
= (7 × 30)+ (7 ×9)<br />
=210  + 63<br />
= 273.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
7 × 439 = 7 × ( 400 + 30 + 9)<br />
= ( 7 × 400) +(7 × 30)+ (7 ×9)<br />
= 2800  + 210 + 63<br />
= 3,073.</p>
<p><strong>Structure</strong><br />
How are the equations the same? How are they different?<br />
Answer: The equations are same when the numbers in the equation are in their standard position as ones, tens, hundreds etc. And at the same time the factors of the products must not change .<br />
The equation is different when the two factor numbers are changing their position irrespective of their places.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Use Regrouping to Multiply</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
Find 795 × 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12896" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 1" width="613" height="472" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-1.png 613w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-1-300x231.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 613px) 100vw, 613px" /></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
Find 6,084 × 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12897" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 2" width="506" height="93" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-2.png 506w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-2-300x55.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 506px) 100vw, 506px" /><br />
Check: Because ____ is close to the estimate, _____, the answer is reasonable.<br />
Answer: 6,000 × 2 = 12,000 and 6,084 × 2 = 12,168.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26319" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.84.png" alt="" width="131" height="112" /><br />
Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
2 × 4 ones = 8 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
2 × 8 tens = 16 tens<br />
regroup as 1 ten and 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
2 × 0 = 0</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
2 × 6 thousands = 12 thousands<br />
Finally we have , 12,168.<br />
So, 6,000 × 2 = 12,000 and 6,084 × 2 = 12,168.<br />
Because 6,000  is close to the estimate, 12,000, the answer is reasonable.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12898" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 3" width="65" height="72" /><br />
Answer: 615, the estimated product is 600</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26378" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.85.png" alt="" width="116" height="127" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
5 × 3 ones = 15 ones<br />
Regroup as 1 ten and 5 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
5 × 2 tens = 10 tens<br />
10 tens + 1 ten = 11 tens<br />
regroup 11 tens  as 1 hundreds and 1 ten</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
5 × 1 hundreds  = 5 hundreds<br />
5 hundreds + 1 hundred = 6 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 615 .</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 600<br />
because 123 is close to 120, 120 × 5 = 600<br />
So, 123 × 5 = 615 .</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12899" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 4" width="68" height="64" /><br />
Answer:  2,721 , the estimated product is 2,700</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26379" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.86.png" alt="" width="113" height="113" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
3 × 7 ones = 21 ones<br />
Regroup 21 ones  as 2 tens and 1 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
3 × 0 tens = 0 tens<br />
0 tens + 2 tens = 2 tens</p>
<p><span style="font-size: 16px; font-style: normal; font-weight: 400;"> </span>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
3 × 9 hundreds  = 27 hundreds<br />
Regroup 27 hundreds  as 2 thousands and 7 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 2,721 .</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 2,700<br />
because 907 is close to 900, 900 × 3 = 2,700<br />
So, 907 × 3 = 2,721 .</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12900" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 5" width="81" height="69" /><br />
Answer:  43,890, the estimated product is 43,800</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26383" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.87.1.png" alt="" width="109" height="113" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
6 × 5 ones = 30 ones<br />
regroup 30 ones as 3 tens and 0 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
6 × 1 tens = 6 tens<br />
6 tens + 3 tens = 9 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
6 × 3 hundreds  = 18 hundreds<br />
regroup as 1 thousand and 8 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
6 × 7 thousands = 42 thousands<br />
42 thousands + 1 thousand = 43 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 43,890</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 43,800<br />
because 7,315 is close to 7300, 7300 × 6 = 43,800<br />
So, 7,315 × 6  = 43,890 .</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.</strong><br />
Question 4.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12901" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 6" width="73" height="80" /><br />
Answer:  840, the estimated product is also 840</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26408" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.1.12.png" alt="" width="97" height="113" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
7 × 0 ones = 0 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
7 × 2 tens = 14 tens<br />
regroup 14 tens  as 1 hundred and 4 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
7 × 1 hundreds  = 7 hundreds<br />
7 hundreds + 1 hundred = 8 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 840.</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 840<br />
because 120 has a zero&#8217;s in ones place ,<br />
so it is already close to the nearest 0&#8217;s so we don&#8217;t have to  estimate separately.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12902" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 7" width="74" height="77" /><br />
Answer:  10,136, the estimated product is 10,000</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26397" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.1.2.png" alt="" width="139" height="132" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
4 × 4 ones = 16 ones<br />
regroup as 1 ten and 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
4 × 3 tens = 12 tens<br />
12 tens + 1 ten = 13 tens<br />
regroup as 1 hundred and 3 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
4 × 5 hundreds  = 20 hundreds<br />
20 hundreds +  1 hundred = 21 hundreds<br />
regroup as 2 thousands and 1 hundred</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
4 × 2 thousands = 8 thousands<br />
8 thousands + 2 thousands = 10 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 10,136</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 10,000<br />
because 2,534 is close to 2500, 2500 × 4 = 10,000<br />
So, 2,534 × 4 = 10,136 .</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12903" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 8" width="75" height="79" /><br />
Answer: 15,234, the estimated product is 15,200</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26398" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.1.3.png" alt="" width="133" height="119" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
2 × 7 ones = 14 ones<br />
regroup as 1 ten and 4 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
2 × 1 ten = 2 tens<br />
2 tens + 1 ten = 3 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
2 × 6 hundreds  = 12 hundreds<br />
regroup as 1 thousand  and 2 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
2 × 7 thousands = 14 thousands<br />
14 thousands + 1 thousand = 15 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 15,234</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 15,200<br />
because 7,617 is close to 7600, 7,600 × 2 = 15,200<br />
So, 7,617 × 2 = 15,234 .</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12904" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 9" width="75" height="75" /><br />
Answer:  3,664, the estimated product is 3,680</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26399" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.1.4.png" alt="" width="98" height="117" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
8 × 8 ones = 64 ones<br />
regroup as 6 tens and 4 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
8 × 5 tens = 40 tens<br />
40 tens + 6 tens = 46 tens<br />
regroup 46 tens  as 4 hundreds  and 6 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
8 × 4 hundreds  = 32 hundreds<br />
32 hundreds + 4 hundreds = 36 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 3,664.</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 3,680<br />
because 458 is close to 460, 460 × 8 = 36,80<br />
So, 458 × 8 = 3,664 .</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12905" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 10" width="80" height="78" /><br />
Answer: 79,407, the estimated product is 79,200</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26400" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.1.5.png" alt="" width="112" height="125" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
9 × 3 ones = 27 ones<br />
regroup 27 ones as 2 tens and 7 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
9 × 2 tens = 18 tens<br />
18 tens + 2 tens = 20 tens<br />
regroup as 2 hundreds and 0 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
9 × 8 hundreds  = 72 hundreds<br />
72 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 74 hundreds<br />
regroup as 7 thousands and 4 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
9 × 8 thousands = 72 thousands<br />
72 thousands + 7 thousand = 79 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 79,407.</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 79,200<br />
because 8,823 is close to 8,800, 8,800 × 9 = 79,200<br />
So, 8,823 × 9  = 79,407 .</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12906" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 11" width="73" height="81" /><br />
Answer:  5,850, the estimated product is 5,820</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26401" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.1.6.png" alt="" width="121" height="123" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
6 × 5 ones = 30 ones<br />
regroup as 3 tens and 0 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
6 × 7 tens = 42 tens<br />
42 tens + 3 tens = 45 tens<br />
regroup 45 tens  as 4 hundreds  and 5 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
6 × 9 hundreds  = 54 hundreds<br />
54 hundreds + 4 hundreds = 58 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 5,850.</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 5,820<br />
because 975 is close to 970, 970 × 6 = 5,820<br />
So, 975 × 6 = 5,850 .</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
1,762 × 3 = ______<br />
Answer:  5,286, the estimated product is 5,100</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26403" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.1.7.png" alt="" width="141" height="111" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
3 × 2 ones = 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
3 × 6 tens = 18 tens<br />
regroup as 1 hundred and 8 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
3 × 7 hundreds  = 21 hundreds<br />
21 hundreds + 1 hundred = 22 hundreds<br />
regroup as 2 thousands and 2 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
3 × 1 thousands = 3 thousands<br />
3 thousands + 2 thousands = 5 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 5,286.</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 5,100<br />
because 1,762 is close to 1,700, 1,700 × 3  = 5,100<br />
So, 1,762 × 3  = 5,286 .</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
5 × 5,492 = ______<br />
Answer:  27,460, the estimated product is 27,000</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26404" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.1.8.png" alt="" width="131" height="114" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
5 × 2 ones = 10 ones<br />
regroup 10 ones as 1 ten and 0 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
5 × 9 tens = 45 tens<br />
45 tens + 1 ten = 46 tens<br />
regroup as 4 hundreds and 6 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
5 × 4 hundreds  = 20 hundreds<br />
20 hundreds + 4 hundreds = 24 hundreds<br />
regroup as 2 thousands and 4 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
5 × 5 thousands = 25 thousands<br />
25 thousands + 2 thousand = 27 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 27,460.</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 27,000<br />
because 5,492 is close to 5,400, 5,400 × 5 = 27,000<br />
So, 5,492  × 5  =  27,460.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
347 × 7 = _____<br />
Answer:   2,429, the estimated product is 2,380</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26405" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.1.9.png" alt="" width="113" height="118" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
7 × 7 ones = 49 ones<br />
regroup as 4 tens and 9 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
7 × 4 tens = 28 tens<br />
28 tens + 4 tens = 32 tens<br />
regroup 32 tens  as 3 hundreds  and 2 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
7 × 3 hundreds  = 21 hundreds<br />
21 hundreds + 3 hundreds = 24 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 2,429.</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 2,380<br />
because 347 is close to 340, 340 × 7 = 2,380<br />
So, 347 × 7 = 2,429 .</p>
<p><strong>Compare</strong><br />
Question 13.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12907" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 12" width="194" height="41" /><br />
Answer: 6 × 2,843 is greater than 8 × 1,645<br />
17,058  is greater than 13,160</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26431" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.2.1.png" alt="" width="132" height="121" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
6 × 3 ones = 18 ones<br />
regroup 18 ones as 1 ten and 8 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
6 × 4 tens = 24 tens<br />
24 tens + 1 ten = 25 tens<br />
regroup as 2 hundreds and 5 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
6 × 8 hundreds  = 48 hundreds<br />
48 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 50 hundreds<br />
regroup as 5 thousands and 0 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
6 × 2 thousands = 12 thousands<br />
12 thousands + 5 thousands = 17 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 17,058<br />
So, 2,843 × 6 = 17,058</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26432" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.2.2.png" alt="" width="136" height="119" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
8 × 5 ones = 40 ones<br />
regroup 40 ones as 4 tens and 0 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
8 × 4 tens = 32 tens<br />
32 tens + 4 tens = 36 tens<br />
regroup as 3 hundreds and 6 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
8 × 6 hundreds  = 48 hundreds<br />
48 hundreds + 3 hundreds = 51 hundreds<br />
regroup as 5 thousands and 1 hundred</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
8 × 1 thousand = 8 thousands<br />
8 thousands + 5 thousands = 13 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 13,160<br />
So, 1,645 × 8 = 13,160</p>
<p>Finally , 17,058  is greater than 13,160.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12908" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 13" width="193" height="42" /><br />
Answer: 6,582 × 3 is greater than 2,394 × 8<br />
19,746  is greater than 19,152</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26433" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.2.3.png" alt="" width="113" height="110" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
3 × 2 ones = 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
3 × 8 tens = 24 tens<br />
regroup as 2 hundreds and 4 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
3 × 5 hundreds  = 15 hundreds<br />
15 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 17 hundreds<br />
regroup as 1 thousand and 7 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
3 × 6 thousands = 18 thousands<br />
18 thousands + 1 thousand = 19 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 19,746.<br />
So, 6,582 × 3 = 19,746.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26434" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.2.4.png" alt="" width="128" height="129" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
8 × 4 ones = 32 ones<br />
regroup 32 ones as 3 tens and 2 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
8 × 9 tens = 72 tens<br />
72 tens + 3 tens = 75 tens<br />
regroup as 7 hundreds and 5 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
8 × 3 hundreds  = 24 hundreds<br />
24 hundreds + 7 hundreds = 31 hundreds<br />
regroup as 3 thousands and 1 hundred</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
8 × 2 thousands = 16 thousands<br />
16 thousands + 3 thousands = 19 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 19,152<br />
So, 2,394 × 8 =  19,152</p>
<p>Finally , 19,746  is greater than 19,152.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
A roller coaster is twice as tall as a Ferris wheel that is 228 feet tall. How tall is the roller coaster?<br />
Answer:  The roller coaster is 456 feet tall.</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26436" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.2.5.png" alt="" width="76" height="117" /><br />
Given, A roller coaster is twice as tall as a Ferris wheel that is 228 feet tall.so , 228 × 2</p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
2 × 8 ones = 16 ones<br />
Regroup as 1 ten and 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
2 × 2 tens = 4 tens<br />
4 tens + 1 ten = 5 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
2 × 2 hundreds  = 4 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 456 .<br />
The roller coaster is 456 feet tall.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
How can you estimate the number of digits in the product of 7 and 8,348?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12909" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 14" width="171" height="326" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-14.png 171w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-14-157x300.png 157w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 171px) 100vw, 171px" /><br />
Answer:  58,436 , There are 7 digits i the product of the 7 and 8,348</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26437" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.2.6.png" alt="" width="109" height="121" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
7 × 8 ones = 56  ones<br />
regroup 56 ones as 5 tens and 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
7 × 4 tens = 28 tens<br />
28 tens +  5 tens = 33 tens<br />
regroup as 3 hundreds and 3 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
7 × 3 hundreds  = 21 hundreds<br />
21 hundreds + 3 hundreds = 24 hundreds<br />
regroup as 2 thousands and 4 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
7 × 8 thousand = 56 thousands<br />
56 thousands + 2 thousands = 58 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 58,436.<br />
So, 8,348 × 7 = 58,436</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
The lengths of time that a penguin and an elephant seal can hold their breaths are shown. A sea turtle can hold its breath 7 times as long as a penguin. Which animal can hold its breath the longest?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12910" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 15" width="250" height="293" /><br />
Multiply to find how long a sea turtle can hold its breath.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12911" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 16" width="141" height="90" /><br />
Answer : The sea turtle can hold its breath up to 84,00 seconds</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26440" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.3.2.png" alt="" width="131" height="108" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
0</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
0</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
7 × 2 hundreds  = 14 hundreds<br />
regroup as 1 thousand and 4 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4:  Multiply thousands and regroup<br />
7 × 1 thousands = 7 thousands<br />
7 thousands + 1 thousand  =  8 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 8,400 .</p>
<p>Compare the lengths of time that each animal can hold its breath.<br />
Answer:     Penguin can hold its breath by 1,200 seconds.<br />
Elephant seal can hold its breath by 7,200 seconds.<br />
Sea turtle can hold it breath by 8,400 seconds.</p>
<p>The _______ can hold its breath the longest.<br />
Answer: Sea turtle can hold its breath the longest</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
You have 796 baseball cards and 284 hockey cards. You have 3 times as many football cards as hockey cards. Which type of card do you have the greatest number of?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12912" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 17" width="144" height="123" /><br />
Answer: 852 football cards are the greatest number of cards.</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26439" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.2.7.png" alt="" width="85" height="106" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
3 × 4 ones = 12 ones<br />
Regroup as 1 ten and 2 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
3 × 8 tens = 24 tens<br />
24 tens + 1 ten = 25 tens<br />
regroup 25 tens  as 2 hundreds and 5 ten</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
3 × 2 hundreds  = 6 hundreds<br />
6 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 8 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 852.</p>
<p>So,852 football cards are the greatest number of cards.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
A principal has $2,000 to spend on updating some of your school’s tablets. She buys 4 tablets that each cost $299. How much money does the principal have left?<br />
Answer: $299 × 4 = $1,196 , the principal have left $804.</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26441" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.2.8.png" alt="" width="92" height="115" /><br />
She buys 4 tablets that each cost $299</p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
4 × 9 ones = 36 ones<br />
Regroup as 3 tens and 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
4 × 9 tens = 36 tens<br />
36 tens + 3 tens = 39 tens<br />
regroup 39 tens  as 3 hundreds and 9 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
4 × 2 hundreds  = 8 hundreds<br />
8 hundreds + 3 hundreds = 11 hundreds<br />
regroup as 1 thousand and 1 hundred.</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 1,196<br />
So, $299 × 4 = $1,196 ,<br />
the principal have left $804.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
A train ticket from New York City to Miami costs $152. A train ticket from New York City to Orlando costs $144. A group of 8 friends is in New York City. How much money can the group save by going to Orlando instead of going to Miami?<br />
Answer: They can save $64.</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26443" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.2.9.png" alt="" width="91" height="115" /><br />
A group of 8 friends is in New York City,<br />
A train ticket from New York City to Miami costs $152.</p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
8 × 2 ones = 16 ones<br />
Regroup as 1 ten and 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
8 × 5 tens = 40 tens<br />
40 tens + 1 ten = 41 tens<br />
regroup 41 tens  as 4 hundreds and 1 ten</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
8 × 1 hundreds  = 8 hundreds<br />
8 hundreds + 4 hundred = 12 hundreds<br />
regroup as 1 thousand and 2 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 1,216<br />
So, $152 × 8 = $1,216.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26444" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.3.1.png" alt="" width="97" height="105" /><br />
A train ticket from New York City to Orlando costs $144,</p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
8 × 4 ones = 32 ones<br />
Regroup as 3 tens and 2 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
8 × 4 tens = 32 tens<br />
32 tens + 3 tens = 35 tens<br />
regroup 35 tens  as 3 hundreds and 5 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
8 × 1 hundreds  = 8 hundreds<br />
8 hundreds + 3 hundred = 11 hundreds<br />
regroup as 1 thousand and 1 hundred</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 1,152<br />
So, $144 × 8 = $1,152.</p>
<p>Finally , $1,216  &#8211; $1,152 = $ 64<br />
They can save $64.</p>
<h3><a id="Multiply _Three- _and _Four-_Digit _Numbers _by _One-_Digit _Numbers_ Homework_ &amp;_ Practice_ 3.8"></a>Multiply Three-and Four-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 3.8</h3>
<p><strong>Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12913" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 18" width="73" height="74" /><br />
Answer:  2,736, The estimated product is  2,700</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26585" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.3.3.png" alt="" width="97" height="92" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
9 × 4 ones = 36 ones<br />
Regroup 36 ones  as 3 tens and 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
9 × 0 tens = 0 tens<br />
0 tens + 3 tens = 3 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
9 × 3 hundreds  = 27 hundreds<br />
Regroup 27 hundreds  as 2 thousands and 7 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 2,736 .</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 2,700<br />
because 304 is close to 300, 300 × 9 = 2,700<br />
So, 304 × 9 = 2,736 .</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12914" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 19" width="67" height="74" /><br />
Answer:  4,936, The estimated product is 4,880</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26586" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.3.4.png" alt="" width="95" height="105" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
8 × 7 ones = 56 ones<br />
Regroup 56 ones  as 5 tens and 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
8 × 1 ten = 8 tens<br />
8 tens + 5 tens = 10 tens<br />
regroup as 1 hundred and 0 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
8 × 6 hundreds  = 48 hundreds<br />
48 hundreds + 1 hundred = 49 hundreds<br />
Regroup 49 hundreds  as 4 thousands and 9 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 4,936 .</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 4,880<br />
because 617 is close to 610, 610 × 8 = 4,880<br />
So, 617 × 8 = 4,936 .</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12915" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 20" width="88" height="74" /><br />
Answer: 23,756, The estimated product is  23,760</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26587" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.3.5.png" alt="" width="111" height="108" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
4 × 9 ones = 36 ones<br />
regroup 36 ones as 3 tens and 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
4 × 3 tens = 12 tens<br />
12 tens + 3 tens = 15 tens<br />
regroup as 1 hundred and 5 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
4 × 9 hundreds  = 36 hundreds<br />
36 hundreds + 1 hundred = 37 hundreds<br />
regroup as 3 thousands and 7 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
4 × 5 thousands = 20 thousands<br />
20 thousands + 3 thousands = 23 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 23,756.</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 23,760<br />
because 5,939 is close to 5,940, 5,940 × 4 = 23,760<br />
So, 5,939 × 4  = 23,756 .</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12916" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 21" width="76" height="78" /><br />
Answer:  8,262, The estimated product is  8,250.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26588" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.3.6.png" alt="" width="105" height="102" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
3 × 4 ones = 12 ones<br />
regroup 12 ones as 1 ten and 2 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
3 × 5 tens = 15 tens<br />
15 tens + 1 ten = 16 tens<br />
regroup as 1 hundred and 6 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
3 × 7 hundreds  = 21 hundreds<br />
21 hundreds + 1 hundred = 22 hundreds<br />
regroup as 2 thousands and 2 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
3 × 2 thousands = 6 thousands<br />
6 thousands + 2 thousands = 8 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 8,262</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 8,250<br />
because 2,754 is close to 2,750, 2,750 × 3 = 8,250<br />
So, 2,754 × 3  = 8,262 .</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12917" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-22.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 22" width="75" height="75" /><br />
Answer: 50,790, The estimated product is  50,760</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26589" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.3.7.png" alt="" width="108" height="107" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
6 × 5 ones = 30 ones<br />
regroup 30 ones as 3 tens and 0 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
6 × 6 tens = 36 tens<br />
36 tens + 3 tens = 39 tens<br />
regroup as 3 hundreds and 9 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
6 × 4 hundreds  = 24 hundreds<br />
24 hundreds + 3 hundreds = 27 hundreds<br />
regroup as 2 thousands and 7 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
6 × 8 thousands = 48 thousands<br />
48 thousands + 2 thousands = 50 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 50,790.</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 50,760,<br />
because 8,465 is close to 8,460, 8,460 × 6 = 50,760<br />
So, 8,465 × 6  = 50,790.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12918" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-23.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 23" width="57" height="79" /><br />
Answer: 5,754 ,The estimated product is  5,740</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26590" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.3.8.png" alt="" width="76" height="105" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
7 × 2 ones = 14 ones<br />
Regroup 14 ones  as 1 tens and 4 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
7 × 2 tens = 14 tens<br />
14 tens + 1 tens = 15 tens<br />
regroup as 1 hundred and 5 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
7 × 8 hundreds  = 56 hundreds<br />
56 hundreds + 1 hundred = 57 hundreds<br />
Regroup 57 hundreds  as 5 thousands and 7 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 5,754 .</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 5,740<br />
because 822 is close to 820, 820 × 7 = 5,740<br />
So, 822 × 7 = 5,754 .</p>
<p><strong>Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
Estimate: _______<br />
629 × 5 = ______<br />
Answer: 3,145 , The estimated product is 3,150</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26591" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.3.9.png" alt="" width="80" height="111" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
5 × 9 ones = 45 ones<br />
Regroup 45 ones  as 4 tens and 5 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
5 × 2 tens = 10 tens<br />
10 tens + 4 tens = 14 tens<br />
regroup as 1 hundred and 4 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
5 × 6 hundreds  = 30 hundreds<br />
30 hundreds + 1 hundred = 31 hundreds<br />
Regroup 31 hundreds  as 3 thousands and 1 hundred</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 3,145.</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 3,150.<br />
because 629 is close to 630, 630 × 5 = 3,150.<br />
So, 629 × 5 = 3,145 .</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Estimate: _______<br />
7 × 1,836 = ______<br />
Answer:  12,852 , The estimated product is  12,880</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26592" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.4.1.png" alt="" width="108" height="110" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
7 × 6 ones = 42 ones<br />
regroup 42 ones as 4 tens and 2 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
7 × 3 tens = 21 tens<br />
21 tens + 4 tens = 25 tens<br />
regroup as 2 hundreds and 5 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
7 × 8 hundreds  = 56 hundreds<br />
56 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 58 hundreds<br />
regroup as 5 thousands and 8 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
7 × 1 thousands = 7 thousands<br />
7 thousands + 5 thousands = 12 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 12,852</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 12,880<br />
because 1,836 is close to 1,840, 1,840 × 7 = 12,880<br />
So, 1,836 × 7  = 12,852 .</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
453 × 3 = ______<br />
Answer: 1,359 , The estimated product is  1,350</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26593" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.4.2.png" alt="" width="92" height="96" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
3 ×  ones = 9 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
3 × 5 tens = 15 tens<br />
regroup as 1 hundred and 5 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
3 × 4 hundreds  = 12 hundreds<br />
12 hundreds + 1 hundred = 13 hundreds<br />
Regroup 13 hundreds  as 1 thousand and 3 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 1,359 .</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 1,350<br />
because 453 is close to 450, 450 × 3 = 1,350.<br />
So, 453 × 3 = 1,359 .</p>
<p><strong>Compare</strong><br />
Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12919" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-24.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 24" width="196" height="46" /><br />
Answer: 20,346 is greater than 6,782.</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26839" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.4.3.png" alt="" width="133" height="108" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
3 × 2 ones = 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
3 × 8 tens = 24 tens<br />
regroup as 2 hundreds and 4 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
3 × 7 hundreds  = 21 hundreds<br />
21 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 23 hundreds<br />
regroup as 2 thousands and 3 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
3 × 6 thousands = 18 thousands<br />
18 thousands + 2 thousands = 20 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 20,346</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26840" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.4.4.png" alt="" width="127" height="102" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
2 × 1 ones = 2 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
2 × 9 tens = 18 tens<br />
regroup as 1 hundred and 8 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
2 × 3 hundreds  = 6 hundreds<br />
6 hundreds + 1 hundred = 7 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
2 × 3 thousands = 6 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 6,782.<br />
So, 20,346 is greater than 6,782.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12920" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-25.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 25" width="199" height="44" /><br />
Answer: 12,528 is greater than 9,972.</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26841" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.4.5.png" alt="" width="122" height="104" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
9 × 2 ones = 18 ones<br />
regroup 18 ones as 1 tens and 8 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
9 × 9 tens = 81 tens<br />
81 tens + 1 tens = 82 tens<br />
regroup as 8 hundreds and 2 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
9 × 3 hundreds  = 27 hundreds<br />
27 hundreds + 8 hundreds = 35 hundreds<br />
regroup as 3 thousands and 5 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
9 × 1 thousands = 9 thousands<br />
9 thousands + 3 thousands = 12 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 12,528.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26842" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.4.6.png" alt="" width="110" height="116" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
4 × 3 ones = 12 ones<br />
regroup 12 ones as 1 tens and 2 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
4 × 9 tens = 36 tens<br />
36 tens + 1 tens = 37 tens<br />
regroup as 3 hundreds and 7 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
4 × 4 hundreds  = 16 hundreds<br />
16 hundreds + 3 hundreds = 19 thousands<br />
regroup as 1 thousand and 9 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
4 × 2 thousands = 8 thousands<br />
8 thousands + 1 thousand = 9 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 9,972.<br />
So, 12,528 is greater than 9,972.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
A backpacker hikes the Buckeye Trail 5 times. The trail is 1,444 miles long. How many miles has he hiked on the Buckeye Trail in all?<br />
Answer: 7,220 miles has hiked on the Buckeye Trail.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26843" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.4.7.png" alt="" width="118" height="127" /><br />
The trail is 1,444 miles long,<br />
A backpacker hikes the Buckeye Trail 5 times. Then 1,444 × 5 ,</p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
5 × 4 ones = 20 ones<br />
regroup 20 ones as 2 tens and 0 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
5 × 4 tens = 20 tens<br />
20 tens + 2 tens = 22 tens<br />
regroup as 2 hundreds and 2 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
5 × 4 hundreds  = 20 hundreds<br />
20 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 22 hundreds<br />
regroup as 2 thousands and 2 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
5 × 1 thousands = 5 thousands<br />
5 thousands + 2 thousands  = 7 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 7,220.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
What number is 980 more than the product of 6,029 and 8?<br />
Answer: 49,212, The product of 6,029 and 8 is 48,232</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26844" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.4.8.png" alt="" width="104" height="118" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
8 × 9 ones = 72 ones<br />
regroup 72 ones as 7 tens and 2 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
8 × 2 tens = 16 tens<br />
16 tens + 7 tens = 23 tens<br />
regroup as 2 hundreds and 3 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
8 × 0 hundreds  = 0 hundreds<br />
0 hundreds + 2 hundreds = 2 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
8 × 6 thousands = 48 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get  48,232.</p>
<p>Given, The required number is 980 more than  48,232,<br />
Then 48,232 + 980 = 49,212.<br />
Finally the wanted number is 49,212.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Newton says that the product of a three-digit number and a one-digit number is always a three-digit number. Is Newton correct? Explain.<br />
Answer: NO</p>
<p>Explanation: The Assumption that the product of a three-digit number and a one-digit number is always a three-digit number is wrong because,<br />
the the factor numbers of a product might vary in places .<br />
The highest one digit number is multiplied by the highest 3 digit number will not be a 3 digit number as a output product .<br />
So, Newton is wrong about his statement.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
The numbers of songs Newton and Descartes&#8217;s download are shown. You download 2 times as many songs as Descartes. Who downloads the most songs?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12921" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-26.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 26" width="195" height="162" /><br />
Answer: I downloaded 334 songs and Newton has the most songs that is 351 songs .</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26845" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.4.9.png" alt="" width="95" height="113" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
2 × 7 ones = 14 ones<br />
Regroup as 1 ten and 4 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
2 × 6 tens = 12 tens<br />
12 tens + 1 ten = 13 tens<br />
regroup 11 tens  as 1 hundreds and 3 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
2 × 1 hundreds  = 2 hundreds<br />
2 hundreds + 1 hundred = 3 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 334 .<br />
The songs that i downloaded are 334<br />
Newton has 351 songs and Descartes has 167 songs and compared to all of us ,<br />
Newton has more songs that is 315 songs.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Find the sum or difference. Use the inverse operation to check.<br />
Question 16.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12922" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-27.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 27" width="61" height="64" /><br />
Answer: 685.</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26877" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.5.1.png" alt="" width="189" height="78" /><br />
By subtracting 847 &#8211; 162 , we get 685<br />
To check inverse operation :<br />
Add 685 + 162  = 847.</p>
<p>So 847 &#8211; 162 = 685 .<br />
Question 17.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12923" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-28.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 28" width="65" height="74" /><br />
Answer:  901</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26878" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.5.2.png" alt="" width="189" height="94" /><br />
By adding 612 + 289 , we get 901<br />
To check inverse operation:<br />
Subtract 901 &#8211; 289 ,we get  612</p>
<p>So, 612 + 289 = 901 .</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12924" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.8-29.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.8 29" width="58" height="73" /><br />
Answer:  149</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26879" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.5.3.png" alt="" width="189" height="80" /></p>
<p>By subtracting 500 &#8211; 351 , we get 149<br />
To check inverse operation :<br />
Add 315 + 149  = 500 .</p>
<p>So 500 &#8211; 351 = 149 .</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_ 3.9 _Use _Properties_ to _Multiply"></a>Lesson 3.9 Use Properties to Multiply</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Use any strategy to find each product. Explain the strategy you used to find each product.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12925" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 1" width="470" height="332" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-1.png 470w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-1-300x212.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 470px) 100vw, 470px" /><br />
Answer:  700 , 790, 45,009 , 44,991.</p>
<p>Explanation:  7 × 25 × 4<br />
By using commutative property of multiplication<br />
= 7 × ( 25 × 4)<br />
=7 × 100<br />
= 700<br />
So, 7 × 25 × 4 = 700 .</p>
<p>5 × 79 × 2<br />
By using commutative property of multiplication<br />
= 79 × ( 5 × 2)<br />
=79 × 10<br />
= 790<br />
So, 5 × 79 × 2 = 790 .</p>
<p>9 × 5,001<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 9 × (5,000 + 1)<br />
= ( 9 × 5,000) + ( 9 × 1)<br />
= 45,000 + 9<br />
= 45,009<br />
So,  9 × 5,001 = 45,009.</p>
<p>9 × 4,999<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 9 × (5,000 &#8211; 1)<br />
= ( 9 × 5,000) &#8211; ( 9 × 1)<br />
= 45,000 &#8211; 9<br />
= 44,991<br />
So,  9 × 4,999 = 44,991.</p>
<p><strong>Construct Arguments</strong><br />
Compare your strategies with your partner’s. How are they alike? How are they different?<br />
Answer:  All the strategies are correct that are used by my friend and me.<br />
Using any method in multiplication is frequently used to find the product as fast as possible<br />
some methods are long and some of them are really fast and easy .<br />
Every method is correct unless you did not do any mistakes, so , all are alike.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Use Properties to Multiply</strong></p>
<p>You can use properties to multiply.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12926" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 2" width="662" height="525" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-2.png 662w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-2-300x238.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 662px) 100vw, 662px" /><br />
Answer :  2,000 , 3,490 , 900</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
8 × 250<br />
By using associative property of multiplication<br />
=( 4 × 2 ) × 250<br />
= 4 × ( 2 × 250)<br />
= 4 × 500<br />
= 2,000.<br />
So, 8 × 250 = 2,000.</p>
<p>5 × 698<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 5 × ( 700 &#8211; 2)<br />
= (5 × 700) &#8211; ( 5 × 2)<br />
= 3,500 &#8211; 10<br />
= 3,490<br />
So,  5 × 698 = 3,490.</p>
<p>4 × 9 × 25<br />
By using commutative property of multiplication<br />
= 9 × ( 4 × 25)<br />
= 9 × 100<br />
= 900.<br />
So, 4 × 9 × 25 = 900.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Use properties to find the product. Explain your reasoning.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
6 × 150<br />
Answer: 900</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 6 × ( 100 + 50)<br />
= (6 × 100) + ( 6 × 50)<br />
= 600 + 300<br />
= 900.<br />
So, 6 × 150 = 900.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
3 × 494<br />
Answer: 1,482</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 3 × ( 500 &#8211; 6)<br />
= (3 × 500) &#8211; ( 3 × 6)<br />
= 1500 &#8211; 18<br />
= 1,482.<br />
So, 3 × 494 = 1,482.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
25 × 7 × 4<br />
Answer:  700</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using commutative property of multiplication<br />
= 7 × ( 25 × 4 )<br />
= 7 × 100<br />
= 700.<br />
So, 25 × 7 × 4 = 700.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Use properties to find the product. Explain your reasoning.</strong><br />
Question 4.<br />
7 × 798<br />
Answer: 5,586</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 7 × ( 800 – 2)<br />
= (7 × 800) – ( 7 × 2)<br />
= 5,600 – 14<br />
= 5,586<br />
So,  7 × 798 = 5,586.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
350 × 6<br />
Answer:  2,100</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 6 × ( 300 + 50)<br />
= (6 × 300) + ( 6 × 50)<br />
= 1,800 + 300<br />
= 2,100.<br />
So, 6 × 350 = 2,100.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
106 × 5<br />
Answer: 530</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 5 × ( 100 + 6)<br />
= (5 × 100) + ( 5 × 6)<br />
= 500 + 30<br />
= 530.<br />
So, 5 × 106 = 530.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
4 × 625<br />
Answer:  2,500</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 4 × ( 600 + 25)<br />
= (4 × 600) + ( 4 × 25)<br />
= 2400 + 100<br />
= 2,500.<br />
So, 4 × 625 = 2,500.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
395 × 8<br />
Answer: 3,160.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 8 × ( 400 – 5)<br />
= (8 × 400) – ( 8 × 5)<br />
= 3,200 – 40<br />
= 3,160.<br />
So, 8 × 395 = 3,160.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
2 × 7 × 15<br />
Answer: 210</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using commutative property of multiplication<br />
= 7 × ( 15 × 2 )<br />
= 7 × 30<br />
= 210.<br />
So, 2 × 7 × 15 = 210.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
430 × 2<br />
Answer:  860</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 2 × ( 400 + 30)<br />
= (2 × 400) + ( 2 × 30)<br />
= 800 + 60<br />
= 860.<br />
So, 2 × 430 = 860.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
8 × 150<br />
Answer: 1,200</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 8 × ( 100 + 50)<br />
= (8 × 100) + ( 8 × 50)<br />
= 800 + 400<br />
= 1,200.<br />
So, 8 × 150 = 1,200.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
3 × 1,997<br />
Answer: 5,991</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 3 × ( 2000 – 3)<br />
= (3 × 2000) – ( 3 × 3)<br />
= 6000 – 9<br />
= 5,991.<br />
So, 3 × 1,997 = 5,991.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
25 × 9 × 2<br />
Answer: 450</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using commutative property of multiplication<br />
= 9 × ( 25 × 2 )<br />
= 9 × 50<br />
= 450.<br />
So, 25 × 9 × 2 = 450.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
404 × 6<br />
Answer:  2,424</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 6 × ( 400 + 4)<br />
= (6 × 400) + ( 6 × 4)<br />
= 2400 + 24<br />
= 2,424.<br />
So, 6 × 404 = 2,424.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
4 × 2,004<br />
Answer:  8,016</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 4 × ( 2000 + 4)<br />
= (4 × 2000) + ( 4 × 4)<br />
= 8000 + 16<br />
= 8,016.<br />
So, 4 × 2,004 = 8,016.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<strong>Which One Doesn&#8217;t Belong?</strong><br />
Which expression does not belong with the other three?<br />
(3 × 30) + (3 × 7), (3 × 40) &#8211; (3 × 3)<br />
3 × (30 + 7), 3 × 3 × 7<br />
Answer: 3 × 3 × 7</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
(3 × 30) + (3 × 7)<br />
(3 × 40) &#8211; (3 × 3)<br />
3 × (30 + 7) ,<br />
These 3 expressions are related to the distributive property of multiplication.<br />
So, 3 × 3 × 7 this expression does not belong to the distributive property of multiplication.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Use properties to find each product<br />
9 × 80 = 720, so 18 × 40 = _____.<br />
5 × 70 = 350, so 5 × 72 = _____.<br />
Answer: 720, 360.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using associative property of multiplication<br />
=( 6 × 3 ) × 40<br />
= 6 × ( 3 × 40)<br />
= 6 × 120<br />
= 720.<br />
So, 18 × 40 = 720.</p>
<p>5 × 72<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 5 × ( 70 + 2)<br />
= (5 × 70) + ( 5 × 2)<br />
= 350 + 10<br />
= 360.<br />
So, 5 × 72 = 360.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
The fastest recorded speed of a dragster car in the United States was 31 miles per hour less than 3 times the top speed of the roller coaster. What was the speed of the car?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12927" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 3" width="194" height="265" /><br />
Multiply to find 3 times the top speed of the roller coaster.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12928" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 4" width="435" height="139" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-4.png 435w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-4-300x96.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 435px) 100vw, 435px" /><br />
Answer: 360 miles per hour.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
3 × 120<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 3 × ( 100 + 20)<br />
= (3 × 100) + ( 3 × 20)<br />
= 300 + 60<br />
= 360.<br />
So, 3 × 120 = 360.</p>
<p>Subtract to find 31 miles per hour less<br />
_____ &#8211; 31 = _______ miles per hour<br />
Answer:  329 miles per hour</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
360 &#8211; 31 = 329 .</p>
<p>So, the speed of the car was ______ miles per hour.<br />
Answer: the speed of the car was 329 miles per hour.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
In 2016, a theme park used 300 drones for a holiday show. In 2017, China used 200 fewer than 4 times as many drones for a lantern festival. How many drones did China use?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12929" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 5" width="207" height="145" /><br />
Answer: China used  1,000 drones.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
A theme park used 300 drones for a holiday show<br />
China used 4 times as many drones for a lantern festival.<br />
So, 4 × 300 = 1,200<br />
Given, China used 200 fewer than 4 times as many drones for a lantern festival.<br />
So 1,200 &#8211; 200 = 1,000.</p>
<p>China used 1,000 drones.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
A subway train has 8 cars. Each car can hold 198 passengers. How many passengers can two subway trains hold?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12930" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 6" width="256" height="107" /><br />
Answer: 3,168 passengers.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
A subway train has 8 cars<br />
Each car can hold 198 passengers.<br />
So, 8 × 198<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 8 × ( 200 – 2)<br />
= (8 × 200) – ( 8 × 2)<br />
= 1600 – 16<br />
= 1,584.<br />
So, 8 × 198 = 1,584. 1,584 passengers for a subway train<br />
For 2 subway trains , 1,584 + 1,584 = 3,168.<br />
Two subway trains can hold 3,168 passengers.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
You plant cucumbers, green beans, squash, and corn in a community garden. You plant 3 rows of each vegetable with 24 seeds in each row. How many seeds do you plant?<br />
Answer: 288 seeds</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
plant 3 rows of each vegetable with 24 seeds in each row.<br />
So, 3 × 24<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 3 × ( 20 + 4)<br />
= (3 × 20) + ( 3 × 4)<br />
= 60 + 12<br />
= 72.<br />
So, 3 × 24 = 72.</p>
<p>You plant cucumbers, green beans, squash, and corn in a community garden.<br />
Total 4 various vegetables are planted<br />
So, 4 × 72<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 4 × ( 70 + 2)<br />
= (4 × 70) + ( 4 × 2)<br />
= 280 + 8<br />
= 288.<br />
So, 4 × 72 = 288.</p>
<p>We have to plant 288 seeds.</p>
<h3><a id="Use _Properties_ to _Multiply_ Homework_ &amp; _Practice _3.9"></a>Use Properties to Multiply Homework &amp; Practice 3.9</h3>
<p><strong>Use properties to find the product. Explain your reasoning.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
3 × 497<br />
Answer: 1,491</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 3 × ( 500 – 3)<br />
= (3 × 500) – ( 3 × 3)<br />
= 1500 – 9<br />
= 1,491.<br />
So, 3 × 497 = 1,491.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
36 × 9<br />
Answer: 324</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 9 × ( 30 + 6)<br />
= (9 × 30) + ( 9 × 6)<br />
= 270 + 54<br />
= 324.<br />
So, 9 × 36 = 324.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
8 × 350<br />
Answer: 2,800</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 8 × ( 300 + 50)<br />
= (8 × 300) + ( 8 × 50)<br />
= 2400 + 400<br />
= 2,800.<br />
So, 8 × 350 = 2,800.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
25 × 8 × 4<br />
Answer: 800</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using commutative property of multiplication<br />
= 8 × ( 25 × 4 )<br />
= 8 × 100<br />
= 800.<br />
So, 25 × 8 × 4 = 800.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
999 × 5<br />
Answer:  4,995</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 5 × ( 1000 – 1)<br />
= (5 × 1000) – ( 5 × 1)<br />
= 5,000 –  5<br />
= 4,995<br />
So,  5 × 999 = 4,995.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
9 × 402<br />
Answer: 3,618</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 9 × ( 400 + 2)<br />
= (9 × 400) + ( 9 × 2)<br />
= 3600 + 18<br />
= 3,618.<br />
So, 9 × 402 = 3,618.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
509 × 4<br />
Answer: 2,036</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 4 × ( 500 + 9)<br />
= (4 × 500) + ( 4 × 9)<br />
= 2000 + 36<br />
= 2,036 .<br />
So, 4 × 509 = 2,036.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
2 × 9 × 15<br />
Answer: 270</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using commutative property of multiplication<br />
= 9 × ( 15 × 2 )<br />
= 9 × 30<br />
= 270.<br />
So, 2 × 9 × 15 = 270.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
3,998 × 7<br />
Answer: 27,986</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 7 × ( 4000 – 2)<br />
= (7 × 4000) – ( 7 × 2)<br />
= 28,000 – 14<br />
= 27,986.<br />
So, 3,998 × 7 = 27,986.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Is Descartes correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12931" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 7" width="241" height="219" /><br />
Answer: Descartes is not correct, 895 × 4 = 3,580.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 4 × ( 900 – 5)<br />
= (4 × 900) – ( 4 × 5)<br />
= 3600 – 20<br />
= 3,620.<br />
So, 895 × 4 = 3,580.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Complete the square so that the product of each row and each column is 2,400.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12932" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 8" width="232" height="230" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-8.png 232w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-8-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 232px) 100vw, 232px" /><br />
Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26995" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.5.5.png" alt="" width="136" height="109" /></p>
<p>Explanation:  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26996" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.5.4.png" alt="" width="123" height="110" /><br />
By using column 1 , we get 4 × 200 = 800,<br />
To obtain the 2,400 the missing number should be 3 , Then 800 × 3  = 2,400.<br />
By using column 3 , we get 2 × 2 = 4,<br />
To obtain the 2,400 the missing number should be 600 , Then 600 × 4 = 2,400.<br />
By using row 2 , we get 200 × 2 = 400,<br />
To obtain the 2,400 the missing number should be 6 , Then 400 × 6 = 2,400.<br />
By using row 1 , we get 4 × 600 = 2,400,<br />
To obtain the 2,400 the missing number should be 1 , Then 2,400 × 1 = 2,400.<br />
By using row 3 , we get 3 × 2 = 6,<br />
To obtain the 2,400 the missing number should be 400 , Then 6 × 400 = 2,400.</p>
<p>The complete Square is <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26995" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.5.5.png" alt="" width="136" height="109" /> .</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
The height of the Great Pyramid of Giza is 275 feet shorter than 2 times the height of the Luxor Hotel in Las Vegas. How tall is the Great Pyramid of Giza?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12933" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 9" width="286" height="185" /><br />
Answer: The height of the Great Pyramid of Giza is 455 feet</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The height of the Great Pyramid of Giza is 2 times the height of the Luxor Hotel in Las Vegas<br />
The height of the Luxor Hotel in Las Vegas is 365 feet,<br />
So, 2 × 365<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 2 × ( 300 + 60 + 5 )<br />
= (2 × 300) + ( 2 × 60) + ( 2 × 5 )<br />
= 600 + 120 + 10<br />
= 730.<br />
So, 2 × 365 = 730.</p>
<p>Given, The height of the Great Pyramid of Giza is 275 feet shorter than 2 times the height of the Luxor Hotel in Las Vegas. So, 730 -275 = 455</p>
<p>The height of the Great Pyramid of Giza is 455 feet.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Some firefighters are testing their equipment. Water from their firetruck hose hits the wall 12 feet higher than 7 times where the spray from a fire extinguisher hits the wall. How many feet high does the wall water from the hose hit the wall?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12934" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.9-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.9 10" width="289" height="251" /><br />
Answer: 180 feet.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Water from their firetruck hose hits the wall 7 times where the spray from a fire extinguisher hits the wall.<br />
The spray from a fire extinguisher hits the wall at 24 feet,<br />
So, 7 × 24<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 7 × ( 20 + 4)<br />
= (7 × 20) + ( 7 × 4)<br />
= 140 + 28<br />
= 168.<br />
So, 7 × 24 = 168.<br />
Water from their firetruck hose hits the wall 12 feet higher than 7 times where the spray from a fire extinguisher hits the wall. Then 168 + 12 = 180 feet</p>
<p>The wall water from the hose hit the wall is 180 feet.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
You want to learn 95 new vocabulary words. You learn 5 words the first week and an equal number of words each week for the next 9 weeks. How many words do you learn in each of the 9 weeks?<br />
Answer: 45 words.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
You learn 5 words the first week<br />
An equal number of words each week for the next 9 weeks<br />
So, 5 × 9 = 45</p>
<p>We learn 45 words for 9 weeks.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_ 3.10 _Problem _Solving: _Multiplication"></a>Lesson 3.10 Problem Solving: Multiplication</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Make a plan to solve the problem.<br />
A group of sea otters that swim together is called a raft. There are 37 otters in a raft. Each otter eats about 16 pounds of food each day. About how many pounds of food does the raft eat in 1 week?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12935" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 1" width="219" height="152" /><br />
Answer: A raft eats 4,144 pounds in 1 week.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Each otter eats about 16 pounds of food each day.<br />
There are 37 otters in a raft,<br />
The food eaten by a raft in a day is 37 × 16 = 592 pounds.</p>
<p>The food eaten by a raft in 7 days ( 1 week ) is 592 × 7<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 7 × ( 500 + 90 + 2 )<br />
= (7 × 500) + ( 7 × 90) + ( 7 × 2 )<br />
= 3500 + 630 + 14<br />
= 4,144.<br />
So, 592 × 7 = 4,144.</p>
<p>A raft eats 4,144 pounds in 1 week.</p>
<p><strong>Critique Reasoning</strong><br />
Compare your plan to your partner’s. How are your plans alike? How are they different?<br />
Answer: All the strategies are correct that are used by my friend and me.<br />
Using any method in multiplication is frequently used to find the product as fast as possible<br />
some methods are long and some of them are really fast and easy .<br />
Every method is correct unless you did not do any mistakes, so , all are alike. in obtaining the correct answer.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Problem Solving: Multiplication</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
A coach buys 6 cases of sports drinks and spends $60. Each case has 28 bottles. A team drinks 85 bottles at a tournament. How many bottles are left?<br />
<strong>Understand the Problem</strong><br />
What do you know?<br />
• The coach buys 6 cases.<br />
• The coach spends $60.<br />
• Each case has 28 bottles.<br />
• The team drinks 85 bottles.</p>
<p>What do you need to find?<br />
• You need to find how many bottles are left.</p>
<p><strong>Make a Plan</strong></p>
<p>How will you solve?<br />
• Multiply 28 by6 to find the total number of bottles in 6 cases.<br />
• Then subtract 85 bottles from the product to find how many bottles are left.<br />
• The amount of money the coach spends is unnecessary information.</p>
<p><strong>Solve</strong><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12936" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 2" width="551" height="259" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-2.png 551w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-2-300x141.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /><br />
Answer: 28 × 6 = 168 , k = 168<br />
The total bottles in 6 cases are 168<br />
n = k &#8211; 85<br />
= 168 &#8211; 85<br />
= 83 .<br />
The total bottles left are 83 .<br />
There are ______ bottles left.<br />
Answer: There are 83 bottles left.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Explain how you can check whether your answer above is reasonable.<br />
Answer: Calculate the given information to get the result.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The coach buys 6 cases.<br />
Each case has 28 bottles.<br />
The team drinks 85 bottles<br />
We need to find how many bottles are left.</p>
<p>So, by calculating these we obtain the result.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12937" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 3" width="208" height="114" /><br />
Understand the problem. What do you know? What do you need to find? Explain.<br />
Question 2.<br />
A zookeeper has 4 boxes. There are137 grams of leaves in each box. A koala eats 483 grams of leaves in 1 day. The zookeeper wants to know how many grams of leaves are left.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12938" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 4" width="157" height="144" /><br />
Answer: 65 grams of leaves are left.</p>
<p>By understanding the problem<br />
We know that,<br />
A zookeeper has 4 boxes.<br />
There are137 grams of leaves in each box.<br />
A koala eats 483 grams of leaves in 1 day</p>
<p>We need to find,<br />
how many grams of leaves are left.</p>
<p>Explanation: A zookeeper has 4 boxes.<br />
There are137 grams of leaves in each box.<br />
So, 137 × 4<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 4 × ( 100 + 30 + 7 )<br />
= (4 × 100) + ( 4 × 30) + ( 4 × 7 )<br />
= 400 + 120 + 28<br />
= 548.<br />
So, 137 × 4 = 548.</p>
<p>A koala eats 483 grams of leaves in 1 day<br />
The zookeeper wants to know how many grams of leaves are left.<br />
Then 548 &#8211; 483 = 65<br />
There are 65 leaves left.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
A beekeeper has 2 hives. Hive A produces 14 pounds of honey. Hive B produces 4 times as much honey as Hive A. The beekeeper wants to know how many pounds of honey are produced in all.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12939" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 5" width="96" height="71" /><br />
Answer: 70 pounds</p>
<p>By understanding the problem<br />
We know that,<br />
A beekeeper has 2 hives.<br />
Hive A produces 14 pounds of honey.<br />
Hive B produces 4 times as much honey as Hive A.</p>
<p>We should know ,<br />
The beekeeper wants to know how many pounds of honey are produced in all.</p>
<p>Explanation: Hive A produces 14 pounds of honey.<br />
Hive B produces 4 times as much honey as Hive A.<br />
So, 4 × 14<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 4 × ( 10 + 4)<br />
= (4 × 10) + ( 4 × 4)<br />
= 40 + 16<br />
= 56.<br />
So, 4 × 14 = 56.<br />
Hive B produces 56 pounds of honey</p>
<p>The honey produced by the 2 hives is 14  + 56 = 70  pounds.</p>
<p><strong>Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.</strong><br />
Question 4.<br />
A runner completes 12 races each year. He improves his time by 10 seconds each year. Each race is 5 kilometers long. The runner wants to know how many kilometers he runs in races in 3 years.<br />
Answer: 180 kilometers.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By understanding the problem<br />
we know that,<br />
A runner completes 12 races each year.<br />
Each race is 5 kilometers long.</p>
<p>We should know that,<br />
how many kilometers he runs in races in 3 years.</p>
<p>Then, he completes 12 races each year. The races in 3 years. are<br />
12  × 3 = 36 , 36 races in 3 years .</p>
<p>Each race is 5 kilometers long. Then for 36 races , we get<br />
36 × 5 = 180 km.</p>
<p>So, The runner completes 180 km in 3 years.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
A volunteer bikes 4 miles in all to travel from her home to a shelter and back. At the shelter, she walks a dog 1 mile. The volunteer wants to know how many miles she travels doing these tasks for 28 days.<br />
Answer: 140 miles</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By understanding the problem<br />
we know that,<br />
A volunteer bikes 4 miles in all to travel from her home to a shelter and back.<br />
At the shelter, she walks a dog 1 mile.</p>
<p>We should know that,<br />
how many miles she travels doing these tasks for 28 days.</p>
<p>A volunteer bikes 4 miles in all to travel from her home to a shelter and back. For 28 days, we get<br />
4 × 28 = 112, she bikes for 112 miles.<br />
At the shelter, she walks a dog 1 mile. for 28 days, we get<br />
1 × 28 = 28, she walks dog for 28 miles .</p>
<p>she travels doing these tasks for 28 days by covering  a total of 140 miles.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Cats have 32 muscles in each ear. Humans have 12 ear muscles in all. How many more muscles do cats have in both ears than humans have in both ears?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12940" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 6" width="188" height="166" /><br />
Answer: 52 more muscles .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By understanding the problem<br />
we know that,<br />
Cats have 32 muscles in each ear.<br />
Humans have 12 ear muscles in all.</p>
<p>We should know that,<br />
How many more muscles do cats have in both ears than humans have in both ears</p>
<p>Cats have 32 muscles in each ear, For 2 ears we get 32 +32 = 64 muscles<br />
Humans have 12 ear muscles in all. Then 64 &#8211; 12 = 52 .</p>
<p>Cats have 52 more muscles than humans have in both the ears.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
A school has 5 hallways. Each hallway has 124 lockers. 310 lockers are red. 586 lockers are in use. How many lockers not are in use?<br />
Answer: 34 lockers are not in use.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By understanding the problem<br />
we know that,<br />
A school has 5 hallways.<br />
Each hallway has 124 lockers<br />
586 lockers are in use.</p>
<p>We should know that,<br />
How many lockers not are in use.</p>
<p>Each hallway has 124 lockers , then for 5 hallways , we get 124 × 5 = 620.<br />
620 lockers in the whole school<br />
586 lockers are in use, to get the number of lockers that are not in use are 620 &#8211; 586 = 34.</p>
<p>34 lockers are not in use.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
A group of scientists has $7,500 to spend on microscopes and balances. They buy 3 microscopes that each cost $1,642 and 6 balances that each cost $236. How much money do the scientists have left to spend?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12941" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 7" width="203" height="150" /><br />
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12942" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 8" width="620" height="565" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-8.png 620w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-8-300x273.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 620px) 100vw, 620px" /><br />
Answer : They have $1,160 left.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28543" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.5.6.png" alt="" width="197" height="117" /><br />
Step 1 : Scientists buy 3 microscopes and each costs $1,642 , then we have $1,642 × 3  = m,<br />
we get m = $4,926,</p>
<p>Step 2 : <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28544" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.5.7.png" alt="" width="141" height="105" /><br />
scientists buy 6 balances that each cost $236, then we have $236 × 6 = r, we get  r = $1,416.</p>
<p>Step 3 : <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28545" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.5.8.png" alt="" width="139" height="94" /><br />
The total money spent is m + r = k ,we have , $4,926 + $1,416 = $ 6,340, we get k = $ 6,340.</p>
<p>Step 4 : <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28546" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.5.9.png" alt="" width="155" height="94" /><br />
The money left J = $7,500 &#8211; $6,340, we get J = $ 1,160.</p>
<p>Totally scientists have $1,160 left.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
City A has 3,296 fourth graders. City B has 3 times as many fourth graders as City A. City C has 5 times as many fourth graders as City B. How many fourth graders are in all three cities?<br />
Answer: Totally There are 62,624 fourth graders in all the three cities.</p>
<p>Explanation: City A has 3,296 fourth graders,</p>
<p>Step 1 : <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28547" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.1.png" alt="" width="115" height="121" /><br />
City B has 3 times as many fourth graders as City A. we get , 3,296 × 3 = 9,888.</p>
<p>Step 2 : <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28548" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.2.png" alt="" width="127" height="127" /><br />
City C has 5 times as many fourth graders as City B. we get , 9,888 × 5 = 49,440.</p>
<p>Step 3 : <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28549" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.3.png" alt="" width="130" height="127" /><br />
Fourth graders in all the three cities are 3,296 + 9,888 + 49,440 = 62,624.</p>
<p>Fourth graders in all the three cities are 62,624.</p>
<h3><a id="Problem_ Solving: _Multiplication _Homework_ &amp;_ Practice_ 3.10"></a>Problem Solving: Multiplication Homework &amp; Practice 3.10</h3>
<p><strong>Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
Raku is a Japanese-inspired art form. fires An artist, or bakes, a raku pot at1,409 degrees Fahrenheit. The artist fires a porcelain pot at 266 degrees Fahrenheit less than 2 times the temperature at which the raku pot is fired. You want to find the temperature at which the porcelain pot is fired.<br />
Answer: The porcelain pot is fired at the temperature of 2,552 degrees Fahrenheit.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By understanding the problem<br />
we know that,<br />
Raku is a Japanese-inspired art form<br />
bakes, a raku pot at1,409 degrees Fahrenheit.<br />
The artist fires a porcelain pot at 266 degrees Fahrenheit less than 2 times the temperature at which, the raku pot is fired.</p>
<p>We should know that,<br />
find the temperature at which the porcelain pot is fired.</p>
<p>Let us say porcelain pot as p and raku pot as r ,<br />
Now, The artist fires a porcelain pot at 266 degrees Fahrenheit less than 2 times the temperature at which, the raku pot is fired. we have  p =  2r  &#8211; 266 degrees Fahrenheit<br />
2r = 2 × 1,409<br />
= 2,818.<br />
Then  p = 2,818 &#8211; 266 = 2,552  degrees Fahrenheit</p>
<p>The temperature at which the porcelain pot is fired is  2,552  degrees Fahrenheit.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
You practice basketball 6 times each week. Each basketball practice is 55 minutes long. You practice dance for 225 minutes altogether each week. You want to find how many minutes you practice basketball and dance in all each week.<br />
Answer: you practice basketball and dance  in all  for 555 minutes each week.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By understanding the problem<br />
we know that,<br />
practice basketball 6 times each week.<br />
Each basketball practice is 55 minutes long.<br />
practice dance for 225 minutes altogether each week.</p>
<p>We should know that,<br />
find how many minutes you practice basketball and dance in all each week.</p>
<p>So, practice basketball 6 times each week.<br />
Each basketball practice is 55 minutes long. we have 6 × 55 = 330,<br />
Basketball practice for a week is for 330 min.<br />
Dance practice for a week is for 225 minutes. Then 330 + 225 = 555.</p>
<p>The basketball and dance practice for a whole week is for 555 minutes.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
You buy 7 books of stamps. There are 35 stamps in each book. You give some away and have124 stamps left. How many stamps did you give away?<br />
Answer: 121 stamps have left.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By understanding the problem<br />
we know that,<br />
You buy 7 books of stamps<br />
There are 35 stamps in each book.<br />
You give some away and have124 stamps left.</p>
<p>We should know that,<br />
How many stamps did you give away?</p>
<p>So, You buy 7 books of stamps<br />
There are 35 stamps in each book. we have 35 × 7 = 245 stamps. 245 stamps are gave away.</p>
<p>You give some away and have124 stamps left. we get , 245 &#8211; 124 = 121.</p>
<p>So, Totally 121 stamps have left.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Your neighbor fills his car’s gasoline tank with 9 gallons of gasoline. Each gallon of gasoline allows him to drive 23 miles. Can he drive for 210 miles without filling his gasoline tank? Explain.<br />
Answer: No , He can only drive for 207 miles without filling his gasoline.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By understanding the problem<br />
we know that,<br />
Neighbor fills his car’s gasoline tank with 9 gallons of gasoline.<br />
Each gallon of gasoline allows him to drive 23 miles.</p>
<p>We should know that,<br />
Can he drive for 210 miles without filling his gasoline tank?</p>
<p>So, Neighbor fills his car’s gasoline tank with 9 gallons of gasoline.<br />
Each gallon of gasoline allows him to drive 23 miles. we have 9 × 23 = 207.<br />
He can travel for 207 miles for 9 gallons of gasoline.</p>
<p>So, he cannot drive for 210 miles without filling any extra gasoline.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Write and solve a two-step word problem that can be solved using multiplication as one step.<br />
Answer:  David has 20 oranges.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Problem- Newton has 10 apples and David  has oranges 2 times as many as Newton&#8217;s apples. How many oranges does David have?<br />
Solution:  Newton has 10 apples , David  has oranges 2 times as many as Newton&#8217;s apples, then we have<br />
2 × 10 = 20 . So, David has 20 oranges.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
There are 1,203 pictures taken for a yearbook. There are 124 student pictures for each of the 6 grades. There are also 7 pictures for each of the 23 school clubs. The rest of the pictures are teacher or candid pictures. How many teacher or candid pictures are there?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12943" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 9" width="131" height="99" /><br />
Answer: There are 298 pictures of teacher or candid pictures.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By understanding the problem<br />
we know that,<br />
There are 1,203 pictures taken for a yearbook.<br />
There are 124 student pictures for each of the 6 grades.<br />
There are also 7 pictures for each of the 23 school clubs.</p>
<p>We should know that,<br />
How many teacher or candid pictures are there?</p>
<p>So, There are 124 student pictures for each of the 6 grades. , we have 6 × 124 = 744 . There are 744 pictures from all 6 grades students.<br />
There are also 7 pictures for each of the 23 school clubs. we have, 7 × 23 = 161 .There are 161 pictures from 23 school club students.<br />
Total number of students we calculated are 744 + 161 = 905.<br />
Totally a  number of 1,203 pictures taken for a yearbook. Then 1,203 &#8211; 905 = 298.</p>
<p>Finally, There are 298 pictures of teacher or candid pictures.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A construction worker earns $19 each hour she works. A supervisor earns $35 each hour she works. How much money do the construction worker and supervisor earn in all after 8 hours of work?<br />
Answer: $432 are earned by the construction worker and supervisor earn in all after 8 hours of work.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By understanding the problem<br />
we know that,<br />
A construction worker earns $19 each hour she works.<br />
A supervisor earns $35 each hour she works.</p>
<p>We should know that,<br />
How much money do the construction worker and supervisor earn in all after 8 hours of work.</p>
<p>So, A construction worker earns $19 each hour she works. Then for 8 hours we get , $19 × 8 = $152.<br />
Also A supervisor earns $35 each hour she works. Then for 8 hours we get , $35 × 8 = $280.<br />
Total pay of both worker and supervisor is $152 + $280 = $432.</p>
<p>So,$432 are earned by the construction worker and supervisor earn in all after 8 hours of work.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A family of 8 has $1,934 to spend on a vacation that is 1,305 miles away. They buy a $217 plane ticket and an $8 shirt for each person. How much money does the family have left?<br />
Answer: The Family  have $134 left.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By understanding the problem<br />
we know that,<br />
A family of 8 has $1,934 to spend.<br />
They buy a $217 plane ticket and an $8 shirt for each person.</p>
<p>We should know that,<br />
How much money does the family have left.</p>
<p>So, They buy a $217 plane ticket for each person, Then for 8 members , we have , $217 × 8 = $1,736.<br />
They buy an $8 shirt for each person ,Then for 8 members , we have , $8 × 8 = $64.<br />
Total cost for plane tickets and shirts are $1,736 + $64 = $1,800.<br />
The money they left is $1,934 &#8211; $1,800 = $134.</p>
<p>So, The Family  have $134 left.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>What fraction of the whole is shaded?</strong><br />
Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12944" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 10" width="240" height="114" /><br />
Answer: 5/8  is shaded.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12945" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.10-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3.10 11" width="287" height="101" /><br />
Answer: 2/4 is shaded.</p>
<h3><a id="Multiply _by _One-_Digit _Numbers_ Performance _Task"></a>Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Performance Task</h3>
<p>Sounds are vibrations that travel as waves through solids, liquids, and gases. Sound waves travel 1,125 feet per second through air.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12946" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 1" width="190" height="232" /><br />
Question 1.<br />
You see a flash of lightning 5 seconds before you hear the thunder. How far away is the storm?<br />
Answer:  5625 feet</p>
<p>Explanation: As sound waves travel 1,125 feet per second through air. A flash of lightning 5 seconds before you hear the thunder, at a distance of 5625 feet.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Sound waves travel 22,572 feet per second faster through iron than through diamond. The speed of sound through the diamond is 39,370 feet per second.<br />
a. Estimate the speed of sound through iron in feet per second.<br />
b. What is the actual speed of sound through iron in feet per second?<br />
c. Is your estimate close to the exact speed of sound through iron? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
a. 61,9412 feet per second<br />
b. 61,9412 feet per second<br />
c. yes</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Sound waves travel 22,572 feet per second faster through iron than through diamond. The speed of sound through the diamond is 39,370 feet per second.<br />
speed of iron is 22,572 + 39,370  = 61,9412.<br />
So, we have the same answer for both of the questions because  estimated speed is the actual speed of sound through iron .</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Sound waves travel about 4 times faster through water than through air.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12947" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 2" width="204" height="311" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-2.png 204w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-2-197x300.png 197w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 204px) 100vw, 204px" /><br />
a. What is the speed of sound through the water in feet per second?<br />
b. A horn blows underwater. A diver is about 9,000 feet away from the horn. About how many seconds does it take the diver to hear the sound of the horn?<br />
Answer: a. 4,500 feet per second and  b. 8 seconds</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. speed of sound is 1,125 feet per second And sound travels 4 times faster in water than in air<br />
So, 1,125 × 4 =  4,500.<br />
b. We know that, time = distance / speed , Given distance is 9,000 feet and speed is 1,125 feet per second. so<br />
time = 9,000 / 1,125 = 8 seconds.<br />
So, Diver can hear the Horn sound from 8 seconds away.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Do sound waves travel the fastest through solids, liquids, or gases? Explain.<br />
Answer: Yes</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the density of the materials high, sound waves travel faster. That is the reason for high speed in solids then liquids compare to gases.</p>
<h3><a id="Multiply _by _One-_Digit_ Numbers _Activity"></a>Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Activity</h3>
<p><strong>Multiplication Quest</strong><br />
<strong>Directions:</strong><br />
1. Players take turns rolling a die. Players solve problems on their boards to race the knights to their castles.<br />
2. On your turn, solve the next multiplication problem in the row of your roll.<br />
3.The first player to get a knight to a castle wins<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12948" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers 3" width="687" height="731" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3.png 687w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-3-282x300.png 282w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 687px) 100vw, 687px" /></p>
<p>Answer: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28571" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.4.png" alt="" width="358" height="99" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.4.png 358w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.4-300x83.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 358px) 100vw, 358px" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28572" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.5.png" alt="" width="333" height="111" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.5.png 333w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.5-300x100.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 333px) 100vw, 333px" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28573" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.6.png" alt="" width="346" height="132" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.6.png 346w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.6-300x114.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 346px) 100vw, 346px" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28574" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.7.png" alt="" width="339" height="112" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.7.png 339w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.7-300x99.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 339px) 100vw, 339px" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28575" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.8.png" alt="" width="378" height="118" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.8.png 378w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.8-300x94.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28576" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.9.png" alt="" width="343" height="117" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.9.png 343w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.6.9-300x102.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 343px) 100vw, 343px" /></p>
<h3><a id="Multiply _by_ One-_Digit_ Numbers _Chapter _Test"></a>Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Chapter Test</h3>
<p><strong>3.1 Understand Multiplicative Comparisons</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write two comparison sentences for the equation.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
72 = 8 × 9<br />
Answer:  72 is 8 times as many as 9. or<br />
72 is 9 times as many as 8.</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 8 and 9 ,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 72.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
60 = 10 × 6<br />
Answer: 60 is 10 times as many as 6. or<br />
60 is 6 times as many as 10.</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 10 and 6 ,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 60.</p>
<p><strong>Write an equation for the comparison sentence.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
28 is 4 times as many as 7.<br />
Answer:  28 = 4 × 7</p>
<p>Explanation:  we should multiply the numbers 4 and 7,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 28.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
40 is 8 times as many as 5.<br />
Answer:  40 = 8 × 5</p>
<p>Explanation: we should multiply the numbers 8 and 5,<br />
to get the multiplication result as 40.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Newton saves $40. Descartes saves $25 more than Newton. How much money does Descartes save?<br />
Answer: Descartes saves $65.</p>
<p>Explanation: Newton saves $40.<br />
Descartes saves $25 more than Newton.,<br />
So, $40 + $25 = $65.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Your friend is 10 years old. Your neighbor is 4 times as old as your friend. How old is your neighbor?<br />
Answer: 40 years old.</p>
<p>Explanation: Your friend is 10 years old.<br />
Your neighbor is 4 times as old as your friend.<br />
So, 10 × 4 = 40.</p>
<p><strong>3.2 Multiply Tens, Hundreds, and Thousands</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
6 × 90 = _____<br />
Answer:  540</p>
<p>Explanation: Using the Place-value method,<br />
6 × 90 = 6 × 9 tens<br />
= 54 tens<br />
= 540<br />
So, 6 × 90 = 540.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
3,000 × 1 = _____<br />
Answer: 3000</p>
<p>Explanation: Using the Place-value method,<br />
1 × 3,000 = 1 × 3 thousands<br />
= 3 thousands<br />
= 3,000<br />
So, 1 × 3,000 = 3,000.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
4 × 200 = _____<br />
Answer: 800</p>
<p>Explanation: Using the Place-value method,<br />
4 × 200 = 4 × 2 hundreds<br />
= 8 hundreds<br />
= 800<br />
So, 4 × 200 = 800.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
4,000 × 4 = _____<br />
Answer: 16000</p>
<p>Explanation: Using the Place-value method,<br />
4 × 4,000 = 4 × 4 thousands<br />
= 16 thousands<br />
= 16,000<br />
So, 4 × 4,000 = 16,000.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
8 × 700 = _____<br />
Answer: 5,600</p>
<p>Explanation: Using the Place-value method,<br />
8 × 700 = 8 × 7 hundreds<br />
= 56 hundreds<br />
= 5600<br />
So, 8 × 700 = 5,600.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
2 × 60 = _____<br />
Answer: 120</p>
<p>Explanation: Using the Place-value method,<br />
2 × 60 = 2 × 6 tens<br />
= 12 tens<br />
= 120<br />
So, 2 × 60 = 120.</p>
<p><strong>Find the missing factor.</strong><br />
Question 13.<br />
____ × 200 = 1,000<br />
Answer: 5</p>
<p>Explanation :Let the missing number be X<br />
So, X × 200 = 1,000<br />
X = 1,000 / 200 = 5<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 5.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
5 × _____ = 450<br />
Answer: 90</p>
<p>Explanation :Let the missing number be X<br />
So, 5 × X  = 450<br />
X = 450 / 5 = 90<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 90.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
_____ × 800 = 6,400<br />
Answer: 8</p>
<p>Explanation :Let the missing number be X<br />
So, X × 800 = 6,400<br />
X = 6,400 / 800 = 8<br />
Hence, the value of X is: 8.</p>
<p><strong>3.3 Estimate Products by Rounding</strong></p>
<p><strong>Estimate the product</strong><br />
Question 16.<br />
5 × 65<br />
Answer: 350.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
65 is close to 70;<br />
5 x 70 = 350</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
2 × 903<br />
Answer: 1,800</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
903 is close to 900;<br />
2 x 900 = 1,800.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
7 × 3,592<br />
Answer:  25,130.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
3,592 is close to 3,590;<br />
7 x 3,590 = 25,130.</p>
<p><strong>Find two estimates that the product is between.</strong><br />
Question 19.<br />
8 × 32<br />
Answer: The product is in between 240 and 320.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
32 is close to 30;<br />
8 × 30 = 240<br />
and<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
32 is close to 40;<br />
8 × 40 = 320<br />
The product is in between 240 and 320.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
4 × 284<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
32 is close to 30;<br />
8 × 30 = 240<br />
and<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
32 is close to 40;<br />
8 × 40 = 320<br />
The product is in between 240 and 320.</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
6 × 5,945<br />
Answer:  The product is in between 35,640 and 35,700.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
5,945 is close to 5,940;<br />
6 × 5,940 = 35,640<br />
and<br />
Explanation:<br />
Round to the nearest tens.<br />
5,945 is close to 5,950;<br />
6 × 5,950 = 35,700<br />
The product is in between 35,640 and 35,700.</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
A charity organizer raises $9,154 each month for 6 months. To determine whether the charity raises $50,000, can you use an estimate, or is an exact answer required? Explain.<br />
Answer: estimated raise is $54,900, The charity can raise above $50,000.</p>
<p>Explanation:  organizer raises $9,154 each month for 6 months.<br />
$9,154 is close to $9,150;<br />
So, $9,150 × 6 = $54,900.<br />
The charity can raise above $50,000.</p>
<p><strong>3.4 Use Distributive Property to Multiply</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product.</strong><br />
Question 23.<br />
3 × 14 = _____<br />
Answer: 42</p>
<p>Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
3 × 14 = 3× (10 + 4)<br />
= (3 × 10) + (3 × 4)<br />
= 30 + 12<br />
= 42</p>
<p>Question 24.<br />
18 × 9 = _____<br />
Answer: 162</p>
<p>Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
9 × 18 = 9× (10 + 8)<br />
= (9 × 10) + (9 × 8)<br />
= 90 + 72<br />
= 162</p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
36 × 5 = _____<br />
Answer:  180</p>
<p>Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
5 × 36 = 5 × (30 + 6)<br />
= (5 × 30) + (5 × 6)<br />
= 150 + 30<br />
= 180</p>
<p>Question 26.<br />
8 × 56 = _____<br />
Answer: 448</p>
<p>Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
8 × 56 = 8 × (50 + 6)<br />
= (8 × 50) + (8 × 6)<br />
= 400 + 48<br />
= 448</p>
<p>Question 27.<br />
6 × 67 = ______<br />
Answer: 402</p>
<p>Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
6 × 67 = 6 × (60 + 7)<br />
= (6 × 60) + (6 × 7)<br />
= 360 + 42<br />
= 402</p>
<p>Question 28.<br />
83 × 2 = _____<br />
Answer:  166</p>
<p>Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
2 × 83 = 2 × (80 + 3)<br />
= (2 × 80) + (2 × 3)<br />
= 160 + 6<br />
= 166</p>
<p>Question 29.<br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
Use the Distributive Property to write an equation shown by the model.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12949" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-29.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 29" width="312" height="83" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-29.png 312w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-29-300x80.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 312px) 100vw, 312px" /><br />
Answer: 4 × 23 =  92</p>
<p>Explanation: by using distributive property<br />
4 × 23 = 4× (20 + 3)<br />
= (4 × 20) + (4 × 3)<br />
= 80 + 12<br />
= 92</p>
<p><strong>3.5 Use Expanded Form to Multiply</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product</strong><br />
Question 30.<br />
487 × 3 = _____<br />
Answer: 1,461</p>
<p>Explanation: 3 × 487, by expanding we get<br />
= 3 × (400 + 80 + 7), by using distributive property, we get<br />
= (3 × 400) + ( 3 × 80) + ( 3 × 7)<br />
= 1,200 + 240 + 21<br />
Area model = 1,200 + 240 + 21<br />
so the result of the partial products is 1,461</p>
<p>Question 31.<br />
5 × 7,402<br />
Answer:  37,010</p>
<p>Explanation: 5 × 7,402 , by expanding we get<br />
= 5 × (7,000 + 400 + 2), by using distributive property, we get<br />
= (5 × 7,000) + ( 5 × 400) + ( 5 × 2)<br />
= 3,500 + 2,000 + 10<br />
Area model = 3,500 + 2,000 + 10<br />
so the result of the partial products is 37,010.</p>
<p>Question 32.<br />
8,395 × 7 = _____<br />
Answer: 58,765</p>
<p>Explanation :  7 × 8,395 = 7 × (8,000 + 300 + 90 + 5 )<br />
= (7 × 8,000 ) + (7 × 300 ) + ( 7 × 90) + (7 × 5)   by using Expanded form we get<br />
= 56,000 + 2,100 + 630 + 35<br />
Area model = 56,000 + 2,100 + 630 + 35<br />
so the result of the partial products is 58,765</p>
<p><strong>3.6 Use Partial Products of Multiply</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product</strong><br />
Question 33.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12950" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-33.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 33" width="67" height="81" /><br />
Answer: 2,394.</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28591" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7.1.png" alt="" width="139" height="209" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 1800 + 540 + 54 = 2,394<br />
So, 266 × 9 = 2,3942.</p>
<p>Question 34.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12951" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-34.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 34" width="50" height="75" /><br />
Answer:  680</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28592" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7.2.png" alt="" width="139" height="163" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 640 + 40 = 680<br />
So, 85 × 8 = 680.</p>
<p>Question 35.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12952" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-35.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 35" width="70" height="76" /><br />
Answer:  28,128</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28593" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7.3.png" alt="" width="173" height="196" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 28,000 + 120 + 8 = 28,128<br />
So, 7,032 × 4 = 28,128.</p>
<p>Question 36.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Which three numbers are the partial products that you add to find the product of 518 and 2?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12953" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-36.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 36" width="522" height="46" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-36.png 522w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-36-300x26.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 522px) 100vw, 522px" /><br />
Answer: 518 × 2 = 1,036 , So,1,000 , 20 , 16 are the partial products .</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28594" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7.4.png" alt="" width="187" height="188" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7.4.png 187w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7.4-150x150.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 187px) 100vw, 187px" /><br />
The sum of the partial products are 1,000 + 20 + 16 = 1,036.<br />
So, 518 × 2 = 1,036.</p>
<p>So, 1,000 , 20 , 16 are the partial products .</p>
<p><strong>3.7 Multiply Two-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.</strong><br />
Question 37.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12954" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-37.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 37" width="53" height="74" /><br />
Answer: 114 ,  the estimated product is 120.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28595" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7.5.png" alt="" width="76" height="107" /></p>
<p>6 × 9 ones = 54 ones<br />
regrouping 54 ones as 5 tens and 4 ones<br />
6 × 1 tens = 6 tens<br />
6 tens + 5 tens = 11 tens  or  1 hundreds and 1 tens ,Then we get 114</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 120<br />
because 19 is close to 20,then 20 × 6 = 120<br />
So, 19 × 6 = 114.</p>
<p>Question 38.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12955" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-38.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 38" width="56" height="72" /><br />
Answer: 511 , the estimated product is 490.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28597" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7.6.png" alt="" width="87" height="122" /></p>
<p>7 × 3 ones = 21 ones<br />
regrouping 21 ones as 2 tens and 1 ones<br />
7 × 7 tens = 49 tens<br />
49 tens + 2 tens = 51 tens  or  5 hundreds and 1 tens ,Then we get 511</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 490<br />
because 73 is close to 70,then 70 × 7 = 490<br />
So, 73 × 7 = 511.</p>
<p>Question 39.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12956" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-39.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 39" width="52" height="71" /><br />
Answer:  290, the estimated product is 300.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28598" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7.7.png" alt="" width="93" height="119" /></p>
<p>5 × 8 ones = 40 ones<br />
regrouping 40 ones as 4 tens and 0 ones<br />
5 × 5 tens = 25 tens<br />
25 tens + 4 tens = 29 tens  or  2 hundreds and 9 tens ,Then we get 290.</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 300<br />
because 58 is close to 70,then 60 × 7 = 300<br />
So, 58 × 5 = 290.</p>
<p><strong>3.8 Multiply Three &#8211; and Four-Digit Numbers by One-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable</strong><br />
Question 40.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
402 × 3 = _____<br />
Answer: 1,206, And the estimated product is 1,200</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28601" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7.8.png" alt="" width="92" height="107" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
3 × 2 ones = 6 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
3 × 0 tens = 0 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
3 × 4 hundreds  = 12 hundreds<br />
or 1 thousands and 2 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 1,206 .</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 1,200<br />
because 402 is close to 400, 400 × 3 = 1,200<br />
So, 402 × 3 =  1,206.</p>
<p>Question 41.<br />
Estimate: _____<br />
8 × 3,861 = _____<br />
Answer: 30,888, And the estimated product is 30,880</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28602" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.7.9.png" alt="" width="120" height="121" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
8 × 1 ones = 8 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
8 × 6 tens = 48 tens<br />
or 4 hundreds and 8 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
8 × 8 hundreds  = 64 hundreds<br />
64 hundreds + 4 hundreds = 68 hundreds<br />
regroup as 6 thousands and 8 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
8 × 3 thousands = 24 thousands<br />
24 thousands + 6 thousands = 30 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 30,888.</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 30,880<br />
because 3,861 is close to 3,860, 3,860 × 8 = 30,880<br />
So, 3,861 × 8  = 30,888 .</p>
<p>Question 42.<br />
Estimate: ______<br />
977 × 2 = ______<br />
Answer: 1,954 ,And the estimated product is 1,960</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28603" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.1.png" alt="" width="101" height="112" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
2 × 7 ones = 14 ones<br />
Regroup 14 ones  as 1 tens and 4 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
2 × 7 tens = 14 tens<br />
14 tens + 1 tens = 15 tens<br />
regroup as 1 hundred and 5 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
2 × 9 hundreds  = 18 hundreds<br />
18 hundreds  + 1 hundreds = 19 hundreds<br />
Regroup  as 1 thousands and 9 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 1,954 .</p>
<p>And the estimated product is 1,960<br />
because 977 is close to 980, 980 × 2 = 1,960<br />
So, 977 × 2 = 1,954 .</p>
<p><strong>Compare.</strong><br />
Question 43<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12957" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-43.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 43" width="156" height="43" /><br />
Answer: 306 × 6 = 1,848 is less than 408 × 5 = 2,040.</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28604" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.2.png" alt="" width="85" height="120" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
6 × 8 ones = 48 ones<br />
Regroup 48 ones  as 4 tens and 8 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
6 × 0 tens = 0 tens<br />
0 tens + 4 tens = 4 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
6 × 3 hundreds  = 18 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 1,848 .</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28605" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.3.png" alt="" width="93" height="118" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
5 × 8 ones = 40 ones<br />
Regroup 40 ones  as 4 tens and 0 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
5 × 0 tens = 0 tens<br />
0 tens + 4 tens = 4 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
5 × 4 hundreds  = 20 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 2,040 .</p>
<p>So, 306 × 6 = 1,848 is less than 408 × 5 = 2,040.</p>
<p>Question 44.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12958" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-44.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 44" width="178" height="51" /><br />
Answer:  6 × 789 = 4,734 is equal to 2 × 2,367 = 4,734.</p>
<p>Explanation: <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28606" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.4.png" alt="" width="80" height="119" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
6 × 9 ones = 54 ones<br />
regroup 54 ones as 5 tens and 4 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
6 × 8 tens = 48 tens<br />
48 tens + 5 tens = 53 tens or regroup as 5 hundreds and 3 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
6 × 7 hundreds  = 42 hundreds<br />
42 hundreds + 5 hundreds = 47 hundreds<br />
regroup as 4 thousands and 7 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 4,734.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28607" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.5.png" alt="" width="96" height="119" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
2 × 7 ones = 14 ones<br />
regroup 14 ones as 1 tens and 4 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
2 × 6 tens = 12 tens<br />
12 tens + 1 tens = 13 tens<br />
regroup as 1 hundred and 3 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
2 × 3 hundreds  = 6 hundreds<br />
6 hundreds + 1 hundred =  7 hundreds</p>
<p>Step 4: Multiply thousands and regroup thousands<br />
2 × 2 thousands = 4 thousands</p>
<p>By holding all the places together we get 4,734.<br />
So, 6 × 789 = 4,734 is equal to 2 × 2,367 = 4,734.</p>
<p>Question 45.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12959" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-45.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 45" width="171" height="53" /><br />
Answer: 454 × 3 = 1,362 is grater than 313 × 4 = 1,252.</p>
<p>Explanation:<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28608" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.6.png" alt="" width="85" height="117" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
3 × 4 ones = 12 ones<br />
regroup as 1 tens and 2 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
3 × 5 tens = 15 tens<br />
15 tens + 1 tens = 16 tens<br />
regroup 16 tens  as 1 hundreds  and 6 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
3 × 4 hundreds  = 12 hundreds<br />
12 hundreds + 1 hundreds = 13 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 1,362.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28609" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Book-4th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers.8.7.png" alt="" width="85" height="106" /></p>
<p>Step 1:  Multiply ones and regroup<br />
4 × 3 ones = 12 ones<br />
regroup as 1 tens and 2 ones</p>
<p>Step 2: Multiply tens and regroup tens<br />
4 × 1 tens = 4 tens<br />
4 tens + 1 tens = 5 tens</p>
<p>Step 3: Multiply hundreds and regroup hundreds<br />
3 × 4 hundreds  = 12 hundreds</p>
<p>By holding all places together we get 1,252.</p>
<p>So, 454 × 3 = 1,362 is grater than 313 × 4 = 1,252.</p>
<p><strong>3.9 Use Properties to Multiply</strong></p>
<p><strong>Use properties to find the product. Explain your reasoning.</strong><br />
Question 46.<br />
25 × 9 × 4<br />
Answer: 900</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using commutative property of multiplication<br />
= 9 × ( 25 × 4)<br />
=9 × 100<br />
= 900<br />
So,  25 × 9 × 4 = 900 .</p>
<p>Question 47.<br />
8 × 250<br />
Answer:  2,000.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 8 × ( 200 + 50)<br />
= (8 × 200) + ( 8 × 50)<br />
= 1,600 + 400<br />
= 2,000.<br />
So, 8 × 250 = 2,000.</p>
<p>Question 48.<br />
3 × 497<br />
Answer: 1,491</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 3 × ( 400 + 90 + 7 )<br />
= (3 × 400) + ( 3 × 90) + (3 × 7)<br />
= 1,200 + 270 + 21<br />
= 1,491.<br />
So, 3 × 497 = 1,491.</p>
<p>Question 49.<br />
2 × 8 × 15<br />
Answer: 240</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using commutative property of multiplication<br />
= 8 × ( 15 × 2)<br />
= 8 × 30<br />
= 240<br />
So,  2 × 8 × 15 = 240 .</p>
<p>Question 50.<br />
699 × 9<br />
Answer: 6,291.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 9 × ( 600 + 90 + 9 )<br />
= (9 × 600) + ( 9 × 90) + (9 × 9)<br />
= 5,400 + 810 + 81<br />
= 6,291 .<br />
So, 9 × 699 = 6,291.</p>
<p>Question 51.<br />
1,003 × 6<br />
Answer: 6,018.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By using Distributive property of multiplication<br />
= 6 × ( 1000 + 3)<br />
= (6 × 1000) + (6 × 3)<br />
= 6000 + 18<br />
= 6,018<br />
So, 1,003 × 6 = 6,018.</p>
<p><strong>3.10 Problem Solving: Multiplication</strong></p>
<p>Question 52.<br />
A musical cast sells 1,761 tickets for a big show. The cast needs to complete 36 days of rehearsal. Each rehearsal is 8 hours long. The cast has rehearsed for 102 hours so far. How many hours does the cast have left to rehearse?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12960" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-chp-52.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers chp 52" width="268" height="244" /><br />
Answer: 186 hours left to rehearse .</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By understanding the problem<br />
we know that,<br />
A musical cast sells 1,761 tickets for a big show.<br />
The cast needs to complete 36 days of rehearsal.<br />
Each rehearsal is 8 hours long.<br />
The cast has rehearsed for 102 hours so far.</p>
<p>We should know that,<br />
How many hours does the cast have left to rehearse</p>
<p>The total number of hours to practice are 36 × 8 = 288 hours<br />
They practiced for 102 hours so far then , to get the remaining hours 288 &#8211; 102 = 186 hours.</p>
<p>So, the cast has 186 hours left to rehearse .</p>
<h3><a id="Multiply _by_ One-_Digit_ Numbers _Cumulative_ Practice"></a>Multiply by One-Digit Numbers Cumulative Practice</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Which number is greater than 884,592?<br />
A. 89,621<br />
B. 884,592<br />
C. 805,592<br />
D. 894,592<br />
Answer: D. 894,592</p>
<p>Explanation: of all the given options , D is the greatest number .</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
What is the difference of 30,501 and 6,874?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12961" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 2" width="69" height="69" /><br />
Answer:  23,627.</p>
<p>Explanation : To fin the difference between two numbers, we should subtract the lowest number from the largest number, Then, 30,501 &#8211; 6,874 = 23,627.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
A teenager will send about 37,000 text messages within 1 year. Which numbers could be the exact number of text messages sent?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12962" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 3" width="525" height="90" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-3.png 525w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-3-300x51.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 525px) 100vw, 525px" /><br />
Answer: 36.834</p>
<p>Explanation: Because this number is the closest number to the 37,000 from the given options.<br />
so, 36,834 could be the exact number.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
What is the product of 4,582 and 6?<br />
A. 27,492<br />
B. 24,082<br />
C. 27,432<br />
D. 42,117<br />
Answer: 27,492.</p>
<p>Explanation: by using distributive property we get<br />
6 × 4,582 = 6 × ( 4,000 + 500 + 80 + 2)<br />
= (6 × 4,000) + ( 6 × 500)+ ( 6 × 80 ) + ( 6 × 2)<br />
= 24,000 + 3,000 + 480 + 12<br />
= 27,492.<br />
So, 6 × 4,582 = 27,492.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Which expression is equal to 246,951 + 73,084?<br />
A. 246,951 + 70,000 + 3,000 + 800 + 40<br />
B. 246,951 + 7,000 + 300 + 80 + 4<br />
C. 246,951 + 70,000 + 3,000 + 80 + 4<br />
D. 246,951 + 70,000 + 3,000 + 800 + 4<br />
Answer: C</p>
<p>Explanation:    246,951 + 73,084, 73,084 can be written as,<br />
246,951 + 70,000 + 3,000 + 80 + 4.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Newton reads the number ”four hundred six thousand, twenty-nine” in a book. What is this number written in standard form?<br />
A. 4,629<br />
B. 406,029<br />
C. 460,029<br />
D. 406,290<br />
Answer: B</p>
<p>Explanation: 406,029 can be written as four hundred six thousand, twenty-nine.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Which expressions have a product of 225?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12963" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 7" width="374" height="101" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-7.png 374w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-7-300x81.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 374px) 100vw, 374px" /><br />
Answer: 9 × 25 , 75 × 3 , 5 × 45.</p>
<p>Explanation: all the above expressions give the product of 225,<br />
9 × 25  = 225<br />
75 × 3  = 225<br />
5 × 45  = 225.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
What is the greatest possible number you can make with the number cards below?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12964" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 8" width="427" height="153" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-8.png 427w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-8-300x107.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 427px) 100vw, 427px" /><br />
Answer: B</p>
<p>Explanation: from the give numbers 6 ,1,8,4,2 , place the numbers in the descending order we get 86,421.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
What is the sum of 62,671 and 48,396?<br />
A. 111,067<br />
B. 11,067<br />
C. 100,967<br />
D. 100,067<br />
Answer:  A.1,11,067.</p>
<p>Explanation: Sum means Addition we should add the two numbers in order to get the result,<br />
62,671  +  48,396 = 1,11,067.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Your friend drinks 8 glasses of water each day. He wants to know how many glasses of water he will drink in 1 year. Between which two estimates is the number of glasses he will drink in a year?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12965" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 10" width="198" height="262" /><br />
A. 2,400 and 3,200<br />
B. 240 and 320<br />
C. 3,200 and 4,000<br />
D. 320 and 400<br />
Answer: He drinks 2, 920 glasses for 1 year , so it is in between 2,400 and 3,200 .</p>
<p>Explanation: He drinks 8 glasses of water each day so for 1 year that is for 365 days , we get 365 × 8 = 2,920.<br />
So, He drinks 2, 920 glasses for 1 year , so it is in between 2,400 and 3,200.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Which statement about the number 420,933 is true?<br />
A. The value of the 2 is 2,000.<br />
B. The 4 is in the ten thousands place.<br />
C. The value of the 3 in the tens place is ten times the value of the 3 in the ones place.<br />
D. There are 9 tens.<br />
Answer: C</p>
<p>Explanation: The number 420,933  has the value of the 3 in the tens place is ten times the value of the 3 in the ones place.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
Descartes rounds to the nearest ten thousand and gets an estimate of 360,000. Which expressions could be the problem he estimated?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12966" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 12" width="533" height="95" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-12.png 533w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-12-300x53.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /><br />
Answer: 480,012 &#8211; 127,465.</p>
<p>Explanation: Because the number 360,000 should be in between the same range of the given numbers that is,<br />
480,012 &#8211; 127,465.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
There are 8 students in a book club. There are 5 times as many students in a drama club as the book club. How many students are in the drama club?<br />
A. 13 students<br />
B. 45 students<br />
C. 3 students<br />
D. 40 students<br />
Answer: D . 40 students</p>
<p>Explanation: There are 8 students in a book club.<br />
There are 5 times as many students in a drama club as the book club.<br />
Then, 8 × 5 = 40.<br />
So, There are 40 students in the drama club.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
The force required to shatter concrete is 3 times the amount of force required to shatter plexiglass. The force required to shatter plexiglass is 72 pounds per square foot. What is the force required to shatter concrete?<br />
A. 216 pounds per square foot<br />
B. 69 pounds per square foot<br />
C. 75 pounds per square foot<br />
D. 2,106 pounds per square foot<br />
Answer: A.216 pounds per square foot</p>
<p>Explanation: The force required to shatter plexiglass is 72 pounds per square foot.<br />
The force required to shatter concrete is 3 times the amount of force required to shatter plexiglass.<br />
Then, 72 × 3 = 216.</p>
<p>So, the force required to shatter concrete is 216 pounds per square foot.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
Which number, when rounded to the nearest hundred thousand, is equal to 100,000?<br />
A. 9,802<br />
B. 83,016<br />
C. 152,853<br />
D. 46,921<br />
Answer: B. 83,016</p>
<p>Explanation: it is  only number in the options which is close to 100,000 , All the other options are too far to roundoff .</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
You want to find 5,193 × 8. Which expressions show how to use the Distributive Property to find the product?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12967" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 16" width="643" height="99" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-16.png 643w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-16-300x46.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 643px) 100vw, 643px" /><br />
Answer:  8 × (5,000 + 100 + 90 +3)</p>
<p>Explanation: To use distributive property we have to organize the largest number in the expression in equal distributions respectively. so,  5,193 × 8 = 8 × (5,000 + 100 + 90 +3).</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
Use the table to answer the questions.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12968" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 17" width="234" height="178" /><br />
Part A Five friends each buy all of the items listed in the table. Use rounding to find about how much money they spend in all.<br />
Part B An Ultimate Package costs $40 and includes all of the items listed in the table. About how much money would the 5 friends have saved in all if they would have bought an Ultimate Package instead of purchasing the items individually? Explain.<br />
Answer:  part A = $250 , part B = $50 can be saved.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Part A: By rounding the money from the table , we have 90 &#8211; minute jump pass = $20<br />
water bottle = $10 and T-shirt = $20 ,That total amount will be $50<br />
For five friends we get, 5 × $50 = $250. for all of them.</p>
<p>Part B : An Ultimate Package costs $40 and includes all of the items listed in the table. if each of the 5 members buys the package then , $40  × 5 = $200.<br />
So, from Part A and Part B we get to know that they would have save $50 if they bought the package , that is<br />
$250 &#8211; $200 = $50.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
A pair of walruses weigh 4,710 pounds together. The female weighs1,942 pounds. How much more does the male weigh than the female?<br />
A. 826 pounds<br />
B. 6,652 pounds<br />
C. 2,768 pounds<br />
D. 2,710 pounds<br />
Answer: C. 2,768 pounds</p>
<p>Explanation: A pair of walruses weigh 4,710 pounds together.<br />
The female weighs1,942 pounds. Then , to get the male walrus weight , we have ,<br />
4,710 &#8211; 1,942 = 2,768</p>
<p>So, The weight of male walrus is 2,768 pounds.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
You use compensation as shown. What is the final step?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12969" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers cp 19" width="565" height="182" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-19.png 565w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-cp-19-300x97.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 565px) 100vw, 565px" /><br />
Answer: D. There is no final step . You are finished.</p>
<h3><a id="Multiply _by _One-_Digit _Numbers _STEAM_ Performance_ Task"></a>Multiply by One-Digit Numbers STEAM Performance Task</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12970" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-spt-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers spt 1" width="666" height="187" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-spt-1.png 666w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-spt-1-300x84.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 666px) 100vw, 666px" /><br />
Question 1.<br />
A teacher visits the Golden Gate Bridge in San Francisco, California. 1. Use the figure above to answer the questions.<br />
a. The roadway is 8 times as wide as the width of both walkways combined. Each walkway has the same width. How wide is one of the walkways<br />
b. What is the length of the bridge that is suspended above the water?<br />
c. What is the length of the bridge that is not suspended above the water?<br />
Answer:  a. each walk way is 5 feet,<br />
b. 6,450 feet ,<br />
c. 2,531 feet.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. Given , in picture the whole roadway and walk way is 90 feet long in total<br />
Considering 2 walkways and assuming walkway as W and roadway as R  we get<br />
R + 2W = 90 feet and The roadway is 8 times as wide as the width of both walkways combined. can say as<br />
R = 8(2W) then we have 8(2W) + 2W  = 90<br />
16W + 2W = 90<br />
18W = 90<br />
W = 90 /8<br />
W = 5 , so, each walk way is 5 feet long.</p>
<p>b. the length of the bridge that is suspended above the water is<br />
from the picture we have 1,125 + 4,200 + 1,125 = 6,450. feet</p>
<p>c. the length of the bridge that is not  suspended above the water is<br />
From the picture we have 8,981 &#8211; 6,450 = 2,531 feet.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
The teacher wants to estimate the distance between the bridge and the water.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12971" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-spt-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers spt 2" width="230" height="147" /><br />
a. He rides in a ferry boat under the bridge. He says that the distance between the bridge and the water is about 5 times the height of the ferry boat. What is the distance between the bridge and the water?<br />
b. The teacher estimates that the height of one tower is about three times the distance between the bridge and the water. What is the teacher’s estimate for the height of the tower?<br />
c. You learn the exact height of the tower is 86 feet taller than the teacher’s estimate. How tall is the tower?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>a.220 ft.</p>
<p>b.660 ft.</p>
<p>c.746 ft.</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p>a. 44 ft is the height of the boat as per the picture.so the distance between the water and the  bridge is 5 times the height of the ferry boat ,answer is 44 ft multiplied by 5 times i.e.220 ft. so 44 × 5 = 220 ft.</p>
<p>b. As per the teachers estimation height of tower is 3 times the distance between the bridge and the water, so 220ft is multiplied by 3, i.e.  660 ft.  so  220 × 3 = 660</p>
<p>c. learn the exact height of the tower is 86 feet taller than the teacher’s estimate.so 660 + 86 = 746 feet.</p>
<p>The teacher uses his fitness tracker to count the number of steps he walks on the Golden Gate Bridge each day for 1 week.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12972" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-spt-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers spt 3" width="182" height="293" /><br />
Question 3.<br />
The table shows the numbers of steps taken on the first 3 days of the week. Use this information to complete the table.<br />
a. He takes one thousand one hundred twenty-two more steps on Wednesday than on Monday.<br />
b. On Thursday, he takes one hundred eighteen steps less than on Sunday.<br />
c. He takes ten thousand fifty steps on Friday.<br />
d. On Saturday, he takes twice as many steps as on Tuesday.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>a. 11,834 steps on Wednesday<br />
b.  12,260 steps on Thursday<br />
c. 10,050 steps on Friday<br />
d.  15,978 steps on Saturday</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. He walks 1,122 more steps on Wednesday than on Monday = 10,712 + 1,122 = 11,834 steps.<br />
b. He walks 118 steps less on Thursday than on Sunday =  12,378 &#8211; 118 = 12,260 steps.<br />
c. He walks 10,050 steps on Friday<br />
d. He walks 2 times as many steps on Saturday than on Tuesday = 2 × 7,989 = 15,978 steps.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
The teacher’s goal is to take 11,500 steps each day.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-12973" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-spt-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 3 Multiply by One-Digit Numbers spt 4" width="324" height="236" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-spt-4.png 324w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-3-Multiply-by-One-Digit-Numbers-spt-4-300x219.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /><br />
a. What is his goal for the week?<br />
b. Estimate the total number of steps he takes from Sunday to Saturday. Does he meet his goal for the week? Explain.<br />
c. One mile is about two thousand steps. The teacher estimates that he walks 3 miles from one end of the Golden Gate Bridge to the other and back again. About how many steps does he walk?<br />
Answer:<br />
a. 80,500 steps<br />
b. 81,200 steps are estimated. He reached his goal for the week.<br />
c. 6,000 steps</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
a. He walks 11,500 steps each day , Then for 1 Week we have 7 days , so 7 × 11,500 = 80,500 steps for a week<br />
b. By rounding the nearest numbers of all the steps he walked from Sunday to Saturday , we have,<br />
12,380 + 10,710 + 7,990 + 11,830 + 12,260 + 10,050 + 15,980 = 81,200 steps.<br />
81,200 steps are estimated. He reached his goal for the week.<br />
c. 1 mile = 2,000 steps.<br />
The teacher estimates that he walks 3 miles from one end of the Golden Gate Bridge to the other and back again.<br />
So, 3 × 2,000  = 6,000 steps.<br />
He walked 6,000 steps.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-4-chapter-3/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">12769</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions</title>
		<link>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-5-chapter-2/</link>
					<comments>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-5-chapter-2/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Mounisha Reddy]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 02 Apr 2022 05:45:16 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://ccssmathanswers.com/?p=14861</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Make your preparation perfect with the help of the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions PDF. Every student can become a math expert if they prepare with the Big Ideas Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions Math Answers. The concepts are explained clearly with real-time examples. Therefore, students can easily refer ... <a title="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions" class="read-more" href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-5-chapter-2/" aria-label="Read more about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions">Read more</a>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Make your preparation perfect with the help of the <strong><a href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-5/">Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5</a> Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions PDF</strong>. Every student can become a math expert if they prepare with the Big Ideas Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions Math Answers. The concepts are explained clearly with real-time examples. Therefore, students can easily refer to all the topics and understand them with the help of examples. Check out the problems and also take the practice test to test your knowledge. If you feel lag in any concept, then prepare that topic more and get a grip on all topics.</p>
<h2>Big Ideas 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions Math Book Answer Key</h2>
<p>Follow the step-by-step procedure to learn the complete concept deeply. We have given an explanation for every problem below. Therefore, students also check out the explanation if they feel confused while solving the problems. Quickly, refer to available <em><strong>Big Ideas Numerical Expressions 5th Grade Chapter 2 Math Book Answer Key</strong> </em>and finish your preparation as early as possible. Click on the links provided below and prepare every individual topic on this page. Also, in this chapter, we were given different topics on Numerical Expressions, Order of operations, Number properties, Evaluating numerical expressions, and practice questions.</p>
<p><strong>Lesson 1 Number Properties</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_2.1_Number_Properties">Lesson 2.1 Number Properties</a></li>
<li><a href="#Number_Properties_Homework_&amp;_Practice 2.1">Number Properties Homework &amp; Practice 2.1</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 2 Order of Operations</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_2.2_Order_of_Operations">Lesson 2.2 Order of Operations</a></li>
<li><a href="#Order_of_Operations_Homework_&amp;_Practice_2.2">Order of Operations Homework &amp; Practice 2.2</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 3 Write Numerical Expressions</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_2.3_Write_Numerical_Expressions">Lesson 2.3 Write Numerical Expressions</a></li>
<li><a href="#Write_Numerical_Expressions_Homework_&amp;_Practice_2.3">Write Numerical Expressions Homework &amp; Practice 2.3</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 4 Evaluate Expressions with Grouping Symbols</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson 2.4_Evaluate_Expressions_with_Grouping_Symbols">Lesson 2.4 Evaluate Expressions with Grouping Symbols</a></li>
<li><a href="#Evaluate_Expressions_with_Grouping_Symbols_Homework_&amp;_Practice_2.4">Evaluate Expressions with Grouping Symbols Homework &amp; Practice 2.4</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong style="font-size: 16px;">Performance Task</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Numerical_Expressions_Performance_Task">Numerical Expressions Performance Task</a></li>
<li><a href="#Numerical_Expressions_Activity">Numerical Expressions Activity</a></li>
<li><a href="#Numerical_Expressions_Chapter_Practice">Numerical Expressions Chapter Practice</a></li>
</ul>
<h3><a id="Lesson_2.1_Number_Properties"></a> Lesson 2.1 Number Properties</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Use all four numbers on the game card below to write an expression that has a value of 24. You can use any number of the four operations: addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14862" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.1 1" width="289" height="346" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-1.png 289w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-1-251x300.png 251w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 289px) 100vw, 289px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
We will use addition, multiplication, and division to get the value as 24.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the game card, we can see that the four numbers are 2, 3, 9, 1. So to get the value as 24 we will add 9 + 3 which is 12 and then we will multiply the value 12 with 2  which is 12 × 2 = 24 and then we will divide the value with 1 which is 24 ÷ 1= 24. So here the operations used are addition, multiplication, and division to get the value 24.</p>
<p><strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Write another expression that has a value of 24 using the game card above.<br />
Answer:<br />
We will use addition and multiplication to get the value as 24.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the game card, we can see that the four numbers are 2, 3, 9, 1. So to get the value as 24 we will add 9 + 3 which is 12 and then we will multiply the value 12 with 2  which is 12 × 2 = 24. So to use another expression we will multiply the value with 1 which is 24 × 1= 24. So here the operations used are addition and multiplication to get the value 24.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Use Number Properties</strong></p>
<p><strong>Key Idea</strong><br />
Here are several number properties.<br />
Commutative Properties: Changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product.<br />
3 + 5 = 5 + 3<br />
3 × 5 = 5 × 3<br />
Associative Properties: Changing the grouping of addends or factors does not change the sum or product.<br />
(2 + 4) + 1 = 2 + (4 + 1)<br />
(2 × 4) × 1 = 2 × (4 × 1)<br />
Addition Property of Zero: The sum of any number and 0 is that number.<br />
8 + 0 = 8<br />
Multiplication Properties of Zero and One:<br />
The product of any number and 0 is 0. 5 × 0 = 0<br />
The product of any number and 1 is that number. 7 × 1 = 7<br />
Distributive Property: Multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14863" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.1 2" width="236" height="80" /><br />
<strong>Example</strong><br />
Complete the equation. Identify the property shown.<br />
32 + 29 + 8 = 29 + ______ + 8<br />
_______ Property of Addition<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14864" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.1 3" width="646" height="233" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-3.png 646w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-3-300x108.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 646px) 100vw, 646px" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Complete the equation. Identify the property shown.<br />
9 × 15 = 15 × ______<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 9 × 15 = 15 × 9. And the property which is used is the Commutative property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The equation is 9 × 15 = 15 × 9. And the property which is used is the Commutative property.<br />
Commutative Properties means changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. So the equation is 9 × 15 = 15  × 9.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the Distributive Property to find 8 × 49.<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is (8 × 40) + (8 × 9) and the property used is Distributive property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that 8 × 49, by distributive property the equation will be<br />
= 8 × (40 + 9)<br />
= (8 × 40) + (8 × 9)<br />
So, Distributive Property is a property that multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Complete the equation. Identify the property shown.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
1 × _____ = 17<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 1 × 17= 17 and the property used is Multiplication Properties of One.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The equation is 1 × 17 = 17.<br />
The property used to complete this equation is Multiplication Properties of One which means the product of any number and 1 is that number. So the equation will be 1 × 17 = 17.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
248 + 0 = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 248 + 0= 248 and the property used is the Addition Property of Zero.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The equation is 248 + 0= 248.<br />
The property used is the Addition Property of Zero which means the sum of any number and 0 is that number. So the equation will be 248 + 0= 248.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
23 + 145 + 7 = 23 + 7 + _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 23 + 145 + 7= 23 + 7 + 145. And the property which is used is the Commutative property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The equation is 23 + 145 + 7= 23 + 7 + 145. And the property which is used is the Commutative property.<br />
Commutative Properties means changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. So the equation is 23 + 145 + 7= 23 + 7 + 145.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
3 × (10 + 2) = (3 × 10) + (3 × ______)<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 3 × (10 + 2)= (3 × 10) + (3 × 2) and the property used is the Distributive Property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The equation is 3 × (10 + 2)= (3 × 10) + (3 × 2)<br />
The Distributive Property is a property in which Multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. So the equation is 3 × (10 + 2)= (3 × 10) + (3 × 2).</p>
<p><strong>Use the Distributive Property to find the product.</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
5 × 97<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is<br />
5 × 97 = 5 × (90 + 7)<br />
= (5 × 90) + (5 × 7) and the property used is Distributive property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that 5 × 97, by distributive property the equation will be<br />
= 5 × (90 + 7)<br />
= (5 × 90) + (5 × 7)<br />
So, Distributive Property is a property that multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. So the equation is<br />
5 × 97 = 5 × (90 + 7)<br />
= (5 × 90) + (5 × 7).</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
83 × 7<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is<br />
83 × 7 = 7 × (80 + 3)<br />
= (7 × 80) + (7 × 3) and the property used is Distributive property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that 7 × 83, by distributive property the equation will be<br />
= 7 × (80 + 3)<br />
= (7× 80) + (7 × 3)<br />
So, Distributive Property is a property that multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. So the equation is<br />
7 × 83 = 7 × (80 + 3)<br />
= (7 × 80) + (7 × 3)</p>
<p><strong>Use a property to find the sum or product. Identify the property you used.</strong><br />
Question 9.<br />
4 + (6 + 27)<br />
Answer:<br />
The sum of 4 + (6 + 27) is 37 and the property which is used is the Commutative property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sum of 4 + (6 + 27) is 37 and the property which is used is the Commutative property.<br />
Commutative Properties means changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. So the sum is 37.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
5 × 49 × 0<br />
Answer:<br />
The product of 5 × 49 × 0 is 0 and the property used is Multiplication Properties of Zero.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product of 5 × 49 × 0 is 0 and the property used is Multiplication Properties of Zero.<br />
Multiplication Properties of Zero is the product of any number and 0 is 0. So 5 × 49 × 0 is 0.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
11 + 16 + 89<br />
Answer:<br />
The sum of 11 + 16 + 89 is 116 and the property which is used is the Commutative property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sum of 11 + 16 + 89 is 116 and the property which is used is the Commutative property.<br />
Commutative Properties means changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. So the sum is 116.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend uses the Distributive Property to find 4 × 46. Is your friend correct? Explain.<br />
4 × 46 = 4 × (50 &#8211; 4)<br />
= (4 × 50) &#8211; (4 × 4)<br />
= 200 &#8211; 16<br />
= 184<br />
Answer:<br />
Yes, my friend is correct. He uses distributive property correctly.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, my friend is correct. By distributive property, the equation will be<br />
4 × 46 = 4 × (50 &#8211; 4)<br />
= (4 × 50) &#8211; (4 × 4)<br />
= 200 &#8211; 16<br />
= 184.<br />
So, Distributive Property is a property that multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. So the equation is</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
Can you use the Associative Property with subtraction? Explain. Use an example to justify your answer.<br />
Answer:<br />
No, we cannot use the Associative Property with subtraction.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No, we cannot use the Associative Property with subtraction. As Associative property means changing the grouping of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. So Associative property can only be used for addition or multiplication. And the subtraction doesn&#8217;t have the associative property because for example if we take 20 and10 and subtract the first two numbers 20 minus 10 then the result will be 10. So changing the way of associating the numbers in subtraction can change the result. So the subtraction doesn&#8217;t have the associative property.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
There are three types of animals at a shelter. How many animals are there in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14865" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.1 4" width="250" height="161" /><br />
Find the number of each type of animal at the shelter.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14866" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.1 5" width="582" height="116" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-5.png 582w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-5-300x60.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /><br />
Add the numbers of dogs, cats, and rabbits.<br />
16 + 22 + 4 = ____ + ____ + ____ Commutative Property of Addition<br />
= _____ + _____ Add.<br />
= _____ Add.<br />
There are _____ animals in all.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The total number of animals in the shelter is 42 animals.<br />
Add the numbers of dogs, cats, and rabbits.<br />
16 + 22 + 4 = 4 + 22 + 16 Commutative Property of Addition<br />
= 26 + 16 Add.<br />
= 42 Add.<br />
There are 42 animals in all.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-38780" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-5-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-5" width="582" height="116" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-5-1.png 582w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-5-1-300x60.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 582px) 100vw, 582px" /><br />
Given that each paw is equal to four pets. So the dog has four paws which means 4 × 4 = 16. The total number of dogs is 16 dogs. And cats have five paws and a half paw so the total number of cats is 5 × 4= 20 as one paw is equal to four so the half paw is two animals. So the total number of cats is 20 + 2= 22 cats. And rabbit has one paw so the total number of rabbits is 4 rabbits. So to find the total number of animals is we will add all the animals and add the numbers of dogs, cats, and rabbits. So<br />
16 + 22 + 4 = 4 + 22 + 16 Commutative Property of Addition<br />
= 26 + 16 Add.<br />
= 42 Add.<br />
There are 42 animals in all.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
You play three different video games in an evening. How many minutes do you play video games in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14867" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.1 6" width="250" height="162" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The total number of minutes the video game is playing is 66 minutes.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that each clock is six minutes. And given that dancing has three clocks and a half clock. So the total number of minutes in playing dancing is 3 × 6= 18 minutes, as each clock is 6 minutes, so the half clock will be 3 minutes. So the total number of minutes in playing dancing is 18 + 3= 21 minutes. And given that puzzle has two clocks and a half clock, so the total number of minutes in playing puzzle is 1 × 6= 6 as each clock is 6 minutes, so the half clock will be 3 minutes. So the total number of minutes in playing dancing is 6 + 3= 9 minutes. And given that racing has six clocks. So the total number of minutes in playing racing is 6 × 6= 36 minutes. So the total number of minutes in playing dancing is 18 + 3= 21 minutes. So the total number of minutes the video game is playing is<br />
21 minutes + 9 minutes + 36 minutes which is 66 minutes.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Tickets for a school play are sold out. The auditorium has 4 sections. Each section has 25 rows with 15 seats in each row. Each ticket costs $2. How much money is raised in ticket sales?<br />
Answer:<br />
The total amount raised in the ticket sale is $3,000.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are four sections in the auditorium and each section has 25 rows with 15 seats in each row and each ticket costs $2. So first we need to find the total number of seats. For that, we should multiple numbers of rows and the seats which are 25 × 15= 375 seats. And there are four sections, so 4 × 375= 1,500. So there are 1500 total seats. And each ticket costs $2, for 1500 seats it will be 1500 × 2= 3,000. So the total amount raised in the ticket sale is $3,000.</p>
<h3><a id="Number_Properties_Homework_&amp;_Practice 2.1"></a>Number Properties Homework &amp; Practice 2.1</h3>
<p><strong>Complete the equation. Identify the property shown.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
687 × ____ = 0<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 687 × 0 = 0 and the property used is Multiplication Properties of Zero.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The equation is 687 × 0 = 0 and the property used is Multiplication Properties of Zero.<br />
As Multiplication Properties of Zero is the product of any number and 0 is 0. So 687 × 0 is 0.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
15 + 13 = 13 + _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 15 + 13 = 13 + 15 and the property which is used is the Commutative property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The equation is 15 + 13 = 13 + 15 and the property which is used is the Commutative property.<br />
As the Commutative Properties means changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. So the equation will be 15 + 13 = 13 + 15.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
4 × 7 × 25 = 4 × _____ × 7<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 4 × 7 × 25 = 4 × 25 × 7 and the property used is Associative Property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The equation is 4 × 7 × 25 = 4 × 25 × 7 and the property used is Associative Property.<br />
As Associative Property means changing the grouping of addends or factors does not change the sum or product.<br />
4 × 7 × 25 = 4 × 25 × 7</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
6 × (20 &#8211; 3) = (6 × 20) &#8211; (6 × _____)<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 6 × (20 &#8211; 3) = (6 × 20) &#8211; (6 × 3) and the property used is Distributive property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The equation is 6 × (20 &#8211; 3) = (6 × 20) &#8211; (6 × 3) and the property used is Distributive property.<br />
Distributive Property is a property of Multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products.</p>
<p><strong>Use the Distributive Property to find the product.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
4 × 78<br />
Answer:<br />
The product is<br />
4 × 78 = 4 × (70 + 8)<br />
= (4 × 70) + (4 × 8)<br />
= 280 + 32<br />
= 312<br />
and the property used is the Distributive Property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product is<br />
4 × 78 = 4 × (70 + 8)<br />
= (4 × 70) + (4 × 8)<br />
= 280 + 32<br />
= 312<br />
The Distributive Property is a property in which Multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. So the product of 4 × 78 is<br />
= 4 × (70 + 8)<br />
= (4 × 70) + (4 × 8)<br />
= 280 + 32<br />
= 312.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
23 × 8<br />
Answer:<br />
The product is<br />
23 × 8 = 8 × (20 + 3)<br />
= (8 × 20) + (8 × 3)<br />
= 160 + 24<br />
= 184<br />
and the property used is the Distributive Property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product is<br />
23 × 8 = 8 × (20 + 3)<br />
= (8 × 20) + (8 × 3)<br />
= 160 + 24<br />
= 184<br />
The Distributive Property is a property in which Multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. So the product of 23 × 8 is<br />
= 8 × (20 + 3)<br />
= (8 × 20) + (8 × 3)<br />
= 160 + 24<br />
= 184.</p>
<p><strong>Use a property to find the sum or product. Identify the property you used.</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
6 × 43<br />
Answer:<br />
The product is<br />
6 × 43 = 6 × (40 + 3)<br />
= (6 × 40) + (6 × 3)<br />
= 240 + 18<br />
= 258.<br />
and the property used is the Distributive Property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product is<br />
6 × 43 = 6 × (40 + 3)<br />
= (6 × 40) + (6 × 3)<br />
= 240 + 18<br />
= 258.<br />
The Distributive Property is a property in which Multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. So the product of 6 × 43 is<br />
= 6 × (40 + 3)<br />
= (6 × 40) + (6 × 3)<br />
= 240 + 18<br />
= 258.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
339 + 0 + 54<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 23 + 145 + 7= 23 + 7 + 145. And the property which is used is the Commutative property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The sum is 339 + 0 + 54 = 393. And the property which is used is the Commutative property.<br />
Commutative Properties means changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. So the equation is 339 + 0 + 54 = 54 + 339 + 0.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
25 × 8 × 2<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 25 × 8 × 2 = 400. And the property which is used is the Commutative property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product is 25 × 8 × 2 = 400. And the property which is used is the Commutative property.<br />
Commutative Properties means changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. So the equation is 25 × 8 × 2 = 25 × 8 × 2.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
To find 29 + (11 + 16), your friend adds 29 and 11. Then he adds 16 to the sum. Which property did he use and why?<br />
Answer:<br />
The property which is used is the Commutative property. And the equation can be written as<br />
29 + 11 + 16 = 29 + 11 + 16.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given equation is 29 + (11 + 16) and my friend adds 29 and 11 after that he adds 16 to find the sum. And the property which is used is the Commutative property. And Commutative Properties means changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. So the equation can be written as<br />
29 + 11 + 16 = 29 + 11 + 16.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Explain how using properties can help you mentally find answers to problems.<br />
Answer:<br />
Using the properties like Commutative property, Distributive property, Associative Properties, Addition Property of Zero, Multiplication Properties of Zero &amp; One helps us mentally in finding answers to problems by this process and we can solve the problems easily by these properties and everyone can identify this property. With these properties, we can write the equivalent expressions which help us to solve mental problems.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Newton uses two properties to rewrite the expression (4 × 23) × 25. Identify the properties he uses. Why would Newton use these properties?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14868" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.1 7" width="201" height="166" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The property Newton used is the Commutative property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The property Newton used is the Commutative property. Newton uses Commutative Property because by Commutative property changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. So the equation can be written as 4 × 23 × 25. = 25 × 4 × 23.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Before performing an experiment, students are asked to predict which substance will melt an ice cube the fastest. How many students make a prediction? Identify the property you used.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14869" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.1 8" width="267" height="155" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The total number of students who have participated in the prediction is 76 students and the property used is commutative property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that each emoji is 8 students, so the salt has two emojis that mean 2 × 8= 16 students. So the students who have predicted the salt are 16 students. And the sugar has three emojis and a half emoji that means 3 × 8= 24 students and a half emoji means, as each emoji is 8 students, so half emoji is 4 students and the total number of students is 24 + 4= 28 students. So the students who have predicted the sugar are 28 students. And the water has four emojis that means 4 × 8= 32 students. So the students who have predicted the water are 32 students.<br />
The total number of students who have participated in the prediction is<br />
16 students + 28 students + 32 students = 76 students. So the total number of students who have participated in the prediction is 76 students. And the property used is commutative property. And Commutative Properties means changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. So the equation can be written as<br />
16 + 28 + 32= 32 + 16 +28.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
An apartment building has 35 floors with 12 apartments on each floor. There are 300 apartments that have 2 bedrooms. The rest of the apartments have 1 bedroom. How many 1-bedroom apartments are in the building? How can you use the Distributive Property to help solve this problem mentally?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the sum. Check whether your answer is reasonable.</strong><br />
Question 15.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14870" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.1 9" width="75" height="65" /><br />
Answer:<br />
By adding 8,968 and 4,683 we will get the sum of 13,651.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By adding 8,968 and 4,683 we will get the sum of 13,651. To check whether the answer is reasonable we will subtract 4,683 with 13,651 the difference will be 8,968. So the answer is reasonable.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14871" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.1 10" width="76" height="68" /><br />
Answer:<br />
By adding 75,310 and 8,596 we will get the sum of 83,906.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By adding 75,310 and 8,596 we will get the sum of 83,906. To check whether the answer is reasonable we will subtract8,596 with 83,906 the difference will be 75,310. So the answer is reasonable.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14872" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.1-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.1 11" width="86" height="69" /><br />
Answer:<br />
By adding 90,583 and 19,877 we will get the sum of 110,460.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By adding 90,583 and 19,877 we will get the sum of 110,460. To check whether the answer is reasonable we will subtract 19,877 with 110,460 the difference will be 90,583. So the answer is reasonable.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_2.2_Order_of_Operations"></a>Lesson 2.2 Order of Operations</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Two students were asked to find the value of the expression below and they got different answers. Only one student has the correct answer. The students did not make any mistakes in their calculations. How did they get different answers?<br />
24 + 16 ÷ 4 &#8211; 2<br />
Answer:<br />
The other student did not use the BODMAS rule so the other student calculation is not correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the value of the expression 24 + 16 ÷ 4 &#8211; 2 first we will divide 16 by 4 then the result will be 4. Now we will add result 4 with the number 24 which is 24 + 4= 28. And now we will subtract the number 2 with 28 which is<br />
28 &#8211; 2= 26. This expression was done by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. And this was done by one student. Now the other student has done the same expression in a different way. The expression is 24 + 16 ÷ 4 &#8211; 2, so the other student solves the expression by first adding 24 and 16 which is 24 + 16= 40, and then we will divide 40 by 4, so the result will be 10. And now we will subtract 2 with 10 and the result will be 10 &#8211; 2= 8. So the other student&#8217;s answer will be 8 which is not correct because the other student did not use the BODMAS rule so the other student&#8217;s calculation is not correct.</p>
<p><strong>Structure</strong><br />
Why is it important to have rules when finding values of expressions that contain more than one operation?<br />
Answer:<br />
It is important to have the rules when finding the values of expressions that contain more than one operation because the rules tell that the right order in which we will solve different parts of a math problem. And the order of operations is very important because it guarantees that we can all read and solve the problem in the same way.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Use Order of Operations</strong></p>
<p><strong>Key Idea</strong><br />
A numerical expression is an expression that contains numbers and operations. When you evaluate a numerical expression, you find the value of the expression.<br />
When evaluating a numerical expression, use a set of rules called the order of operations. These rules tell you the order in which to perform the operations.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14873" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.2 1" width="197" height="253" /><br />
Order of Operations<br />
1. Perform operations in parentheses<br />
2. Multiply and divide from left to right<br />
3. Add and subtract from left to right</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
Evaluate 19 &#8211; 18 ÷ 6.<br />
Using the order of operations, divide first. Then subtract.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14874" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.2 2" width="396" height="68" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-2.png 396w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-2-300x52.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /><br />
So, 19 &#8211; 18 ÷ 6 = _______.</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
Evaluate 30 ÷ (3 + 7) × 2.<br />
Using the order of operations, perform the addition in the parentheses first. Then multiply and divide from left to right.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14875" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.2 3" width="558" height="109" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-3.png 558w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-3-300x59.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 558px) 100vw, 558px" /><br />
So, 30 ÷ (3 + 7) × 2 = ______.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Evaluate the expression.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
24 + 4 ÷ 2<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 24 + 4 ÷ 2 is 26.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right.  And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So first we will solve the division part of the expression which is 4 ÷ 2 = 2 and the result will be 2. Now we solve the addition part, we will add the result with 24 which is 24 + 2 = 26. So the value of the expression is 26.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
12 + (10 &#8211; 3) × 8<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 12 + (10 &#8211; 3) × 8 is 68.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So first we will solve the parentheses part which is (10 &#8211; 3)= 7 and the result will be 7. Now we will solve the multiplication part which is 7 × 8= 56 and the result will be 56. And now we will solve the addition part which is 12 + 56= 68. So the value of the expression is 68.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Evaluate the expression.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
25 + (10 ÷ 5)<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression is 27.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So first we will solve the parentheses part which is (10 ÷ 5)= 2 and the result will be 2. Now we will add the result with 25 which is 25 + 2= 27. So the value of the expression is 27.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
10 + 10 + 7<br />
Answer:<br />
The sum of the expression 10 + 10 +7 is 27.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. As there are no other expressions rather than addition we will perform addition to the given expression 10 + 10 + 7 and the sum of the expression<br />
10 + 10 +7 is 27.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
48 ÷ (8 &#8211; 2)<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 48 ÷ (8 &#8211; 2) is 8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition and Subtraction. So first we will solve the parentheses which is (8 &#8211; 2)= 6. Now we will perform division operation for 48 by 6 and the result will be 8. So the value of the expression 48 ÷ (8 &#8211; 2) is 8.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
(45 + 25) ÷ 10<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression (45 + 25) ÷ 10 is 7.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition and Subtraction. So first will solve the parentheses part which is (45 + 25)= 70 and now we will perform division 70 ÷ 10 and the result will be 7. So the value of the expression (45 + 25) ÷ 10 is 7.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
63 &#8211; 54 ÷ 9<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 63 &#8211; 54 ÷ 9 is 57.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the division part which is 54 ÷ 9= 6 and the result is 6. Now we will subtract the result with 63 which is 63 &#8211; 6= 57. So the value of the expression 63 &#8211; 54 ÷ 9 is 57.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
\(\left(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\right) \times 5\)<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression \(\left(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\right) \times 5\) is 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the parentheses part which is \(\left(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\right) so the value will be 1. And now we will perform the multiplication part which is 1 × 5= 5. So the value of the expression [latex]\left(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\right) \times 5\) is 5.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
15 + (16 &#8211; 6) × 1<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 15 + (16 &#8211; 6) × 1 is 25.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (16 &#8211; 6)= 10 and the result will be 6. Now we will perform the multiplication part which is 10 × 1= 10 and the result will be 10. And now we will perform the addition which is 15 + 10 then the result will be 25. So the value of the expression 15 + (16 &#8211; 6) × 1 is 25.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
(18 + 23 + 22) ÷ 9<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression (18 + 23 + 22) ÷ 9 is 7.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (18 + 23 + 22)= 63 and the result will be 63. Now we will perform division which is<br />
63 ÷ 9= 7. So the value of the expression (18 + 23 + 22) ÷ 9 is 7.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
80 &#8211; 6 × 5 × 2<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 80 &#8211; 6 × 5 × 2 will be 20.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the multiplication part which is 6 × 5 × 2= 60 and the result will be 60. Now we will solve the subtraction part which is 80 &#8211; 60= 20. So the value of the expression 80 &#8211; 6 × 5 × 2 will be 20.</p>
<p><strong>Insert parentheses to make the statement true.</strong><br />
Question 12.<br />
6 + 2 × 7 = 56<br />
Answer:<br />
The expression after inserting parentheses is (6 +2) × 7.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the expression is 6 + 2 × 7. So we will insert the parentheses for 6 + 2, then the expression will be<br />
(6 +2) × 7. So we will solve the expression using the BODMAS rule, now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (6 +2)= 8. And now we will perform the multiplication part which is 8 × 7= 56. So the statement is true by inserting the parentheses for 6 + 2.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
18 &#8211; 6 ÷ 2 + 5 = 11<br />
Answer:<br />
The expression after inserting parentheses is (18 &#8211; 6) ÷ 2 + 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the expression is 18 &#8211; 6 ÷ 2 + 5. So we will insert the parentheses for 18 &#8211; 6, then the expression will be<br />
(18 &#8211; 6) ÷ 2 + 5. So we will solve the expression using the BODMAS rule, now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (18 &#8211; 6)= 12. And now we will perform division which is 12 ÷ 2= 6. Now we will perform the addition part which is 6 + 5= 11. So the statement is true by inserting the parentheses for 18 &#8211; 6.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
10 + 2 × 4 &#8211; 1 = 16<br />
Answer:<br />
The statement is true by inserting parentheses for 4 – 1 and the expression is 10 + 2 ×(4 – 1).</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the expression is 10 + 2 × 4 &#8211; 1. So we will insert the parentheses for 4 &#8211; 1, then the expression will be<br />
10 + 2 ×(4 – 1). So we will solve the expression using the BODMAS rule, now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (4 – 1)= 3. And now we will perform the multiplication part which is 2 × 3= 6. And now we will add the result 6 with 10 which is 10 + 6= 16. So the statement is true by inserting parentheses for 4 – 1.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Is Newton correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14876" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.2 4" width="168" height="146" /><br />
Answer:<br />
No, Newton is not correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No, Newton is not correct. Because Newton did not use the BODMAS rule to solve the expression. By using the BODMAS rule first Newton should solve the division part and then he should solve the addition part.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Describe how you can evaluate 9 × (40 + 5) two different ways.<br />
Answer:<br />
The expression 9 × (40 + 5) can be solved by the BODMAS way and the other way to solve the expression is by Distributive property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the expression is 9 × (40 + 5), so to solve the expression we will use the BODMAS rule. So by the BODMAS rule first we will solve the parentheses part which is (40 + 5)= 45 and then we will solve the multiplication part which s 9 × 45= 405. This process is one way to solve the given expression. Another way to solve the expression is by Distributive property and the equation can be solved as<br />
9 × (40 + 5) = (9 × 40) + (9 + 5)<br />
= 360 + 451<br />
= 405.<br />
and this property is called as Distributive property which means Distributive Property is a property of Multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
A robotics team orders 14 shirts. The order has a $9 shipping fee. Use the expression 14 × 12 + 9 to find how much the team spends on the order.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14877" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.2 5" width="254" height="221" /><br />
Evaluate 14 × 12 + 9 using the order of operations.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14878" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.2 6" width="380" height="75" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-6.png 380w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-6-300x59.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 380px) 100vw, 380px" /><br />
The team spends _____ on the order.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The team spends $177 on the order.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As robotic team orders, 14 shirts and the order has a $9 shipping fee and the given expression is 14 × 12 + 9. We can solve this expression by the BODMAS rule in which BODMAS stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the multiplication part which is stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the multiplication part which is 14 × 12= 168 and then we will solve the addition part which is 168 + 9= 177. So the team spends $177 on the order.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-40468" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-6-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-6" width="188" height="66" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
A parking garage has 7 floors with 109 spaces on each floor. There are 486 spaces being used. Use the expression 7 × 109 &#8211; 486 to find how many spaces are not being used.<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of spaces that are not being used is 1,367.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a parking garage has 7 floors with 109 spaces on each floor and there are 486 spaces being used, so given expression is 7 × 109 &#8211; 486. So the given expression first we will solve the multiplication part by the BODMAS rule in which BODMAS stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So now first we will solve the multiplication part which is 7 × 109= 1,853 and then we will solve the subtraction part which is<br />
1853 &#8211; 486= 1,367. So the number of spaces that are not being used is 1,367.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
At a fair, you ride the swinging ship 3 times and the bumper cars 5 times. Use the expression (3 × 2) + (5 × 4) to find how many tickets you use in all.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14879" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.2 7" width="290" height="167" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The number of tickets I have used is 26 tickets.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a fair has a swinging ship and a bumper car and I rode the swinging ship 3 times and the bumper cars 5 times, so the given expression is (3 × 2) + (5 × 4). By the BODMAS rule first, we will solve the parentheses part and in which BODMAS stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So now first we will solve the parentheses part which is (3 × 2) + (5 × 4)= 6 + 20 and then we will solve the addition part which is 6 + 20= 26. So the number of tickets I have used is 26 tickets.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
You download 128 songs and divide them into4 equal-sized playlists. You delete 1 playlist. Then you download 56 more songs. Use the expression 128 &#8211; (128 ÷ 4) + 56 to find how many songs you have now.<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of songs we had is 40 songs.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As I have downloaded 128 songs and divide them into 4 equal-sized playlists and then deleted 1 playlist. Then I have downloaded 56 more songs, so the given expression is 128 &#8211; (128 ÷ 4) + 56. By the BODMAS rule first we will solve the parentheses part and in which BODMAS stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So now first we will solve the parentheses part which is (128 ÷ 4)= 32 and now we will solve the addition part which is 32 + 56= 88, and now we will solve the subtraction part which is 128 &#8211; 88= 40. So the number of songs we have is 40 songs.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A politician buys 3 boxes of campaign buttons. There are 60 buttons in each box. He divides the buttons into4 equal groups. How many buttons are in each group?<br />
Answer:<br />
There will be 45 buttons in each group.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a politician buys 3 boxes of campaign buttons and there are 60 buttons in each box. So the total number of buttons is 3 × 60= 180 buttons and then he divides the buttons into four equal groups. So the number of buttons in each group is 180 ÷ 4= 45. So there will be 45 buttons in each group.</p>
<h3><a id="Order_of_Operations_Homework_&amp;_Practice_2.2"></a>Order of Operations Homework &amp; Practice 2.2</h3>
<p><strong>Evaluate the expression.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
(8 &#8211; 2) × 4<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression (8 &#8211; 2) × 4 will be 24.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the parentheses part which is (8 &#8211; 2)= 6 and the result will be 6. Now we will solve the multiplication part which is 6 × 4= 24. So the value of the expression (8 &#8211; 2) × 4 will be 24.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
7 + (6 ÷ 3)<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 7 + (6 ÷ 3) will be 10.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the parentheses part which is (6 ÷ 3)= 3 and the result will be 3. Now we will solve the addition part which is 7 + 3= 10. So the value of the expression 7 + (6 ÷ 3) will be 10.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
5 × (6 + 2)<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 5 × (6 + 2) will be 40.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the parentheses part which is (6 + 2)= 8 and the result will be 8. Now we will solve the multiplication part which is 5 × 8= 40. So the value of the expression 5 × (6 + 2) will be 40.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
21 + 42 ÷ 7<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 21 + 42 ÷ 7 will be 27.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the Division part which is 42 ÷ 7= 6 and the result will be 6. Now we will solve the addition part which is 21 + 6= 27. So the value of the expression 21 + 42 ÷ 7 will be 27.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
\(\left(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}+\frac{3}{4}\right)\) × 2<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression \(\left(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}+\frac{3}{4}\right)\) × 2 will be 3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve parentheses part which is \(\left(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}+\frac{3}{4}\right)\)= 6/4 and the result will be 3/2. Now we will solve the multiplication part which is 3/2 × 2= 3. So the value of the expression<br />
\(\left(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{2}{4}+\frac{3}{4}\right)\) × 2 will be 3.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
86 &#8211; 9 × 6<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 86 &#8211; 9 × 6 will be 32.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the multiplication part which is 9 × 6= 54 and the result will be 54. Now we will solve the subtraction part which is 86 &#8211; 54= 32. So the value of the expression 86 &#8211; 9 × 6 will be 32.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
56 &#8211; 22 ÷ 2<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 56 &#8211; 22 ÷ 2 will be 45.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the division part which is 22 ÷ 2= 11 and the result will be 11. Now we will solve the subtraction part which is 56 &#8211; 11= 45. So the value of the expression 56 &#8211; 22 ÷ 2 will be 45.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
27 + 11 × 4<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 27 + 11 × 4 will be 71.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the multiplication part which is 11 × 4= 44 and the result will be 44. Now we will solve the addition part which is 27 + 44= 71. So the value of the expression 27 + 11 × 4 will be 71.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
21 &#8211; (12 + 6) ÷ 9<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 21 &#8211; (12 + 6) ÷ 9 will be 19.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the parentheses part which is (12 + 6)= 18 and the result will be 18. Now we will solve the division part which is 18 ÷ 9= 2 and now we will solve the subtraction part which is 21 &#8211; 2= 19. So the value of the expression 21 &#8211; (12 + 6) ÷ 9 will be 19.</p>
<p><strong>Evaluate the expression.</strong><br />
Question 10.<br />
9 × (5 + 15) &#8211; 42<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 9 × (5 + 15) &#8211; 42 will be 138.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the parentheses part which is (5 + 15)= 20 and the result will be 20. Now we will solve the multiplication part which is 9 × 20= 180 and now we will solve the subtraction part which is 180 &#8211; 42= 138. So the value of the expression 9 × (5 + 15) &#8211; 42 will be 138.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
14 + 56 ÷ 7 &#8211; 6<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 14 + 56 ÷ 7 &#8211; 6 will be 16.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the division part which is 56 ÷ 7= 8 and the result will be 8. Now we will solve the addition part which is 14 + 8= 22 and now we will solve the subtraction part which is 22- 6= 16. So the value of the expression 14 + 56 ÷ 7 &#8211; 6 will be 16.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
(106 + 350 + 244) ÷ 10<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression (106 + 350 + 244) ÷ 10 will be 70.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will solve the parentheses part which is (106 + 350 + 244) and the result will be 700. Now we will solve the division part which is 700 ÷ 10= 70. So the value of the expression (106 + 350 + 244) ÷ 10 will be 70.</p>
<p><strong>Insert parentheses to make the statement true.</strong><br />
Question 13.<br />
36 &#8211; 9 ÷ 9 = 3<br />
Answer:<br />
The statement is true by inserting parentheses for 36 – 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the expression is 36 &#8211; 9 ÷ 9 = 3. So we will insert the parentheses for 36 &#8211; 9, then the expression will be<br />
(36 &#8211; 9) ÷ 9. So we will solve the expression using the BODMAS rule, now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (36 – 9)= 27. And now we will perform the division part which is 27 ÷ 9= 3. So the statement is true by inserting parentheses for 36 – 9.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
12 + 8 ÷ 4 + 1 = 6<br />
Answer:<br />
The statement is true by inserting parentheses for 12 + 8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the expression is 12 + 8 ÷ 4 + 1 = 6. So we will insert the parentheses for 12 + 8, then the expression will be<br />
(12 + 8) ÷ 4 + 1. So we will solve the expression using the BODMAS rule, now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (12 + 8)= 20. And now we will perform the division part which is 20 ÷ 4= 5, now we will solve the addition part which is 5 + 1=6. So the statement is true by inserting parentheses for 12 + 8.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
10 + 4 × 12 &#8211; 6 = 34<br />
Answer:<br />
The statement is true by inserting parentheses for 12 &#8211; 6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the expression is 10 + 4 × 12 &#8211; 6 = 34. So we will insert the parentheses for 12 + 8, then the expression will be 10 + 4 × (12 &#8211; 6). So we will solve the expression using the BODMAS rule, now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (12 &#8211; 6)= 6. And now we will perform the multiplication part which is 4 × 6= 24, now we will solve the addition part which is 10 + 24=34. So the statement is true by inserting parentheses for 12 &#8211; 6.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend says that because of the order of operations, the expressions are equivalent. Is your friend correct? Explain.<br />
10 &#8211; (5 × 2) + 7    10 &#8211; 5 × 2 + 7<br />
Answer:<br />
Yes, my friend is correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, my friend is correct. The expressions are equivalent because of the order of operations. By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So if we solve the expression without parentheses we will get the same result. So my friend is correct.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Which expressions have a value of 9?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14880" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.2 8" width="292" height="112" /><br />
Answer:<br />
On solving all the expressions the expression 5 + 40 ÷ 5 &#8211; 4, 5 × (10 &#8211; 4) &#8211; 21 has got the value of 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To check which expression has a value of 9, we will follow the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So the first expression is<br />
2 + 1 × 3= 2 + 3, here first we will solve the multiplication part by the order of operations and then we will solve the addition part.<br />
on solving we will get the result as 5.<br />
So the first expression didn&#8217;t get the value as 9.<br />
The second expression is<br />
3 × 4 &#8211; 1= 12 &#8211; 1, here first we will solve the multiplication part by the order of operations and then we will solve the addition part.<br />
on solving we will get the result as 11.<br />
So the second expression didn&#8217;t get the value as 9.<br />
The third expression is<br />
5 + 40 ÷ 5 &#8211; 4 = 5 + 8 &#8211; 4<br />
= 13 &#8211; 4, here first we will solve the division part by the order of operations then we will solve the addition part, and then the subtraction part.<br />
On solving we will get the result as 9.<br />
So the expression has the value 9.<br />
The fourth expression is<br />
40 &#8211; 30 ÷ 10 + 8 = 40 &#8211; 3 +8<br />
= 40 &#8211; 11, here first we will solve the division part by the order of operations then we will solve the addition part, and then the subtraction part.<br />
On solving we will get the result as 29.<br />
So the expression didn&#8217;t get the value as 9.<br />
The fifth expression is<br />
18 ÷ (8+0+18) = 18 ÷ (26), here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the division part. By seeing the solution we can say that the expression didn&#8217;t get the value 9.<br />
The sixth expression is<br />
5 × (10 &#8211; 4) &#8211; 21 = 5 × (6) &#8211; 21<br />
= 30 &#8211; 21, here first we will solve the parentheses part by order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part, and then we will solve the subtraction part.<br />
On solving we will get the result as 9.<br />
So the expression has the value 9.<br />
On solving all the expressions the expression 5 + 40 ÷ 5 &#8211; 4, 5 × (10 &#8211; 4) &#8211; 21 has got the value of 9.</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Fifth graders at a school write a paper about a historical person for a contest. There are 5 classes of 25 students and 1 class of 28 students participating in the contest. Use the expression 5 × 25 + 28 to find how many students participate in the contest.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14881" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.2 9" width="234" height="196" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The number of students who participated in the contest is 153.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 5 classes of 25 students and 1 class of 28 students participating in the contest and the given expression is 5 × 25 + 28. So, here first we will solve the multiplication part by the order of operations then we will solve the addition part. So<br />
5 × 25 + 28= 125 + 28<br />
On solving the expression we will get the result as 153. So the number of students who participated in the contest is 153.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Divide. Then check your answer.</strong><br />
Question 19.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14882" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.2 10" width="57" height="53" /><br />
Answer:<br />
On dividing 832 ÷ 8 we will get the result as 104.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On dividing 832 ÷ 8 we will get the result as 104. To check the answer we will multiply the result 104 and 8 which is 104 × 8= 832.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14883" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.2 11" width="126" height="59" /><br />
Answer:<br />
On dividing 215 ÷ 7 we will get the result as 30.71.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On dividing 215 ÷ 7 we will get the result as 30.71. To check the answer we will multiply the result 30.71 and 7 which is 30.71 × 7= 214.97.</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14884" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-5th-Grade-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.2-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.2 12" width="144" height="57" /><br />
Answer:<br />
On dividing 5,078 ÷ 5 we will get the result as 1015.6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On dividing 5,078 ÷ 5 we will get the result as 1015.6. To check the answer we will multiply the result 1015.6 and 5 which is 1015.6 × 7= 5,078.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_2.3_Write_Numerical_Expressions"></a>Lesson 2.3 Write Numerical Expressions</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Write a real-life problem that can be represented by one of the expressions below. Switch papers with your partner. Which expression represents your partner’s problem? Explain.<br />
7 × (8 + 5)<br />
(7 × 8) + 5<br />
Answer:<br />
The expression represented by the partner is (7 × 8) + 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the expressions are 7 × (8 + 5) and (7 × 8) + 5. So the solution for my problem is<br />
7 × (8 + 5)= 7 × (12), here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. On solving we will get the result as 84. While checking my friend&#8217;s paper he solved the expression (7 × 8) + 5= 56 +5, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the addition part. On solving we will get the result as 61. AS the parentheses are different in the expression so the answer differs.</p>
<p><strong>Make Sense of Problems</strong><br />
How can parentheses change the meaning of an expression? Explain.<br />
Answer:<br />
These parentheses in the expression represent that the expression or the equation should be solved first before any other calculation has done. The path between the parentheses represents as one number.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Write an Interpret Expressions</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
Write the words as an expression.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14885" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.3-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.3 1" width="139" height="259" /><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14886" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.3-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.3 2" width="295" height="86" /><br />
10 ÷ _______<br />
The numerical expression is ______.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is 10 ÷ (9 &#8211; 4).</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is 10 ÷ (9 &#8211; 4). So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the division part. So<br />
10 ÷ (9 &#8211; 4) = 10 ÷ 5<br />
on solving we will get the result as 5.</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
Write the words as an expression. Then interpret the expression.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14887" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.3-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.3 3" width="263" height="92" /><br />
The numerical expression is _____.<br />
The value of the expression is _______ times the sum 54 + 97.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is (54 + 97) × 2.<br />
The value of the expression is 2 times the sum of 54 + 97.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (54 + 97) × 2. So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. So<br />
(54 + 97) × 2 = 151 × 2<br />
on solving we will get the result as 302.<br />
The numerical expression is (54 + 97) × 2.<br />
The value of the expression is 2 times the sum of 54 + 97.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write the words as an expression</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
Multiply 8 and 5, then divide by 4.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (8 × 5) ÷ 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (8 × 5) ÷ 4. So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the division part. So<br />
(8 × 5) ÷ 4= 40 ÷ 4<br />
on solving we will get the result as 10.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Multiply the sum of 14 and 18 by 4.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (14 + 18) × 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (14 + 18) × 4. So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. So<br />
(14 + 18) × 4= 32 × 4<br />
on solving we will get the result as 128.</p>
<p><strong>Write the words as an expression. Then interpret the expression.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
Multiply 3 by the sum of 12 and 3.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is 3 × (12 + 3).</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is 3 × (12 + 3). So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. So<br />
3 × (12 + 3)= 3 × 15<br />
on solving we will get the result as 45.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Subtract 30 from 50, then divide by 10.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (50 &#8211; 30) ÷ 10.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (50 &#8211; 30) ÷ 10. So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the division part. So<br />
(50 &#8211; 30) ÷ 10= 20 ÷ 10<br />
on solving we will get the result as 2.</p>
<p>Apply and Grow: Practice</p>
<p><strong>Write the words as an expression. Then interpret the expression.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
Add 238 and 12, then multiply by 3.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (238 + 12) × 3.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (238 + 12) × 3. So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. So<br />
(238 + 12) × 3= 250 × 3<br />
on solving we will get the result as 750.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Subtract 15 from 60, then divide by 9.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (60 &#8211; 15) ÷ 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (60 &#8211; 15) ÷ 9. So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the division part. So<br />
(60 &#8211; 15) ÷ 9= 45 ÷ 9<br />
on solving we will get the result as 5.</p>
<p><strong>Write the words as an expression. Then evaluate the expression.</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
Multiply 5 by the difference of 25 and 20.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is 5 × (25 &#8211; 20) and on evaluating we will get the value as 25.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is 5 × (25 &#8211; 20). So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. So<br />
5 × (25 &#8211; 20)= 5 × 5<br />
on solving we will get the result as 25.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Add the product of 60 and 4 to the product of 5 and 4.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is (60 × 4) + (5 × 4) and on evaluating we will get the value as 260.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (60 × 4) + (5 × 4). So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the addition part. So<br />
(60 × 4) + (5 × 4)= 240 + 20<br />
on solving we will get the result as 260.</p>
<p><strong>Write the expression in words.</strong><br />
Question 9.<br />
13 + (4 × 6)<br />
Answer:<br />
Add 13 to the product of 4 and 6.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To expand the given expression 13 + (4 × 6) in words we will be written as<br />
Add 13 to the product of 4 and 6.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
(4 + 8) ÷ 2<br />
Answer:<br />
Add 4 and 8 and then divide by 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To expand the given expression 13 + (4 × 6) in words we will be written as<br />
add 4 and 8 and then divide by 2.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Newton has $20. He spends $4 on lunch and $13 at the store. Write an expression to represent the situation.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14888" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.3-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.3 4" width="135" height="135" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The expression can be represented as<br />
$20 &#8211; ($13 + $4)= $20 &#8211; ($17)</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As Newton has $20 and he spends $4 on lunch and $13 at the store. So the expression can be represented as<br />
$20 &#8211; ($13 + $4)= $20 &#8211; ($17)<br />
here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the subtraction part. On solving we will get $3.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Explain how you know which operation to use when writing words as an expression.<br />
Answer:<br />
The operation to use when writing words as expressions are<br />
The sum is used as addition and the difference is used as subtraction and the product is used as the product and the quotient is used as the division.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Write the words as an expression. Then use a property of addition to write an equivalent expression.<br />
Add 9 to the sum of 21 and 6.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression of the given expression is 9 + (21 + 6) and the property used to solve the expression is Distributive property.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the expression in words is Add 9 to the sum of 21 and 6. The numerical expression of the given expression is 9 + (21 + 6). The property we can use to solve the expression is distributive property. By Distributive Property is a property in which Multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. So by the distributive property, the expression will be solved as<br />
9 + (21 + 6)= 9 + 27, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the addition part. On solving we will get the result as 36.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
On your turn of a word game, you draw the card shown and create the word MATH. Your word score is the sum of the points of the letters you use. How many points do you earn on your turn?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14889" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.3-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.3 5" width="271" height="241" /><br />
Write an expression.<br />
Think: Add _____, _____, _____, and _____, then multiply by _____. (____ + ____ + _____ + _____) × _____<br />
Interpret the expression.<br />
You earn ____ times as many points as the value of your word score.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
Add 3 + 1 + 1 + 4, then multiply by 3. (3 + 1 + 1 + 4) × 3<br />
You earn 3 times as many points as the value of your word score.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the word M has a score of 3 and the word A has a score of 1 and the word T has a score of 1 and the word H has a score of 4. As word score is the sum of the points of the letters you use so we will add the total score which is 3 + 1 + 1 + 4= 9 and now we will multiply by 3 to triple the score. So the expression will be<br />
(3 + 1 + 1 + 4) × 3= (9) × 3, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. On solving we will get the result as 27.</p>
<p>Evaluate the expression.<br />
(3 + 1 + 1 + 4) × 3 = ______ × _____<br />
= ____<br />
So, you earn _____ points on your turn.</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The points that I have earned in my turn is 27.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the expression is (3 + 1 + 1 + 4) × 3= (9) × 3, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. On solving we will get the result as 27. So the points that I have earned in my turn are 27.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
You make 2 batches of fruit salad. How many cups of fruit do you use in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14890" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.3-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.3 6" width="226" height="144" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The number of cups of fruit does we use in all is 14 cups.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are two cups of strawberries, 1 1/2 cups blueberries, 2 1/2 cups grapes,1 cup pineapple and there are two batches of fruit salad. So the expression will be 2 × ( 2 + 1 1/2 + 2 1/2 + 1).<br />
2 × ( 2 + 1 1/2 + 2 1/2 + 1)= 2 × ((4 + 3 + 5 + 2)/2)<br />
= 2 × (14/2) here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. On solving we will get the result as 14. So the number of cups of fruit do we use in all is 14 cups.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
A customer places an online order for a video game that costs $49 and 3 books that each cost $12. Shipping costs $6. What is the total cost of the order?<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression will be 49 + (3 × 12) + 6 on solving the result will be 91.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the customer places an online order for a video game that costs $49 and 3 books and each book costs $12 and the shipping cost is $6. So the numerical expression will be 49 + (3 × 12) + 6.<br />
49 + (3 × 12) + 6= 49 + 36 +6, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the addition part. On solving we will get the result as 91.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Eight students use2 sets of 52 cards to play a game. The cards are divided equally among the players. How many cards does each player get?<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is (2 × 52) ÷ 8 on solving the result will be 13.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are eight students and uses two sets of 52 cards to play a game, so the cards are equally divided among the players. So the numerical expression will be (2 × 52) ÷ 8.<br />
(2 × 52) ÷ 8= 104 ÷ 8, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the division part. On solving we will get the result as 13.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
How much more does it cost to rent 2 adult bikes for 4 hours than a tandem bike for 4 hours? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14891" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.3-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.3 7" width="127" height="212" /><br />
Answer:<br />
It costs four times more than the tandem bike.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To rent a two adult bike for four hours then a tandem bike for four hours.<br />
So the numerical expression will be (2 × 4) &#8211; 4.<br />
(2 × 4) &#8211; 4= 8 &#8211; 4, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the subtraction part. On solving we will get the result as 4.</p>
<h3><a id="Write_Numerical_Expressions_Homework_&amp;_Practice_2.3"></a>Write Numerical Expressions Homework &amp; Practice 2.3</h3>
<p><strong>Write the words as an expression.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
Add 10 to the quotient of 72 and 8.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is  (72 ÷ 8) + 10 and on evaluating we will get the value as 19.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (72 ÷ 8) + 10. So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. So<br />
(72 ÷ 8) + 10= 9 + 10<br />
on solving we will get the result as 19.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Subtract 55 from the sum of 124 and 56.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is  (124 + 56) &#8211; 10 and on evaluating we will get the value as 170.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (124 + 56) &#8211; 10. So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. So<br />
(124 + 56) &#8211; 10= 180 &#8211; 10<br />
on solving we will get the result as 170.</p>
<p>Write the words as an expression. Then interpret the expression.<br />
Question 3.<br />
Add 14 and 13, then divide by 3.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is  (14 + 13) ÷ 3 and on evaluating we will get the value as 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (14 + 13) ÷ 3. So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. So<br />
(14 + 13) ÷ 3= 27 ÷ 3<br />
on solving we will get the result as 9.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Subtract 29 from 39, then multiply by \(\frac{1}{2}\).<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is  (39 &#8211; 29) × 1/2 and on evaluating we will get the value as 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (39 &#8211; 29) × 1/2. So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the multiplication part. So<br />
(39 &#8211; 29) × 1/2= 10 × 1/2<br />
on solving we will get the result as 5.</p>
<p>Write the words as an expression. Then evaluate the expression.<br />
Question 5.<br />
Subtract the product of 5 and 8 from the product of 10 and 9.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is (10 × 9) &#8211; (5 × 8) and on evaluating we will get the value as 50.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (10 × 9) &#8211; (5 × 8). So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the subtraction part. So<br />
(10 × 9) &#8211; (5 × 8)= 90 &#8211; 40<br />
on solving we will get the result as 50.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Add 15 to the quotient of 60 and 3.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is 15 + (60 ÷ 3) and on evaluating we will get the value as 35.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is 15 + (60 ÷ 3). So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the addition part. So<br />
15 + (60 ÷ 3)= 15 + (20)<br />
on solving we will get the result as 35.</p>
<p><strong>Write the expression in words.</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
35 &#8211; (14 + 17)<br />
Answer:<br />
The expression in words is Subtract the sum of 14 and 17 with 35.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To expand the given expression 35 &#8211; (14 + 17) in words we will be written as<br />
Subtract the sum of 14 and 17 with 35.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
(30 &#8211; 20) × 10<br />
Answer:<br />
The expression in words is Subtract 30 and 20 and then multiply by 10.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To expand the given expression (30 &#8211; 20) × 10 in words we will be written as<br />
Subtract 30 and 20 and then multiply by 10.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Descartes has $9. He works 5 hours and earns $8 each hour. Write an expression to represent the situation.<br />
Answer:<br />
The expression will be (5 × 8)+ 9 and on solving the expression we will get the result as 49.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As Descartes has $9 and he works 5 hours and earns $8 each hour, so the expression will be (5 × 8)+ 9.<br />
(5 × 8)+ 9= 40 + 9, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the addition part. On solving the expression we will get the result as 49.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>Open-Ended</strong><br />
Write a real-life problem that can be represented by the phrase “5 more than the sum of 15 and 7.”<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is (15 + 7) +5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To represent the phrase 5 more than the sum of 15 and 7 in a numerical expression is (15 + 7) +5. As given that the 5 more than the sum of 15 and 7so we will add the number 5 to the sum of 15 and 7.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Write two different expressions that each represent the combined area of the rectangles. Then evaluate the expressions.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14892" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.3-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.3 8" width="426" height="111" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.3-8.png 426w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.3-8-300x78.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 426px) 100vw, 426px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A music teacher replaces the strings on 3 violins, 2 violas, 4 cellos, and 1 bass. There are 4 strings on each of the instruments. How many strings does the teacher replace?<br />
Answer:<br />
The total number of strings replaced by the teacher is 37.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As music teacher replaces the strings on 3 violins, 2 violas, 4 cellos, and 1 bass and there are 4 strings on each of the instruments. So the teacher replaces 3 × 4= 12 violins and 2 × 4= 8 violas and 4 × 4= 16 cellos and 1 × 4= 1 bass. So the total number of strings replaced by the teacher is 12 + 8 + 16 + 1= 37.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A customer buys 2 shirts that cost $10 each and a pair of jeans that costs $14. What is the customer’s total after using the coupon?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14893" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.3-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.3 9" width="206" height="136" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The customer’s total after using the coupon is $24.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the customer buys 2 shirts that cost $10 each which is 2 × 10= 20 and a pair of jeans that costs $14 which is<br />
2 × 14= 28. So the total purchase is 20 + 28= 48 and the coupon is 1/2 off on the entire purchase. This means<br />
48 × 1/2= 24. So the customer’s total after using the coupon is $24.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Subtract.</strong><br />
Question 14.<br />
9\(\frac{3}{4}\) &#8211; 5\(\frac{1}{4}\) = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
On subtracting 9\(\frac{3}{4}\) &#8211; 5\(\frac{1}{4}\) we will get the result as<br />
4\(\frac{2}{4}\).</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To subtract 9\(\frac{3}{4}\) &#8211; 5\(\frac{1}{4}\) first we need to convert mixed fraction into improper fraction. So the improper fraction will be \(\frac{39}{4}\) &#8211; \(\frac{21}{4}\). As the denominator is equal which is 4 so on subtracting \(\frac{39}{4}\) &#8211; \(\frac{21}{4}\) we will get the result as \(\frac{18}{4}\). So the mixed fraction of the result is 4\(\frac{2}{4}\).</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
6\(\frac{1}{3}\) &#8211; 3\(\frac{1}{3}\) = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
On subtracting 6\(\frac{1}{3}\) &#8211; 3\(\frac{1}{3}\) we will get the result as<br />
\(\frac{3}\).</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To subtract 6\(\frac{1}{3}\) &#8211; 3\(\frac{1}{3}\) first we need to convert mixed fraction into improper fraction. So the improper fraction will be \(\frac{19}{3}\) &#8211; \(\frac{10}{3}\). As the denominator is equal which is 3 so on subtracting \(\frac{19}{3}\) &#8211; \(\frac{10}{3}\) we will get the result as \(\frac{9}{3}\) which is \(\frac{3}\).</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
4\(\frac{7}{12}\) &#8211; 1\(\frac{11}{12}\) = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
On subtracting 4\(\frac{7}{12}\) &#8211; 1\(\frac{11}{12}\) we will get the result as<br />
\(\frac{8}{3}\).</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To subtract 4\(\frac{7}{12}\) &#8211; 1\(\frac{11}{12}\) first we need to convert mixed fraction into improper fraction. So the improper fraction will be \(\frac{55}{12}\) &#8211; \(\frac{23}{12}\). As the denominator is equal which is 12 so on subtracting \(\frac{55}{12}\) &#8211; \(\frac{23}{12}\) we will get the result as \(\frac{32}{12}\) which is \(\frac{8}{3}\).</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson 2.4_Evaluate_Expressions_with_Grouping_Symbols"></a>Lesson 2.4 Evaluate Expressions with Grouping Symbols</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Write the words as an expression. How is the expression different from the expressions you wrote in previous lessons?</p>
<p>Multiply the sum of 4 and 5 by the difference of 8 and 7.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is ( 4 + 5 ) × (8 &#8211; 7 ) and on evaluating we will get the result as 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, Multiply the sum of 4 and 5 by the difference of 8 and 7.<br />
the sum of 4 and 5 is ( 4 + 5 )<br />
the difference between 8 and 7 is ( 8 &#8211; 7 )<br />
And the Multiplication of these two is  ( 4 + 5 ) × (8 &#8211; 7 ) = 9 × 1 = 9 .<br />
Here we used simple mathematic rules for the expression other than using any properties and methods. And here we have only one pair of grouping symbols.</p>
<p><strong>Precision</strong><br />
How can you evaluate an expression that has more than one pair of parentheses?<br />
Answer: The expressions having more than one parenthesis can be evaluated by performing grouping symbols and in the next step, multiply and divide from left to right, Add and subtract from left to write if there are any,<br />
parentheses( ), brackets [ ], braces { } are very helpful in grouping the symbols and to evaluate the numerical expression by performing inside operations parentheses, inside brackets, or inside braces.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Evaluate with Grouping Symbols</strong></p>
<p><strong>Key Idea</strong><br />
Parentheses ( ), brackets [ ], and braces { } are called grouping symbols. You can write and evaluate numerical expressions that have more than one pair of grouping symbols.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14895" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.4 1" width="172" height="240" /><br />
Order of Operations (with Grouping Symbols)<br />
1. Perform operations in grouping symbols.<br />
2. Multiply and divide from left to right.<br />
3. Add and subtract from left to right.<br />
<strong>Example</strong><br />
Evaluate (25 &#8211; 5) ÷ (3 + 1).<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14896" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.4 2" width="598" height="66" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-2.png 598w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-2-300x33.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 598px) 100vw, 598px" /><br />
So, (25 &#8211; 5) ÷ (3 + 1) = ______ .</p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
Evaluate [60 &#8211; (3 + 7)] × 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14897" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.4 3" width="631" height="263" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-3.png 631w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-3-300x125.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 631px) 100vw, 631px" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Evaluate the expression.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
(18 &#8211; 12) × (8 ÷ 4)<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating we will get the result as 12</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the numerical expression is (18 &#8211; 12) × (8 ÷ 4)<br />
Firstly perform the operations within the parentheses,<br />
Then we have,(8 ÷ 4) = 2,<br />
(18 &#8211; 12) = 6, and now we will perform the multiplication part.<br />
To evaluate the expression, multiply the resulting output from the inside parentheses operations, then 6 × 2 = 12<br />
So , (18 &#8211; 12) × (8 ÷ 4) = 12</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
35 &#8211; [6 × (1 + 4)]<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating we will get the result as 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the numerical expression is 35 &#8211; [6 × (1 + 4)]<br />
Firstly perform the operations within the parentheses,<br />
we have , (1 + 4) = 5 ,<br />
Now performing operation inside brackets we get, [6 × 5] = 30,<br />
and now we will  perform the subtraction part<br />
Next, apply the resulted output in the expression then we have, 35 &#8211; 30 = 5.<br />
So,  35 &#8211; [6 × (1 + 4)] = 5.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Evaluate the expression.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
(60 &#8211; 12) ÷ (3 + 5)<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating we will get the result as 6</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the numerical expression is  (60 &#8211; 12) ÷ (3 + 5)<br />
Firstly perform the operations within the parentheses,<br />
we have , (60 &#8211; 12) = 48 ,<br />
(3 + 5) = 8, now we will perform the subtraction part<br />
Next, Divide the resulted outputs, we get 48 ÷ 8 = 6.<br />
So , (60 &#8211; 12) ÷ (3 + 5) = 6</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
95 &#8211; (26 + 14) × (4 ÷ 2)<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating we will get the result as 15</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the numerical expression is 95 &#8211; (26 + 14) × (4 ÷ 2)<br />
Firstly perform the operations within the parentheses,<br />
we have (26 + 14) = 40 ,<br />
(4 ÷ 2) = 2, now we will perform the multiplication part and then we will perform the subtraction part.<br />
Now we have the given expression as 95 &#8211; ( 40 × 2 ), And calculating the inside parentheses we get ( 40 × 2 )= 80<br />
Then 95 &#8211; 80 = 15<br />
So , 95 &#8211; (26 + 14) × (4 ÷ 2) = 15 .</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
(8 + 2) × (13 + 7 + 5)<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating we will get the result as 250</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the numerical expression is (8 + 2) × (13 + 7 + 5)<br />
Firstly perform the operations within the parentheses,<br />
we have (8 + 2)  = 10,<br />
(13 + 7 + 5) = 20, and now we will perform the multiplication part.<br />
To evaluate the given expression apply the resulted output as 10 × 25= 250<br />
So, (8 + 2) × (13 + 7 + 5) = 250.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
2 × [(96 &#8211; 72) ÷ 8]<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating the numerical expression the result is 72.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the numerical expression is 2 × [(96 &#8211; 72) ÷ 8]<br />
Firstly perform the operations within the parentheses,<br />
we have (96 &#8211; 72)  = 24,<br />
[24 ÷ 8]= 3, and now we will perform the multiplication part.<br />
To evaluate the given expression apply the resulted output as 24 × 3= 72<br />
So, 2 × [(96 &#8211; 72) ÷ 8]= 72.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
[(4 &#8211; 9) &#8211; (30 ÷ 6)] × 4<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating the expression we will get the result as 40.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the numerical expression is [(4 &#8211; 9) &#8211; (30 ÷ 6)] × 4<br />
Firstly perform the operations within the parentheses,<br />
we have (4 &#8211; 9)  = (-5),<br />
(30 ÷ 6) =5 which is [-5 -5]= 10 and now we will perform the multiplication part.<br />
To evaluate the given expression apply the resulted output as 10 × 4= 40<br />
So, [(4 &#8211; 9) &#8211; (30 ÷ 6)] × 4 = 40.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
36 + {[(7 + 5) ÷ 6 × 9] + 24}<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Write the words as an expression. Then evaluate the expression.</strong><br />
Question 9.<br />
Divide the sum of 35 and 28 by the sum of 3 and 4.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is (35 + 28) ÷ (3 + 4) and on evaluating we will get the value as 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is (35 + 28) ÷ (3 + 4). So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the division part. So<br />
(35 + 28) ÷ (3 + 4)= 63 ÷ 7<br />
on solving we will get the result as 9.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Add 11 to the product of 4 and 6, then divide by 5.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is [(4 × 6) + 11] ÷ 5 and on evaluating we will get the value as 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression using parenthesis is [(4 × 6) + 11] ÷ 5. So, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the addition part after that we will solve the division part. So<br />
(35 + 28) ÷ (3 + 4)= 63 ÷ 7<br />
on solving we will get the result as 9.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Will the value of {3 + [(38 &#8211; 10) &#8211; 1]} ÷ 3 change when the braces are removed? Explain.<br />
Answer: Yes, the value will be changed if we remove the braces.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, the value will be changed if we remove the braces because if the expression with braces means first we will solve the part of the braces and then we will solve by the order of operations. So by that, the value of the expression will be changed when the braces are removed.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Use each symbol once to make the number sentence true.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14898" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.4 4" width="305" height="96" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-4.png 305w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-4-300x94.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 305px) 100vw, 305px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression will be (8 + 2) × (20 ÷ 4) &#8211; 11.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numerical expression will be (8 + 2) × (20 ÷ 4) &#8211; 11. Let&#8217;s solve the expression to check the answer.<br />
(8 + 2) × (20 ÷ 4) &#8211; 11= (10) × (5) &#8211; 11<br />
= 50 &#8211; 11, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the addition part after that we will solve the subtraction part. On solving we will get the result as 39.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p><strong>Example</strong><br />
A woman walks 2 miles from her house to the lake, walks 3 laps on the sidewalk around the lake, then walks2 miles back to her house. She does this each day for 3 days. How many miles does the woman walk in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14899" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.4 5" width="217" height="237" /><br />
Think: How many laps does she walk around the lake? How far does she walk to and from her house?<br />
Write an expression.<br />
[____ + (_____ × _____) + _____] × _____<br />
Evaluate the expression.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14900" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.4 6" width="595" height="187" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-6.png 595w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-6-300x94.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /><br />
So, the woman walks ______ miles in all.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
You collect 12 coins and 4 gems, complete 2 missions, and fail to complete 1 mission. How many points do you earn?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14901" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.4 7" width="290" height="189" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The total number of points earned is 175.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of coins collected is 12, so the number of points earned for one coin is 5 so for 12 coins it will be<br />
12 × 5= 60 points and the number of gems collected is 4, so the number of points earned for each gem is 10 so for 4 gems it will be 4 × 10= 40 points. The completed missions is 2, so the number of points earned for completing one mission is 50 so for 2 missions it will be 2 × 50= 100 points and the missions failed is 1, so the number of points lost for failing one mission is -25 so for 1 failed mission it will be 1× -25= -25 points. So the total number of points earned is (60 + 40 + 100) &#8211; 25= 200 -25, here first we will solve the parentheses part by the order of operations then we will solve the addition part after that we will solve the subtraction part. On solving we will get the result as 175. So the total number of points earned is 175.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A book has 200 pages. You read 10 pages twice each day for 1 week. What fraction of the book, in tenths, do you have left to read?<br />
Answer:<br />
Th fraction in tenths is 3/10.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the book has 200 pages and 10 pages were read twice a day for a week as a week means seven days and twice a day means 2 × 7= 14. So the number of pages were read is 14 × 10= 140 pages. And the number of pages left is 200 &#8211; 140= 60. So to represent this in a fraction it will be 60/200 which is 3/10.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson 2.4_Evaluate_Expressions_with_Grouping_Symbols"></a>Evaluate Expressions with Grouping Symbols Homework &amp; Practice 2.4</h3>
<p><strong>Evaluate the expression.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
15 ÷ (5 × 1) &#8211; (2 × 1)<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating the given expression result will be 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the numerical expression is 15 ÷ (5 × 1) &#8211; (2 × 1). By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (5 × 1) &#8211; (2 × 1)= 5 &#8211; 2= 3 and the result will be 3. Now we will perform division which is<br />
15 ÷ 3= 5. So the value of the expression 15 ÷ (5 × 1) &#8211; (2 × 1) is 5.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
(7 + 9) ÷ (2 + 4 + 2)<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating the given expression we will get the result as 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the numerical expression is (7 + 9) ÷ (2 + 4 + 2). By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (7 + 9) ÷ (2 + 4 + 2)= 16 ÷ 8 and the result will be 16 ÷ 8. Now we will perform division which is<br />
16 ÷ 8= 2. So the value of the expression (7 + 9) ÷ (2 + 4 + 2) is 2.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
(1 + 5) × (2 + 3)<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating the given expression result will be 25.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the numerical expression is (1 + 5) × (2 + 3). By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (1 + 5) × (2 + 3)= 5 × 5 and the result will be 5 × 5. Now we will perform the multiplication part which is 5 × 5= 25. So the value of the expression<br />
(1 + 5) × (2 + 3) is 25.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
[(16 &#8211; 14) + (9 × 4)] ÷ 2<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating the given expression result will be 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the numerical expression is [(16 &#8211; 14) + (9 × 4)] ÷ 2. By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (16 &#8211; 14) + (9 × 4)= 2 + 36 and the result will be 38. Now we will perform the division part which is 38 ÷ 2= 19. So the value of the expression<br />
[(16 &#8211; 14) + (9 × 4)] ÷ 2 is 19.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
70 ÷ [(463 &#8211; 443) ÷ 2]<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating the given expression result will be 7.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the numerical expression is 70 ÷ [(463 &#8211; 443) ÷ 2]. By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (463 &#8211; 443)= 20 and the result will be 20. Now we will perform the division part which is 20 ÷ 2= 10. And there is another division part which is 70 ÷ 10= 70. So the value of the expression 70 ÷ [(463 &#8211; 443) ÷ 2] is 7.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
9 × {[14 ÷ 2 + (4 &#8211; 1)] &#8211; 8}<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating the given expression result will be 18.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the numerical expression is 9 × {[14 ÷ 2 + (4 &#8211; 1)] &#8211; 8}. By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. Now first we will perform the parentheses part which is (4 &#8211; 1)= 3 and the result will be 3. Now we will perform the other parentheses part which is [14 ÷ 2 + (3)] = 7 + 3 and the result will be 10. Now we will perform the other parentheses part which is {10 &#8211; 8}= 2. Now we will perform the multiplication part which is 9 × 2= 18. So the value of the expression 9 × {[14 ÷ 2 + (4 &#8211; 1)] &#8211; 8} is 18.</p>
<p><strong>Write the words as an expression. Then evaluate the expression.</strong><br />
Question 7.<br />
Multiply the sum of 4 and 5 by the difference of 14 and 8.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is (4 + 5) × (14 &#8211; 8) on evaluating the numerical expression we will get the result as 54.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that Multiply the sum of 4 and 5 by the difference of 14 and 8, so to represent this in an expression it will be (4 + 5) × (14 &#8211; 8). Now we will solve the numerical expression which is (4 + 5) × (14 &#8211; 8) = 9 × 6<br />
Now first we have solved the parentheses part which is (4 + 5) × (14 &#8211; 8) and the result will be 9 × 6. And then we will perform the multiplication part which is 9 × 6= 54. So on evaluating the numerical expression we will get the result as 54.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Add 23, 26, and 17, then divide by 7.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is (23 +26 +17) ÷ 7 on evaluating the numerical expression we will get the result as 9.4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that Add 23, 26, and 17, then divide by 7, so to represent this in an expression it will be (23 +26 +17) ÷ 7. Now we will solve the numerical expression which is (23 +26 +17) ÷ 7= 66 ÷ 7<br />
Now first we have solved the parentheses part which is (23 +26 +17) and the result will be 66. And then we will perform the division part which is 66 ÷ 7= 9.4. So on evaluating the numerical expression we will get the result as 9.4.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Explain how to evaluate the expression.<br />
8 × [(36 &#8211; 33) × 2]<br />
Answer:<br />
On evaluating the numerical expression we will get the result as 48.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the numerical expression is 8 × [(36 &#8211; 33) × 2]= 8 × [3 × 2]<br />
Now first we have solved the parentheses part which is (36 &#8211; 33) and the result will be 3 and then we will perform the other parentheses part which is [3 × 2]= 6. And then we will perform the multiplication part which is<br />
8 × 6= 48. So on evaluating the numerical expression we will get the result as 48.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>Open-Ended</strong><br />
Write and evaluate two equivalent numerical expressions that show the Distributive Property.<br />
Answer:<br />
The two numerical equations are 5 × (90 + 7) and 83 × 7.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the equation be 5 × 97, by distributive property the equation will be<br />
= 5 × (90 + 7)<br />
= (5 × 90) + (5 × 7)<br />
So, Distributive Property is a property that multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. So the equation is<br />
5 × 97 = 5 × (90 + 7)<br />
= (5 × 90) + (5 × 7).</p>
<p>Let the equation is 83 × 7, by distributive property the equation will be<br />
= 7 × (80 + 3)<br />
= (7× 80) + (7 × 3)<br />
So, Distributive Property is a property that multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. So the equation is<br />
7 × 83 = 7 × (80 + 3)<br />
= (7 × 80) + (7 × 3)</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Your friend has 3 California postcards, 2 Hawaii postcards, and 4 New York postcards. He gives 1 postcard away, then divides the rest equally among 4 pages of a scrapbook. How many postcards are on each page?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A nutritionist recommends that fifth graders should eat about 305 grams of fruit each day.You eat the apple shown. How many more grams of fruit should you eat today?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14902" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.4-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2.4 8" width="240" height="174" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.</strong><br />
Question 13.<br />
639 × 5 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The product of 639 × 5= 3195.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product of 639 × 5 is 3,195. So to check the answer is reasonable we will divide the result by 5 which is<br />
3195 ÷ 5= 639. So the answer is reasonable.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
7 × 1,926 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The product of 7 × 1,926 is  13,482.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product of 7 × 1,926 is 13,482. So to check the answer is reasonable we will divide the result by 7 which is<br />
13,482 ÷ 7= 1,926. So the answer is reasonable.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
507 × 3 = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
The product of 507 × 3 is 1,521.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product of 507 × 3 is 1,521. So to check the answer is reasonable we will divide the result by 3 which is<br />
1,521 ÷ 3= 507. So the answer is reasonable.</p>
<h3><a id="Numerical_Expressions_Performance_Task"></a>Numerical Expressions Performance Task</h3>
<p>Atoms are the basic building blocks of matter. When two or more atoms bond together, they form a molecule or a compound.<br />
• The chemical formula for a water molecule is H<sub>2</sub>O because it has 2 atoms of hydrogen (H) and 1 atom of oxygen (O).<br />
• The chemical formula for the compound sodium chloride, also known as table salt, is NaCl because it has 1 atom of sodium (Na) and 1 atom of chlorine (Cl) in a repeating pattern.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14894" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 1" width="203" height="275" /><br />
Question 1.<br />
How many atoms are in 52 molecules of water?<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
You and your friend want to make models for a science fair.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14903" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 2" width="194" height="173" /><br />
a. Your friend wants to make a model of sodium chloride. The model has the same number of green and orange atoms. There are 4 × 4 × 4 atoms in all. How many orange atoms do you need?<br />
b. You make a model of a salt-water mixture. You use 14 atoms of sodium, 14 atoms of chlorine, and 10 molecules of H<sub>2</sub>O. Write an expression that represents the number of atoms in your salt-water model. Use the Distributive Property to rewrite your expression. Find the number of atoms in your model.<br />
c. You and your friend buy 3 boxes of foam balls to represent atoms. There are 45 foam balls in each box. How many foam balls are left after you and your friend make the models above?<br />
Answer:</p>
<h3><a id="Numerical_Expressions_Activity"></a>Numerical Expressions Activity</h3>
<p><strong>Expression Boss</strong><br />
<strong>Directions:</strong><br />
1. Each player rolls three dice to complete the numerical expression. Players can arrange the numbers however they choose.<br />
2. Each player evaluates the numerical expression.<br />
3. Players compare their values. The player with the greater value earns one point.<br />
4. If the values are equal, each player earns one point.<br />
5. The player with the most points at the end of the game wins!<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14904" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions 3" width="688" height="743" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-3.png 688w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-3-278x300.png 278w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 688px) 100vw, 688px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<h3><a id="Numerical_Expressions_Chapter_Practice"></a>Numerical Expressions Chapter Practice</h3>
<p><strong>2.1 Number Properties</strong></p>
<p><strong>Complete the equation. Identify the property shown.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
56 × _____ = 0<br />
Answer:<br />
The product of 56 × 0 is 0 and the property used is Multiplication Properties of Zero.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product of 56 × 0 is 0 and the property used is Multiplication Properties of Zero.<br />
As Multiplication Properties of Zero is the product of any number and 0 is 0. So 56 × 0 is 0.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
8 + (242 + 32) = (8 + 242) + _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The sum of 8 + (242 + 32) = (8 + 242) + 32 and the property which is used is the Commutative property. And the sum of the given expression is 282.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the expression is 8 + (242 + 32) = (8 + 242) + 32 and the property which is used is the Commutative property. Commutative Properties means changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. And the sum of the given expression is 282.</p>
<p><strong>Use the Distributive Property to find the product.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
8 × 64<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 8 × 64= 8 × (60 + 4)<br />
= (8 × 60) + (8 × 4) and the property used is Distributive property.<br />
And the product of the given expression is 512.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that 8 × 64, by distributive property the equation will be<br />
= 8 × (60 + 4)<br />
= (8 × 60) + (8 × 4)<br />
So, Distributive Property is a property that multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. And the product of the given expression is 512.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
57 × 9<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 57 × 9= 9 × (50 + 7)<br />
= (9 × 50) + (9 × 7) and the property used is Distributive property.<br />
And the product of the given expression is 513.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that 57 × 9, by distributive property the equation will be<br />
= 9 × (50 + 7)<br />
= (9 × 50) + (9 × 7)<br />
So, Distributive Property is a property that multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. And the product of the given expression is 513.</p>
<p><strong>Use a property to find the sum or product. Identify the property you used.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
3 × 92<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 3 × 92= 3 × (90 + 2)<br />
= (3 × 90) + (3 × 2) and the property used is Distributive property.<br />
And the product of the given expression is 276.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that 3 × 92, by distributive property the equation will be<br />
= 3 × (90 + 2)<br />
= (3 × 90) + (3 × 2)<br />
So, Distributive Property is a property that multiplying a sum (or difference) by a number is the same as multiplying each number in the sum (or difference) by the number and adding (or subtracting) the products. And the product of the given expression is 276.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
41 × 6 × 0<br />
Answer:<br />
The product of 41 × 6 × 0 is 0 and the property used is Multiplication Properties of Zero.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The product of 41 × 6 × 0 is 0 and the property used is Multiplication Properties of Zero.<br />
As Multiplication Properties of Zero is the product of any number and 0 is 0. So 41 × 6 × 0 is 0.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
13 + 24 + 57<br />
Answer:<br />
The sum of 13 + 24 + 57 = 24 + 57 + 13 and the property which is used is the Commutative property. And the sum of the given expression is 94.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the expression is 13 + 24 + 57 = 24 + 57 + 13 and the property which is used is the Commutative property. Commutative Properties means changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. And the sum of the given expression is 94.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
The graph shows the number Favorite Apple of votes each apple received. How many people were surveyed? Identify the property you used.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14905" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-chp-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions chp 8" width="258" height="157" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The total number of people surveyed is 46. And the property which can be used is the Commutative property</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As given that each apple image is equal to four votes, so to know how many people are surveyed let&#8217;s first find the count of the apples and then the count of the votes. So Fuji has four apple images and a half apple image, so the total number of votes for Fuji is 4×4= 16 and a half apple image means two votes. So the total number of votes is 16 + 2= 18 votes. So the total number of votes for Fuji is 18 votes. And Granny Smith has three apple images, so the total number of votes for Granny Smith is 3×4= 12. And Honeycrisp has four apple images, so the total number of votes for Granny Smith is 4×4= 16. So the total number of people surveyed is 18 + 12 + 16= 46.<br />
And the property which can be used is the Commutative property, as the Commutative Properties means changing the order of addends or factors does not change the sum or product. So the expression can be written as 18 + 12 + 16= 16 + 18 +12.</p>
<p><strong>2.2 Order of Operations</strong></p>
<p><strong>Evaluate the expression.</strong><br />
Question 9.<br />
18 × (9 &#8211; 3) ÷ 2<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 18 × (9 &#8211; 3) ÷ 2 is 54.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So first we will solve the parentheses part which is (9 &#8211; 3)= 6 and the result will be 6. Now we will solve the division part which is 6 ÷ 2= 3 and the result will be 3. And now we will solve the multiplication part which is 18 × 3= 54. So the value of the expression is 54.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
50 &#8211; 18 ÷ 3 × 7<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 50 &#8211; 18 ÷ 3 × 7 is 8.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So first we will solve the division part which is 18 ÷ 3= 6 and the result will be 6. Now we will solve the multiplication part which is 6 × 7= 42 and the result will be 42. And now we will solve the subtraction part which is 50 &#8211; 42= 8. So the value of the expression is 8.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
(36 + 14) × 4 ÷ 5<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression (36 + 14) × 4 ÷ 5 is 40.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So first we will solve the parentheses part which is (36 + 14)×4= 50 × 4  and the result will be 200. Now we will solve the division part which is<br />
200 ÷ 5 = 40 and the result will be 40. So the value of the expression is 40.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Which expressions have a value of 6?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-14906" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-chp-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 2 Numerical Expressions chp 12" width="557" height="75" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-chp-12.png 557w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/12/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-5-Chapter-2-Numerical-Expressions-chp-12-300x40.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 557px) 100vw, 557px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>2.3 Write Numerical Expressions</strong></p>
<p><strong>Write the words as an expression. Then interpret the expression.</strong><br />
Question 13.<br />
Multiply 8 by the difference of 54 and 49.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is (54 &#8211; 49) × 8 on evaluating the numerical expression we will get the result as 40.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that Multiply 8 by the difference of 54 and 49, so to represent this in an expression it will be (54 &#8211; 49) × 8. Now we will solve the numerical expression which is (54 &#8211; 49) × 8 = 5 × 8<br />
Now first we have solved the parentheses part which is (54 &#8211; 49) and the result will be 5. And then we will perform the multiplication part which is 5 × 8= 40. So on evaluating the numerical expression we will get the result as 40.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
Subtract 58 from 94, then divide by4.<br />
Answer:<br />
The numerical expression is (94 &#8211; 58) ÷ 4 on evaluating the numerical expression we will get the result as 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that Subtract 58 from 94, then divide by4, so to represent this in an expression it will be (94 &#8211; 58) ÷ 4. Now we will solve the numerical expression which is (94 &#8211; 58) ÷ 4= 36 ÷ 4<br />
Now first we have solved the parentheses part which is (94 &#8211; 58) and the result will be 36. And then we will perform the division part which is 36 ÷ 4= 9. So on evaluating the numerical expression we will get the result as 9.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
Your friend buys a bag of 24 party favors and a bag of 16 party favors. She shares them equally among 5 friends. Write an expression to represent the problem.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Write the expression in words.</strong><br />
Question 16.<br />
45 + (7 × 8)<br />
Answer:<br />
Add 45 to the product of 7 and 8</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the numerical expression is 45 + (7 × 8), so in words, it will be represented as add 45 to the product of 7 and 8</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
(18 ÷ 2) &#8211; 5<br />
Answer:<br />
Divide 18 by 2 and then subtract 5.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given that the numerical expression is (18 ÷ 2) &#8211; 5 so in words, it will be represented as divide 18 by 2 and then subtract 5.</p>
<p><strong>2.4 Evaluate Expressions with Grouping Symbols</strong></p>
<p><strong>Evaluate the expression.</strong><br />
Question 18.<br />
(28 &#8211; 14) × (42 ÷ 6)<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression (28 &#8211; 14) × (42 ÷ 6) is 98.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So first we will solve the parentheses part which is (28 &#8211; 14) × (42 ÷ 6)= 14 × 7. Now we will solve the multiplication part which is 14 × 7= 98 and the result will be 98. So the value of the expression is 98.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
6 × [(21 &#8211; 9) ÷ 3]<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression 6 × [(21 &#8211; 9) ÷ 3] is 24.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So first we will solve the parentheses part which is(21 &#8211; 9)= 12. Now we will solve the other parentheses part which is [12 ÷ 3]= 4 and the result will be 4. Now we will solve the multiplication part which is 6 × 4= 24. So the value of the expression is 24.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
[(2 × 2) + (10 ÷ 5)] × 4<br />
Answer:<br />
The value of the expression [(2 × 2) + (10 ÷ 5)] × 4 is 32.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By the order of operations, we will perform the addition in the parentheses first and then multiply and divide from left to right. And then we will add and subtract from left to right. So this is performed by the BODMAS rule which stands for Bracket, Of, Division, Multiplication, Addition, and Subtraction. So first we will solve the parentheses part which is (2 × 2) + (10 ÷ 5)= 4 + 2 and the result will be 8. Now we will solve the multiplication part which is<br />
8 × 4= 32. So the value of the expression is 32.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-5-chapter-2/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">14861</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000</title>
		<link>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-2-chapter-10/</link>
					<comments>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-2-chapter-10/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Mounisha Reddy]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Fri, 01 Apr 2022 09:55:35 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://ccssmathanswers.com/?p=20196</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Big Ideas Math Book Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Answers are provided in a comprehensive manner for better understanding. Interested students have to solve as many questions as possible using the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Ch 10 and become pro at solving subtraction problems below 1,000. So that you can ... <a title="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000" class="read-more" href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-2-chapter-10/" aria-label="Read more about Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000">Read more</a>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Big Ideas Math Book Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Answers are provided in a comprehensive manner for better understanding. Interested students have to solve as many questions as possible using the <a href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-2/">Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2</a> Ch 10 and become pro at solving subtraction problems below 1,000. So that you can understand the concept and answer any kind of questions framed on the Subtraction of Numbers within 1,000.</p>
<h2>Big Ideas Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000</h2>
<p>BIM 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Answer Key is useful for the students who are willing to be perfect in Math skills and also parents for guiding their kid to have the best score in the written exam. This chapter includes questions on vocabulary, Subtract 10 and 100, Use a Number Line to Subtract Hundreds and Tens, Use a Number Line to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers, Use Compensation to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers, Use Models to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers, Subtract Three-Digit Numbers, Subtract from Numbers That Contain Zeros, Use Addition to Subtract and Explain Subtraction Strategies.</p>
<p>Learn the different ways of finding the difference of two numbers within 1,000. By solving the questions on Big Ideas Math Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Textbook, you can be able to find subtraction of any two numbers and explain how to use different subtraction strategies. Hence Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 pdf and learn the fundamentals in an easy manner.</p>
<p><strong>Lesson 1 Subtract 10 and 100</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.1_Subtract_10_and_100">Lesson 10.1 Subtract 10 and 100</a></li>
<li><a href="#Subtract_10_and_100_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.1">Subtract 10 and 100 Homework &amp; Practice 10.1</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 2 Use a Number Line to Subtract Hundreds and Tens</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.2_Use_a_Number_Line_to_Subtract_Hundreds_and_Tens">Lesson 10.2 Use a Number Line to Subtract Hundreds and Tens</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use_a_Number_Line_to_Subtract_Hundreds_and_Tens_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.2">Use a Number Line to Subtract Hundreds and Tens Homework &amp; Practice 10.2</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 3 Use a Number Line to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.3_Use_a_Number_Line_to_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers">Lesson 10.3 Use a Number Line to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use_a_Number_Line_to_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.3">Use a Number Line to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 10.3</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 4 Use Compensation to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.4_Use_Compensation_to_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers">Lesson 10.4 Use Compensation to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use_Compensation_to_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.4">Use Compensation to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 10.4</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 5 Use Models to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.5_Use_Models_to_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers">Lesson 10.5 Use Models to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use_Models_to_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.5">Use Models to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 10.5</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 6 Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.6_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers">Lesson 10.6 Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</a></li>
<li><a href="#Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.6">Subtract Three-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 10.6</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 7 Subtract from Numbers That Contain Zeros</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.7_Subtract_from_Numbers_That_Contain_Zeros">Lesson 10.7 Subtract from Numbers That Contain Zeros</a></li>
<li><a href="#Subtract_from_Numbers_That_Contain_Zeros_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.7">Subtract from Numbers That Contain Zeros Homework &amp; Practice 10.7</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 8 Use Addition to Subtract</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.8_Use_Addition_to Subtract">Lesson 10.8 Use Addition to Subtract</a></li>
<li><a href="#Use_Addition_to_Subtract_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.8">Use Addition to Subtract Homework &amp; Practice 10.8</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 9 Explain Subtraction Strategies</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Lesson_10.9_Explain_Subtraction_Strategies">Lesson 10.9 Explain Subtraction Strategies</a></li>
<li><a href="#Explain_Subtraction_Strategies_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.9">Explain Subtraction Strategies Homework &amp; Practice 10.9</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Performance Task</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Subtract_Numbers_within_1,000_Performance_Task">Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Performance Task</a></li>
<li><a href="#Subtract_Numbers_within_1,000_Chapter_Practice">Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Chapter Practice</a></li>
</ul>
<h2>Big Ideas Math Book 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000</h2>
<h3>Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Vocabulary</h3>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20206" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 v 1" width="224" height="184" /><br />
<strong>Organize It</strong><br />
Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20207" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 v 2" width="554" height="131" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-2.png 554w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-2-300x71.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
8 is the sum and 5 is the difference.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By adding 5+3 we will get the sum of those two digits which is 8 and, by subtracting 8-3 we will get the difference of those two digits which is 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-21855" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-2-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-2" width="554" height="131" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-2-1.png 554w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-2-1-300x71.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 554px) 100vw, 554px" /></p>
<p><strong>Define It</strong><br />
Match.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20208" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 v 3" width="579" height="328" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-3.png 579w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-3-300x170.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 579px) 100vw, 579px" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-21869" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-3-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-3" width="579" height="328" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-3-1.png 579w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-3-1-300x170.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 579px) 100vw, 579px" /><br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a method of interchanging one ten into ten ones. This regrouping of subtraction is used to work out the different subtraction problems.<br />
Compensation is a strategy used to make a ten to help add and subtract numbers.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.1_Subtract_10_and_100"></a>Lesson 10.1 Subtract 10 and 100</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Model 251. Make a quick sketch of your model.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20197" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 1" width="249" height="124" /><br />
251<br />
Answer:<br />
To model 251 which is 100+100+50+1.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To model 251 which is 100+100+50+1, we will take a table of 10×10 by which we can build 100 blocks. So for 251, we will take two 10×10 blocks and one 10×5 blocks for which we can build 50 blocks and a single block.<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-22431 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-4.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-4" width="561" height="353" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-4.png 561w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-v-4-300x189.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 561px) 100vw, 561px" /></p>
<p>Model 10 less than 251. Make a quick sketch of your model.<br />
251 − 10 = _____</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
251-10= 241</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To model 10 less than 251, we will subtract 251 &#8211; 10 which is 241. So to model 241, we will expand that 241 as<br />
100 + 100 + 40 + 1 so we will take two 10×10 blocks for which we and one 10×4 block and a single block.</p>
<p>Model 100 less than 251. Make a quick sketch of your model.<br />
251 &#8211; 100 = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
251 &#8211; 100= 151.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To model 100 less than 251, we will subtract 251 &#8211; 100 which is 251. So to model 151, we will expand that 151 as<br />
100 + 50 + 1 so we will take one 10×10 block for which we and one 10×5 block and a single block.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
278 − 10 = _____<br />
278 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 278 − 10 is 268.<br />
The difference of 278 − 100 is 178.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 278-10, we will pick the tens digit number in 278 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
7 &#8211; 1= 6<br />
therefore 278 &#8211; 10= 268.<br />
And to find the difference of 278-100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 278 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
2-1= 1<br />
therefore 278-100= 178.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
451 − 10 = ______<br />
451 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 451 − 10 is 441.<br />
The difference of 451 − 100 is 351.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 451-10, we will pick the tens digit number in 451 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
5 &#8211; 1= 4<br />
therefore 451 &#8211; 10= 441.<br />
And to find the difference of 451-100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 451 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
4-1= 3<br />
therefore 451-100= 351.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
623 − 10 = ______<br />
623 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 623 − 10 is 623.<br />
The difference of 623 − 100 is 523.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 623-10, we will pick the ten&#8217;s digit number in 623 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
2 &#8211; 1= 3<br />
therefore 623 &#8211; 10= 613.<br />
And to find the difference of 623-100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 623 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
6-1= 5<br />
therefore 623-100= 523.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
116 − 10 = _____<br />
116 − 100 = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 116 − 10 is 106.<br />
The difference of 116 − 100 is 16.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 116-10, we will pick the ten&#8217;s digit number in 116 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
1 &#8211; 1= 0<br />
therefore 116 &#8211; 10= 106.<br />
And to find the difference of 116-100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 116 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
1-1= 0<br />
therefore 116-100= 016.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
100 &#8211; 10 = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 100 &#8211; 10 is 90.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 100-10, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 100 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
10 &#8211; 1= 9<br />
therefore 100 &#8211; 10= 90.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
599 &#8211; 100 = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 599-100 is 499.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 599 -100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 599 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
5-1= 4<br />
therefore 599-100= 499.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
614 − 10 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 614 -10 is 604.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 614 -10, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 614 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
1-1= 0<br />
therefore 614 -10= 604.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
890 &#8211; 10 = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 890 -10 is 880.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 890 -10, we will pick the ten&#8217;s digit number in 890 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
9-1= 8<br />
therefore 890 -10= 880.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
768 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 768 -100 is 668.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 768 -100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 768 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
7-1= 0<br />
therefore 768 -100= 668.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
523 &#8211; 10 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 523 -10 is 513.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 523 -10, we will pick the ten&#8217;s digit number in 523 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
2-1= 1<br />
therefore 523 -10= 513.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
362 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 362 -100 is 262.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 362 -100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 362 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
3 -1= 2<br />
therefore 362 -100= 262 .</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
396 &#8211; 10 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 396 -10 is 386.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 396 -10, we will pick the ten&#8217;s digit number in 386 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
9-1= 8<br />
therefore 396 -10= 386.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
604 − 10 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 604 -10 is 594.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 604 -10, we will pick the ten&#8217;s digit number in 604 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
60 &#8211; 1= 59<br />
therefore 604 -10= 594.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
799 &#8211; 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 614 -10 is 604.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 614 -10, we will pick the ten&#8217;s digit number in 614 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
1-1= 0<br />
therefore 614 -10= 604.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
449 − _____ = 349<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 449 &#8211; 100 is 349.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the blank be X,<br />
so 449- X= 349,<br />
Then X = 449-349<br />
X = 100.<br />
Let us cross-check that 100 is correct or not<br />
449-100= 349.<br />
So 100 is correct.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
_____ &#8211; 10 = 227<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 237-10 is 227.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the blank be X,<br />
so X &#8211; 10 = 227,<br />
Then X = 227 + 10<br />
X = 237.<br />
Let us cross-check that 237 is correct or not<br />
237-10= 227.<br />
So 237 is correct.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Use each number once to complete the equations.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20198" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 2" width="461" height="61" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-2.png 461w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-2-300x40.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 461px) 100vw, 461px" /><br />
_____ &#8211; 10 = ______<br />
_____ &#8211; _____ = 460<br />
Answer:<br />
470 &#8211; 10 = 460<br />
560 &#8211; 10= 550.<br />
560 &#8211; 100 = 460.<br />
100 &#8211; 10= 90.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s take 470,<br />
then 470 &#8211; 10 = 460<br />
and 470 &#8211; 10 = 460.<br />
Let&#8217;s take 560,<br />
then 560 &#8211; 10= 550.<br />
and 560 &#8211; 100 = 460.<br />
Let&#8217;s take 100<br />
100 &#8211; 10= 90.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>You have $106. You spend $10. How much money do you have left?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20199" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 3" width="173" height="86" /><br />
Subtraction equation:<br />
$ _____<br />
Answer:<br />
Subtraction equation is<br />
$106 &#8211; $10= $96.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we have $106 and $10 was spend, so the remaining money left are<br />
$106 &#8211; $10= $96.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
You have 334 tickets. You exchange 100 of them for a prize. How many tickets do you have left?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20200" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 4" width="128" height="89" /><br />
_____ tickets<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of tickets left is 234 tickets.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As we have 334 tickets and in that 100 of them are exchanged for a prize, so the remaining tickets are<br />
334 &#8211; 100= 234 tickets are remaining.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You score 745 points in a video game. You lose some points. Now you have 645. How many points did you lose?<br />
_____ points<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of points lost is 100 points.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The score in a video game is 745 points and after losing some points, we have 645 points. So the number of points lost is 745 &#8211; 645= 100 points.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
How can you mentally subtract 10 or 100 from a number?<br />
____________________<br />
____________________<br />
Answer:<br />
We will perform pick the ten&#8217;s digit number or hundred digit number. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked with the given values. For example, if we take 452 &#8211; 10, we will pick the ten&#8217;s digit number in 452 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
5 &#8211; 1= 4<br />
therefore 452 -10=442.</p>
<h3><a id="Subtract_10_and_100_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.1"></a>Subtract 10 and 100 Homework &amp; Practice 10.1</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
642 − 10 = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 642-10 is 632.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 642 -10, we will pick the ten&#8217;s digit number in 642 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
4 &#8211; 1= 3<br />
therefore 642 -10= 632.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
416 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 416 -100 is 316.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 416 -100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 416 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
4 &#8211; 1= 3<br />
therefore 416 -100= 316.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
890 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 890 -100 is 790.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 890 -100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 890 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
8 &#8211; 1= 7<br />
therefore 890 -100= 790.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
371 − 10 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 371 -10 is 361.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 371 -10, we will pick the ten&#8217;s digit number in 371 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
7 &#8211; 1= 6<br />
therefore 371-10= 361.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
501 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 501 -100 is 401.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 501 -100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 501 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
5 &#8211; 1= 4<br />
therefore 501 -100= 401.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
955 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 955 -100 is 855.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 955 &#8211; 100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 955 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
9 &#8211; 1= 8<br />
therefore 955 &#8211; 100= 855.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
203 − 10 = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 203 &#8211; 10 is 193.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 203 &#8211; 10, we will pick the ten&#8217;s digit number in 203 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
20 &#8211; 1= 19<br />
therefore 203 -10= 193.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
888 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 888 -100 is 788.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 888 &#8211; 100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 888 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
8 &#8211; 1= 7<br />
therefore 888 &#8211; 100= 788.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
690 − 10 = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 690 &#8211; 10 is 680.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 690 &#8211; 10, we will pick the ten&#8217;s digit number in 690 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
9 &#8211; 1= 8<br />
therefore 690 &#8211; 10= 680.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
107 − 10 = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 107 &#8211; 10 is 97.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 107 -10, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 107 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
10 &#8211; 1= 9<br />
therefore 107 &#8211; 10= 97.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
723 − ____ = 713<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 723 &#8211; 10 is 713.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the empty blank be X,<br />
then 723 &#8211; X = 713<br />
X = 723 &#8211; 713<br />
= 10<br />
Therefore X= 10.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
____ − 100 = 433<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference of 533 &#8211; 100 is 433.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the empty blank be X,<br />
then X &#8211; 100 = 433<br />
X = 433 + 100<br />
= 533<br />
Therefore X= 533.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend says that 678 − 100 = 668. Is your friend correct? Explain.<br />
____________________<br />
____________________<br />
Answer:<br />
No, my friend is not correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
My friend is not correct, because to find the difference of 678 &#8211; 100, we will pick the hundred&#8217;s digit number in 678 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
6 &#8211; 1= 5<br />
therefore 678 &#8211; 100= 578.<br />
As 678 &#8211; 100= 578, my friend is not correct.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20201" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 5" width="263" height="42" /><br />
Answer:<br />
582 &#8211; 10 &lt; 683 &#8211; 100.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-23499" style="font-weight: inherit;" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-5-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-5" width="263" height="42" /><br />
As 582 &#8211; 10=<span style="font-size: 16px;"> 572 and 683 &#8211; 100 = 583, so 583 is greater than 572. Which is<br />
</span>582 &#8211; 10 &lt; 683 &#8211; 100.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20202" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 6" width="262" height="47" /><br />
Answer:<br />
985 &#8211; 100 = 895 &#8211; 10.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-23500" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-6-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-6" width="262" height="47" /></p>
<p>As 985 &#8211; 100=<span style="font-size: 16px;"> 885 and 895 &#8211; 10 = 885, and here 885 is equal to 885. Which is<br />
</span>985 &#8211; 100 = 895 &#8211; 10.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Newton sends out 233 invitations. 100 people respond to the invitation. How many people have not responded yet?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20203" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 7" width="110" height="87" /><br />
_______ people<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of people who didn&#8217;t respond is 133 people.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As Newton sends 233 invitations and in that 233 invitations 100 people responded, so the number of people who didn&#8217;t respond is 233 &#8211; 100 = 133 people.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
648 runners sign up for a marathon. 638 runners finish the race. How many runners do not finish?<br />
______ runners<br />
Answer:<br />
10 runners.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of runners sign up for a marathon is 648 and of that 638 runners finish the race. So the number of persons who didn&#8217;t finish the race is 648-638= 10 runners.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20204" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 8" width="177" height="63" /><br />
____rows of ____<br />
____ + ____ = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
2 rows of 5 triangles</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see two rows of five triangles. And the total number of triangles in the above image is<br />
5+5= 10.</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20205" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.1-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.1 9" width="98" height="91" /><br />
____rows of ____<br />
____ + ____ = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
3 rows of 3 circles.<br />
3+3+3= 9.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see three rows of three circles. And the total number of circles are<br />
3+3+3= 9.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.2_Use_a_Number_Line_to_Subtract_Hundreds_and_Tens"></a>Lesson 10.2 Use a Number Line to Subtract Hundreds and Tens</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Skip count back by tens five times on the number line.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20209" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 1" width="530" height="54" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-1.png 530w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-1-300x31.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 530px) 100vw, 530px" /><br />
555 &#8211; _____ = ______</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
The difference between 555-50 is 505.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start at 555 and then count back tens five times which is 10×5= 50 on the number line. So the number line is</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-23529" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-1-1.png" alt="" width="525" height="105" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-1-1.png 525w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-1-1-300x60.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 525px) 100vw, 525px" /></p>
<p>Skip count back by hundreds five times on the number line.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20210" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 2" width="528" height="63" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-2.png 528w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-2-300x36.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /><br />
555 &#8211; ____ = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
555 &#8211; 500= 55.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start at 555 and then count back hundreds five times which is 100×5= 500 on the number line. So the number line is<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-23533" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2" width="552" height="139" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2.png 552w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-300x76.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 552px) 100vw, 552px" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
520 − 330 = ____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20211" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 3" width="537" height="59" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-3.png 537w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-3-300x33.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 520 − 330 is 190.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start from 520 and count back a hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be<br />
520 &#8211; 300= 220 and then we will count back tens three times, which is 3×10= 30 and the value will be<br />
220-30= 190.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-24447 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-3-1-e1610028051488.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-3" width="551" height="160" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-3-1-e1610028051488.png 551w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-3-1-e1610028051488-300x87.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 551px) 100vw, 551px" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
259 − 170 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20212" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 4" width="540" height="50" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-4.png 540w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-4-300x28.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 540px) 100vw, 540px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 259 &#8211; 170 is 89.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start from 259 and count back a hundred one time which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be<br />
259 &#8211; 100= 159 and then we will count back tens seven times, which is 7×10= 70 and the value will be<br />
159 &#8211; 70= 89.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-24452 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-4-1-e1610028110602.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-4" width="529" height="155" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-4-1-e1610028110602.png 529w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-4-1-e1610028110602-300x88.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /></p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
640 &#8211; 150 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20213" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 5" width="537" height="52" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5.png 537w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5-300x29.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 640 &#8211; 150 is 490.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start from 640 and count back a hundred one time which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be<br />
640 &#8211; 100= 540 and then we will count back tens five times, which is 5×10= 50 and the value will be<br />
540 &#8211; 50= 490.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26393" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5" width="517" height="114" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5-1.png 517w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5-1-300x66.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 517px) 100vw, 517px" /></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
453 &#8211; 210 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20214" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 6" width="536" height="51" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-6.png 536w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-6-300x29.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 453 &#8211; 210 is 243.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start from 453 and count back a hundred one time which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be<br />
453 &#8211; 200= 253 and then we will count back ten one time, which is 1×10= 10, and the value will be<br />
253 &#8211; 10= 243.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-26402 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5-2-e1610389208945.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-6" width="565" height="124" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5-2-e1610389208945.png 565w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5-2-e1610389208945-300x66.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 565px) 100vw, 565px" /></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
329 &#8211; 220 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20215" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 7" width="528" height="53" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-7.png 528w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-7-300x30.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 329 &#8211; 220 is 109.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start from 329 and count back a hundred two times which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be<br />
329 &#8211; 200= 129 and then we will count back tens two times, which is 2×10= 20 and the value will be<br />
129 &#8211; 20= 109.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26406" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5-3.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-7" width="515" height="129" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5-3.png 515w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-5-3-300x75.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 515px) 100vw, 515px" /></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Complete the number line and the equation.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20216" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 8" width="421" height="166" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-8.png 421w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-8-300x118.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 421px) 100vw, 421px" /><br />
_____ &#8211; _____ = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
752 &#8211; 100= 652,<br />
652 &#8211; 100= 552,<br />
552 &#8211; 40= 512.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given in the above image that 752 &#8211; 100= 652 and 652 &#8211; 100= 552, and in the next step we can see the result as 512. So the empty box be X and the equation is<br />
552 &#8211; X= 512,<br />
X= 552-512<br />
= 40.<br />
So the value of X is 40.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26407" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-8-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-8" width="421" height="166" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-8-1.png 421w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-8-1-300x118.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 421px) 100vw, 421px" /></p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>A batting cage has 360 baseballs. There are 130 fewer softballs are there?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20217" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 9" width="119" height="79" /><br />
Subtraction equation:<br />
Model:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20218" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 10" width="537" height="58" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10.png 537w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-300x32.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 537px) 100vw, 537px" /><br />
____ softballs<br />
Answer:<br />
230 softballs.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of baseballs in the batting cages is 360 baseballs and there are 130 fewer softballs. So the total number of softballs is 360 &#8211; 130= 230 softballs.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26410" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10" width="525" height="99" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-1.png 525w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-1-300x57.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 525px) 100vw, 525px" /></p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
A crocodile weighs 535 pounds. A kangaroo weighs 340 pounds less than the crocodile. How much does the kangaroo weigh?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20219" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 11" width="205" height="126" /><br />
______ pounds<br />
Answer:<br />
The weight of the kangaroo is 195 pounds.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The weight of the crocodile is 535 pounds and the weight of the kangaroo is 340 pounds less than the crocodile, which means<br />
535 &#8211; 340= 195 pounds.<br />
So the weight of the kangaroo is 195 pounds.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A train has 850 seats. A plane has 390 fewer seats than the train. A bus has 370 fewer seats than the plane. How many seats does the bus have?<br />
_____ seats<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of seats on the bus is 90 seats.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the train has 850 seats, and a plane has 390 fewer seats than the train, which means 850 &#8211; 390= 460. So the total number of seats on the train is 460 seats. And a bus has 370 fewer seats than the plane, which means<br />
460 &#8211; 370= 90 seats. So the number of seats on the bus is 90 seats.</p>
<h3><a id="Use_a_Number_Line_to_Subtract_Hundreds_and_Tens_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.2"></a>Use a Number Line to Subtract Hundreds and Tens Homework &amp; Practice 10.2</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
670 − 520 = ____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20220" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 12" width="527" height="67" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-12.png 527w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-12-300x38.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 527px) 100vw, 527px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 670 &#8211; 520= 150.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start from 670 and count back a hundred five times which is 5×100= 500 and the value will be<br />
670 &#8211; 500= 170 and then we will count back tens two times, which is 2×10= 20 and the value will be<br />
170 &#8211; 20= 150.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26416" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-2.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-11" width="530" height="124" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-2.png 530w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-2-300x70.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 530px) 100vw, 530px" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
749 − 150 = ____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20221" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 13" width="536" height="67" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-13.png 536w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-13-300x38.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 536px) 100vw, 536px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 749 &#8211; 150 is 599.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start from 749 and count back a hundred one time which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be<br />
749 &#8211; 100= 649 and then we will count back tens five times, which is 5×10= 50 and the value will be<br />
649 &#8211; 50= 599.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26420" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-3.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-12" width="543" height="124" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-3.png 543w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-3-300x69.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 543px) 100vw, 543px" /></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
583 − 320 = ____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20222" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 14" width="516" height="52" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-14.png 516w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-14-300x30.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 516px) 100vw, 516px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 583 &#8211; 320 is 263.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start from 583 and count back a hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be<br />
583 &#8211; 300= 283 and then we will count back tens two times, which is 2×10= 20 and the value will be<br />
283 &#8211; 20= 263.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26421" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-4.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-13" width="522" height="107" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-4.png 522w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-10-4-300x61.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 522px) 100vw, 522px" /></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Write the equation shown by the number line.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20223" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 15" width="438" height="110" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-15.png 438w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-15-300x75.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 438px) 100vw, 438px" /><br />
_____ &#8211; _____ = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 645 &#8211; 120= 525.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see the starting point at 645 and it was counted back to 100 then the value will be 645 &#8211; 100= 545. Then from 545, it was counted back tens two times which is 10×2= 20. Then the value will be<br />
545 &#8211; 20= 525.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A bee pollinates 955 flowers in a day. A second bee pollinates 150 fewer flowers. How many flowers does the second bee pollinate?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20224" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 16" width="112" height="86" /><br />
_____ ﬂowers<br />
Answer:<br />
855 flowers.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of flowers pollinated by the bee is 955 flowers and the second bee pollinates 150 fewer flowers, which means 955 &#8211; 150= 805 flowers were pollinated by the second bee.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A library has 990 books. It has 250 fewer movies than books. It has 410 fewer magazines than movies. How many magazines does the library have?<br />
______ magazines<br />
Answer:<br />
330 magazines.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of books in a library is 990 books and 250 fewer movies than books, which is 990 &#8211; 250= 740 movies. And 410 fewer magazines than movies, which means 740 &#8211; 410= 330 magazines.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20225" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.2 17" width="396" height="220" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-17.png 396w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.2-17-300x167.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 396px) 100vw, 396px" /><br />
How many students chose computer?<br />
_____ students<br />
Answer:<br />
3 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the given graph the number of students who choose computer is 3 students.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.3_Use_a_Number_Line_to_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers"></a>Lesson 10.3 Use a Number Line to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Use each difference as the starting number in the next equation.<br />
425 − 200 = ____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20226" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 1" width="538" height="374" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-1.png 538w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-1-300x209.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 538px) 100vw, 538px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
425 &#8211; 200= 225,<br />
225 &#8211; 20= 205,<br />
205 &#8211; 2= 203.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the equation is 425 &#8211; 200. To represent the given equation in the number line, we will start from 425 and then count back hundred two times which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be<br />
425 &#8211; 200= 225 and then we will count back tens two times, which is 2×10= 20 and the value will be<br />
225 &#8211; 20= 205 and count back one two times, which is 1×2= 2and the value will be 205 &#8211; 2= 203.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-26992" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-1-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-1" width="553" height="433" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-1-1.png 553w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-1-1-300x235.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 553px) 100vw, 553px" /></p>
<p>How does this help you find 425 − 222?<br />
______________________<br />
________________________<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
674 − 236 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20227" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 2" width="527" height="62" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-2.png 527w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-2-300x35.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 527px) 100vw, 527px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
674 &#8211; 236= 438.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start from 674 and count back hundred two times which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be<br />
674 &#8211; 200= 474 and then we will count back tens three times, which is 3×10= 30 and the value will be<br />
474 &#8211; 30= 444 and then we will count back one six times, which is 6×1= 6, and the value will be 444 &#8211; 6 = 438.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-27007" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-2-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-2" width="512" height="126" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-2-1.png 512w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-2-1-300x74.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 512px) 100vw, 512px" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
438 −162 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20228" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 3" width="525" height="43" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-3.png 525w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-3-300x25.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 525px) 100vw, 525px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 438 &#8211; 162 is 276.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start from 438 and count back a hundred one time which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be<br />
438 &#8211; 100= 338 and then we will count back tens six times, which is 6×10= 60 and the value will be<br />
338 &#8211; 60= 278 and then we will count back one two times, which is 2×1= 2, and the value will be 278 &#8211; 2 = 276. And the difference between 438 &#8211; 162 is 276.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
534 − 311 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20229" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 4" width="523" height="48" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-4.png 523w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-4-300x28.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 523px) 100vw, 523px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start from 438 and count back a hundred one time which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be<br />
438 &#8211; 100= 338 and then we will count back tens six times, which is 6×10= 60 and the value will be<br />
338 &#8211; 60= 278 and then we will count back one two times, which is 2×1= 2, and the value will be 278 &#8211; 2 = 276. And the difference between 438 &#8211; 162 is 276.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
745 − 109 = ____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20230" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 5" width="534" height="57" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-5.png 534w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-5-300x32.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
436 − 84 = ____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20231" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 6" width="542" height="54" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-6.png 542w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-6-300x30.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Write the equation shown by the number line.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20232" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 7" width="417" height="117" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-7.png 417w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-7-300x84.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 417px) 100vw, 417px" /><br />
____ &#8211; _____ = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
678 &#8211; 354= 324.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, we can see the starting point at 678 and it was counted back to 300 then the value will be 678 &#8211; 300= 378. Then from 378, it was counted back 50 which is 378 &#8211; 50= 328. And then it was counted back to 4  then the value is 328 &#8211; 4= 324.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>Your school recycles 762 bottles. 245 are glass. The rest are plastic. How many bottles are plastic?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20233" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 8" width="131" height="95" /><br />
Subtraction equation:<br />
Model:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20234" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 9" width="534" height="39" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-9.png 534w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-9-300x22.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /><br />
_____ bottles<br />
Answer:<br />
517 bottles.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28582" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-9-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-9" width="530" height="121" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-9-1.png 530w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-9-1-300x68.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 530px) 100vw, 530px" /><br />
The number of bottles recycled by the school is 762 bottles and in that 245 are glass. So the number of plastic bottles is 762 &#8211; 245= 517 bottles.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
A squirrel collects 619 nuts for the winter. 421 are acorns. The rest are walnuts. How many walnuts are there?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20235" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 10" width="76" height="76" /><br />
_____ walnuts<br />
Answer:<br />
198 walnuts.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of nuts was collected by the squirrel in the winter is 619 nuts and in that 421 are acorns, and the rest of all are walnuts, which means 619 &#8211; 421= 198 walnuts.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You have 384 photos. You put your photos into two photo albums. Each album can hold up to 208 photos. How many photos can you put in each album? Explain.<br />
_____ photos in Album 1 _____ photos in Album 2<br />
_________________________<br />
________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
208 photos in Album 1 and 176 photos in album 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of photos we have is 384 photos and those photos were put into two albums and each album can hold 208 photos, which means we can put a total of 208+208= 416 photos. As we have 384 photos, so 208 photos we can put in one album and 384 &#8211; 208 = 176 photos in another album.</p>
<h3><a id="Use_a_Number_Line_to_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.3"></a>Use a Number Line to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 10.3</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
953 − 328 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20236" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 11" width="529" height="66" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-11.png 529w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-11-300x37.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 529px) 100vw, 529px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-28585" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-11-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-11" width="521" height="127" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-11-1.png 521w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-11-1-300x73.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 521px) 100vw, 521px" /><br />
Let&#8217;s start from 953 and count back a hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be<br />
953 &#8211; 300= 653 and then we will count back tens three times, which is 3×10= 30 and the value will be<br />
474 &#8211; 30= 444 and then we will count back one six times, which is 6×1= 6, and the value will be 444 &#8211; 6 = 438.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
674 − 218 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20237" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 12" width="533" height="56" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-12.png 533w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-12-300x32.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 533px) 100vw, 533px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
674 &#8211; 218= 456.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29090" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-3-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-3" width="521" height="107" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-3-1.png 521w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-3-1-300x62.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 521px) 100vw, 521px" /><br />
Let&#8217;s start from 674 and count back hundred two times which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be<br />
674 &#8211; 200= 474 and then we will count back tens one time, which is 1×10= 10 and the value will be<br />
474 &#8211; 10= 464 and then we will count back one eight times, which is 8×1= 8, and the value will be 474 &#8211; 8 = 456.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
594 − 107 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20238" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 13" width="530" height="51" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-13.png 530w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-13-300x29.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 530px) 100vw, 530px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
594 &#8211; 107= 487.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29117" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-4-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-4" width="524" height="133" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-4-1.png 524w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-4-1-300x76.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 524px) 100vw, 524px" /><br />
Let&#8217;s start from 594 and count back a hundred one time which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be<br />
594 &#8211; 100= 494 and then we will count back one seven times, which is 7×1= 7, and the value will be 494 &#8211; 7 = 487.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
Use the number lines to show 531 − 396 two ways.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20239" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 14" width="521" height="89" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-14.png 521w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-14-300x51.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 521px) 100vw, 521px" /><br />
531 &#8211; 396 = ______<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You earn 631 points in a video game. You trade in 475 points for a special power. How many points do you have left?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20240" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 15" width="94" height="119" /><br />
____ points<br />
Answer:<br />
156 points.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of points earned in a video game is 631 points and in that, we trade in 475 points for a special power, and the remaining points left are 631 &#8211; 475 = 156 points.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
You have 137 books. You put your books on two bookshelves. Each shelf can hold up to 72 books. How many books can you put on each shelf? Explain.<br />
_______ books on Shelf 1 _____ books on Shelf 2<br />
____________________<br />
____________________<br />
Answer:<br />
72 books on shelf 1 and 65 books on shelf 2.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of books we have is 137 books and we need to put those books in two bookshelves and each shelf can hold up to 72 books. So for two shelves, the number of books can hold is 72+72= 144 books. So 72 books can be put in one bookshelf and in the other bookshelf we can keep remaining books which is 137 &#8211; 72= 65 books in another bookshelf.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20241" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.3 16" width="558" height="126" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-16.png 558w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-16-300x68.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 558px) 100vw, 558px" /><br />
_____ hundreds, ______ tens, and _____ ones is _______.<br />
Answer:<br />
7 hundreds, 6 tens and 3 ones which is 763.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29161" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-16-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.3-16" width="292" height="113" /><br />
In the above image, we can see seven hundred and six tens and three ones which is<br />
7×100 + 6×10 + 3×1<br />
= 700+60+3<br />
= 763.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.4_Use_Compensation_to_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers"></a>Lesson 10.4 Use Compensation to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Find 315 − 196.<br />
Answer:<br />
315 &#8211; 196 = 119</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So here we will add 4 to 196, after adding we will get 196+4= 200. Now it is easy to subtract from 315,<br />
so 315 &#8211; 200= 115 and we will add that 4 to the result 115. So 115+4= 119.</p>
<p>Find 319 − 200.<br />
Answer:<br />
319 &#8211; 200= 119.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So here we will add 1 to 319, after adding we will get 319+1= 320. Now it is easy to subtract from 320,<br />
so 320 &#8211; 200= 120 and we will subtract that 1 to the result 120. So 120 &#8211; 1= 119.</p>
<p>How are the problems the same? How are they different? Which problem can you solve using mental math?<br />
__________________________<br />
___________________________<br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Use compensation to subtract.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20242" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 1" width="269" height="156" /><br />
Answer:<br />
654 &#8211; 197= 457.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-24886" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-1-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-1" width="269" height="156" /><br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above it shows that to add 3 to 197, so 197+3= 200,<br />
now 654 &#8211; 200= 454 and now we will add 3 to the result,<br />
so 454+3= 457.<br />
654 &#8211; 197= 457.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20243" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 2" width="280" height="157" /><br />
Answer:<br />
835 &#8211; 309= 526.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25213" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-2-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-2" width="280" height="157" /><br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above, it shows that to subtract 9 in 309, so 309 &#8211; 9= 300,<br />
now 835 &#8211; 300= 535 and now we will subtract to the result,<br />
so 835 &#8211; 309= 535 &#8211; 9<br />
835 &#8211; 309= 526.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20244" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 3" width="267" height="155" /><br />
Answer:<br />
571 &#8211; 212= 359.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25214" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-3-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-3" width="267" height="155" /><br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
571 &#8211; 212, so we will subtract 2 in 212, then the number will be 212 &#8211; 2= 210,<br />
then 571 &#8211; 210= 361,<br />
And now we will subtract -2 to the result,<br />
so 361 &#8211; 2= 359.<br />
571 &#8211; 210= 359.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20245" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 4" width="272" height="163" /><br />
Answer:<br />
611 &#8211; 392= 219.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25215" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-4-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-4" width="272" height="163" /><br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
611 &#8211; 392, so we will subtract 92 in 392, then the number will be 392 &#8211; 92= 300,<br />
then 611 &#8211; 300= 311,<br />
And now we will subtract -92 to the result,<br />
so 311 &#8211; 92= 219.<br />
611 &#8211; 392= 219.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Use compensation to subtract.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20246" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 5" width="271" height="160" /><br />
Answer:<br />
428 &#8211; 212= 216.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-25217" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-5-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-5" width="271" height="160" /><br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
428 &#8211; 212, so we will subtract 2 in 212, then the number will be 212 &#8211; 2= 210,<br />
then 428 &#8211; 210= 218,<br />
And now we will subtract 2 to the result,<br />
so 218 &#8211; 2= 216.<br />
428 &#8211; 212= 216.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20247" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 6" width="272" height="157" /><br />
Answer:<br />
943 &#8211; 295= 648</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-27018" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-6-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-6" width="272" height="157" /><br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
943 &#8211; 295 so we will subtract 52 in 295,<br />
then the number will be 295 &#8211; 52= 243,<br />
then 943 &#8211; 243= 700,<br />
And now we will subtract 52 to the result,<br />
so 700 &#8211; 52= 648.<br />
943 &#8211; 295= 648.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20248" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 7" width="271" height="155" /><br />
Answer:<br />
489 &#8211; 196= 293.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-27011" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-7-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-7" width="271" height="155" /><br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
489 &#8211; 196, so we will subtract 7 in 196, then the number will be 196 &#8211; 7= 189,<br />
then 489 &#8211; 189= 300,<br />
And now we will subtract 7 to the result,<br />
so 300 &#8211; 7= 293.<br />
489 &#8211; 196= 293.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20249" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 8" width="271" height="153" /><br />
Answer:<br />
709 &#8211; 503= 206.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29168" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-8-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-8" width="271" height="153" /><br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
709 &#8211; 503, so we will subtract 3 in 503, then the number will be 503 &#8211; 3= 500,<br />
then 709 &#8211; 500= 209,<br />
And now we will subtract 3 to the result,<br />
so 209 &#8211; 3= 206.<br />
709 &#8211; 503= 206.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
613 − 307 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
613 &#8211; 317= 306.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
The given numbers are<br />
613 &#8211; 307, so we will subtract 7 in 307, then the number will be 307 &#8211; 7= 300,<br />
then 613 &#8211; 307= 313,<br />
And now we will subtract 7 to the result,<br />
so 313 &#8211; 7= 306.<br />
613 &#8211; 307= 306.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
861 &#8211; 499 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
861 &#8211; 499= 362.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
The given numbers are<br />
861 &#8211; 499, so we will subtract 99 in 499, then the number will be 499 &#8211; 99= 400,<br />
then 861 &#8211; 400= 461,<br />
And now we will subtract 99 to the result,<br />
so 461 &#8211; 99= 362.<br />
861 &#8211; 499= 362.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Should you add to or subtract from 194 to find the difference? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20250" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 9" width="497" height="163" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-9.png 497w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-9-300x98.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 497px) 100vw, 497px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
387 &#8211; 194= 193.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29178" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-9-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-9" width="270" height="160" /><br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
387 &#8211; 194, so we will subtract 7 in 194, then the number will be 194 &#8211; 7= 187,<br />
then 387 &#8211; 187= 200,<br />
And now we will subtract 3 to the result,<br />
so 200 &#8211; 7= 193.<br />
387 &#8211; 194= 193.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>A fish lays 861 eggs. A turtle lays 198 eggs. How many fewer eggs does the turtle lay than the fish?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20251" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 10" width="139" height="85" /><br />
Subtraction equation:<br />
______ fewer eggs<br />
Answer:<br />
663 fewer eggs.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As fish lays 861 eggs and a turtle lays 198 eggs, so the number of fewer eggs does the turtle lay than the fish is<br />
861 &#8211; 198= 663 fewer eggs.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
A print shop has 650 sheets of white paper and 295 sheets of colored paper. How many fewer sheets of colored paper are there than white paper?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20252" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 11" width="102" height="98" /><br />
_____ fewer sheets of colored paper<br />
Answer:<br />
355 fewer sheets of colored paper.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a printer shop has 650 sheets of white paper and 295 sheets of colored paper. So the fewer sheets of colored paper are there than white paper is 650 &#8211; 295= 355 fewer sheets of colored paper.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
A party store has 725 different cards and 506 different balloons. How many more cards are there than balloons?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20253" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 12" width="80" height="172" /><br />
____ more cards<br />
Answer:<br />
219 more cards.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a party store has 725 different cards and 506 different balloons, so the will be 725 &#8211; 506= 219 more cards are there than balloons.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
How are Exercises 12 and 13 similar? How are they different?<br />
____________________<br />
_____________________<br />
Answer:</p>
<h3><a id="Use_Compensation_to_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.4"></a>Use Compensation to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 10.4</h3>
<p><strong>Use compensation to subtract.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20254" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 13" width="285" height="159" /><br />
Answer:<br />
972 &#8211; 415= 557</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29180" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-13-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-13" width="285" height="159" /><br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
972 &#8211; 415, we will subtract 15 in 415, then the number will be 415 &#8211; 15= 400,<br />
then 972 &#8211; 400= 572,<br />
And now we will subtract 3 to the result,<br />
so 572 &#8211; 15= 557.<br />
972 &#8211; 415= 557.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20255" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 14" width="282" height="151" /><br />
Answer:<br />
328 &#8211; 186= 142.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29187" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-14-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-14" width="282" height="151" /><br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
328 &#8211; 186, we will add 14 to 186, then the number will be 186 + 14= 200,<br />
then 328 &#8211; 200= 128,<br />
And now we will add 14 to the result,<br />
so 128 + 14= 142.<br />
328 &#8211; 186= 142.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20256" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 15" width="271" height="153" /><br />
Answer:<br />
703 &#8211; 598= 105</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29197" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-15-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-15" width="271" height="153" /><br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
703 &#8211; 598, we will add 2 to 598, then the number will be 598 + 2= 600,<br />
then 703 &#8211; 600= 103,<br />
And now we will add 14 to the result,<br />
so 103 + 2= 105.<br />
703 &#8211; 598= 105.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20257" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 16" width="275" height="153" /><br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction 841 &#8211; 603, we will get the result as 105.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
841 &#8211; 603, we will subtract 3 in 603, then the number will be 603 &#8211; 3= 600,<br />
then 841 &#8211; 600= 541,<br />
And now we will subtract -3 to the result,<br />
so 541 &#8211; 3= 105 and on subtracting 841 &#8211; 603 we will get the result as 105.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
439 &#8211; 210 = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction 439 -210 we will get the result as 229.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
439 &#8211; 210, we will subtract 1 in 210, then the number will be 210 &#8211; 1= 209,<br />
then 439 &#8211; 209= 230,<br />
And now we will subtract -1 to the result,<br />
so 230 &#8211; 1= 229. On compensation subtraction 439 -210 we will get the result as 229.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
719 &#8211; 302 = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction 719 -302 we will get the result as 417.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
In the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
719 &#8211; 302, we will subtract 2 in 302, then the number will be 302 &#8211; 2= 300,<br />
then 719 &#8211; 300= 419,<br />
And now we will subtract -2 to the result,<br />
so 419 &#8211; 2= 417. On compensation subtraction 719 -302 we will get the result as 417.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Your friend uses compensation to find 796 − 304. Is your friend correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20258" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 17" width="448" height="135" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-17.png 448w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-17-300x90.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 448px) 100vw, 448px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction 796 -304 we will get the result as 492.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, my friend is correct. As compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction. So in the above figure, the given numbers are<br />
796 &#8211; 304, we will subtract 4 in 304, then the number will be 304 &#8211; 4= 300,<br />
then 796 &#8211; 300= 496,<br />
And now we will subtract 4 to the result,<br />
so 496 &#8211; 4= 492. On compensation subtraction 796 -304 we will get the result as 492.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You write a 225-word essay. Your friend writes a 598-word essay. How many fewer words do you write?<br />
_______ fewer words<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of fewer words written by me is 373 words.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of words written by me is 225 easy words and my friend writes 598 essay words. So the fewer words were written by me than my friend is 598 &#8211; 225= 373 words.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
How many more students like math than science?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20259" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 18" width="232" height="142" /><br />
_____ more students<br />
Answer:<br />
151 more students like math than science.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the number of students like math is 348 and the number of students like science is 197. So the number of students who like math more than science is 348 &#8211; 197= 151 students.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p><strong>Find the missing digits.</strong><br />
Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20260" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 19" width="130" height="142" /><br />
Answer:<br />
By adding 35 + 46 we will get the result as 81.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29928" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-19-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-19" width="130" height="142" /><br />
In the above image, we can see the result as 81. So to get 1 in one&#8217;s place we will take 6 in the empty box, so by adding 5 and 6 we will get 11. So we got 1 in one&#8217;s place. Now we know the one value, so to get the other value we will subtract the value which we got in the result. So 81 &#8211; 46= 35, and the other number 35. So 35 + 46= 81.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20261" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 20" width="128" height="144" /><br />
Answer:<br />
By adding 61 + 37 we will get the result of 81.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29933" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-20-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-20" width="128" height="144" /><br />
In the above image, we can see the result as 98. So to get 8 in one&#8217;s place we will take 7 in the empty box, so by adding 1 and 7 which is 7 + 1= 8, we will get 8. So we got 8 in one&#8217;s place. Now we know the one value which is 37, so to get the other value we will subtract the value which we got in the result. So 98 &#8211; 37= 61, and the other number 37. So 61 + 37= 98.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20262" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.4 21" width="129" height="134" /><br />
Answer:<br />
By adding 27 + 17 we will get the result of 81.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-29934" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-21-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.4-21" width="129" height="134" /><br />
In the above image, we can see the result as 44. So to get 4 in one&#8217;s place we will take 7 in the empty box, so by adding 7 and 7 which is 7 + 7= 14, we will get 14. So we got 4 in one&#8217;s place. Now we know the one value which is 17, so to get the other value we will subtract the value which we got in the result. So 44 &#8211; 17= 27, and the other number 27. So 27 + 17= 44.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.5_Use_Models_to_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers"></a>Lesson 10.5 Use Models to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Model to solve. Make a quick sketch of your model.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20263" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 1" width="502" height="612" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-1.png 502w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-1-246x300.png 246w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 502px) 100vw, 502px" /></p>
<p>323 &#8211; 219 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
On subtracting 323 &#8211; 219 we will get the result as 104.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-30574" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-1-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-1" width="514" height="421" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-1-1.png 514w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-1-1-300x246.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 514px) 100vw, 514px" /><br />
To model 323 &#8211; 219 which is 104, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 323 &#8211; 219, we can see that 9 is greater than 1. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, we can see the model for 104.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
429 &#8211; 165 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20264" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 2" width="458" height="192" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-2.png 458w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-2-300x126.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 458px) 100vw, 458px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
On subtracting 429 &#8211; 165 we will get the result as 264.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-30607" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-2-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-2" width="458" height="192" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-2-1.png 458w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-2-1-300x126.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 458px) 100vw, 458px" /><br />
To model 429 &#8211; 165 which is 264, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 429 &#8211; 165, we can see that 6 is greater than 2. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, we can see the model for 264.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
359 &#8211; 167 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20265" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 3" width="459" height="188" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-3.png 459w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-3-300x123.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 459px) 100vw, 459px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
On subtracting 359 &#8211; 167 we will get the result as 192.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To model 359 &#8211; 167 which is 192, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 359 &#8211; 167, we can see that 6 is greater than 5. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, we can see the model for 192.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
527 &#8211; 384 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20266" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 4" width="457" height="186" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-4.png 457w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-4-300x122.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 457px) 100vw, 457px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
On subtracting 527 &#8211; 384 we will get the result as 143.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To model 527 &#8211; 384 which is 143, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 527 &#8211; 143, we can see that 4 is greater than 2. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, we can see the model for 143.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
673 &#8211; 245 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20267" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 5" width="391" height="182" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-5.png 391w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-5-300x140.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 391px) 100vw, 391px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
On subtracting 673 &#8211; 245 we will get the result as 428.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To model 673 &#8211; 245 which is 428, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 673 &#8211; 245, we can see that 5 is greater than 3. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, we can see the model for 428.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Patterns</strong><br />
Write and solve the next problem in the pattern.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20268" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 6" width="578" height="117" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-6.png 578w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-6-300x61.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 578px) 100vw, 578px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
So on subtracting 629 &#8211; 141 we will get the result as 488.<br />
So on subtracting 529 &#8211; 241 we will get the result as 288.<br />
So on subtracting 429 &#8211; 341 we will get the result as 088.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-30843" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-6-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-6" width="578" height="117" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-6-1.png 578w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-6-1-300x61.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 578px) 100vw, 578px" /><br />
As we can see in the above image that hundreds place was increasing by a hundred times in minuend and in hundreds place hundred was decreasing in subtrahend, so that the next problem will be 629 &#8211; 141. To subtract 629 &#8211; 141, we can see that 4 is greater than 2. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. So on subtracting 629 &#8211; 141 we will get the result as 488. To subtract 529 &#8211; 241, we can see that 4 is greater than 2. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. So on subtracting 529 &#8211; 241 we will get the result as 288. To subtract 429 &#8211; 341, we can see that 4 is greater than 2. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. So on subtracting 429 &#8211; 341 we will get the result as 088.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>There are 549 people in a parade. 158 of them are in the marching band. How many people are not in the marching band?<br />
Models:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20269" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 7" width="547" height="286" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-7.png 547w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-7-300x157.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 547px) 100vw, 547px" /><br />
_____ people<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of people who are not in the marching band is 549 &#8211; 158= 391.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of people in a parade is 549 and in that 158 people are in the marching band. So the number of people who are not in the marching band is 549 &#8211; 158= 391.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
A school library has 784 books. 256 of them are checked out. How many books are not checked out?<br />
_____ books<br />
Answer:<br />
586 books are not checked.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of books in a school library is 784 books and in that 256 are checked out. So the number of books not checked out is 784 &#8211; 256= 586.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
A horse weighs 371 pounds more than a pig. The horse weighs 914 pounds. How much does the pig weigh?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20270" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 8" width="152" height="101" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-8.png 152w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-8-150x101.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 152px) 100vw, 152px" /><br />
_____ pounds<br />
Answer:<br />
The weight of the pig is 543 pounds.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given the weight of the horse is 371 pounds more than the pig and the weight of the horse is 914 pounds. So to find the weight of the pig we will subtract 914 &#8211; 371= 543. So the weight of the pig is 543 pounds.</p>
<h3><a id="Use_Models_to_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.5"></a>Use Models to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 10.5</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
738 &#8211; 544 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20271" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 9" width="456" height="191" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-9.png 456w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-9-300x126.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 456px) 100vw, 456px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On subtracting 738 &#8211; 544 we will get the result as 194.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To model 738 &#8211; 544 which is 194, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 738 &#8211; 544, we can see that 4 is greater than 3. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, on subtracting 738 &#8211; 544 we will get the result as 194.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
519 &#8211; 248 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20272" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 10" width="408" height="193" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-10.png 408w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-10-300x142.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 408px) 100vw, 408px" /></p>
<p>Answer:<br />
On subtracting 519 &#8211; 248 we will get the result as 271.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To model 519 &#8211; 248 which is 194, we will take square for hundred, the line for ten, and dot for ones. To subtract 519 &#8211; 248, we can see that 4 is greater than 1. So we will need a little bit extra in order to subtract, and then we will use an amount from the column to the left. So in this subtraction, we will borrow when we are subtracting one number that is greater than another. And in the above image, on subtracting 519 &#8211; 248 we will get the result as 271.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Complete the subtraction problem so that you need to regroup to subtract.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20273" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 11" width="262" height="123" /><br />
Answer:<br />
On subtracting 749 &#8211; 345 the result will be 404.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Let the blank be 5 and 749 &#8211; 345 will be 404.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
A clown makes 315 balloon animals. 156 are giraffes. How many balloon animals are not giraffes?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20274" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 12" width="75" height="92" /><br />
_____ balloon animals<br />
Answer:<br />
159 balloon animals are not giraffes.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As a clown makes 315 balloon animals and of that 156 are giraffes, so the number of balloons that are not giraffes is 315 &#8211; 156= 159 balloon animals.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
Your friend has 102 more downloaded songs than you. Your friend has 213 downloaded songs. How many downloaded songs do you have?<br />
_____ downloaded songs&#8217;<br />
Answer:<br />
111 downloaded songs I have.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As my friend has 213 downloaded songs and 102 more downloaded songs than I. So the total number of downloaded songs I have is 213 &#8211; 102= 111 songs.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20275" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 13" width="127" height="88" /><br />
Answer:<br />
463 + 194= 657.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31564" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-13-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-13" width="127" height="88" /><br />
By subtracting 463 + 194 we will get the result of 657.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20276" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 14" width="134" height="92" /><br />
Answer:<br />
186 + 567= 753.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31563" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-14-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-14" width="134" height="92" /><br />
By adding 186 + 567 we will get the result of 753.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20277" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.5 15" width="138" height="92" /><br />
Answer:<br />
623 + 298= 921.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31566" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-15-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.5-15" width="138" height="92" /><br />
By adding 623 + 298 we will get the result of 921.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.6_Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers"></a>Lesson 10.6 Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Find each difference.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20278" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 1" width="515" height="208" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-1.png 515w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-1-300x121.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 515px) 100vw, 515px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 529 &#8211; 218 is 311.<br />
The difference between 553 &#8211; 316 is 237.<br />
The difference between 323 &#8211; 194 is 129.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31263" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-1-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-1" width="515" height="208" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-1-1.png 515w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-1-1-300x121.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 515px) 100vw, 515px" /></p>
<p>Compare the problems. How are they the same? How are they different?<br />
_________________________<br />
_________________________<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20279" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 2" width="149" height="138" /><br />
Answer:<br />
By regrouping in the subtraction of 423 &#8211; 174 we will get the result as 249.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31562" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-2-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-2" width="149" height="138" /><br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 423- 174 we get 249.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20280" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 3" width="149" height="139" /><br />
Answer:<br />
By regrouping in the subtraction of 542 &#8211; 367 we will get the result of 175.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-31569" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-3-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-3" width="149" height="139" /><br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 542- 367 we get 175</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20281" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 4" width="152" height="138" /><br />
Answer:<br />
By regrouping in the subtraction of 315 &#8211; 151 we will get the result of 164.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 315- 151 we get 164</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20282" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 5" width="148" height="136" /><br />
Answer: 292</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 568 &#8211; 276 we get 292</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20283" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 6" width="144" height="130" /><br />
Answer: 475</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 821- 346 we get 475</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20284" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 7" width="151" height="137" /><br />
Answer: 438</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 727- 289 we get 438</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20285" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 8" width="136" height="119" /><br />
Answer: 246</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 434 &#8211; 188 we get 246</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20286" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 9" width="143" height="89" /><br />
Answer: 628</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 963- 335 we get 628</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20287" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 10" width="162" height="81" /><br />
Answer: 487</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 741- 254 we get 487</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20288" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 11" width="156" height="81" /><br />
Answer: 160</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 345- 185 we get 160</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20289" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 12" width="151" height="98" /><br />
Answer: 209</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 627 &#8211; 418 we get 209</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20290" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 13" width="146" height="97" /><br />
Answer: 193</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 916- 723 we get 193</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20291" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 14" width="153" height="104" /><br />
Answer: 462</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 829- 367 we get 462</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20292" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 15" width="147" height="98" /><br />
Answer: 250</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 541- 291 we get 250</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20293" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 16" width="149" height="93" /><br />
Answer: 169</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 351- 182  we get 169</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20294" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 17" width="153" height="100" /><br />
Answer: 268</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 465- 197 we get 268</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20295" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-18.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 18" width="144" height="93" /><br />
Answer: 354</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 643 &#8211; 289  we get 354</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20296" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-19.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 19" width="152" height="100" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-19.png 152w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-19-150x100.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 152px) 100vw, 152px" /><br />
Answer: 175</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 673- 498 we get 175</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Find the missing digits<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20297" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-20.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 20" width="597" height="126" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-20.png 597w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-20-300x63.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The missing digit in the first image is 3.<br />
The missing digit in the first image is 8.<br />
The missing digit in the first image is 4.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-32898" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-20-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-20" width="597" height="126" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-20-1.png 597w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-20-1-300x63.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 597px) 100vw, 597px" /><br />
To find the missing digits in the above figure, we will subtract the difference and minuend. So for the first image we can see that minuend is greater than subtrahend that i 5  is greater than 0, so there is no carry forward. And we can subtract the minuend and difference which is 4 &#8211; 1=3. So the missing digit is 3. We can find in another way also by subtracting minuend and the difference which is in the second image we will subtract 957 &#8211; 279 which is 678 and the missing digit is 8. For the third image we will add subtrahend and the difference which is<br />
484 + 158 which is 642 and the missing digit is 4.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>A jeweler has 616 bracelets and 668 necklaces. He sells 269 bracelets. How many bracelets are left?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20298" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 21" width="102" height="120" /><br />
Subtraction equation:<br />
______ bracelets<br />
Answer:<br />
Subtraction equation: 616 &#8211; 269= 347<br />
347 bracelets left.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Aa a jeweler has 616 bracelets and 668 necklaces and he sells 269 bracelets. So the number of bracelets left is<br />
616 &#8211; 269= 347 bracelets left.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
A vendor has 354 hats and 294 pairs of sunglasses. She sells 186 hats. How many hats are left?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20300" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-22.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 22" width="105" height="92" /><br />
_____ hats<br />
Answer:<br />
168 hats left.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As the vendor has 354 hats and 294 pairs of sunglasses and she sold 186 hats, the number of hats lefts are<br />
354 &#8211; 186= 168 hats left.</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
There are 449 watercolor paintings and 373 oil paintings in a school art show. 238 paintings win a ribbon. How many do not win a ribbon?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20301" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-23.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 23" width="162" height="130" /><br />
_____ paintings<br />
Answer:<br />
584 paintings didn&#8217;t win the ribbon.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of watercolor paintings are 449 and the number of oil paintings is 373 and of that 238 won a ribbon, so the number of paintings that didn&#8217;t win the ribbon is, first we will add watercolor paintings and oil painting and then we will subtract 238 from the result. So 449 +373= 822 paintings and in that 238 paintings win a ribbon. So the number of paintings that didn&#8217;t win the ribbon is 822 &#8211; 238= 584 paintings didn&#8217;t win the ribbon.</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
Explain how Exercises 20 and 21 are different.<br />
_________________________<br />
_________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
In exercise 20 the given objects are hats and sunglasses and asked to find about hats only. But in exercise 21 asked about both water color paintings and oil paintings which didn&#8217;t win the ribbon.</p>
<h3><a id="Subtract_Three_Digit_Numbers_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.6"></a>Subtract Three-Digit Numbers Homework &amp; Practice 10.6</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20302" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-24.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 24" width="152" height="114" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-24.png 152w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-24-150x114.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 152px) 100vw, 152px" /><br />
Answer: 435</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-30026" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-24-2.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-24" width="152" height="114" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-24-2.png 152w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-24-2-150x114.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 152px) 100vw, 152px" /><br />
Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 873 &#8211; 438 we get 435</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20303" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-25.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 25" width="152" height="124" /><br />
Answer: 63<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-30025" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-25-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-25" width="152" height="124" /></p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 341 &#8211; 278 we get 063</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20304" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-26.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 26" width="150" height="127" /><br />
Answer:  757</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 913 &#8211; 156 we get 757</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20305" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-27.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 27" width="146" height="83" /><br />
Answer: 269</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 456- 187 we get 269</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20306" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-28.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 28" width="144" height="87" /><br />
Answer: 328</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 625 &#8211; 297 we get 328</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20307" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-29.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 29" width="139" height="85" /><br />
Answer: 269</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 951 &#8211; 682 we get 269</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20308" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-30.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 30" width="139" height="92" /><br />
Answer: 78</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 452 &#8211; 374 we get 078</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20309" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-31.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 31" width="142" height="90" /><br />
Answer: 368</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 961 &#8211; 593  we get 368</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20310" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-32.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 32" width="152" height="96" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-32.png 152w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-32-150x96.png 150w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 152px) 100vw, 152px" /><br />
Answer: 457</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. as shown in the above image<br />
Hence 746 &#8211; 289 we get 457</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Complete the subtraction problem so that you do not need to regroup to subtract.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20311" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-33.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 33" width="250" height="133" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference without regrouping is 453 &#8211; 241 which is 212.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let the blank be the any number which is less than 5. As given that we do not need to regroup to subtract, so we will pick any number from 0 to 5. So let the number be 4, then 453 &#8211; 241= 212.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Descartes finds 731 − 246. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20312" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-34.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 34" width="351" height="144" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-34.png 351w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-34-300x123.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 351px) 100vw, 351px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
No, Descartes is not correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No, Descartes is not correct. In the above image we can see that 1 is less than 6. So we need to borrow from 3 to subtract the digit 6 from 1. Then 731 &#8211; 246 will be 485.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
453 bananas and 456 apples are shipped to a store. When they arrive, 268 of the bananas are rotten. How many bananas are not rotten?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20313" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.6-35.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.6 35" width="87" height="96" /><br />
____ bananas<br />
Answer:<br />
185 bananas are not rotten.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of bananas is 453 and the number of apples in the store is 456. And in that 268 bananas are rotten, so the number of bananas not rotten is 453 &#8211; 268= 185 bananas are not rotten.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
There are 432 red shirts and 293 blue shirts in stock. 516 shirts are sold. How many shirts are left?<br />
_____ shirts<br />
Answer:<br />
209 shirts left.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of red shirts is 432 and the number of blue shirts in stock is 293. So the total number of shirts is<br />
432 + 293= 725 shirts. And in that 516 shirts are sold out, so the number of shirts left is 725 &#8211; 516= 209 shirts left.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
Count by fives.<br />
680, 685, ____, _____, _____, _____, ______<br />
Answer:<br />
680, 685, 690, 695, 700, 705, 710, 715.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By adding five to the given numbers we will get the result as<br />
680 + 5= 685,<br />
685 + 5= 690,<br />
690 + 5= 695,<br />
695 + 5= 700,<br />
700 + 5= 705,<br />
705 + 5= 710,<br />
710 + 5= 715.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.7_Subtract_from_Numbers_That_Contain_Zeros"></a>Lesson 10.7 Subtract from Numbers That Contain Zeros</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Find each difference.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20314" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.7-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.7 1" width="361" height="96" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.7-1.png 361w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.7-1-300x80.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 400 &#8211; 178 is 222.<br />
The difference between 399 &#8211; 177 is 222.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
For the image 1 we should follow regrouping method, as the digits contains 0. So by regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend. So to subtract 400 &#8211; 178 we will borrow from 4 as the 0 is less than 7 and 8. Then 400 &#8211; 178 will be 222. For the image 2 we don&#8217;t need any regrouping as minuend is greater than subtrahend. So<br />
399 &#8211; 177= 222.</p>
<p>How are the problems the same? How are they different? Which problem can you solve without regrouping?<br />
______________________________<br />
______________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
The problems are same by their result and the problem is different as their minuend and subtrahend are different. The second problem can solve without using regrouping. As minuend is greater than subtrahend, so we don&#8217;t need regrouping.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Use regrouping or compensation to subtract.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
300 − 139 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
300 &#8211; 139= 161.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 1 for both the numbers. Then 300 &#8211; 1= 299 and 139 &#8211; 1= 138. Now we will subtract 299 &#8211; 138= 161.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
402 − 265 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
402 &#8211; 265= 137.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 3 for both the numbers. Then 402 &#8211; 3= 399 and 265 &#8211; 3= 262. Now we will subtract 399 &#8211; 262= 137.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
800 − 547 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
800 &#8211; 547= 253.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 1 for both the numbers. Then 800 &#8211; 1= 799 and 547 &#8211; 1= 546. Now we will subtract 799 &#8211; 546= 253.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
910 − 252 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
910 &#8211; 252= 658.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 52 in 252 then 252 &#8211; 52= 200. Now we will subtract<br />
910 &#8211; 200= 710. Now we will subtract 52 from the result 710, which is 710 &#8211; 52= 658. So 910 &#8211; 252= 658.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Use regrouping or compensation to subtract.</strong><br />
Question 5.<br />
310 &#8211; 186 = ____<br />
Answer:<br />
310 &#8211; 186= 124.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 86 in 186 then 186 &#8211; 86= 100. Now we will subtract<br />
310 &#8211; 100= 210. Now we will subtract 86 from the result 210, which is 210 &#8211; 86= 124. So 310 &#8211; 186= 124.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
620 &#8211; 458 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction of 620 &#8211; 458, the result will be 162.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 58 in 458 then 458 &#8211; 58= 400. Now we will subtract<br />
620 &#8211; 400= 220. Now we will subtract 58 from the result 220, which is 220 &#8211; 58= 162. So 620 &#8211; 458= 162.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
906 &#8211; 729 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction of 906 &#8211; 729, the result will be 177.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 29 in 729 then 729 &#8211; 29= 700. Now we will subtract<br />
906 &#8211; 700= 206. Now we will subtract 29 from the result 206, which is 206 &#8211; 29= 177. So 906- 729= 177.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
807 &#8211; 389 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction of 807 &#8211; 389, the result will be 418.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 89 in 389 then 389 &#8211; 89= 300. Now we will subtract<br />
807 &#8211; 300= 507. Now we will subtract 89 from the result 507, which is 807 &#8211; 389= 418. So 807 &#8211; 389= 418.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
503 &#8211; 296 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction of 503 &#8211; 296, the result will be 207.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 96 in 296 then 296 &#8211; 96= 200. Now we will subtract<br />
503 &#8211; 200= 303. Now we will subtract 96 from the result 303, which is 303 &#8211; 96= 207. So 503 &#8211; 296= 207.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
301 &#8211; 282 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction of 301 &#8211; 282, the result will be 19.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 82 in 282 then 282 &#8211; 82= 200. Now we will subtract<br />
301 &#8211; 200= 101. Now we will subtract 82 from the result 101, which is 101 &#8211; 82= 19. So 301 &#8211; 282= 19.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
400 &#8211; 197 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction of 400 &#8211; 197, the result will be 203.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 97 in 197 then 197 &#8211; 97= 100. Now we will subtract<br />
400 &#8211; 100= 300. Now we will subtract 97 from the result 300, which is 300 &#8211; 97= 203. So 400 &#8211; 197= 203.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
600 &#8211; 289 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction of 600 &#8211; 289, the result will be 311.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 89 in 289 then 289 &#8211; 89= 200. Now we will subtract<br />
600 &#8211; 200= 400. Now we will subtract 89 from the result 400, which is 400 &#8211; 89= 311. So 600 &#8211; 289= 311.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>Structure</strong><br />
Show two ways to find 500 −314.<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>There are 400 paper lanterns. 279 of them are let go. How many paper lanterns are left?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20315" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.7-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.7 2" width="144" height="107" /><br />
Subtraction equation:<br />
_____ paper lanterns<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of paper lanterns left is 121.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of paper lanterns is 400 and in that 279 of them are let go and the remaining left are<br />
400 &#8211; 279= 121. So the number of paper lanterns left is 121.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
There are 803 fans at a stadium. 226 of them leave. How many fans are left?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20316" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.7-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.7 3" width="157" height="120" /><br />
_____ fans<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of fans left is 577.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of fans in the stadium is 803 and in that 226 of them are left. So the remaining number of fans left is 803 &#8211; 226= 577. So the number of fans left is 577.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
A florist plants 600 flowers. The table shows how many have bloomed. How many flowers have not bloomed yet?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20317" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.7-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.7 4" width="289" height="112" /><br />
_____ flowers<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of flowers not bloomed is 72.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of plants did the florist plant is 600 flowers. In the table given that the number of blooms in May is 296 and the number of blooms in June is 232. So the total number of blooms in the month of May and June is<br />
296 + 232= 528. And the number of flowers not bloomed is 600 &#8211; 528= 72.</p>
<h3><a id="Subtract_from_Numbers_That_Contain_Zeros_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.7"></a>Subtract from Numbers That Contain Zeros Homework &amp; Practice 10.7</h3>
<p><strong>Use regrouping or compensation to subtract</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
700 − 465 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction of 700 &#8211; 465, the result will be 235.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 65 in 465 then 465 &#8211; 65= 400. Now we will subtract<br />
700 &#8211; 400= 300. Now we will subtract 65 from the result 300, which is 300 &#8211; 82= 19. So 301 &#8211; 282= 19.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
302 − 176 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
On compensation subtraction of 302- 176, the result will be 126.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 76 in 176 then 176 &#8211; 76= 100. Now we will subtract<br />
302 &#8211; 100= 202. Now we will subtract 76 from the result 202, which is 202 &#8211; 76= 126. So 302 &#8211; 176= 126.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
910 − 186 = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
By compensation subtraction of 910- 186, the result will be 724.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 86 in 186 then 186 &#8211; 86= 100. Now we will subtract<br />
910 &#8211; 100= 810. Now we will subtract 86 from the result 810, which is 810 &#8211; 86= 724. So 910 &#8211; 186= 724.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
800 − 691 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
By compensation subtraction of 800 &#8211; 691, the result will be 109.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will add 9 for 691 then 691 + 9= 700. Now we will subtract<br />
800 &#8211; 700= 100. Now we will add 9 for the result 100, which is 100 + 9= 109. So 800 &#8211; 691= 109.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Writing</strong><br />
Explain why you might want to use compensation to subtract. Give an example.<br />
_______________________________<br />
_______________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction. So we will use compensation subtract. For example, if we take 420 &#8211; 326. So by the compensation method, we will subtract 26 in 326 then<br />
326 &#8211; 26= 300. Now we will subtract 420 &#8211; 300= 120. Now we will subtract 26 for the result 120, which is<br />
120 &#8211; 26= 109. So 420 &#8211; 326= 94.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
There are 300 coins on a desk. 178 fall off. How many coins are left on the desk?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20318" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.7-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.7 5" width="103" height="53" /><br />
_____ coins<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of coins left on the desk is 122.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of coins on a desk is 300 coins and in that 178 coins fall off. So the number of coins left on the desk is, here we will use compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 78 for 178 then 178 &#8211; 78= 100. Now we will subtract<br />
300 &#8211; 100= 200. Now we will subtract 78 for the result 200, which is 200 &#8211; 78= 122. So 300 &#8211; 178= 122.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
There are 500 students in a school. How many students are absent?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20319" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.7-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.7 6" width="235" height="110" /><br />
______ students<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of students absent is 88 students.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of students is 500 students and in that the attendance of boy students is 234 and the attendance of girl students is 178. So the total number of students who attended is 234 + 178= 412. And the number of students absent is 500 &#8211; 412= 88 students.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
29 + 34 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
29 + 34= 63.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 29 + 34, we will get the result as 63.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
46 + 13 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
46 + 13= 29.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
On adding 46 + 13, we will get the result of 59.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.8_Use_Addition_to Subtract"></a>Lesson 10.8 Use Addition to Subtract</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Use the number lines to solve.<br />
445 &#8211; 220 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20320" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 1" width="545" height="250" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-1.png 545w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-1-300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 545px) 100vw, 545px" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>How are the equations the same? How are they different?<br />
__________________________<br />
__________________________<br />
Answer:</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Add to find the difference. Check your answer.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
488 − 137 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20321" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 2" width="585" height="62" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-2.png 585w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-2-300x32.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 585px) 100vw, 585px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 488 &#8211; 137 is 351.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start at 137 and add hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be<br />
137 + 300= 437 and then we will add fifty which is 437+50= 487 and then we will add one. The value will be<br />
487 + 1=488. So the difference between 438 &#8211; 137 is 351.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
792 − 446 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20322" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 3" width="579" height="48" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-3.png 579w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-3-300x25.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 579px) 100vw, 579px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 792 &#8211; 446 is 346.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start at 446 and add hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be<br />
446 + 300= 746 and then we will add four tens which is 746+40= 786 and then we will add six. The value will be<br />
786 + 6=792. So the difference between 792 &#8211; 446 is 346.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Add to find the difference. Check your answer.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
521 − 364 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20323" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 4" width="577" height="59" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-4.png 577w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-4-300x31.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 521 &#8211; 364 is 157.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start at 364 and add hundred once which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be 364 + 100= 464 and then we will add five tens which is 464+50= 514 and then we will add seven. The value will be 514 + 7=521. So the difference between 521 &#8211; 364 is 157.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
856 &#8211; 213 = ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20324" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-5.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 5" width="578" height="64" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-5.png 578w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-5-300x33.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 578px) 100vw, 578px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 856 &#8211; 213 is 643</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start at 213 and add hundred six times which is 6×100= 600 and the value will be 213 + 600= 813 and then we will add four tens which is 813+40= 853 and then we will add three. The value will be 853 + 3=856. So the difference between 856 &#8211; 213 is 643.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
492 − 137 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20325" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-6.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 6" width="586" height="55" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-6.png 586w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-6-300x28.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 586px) 100vw, 586px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 492 &#8211; 137 is 355.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start at 137 and add hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be 137 + 300= 437 and then we will add eight tens which is 437+50= 487 and then we will add five. The value will be  487+ 5=492. So the difference between 492 &#8211; 137 is 355.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<strong>Number Sense</strong><br />
Write the equation shown by the number line.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20326" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 7" width="480" height="117" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-7.png 480w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-7-300x73.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 480px) 100vw, 480px" /><br />
_____ &#8211; ______ = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
The number line equation is 642 &#8211; 221= 421.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above figure, to find the number line equation we will add all the numbers which are counted back. So the counted back numbers are 1+10+10+100+100 which is 221. So the number line equation is 642 &#8211; 221= 421.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>A machine has some bouncy balls. 115 are sold. There are 227 left. How many bouncy balls were there to start?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20327" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 8" width="550" height="249" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-8.png 550w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-8-300x136.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 550px) 100vw, 550px" /><br />
Equation:<br />
Model:<br />
______ bouncy balls<br />
Answer:<br />
The total number of bouncy balls is 342.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
As there are 115 bouncy balls sold and 227 are sold. So the total number of bouncy balls is 115+227= 342 bouncy balls.</p>
<p>Show and Grow</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
There are some fans at a baseball game. 148 leave early. There are 182 left. How many fans were at the baseball game?<br />
_____ fans<br />
Answer:<br />
The total number of fans at the baseball game is 330.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of fans left early in the baseball game is 148 fans and after that 182 fans left. So the total number of fans at the baseball game is 148 + 182= 330.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Your school collects 518 cans for a food drive. Your class collects 142 cans. Another class collects 204. How many cans did the rest of the classes collect?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20328" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 9" width="134" height="94" /><br />
_____ cans<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of cans did the rest of the classes collected is 172 cans.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of food cans that the school collects for a food drive is 518 cans and my class collects 142 cans and another class collects 204 cans. The total number of food cans collected by both classes is 142 + 204 which is 346. And the total number of cans collected by the rest of the classes is 518 &#8211; 346. Here, we will use compensation subtraction as a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 46 in 346 then 346 &#8211; 46= 300. Now we will subtract<br />
518 &#8211; 300= 218. Now we will subtract 46 from the result 218, which is 218 &#8211; 46= 172. So 518 &#8211; 346= 172 cans.</p>
<h3><a id="Use_Addition_to_Subtract_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.8"></a>Use Addition to Subtract Homework &amp; Practice 10.8</h3>
<p><strong>Add to find the difference. Check your answer.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
721 − 314 = ____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20329" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 10" width="584" height="59" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-10.png 584w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-10-300x30.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 584px) 100vw, 584px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 721 &#8211; 314= 407.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-32512" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-10-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-10" width="568" height="128" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-10-1.png 568w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-10-1-300x68.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 568px) 100vw, 568px" /><br />
Let&#8217;s start at 314 and add hundred four times which is 4×100= 400 and the value will be<br />
314 + 400= 714 and then we will add seven by dividing the seven into two parts by 5+2 tens, which is<br />
714+7= 721 and the value will be 314 + 407= 721. So the difference between 721 &#8211; 314= 407.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
654 − 334 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20330" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 11" width="579" height="63" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-11.png 579w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-11-300x33.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 579px) 100vw, 579px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 654 &#8211; 334 is 320.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-32638" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-11-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-11" width="571" height="140" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-11-1.png 571w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-11-1-300x74.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 571px) 100vw, 571px" /><br />
Let&#8217;s start at 334 and add hundred three times which is 3×100= 300 and the value will be<br />
334 + 300= 634 and then we will add twenty by dividing the twenty into two parts by 10+10, which is<br />
634+20= 654 and the value will be 334 + 320= 654. So the difference between 654 &#8211; 334= 320.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Descartes adds to find 400 − 279. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20331" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 12" width="489" height="155" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-12.png 489w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-12-300x95.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 489px) 100vw, 489px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Yes, Descartes is correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, Descartes is correct. By adding the number of jumps 1+20+100 we will get 121. So by adding 121+279 we will get 400. So Descartes is correct.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
There are some people in a national park. 124 of them leave. There are 535 people left. How many people were in the park to start?<br />
______ people<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of people in the park yet to start is 411 people.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of people leave is 124 and after that, there are 535 people left. So the total number of people were in the park to start is 535 &#8211; 124= 411 people.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You have 514 tickets. You spend 220 tickets on a mug and 156 on stickers. How many tickets do you have left?<br />
______ tickets<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of tickets left is 138 tickets.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of tickets we have is 514 and 220 tickets are spent on a mug and 156 tickets on stickers. So the total number of tickets left is, we will add both the tickets that were spent on mug and stickers, which is 220+156= 376 tickets. So the number of tickets left are 514-376= 138.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20332" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 13" width="88" height="103" /><br />
_____ flat surfaces<br />
______ vertices<br />
_____ edges<br />
Answer:<br />
Two flat surfaces,<br />
One vertex,<br />
One edge.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The above image is a cone that has two flat surfaces, one vertex, and 1 edge.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20333" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.8-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.8 14" width="101" height="100" /><br />
_____ flat surfaces<br />
______ vertices<br />
_____ edges<br />
Answer:<br />
Six flat surfaces,<br />
Twelve edges,<br />
Eight vertices.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The above image is a cube that has six flat surfaces, twelve edges, and eight vertices.</p>
<h3><a id="Lesson_10.9_Explain_Subtraction_Strategies"></a>Lesson 10.9 Explain Subtraction Strategies</h3>
<p><strong>Explore and Grow</strong></p>
<p>Use two different strategies to find 474 − 119.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20334" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.9 1" width="341" height="187" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-1.png 341w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-1-300x165.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 341px) 100vw, 341px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The two different strategies used are Regrouping and Compensation.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.<br />
So 474 &#8211; 119 we get 355.<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 19 in 119 then 119 &#8211; 19= 100. Now we will subtract<br />
474 &#8211; 100= 374. Now we will subtract 19 from the result 374, which is 374 &#8211; 19= 355. So 474 &#8211; 119= 355.</p>
<p>Explain why you chose one of your strategies.<br />
________________________<br />
________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So we will choose compensation subtraction.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
477 − 224 = _____<br />
___________________________<br />
___________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
By regrouping subtraction 477 &#8211; 224= 253.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.<br />
So we will subtract by regrouping the numbers 477 &#8211; 224= 253.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
686 − 397 = _____<br />
___________________________<br />
___________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
By regrouping subtraction 686 &#8211; 397= 289.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.<br />
So we will subtract by regrouping the numbers 686 &#8211; 397= 289.</p>
<p><strong>Apply and Grow: Practice</strong></p>
<p><strong>Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.</strong><br />
Question 3.<br />
502 − 321 = _____<br />
_______________________<br />
_______________________<br />
Answer:<br />
By regrouping subtraction 502 &#8211; 321= 181.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.<br />
So we will subtract by regrouping the numbers 502 &#8211; 321= 181.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
900 − 756 = _____<br />
________________________<br />
_______________________<br />
Answer:<br />
By regrouping subtraction 900 &#8211; 756= 144.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.<br />
So we will subtract by regrouping the numbers 900 &#8211; 756= 144.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Reasoning</strong><br />
Your friend solves a subtraction problem. Write the problem your friend solves. Explain what strategy was used to solve.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20335" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.9 2" width="341" height="111" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-2.png 341w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-2-300x98.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 341px) 100vw, 341px" /><br />
______ &#8211; _____ = _____<br />
__________________________<br />
__________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
The number line equation is 335 &#8211; 125= 210.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The strategy which was used by my friend to solve is using the number line. And the problem which was solved by my friend is, the count jump starts from 125 and the count is  100+100+10 which is 210, and the number line equation is 335 &#8211; 125= 210.</p>
<p><strong>Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life</strong></p>
<p>Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.<br />
There are 941 songs in a music library. 365 of them are pop songs. 189 are rock songs. How many songs are not pop songs?<br />
Subtraction equation:<br />
______ songs<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of songs that are not pop songs is 576 songs.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of songs in a music library is 941 songs. And in that 365 of them are pop songs and 189 are rock songs. So the number of songs that are not pop songs is 941 &#8211; 365 which is 576 songs are not pop songs.</p>
<p><strong>Show and Grow</strong></p>
<p><strong>Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.</strong><br />
Question 6.<br />
There are 743 penguins in a colony. 235 are in the water. 159 are in caves. How many penguins are not in the water?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20336" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.9 3" width="75" height="108" /><br />
_____ penguins<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of penguins that are not in water is 508 penguins.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of penguins in a colony is 743 penguins. And a number of penguins in the water is 235 penguins, and in caves, there are 159 penguins. So the number of penguins that are not in water is 743 &#8211; 235= 508 penguins.</p>
<h3><a id="Explain_Subtraction_Strategies_Homework_&amp;_Practice_10.9"></a>Explain Subtraction Strategies Homework &amp; Practice 10.9</h3>
<p><strong>Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.</strong><br />
Question 1.<br />
408 − 196 = _____<br />
__________________________________<br />
__________________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
By compensation subtraction 408 &#8211; 196= 212.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will add 4 to the number 196 then 196 + 4= 200. Now we will subtract<br />
408 &#8211; 200= 208. Now we will add 4 to the result 208, which is 208 + 4= 212. So 408 &#8211; 196= 212.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
723 − 515 = ____<br />
______________________________<br />
______________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
By compensation subtraction 723 &#8211; 515= 208.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, we will subtract 15 from the number 515 then 515 &#8211; 15= 500. Now we will subtract 723 &#8211; 500= 223. Now we will subtract 15 to the result 223, which is 223 &#8211; 15= 208. So 723 &#8211; 515= 208.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<strong>DIG DEEPER!</strong><br />
Newton wants to use mental math to find 452 − 239. Is this a good strategy for him to use? Explain.<br />
___________________________<br />
___________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
By compensation subtraction 452 &#8211; 239= 213.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a good strategy because compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is quite an effective way of subtraction. So by the compensation method, we will subtract 39 from the number 239 then<br />
239 &#8211; 39= 200. Now we will subtract 452 &#8211; 200= 252. Now we will subtract 39 to the result 252, which is<br />
252 &#8211; 39= 213. So 452 &#8211; 239= 213.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
767 people work at a store. 205 are cashiers. 314 stock shelves. How many people are not cashiers? Explain.<br />
______ people<br />
_____________________________<br />
_____________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of people who are not cashiers is 562 people.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of people in the work at a store is 767. And the cashiers are 205 people, and the stock shelves are 314. So the people who are not cashiers is 767 &#8211; 205= 562 people are not cashiers.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
You have a pack of 900 craft sticks. You use 638 for a project. Your friend uses 127. How many craft sticks were not used? Explain.<br />
______ craft sticks<br />
____________________________<br />
____________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of sticks that are not used is 135 sticks.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of craft sticks in a pack is 900 sticks. And in that 638 sticks are used for a project, and a friend uses 127 sticks. So the total number of sticks that are not used is 638 + 127= 765. And the number of craft sticks that are not used is 900 &#8211; 765= 135 sticks.</p>
<p><strong>Review &amp; Refresh</strong></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Circle the longer object.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20337" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 10.9 4" width="471" height="80" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-4.png 471w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-4-300x51.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 471px) 100vw, 471px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The pen is longer than the eraser.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-32405" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-4-1.png" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-4" width="471" height="80" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-4-1.png 471w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-10.9-4-1-300x51.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 471px) 100vw, 471px" /><br />
In the above image, we can see that the pen is longer than the eraser. So we will round off the pen.</p>
<h3><a id="Subtract_Numbers_within_1,000_Performance_Task"></a>Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Performance Task</h3>
<p>The table shows the number of laps that four cars complete in a racing season.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20338" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-1.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 1" width="149" height="169" /><br />
Question 1.<br />
How many fewer laps does the blue car complete than the yellow car?<br />
_____ laps<br />
Answer:<br />
57 fewer laps do the blue car complete than the yellow car.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of laps for the blue car is 217 laps and the laps of the yellow car is 274. So 274 &#8211; 217= 57 fewer laps does the blue car complete than the yellow car.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
How many more laps does the red car complete than the green car?<br />
_____ laps<br />
Answer:<br />
66 more laps the red car complete than the green car.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of laps does the red car completes is 300, and the number of laps does the green car completes is 234. So 300 &#8211; 234= 66 many more laps does the red car complete than the green car.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
The purple car completes 500 laps and the orange car completes 250 laps. Order the cars from the greatest number of laps to the least number of laps.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20339" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-2.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 2" width="142" height="58" /><br />
_____, _____, _____, _____, _____, ______<br />
Answer:<br />
500, 300, 274, 250, 234, 217.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of laps completed by the red car is 300 laps,<br />
The number of laps completed by the yellow car is 274 laps,<br />
The number of laps completed by the green car is 234 laps,<br />
The number of laps completed by the blue car is 217 laps,<br />
The number of laps completed by the purple car is 500 laps,<br />
The number of laps completed by the orange car is 250 laps.<br />
So the order of the cars from the greatest number of laps to the least number of laps is<br />
purple car, red car, yellow car, orange car, green car, and the blue car which is<br />
500, 300, 274, 250, 234, 217.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
How many cars complete an even number of laps?<br />
_____ cars<br />
Answer:<br />
The total number of cars that complete an even number of laps is 3 laps.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of cars that complete an even number of laps is a red car with 300 laps, yellow car with 274 laps, a green car with 234 laps. So the total number of cars that complete an even number of laps is 3 laps.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
The red and yellow cars are on Team Go Fast. The green and blue cars are on Team Speed. Which team completes more laps? How many more laps?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20340" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-3.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 3" width="652" height="140" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-3.png 652w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-3-300x64.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 652px) 100vw, 652px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The team go fast completes more laps than the team speed. And the number of more laps is 123 laps.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The red car completes 300 laps and the yellow car completes 274 laps. As the red and yellow cars are the team, so the total number of laps that both cars completed is 300 + 274= 574 laps. And the green car completes 234 laps and the blue car completes 217 laps. So the total number of laps that both cars completed is 234 + 217=  451 laps. So the team go fast completes more laps than the team speed. And the number of more laps is<br />
574 &#8211; 451= 123 laps.</p>
<h3>Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Activity</h3>
<p>Greatest and Least<br />
To Play: Roll a die 3 times and record each number. Use the numbers to write the greatest and the least three-digit numbers. Find the difference and record your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20366" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-4.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 4" width="682" height="748" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-4.png 682w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-4-274x300.png 274w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 682px) 100vw, 682px" /></p>
<h3><a id="Subtract_Numbers_within_1,000_Chapter_Practice"></a>Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Chapter Practice</h3>
<p><strong>10.1 Subtract 10 and 100</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
230 −10 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 230 &#8211; 10 is 220.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 230-10, we will pick the tens digit number in 230 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
3 &#8211; 1= 2<br />
therefore 230 &#8211; 10= 220.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
956 − 10 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 956 &#8211; 10 is 946.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 956 -10, we will pick the tens digit number in 956 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
5 &#8211; 1= 4<br />
therefore 956 &#8211; 10= 946.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
597 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 597 &#8211; 100 is 497.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 597 &#8211; 100, we will pick the hundred digit number in 597 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
5 &#8211; 1= 4<br />
therefore 597 &#8211; 100= 497.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
384 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 384 &#8211; 100 is 284.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 384-100, we will pick the hundred digit number in 384 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
3 &#8211; 1= 2<br />
therefore 384 &#8211; 100= 284.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
705 − 10 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 705 &#8211; 10 is 695.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 705-10, we will pick the tens digit number in 705 and in 10. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
70 &#8211; 1= 69<br />
therefore 705 &#8211; 10= 695.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
157 − 100 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 157 &#8211; 100 is 57.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
To find the difference of 157-100, we will pick the hundred digit number in 157 and in 100. Then we will subtract both the numbers which we have picked. So the result will be<br />
1 &#8211; 1= 0<br />
therefore 157 &#8211; 100= 057.</p>
<p><strong>10.2 Use a Number Line to Subtract Hundreds and Tens</strong></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
481 − 250 = ______<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20342" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-7.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 7" width="528" height="36" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-7.png 528w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-7-300x20.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 528px) 100vw, 528px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 481 &#8211; 250 is 231.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start at 250 and add hundred two times which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be 250 + 200= 450 and then we will add three tens which is 450+30= 480 and then we will add one. The value will be 480 + 1=481. So the difference between 481 &#8211; 250 is 231.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
325 crackers come in a box. You set out 160 for a party. How many crackers are left in the box?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20343" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-8.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 8" width="84" height="107" /><br />
_____ crackers<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of crackers left is 165.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The total number of crackers in the box is 325, and in that 160 are set for a party. So the number of crackers left in the box is 325 &#8211; 160= 165 crackers left.</p>
<p><strong>10.3 Use a Number Line to SubtractThree-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
604 −97 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20344" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-9.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 9" width="534" height="39" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-9.png 534w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-9-300x22.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 604 &#8211; 97 is 507.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start from 604 and count back ninety once and the value will be 604 &#8211; 90= 514 and then we will count back seven, and the value will be 514 &#8211; 7=507. So the difference between 604 &#8211; 97= 507.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Number Sense<br />
Write the equation shown by the number line.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20345" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-10.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 10" width="427" height="117" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-10.png 427w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-10-300x82.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 427px) 100vw, 427px" /><br />
_____ &#8211; _____ = ______<br />
Answer:<br />
The equation is 782 &#8211; 325= 457.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above image, given it is started from 782 and count back to 300 then the result is 782 &#8211; 300= 482, and then it was counted back to 20 then the value is 482 &#8211; 20= 462, then the value is counted back to 5 and the value is 462 &#8211; 5= 457.</p>
<p><strong>10.4 Use Compensation to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<p><strong>Use compensation to subtract.</strong><br />
Question 11.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20346" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-11.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 11" width="276" height="156" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20347" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-12.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 12" width="276" height="156" /><br />
Answer:</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
<strong>YOU BE THE TEACHER</strong><br />
Descartes uses compensation to find 331 − 214. Is he correct? Explain.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20348" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-13.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 13" width="399" height="189" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-13.png 399w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-13-300x142.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 399px) 100vw, 399px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
Yes, Descartes is correct.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Yes, Descartes is correct. As Compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is a quite effective way of subtraction.<br />
So by the compensation method, Descartes subtracted 14 to the number 214 then 214 &#8211; 14= 200. Now Descartes subtracted 331 &#8211; 200= 131.</p>
<p><strong>10.5 Use Models to Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
992 &#8211; 645 = ?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20349" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-14.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 14" width="437" height="195" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-14.png 437w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-14-300x134.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 437px) 100vw, 437px" /><br />
Answer: 347<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-62530" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-14-300x134.jpg" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-14" width="300" height="134" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-14-300x134.jpg 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-14.jpg 437w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /></p>
<p><strong>10.6 Subtract Three-Digit Numbers</strong></p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20350" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-15.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 15" width="152" height="120" /><br />
Answer:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-62531" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-15.jpg" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-15" width="152" height="120" /></p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20351" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-16.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 16" width="152" height="125" /><br />
Answer:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-62535" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-16.jpg" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-16" width="152" height="125" /></p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20352" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-17.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 17" width="165" height="120" /><br />
Answer:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-62539" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-17.jpg" alt="Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-17" width="165" height="120" /></p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
<strong>Modeling Real Life</strong><br />
There are 420 T-shirts and120 pairs of shorts at a store. 135 T-shirts are sold. How many T-shirts are left?<br />
_____ T-shirts<br />
Answer:<br />
The number of t-shirts left is 285.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The number of t-shirts is 420 and there are 120 pairs of shorts at a store. And in that 135 tshits are sold out. The remaining t-shirts is 420 &#8211; 135= 285.</p>
<p><strong>10.7 Subtract from Numbers that Contain Zeros</strong></p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
600 − 365 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
By regrouping the numbers 600 &#8211; 365= 235.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.<br />
So we will subtract by regrouping the numbers 600 &#8211; 365= 235.</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
402 − 195 = _____<br />
Answer:<br />
By regrouping the numbers 402 &#8211; 195= 207.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
By regrouping in subtraction is a process of exchanging one ten into ten ones. We use regrouping in subtraction when the minuend is smaller than the subtrahend.<br />
So we will subtract by regrouping the numbers 402 &#8211; 195= 207.</p>
<p><strong>10.8 Use Addition to Subtract</strong></p>
<p><strong>Add to find the difference. Check your answer.</strong><br />
Question 21.<br />
213 − 102 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20353" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-21.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 21" width="573" height="59" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-21.png 573w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-21-300x31.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 573px) 100vw, 573px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 213 &#8211; 102 is 111.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start at 102 and add hundred once which is 1×100= 100 and the value will be 102 + 100= 202 and then we will add ten which is 202+10= 212 and then we will add one. The value will be 212 + 1=213. So the difference between 213 &#8211; 102 is 111.</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
564 − 317 = _____<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-20354" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-22.png" alt="Big Ideas Math Answers 2nd Grade Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 chp 22" width="565" height="61" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-22.png 565w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-2nd-Grade-Chapter-10-Subtract-Numbers-within-1000-chp-22-300x32.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 565px) 100vw, 565px" /><br />
Answer:<br />
The difference between 564 &#8211; 317 is 247.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Let&#8217;s start at 317 and add hundred two time which is 2×100= 200 and the value will be 317 + 200= 517 and then we will add four tens which is 517+40= 557 and then we will add seven. The value will be 557 + 7=564. So the difference between 564 &#8211; 317 is 247.</p>
<p><strong>10.9 Explain Subtraction Strategies</strong></p>
<p><strong>Choose any strategy to solve. Explain how you solved.</strong><br />
Question 23.<br />
573 − 309 = ____<br />
______________________________<br />
______________________________<br />
______________________________<br />
Answer:<br />
By compensation subtraction 573 &#8211; 309 is 264.</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Compensation subtraction is a good strategy because compensation subtraction is a mental math strategy for multi-digit addition which means taking away more than we need and then adding some back which is quite an effective way of subtraction. So by the compensation method, we will subtract 9 from the number 309 then<br />
309 &#8211; 9= 300. Now we will subtract 573 &#8211; 300= 273. Now we will subtract 9 to the result 273, which is<br />
273 &#8211; 9= 264. So 573 &#8211; 309 is 264.</p>
<p><em>Conclusion:</em></p>
<p>Detailed Big Ideas Math Grade 3 Chapter 10 Subtract Numbers within 1,000 Solutions are useful for the students to finish their homework. The step by step by step solution is helpful to become an expert in maths. If you have any queries, then post your doubts in the given below comment section. Check our site regularly to find the answers for all Big Ideas Math Book Grade 2 chapters.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/big-ideas-math-answers-grade-2-chapter-10/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">20196</post-id>	</item>
		<item>
		<title>Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication</title>
		<link>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/go-math-grade-3-answer-key-chapter-3-understand-multiplication/</link>
					<comments>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/go-math-grade-3-answer-key-chapter-3-understand-multiplication/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[Mounisha Reddy]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Thu, 24 Mar 2022 22:08:06 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[HMH Go Math]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://ccssmathanswers.com/?p=167</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[Practice using Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication and learn various question types on Multiplication. Solve as many questions as possible in the 3rd Grade HMH Go Math Ch 3 Understand Multiplication Answer Key and become pro in the chapter. Thus, you can answer any kind of question framed on the ... <a title="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication" class="read-more" href="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/go-math-grade-3-answer-key-chapter-3-understand-multiplication/" aria-label="Read more about Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication">Read more</a>]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Practice using <a href="https://ccssmathanswers.com/go-math-grade-3-answer-key/">Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key</a> Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication and learn various question types on Multiplication. Solve as many questions as possible in the 3rd Grade HMH Go Math Ch 3 Understand Multiplication Answer Key and become pro in the chapter. Thus, you can answer any kind of question framed on the concept and clear your tests or assessments with higher scores.</p>
<h2>HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication</h2>
<p>To help you out with chapter 3 Understand Multiplication we have jotted down all the exercise problems in your Go Math Textbook. Simply tap on the respective chapter you wish to prepare and learn the fundamentals included within it easily. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Ch 3 Understand Multiplication is provided in a comprehensive manner for better understanding.</p>
<p><strong>Lesson 1: Count Equal Groups</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Count_Equal_Groups_Page_No_143">Count Equal Groups Page No 143</a></li>
<li><a href="#Count_Equal_Groups_Lesson_Check_Page_No_144">Count Equal Groups Lesson Check Page No 144</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 2: Algebra • Relate Addition and Multiplication</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Relate_Addition_and_Multiplication_Page_No_149">Relate Addition and Multiplication Page No 149</a></li>
<li><a href="#Relate_Addition_and_Multiplication_Lesson_Check_Page_No_150">Relate Addition and Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 3: Skip Count on a Number Line</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Skip_Count_on_a_Number_Line_Page_No_155">Skip Count on a Number Line Page No 155</a></li>
<li><a href="#Skip_Count_on_a_Number_Line_Lesson_Check_Page_No_156">Skip Count on a Number Line Lesson Check Page No 156</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Mid-Chapter Checkpoint</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Page_No_157">Page No 157</a></li>
<li><a href="#Page_No_158">Page No 158</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 4: Problem Solving • Model Multiplication</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Model_Multiplication_Page_No_163">Model Multiplication Page No 163</a></li>
<li><a href="#Model_Multiplication_Lesson_Check_Page_No_164">Model Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 164</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 5: Model with Arrays</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Model_with_Arrays_Page_No_169">Model with Arrays Page No 169</a></li>
<li><a href="#Model_with_Arrays_Lesson_Check_Page_No_170">Model with Arrays Lesson Check Page No 170</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 6: Algebra • Commutative Property of Multiplication</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Commutative_Property_of_Multiplication_Page_No_175">Commutative Property of Multiplication Page No 175</a></li>
<li><a href="#Commutative_Property_of_Multiplication_Lesson_Check_Page_No_176">Commutative Property of Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 176</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Lesson 7: Algebra • Multiply with 1 and 0</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Multiply_with_1_and_0_Page_No_181">Multiply with 1 and 0 Page No 181</a></li>
<li><a href="#Multiply_with_1_and_0_Lesson_Check_Page_No_182">Multiply with 1 and 0 Lesson Check Page No 182</a></li>
</ul>
<p><strong>Chapter 3 Review/Test</strong></p>
<ul>
<li><a href="#Chapter_3_Review_Test_Page_No_183">Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 183</a></li>
<li><a href="#Chapter_3_Review_Test_Page_No_184">Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 184</a></li>
<li><a href="#Chapter_3_Review_Test_Page_No_185">Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 185</a></li>
<li><a href="#Chapter_3_Review_Test_Page_No_186">Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 186</a></li>
<li><a href="#Chapter_3_Review_Test_Page_No_187">Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 187</a></li>
<li><a href="#Chapter_3_Review_Test_Page_No_188">Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 188</a></li>
</ul>
<h3><a id="Count_Equal_Groups_Page_No_143"></a>Count Equal Groups Page No 143</h3>
<p><strong>Draw equal groups. Skip count to find how many.</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
2 groups of 2 <span style="text-decoration: underline;">4</span><br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-1.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 1" width="158" height="78" /></p>
<p>Answer: 4</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are two groups of 2<br />
There are 2 two&#8217;s.<br />
We skip count by 2&#8217;s. (2, 4)<br />
So, there are 4 in all.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
3 groups of 6 ________</p>
<p>Answer: 18</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Draw 6 counters in each group.<br />
There are 3 equal groups.<br />
skip count by six until you say 3 numbers.<br />
There are 3 equal groups with 6 counters in each group.<br />
So, there are 18 counters in all.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
5 groups of 3 ________</p>
<p>Answer: 15</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Draw 3 counters in each group.<br />
There are 5 equal groups.<br />
Now, skip count by 3&#8217;s until you say 5 numbers.<br />
There are 5 equal groups with 3 counters in each group.<br />
So, there are 15 counters in all.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
4 groups of 5 ________</p>
<p>Answer: 20</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Draw 5 counters in each group.<br />
There are 4 equal groups.<br />
Skip count by 5&#8217;s until you say 4 numbers.<br />
There are 4 equal groups with 5 counters in each group.<br />
So, there are 20 counters in all.</p>
<p>Count equal groups to find how many.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-2.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 2" width="166" height="167" /><br />
______ groups of _______ , _______ in all</p>
<p>Answer: 4, 3, 12</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are three counters in each group.<br />
There are 4 equal groups.<br />
We skip count by 3&#8217;s until you say 4 numbers. (3,6,9,12)<br />
So, there are 4 groups of 3, 12 in all.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-3.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 3" width="163" height="157" /><br />
______ groups of _______ , _______ in all</p>
<p>Answer: 4, 4, 16</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 4 counters in each group<br />
There are 4 equal groups.<br />
We skip count by 4&#8217;s until you say 4 numbers. (4,8,12,16)<br />
There are 4 groups of 4, 16 in all</p>
<p><em><strong>Problem Solving</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Marcia puts 2 slices of cheese on each sandwich. She makes 4 cheese sandwiches. How many slices of cheese does Marcia use in all?<br />
_________ slice of cheese</p>
<p>Answer: 8</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Draw 2 counters (cheese) in each group.<br />
There are 4 equal groups (sandwiches).<br />
We skip count by 2&#8217;s until you say 4 numbers (4,8)<br />
There are 8 slices of cheese.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Tomas works in a cafeteria kitchen. He puts 3 cherry tomatoes on each of 5 salads. How many tomatoes does he use?<br />
_________ tomatoes</p>
<p>Answer: 15</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Draw 3 counters (tomatoes) in each group.<br />
There are 5 equal groups (salads).<br />
We skip count by 3&#8217;s until you say 5 numbers (3,6,9,12,15)<br />
There are 15 tomatoes in all.</p>
<h3><a id="Count_Equal_Groups_Lesson_Check_Page_No_144"></a>Count Equal Groups Lesson Check Page No 144</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Jen makes 3 bracelets. Each bracelet has 3 beads. How many beads does Jen use?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-4.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 4" width="197" height="66" /><br />
Options:<br />
a. 12<br />
b. 9<br />
c. 6<br />
d. 3</p>
<p>Answer: b</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 3 beads in each group.<br />
There are 3 equal groups (bracelets).<br />
Now, skip count by 3&#8217;s until you say three numbers (3,6,9)<br />
Jen use a total of 9 beads.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Ian has 5 cards to mail. Each card needs 2 stamps. How many stamps does Ian need?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-5-300x58.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Count Equal Groups img 5" width="300" height="58" /><br />
Options:<br />
a. 2<br />
b. 5<br />
c. 10<br />
d. 15</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 5 equal groups (cards) with two counters (stamps) in each group.<br />
Now, skip count by 2&#8217;s until you say five numbers (2,4,6,8,10)<br />
Ian need a total of 1o stamps.</p>
<p><em><strong>Spiral Review</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
There were 384 people at a play on Friday night. There were 512 people at the play on Saturday night. Which is the best estimate of the total number of people who attended the play on both nights?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 900<br />
b. 800<br />
c. 700<br />
d. 500</p>
<p>Answer: a</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Step 1: Round each number to nearest hundred.<br />
384 &#8212;-&gt; 400<br />
512  &#8212;-&gt; 500<br />
Step 2: Add the rounded numbers<br />
400 + 500 = 900<br />
The best estimate of the total number of people who attended the play on both nights are 900.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Walking the Dog Pet Store has 438 leashes in stock. They sell 79 leashes during a one-day sale. How many leashes are left in stock after the sale?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 459<br />
b. 441<br />
c. 369<br />
d. 359</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation: Use place value to subtract<br />
Subtract 438 &#8211; 79<br />
Estimate 450 &#8211; 100 =</p>
<p>Step 1<br />
Subtract the ones.<br />
8 &lt; 9, so regroup.<br />
3 tens 8 ones = 2 tens ____ ones<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-773 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Count-Equal-Groups-Spiral-Review-Page-No-144-Answer-1-i-1.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - i" width="130" height="137" /><br />
On subtracting the ones place decimals, we get 9</p>
<p>Step 2<br />
Subtract the tens.<br />
2 &lt; 3, so regroup.<br />
4 hundreds 2 tens = 3 hundreds _____ tens<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-774" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Count-Equal-Groups-Spiral-Review-Page-No-144-Answer-1-ii-1.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - ii" width="155" height="147" /><br />
On subtracting the ones and tens place decimals, we get 59</p>
<p>Step 3:<br />
Subtract the hundreds<br />
Then, add to check your answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-775" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Count-Equal-Groups-Spiral-Review-Page-No-144-Answer-1-iii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - iii" width="132" height="146" />  <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-776" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Count-Equal-Groups-Spiral-Review-Page-No-144-Answer-1-iv.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 1 - iv" width="115" height="135" /></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
The Lakeside Tour bus traveled 490 miles on Saturday and 225 miles on Sunday. About how many more miles did it travel on Saturday?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 500 miles<br />
b. 400 miles<br />
c. 300 miles<br />
d. 100 miles</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Use compatible numbers<br />
Step 1: Round each number to nearest hundred.<br />
490 &#8212;-&gt; 500<br />
225 &#8212;-&gt; 200<br />
Step 2: Subtract the rounded numbers.</p>
<p>(i) Working each column from right to left<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-778" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Count-Equal-Groups-Spiral-Review-Page-No-144-Answer-2-i-1.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - i" width="161" height="141" /><br />
(ii) 0 minus 0 is 0<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-780" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Count-Equal-Groups-Spiral-Review-Page-No-144-Answer-2-ii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - ii" width="145" height="130" /><br />
(iii) 0 minus 0 is 0<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-781" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Count-Equal-Groups-Spiral-Review-Page-No-144-Answer-2-iii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - iii" width="135" height="118" /><br />
(iv) 5 minus 2 is 3<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-782" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Count-Equal-Groups-Spiral-Review-Page-No-144-Answer-2-iv.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 2 - iv" width="136" height="125" /></p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
During one week at Jackson School, 210 students buy milk and 196 students buy juice. How many drinks are sold that week?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 496<br />
b. 406<br />
c. 396<br />
d. 306</p>
<p>Answer: b</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Use place value to add two addends.<br />
Add 210 + 196<br />
Estimate 200 + 200</p>
<p>Step 1:<br />
Add the ones.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-784" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Count-Equal-Groups-Spiral-Review-Page-No-144-Answer-3-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 3 - i" width="197" height="176" /></p>
<p>Step 2:</p>
<p>Add the tens.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-785" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Count-Equal-Groups-Spiral-Review-Page-No-144-Answer-3-ii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 3 - ii" width="183" height="175" /></p>
<p>Step 3:<br />
Add the hundreds. Regroup the tens as hundreds.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-786" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Count-Equal-Groups-Spiral-Review-Page-No-144-Answer-3-iii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Count Equal Groups Spiral Review Page No 144 Answer 3 - iii" width="172" height="176" /></p>
<h3><a id="Relate_Addition_and_Multiplication_Page_No_149"></a>Relate Addition and Multiplication Page No 149</h3>
<p><strong>Draw a quick picture to show the equal groups. Then write related addition and multiplication sentences.</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
3 groups of 5<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-6.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication img 6" width="274" height="93" /><br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">5</span> + <span style="text-decoration: underline;">5</span> + <span style="text-decoration: underline;">5</span> = <span style="text-decoration: underline;">15</span><br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">3</span> × <span style="text-decoration: underline;">5</span> = <span style="text-decoration: underline;">15<br />
</span></p>
<p>Answer: 15</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Addition Sentence:<br />
There are 5 counters in each group.<br />
There are 3 groups.<br />
Now, add equal groups<br />
5 + 5 + 5 = 15<br />
Multiplication Sentence:<br />
Since there are same number of counters in each circle, you can multiply to find how many in all.<br />
Use multiplication method to find the total counters in equal groups.<br />
Factor x Factor = Product<br />
5    x     3       =  15<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-789" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Relate-Addition-and-Multiplication-Page-No-149-Answer-1-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication Page No 149 Answer 1 - i" width="116" height="137" /></p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
3 groups of 4<br />
_____ + _____ + _____ = ______<br />
_____ × _____ = ______</p>
<p>Answer: 4 + 4 + 4  = 12<br />
3 x 4 = 12</p>
<p>Explanation: Addition Sentence<br />
Draw 4 counters in each group.<br />
There are total 3 groups.<br />
Now, the addition sentence is 4 + 4 + 4 = 12</p>
<p>Multiplication sentence<br />
Draw 4 counters in each circle or group.<br />
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply groups and counters to find how many there are altogether.<br />
3 x 4 = 12<br />
factor x factor = product</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
4 groups of 3<br />
_____ + _____ + _____ + _____ = ______<br />
_____ × _____ = ______</p>
<p>Answer: 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 12<br />
4 x 3 = 12</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Addition Sentence<br />
Draw 3 counters in each group.<br />
There are total 4 groups.<br />
Now, the addition sentence is 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 = 12</p>
<p>Multiplication sentence<br />
Draw 3 counters in each circle or group.<br />
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply counters and groups to find how many there are altogether.<br />
4 x 3 = 12<br />
factor x factor = product</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
5 groups of 2<br />
_____ + _____ + _____ + _____ + _____ = ______<br />
_____ × _____ = ______</p>
<p>Answer: 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 10<br />
5 x 2 = 10</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Addition Sentence<br />
Draw 2 counters in each group.<br />
There are total 5 groups.<br />
Now, the addition sentence is 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 12</p>
<p>Multiplication sentence<br />
Draw 2 counters in each circle or group.<br />
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply counters and groups to find how many there are altogether.<br />
5 x 2 = 12<br />
factor x factor = product</p>
<p>Complete. Write a multiplication sentence.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
7 + 7 + 7 = _____<br />
_____ × _____ = ______</p>
<p>Answer: 7 + 7 + 7 = 21<br />
3 x 7 = 21</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
7 + 7 + 7 = 21<br />
This is addition sentence, from this we can find the total no of groups and counters.<br />
From above sentence, we can tell that there are 3 groups and 7 counters in each group.<br />
Multiplication Sentence<br />
There are 3 groups and 7 counters in each group.<br />
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply counters and groups to find how many there are altogether.<br />
3  x  7 =  21</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
3 + 3 + 3 = _____<br />
_____ × _____ = ______</p>
<p>Answer: 3 + 3 + 3 = 9<br />
3 x 3 = 9</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
3 + 3 + 3 = 9<br />
This is addition sentence, from this we can find the total no of groups and counters.<br />
From above sentence, we can tell that there are 3 groups and 3 counters in each group.<br />
Multiplication Sentence<br />
There are 3 groups and 3 counters in each group.<br />
Since there are same number of counters in each group, multiply counters and groups to find how many there are altogether.<br />
3  x  3 =  9</p>
<p><em><strong>Problem Solving</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
There are 6 jars of pickles in a box. Ed has 3 boxes of pickles. How many jars of pickles does he have in all? Write a multiplication sentence to find the answer.<br />
_____ × _____ = ______ jars</p>
<p>Answer: 3 x 6 = 18 jars</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Draw 3 boxes as Pickle boxes.<br />
Draw 6 counters in each box to show jars.<br />
Now, find the number of counters (jars).<br />
Since, there are same number of jars in each pickle box, you can multiply to find how many in all.<br />
3 groups of 6 = 3 x 6 = 18</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Each day, Jani rides her bike 5 miles. How many miles does Jani ride in all in 4 days? Write a multiplication sentence to find the answer.<br />
_____ × _____ = ______ miles</p>
<p>Answer: 4 x 5 = 20 miles</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Draw 4 circles to show 4 days.<br />
Draw 5 counters to show miles.<br />
Now, find the total no of miles ride by Jani in 4 days.<br />
Since, Jani rides same number of miles each day, you can multiply to find how many in all.<br />
4 groups of 5 = 4 x 5 = 20</p>
<h3><a id="Relate_Addition_and_Multiplication_Lesson_Check_Page_No_150"></a>Relate Addition and Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Which is another way to show<br />
3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 5 × 3<br />
b. 4 × 3<br />
c. 8 × 3<br />
d. 6 × 3</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The given question is in the form of addition sentence. Now, we can find the no of counters and groups using it.<br />
Draw 6 circles to show equal groups.<br />
Then, draw 3 counters in each circle.<br />
When you combine equal groups, you can multiply to find how many in all.<br />
No. of equal groups x no of counters = total no of counters<br />
6 x 3 = 18</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Use the model. How many counters are there in all?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-7.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication img 7" width="180" height="90" /><br />
Options:<br />
a. 8<br />
b. 10<br />
c. 12<br />
d. 14</p>
<p>Answer: b</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the above figure, we can see there are two equal groups.<br />
There are 5 counters in each group.<br />
Now, multiplication sentence to find the number of counters.<br />
No. of equal groups x No. of counters in each group = Total no. of counters<br />
2 x 5 = 10</p>
<p><em><strong>Spiral Review</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
A school gave 884 pencils to students on the first day of school. What is 884 rounded to the nearest hundred?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 800<br />
b. 880<br />
c. 890<br />
d. 900</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
We need to round 884 to nearest hundred.<br />
Now, look at the digit to the right which is 8.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-797 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-150-Answer-5-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 5 - i" width="115" height="139" /><br />
8 &gt; 5<br />
So, the hundreds digit increases by one.<br />
Write 9 as the hundreds digit.<br />
Write zeros as the tens and ones digits.<br />
So, 884 rounded to nearest hundred is 900</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Find the difference.<br />
6 3 2<br />
&#8211; 2 7 4<br />
&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;<br />
Options:<br />
a. 906<br />
b. 442<br />
c. 358<br />
d. 354</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Step-1:<br />
Working each column from right to left.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-798" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Lesson-Check-Page-No-150-Answer-6-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - i" width="151" height="132" /><br />
Step-2:<br />
Subtract the ones. Since, 2 &lt; 4 , you must regroup.<br />
3 tens 2 ones = 2 tens ______ ones.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-801" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Lesson-Check-Page-No-150-Answer-6-ii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - ii" width="147" height="182" /></p>
<p>Step-3:<br />
Subtract the tens. Since 2 &lt; 7, you must regroup.<br />
6 hundreds 2 tens = 5 hundreds ______ ones.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-802 size-full" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Lesson-Check-Page-No-150-Answer-6-iii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - iii" width="146" height="187" /><br />
Step-4:<br />
Subtract the hundreds.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-803" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Lesson-Check-Page-No-150-Answer-6-iv.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - iv" width="131" height="167" /><br />
Step-5:<br />
Add to check answer.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-805" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Lesson-Check-Page-No-150-Answer-6-v.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 150 Answer 6 - v" width="166" height="170" /></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
The line plot below shows how many points Trevor scored in 20 games.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-8-300x154.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Relate Addition and Multiplication img 8" width="300" height="154" /><br />
In how many games did Trevor score at least 18 points?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 3<br />
b. 5<br />
c. 6<br />
d. 10</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numbers in the line plot shows the points scored by Trevor.<br />
Each <strong>✗</strong> in the figure stands for 1 game.<br />
Find 18 points scored on the number line.<br />
In the above line plot, we can see the three <strong>✗</strong>s above 18, four <strong>✗</strong>s above 19, 3 <strong>✗</strong>s above 20.<br />
So, We can say Trevor scored at least 18 points in 10 games.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
In how many games did Trevor score 18 points or fewer?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 7<br />
b. 10<br />
c. 13<br />
d. 15</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numbers in the line plot shows the points scored by Trevor.<br />
Each <strong>✗</strong> in the figure stands for 1 game.<br />
Find 18 and below 18 points scored on the number line.<br />
In the above line plot, we can see the three <strong>✗</strong>s above 18, five <strong>✗</strong>s above 17, two <strong>✗</strong>s above 16, three <strong>✗</strong>s above 15 .<br />
So, We can say Trevor scored at least 18 points in 13 games.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Darrien read 97 pages last week. Evan read 84 pages last week. How many pages in all did the boys read?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 13<br />
b. 171<br />
c. 181<br />
d. 271</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Add 97 and 84<br />
Step 1:<br />
Add ones. Regroup the ones as tens and ones.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-817" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-150-Answer-7-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 7 - i" width="165" height="172" /><br />
Step 2:<br />
Add tens.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-818" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-150-Answer-7-ii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 7 - ii" width="160" height="165" /><br />
Step 3:<br />
Add hundreds.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-819" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-150-Answer-7-iii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 150 Answer 7 - iii" width="167" height="165" /></p>
<h3><a id="Skip_Count_on_a_Number_Line_Page_No_155"></a>Skip Count on a Number Line Page No 155</h3>
<p>Draw jumps on the number line to show equal groups. Find the product.</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
6 groups of 3<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-9-300x32.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 9" width="300" height="32" /><br />
6 × 3 = 18</p>
<p>Answer: 18</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
1 jump on the number line is considered as 1 group.<br />
There are 6 jumps on the number line. So, there are 6 groups.<br />
The length of each jump is 3.<br />
Begin at 0. Skip count by 3&#8217;s.<br />
Multiply 6 x 3 = 18</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
3 groups of 5<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-10-300x32.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 10" width="300" height="32" /><br />
3 × 5 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 15</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-medium wp-image-920" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Skip-Count-on-a-Number-Line-Page-No-155-Answer-8-i-300x97.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line Page No 155 Answer 8 - i" width="300" height="97" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Skip-Count-on-a-Number-Line-Page-No-155-Answer-8-i-300x97.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Skip-Count-on-a-Number-Line-Page-No-155-Answer-8-i.png 737w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 300px) 100vw, 300px" /><br />
1 jump on the number line is considered as 1 group.<br />
There are 5 jumps on the number line. So, there are 5 groups.<br />
The length of each jump is 3.<br />
Begin at 0. Skip count by 3&#8217;s.<br />
Multiply 3 x 5 = 15.</p>
<p>Write the multiplication sentence the number line shows.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
2 groups of 6<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-11-300x39.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 11" width="300" height="39" /><br />
______ × _____ = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 12</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
1 jump on the number is considered as 1 group.<br />
There are 2 jumps on number line. So, there are 2 groups.<br />
The length of each jump is 2.<br />
Begin at 0. Skip count by 6&#8217;s.<br />
Multiply 2 x 6 = 12.</p>
<p><em><strong>Problem Solving</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Allie is baking muffins for students in her class. There are 6 muffins in each baking tray. She bakes 5 trays of muffins. How many muffins is she baking in all?<br />
________ muffins</p>
<p>Answer: 30 Muffins</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 5 baking trays with 6 muffins in each tray.<br />
Consider 1 tray as 1 jump and 1 muffin as length of each jump.<br />
Now, use a number line to find how many muffins allie baked in all.<br />
Begin at 0. Skip count by 6s by drawing jumps on the number line.<br />
No. of jumps made = 5<br />
Length of each jump = 6<br />
Multiply. 5 x 6 = 30<br />
So, Allie bakes 30 muffins in all.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
A snack package has 4 cheese sticks. How many cheese sticks are in 4 packages?<br />
________ cheese sticks</p>
<p>Answer: 16 Cheese sticks</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 4 packages with 4 cheese sticks in each package.<br />
Consider 1 package as 1 jump and 1 cheese stick as length of each jump.<br />
Now, use a number line to find how many cheese sticks are in 4 packages.<br />
Begin at 0. Skip count by 4s by drawing jumps on the number line.<br />
No. of jumps made = 4<br />
Length of each jump = 4<br />
Multiply. 4 x 4 = 16<br />
So, there are 16 cheese sticks in 4 packages.</p>
<h3><a id="Skip_Count_on_a_Number_Line_Lesson_Check_Page_No_156"></a>Skip Count on a Number Line Lesson Check Page No 156</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Louise skip counts by 4 on a number line to find 5 x 4. How many jumps should she draw on the number line?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 3<br />
b. 4<br />
c. 5<br />
d. 9</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given no. of skip counts on a number line = 4<br />
Product = no. of jumps x length of each jump<br />
Given product = 5 x 4<br />
From the given data, we can say that no of jumps = 5<br />
So, no of jumps drawn on the number line = 5.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Theo needs 4 boards that are each 3 feet long to make bookshelves. How many feet of boards does he need altogether?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 12 feet<br />
b. 7 feet<br />
c. 4 feet<br />
d. 3 feet</p>
<p>Answer: a</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given no. of boards = 4<br />
Length of each board = 3 feet<br />
Begin at 0. Skip count by 3&#8217;s.<br />
Product = 4 x 3 = 12<br />
So, Theo needs 12 feet of boards altogether.</p>
<p><em><strong>Spiral Review</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Estimate the sum.<br />
5 1 8<br />
+ 2 5 1<br />
Options:<br />
a. 200<br />
b. 700<br />
c. 800<br />
d. 900</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Use Compatible numbers.<br />
518 &#8212;-&gt; 500<br />
251 &#8212;-&gt; 300<br />
Perform addition<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-953" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-156-Answer-9-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 156 Answer 9 - i" width="162" height="165" /></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Which number would you put in a frequency table to show <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-12.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Skip Count on a Number Line img 12" width="45" height="27" />?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 5<br />
b. 6<br />
c. 7<br />
d. 8</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-1067" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-156-Answer-11-i-300x76.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 156 Answer 11 - i" width="324" height="82" srcset="https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-156-Answer-11-i-300x76.png 300w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-156-Answer-11-i-768x194.png 768w, https://bigideasmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-156-Answer-11-i.png 992w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 324px) 100vw, 324px" /></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
A manager at a shoe store received an order for 346 pairs of shoes. What is 346 rounded to the nearest hundred?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 400<br />
b. 350<br />
c. 340<br />
d. 300</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round 346 to nearest hundred.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1069" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-156-Answer-12-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 156 Answer 12 - i" width="140" height="139" /><br />
Since 4 &lt; 5, the digit in the rounding place stays same. i.e, 3<br />
Now, write zeros to the right of the rounding place (tens and ones place)<br />
So, 346 rounded to nearest hundred is 300.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Toby is making a picture graph. Each picture of a book is equal to 2 books he has read. The row for Month 1 has 3 pictures of books. How many books did Toby read during Month 1?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 2<br />
b. 3<br />
c. 6<br />
d. 8</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, each picture  = 2 books<br />
Row for month 1 = 3 pictures of books = 3 x 2 = 6<br />
So, Toby read 6 books during month 1.</p>
<h3><a id="Page_No_157"></a>Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 157</h3>
<p>Choose the best term from the box.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-13.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 13" width="258" height="223" /></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
When you combine equal groups, you can _______________ to find how many in all.<br />
_________</p>
<p>Answer: Multiply</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
When equal groups are combined together, multiplication operation is performed to find the total.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
The answer in a multiplication problem is called the _________________ .<br />
_________</p>
<p>Answer: Product</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Product is the answer to a multiplication problem.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
The numbers you multiply are called the ______________ .<br />
_________</p>
<p>Answer: factors</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The numbers which are multiplied are called factors.</p>
<p><strong>Concepts and Skills</strong></p>
<p>Count equal groups to find how many.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-14.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 14" width="218" height="75" /><br />
_______ groups of _______ ; _______ in all</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
3 groups of 3; 9 in all</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the figure, we can say that there are 3 equal groups.<br />
Each group has three counters.<br />
So, the total no of counters are 9 in all.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-15.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 15" width="211" height="59" /><br />
_______ groups of _______ ; _______ in all</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
4 groups of 5; 20 in all</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the figure, we can say that there are 4 equal groups.<br />
Each group has five counters.<br />
So, the total no of counters are 20 in all.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-16.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 16" width="140" height="73" /><br />
_______ groups of _______ ; _______ in all</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
2 groups of 10; 20 in all</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the figure, we can say that there are 2 equal groups.<br />
Each group has 10 counters.<br />
So, the total no of counters are 20 in all.</p>
<p>Write related addition and multiplication sentences.</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
3 groups of 9<br />
_______ + _______ + _______ = _______ ; _______ × _______ = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 9 + 9 + 9 = 27; 3 x 9 = 27</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Draw 3 circles as groups.<br />
Draw 9 counters in each circle.<br />
Now, find the number of counters.<br />
Addition Sentence: 3 groups of 9 = 9 + 9 + 9 = 27<br />
Multiplication Sentence: 3 groups of 9 = 3 x 9 = 27</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
5 groups of 7<br />
Type below:<br />
________<br />
Answer: 7 + 7 + 7 + 7 + 7 = 35; 5 x 7 = 35</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Draw 5 circles as groups.<br />
Draw 7 counters in each circle.<br />
Now, find the number of counters.<br />
Addition Sentence: 5 groups of 7 = 7 + 7 + 7 + 7 + 7 = 35<br />
Multiplication Sentence: 5 groups of 7 = 5 x 7 = 35</p>
<p>Draw jumps on the number line to show equal groups.<br />
Find the product.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
6 groups of 3<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-17-300x27.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 17" width="300" height="27" /><br />
_______ × _______ = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 6 x 3 = 18</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, 6 groups of 3<br />
No. of jumps = 6<br />
Length of each jump = 3<br />
Product = No. of jumps x length of each jump = 6 x 3 = 18</p>
<h3><a id="Page_No_158"></a>Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 158</h3>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Beth&#8217;s mother cut some melons into equal slices. She put 4 slices each on 8 plates. Write a multiplication sentence to show the total number of melon slices she put on the plates.<br />
Type below:<br />
_________</p>
<p>Answer:  8 x 4 = 32</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given data,<br />
There are 8 groups which is shown as plates.<br />
Each group has 4 counters which is shown as slices.<br />
Since, there are equal no. of slices in each plate, we can multiply to find the total number of melon slices.<br />
Now, we can write multiplication sentence as 8 x 4 = 32.</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Avery had 125 animal stickers. She gave 5 animal stickers to each of her 10 friends. How many animal stickers did she have left? What number sentences did you use to solve?<br />
_________ stickers left</p>
<p>Answer: Multiplication and Subtraction Sentence, 75</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, Total no. of animal stickers = 125<br />
She gave 5 animal stickers to each of her 10 friends.<br />
Use multiplicative sentence to find no. of stickers given to her friends.<br />
Product = 5 x 10= 50<br />
Total no. of stickers given to her friends = 50<br />
Now, Total no. of stickers she left with = 125 &#8211; 50 = 75.</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
Matt made 2 equal groups of marbles. Write a multiplication sentence to show the total number of marbles.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-18.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 18" width="213" height="109" /><br />
Type below:<br />
_________</p>
<p>Answer: 2 x 8 = 16</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the above figure, we can see<br />
There are 2 equal groups.<br />
Each group has 8 marbles.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
Lindsey has 10 inches of ribbon. She buys another 3 lengths of ribbon, each 5 inches long. How much ribbon does she have now?<br />
__________ inches of ribbon</p>
<p>Answer: 25 inches of ribbon</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, Lindsey has 10 inches of ribbon.<br />
She buys another 3 lengths of ribbon, each 5 inches long.<br />
Use multiplication sentence to find length of 5 inches = 3 groups of 5<br />
Product = 3 x 5 = 15 inches<br />
Now, add to find how much ribbon lindsey has in all.<br />
15 + 10 = 25<br />
Total length of ribbon = 25 inches.</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
Jack&#8217;s birthday is in 4 weeks. How many days is it until Jack&#8217;s birthday? Describe how you could use a number line to solve<br />
__________ days</p>
<p>Answer:  28</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, Jack&#8217;s birthday is in 4 weeks.<br />
Since each week has 7 days, length of each jump = 7<br />
Use number line to find the no. of days.<br />
No. of jumps = 4<br />
Now, begin at o. Skip count by 7&#8217;s by drawing jumps on the number line.<br />
Multiply no. of jumps and length of each jump<br />
4 x 7 = 28<br />
So, jack&#8217;s birthday is in 28 days.</p>
<h3><a id="Model_Multiplication_Page_No_163"></a>Problem Solving Model Multiplication Page No 163</h3>
<p><strong>Draw a diagram to solve each problem.</strong></p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Robert put some toy blocks into 3 rows. There are 5 blocks in each row. How many blocks are there in all?<br />
<span style="text-decoration: underline;">15 blocks<br />
</span></p>
<p>Answer: 15 blocks</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, Robert put some toy blocks into 3 rows.<br />
Each row contain 5 blocks.<br />
Now, use bar model to find the no. of blocks in all.<br />
Write 5 in each box to show 5 blocks in each of the 3 rows.<br />
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of blocks in all.<br />
3 x 5 = 15 blocks<br />
So, there are 15 blocks in all.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Mr. Fernandez is putting tiles on his kitchen floor. There are 2 rows with 9 tiles in each row. How many tiles are there in all?<br />
___________ tiles</p>
<p>Answer: 18 tiles</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, Mr. Fernandez is putting tiles on his kitchen floor.<br />
There are 2 rows.<br />
Each row contain 9 tiles.<br />
Now, use bar model to find the no. of tiles in all.<br />
Write 9 in each box to show 9 tiles in each of the 2 rows.<br />
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of tiles in all.<br />
2 x 9 = 18 tiles<br />
So, there are 18 tiles in all.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
In Jillian’s garden, there are 3 rows of carrots, 2 rows of string beans, and 1 row of peas. There are 8 plants in each row. How many plants are there in all?<br />
___________ plants</p>
<p>Answer: 48 plants</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are 3 rows of carrots, 2 rows of string beans, and 1 rows of peas.<br />
Total no. of rows = 6<br />
There are 8 plants in each row.<br />
Now, use bar model to find the no. of plants in all.<br />
Write 8 in each box to show 8 plants in each of the 6 rows.<br />
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of plants in all.<br />
6 x 8 = 48 plants<br />
So, there are 48 plants in all.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
In Sorhab’s classroom, there are 3 rows with 7 desks in each row. How many desks are there in all?<br />
_________ desks</p>
<p>Answer: 21 desks</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are 3 rows.<br />
Each row contain 7 desks.<br />
Now, use bar model to find the no. of desks in all.<br />
Write 7 in each box to show 7 desks in each of the 3 rows.<br />
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of desks in all.<br />
3 x 7 = 21 desks<br />
So, there are  21 desks in all.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Maya visits the movie rental store. On one wall, there are 6 DVDs on each of 5 shelves. On another wall, there are 4 DVDs on each of 4 shelves. How many DVDs are there in all?<br />
___________ DVDs</p>
<p>Answer: 46 DVD&#8217;s</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are 2 walls.<br />
On one wall, there are 5 shelves.<br />
Each shelf has 6 DVDs.<br />
Now, use bar model to find the no. of DVDs on one wall.<br />
Write 6 in each box to show 6 DVDs on each of the 5 shelves.<br />
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of DVDs on one wall.<br />
5 x 6 = 30 DVDs<br />
So, there are 30 DVD&#8217;s on one wall.<br />
On another wall, there are 4 shelves.<br />
Each shelf has 4 DVDs.<br />
Now, use bar model to find the no. of DVDs on another wall.<br />
Write 4 in each box to show 4 DVDs on each of the 4 shelves.<br />
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of DVDs on another wall.<br />
4 x 4 = 16 DVDs<br />
So, there are 16 DVD&#8217;s on another wall.<br />
Now, find the total no. of DVD&#8217;s on both all the walls.<br />
Add. 30 + 16 = 46 DVDs.<br />
So, there are 46 DVD&#8217;s in all.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
The media center at Josh’s school has a computer area. The first 4 rows have 6 computers each. The fifth row has 4 computers. How many computers are there in all?<br />
___________ computers</p>
<p>Answer: 28 computers</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are 4 rows.<br />
Each row contain 6 computers.<br />
Now, use bar model to find the no. of computers in all.<br />
Write 6 in each box to show 6 computers in each of the 4 rows.<br />
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of computers in all.<br />
4 x 6 = 24 computers<br />
So, there are 24 computers in all.<br />
There is another fifth row with 4 computers.<br />
Now, use bar model to find the no. of computers in all.<br />
No. of computers in fifth row = 4 x 1 = 4 computers.<br />
Add the computers in all rows to find how many in all.<br />
24 + 4 = 28<br />
So, there are 28 computers in all.</p>
<h3><a id="Model_Multiplication_Lesson_Check_Page_No_164"></a>Model Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 164</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
There are 5 shelves of video games in a video store. There are 6 video games on each shelf. How many video games are there in all?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 35<br />
b. 30<br />
c. 20<br />
d. 11</p>
<p>Answer: b</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are 5 shelves.<br />
Each shelf contain 6 video games.<br />
Now, use bar model to find the no. of video games in all.<br />
Write 6 in each box to show 6 video games in each of the 5 shelves.<br />
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of shelves in all.<br />
5 x 6 = 30 shelves<br />
So, there are 30 shelves in all.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
Ken watches a marching band. He sees 2 rows of flute players. Six people are in each row. He sees 8 trombone players. How many flute or trombone players does Ken see?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 2<br />
b. 6<br />
c. 16<br />
d. 20</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are 6 flute players in each row.<br />
There are 2 rows.<br />
Now, use bar model to find the no. of flute players in all.<br />
Write 6 in each box to show 6 flute players in each of the 2 rows.<br />
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find the number of flute players in all.<br />
2 x 6 = 12 flute players<br />
Given, there are 8 trombone players.<br />
Now, add flute and trombone players<br />
12 + 8 = 20<br />
So, there are 20 flute or trombone players.</p>
<p><em><strong>Spiral Review</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
What is the sum of 438 and 382?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 720<br />
b. 810<br />
c. 820<br />
d. 910</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Step 1:<br />
Add ones. Regroup ones as tens and ones.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1078" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-164-Answer-13-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 13 - i" width="155" height="162" /><br />
Step 2:<br />
Add tens. Regroup tens as hundreds and tens.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1079" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-164-Answer-13-ii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 13 - ii" width="160" height="165" /><br />
Step 3:<br />
Add the hundreds.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1080" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-164-Answer-13-iii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 13 - iii" width="157" height="163" /></p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Estimate the sum.<br />
6 2 2<br />
+ 8 4<br />
&#8212;&#8212;&#8212;<br />
Options:<br />
a. 500<br />
b. 600<br />
c. 700<br />
d. 800</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Use compatible numbers.<br />
622 &#8212;-&gt; 600<br />
84  &#8212;&#8211;&gt; 100<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1081" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-164-Answer-14-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 14 - i" width="163" height="167" /></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Francine uses 167 silver balloons and 182 gold balloons for her store party. How many silver and gold balloons in all does Francine use?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 15<br />
b. 345<br />
c. 349<br />
d. 359</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, Silver balloons = 167<br />
Gold balloons = 182<br />
Add Silver and gold balloons to find total in all.<br />
Step 1: Add ones.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1082" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-164-Answer-15-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 15 - i" width="158" height="162" /><br />
Step 2: Add tens. Regroup tens as hundreds and tens.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1083" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-164-Answer-15-ii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 15 - ii" width="157" height="167" /><br />
Step 3: Add hundreds.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1084" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-164-Answer-15-iii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 15 - iii" width="155" height="167" /><br />
So, total no. of silver and gold balloons in all does Francine use = 349</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Yoshi is making a picture graph. Each picture of a soccer ball stands for two goals he scored for his team. The row for January has 9 soccer balls. How many goals did Yoshi score during January?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 18<br />
b. 16<br />
c. 11<br />
d. 9</p>
<p>Answer: a</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, each picture = 2 goals<br />
Row for January = 9 soccer balls<br />
Consider each picture as 9 soccer balls.<br />
Now, find the goals did Yoshi score during January.<br />
9 x 2 = 18<br />
So, 18 goals did Yoshi score during January.</p>
<h3><a id="Model_with_Arrays_Page_No_169"></a>Model with Arrays Page No 169</h3>
<p>Write a multiplication sentence for the array.</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-19.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 19" width="285" height="129" /><br />
3 × 7 = 21</p>
<p>Answer: 3 x 7 = 21</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.<br />
There are 3 rows with 7 tiles in each row.<br />
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.<br />
Multiply. 3 x 7 = 21</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-20.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 20" width="209" height="90" /><br />
2 × 5 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 10</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.<br />
There are 2 rows with 5 tiles in each row.<br />
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.<br />
Multiply. 2 x 5 = 10</p>
<p>Draw an array to find the product.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
4 × 2 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 8</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Make an array by placing the same no. of tiles in each row.<br />
From the given data, make an array with 4 rows of 2 tiles.<br />
Now, draw an array.<br />
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.<br />
There are 4 rows with 2 tiles in each row.<br />
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.<br />
Multiply. 4 x 2 = 8</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
4 × 4 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 16</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Make an array by placing the same no. of tiles in each row.<br />
From the given data, make an array with 4 rows of 4 tiles.<br />
Now, draw an array.<br />
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.<br />
There are 4 rows with 4 tiles in each row.<br />
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.<br />
Multiply. 4 x 4 = 16</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
3 × 2 = _________</p>
<p>Answer: 6</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Make an array by placing the same no. of tiles in each row.<br />
From the given data, make an array with 3 rows of 2 tiles.<br />
Now, draw an array.<br />
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.<br />
There are 3 rows with 2 tiles in each row.<br />
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.<br />
Multiply. 3 x 2 = 6</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
2 × 8 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 16</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Make an array by placing the same no. of tiles in each row.<br />
From the given data, make an array with 2 rows of 8 tiles.<br />
Now, draw an array.<br />
In the above figure, we can see there are same no. of tiles in each row.<br />
There are 2 rows with 8 tiles in each row.<br />
Now, multiplication sentence for array can be written as number of rows x no. of tiles in each row.<br />
Multiply. 2 x 8 = 16</p>
<p><em><strong>Problem Solving</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Lenny is moving tables in the school cafeteria. He places all the tables in a 7 × 4 array. How many tables are in the cafeteria?<br />
_________ tables</p>
<p>Answer: 28 tables</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given array = 7 x 4<br />
Now, make an array with 7 rows of 4 tiles.<br />
Draw an array and find the no. of tables.<br />
Multiply. 7 x 4 = 28<br />
So, there are 28 tables in the cafeteria.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
Ms. DiMeo directs the school choir. She has the singers stand in 3 rows. There are 8 singers in each row. How many singers are there in all?<br />
_________ singers</p>
<p>Answer: 24 singers</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, no. of singers in each row = 8<br />
No. of rows = 3<br />
Now, make an array with 3 rows of 8 singers.<br />
Find the no. of singers by multiplying no. of rows with singers.<br />
Multiply. 3 x 8 = 24 singers.<br />
So, there are 24 singers in all.</p>
<h3><a id="Model_with_Arrays_Lesson_Check_Page_No_170"></a>Model with Arrays Lesson Check Page No 170</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
What multiplication sentence does this array show?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-21.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 21" width="124" height="79" /><br />
Options:<br />
a. 2 × 3 = 6<br />
b. 6 × 3 = 18<br />
c. 3 × 4 = 12<br />
d. 3 × 5 = 15</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the above figure, we can see that the array consists of 3 rows and 5 tiles.<br />
Now, the multiplications sentence is 3 x 5 = 15</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
What multiplication sentence does this array show?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-22.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 22" width="215" height="75" /><br />
Options:<br />
a. 3 × 9 = 27<br />
b. 3 × 8 = 24<br />
c. 3 × 7 = 21<br />
d. 4 × 5 = 20</p>
<p>Answer: a</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the above figure, we can see that the array consists of 3 rows and 9 tiles.<br />
Now, the multiplications sentence is 3 x 9 = 27</p>
<p><em><strong>Spiral Review</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Use the table to find who traveled 700 miles farther than Paul during summer vacation.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-23.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 23" width="229" height="187" /><br />
Options:<br />
a. Andrew<br />
b. Bonnie<br />
c. Susan<br />
d. Tara</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the table, we can say that paul travelled 233 miles.<br />
Now, use break apart strategy to find sums.<br />
Paul &#8211;&gt;      233 = 200 + 30 + 3<br />
Andrew &#8211;&gt; 380 = 300 + 80+ 0<br />
Bonnie &#8211;&gt;  790 = 700 + 90+ 0<br />
Tara &#8211;&gt;      933 = 900 + 30+ 3<br />
Susan &#8211;&gt;   853 = 800 + 50+ 3<br />
From the above sums, we can say that Tara travelled farther miles than paul.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Use the bar graph to find what hair color most students have.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-24.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 24" width="284" height="245" /><br />
Options:<br />
a. Brown<br />
b. Black<br />
c. Blond<br />
d. Red</p>
<p>Answer: a</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The title shows hair color for students.<br />
The length of bar tells the no. of students had each color.<br />
Now, Find out the which color maximum no. of students have.<br />
We can see that the brown color is the highest.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Spencer ordered 235 cans of tomatoes to make salsa for the festival. What is 235 rounded to the nearest ten?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 200<br />
b. 230<br />
c. 240<br />
d. 300</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Round 235 to nearest ten.<br />
The digit to the right of rounding place is 5.<br />
So, the digit in the rounding place is increased by one.<br />
Write zero to the round of rounding digit.<br />
Now, it becomes 240.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Which bar would be the longest on a bar graph of the data?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-25.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Model with Arrays img 25" width="270" height="160" /><br />
Options:<br />
a. Cheese<br />
b. Pepperoni<br />
c. Vegetable<br />
d. Sausage</p>
<p>Answer: a</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Make a bar graph.<br />
Step 1:<br />
Write a title at the top to tell what the graph is about. Label the side of the graph to tell about the bars. Label the bottom of the graph to explain what the numbers tell.<br />
Step 2:<br />
Choose numbers for the bottom of the graph so that most of the bars will end on a line. Since the least number is 1 and the greatest number is 5, make the scale 0-5.<br />
Step 3: Draw and shade a bar to show the number for each pizza topping.<br />
From the bar graph, we can say that the cheese bar would be the longest on a bar graph of the data.</p>
<h3><a id="Commutative_Property_of_Multiplication_Page_No_175"></a>Commutative Property of Multiplication Page No 175</h3>
<p>Write a multiplication sentence for the model. Then use the Commutative Property of Multiplication to write a related multiplication sentence.</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-26.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 26" width="56" height="140" /><br />
5 × 2 = 10<br />
2 × 5 = 10</p>
<p>Answer: 5 × 2 = 10<br />
2 × 5 = 10</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the figure, we can say that there are 5 rows.<br />
There are two tiles in each row.<br />
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 5 x 2 = 10<br />
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.<br />
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 2 x 5 = 10.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-27.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 27" width="113" height="166" /><br />
______ × _____ = _______<br />
______ × _____ = _______</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
6 x 4 = 24<br />
4 x 6 = 24</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the figure, we can say that there are 6 rows.<br />
There are 4 tiles in each row.<br />
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 6 x 4 = 24<br />
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.<br />
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 4 x 6 = 24.</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-28.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 28" width="207" height="71" /><br />
______ × _____ = _______<br />
______ × _____ = _______</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
3 x 4 = 12<br />
4 x 3 = 12</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the figure, we can say that there are 3 equal groups.<br />
There are 4 counters in each group.<br />
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 3 x 4 = 12<br />
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.<br />
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 4 x 3 = 12.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-29.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 29" width="173" height="55" /><br />
______ × _____ = _______<br />
______ × _____ = _______</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
2 x 6 = 12<br />
6 x 2 = 12</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the figure, we can say that there are 2 equal groups.<br />
There are 6 counters in each group.<br />
From the given array, the multiplication sentence can be written as 2 x 6 = 12<br />
The Commutative property of multiplication have the same factors in different order.<br />
So, by using commutative property, Multiplication sentence is written as 6 x 2 = 12.</p>
<p><em><strong>Problem Solving</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
A garden store sells trays of plants. Each tray holds 2 rows of 8 plants. How many plants are in one tray?<br />
___________ plants</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
16 plants</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given,there are 8 plants.<br />
Each tray holds 2 rows of 8 plants.<br />
Now, by using multiplicative sentence or commutative property, we can find the no. of plants in one tray.<br />
Multiplicative Sentence : 2 x 8 = 16 plants<br />
Commutative property of multiplication: 8 x 2 = 16<br />
So, there are 16 plants in one tray.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Jeff collects toy cars. They are displayed in a case that has 4 rows. There are 6 cars in each row. How many cars does Jeff have?<br />
________ cars</p>
<p>Answer:<br />
24 cars</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, toy cars are displayed in 4 rows.<br />
There are 6 cars in each row.<br />
Now, by using multiplicative sentence or commutative property, we can find the no. of cars in each row.<br />
Multiplicative Sentence : 6 x 4 = 24 cars.<br />
Commutative property of multiplication: 4 x 6 = 24 cars.</p>
<h3><a id="Commutative_Property_of_Multiplication_Lesson_Check_Page_No_176"></a>Commutative Property of Multiplication Lesson Check Page No 176</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 8 × 4 = 8 × 4<br />
b. 4 × 2 = 2 × 4<br />
c. 2 × 8 = 4 × 4<br />
d. 2 + 4 = 2 × 4</p>
<p>Answer: b</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Commutative Property of Multiplication states that when you change the order<br />
of the factors, the product stays the same. From the given options, 4 x 2 = 2 x 4 is an example of commutative property of multiplication.</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
What factor makes the number sentence true?<br />
7 × 4 = ■ × 7<br />
Options:<br />
a. 2<br />
b. 4<br />
c. 7<br />
d. 28</p>
<p>Answer: b</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Commutative Property of Multiplication states that when you change the order<br />
of the factors, the product stays the same. From the question, we can see that 7 x 4 = 28;<br />
Then 4 x 7 = 28</p>
<p><em><strong>Spiral Review</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Ms. Williams drove 149 miles on Thursday and 159 miles on Friday. About how many miles did she drive altogether the two days?<br />
Options:<br />
a. about 150 miles<br />
b. about 200 miles<br />
c. about 300 miles<br />
d. about 400 miles</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p>Given, miles driven by Ms. Williams on Thursday = 149<br />
Miles driven by Ms. Williams on Friday = 159<br />
By using compatible numbers, we can find the no. of miles did she drive altogether the two days.<br />
149 &#8212;&gt; 150<br />
159 &#8212;&gt; 150</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1380" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-176-Answer-16-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 16 - i" width="116" height="133" /><br />
So, the no. of miles driven altogether is about 300 miles.</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Inez has 699 pennies and 198 nickels. Estimate how many more pennies than nickels she has.<br />
Options:<br />
a. about 500<br />
b. about 600<br />
c. about 700<br />
d. about 900</p>
<p>Answer: a</p>
<p>Explanation:</p>
<p>Given, there are 699 pennies and 198 nickels.<br />
Now, estimate to find how many more pennies than nickels she has.<br />
Use compatible numbers to compute it.<br />
699 &#8212;&gt; 700<br />
198 &#8212;&gt; 200<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1381" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-164-Answer-17-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 164 Answer 17 - i" width="140" height="142" /><br />
So, Inez has 500 more pennies than nickels.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
This year, the parade had 127 floats. That is 34 fewer floats than last year. How many floats were in the parade last year?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 161<br />
b. 151<br />
c. 103<br />
d. 93</p>
<p>Answer: a</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, no. of floats this year = 127<br />
No. of floats last year are 34 greater than this year.<br />
Now, estimate the no. of floats in the parade last year<br />
Perform Addition operation<br />
Step 1: Add ones. Regroup the ones as tens and ones.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1382" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-176-Answer-18-i.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 18 - i" width="157" height="160" /></p>
<p>Step 2: Add tens.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1383" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-176-Answer-18-ii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 18 - ii" width="170" height="168" /><br />
Step 3: Add hundreds.</p>
<p><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone size-full wp-image-1384" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/GO-Math-Grade-3-Understand-Multiplication-Spiral-Review-Page-No-176-Answer-18-iii.png" alt="GO Math Grade 3 Understand Multiplication Spiral Review Page No 176 Answer 18 - iii" width="161" height="163" /></p>
<p>The total no. of floats in the parade last year = 161</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
Jeremy made a tally table to record how his friends voted for their favorite pet. His table shows <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-30.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Commutative Property of Multiplication img 30" width="81" height="25" /> next to Dog. How many friends voted for dog?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 6<br />
b. 8<br />
c. 10<br />
d. 12</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Count the tally marks. It shows 12. So, the no. of friends voted for dog = 12</p>
<h3><a id="Multiply_with_1_and_0_Page_No_181"></a>Multiply with 1 and 0 Page No 181</h3>
<p>Find the product.</p>
<p>Question 1.<br />
1 × 4 = 4</p>
<p>Answer: 4</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any numberand 1 is that number.<br />
So, 1 x 4 = 4</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
0 × 8 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero<br />
So, 0 x 8 = 0</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
0 × 4 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.<br />
So, 0 x 4 = 0</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
1 × 6 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 6</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.<br />
So, 1 x 6 = 6</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
3 × 0 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.<br />
So, 3 x 0 = 0</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
0 × 9 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.<br />
So, 0 x 9 = 0</p>
<p>Question 7.<br />
8 × 1 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 8</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.<br />
So, 8 x 1 = 6</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
1 × 2 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 2</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.<br />
So, 1 x 2 = 2</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
0 × 6 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.<br />
So, 0 x 6 = 0</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
4 × 0 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.<br />
So, 4 x 0 = 0</p>
<p>Question 11.<br />
7 × 1 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 7</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.<br />
So, 7 x 1 = 7</p>
<p>Question 12.<br />
1 × 5 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 5</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.<br />
So, 1 x 5 = 5</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
3 × 1 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 3</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.<br />
So, 3 x 1 = 3</p>
<p>Question 14.<br />
0 × 7 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.<br />
So, 0 x 7 = 0</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
1 × 9 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 9</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.<br />
So, 1 x 9 = 9</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
5 × 0 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.<br />
So, 5 x 0 = 0</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
10 × 1 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 10</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.<br />
So, 10 x 1 = 10</p>
<p>Question 18.<br />
2 × 0 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.<br />
So, 2 x 0 = 0</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
5 × 1 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 5</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.<br />
So, 5 x 1 = 5</p>
<p>Question 20.<br />
1 × 0 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.<br />
So, 1 x 0 = 0</p>
<p>Question 21.<br />
0 × 0 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.<br />
So, 1 x 0 = 0</p>
<p>Question 22.<br />
1 × 3 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 3</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.<br />
So, 1 x 3 = 3</p>
<p>Question 23.<br />
9 × 0 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.<br />
So, 9 x 0 = 0</p>
<p>Question 24.<br />
1 × 1 = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 1</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Identity Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and 1 is that number.<br />
So, 1 x 1 = 1</p>
<p><em><strong>Problem Solving</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 25.<br />
Peter is in the school play. His teacher gave 1 copy of the play to each of 6 students. How many copies of the play did the teacher hand out?<br />
_________ copy</p>
<p>Answer: 6 copies</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, No. of students = 6<br />
Copies given to each student = 1<br />
No. of copies of the play did teacher hand out = 1 x 6 = 6</p>
<p>Question 26.<br />
There are 4 egg cartons on the table. There are 0 eggs in each carton. How many eggs are there in all?<br />
_________ eggs</p>
<p>Answer: 0 eggs</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are 4 egg cartons<br />
There are 0 eggs in each carton<br />
No. of eggs in all = ?<br />
0 x 4 = 0 eggs.<br />
No. of eggs in all = 0</p>
<h3><a id="Multiply_with_1_and_0_Lesson_Check_Page_No_182"></a>Multiply with 1 and 0 Lesson Check Page No 182</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
There are 0 bicycles in each bicycle rack. If there are 8 bicycle racks, how many bicycles are there in all?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 80<br />
b. 8<br />
c. 1<br />
d. 0</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 0 bicycles in each bicycle rack.<br />
There are 8 bicycle racks.<br />
No. of bicycles in all = 8 x 0 = 0</p>
<p>Question 2.<br />
What is the product?<br />
1 × 0 = _______<br />
Options:<br />
a. 0<br />
b. 1<br />
c. 10<br />
d. 11</p>
<p>Answer: a</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of zero and any number is zero.<br />
So, 1 x 0 = 0</p>
<p><em><strong>Spiral Review</strong></em></p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Mr. Ellis drove 197 miles on Monday and 168 miles on Tuesday. How many miles did he drive in all?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 29 miles<br />
b. 255 miles<br />
c. 365 miles<br />
d. 400 miles</p>
<p>Answer: c</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, no. of miles driven on Monday = 197<br />
no. of miles driven on Tuesday = 168<br />
Perform addition to find the no. of miles driven in all</p>
<p>Question 4.<br />
What multiplication sentence does the array show?<br />
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■<br />
Options:<br />
a. 1 × 6 = 6<br />
b. 3 × 2 = 6<br />
c. 2 × 6 = 12<br />
d. 5 + 1 = 6</p>
<p>Answer: a</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given array shows 1 row with 6 tiles.<br />
So, multiplication sentence can be written as 1 x 6 = 6</p>
<p>Use the bar graph for 5–6.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-31-1.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Multiply with 1 and 0 img 31" width="213" height="276" /></p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
How many cars were washed on Friday and Saturday combined?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 55<br />
b. 80<br />
c. 90<br />
d. 120</p>
<p>Answer: b<br />
Explanation:<br />
From the bar graph, we can see that no. of cars washed on Friday = 25<br />
No. of cars washed on Saturday = 55<br />
Total no. of cars washed on Friday and Saturday = 80</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
How many more cars were washed on Saturday than on Sunday?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 95<br />
b. 30<br />
c. 25<br />
d. 15</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
From the bar graph, we can see that cars washed on Saturday = 55<br />
Cars washed on Sunday = 40<br />
55-40 = 15<br />
15 more cars washed on Saturday than on Sunday.</p>
<h3><a id="Chapter_3_Review_Test_Page_No_183"></a>Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 183</h3>
<p>Question 1.<br />
There are 3 boats on the lake. Six people ride in each boat. How many people ride in the boats? Draw circles to model the problem and explain how to solve it.<br />
_________ people</p>
<p>Answer: 18 boats</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, no. of boats on the lake = 3<br />
No. of people ride in each boat = 6<br />
Total no. of people ride in the boats = 3 groups of 6<br />
3 x 6 = 18<br />
So, 18 people ride in the boats.</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">Question 2.<br />
Nadia has 4 sheets of stickers. There are 8 stickers on each sheet. She wrote this number sentence to represent the total number of stickers.</p>
<p style="text-align: center;">4 × 8 = 32</p>
<p style="text-align: left;">What is a related number sentence that also represents the total number of stickers she has?<br />
Options:<br />
a. 8 + 4 =■<br />
b. 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = ■<br />
c. 8 × 8 = ■<br />
d. 8 × 4 = ■</p>
<p>Answer: d</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are are 4 sheets of stickers.<br />
Each sheet has 8 stickers.<br />
Given total no. of stickers represented as = 4 x 8 = 32<br />
By using commutative property of multiplication, related number sentence can be represented as 8 x 4 =32</p>
<p>Question 3.<br />
Lindsay went hiking for two days in Yellowstone National Park. The first jump on the number line shows how many birds she saw the first day. She saw the same number of birds the next day.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-32-300x59.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 32" width="300" height="59" /><br />
Write the multiplication sentence that is shown on the number line.<br />
______ × _______ = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 2 x 8 = 16</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, the total no. of jumps = 2<br />
From the figure, we can see that there are two jumps which begins at 0 and skip count by 8&#8217;s.<br />
Product = No. of jumps x Length of each jump.<br />
Now, multiplication sentence can be written as 2 x 8 = 16</p>
<h3><a id="Chapter_3_Review_Test_Page_No_184"></a>Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 184</h3>
<p>Question 4.<br />
Paco drew an array to show the number of desks in his classroom. Write a multiplication sentence for the array.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-33-300x129.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 33" width="300" height="129" /><br />
________ desks</p>
<p>Answer: 21 desks</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
In the given array, there are three rows.<br />
Each row has 7 desks.<br />
Now, multiplication sentence can be written as no. of rows x no. of desks in each row.<br />
Multiply. 3 x 7 = 21 desks</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
Alondra makes 4 necklaces. She uses 5 beads on each necklace. For numbers 5a–5d, choose Yes or No to tell if the number sentence could be used to find the number of beads Alondra uses.<br />
a. 4 × 5 = ■<br />
i. yes<br />
ii. no</p>
<p>Answer: i</p>
<p>Explanation: Given, there are 4 necklaces.<br />
Each necklace uses 5 beads.<br />
Now, number sentence (multiplication) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 4 x 5<br />
So, the answer is yes</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
b. 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = ■<br />
i. yes<br />
ii. no</p>
<p>Answer: ii</p>
<p>Given, there are 4 necklaces.<br />
Each necklace uses 5 beads.<br />
Now, number sentence (addition) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5<br />
So, the answer is no.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
c. 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = ■<br />
i. yes<br />
ii. no</p>
<p>Answer: i</p>
<p>Given, Given, there are 4 necklaces.<br />
Each necklace uses 5 beads.<br />
Now, number sentence (addition) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5<br />
So, the answer is yes.</p>
<p>Question 5.<br />
d. 5 + 4 = ■<br />
i. yes<br />
ii. no</p>
<p>Answer: ii</p>
<p>Given, there are 4 necklaces.<br />
Each necklace uses 5 beads.<br />
Now, number sentence (addition) can be written as 4 groups of 5 = 4 x 5<br />
Using commutative property of multiplication, it can be written as 5 x 4, but given question is 5 + 4.<br />
So, the answer is no.</p>
<p>Question 6.<br />
John sold 3 baskets of apples at the market. Each basket contained 9 apples. How many apples did John sell? Make a bar model to solve the problem.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-34.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 34" width="196" height="72" /><br />
_______ apples</p>
<p>Answer:27 apples</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are 3 baskets of apples.<br />
Each basket contains 9 apples.<br />
Draw a bar model with 3 boxes to show 3 baskets.<br />
Write 9 in each box to show 9 apples.<br />
Since, there are equal groups, we can multiply to find No. of apples john sold.<br />
3 x 9 = 27 apples.</p>
<h3><a id="Chapter_3_Review_Test_Page_No_185"></a>Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 185</h3>
<p>Question 7.<br />
Select the number sentences that show the Commutative Property of Multiplication. Mark all that apply.<br />
Options:<br />
a. 3 × 2 = 2 × 3<br />
b. 4 × 9 = 4 × 9<br />
c. 5 × 0 = 0<br />
d. 6 × 1 = 1 × 6<br />
e. 7 × 2 = 14 × 1</p>
<p>Answer: a</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Commutative Property of Multiplication states that when you change the order of the factors, the product stays the same.<br />
So, 3 x 2 = 2 x 3 is the answer.</p>
<p>Question 8.<br />
A waiter carried 6 baskets with 5 dinner rolls in each basket. How many dinner rolls did he carry? Show your work.<br />
___________ dinner rolls</p>
<p>Answer: 30 dinner rolls</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are 6 baskets.<br />
Each basket has 5 dinner rolls.<br />
No. of dinner rolls = 6 x 5 = 30 dinner rolls.</p>
<p>Question 9.<br />
Sonya needs 3 equal lengths of wire to make 3 bracelets. The jump on the number line shows the length of one wire in inches. How many inches of wire will Sonya need to make the 3 bracelets?<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-35-300x42.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 35" width="300" height="42" /><br />
_________ inches</p>
<p>Answer: 18 inches</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, Length of one wire = jump on the number line<br />
From the figure, we can see that length of wire = 6 inches<br />
3 equal lengths of wire is required for 3 bracelets.<br />
So, no. of jumps = 3<br />
length of each jump = 6 inches<br />
Multiply. 3 x 6 = 18<br />
So, sonya need 18 inches of wire to make 3 bracelets.</p>
<p>Question 10.<br />
Josh has 4 dogs. Each dog gets 2 dog biscuits every day. How many biscuits will Josh need for all of his dogs for Saturday and Sunday?<br />
__________ biscuits</p>
<p>Answer: 16 biscuits</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are 4 dogs.<br />
Each dog gets 2 biscuits every day.<br />
No. of biscuits required for all dogs every day = 4 x 2 = 8<br />
No. of biscuits need for all dogs for Saturday and Sunday = 8 x 2 = 16 biscuits.</p>
<h3><a id="Chapter_3_Review_Test_Page_No_186"></a>Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 186</h3>
<p>Question 11.<br />
Jorge displayed 28 cans of paint on a shelf in his store.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-36.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 36" width="274" height="204" /><br />
Select other ways Jorge could arrange the same number of cans. Mark all that apply.<br />
Options:<br />
a. 2 rows of 14<br />
b. 1 row of 28<br />
c. 6 rows of 5<br />
d. 8 rows of 3<br />
e. 7 rows of 4</p>
<p>Answer: e</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, There are 28 cans of paint on a shelf in a store.<br />
In the given array, there are 4 rows with 7 cans in each row.<br />
So, there are 4 rows of 7.<br />
By using commutative property of multiplication, it can be arranged in 7 rows of 4.</p>
<p>Question 12.Choose the number that makes the statement true. The product of any number and <img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-37.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 37" width="41" height="86" /> is zero.</p>
<p>Answer: 0</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
The Zero Property of Multiplication states that the product of any number and zero is zero.<br />
So, the answer is 0.</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
James made this array to show that 3 × 5 = 15.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-38.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 38" width="106" height="64" /><br />
Part A<br />
James says that 5 × 3 = 15. Is James correct? Draw an array to explain your answer.<br />
a. yes<br />
b. no</p>
<p>Answer: Yes.</p>
<p>Explanation: Draw an array to show 5 rows with 3 tiles in each row.<br />
Then, Multiplication sentence can be written as no. of rows x no. of tiles in each row<br />
5 x 3 = 15</p>
<p>Question 13.<br />
Part B<br />
Which number property supports your answer?<br />
________</p>
<p>Answer: Commutative Property of Multiplication</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Commutative Property of Multiplication supports this answer. Because, it states that the product of any tow factors in reverse order remains the same.</p>
<h3><a id="Chapter_3_Review_Test_Page_No_187"></a>Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 187</h3>
<p>Question 14.<br />
Julio has a collection of coins. He puts the coins in 2 equal groups. There are 6 coins in each group. How many coins does Julio have? Use the number line to show your work.<br />
<img loading="lazy" decoding="async" src="https://ccssmathanswers.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Go-Math-Grade-3-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Understand-Multiplication-img-39-300x46.jpg" alt="Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 3 Understand Multiplication Review/Test img 39" width="300" height="46" /><br />
________ coins</p>
<p>Answer: 12 coins</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
There are 2 equal groups.<br />
There are 6 coins in each group.<br />
Find total no. of coins by using number line.<br />
Begin at 0. Skip count by 6s by drawing jumps on the number line.<br />
So, no. of jumps = 2<br />
Length of each jump = 6<br />
Multiply. 2 x 6 = 12<br />
Total no. of coins Julio have = 12</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
Landon collects trading cards.<br />
Part A<br />
Yesterday, Landon sorted his trading cards into 4 groups. Each group had 7 cards. Draw a bar model to show Landon’s cards. How many cards does he have?<br />
________ trading cards</p>
<p>Answer: 28 trading cards</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
No. of groups = 4<br />
Each group has 7 cards.<br />
Draw a bar model to show the cards.<br />
Draw 4 boxes in the bar model.<br />
Write 7 in each box to show 7 cards.<br />
Since, there are equal groups, multiply to find the no. of cards.<br />
Multiply. 4 x 7 = 28 cards.</p>
<p>Question 15.<br />
Part B<br />
Landon buys 3 more packs of trading cards today. Each pack has 8 cards. Write a multiplication sentence to show how many cards Landon buys today. Then find how many cards Landon has now. Show your work.<br />
Type below:<br />
_________</p>
<p>Answer:52 cards</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, Landon buys 3 more packs of trading cards<br />
Each pack has 8 cards.<br />
Multiplication Sentence = 3 x 8 = 24.<br />
Total no. of cards = 28 + 24 = 52 cards.</p>
<p>Question 16.<br />
A unicycle has only 1 wheel. Write a multiplication sentence to show how many wheels there are on 9 unicycles.<br />
_______ × _______ = _______</p>
<p>Answer: 9 x 1 = 9</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are 9 unicycles.<br />
Each unicycle has only one wheel.<br />
So, Multiplication Sentence can be written as 9 x 1 = 9.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems. He can use 8 × 5 to find the total amount of time he spent on the problems.<br />
For numbers 17a–17d, choose Yes or No to show which are equal to 8 × 5.<br />
a. 8 + 5<br />
i. yes<br />
ii. no</p>
<p>Answer: No</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.<br />
Given Sentence = 8 x 5<br />
As there are 8 problems with 5 minutes spent on each, the total time can be find out using multiplication sentence.<br />
So, the answer is no.</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
b. 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5<br />
i. yes<br />
ii. no</p>
<p>Answer: No</p>
<p>Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.<br />
Given Sentence = 8 x 5 = 40<br />
But given option 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 25.<br />
So, the answer is no</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
c. 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8<br />
i. yes<br />
ii. no</p>
<p>Answer: Yes<br />
Explanation:<br />
Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.<br />
Given Sentence = 8 x 5 = 40<br />
Given option = 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 = 40<br />
So, the answer is yes</p>
<p>Question 17.<br />
d. 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5<br />
i. yes<br />
ii. no</p>
<p>Answer: Yes<br />
Explanation:<br />
Given, Carlos spent 5 minutes working on each of 8 math problems.<br />
Given Sentence = 8 x 5 = 40<br />
Given option = 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 40<br />
So, the answer is yes.</p>
<h3><a id="Chapter_3_Review_Test_Page_No_188"></a>Chapter 3 Review Test Page No 188</h3>
<p>Question 18.<br />
Lucy and her mother made tacos. They put 2 tacos on each of 7 plates.<br />
Select the number sentences that show all the tacos Lucy and her mother made. Mark all that apply.<br />
Options:<br />
A. 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 14<br />
B. 2 + 7 = 9<br />
C. 7 + 7 = 14<br />
D. 8 + 6 = 14<br />
E. 2 × 7 = 14</p>
<p>Answer: a,e</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Total no. of tacos = 2<br />
Each taco has 7 plates.<br />
Addition Sentence can be written as 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 14<br />
Multiplication Sentence can be written as 2 x 7 = 14</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
Jayson is making 5 sock puppets. He glues 2 buttons on each puppet for its eyes. He glues 1 pompom on each puppet for its nose.<br />
Part A<br />
Write the total number of buttons and pompoms he uses. Write a multiplication sentence for each.<br />
Eyes, Noses<br />
_________ buttons _________ pompoms</p>
<p>Answer: Eyes<br />
10 buttons,<br />
5 x 2 = 10</p>
<p>Noses<br />
5 pompoms<br />
5 x 1 = 5</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are 5 sock puppets<br />
Each puppet has 2 buttons for its eyes<br />
Each puppet has 1 pompom for its nose<br />
Total no. of buttons<br />
Multiplication Sentence = 5 x 2 = 10<br />
Total no. of pompoms<br />
Multiplication Sentence = 5 x 1 = 5</p>
<p>Question 19.<br />
Part B<br />
After making 5 puppets, Jayson has 4 buttons and 3 pompoms left. What is the greatest number of puppets he can make with those items if he wants all his puppets to look the same? Draw models and use them to explain.<br />
_________ puppets</p>
<p>Answer: 2 puppets</p>
<p>Explanation:<br />
Given, there are no. of puppets = 5<br />
There are 4 buttons and 3 pompoms.<br />
Each puppet requires 2 buttons and 1 pompom.<br />
So, he can make 2 puppets with the left items.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://bigideasmathanswers.com/go-math-grade-3-answer-key-chapter-3-understand-multiplication/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
		<post-id xmlns="com-wordpress:feed-additions:1">167</post-id>	</item>
	</channel>
</rss>

<!--
Performance optimized by W3 Total Cache. Learn more: https://www.boldgrid.com/w3-total-cache/?utm_source=w3tc&utm_medium=footer_comment&utm_campaign=free_plugin

Page Caching using Disk: Enhanced 

Served from: bigideasmathanswers.com @ 2026-11-13 18:47:47 by W3 Total Cache
-->